TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

FORM 20-F

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

o ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended _________________

OR

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
o SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report _______________

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________

Commission File No. ____________



PARINGA RESOURCES LIMITED
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



N/A
AUSTRALIA
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

28 West 44th Street, Suite 810
New York, NY 10036
(Address of principal executive offices)

David Gay
President
(812) 406-4400 (telephone)
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class:
Name of each exchange on which registered or to be registered:
American Depository Shares each representing 50
Ordinary Shares, no par value (1)
The Nasdaq Capital Market
(1) Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of September 4, 2018: 454,386,181 ordinary shares.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes o No☒

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes o No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes o No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months.

Yes o No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company.

Large accelerated filer o    Accelerated filer    o Non-accelerated filer o    Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing.

U.S. GAAP o

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒

Other o

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17 o Item 18 o

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company.

Yes o No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

Yes o No o

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS


INTRODUCTION

Overview

Paringa Resources Limited is a developer of long-life thermal coal mines known as the Buck Creek Complex, consisting of the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines located in the western Kentucky section of the Illinois Basin. We believe both the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines possess geological and logistical advantages that will lower the operating costs of our mines and make it attractive to the coal fired power plants located in the Ohio River and southeast U.S. power markets.

We started construction of the Poplar Grove Mine in August 2017, and we expect to complete construction of the mine with first coal production expected during the second half of the 2018 calendar year. The Poplar Grove Mine is expected to begin coal production in the second half of 2018, ramp up production during 2019 and reach near full production capacity by the end of 2020.

Based on our current financial position, and assuming availability of the debt financing with Macquarie described below, we expect to have sufficient cash flow to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine and commence commercial coal production. We intend to ship thermal coal predominately by barge from the Company’s barge loading facility, or barge load-out facility, on the Green River, leading to major coal transportation routes along the Ohio and Mississippi rivers.

We have not yet decided on the timing to develop the Cypress Mine, which if undertaken would require additional funds.

Our Properties

In March 2013, we acquired the Buck Creek Complex, which consists of the Poplar Grove Mine and Cypress Mine, from Buck Creek Resources, LLC. The complex is located in western Kentucky, approximately 175 miles southwest of the state capital of Frankfort and approximately 25 miles southwest of the city of Owensboro, Kentucky, within the Western Kentucky Coalfield region of the Illinois Basin. The Poplar Grove Mine lies between the towns of Hanson and Slaughters in the west and Calhoun and Sacramento in the east, within the Counties of McLean and Hopkins in Kentucky. The Cypress Mine is located immediately north of the Poplar Grove Mine.


1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate Information

Paringa Resources Limited was incorporated under the laws of Australia in 2012. Our ordinary shares have been listed on the Australian Securities Exchange since 2012 under the symbol “PNL.”

Our registered office is located at Level 9, 28 The Esplanade, Perth, Western Australia 6000, and our telephone number there is +61 (8) 9322-6322. Our principal executive office is located at 28 West 44th Street, Suite 810, New York, NY 10036. Our website address is www.paringaresources.com. Information on our website and the websites linked to it do not constitute a part of this registration statement.

We are filing this registration statement on Form 20-F in anticipation of the listing of our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, each representing 50 of our ordinary shares, on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “PNRL”. The Bank of New York Mellon, acting as depositary, will register and deliver the ADSs.

ABOUT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Unless otherwise indicated or the context implies otherwise, any reference in this registration statement to:

“Paringa” refers to Paringa Resources Limited, an Australian corporation;
“the Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to Paringa and its consolidated subsidiaries, through which it conducts its business;
“shares” or “ordinary shares” refers to ordinary shares of Paringa;
“ADSs” refers to the American Depositary Shares, each of which represents 50 ordinary shares;
“ADRs” refers to the American Depositary Receipts evidencing the ADSs; and
“ASX” refers to the Australian Securities Exchange.

Our reporting and functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Unless otherwise noted, all industry and market data in this registration statement, including information provided by independent industry analysts, and all other financial and other data related to us in this registration statement is presented in U.S. dollars.

Presentation of Financial Information

Our fiscal year ends on June 30. We designate our fiscal year by the year in which that fiscal year ends; e.g. fiscal 2017 refers to our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017. All dates in this registration statement refer to calendar years, except where a fiscal year or quarter is indicated.

Unless otherwise indicated, the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this registration statement are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, which differ in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of U.S. companies. Because the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, has adopted rules to accept financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB without reconciliation to U.S. GAAP from foreign private issuers such as us, we will not be providing a description of the principal differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS. Information with respect to the basis of preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements is included in the footnotes to our financial statements as set forth elsewhere in this registration statement.

Industry and Market Data

This registration statement includes information with respect to market and industry conditions and market share from third party sources or that is based upon estimates using such sources when available. We believe that such information and estimates are reasonable and reliable. We also believe the information extracted from publications of third party sources has been accurately reproduced. However, we have not independently verified any of the data from third party sources. Similarly, our internal research is based upon the understanding of industry conditions, and such information has not been verified by any independent sources.

Coal Reserve Information

We are required by ASX Listing Rules to report ore reserves and mineral resources in Australia in compliance with the Australasian Joint Ore Reserves Committee Code for Reporting of Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves 2012

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Edition, or JORC Code. Under the SEC’s Industry Guide 7, classifications other than proven and probable reserves are not recognized and, as a result, the SEC generally does not permit mining companies like us to disclose measures of mineral resources, such as measured, indicated or inferred resources, in SEC filings.

We have commissioned Marshall Miller & Associates, Inc., or MM&A, to conduct a review of our expanded bankable feasibility study, or BFS. MM&A have provided reserve coal tonnage estimates that are compliant with the SEC's Industry Guide 7 and accordingly, the reserves disclosed in this registration statement are compliant with the JORC Code and Industry Guide 7. However, we note for you that we have made assumptions about the likely existence of mineralized material when designing our mine plan.

Reserves are defined by the Industry Guide 7 as the part of a mineral deposit which could be economically and legally extracted or produced at the time of the reserve determination. Reserves are further classified as proven or probable according to the degree of certainty of existence. In determining whether our reserves meet this standard, we take into account, among other things, our potential ability to obtain a mining permit, the possible necessity of revising a mining plan, changes in estimated future costs, changes in future cash flows caused by changes in costs required to be incurred to meet regulatory requirements and obtaining or renewing mining permits, variations in quantity and quality of coal, and varying levels of demand and their effects on selling prices. Further, the economic recoverability of our reserves is based on market conditions including contracted pricing, market pricing and overall demand for our coal. Thus, the actual value at which we no longer consider our reserves to be economically recoverable varies depending on the length of time in which the specific market conditions are expected to last. We consider our reserves to be economically recoverable at a price in excess of our cash costs to mine the coal and fund our ongoing replacement capital. The reserves in this registration statement are classified by reliability or accuracy in decreasing order of geological assurance as Proven (Measured) and Probable (Indicated). The terms and criteria utilized to estimate reserves for this study are based on United States Geological Survey Circular 891 and in general accordance with Industry Guide 7, and are summarized as follows:

Proven (Measured) Reserves: Reserves for which (a) quantity is computed from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes; and grade and/or quality are computed from the results of detailed sampling and (b) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely and the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth and mineral content of reserves are well-established.
Probable (Indicated) Reserves: Reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proven (measured) reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proven (measured) reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.

The information included in this registration statement regarding estimated quantities and quality of our proven and probable coal reserves is based on estimates included in the reports listed below. Such information is included in this registration statement in reliance upon the authority as experts in these matters of the firms that have issued such reports as indicated in this list:

Resource Estimate for the Buck Creek Property as of August 14, 2013 Located in McLean and Hopkins Counties, Kentucky Prepared in Accordance with JORC Code;
Updated Coal Resource Estimate for the Buck Creek Property in Accordance with the Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves (the JORC Code) as of October 1, 2015;
Interim Buck Creek No. 2 (Poplar Grove) Seam Thickness and Coal Quality Report for Western Kentucky No. 9 Seam July 2016; and
Updated Coal Resource Estimate for the Buck Creek Property in Accordance with the Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves (the JORC Code) as of February 15, 2017.

See “Item 4. Information on the Company — A. History and Development of the Company — Summary Reserve Data” for further information regarding our coal reserves.

In addition, we commissioned MM&A to manage all our technical studies, including our BFS, listed below, in conjunction with local industry consultants, with expertise in coal mine development in the Illinois coal basin, or the

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Illinois Basin, to analyze the various components of the BFS, including, but not limited to, the design of box cut access, design of the mine, design of processing facilities, and the preparation of coal marketing studies. MM&A has over 40 years of expertise in mining engineering, mine reserve evaluation, feasibility studies, and due diligence services for mining and resource projects across the globe. Certain information in this registration statement has been derived from the following reports prepared by MM&A, on behalf of the Company, and delivered to our management:

Cypress Mine Scoping Study February 2014;
Cypress Mine Pre-Feasibility Study March 2015;
Cypress Mine Bankable Feasibility Study November 2015;
Poplar Grove Mine Scoping Study December 2015;
Poplar Grove Mine Bankable Feasibility Study November 2016; and
Poplar Grove Mine Expanded Bankable Feasibility Study March 2017.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This registration statement contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. All statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this registration statement, regarding our strategy, future operations, financial position, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. When used in this registration statement, the words “could,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “may,” “continue,” “predict,” “potential,” “project” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such identifying words.

Forward-looking statements may include statements with respect to:

future economic conditions in the thermal coal industry generally;
expected costs of developing our planned mining operations, including the costs to construct necessary processing and transport facilities;
estimates of the quantities or quality of our thermal coal reserves;
expectations relating to dividend payments and our ability to make such payments;
the amount or timing of future expenses;
competition in coal markets;
the impact and costs of future compliance with stringent domestic and foreign laws and regulations, including environmental, climate change and health and safety regulations, and permitting requirements, as well as changes in the regulatory environment, the adoption of new or revised laws, regulations and permitting requirements;
the impact of potential legal proceedings and regulatory inquiries against us;
impact of weather and natural disasters on demand, production and transportation;
the timing and amount of purchases by major customers and our ability to renew sales contracts;
credit and performance risks associated with customers, suppliers, contract miners, co-shippers and trading, banks and other financial counterparties;
geologic, equipment, permitting, site access, operational risks and new technologies related to mining;
transportation availability, performance and costs;
availability, timing and delivery and costs of key supplies, capital equipment or commodities such as diesel fuel, steel, explosives and tires;
the amount of expenses and other liabilities incurred or accrued in connection with listing our ADRs;
the public market for our securities; and

4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the other risks identified in this registration statement including, without limitation, those under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Business” and “Related Party Transactions.”

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this registration statement. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions reflected in or suggested by the forward-looking statements we make in this registration statement are reasonable, we cannot assure you that these plans, objectives, expectations or intentions will be achieved. We disclose important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our expectations under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this registration statement.

The forward-looking statements made in this registration statement relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this registration statement. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

We are a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Australia. Certain of our directors and officers and certain other persons named in this registration statement are citizens and residents of countries other than the United States and all or a significant portion of their assets may be located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to:

effect service of process within the United States upon our non-U.S. resident directors or on us;
enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in the U.S. courts in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws;
enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in courts of jurisdictions outside the United States in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws; or
bring an original action in an Australian court to enforce liabilities against our non-U.S. resident directors or us based solely upon U.S. securities laws.

You may also have difficulties enforcing in courts outside the United States judgments that are obtained in U.S. courts against any of our non-U.S. resident directors or us, including actions under the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.

With that noted, there are no treaties between Australia and the United States that would affect the recognition or enforcement of foreign judgments in Australia. We also note that investors may be able to bring an original action in an Australian court against us to enforce liabilities based in part upon U.S. federal securities laws.

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

A.   Directors and Senior Management

The following table lists the names of our directors and executive officers. The business address for each director and member of senior management is Level 9, 28 The Esplanade, Perth, Western Australia 6000, unless otherwise indicated.

Name
Age
Position
Ian Middlemas
58
Director and Chairman of the Board
Todd Hannigan
45
Director and Deputy Chairman of the Board and interim Chief Executive Officer
David Gay
59
Executive Director and President
Richard Kim
39
Chief Operating Officer
Adam Anderson
48
Senior Vice President, Coal Sales and Marketing
Dominic Allen
35
Vice President, Finance
Bruce Czachor
57
Vice President and General Counsel
Gregory Swan
36
Company Secretary
Jonathan Hjelte
36
Director
Richard McCormick
59
Director
Thomas Todd
44
Director

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. The business addresses for each of our directors and executive officers is Paringa Resources Limited, Level 9, 28 The Esplanade, Perth, WA 6000, Australia.

For further details, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees.”

B.   Advisers

Our principal Australian legal advisers are DLA Piper, located at Level 31, Central Park, 152-158 St. Georges Terrace, Perth WA 6000, Australia. Our principal United States legal advisors are Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, located at 200 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10166, and Frost Brown Todd LLC, located at Lexington Financial Center, 250 West Main Street, Suite 2800, Lexington, Kentucky 40507.

C.   Auditors

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu served as our principal independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017. The address of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu is Tower 2, Brookfield Place, 123 St. Georges Terrace, Perth Western Australia, 6000.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A.   Selected Financial Data

The consolidated financial information included in this registration statement on Form 20-F in the tables below at June 30, 2016 and 2017 and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere within this registration statement.

The consolidated financial information included in this registration statement on Form 20-F in the tables below at December 31, 2017 and for the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. We have prepared the unaudited information on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments consisting of normal and recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements.

6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The summary consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this registration statement on Form 20-F and with the information appearing in the section of this registration statement on Form 20-F entitled “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” Our historical results do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future period.

Summary Financial Information

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss data:
(in thousands, except per share data)
For the year ended June 30,
For the six months ended
December 31,
2017
2016
2015
2017
2016
Interest income
$
111
 
$
50
 
$
143
 
$
233
 
$
30
 
Exploration and evaluation expenses
 
(1,526
)
 
(1,327
)
 
(1,879
)
 
 
 
(991
)
Corporate and administrative expenses
 
(594
)
 
(302
)
 
(352
)
 
(455
)
 
(267
)
Business development expenses
 
(331
)
 
(96
)
 
(42
)
 
(202
)
 
(24
)
Foreign stock exchange listing expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(459
)
 
 
Employment expenses
 
(2,337
)
 
(2,245
)
 
(2,308
)
 
(1,370
)
 
(927
)
Share-based payment expenses
 
(674
)
 
(507
)
 
(546
)
 
(1,224
)
 
300
 
Depreciation and impairment expenses
 
(541
)
 
(30
)
 
(34
)
 
(7
)
 
(10
)
Other income and expenses
 
(63
)
 
(24
)
 
338
 
 
51
 
 
 
(Loss) before income tax
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,680
)
 
(3,433
)
 
(1,889
)
Income tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) for the year
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,680
)
 
(3,433
)
 
(1,889
)
Net (loss) attributable to members
$
(5,955
)
$
(4,481
)
$
(0.03
)
$
(3,433
)
$
(1,889
)
Basic and diluted (loss) per share from continuing operations 1
$
($0.03
)
$
($0.03
)
$
(0.03
)
$
(0.01
)
$
(0.01
)
Weighted average of ordinary shares outstanding
(in thousands)
 
213,376
 
 
153,123
 
 
136,983
 
 
316,756
 
 
187,546
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position data:
(in thousands)
As of June 30,
As of December 31,
2017
2016
2017
Cash and cash equivalents
$
34,802
 
$
303
 
$
24,544
 
Trade and other receivables
 
265
 
 
15
 
 
81
 
Total current assets
 
35,067
 
 
318
 
 
24,625
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
26,068
 
 
120
 
 
40,586
 
Exploration and evaluation assets
 
 
 
17,544
 
 
 
Other financial assets
 
4,044
 
 
29
 
 
4,613
 
Total assets
 
65,179
 
 
18,011
 
 
69,824
 
Total current liabilities
 
4,604
 
 
1,688
 
 
10,534
 
Total liabilities
 
4,604
 
 
1,688
 
 
11,340
 
Total equity
$
60,575
 
$
16,323
 
$
58,484
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow data:
(in thousands)
For the year ended June 30,
For the six months
ended December 31,
2017
2016
2015
2017
2016
Net cash outflow from operating activities
$
(4,990
)
$
(3,838
)
$
(4,489
)
$
(509
)
$
(2,007
)
Net cash outflow from investing activities
 
(8,575
)
 
(858
)
 
(1,475
)
 
(9,882
)
 
(710
)
Net cash inflow from financing activities
 
48,128
 
 
3,450
 
 
4,371
 
 
82
 
 
10,494
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
 
34,563
 
 
(1,246
)
 
(1,593
)
 
(10,309
)
 
7,777
 
Net foreign exchange differences
 
(64
)
 
(62
)
 
(1,055
)
 
51
 
 
(203
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
 
303
 
 
1,611
 
 
4,259
 
 
34,802
 
 
303
 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the p eriod
$
34,802
 
$
303
 
$
1,611
 
$
24,544
 
$
7,877
 
(1) See Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this registration statement for an explanation of the method used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share

7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

B.   Capitalization and Indebtedness

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2017. You should read this information together with our financial statements and the related notes and with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” appearing elsewhere in this registration statement.

(in thousands)
As of
December 31, 2017
Cash and cash equivalents
$
24,544
 
Non-current debt
 
 
Equity
 
 
 
Contributed equity
 
81,312
 
Reserves
 
1,681
 
Accumulated losses
 
(24,509
)
Total equity
$
58,484
 
Total capitalization
$
58,484
 

C.   Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D.   Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information in this registration statement on Form 20-F. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be seriously harmed and you could lose all or part of your investment. Further, if we fail to meet the expectations of the public market in any given period, the market price of the ADSs could decline. We operate in a competitive environment that involves significant risks and uncertainties, some of which are outside of our control. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business and financial condition could suffer and the price of the ADSs could decline.

Risks Related to our Business

Our properties have not yet been developed into producing coal mines and, if we experience any development delays or cost increases or are unable to complete the construction of our facilities, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We have not yet completed our development plan and do not expect to have full annual production from any of our properties until 2020. We expect to incur significant capital expenditures until we have completed the development of our properties. We expect that we will be required to incur capital expenditures of approximately $56.8 million to construct the Poplar Grove Mine, of which approximately $39.8 million remains to be spent to complete construction. We also expect that initial capital costs for the Cypress Mine, if undertaken, will be approximately $101.8 million. In addition, there will be operating losses which need to be funded as the business undergoes commissioning and ramps up to full production. The development of our properties involves numerous regulatory, environmental, political and legal uncertainties that are beyond our control and that may cause delays in, or increase the costs associated with, their completion. Accordingly, we may not be able to complete the development of the properties on schedule, at the budgeted cost or at all, and any delays beyond the expected development periods or increased costs above those expected to be incurred could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

In connection with the development of our properties, we may encounter unexpected difficulties, including the following:

shortages of materials or delays in delivery of materials;
unexpected operational events;
facility or equipment malfunctions or breakdowns;

8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

unusual or unexpected adverse geological conditions;
cost overruns;
failure to obtain, or delays in obtaining, all necessary governmental and third-party rights-of-way, easements, permits, licenses and approvals for the development, construction and operation of one or more of our properties, including the permits still required at our Poplar Grove and Cypress Mine projects;
adverse weather conditions and other catastrophes, such as explosions, fires, floods and accidents;
difficulties in attracting a sufficient skilled and unskilled workforce, increases in the level of labor costs and the existence of any labor disputes; and
adverse local or general economic or infrastructure conditions.

If we are unable to complete or are substantially delayed in completing the development of any of our properties, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

Because we have no operating history and have not yet generated any operating revenues or operating cash flows, you may have difficulty evaluating our ability to successfully implement our business strategy.

Because of our lack of operating history, the operating performance of our properties and our business strategy have not yet been proven. As a result, our historical financial statements do not provide a meaningful basis to evaluate our operations or our ability to achieve our business strategy. Therefore, it may be difficult for you to evaluate our business and results of operations to date and assess our future prospects. In addition, we may encounter risks and difficulties experienced by companies whose performance is dependent upon newly-constructed assets, such as any one of our properties failing to perform as expected, having higher than expected operating costs, having lower than expected customer revenues, or suffering equipment breakdown, failures or operational errors. We may be less successful in achieving a consistent operating level capable of generating cash flows from our operations as compared to a company whose major assets have had longer operating histories. In addition, we may be less equipped to identify and address operating risks and hazards in the conduct of our business than those companies whose major assets have had longer operating histories.

We have no operating history and our future performance is uncertain.

We are a development stage enterprise and will continue to be so until commencement of substantial production from our coal properties. Subject to the risks noted above, we do not expect to commence production until the second half of the 2018 calendar year at any of our properties, and therefore we do not expect to generate any revenue until that period. We have generated substantial net losses and negative cash flows from operating and investing activities since our inception and expect to continue to incur substantial net losses as we continue our mine development program. We face challenges and uncertainties in financial planning as a result of the unavailability of historical data and uncertainties regarding the nature, scope and results of our future activities. New companies must develop successful business relationships, establish operating procedures, hire staff, install management information and other systems, establish facilities and obtain licenses, as well as take other measures necessary to conduct their intended business activities. We may not be successful in implementing our business strategies or in completing the development of the infrastructure necessary to conduct our business as planned, which may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. In the event that one or more of our mine development programs are not completed or are delayed or terminated, our operating results will be adversely affected and our operations will differ materially from the activities described in this registration statement.

Global economic conditions or economic conditions in any of the industries in which our customers operate as well as sustained uncertainty in financial markets may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Weakness in global economic conditions or economic conditions in any of the industries we serve or in the financial markets could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or cash flows. For example:

the demand for electricity in the United States may decline if economic conditions deteriorate, which may adversely affect our revenues, margins and profitability;
any inability of our customers to raise capital could adversely affect their ability to honor their obligations to us; and

9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our future ability to access the capital markets may be restricted as a result of future economic conditions, which could adversely affect our ability to grow our business, including development of our coal reserves.

A substantial or extended decline in coal prices could reduce our revenues and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows, financial condition, stock price and the value of our coal reserves.

Our results of operations will depend upon the prices we receive for our coal, as well as our ability to improve productivity and control costs. The prices we will receive for our production may depend upon factors beyond our control, including:

the supply of and demand for coal, which depends significantly on the demand for electricity;
adverse weather conditions and patterns, climatic or other natural conditions, including natural disasters, that affect demand for, or our ability to produce, coal;
the proximity to and availability, reliability and cost of transportation and port facilities;
competition from other coal suppliers and other energy sources;
domestic and foreign governmental regulations and taxes for our industry and those of our customers;
economic conditions, including economic downturns and the strength of the global and U.S. economies;
the price and availability of natural gas and alternative fuels;
the quantity, quality and pricing of coal available in the resale market;
the effects of worldwide energy conservation or emissions measures;
the effect of worldwide energy consumption, including the impact of technological advances on energy consumption; and
the consumption pattern of industrial customers, electricity generators and residential users.

Any adverse change in these factors could result in weaker demand and lower prices for our products. A substantial or extended decline in coal prices in the United States and other countries may materially adversely affect our operating results and cash flows by decreasing our revenues, as well as the value of our coal reserves, and may cause the number of risks that we face to increase in likelihood, magnitude and duration.

Competition within the coal industry may adversely affect our ability to sell coal, and excess production capacity in the industry could put downward pressure on coal prices.

We expect to compete with numerous other coal producers in various regions of the United States for domestic and international sales. We also expect to compete in international markets against coal producers in other countries. International demand for U.S. coal exports also affects coal demand in the United States. This competition affects coal prices and could adversely affect our ability to retain or attract coal customers. Increased competition from the Illinois Basin, the threat of increased production from competing mines and natural gas price declines with large basis differentials have all historically contributed to soft market conditions. In the past, high demand for coal and attractive pricing brought new investors to the coal industry, leading to the development of new mines and added production capacity. Subsequent overcapacity in the industry has contributed, and may in the future contribute, to lower coal prices.

Potential changes to international trade agreements, trade concessions, foreign currency fluctuations or other political and economic arrangements may benefit coal producers operating in countries other than the United States. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete on the basis of price or other factors with companies that in the future may benefit from favourable foreign trade policies or other arrangements. Coal is sold internationally in U.S. dollars and, as a result, general economic conditions in foreign markets and changes in foreign currency exchange rates may provide our foreign competitors with a competitive advantage. If our competitors’ currencies decline against the U.S. dollar or against our foreign customers’ local currencies, those competitors may be able to offer lower prices for coal to customers. Furthermore, if the currencies of our overseas customers, if any, were to significantly decline in value in comparison to the U.S. dollar, those customers may seek decreased prices for the coal we sell to them. Consequently, currency fluctuations could adversely affect the competitiveness of our coal in international markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Competition.”

10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The most important factors on which we expect to compete are delivered price ( i.e. , the cost of coal delivered to the customer, including transportation costs, which are generally paid by our customers either directly or indirectly), coal quality characteristics, contract flexibility ( e.g. , volume optionality and multiple supply sources) and reliability of supply. Some competitors may have, among other things, larger financial and operating resources, lower per ton cost of production, or relationships with specific transportation providers. The competition among coal producers may impact our ability to retain or attract customers and could adversely impact our revenues and cash available for distribution. In addition, declining prices from an oversupply of coal in the market could reduce our revenues and cash available for distribution.

Decreases in consumer demand for electricity and changes in general energy consumption patterns attributable to energy conservation trends could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The electricity utility industry in the United States accounts for over 92.0% of U.S. domestic coal consumption. The amount of coal consumed by the U.S. domestic electricity utility industry is affected primarily by the overall demand for electricity, environmental and other governmental regulations, and the price and availability of competing fuels for power plants such as nuclear, natural gas and fuel oil as well as alternative sources of energy. Electricity generation fueled by natural gas has the potential to displace coal-fueled generation, particularly from older, less efficient coal-powered generators. We expect that many of the new power plants needed in the United States to meet increasing demand for electricity generation will be fueled by natural gas because gas-fired plants are cheaper to construct and permits to construct these plants are easier to obtain relative to coal-fueled plants.

Future environmental regulation of greenhouse gas, or GHG, emissions also could accelerate the use by utilities of fuels other than coal. In addition, state and federal mandates for increased use of electricity derived from renewable energy sources could affect demand for coal. For example, the Clean Power Plan, or CPP, of the United States Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, could incentivize additional electricity generation from natural gas and renewable sources, and Congress has extended tax credits for renewable energy. In addition, a number of states have enacted mandates that require electricity suppliers to rely on renewable energy sources in generating a certain percentage of power. Such mandates, combined with other incentives to use renewable energy sources, such as tax credits, could make alternative fuel sources more competitive relative to coal. A decrease in coal consumption by the U.S. electricity utility industry could adversely affect the price of coal, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

Efforts to promote energy conservation in recent years could reduce both the demand for electricity and the general energy consumption patterns of consumers worldwide. The ability of energy conservation technologies, public initiatives and government incentives to reduce electricity consumption or to support forms of renewable energy could reduce the price of coal. If coal prices decrease, our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be adversely affected.

Feasibility study results are based on assumptions that are subject to uncertainty and the estimates may not reflect actual capital and operating costs or revenues from any potential future production.

Feasibility studies, including our BFS, are used to determine the economic viability of a mineral deposit. Such studies require us to make numerous assumptions, including assumptions about capital and operating costs and future coal prices. These assumptions are made at the time the study is completed based on information then available. We cannot assure you that actual costs or revenues will not vary significantly and adversely from the estimates used in the study. Accordingly, the economic viability of our mines, or the amount of mineral deposits that we will be able to economically extract, may differ materially from our estimates set forth in this registration statement.

We may depend on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues.

We likely will depend on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues. The failure to obtain additional customers or the loss of all or a portion of the revenues attributable to any customer as a result of competition, creditworthiness, inability to negotiate extensions or replacement of contracts or otherwise, could have adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Economic downturns and disruptions in the global financial markets have had, and may in the future have, an adverse effect on the demand for and price of coal.

Economic downturns and disruptions in the global financial markets have from time to time resulted in, among other things, extreme volatility in securities prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, rating downgrades of certain investments and declining valuations of others. These sorts of disruptions, and in particular, the tightening

11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of credit in financial markets, could result in a decrease demand for and the price of coal. Changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies, particularly where imported products are required for the mining process, could result in materially increased operating expenses. Any prolonged global, national or regional economic recession or other similar events could adversely affect the demand for and price of coal.

Risks Relating to Regulatory and Legal Developments

Climate change or carbon dioxide emissions reduction initiatives could significantly reduce the demand for coal and reduce the value of our coal assets.

Global climate issues continue to attract considerable public and scientific attention. Numerous reports, such as the Fourth and Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, have also engendered concern about the effect of human activity GHG emissions, such as carbon dioxide and methane, on global climate. Combustion of fossil fuels like coal results in the creation of carbon dioxide, which is emitted into the atmosphere by coal end-users such as coal-fired electric power generators, coke plants, steelmaking plants and, to a lesser extent, the mining equipment we use. In addition, coal mining can release methane directly into the atmosphere. Concerns associated with global climate change, and GHG emissions reduction initiatives designed to address them, have resulted, and are expected to continue to result, in decreased coal-fired power plant capacity and utilization, phasing out and closing of many existing coal-fired power plants, fewer new coal-fired power plants, increased mining costs and decreased demand and prices for coal.

Emissions from coal consumption and production are subject to pending and proposed regulations as part of regulatory initiatives to address global climate change and global warming. Various international, federal, regional, foreign and state proposals are currently in place or being considered to limit emissions of GHGs, including possible future U.S. treaty commitments, new federal or state legislation, and regulation under existing environmental laws by the EPA and other regulatory agencies. These include:

the 2015 Paris climate summit agreement, which resulted in voluntary commitments by 195 countries (although on June 1, 2017, the Trump administration announced that the U.S. will withdraw from the agreement) to reduce their GHG emissions and could result in additional firm commitments by various nations with respect to future GHG emissions;
federal regulations such as the Clean Power Plan, or CPP, which is currently stayed by the U.S. Supreme Court and would have required reductions in emissions from existing power plants, and new source performance standards for GHG emissions for new, modified or reconstructed coal and oil-fired power plants (“Power Plant NSPS”), which requires the use of partial carbon capture and sequestration (both of which are subject to potential suspension, revision or rescission);
state and regional climate change initiatives implementing renewable portfolio standards or cap-and-trade schemes;
challenges to or denials of permits for new coal-fired power plants or retrofits to existing plants by state regulators and environmental organizations due to concerns related to GHG emissions from the new or existing plants; and
private litigation against coal companies or power plant operators based on GHG-related concerns.

On March 28, 2017, President Trump signed the Executive Order for Promoting Energy Independence and Economic Growth (“March 2017 Executive Order”) that directed the EPA to review and, if appropriate, suspend, revise or rescind, both the CPP and the Power Plant NSPS as necessary to ensure consistency with the goals of energy independence, economic growth and cost-effective environmental regulation. On April 4, 2017, the EPA announced in the Federal Register that it is initiating its review of the CPP and the Power Plant NSPS. The EPA will also review the compliance dates set by the CPP, since some of these dates “have passed or will likely pass while the CPP continues to be stayed.” On April 28, 2017, the D.C. Circuit paused legal challenges to both the CPP and the Power Plant NSPS for 60 days to allow parties in each of those cases to brief the court on whether the case should be remanded to the agency or kept on hold. The outcome of these rulemakings is uncertain and likely to be subject to extensive notice and comment and litigation. More stringent standards for carbon dioxide pollution as a result of these rulemakings could further reduce demand for coal, and our business would be adversely impacted.

In addition, certain banks and other financing sources have taken actions to limit available financing for the development of new coal-fueled power plants, which also may adversely impact the future global demand for coal.

12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Further, there have been recent efforts by members of the general financial and investment communities, such as investment advisors, sovereign wealth funds, public pension funds, universities and other groups, to divest themselves and to promote the divestment of securities issued by companies involved in the fossil fuel extraction market, such as coal producers. Those entities also have been pressuring lenders to limit financing available to such companies. These efforts may adversely affect the market for our securities and our ability to access capital and financial markets in the future.

Furthermore, several well-funded non-governmental organizations have explicitly undertaken campaigns to reduce or eliminate the use of coal as a source of electricity generation. These groups have sought to stop or delay coal mining activities, bringing numerous lawsuits, including against the U.S. Bureau of Land Management, or BLM, and the U.S. Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, or OSM, to challenge not only the issuance of individual coal leases and mine plan approvals and modifications, but also the federal coal leasing program more broadly. These efforts, as well as concerted conservation and efficiency efforts that result in reduced electricity consumption, and consumer and corporate preferences for non-coal fuel sources, could cause coal prices and sales to materially decline and our costs to increase.

Any future laws, regulations or other policies or initiatives of the nature described above may adversely affect our business in material ways. The degree to which any particular law, regulation or policy impacts us will depend on several factors, including the substantive terms involved, the relevant time periods for enactment and any related transition periods. Considerable uncertainty is associated with these regulatory initiatives and legal developments, as the content of proposed legislation and regulation is not yet fully determined, many of the new regulatory initiatives remain subject to governmental and judicial review, and, with respect to federal initiatives, the current U.S. Presidential administration or Congress may further impact their development. We routinely attempt to evaluate the potential impact on us of any proposed laws, regulations or policies, which requires that we make several material assumptions. From time to time, we determine that the effect of one or more such laws, regulations or policies, if adopted and ultimately implemented as proposed, may adversely affect our operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In general, any future laws, regulations or other policies aimed at reducing GHG emissions have imposed and are likely to continue to impose significant costs on many coal-fired power plants, which may make them unprofitable. Accordingly, some existing power generators have switched to other fuels that generate fewer emissions and others are likely to switch, some power plants have closed and others are likely to close, and fewer new coal-fired plants are being constructed, all of which reduce demand for coal and the amount of coal that we sell and the prices that we receive for it, thereby reducing our revenues and adversely affect our results of operations and the value of our coal reserves.

Extensive environmental laws and regulations, including existing and potential future legislation, treaties and regulatory requirements relating to air emissions, waste management and water discharges, affect coal customers, and could further reduce the demand for coal as a fuel source and cause prices and sales of coal to materially decline.

We expect that our customers’ operations will be subject to extensive laws and regulations relating to environmental matters, including air emissions, wastewater discharges and the storage, treatment and disposal of wastes; and operational permits. In particular, the Clean Air Act and similar state and local laws extensively regulate the amount of sulfur dioxide, particulate matter, nitrogen oxides, mercury and other compounds emitted into the air from fossil-fuel fired power plants, which are the largest end-users of our coal. A series of more stringent requirements will or may become effective in coming years, including:

implementation of the current and more stringent proposed ambient air quality standards for sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, particulate matter and ozone, including the EPA’s issuance in October 2015 of a more stringent ambient air quality standard for ozone;
implementation of the EPA’s Cross-State Air Pollution Rule, or CSAPR, to significantly reduce nitrogen oxide and sulfur dioxide emissions from power plants in 28 states, and the CSAPR Update Rule, issued in September 2016, requiring further reductions in nitrogen oxides in 2017 in 22 states subject to CSAPR during the summertime ozone season;
continued implementation of the EPA’s Mercury and Air Toxics Standards, or MATS, which impose stringent limits on emissions of mercury and other toxic air pollutants from electric power generators, issued in December 2011 and in effect pending completion of judicial review proceedings;

13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

implementation of the EPA’s August 2014 final rule on cooling water intake structures for power plants;
more stringent EPA requirements governing management and disposal of coal ash pursuant to a rule finalized in December 2014; and
implementation of the EPA’s November 2015 final rule setting effluent discharge limits on the levels of metals that can be discharged from power plants.

These costs make coal more expensive to use and make it a less attractive fuel source of energy. Accordingly, some existing power generators have switched to other fuels that generate fewer emissions and others are likely to switch, some power plants have closed and others are likely to close, and fewer coal-fired plants are being constructed, all of which reduce demand for coal.

In addition, regulations regarding sulfur dioxide emissions under the Clean Air Act, including caps on emissions and the price of emissions allowances, have a potentially significant impact on the demand for coal based on its sulfur content. We plan to sell both higher sulfur and low sulfur coal. If power generators widely install technology that reduces sulfur emissions, demand for high sulfur coal may decrease relative to low sulfur coal. Decreases in the price of emissions allowances could have a similar effect. Significant increases in the price of emissions allowances could reduce the competitiveness of higher sulfur coal compared to low sulfur coal and possibly natural gas at power plants not equipped to reduce sulfur dioxide emissions. Any of these events could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our mining operations are subject to extensive and costly laws and regulations, and current or future laws and regulations could increase current operating costs or limit our ability to produce coal.

Our operations are subject to numerous U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations affecting the coal mining industry, including laws and regulations pertaining to employee health and safety, permitting and licensing requirements, air and water quality standards, plant and wildlife protection, reclamation and restoration of mining properties after mining is completed, the discharge or release of materials into the environment, surface subsidence from underground mining and the effects that mining has on groundwater quality and availability. We will incur substantial costs to comply with the laws, regulations and permits that apply to our mining and other operations, and to address the outcome of inspections. The required compliance and actions to address inspection outcomes are often time-consuming and may delay commencement or continuation of exploration or production. In addition, due in part to the extensive and comprehensive regulatory requirements, violations of laws, regulations and permits may occur at our operations from time to time and may result in significant costs to us to correct the violations, as well as substantial civil or criminal penalties and limitations or shutdowns of our operations. In addition, these laws and regulations will require us to obtain numerous governmental permits and comply with the requirements of those permits (described in more detail below).

Certain of these laws and regulations may impose strict liability without regard to fault or legality of the original conduct. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, the imposition of remedial liabilities, and the issuance of injunctions limiting or prohibiting the performance of operations. Complying with these laws and regulations may be costly and time consuming and may delay commencement or continuation of exploration, development or production operations. It is possible that new laws or regulations may be adopted, or that judicial interpretations or more stringent enforcement of existing laws and regulations may occur, which could adversely affect our results of operations or cash flows.

State and federal laws addressing mine safety practices impose stringent reporting requirements and civil and criminal penalties for violations. Federal and state regulatory agencies continue to interpret and implement these laws and propose new regulations and standards. Implementing and complying with these laws and regulations has increased and will continue to increase our operational expense and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operation.

The Mine Safety and Health Administration, or MSHA, and state regulators may also order the temporary or permanent closing of a mine in the event of certain violations of safety rules, accidents or imminent dangers. In addition, regulators may order changes to mine plans or operations due to their interpretation or application of existing or new laws or regulations. Any required changes to mine plans or operations may result in temporary idling of production or addition of costs. We expect that these factors will have a significant effect on our costs of production and competitive position, and may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may be unable to obtain and renew permits, leases or other rights necessary for our operations, which could reduce our production, results of operations or cash flow.

Mining companies must obtain numerous regulatory permits that impose strict conditions on various environmental and safety matters in connection with coal mining. The permitting rules are complex and change over time, potentially in ways that may make our ability to comply with the applicable requirements more difficult or impractical or even preclude the continuation of ongoing operations or the development of future mining operations. The public, including special interest groups and individuals, have certain rights under various statutes to comment upon, submit objections to and otherwise engage in the permitting process, including bringing citizens’ lawsuits to challenge permits or mining activities. In states where we operate, applicable laws and regulations also provide that a mining permit or modification can be delayed, refused or revoked if an officer or director of, a stockholder with a 10% or greater interest in, or certain other affiliates of, the applicant or permittee or an entity that is affiliated with or is in a position to control the applicant or permittee, has outstanding permit violations. Thus, past or ongoing violations of federal and state mining laws could provide a basis to revoke existing permits or to deny the issuance of additional permits or the modification or amendment of existing permits. In recent years, the permitting required for coal mining has been the subject of increasingly stringent regulatory and administrative requirements and extensive litigation by environmental groups.

As a result, the permitting process is costly and time-consuming, required permits may not be issued or renewed in a timely fashion (or at all), and permits that are issued may be conditioned in a manner that may restrict our ability to conduct our mining activities efficiently. In some circumstances, regulators could seek to revoke permits previously issued.

We expect that many of our permits will be subject to renewal from time to time, and renewed permits may contain more restrictive conditions than our existing permits.

Future changes or challenges to the permitting and mine plan modification and approval process could cause additional increases in the costs, time, and difficulty associated with obtaining and complying with the permits, and could delay or prevent commencing or continuing exploration or production operations, and as a result, adversely affect our coal production, cash flows and profitability.

Our long-term growth may be materially adversely impacted if economic, commercially available carbon mitigation technologies for power plants are not developed and adopted in a timely manner.

Federal or state laws or regulations may be adopted that would impose new or additional limits on the emissions of GHGs, including carbon dioxide from electric generating units that use fossil fuels such as coal or natural gas. In order to comply with such regulations, electric generating units using fossil fuels may be required to implement carbon capture or other emissions control technologies. For example, pursuant to the Power Plant NSPS finalized by the EPA in August 2015, the EPA has designated partial carbon capture and sequestration as the best system of emission reduction for newly constructed fossil fuel-fired steam generating units at power plants to employ to meet the standard. However, there is a risk that such technology, which may include storage, conversion, or other commercial use for captured carbon, may not be commercially practical in limiting emissions as otherwise required by the rule or similar rules that may be proposed in the future. The Power Plant NSPS is undergoing judicial and administrative review and may be revised or rescinded in whole or in part pursuant to the March 2017 Executive Order. If such legislative or regulatory programs are adopted, and economic, commercially available carbon capture or other carbon mitigation technologies for power plants are not developed or adopted in a timely manner, it would further reduce the demand for coal as a fuel source, causing coal prices to decline, perhaps materially.

Federal and state regulatory agencies have the authority to order any of our facilities to be temporarily or permanently closed under certain circumstances, which could materially adversely affect our ability to meet our customers’ demands.

Federal and state regulatory agencies have the authority following significant health and safety incidents, such as fatalities, to order a facility to be temporarily or permanently closed. If this were to occur, we may be required to incur capital expenditures to re-open the facility. In the event that these agencies order the closing of our facilities, we may have to purchase coal from third-party sources, if it is available, incur capital expenditures to re-open the facilities or negotiate settlements with customers, which may include price reductions, the reduction of commitments or the extension of time for delivery or terminate customers’ contracts. Any of these actions could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain U.S. federal income tax provisions currently available with respect to coal percentage depletion and exploration and development may be eliminated by future legislation.

From time to time, legislation is proposed that could result in the reduction or elimination of certain U.S. federal income tax provisions currently available to companies engaged in the exploration, development and production of coal reserves. These proposals have included (1) the elimination of current deductions, the 60-month amortization period and the 10-year amortization period for exploration and development costs relating to coal and other hard mineral fossil fuels, (2) the repeal of the percentage depletion allowance with respect to coal properties, (3) the repeal of capital gains treatment of coal and lignite royalties, and (4) the elimination of the U.S. manufacturing deduction for coal and other hard mineral fossil fuels. The passage of these or other similar proposals could negatively affect our results of operations and cash flows.

Changes in U.S. federal, state, or county tax laws, particularly in the areas of non-income taxes and royalties, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We expect to pay U.S. federal and state royalties and federal, state and county non-income taxes on the coal we will produce. We expect that a substantial portion of our royalties and non-income taxes will be levied as a percentage of gross revenues, while others will be levied on a per ton basis. If the royalty and non-income tax rates were to significantly increase, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Defects in title or loss of any leasehold interests in our properties could limit our ability to conduct mining operations on these properties or result in significant unanticipated costs.

A title defect or the loss of any lease upon expiration of its term, upon a default or otherwise, could adversely affect our ability to mine the associated reserves or process the coal that we mine. Title to most of our owned or leased properties and mineral rights is not usually verified until we make a commitment to mine a property, which may not occur until after we have obtained necessary permits and completed exploration of the property. In some cases, we rely on title information or representations and warranties provided by our lessors or grantors. Our right to mine certain of our reserves may be adversely affected if defects in title, boundaries or other rights necessary for mining exist or if a lease expires. Any challenge to our title or leasehold interests could delay the mining of the property and could ultimately result in the loss of some or all of our interest in the property. From time to time we also may be in default with respect to leases for properties on which we have mining operations. In such events, we may have to close down or significantly alter the sequence of such mining operations which may adversely affect our future coal production and future revenues. If we mine on property that we do not own or lease, we could incur liability for such mining and be subject to regulatory sanction and penalties.

In order to obtain, maintain or renew leases or mining contracts to conduct our mining operations on property where these defects exist, we may in the future have to incur unanticipated costs. In addition, we may not be able to successfully negotiate new leases or mining contracts for properties containing additional reserves, or maintain our leasehold interests in properties where we have not commenced mining operations during the term of the lease. As a result, our results of operations, business and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

Numerous political and regulatory authorities and governmental bodies, as well as environmental activist groups, are devoting substantial resources to anti-coal activities to minimize or eliminate the use of coal as a source of electricity generation, thereby further reducing the demand and pricing for coal and potentially materially and adversely affecting our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Concerns about the environmental impacts of coal combustion, including perceived impacts on global climate issues, are resulting in increased regulation of coal combustion in many jurisdictions, unfavorable lending policies by lending institutions and divestment efforts affecting the investment community, which could adversely affect demand for our products or our securities. Global climate issues continue to attract public and scientific attention. Some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts and floods and other climatic events. Numerous reports, such as the Fourth and Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, have also engendered concern about the impacts of human activity, especially fossil fuel combustion, on global climate issues. In turn, increasing government attention is being paid to global climate issues and to emissions of GHGs, including emissions of carbon dioxide from coal combustion by power plants.

16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Federal, state and local governments may pass laws mandating the use of alternative energy sources, such as wind power and solar energy, which may decrease demand for coal products. The CPP is one of a number of recent developments aimed at limiting GHG emissions which could limit the market for coal products by encouraging electric generation from sources that do not generate the same amount of GHG emissions. Enactment of laws or passage of regulations regarding emissions from the combustion of coal by the U.S., states, or other countries, could also result in electricity generators further switching from coal to other fuel sources or additional coal-fueled power plant closures. For example, the agreement resulting from the 2015 U.N. Framework Convention on Climate Change contains voluntary commitments by numerous countries to reduce their GHG emissions, and could result in additional firm commitments by various nations with respect to future GHG emissions. These commitments could further disfavour coal-fired generation, particularly in the medium-to long-term.

Congress has extended certain tax credits for renewable sources of electric generation, which will increase the ability of these sources to compete with our coal products in the market. In addition, the Department of Interior recently announced a moratorium on issuing certain new coal leases on federal land while the Bureau of Land Management undertakes a programmatic review of the federal coal program. While none of our operations are located on federal lands impacted by this moratorium, it does signal increased attention at the federal level to coal mining practices and the GHG emissions resulting from coal combustion.

There have also been efforts in recent years affecting the investment community, including investment advisors, sovereign wealth funds, public pension funds, universities and other groups, promoting the divestment of fossil fuel equities and also pressuring lenders to limit funding to companies engaged in the extraction of fossil fuel reserves. In California, for example, legislation was signed into law in October 2015 that requires California’s state pension funds to divest investments in companies that generate 50% or more of their revenue from coal mining by July 2017. Other activist campaigns have urged banks to cease financing coal-driven businesses. As a result, several major banks have enacted such policies. The impact of such efforts may adversely affect the demand for and price of securities issued by us, and impact our access to the capital and financial markets.

In addition, several well-funded non-governmental organizations have explicitly undertaken campaigns to minimize or eliminate the use of coal as a source of electricity generation. Collectively, these actions and campaigns could adversely impact our future financial results, liquidity and growth prospects.

Government regulations have resulted and could continue to result in significant retirements of coal-fired electric generating units. Retirements of coal-fired electric generating units decrease the overall capacity to burn coal and negatively affect coal demand, which could adversely affect our business and results of operation.

Since 2010, utilities have formally announced the retirement or conversion of 558 coal-fired electric generating units through 2030. These retirements and conversions amount to over 93,000 megawatts, or MW, or almost 30% of the 2010 total coal electric generating capacity. At the end of 2016 retirement and conversions affecting 60,000 MW, or approximately 19% of the 2010 total coal electric generating capacity, are estimated to have occurred. Most of these announced and completed retirements and conversions have been attributed to the EPA regulations, although other factors such as an aging coal fleet and low natural gas prices have also played a role. The reduction in coal electric capacity negatively impacts overall coal demand. Additional regulations and other factors could lead to additional retirements and conversions and, thereby, additional reductions in the demand for coal which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Plaintiffs in federal court litigation have attempted to pursue tort claims based on the alleged effects of climate change.

In 2004, eight states and New York City sued five electric utility companies in Connecticut v. American Electric Power Co. Invoking the federal and state common law of public nuisance, plaintiffs sought an injunction requiring defendants to abate their contribution to the nuisance of climate change by capping carbon dioxide emissions and then reducing them. In June 2011, the U.S. Supreme Court issued a unanimous decision holding that the plaintiffs’ federal common law claims were displaced by federal legislation and regulations. The U.S. Supreme Court did not address the plaintiffs’ state law tort claims and remanded the issue of preemption for the district court to consider. While the U.S. Supreme Court held that federal common law provides no basis for public nuisance claims against utilities due to their carbon dioxide emissions, tort-type liabilities remain a possibility and a source of concern. Proliferation of successful climate change litigation could adversely affect demand for coal and ultimately have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our operations may impact the environment or cause exposure to hazardous substances, and our properties may have environmental contamination, which could result in material liabilities to us.

We expect that our operations will use certain hazardous materials, and that from time to time we will generate limited quantities of hazardous wastes. We may be subject to claims under federal or state law for toxic torts, natural resource damages and other damages as well as for the investigation and clean-up of soil, surface water, sediments, groundwater and other natural resources. These and other environmental impacts that our operations may have, as well as exposures to hazardous substances or wastes associated with our operations, could result in costs and liabilities that could render continued operations at certain mines economically unfeasible or impractical or otherwise materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Operations

Our coal mining production and delivery will be subject to conditions and events beyond our control that could result in higher operating expenses and decreased production and sales.

We expect that our coal production at our mines will be subject to operating conditions and events beyond our control that could disrupt operations, affect production and the cost of mining for varying lengths of time and have a significant impact on our operating results. Adverse operating conditions and events that may experience in the future include:

changes or variations in geologic, hydrologic or other conditions, such as the thickness of the coal deposits and the amount of rock embedded in or overlying the coal deposit;
mining, processing and loading equipment failures and unexpected maintenance problems;
limited availability or increased costs of mining, processing and loading equipment and parts and other materials from suppliers;
difficulties associated with mining under or around surface obstacles;
unfavorable conditions with respect to proximity to and availability, reliability and cost of transportation facilities;
adverse weather and natural disasters, such as heavy snows, heavy rains and flooding, lightning strikes, hurricanes or earthquakes;
accidental mine water discharges, coal slurry releases and failures of an impoundment or refuse area;
mine safety accidents, including fires and explosions from methane and other sources;
hazards or occurrences that could result in personal injury and loss of life;
a shortage of skilled and unskilled labor;
security breaches or terroristic acts;
strikes and other labor-related interruptions;
delays or difficulties in, the unavailability of, or unexpected increases in the cost of acquiring, developing or permitting new acquisitions from the federal government and other new mining reserves and surface rights;
competition or conflicts with other natural resource extraction activities and production within our operating areas;
the termination of material contracts by state or other governmental authorities; and
fatalities, personal injuries or property damage arising from train derailments, mined material or overburden leaving permit boundaries, underground mine blowouts, impoundment failures or other unexpected incidents.

If any of these or other conditions or events occur in the future at any of our mines or affect deliveries of our coal to customers, they may increase our cost of mining, delay or halt production or sales to our customers, result in regulatory action or lead to customers initiating claims against us. Any of these consequences could adversely affect our results of operations or decrease the value of our assets.

18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We expect to maintain insurance policies that may provide limited coverage for some of these risks. Even when covered by insurance, these risks may not be fully covered and insurers may contest their obligations to make payments. Failures by insurers to make payments could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Our ability to operate our business effectively could be impaired if we fail to attract and retain key personnel.

Our ability to operate our business and implement our strategies depends, in part, on the continued contributions of our executive officers and other key employees. The loss of any of our key senior executives could have a material adverse effect on our business unless and until we find a replacement. A limited number of persons exist with the requisite experience and skills to serve in our senior management positions. We may not be able to locate or employ qualified executives on acceptable terms. In addition, we believe that our future success will depend on our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel with coal industry experience. Competition for these persons in the coal industry is intense and we may not be able to successfully recruit, train or retain qualified managerial personnel. As a public company, our future success also will depend on our ability to hire and retain management with public company experience. We may not be able to continue to employ key personnel or attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Our failure to retain or attract key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our ability to effectively operate our business.

A shortage of skilled mining labor in the United States could decrease our labor productivity and increase our labor costs, which would adversely affect our profitability.

Efficient coal mining using complex and sophisticated techniques and equipment requires skilled laborers proficient in multiple mining tasks, including mining equipment maintenance. Any shortage of skilled mining labor reduces the productivity of experienced employees who must assist in training unskilled employees. If a shortage of experienced labor occurs, it could have an adverse impact on our labor productivity and costs and our ability to expand production in the event there is an increase in the demand for our coal, which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Litigation resulting from disputes with our customers may result in substantial costs, liabilities and loss of revenues.

From time to time we may have disputes with our customers over the provisions of long-term coal supply contracts relating to, among other things, coal pricing, quality, quantity and the existence of specified conditions beyond our or our customers’ control that suspend performance obligations under the particular contract. Disputes may occur in the future, and we may not be able to resolve those disputes in a satisfactory manner, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Coal competes with natural gas and renewable energy sources, and factors affecting these industries could adversely affect our sales.

Coal competes with natural gas and renewable energy sources, and the price of these sources can therefore affect coal sales. The natural gas market has been volatile historically and prices in this market are subject to wide fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in supply and demand. Changes in supply and demand could be prompted by any number of factors, such as worldwide and regional economic and political conditions; the level of global exploration, production and inventories; natural gas prices; and transportation availability. Natural gas prices have declined significantly in recent years and may continue to decline, which could lead to reduced coal sales and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, state and federal mandates for increased use of electricity from renewable energy sources also have an impact on the market for our coal. Several states have enacted legislative mandates requiring electricity suppliers to use renewable energy sources to generate a certain percentage of power. There have been numerous proposals to establish a similar uniform, national standard although none of these proposals have been enacted to date. Possible advances in technologies and incentives, such as tax credits, to enhance the economics of renewable energy sources could make these sources more competitive with coal. Any reduction in the amount of coal consumed by electric power generators could reduce the price of coal that we mine and sell, thereby reducing our revenues and materially and adversely affecting our business and results of operations.

19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Major equipment and plant failures could reduce our ability to produce and ship coal and materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

We expect to depend on several major pieces of mining equipment and preparation plants to produce and ship our coal, including, but not limited to, longwall mining systems, preparation plants, and transloading facilities. If any of these pieces of equipment or facilities suffered major damage or were destroyed by fire, abnormal wear, flooding, incorrect operation or otherwise, we may be unable to replace or repair them in a timely or cost efficient manner.

Although none of our employees are members of unions, our work force may not remain union-free in the future.

None of our employees are currently represented under collective bargaining agreements. However, under the U.S. National Labor Relations Act, employees have the right at any time to form or affiliate with a union. Any future unionization of our employees or the employees of third-party contractors who mine coal for us could adversely affect the stability of our production and reduce our profitability. Therefore, all of our work force may not remain union-free in the future, and legislative, regulatory or other governmental action could make it more difficult to remain union-free. If some or all of our currently union-free operations were to become unionized, it could adversely affect our productivity and increase the risk of work stoppages at our mining complexes. In addition, even if we remain union-free, our operations may still be adversely affected by work stoppages at unionized companies, particularly if union workers were to orchestrate boycotts against our operations.

Fluctuations in transportation costs and the availability or reliability of transportation could reduce revenues by causing us to reduce our production or by impairing our ability to supply coal to our customers and could adversely affect our business.

We expect that transportation costs will represent a significant portion of the total cost of coal for our customers and, as a result, the cost of transportation will be a critical factor in a customer’s purchasing decision. Increases in transportation costs could make coal a less competitive source of energy or could make our coal production less competitive than coal produced from other sources. Disruption of transportation services due to weather-related problems, flooding, drought, accidents, mechanical difficulties, strikes, lockouts, bottlenecks or other events could temporarily impair our ability to supply coal to our customers. Due to the difficulty in arranging alternative transportation, these operations are particularly at risk to disruptions, capacity issues or other difficulties with that carrier’s transportation services, which could adversely impact our revenues and results of operations. Our transportation providers may face difficulties in the future that may impair our ability to supply coal to our customers, resulting in decreased revenues. If there are disruptions of the transportation services provided by our primary rail or barge carriers that transport our coal and we are unable to find alternative transportation providers to ship our coal, our business could be adversely affected.

Conversely, significant decreases in transportation costs could result in increased competition from coal producers in other parts of the country. For instance, difficulty in coordinating the many eastern coal loading facilities, the large number of small shipments, the steeper average grades of the terrain and a more unionized workforce are all issues that combine to make coal shipments originating in the eastern United States inherently more expensive on a per-mile basis than coal shipments originating in the western United States. Historically, high coal transportation rates from the western coal producing areas into certain eastern markets limited the use of western coal in those markets. Lower rail rates from the western coal producing areas to markets served by eastern U.S. coal producers have created major competitive challenges for eastern coal producers. In the event of further reductions in transportation costs from western coal producing areas, the increased competition with certain eastern coal markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Conflicts with competing holders of mineral rights and rights to use adjacent, overlying or underlying lands could materially and adversely affect our ability to mine coal or do so on a cost-effective basis.

Our operations at times face potential conflicts with holders of other mineral interests such as coalbed methane, natural gas and oil reserves. Some of these minerals are located on, or are adjacent to, some of our coal reserves and active operations, potentially creating conflicting interests between us and the holders of those interests. From time to time we acquire these minerals ourselves to prevent conflicting interests from arising. If, however, conflicting interests arise and we do not acquire the competing mineral rights, we may be required to negotiate our ability to mine with the holder of the competing mineral rights. Furthermore, the rights of third parties for competing uses of adjacent, overlying or underlying lands, such as oil and gas activity, coalbed methane, pipelines, roads, easements and

20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

public facilities, may affect our ability to operate as planned if our title is not superior or arrangements cannot be negotiated. If we are unable to reach an agreement with these holders of such rights, or to do so on a cost-effective basis, we may incur increased costs and our ability to mine could be impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Completion of growth projects and future expansion could require significant amounts of financing that may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, and failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed may force us to delay, limit or terminate future growth projects.

We plan to fund capital expenditures for our current growth projects with existing cash balances, debt financing and future cash flows from operations. We expect that we will be required to incur capital expenditures of approximately $56.8 million to construct the Poplar Grove Mine, of which approximately $39.8 million remains to be spent to complete construction. We also expect that initial capital costs for the Cypress Mine, if undertaken, will be approximately $101.8 million. Weakness in the energy sector in general and coal in particular has significantly reduced access to the debt and equity capital markets for some coal companies. Accordingly, our funding plans may be negatively affected by this constrained environment as well as numerous other factors, including higher than anticipated capital expenditures or lower than expected cash flow from operations. Furthermore, exploration and development of the Cypress Mine or other expansion opportunities could require significant amounts of financing that may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Estimates of our economically recoverable coal reserves involve uncertainties, and inaccuracies in our estimates could result in lower than expected revenues, higher than expected costs, decreased profitability and asset impairments.

The estimates of our coal reserves may vary substantially from actual amounts of coal we are able to economically recover. The reserve data set forth in this registration statement represent our engineering estimates. All of the reserves presented in this registration statement constitute proven and probable reserves. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of reserves, including many factors beyond our control. Estimates of coal reserves necessarily depend upon a number of variables and assumptions, any one of which may vary considerably from actual results. These factors and assumptions relate to:

geological and mining conditions, which may not be fully identified by available exploration data and/or differ from our experiences in areas where we currently mine;
the percentage of coal in the ground ultimately recoverable;
historical production from the area compared with production from other producing areas;
the assumed effects of regulation and taxes by governmental agencies;
future improvements in mining technology; and
assumptions concerning future coal prices, operating costs, capital expenditures, severance and excise taxes and development and reclamation costs.

For these reasons, estimates of the recoverable quantities of coal attributable to any particular group of properties, classifications of reserves based on risk of recovery and estimates of future net cash flows expected from these properties as prepared by different engineers, or by the same engineers at different times, may vary substantially. Actual production, revenue and expenditures with respect to our reserves will likely vary from estimates, and these variations may be material. Accordingly, our estimates may not accurately reflect our actual reserves. Any inaccuracy in our reserve estimates could result in lower than expected revenues, higher than expected costs, decreased profitability and asset impairments.

Substantially all of our coal reserves are leased from landowners and, if we begin construction, additional mineral leases must be acquired in order to execute the life of mine plan of the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines.

We lease the majority of our coal reserves from landowners and generally have the right to maintain leases in force until the exhaustion of mineable and merchantable coal located within the leased premises or a larger coal reserve area. These leases provide for the payment of annual minimum advance royalties prior to the commencement of mining operations and the payment of earned royalties once mining operations commence. These minimum royalties generally start at $10 per acre per year and escalate every five years to a maximum of $25 per acre beginning in the

21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

15th year. We ordinarily have no obligation to continue paying these minimum royalties once we cease production on a particular landowner’s property. These minimum royalties are normally recoupable against the earned royalties owed to a lessor once coal production has commenced.

Kentucky state law allows the owner or controller of a partial interest tract to develop the tract in a manner consistent with full control of the property. Therefore, we expect, but cannot assure you, that any partial interest tracts that are less than 100% leased can be developed. Not all of the mine plans for Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines can be mined on mineral property currently controlled by us. Additional mineral leases representing approximately one-third of the life-of-mine land must be acquired in order to execute the life of mine plan to achieve the projected financial performance of the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mine. If we are unable to successfully negotiate these additional coal leases with any or all of these surface owners, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may be unable to mine these areas which may adversely impact our business and results of operations. Furthermore, if we decide to alter our plans to mine around the affected areas, we could incur additional costs to do so, which could increase our operating expenses and could adversely affect our results of operations.

Decreased availability or increased costs of key equipment and materials could adversely affect our costs of production and results of operations.

We expect that our coal mining operations will be affected by commodity prices. We will depend on reliable supplies of mining equipment, replacement parts and materials such as explosives, diesel fuel, tires, steel, magnetite and other raw materials and consumables which, in some cases, do not have ready substitutes. The supplier base providing mining materials and equipment has been relatively consistent in recent years, although there continues to be consolidation, which has resulted in a limited number of suppliers for certain types of equipment and supplies. Any significant reduction in availability or increase in cost of any mining equipment or key supplies could adversely affect our operations and increase our costs, which could adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

Some equipment and materials are needed to comply with regulations. For example, MSHA and other regulatory agencies sometimes make changes with regards to requirements for pieces of equipment. In 2015, MSHA promulgated a new regulation requiring the implementation of proximity detection devices on all continuous mining machines. Such changes could cause delays if manufacturers and suppliers are unable to make the required changes in compliance with mandated deadlines.

In addition, the prices we will pay for these materials will be strongly influenced by the global commodities markets. Coal mines consume large quantities of commodities such as steel, copper, rubber products, explosives and diesel and other liquid fuels. If the value of the U.S. dollar declines relative to foreign currencies with respect to certain imported supplies or other products, our operating expenses will increase, which could materially adversely impact our profitability. Some materials, such as steel, are needed to comply with regulatory requirements. Furthermore, operating expenses at our mining locations will be sensitive to changes in certain variable costs, including diesel fuel prices, which will be one of our largest variable costs. Our results will depend on our ability to adequately control our costs. Any increase in the price we pay for diesel fuel will have a negative impact on our results of operations. A rapid or significant increase in the cost of these commodities could increase our mining costs because we will have limited ability to negotiate lower prices.

Cybersecurity attacks, natural disasters, terrorist attacks and other similar crises or disruptions may negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may be impacted by disruptions such as cybersecurity attacks or failures, threats to physical security, and extreme weather conditions or other natural disasters. Strategic targets, such as energy-related assets, may be at greater risk of future terrorist or cybersecurity attacks than other targets in the United States. These disruptions or any significant increases in energy prices that follow could result in government-imposed price controls. Our insurance may not protect us against such occurrences. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, as cybersecurity attacks continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to cybersecurity attacks.

Risks Related to Our Liquidity

We may need additional funds to develop our properties .

Our operations have in the past and will in the future require substantial amounts of cash. We expect to continue to incur substantial capital expenditures to complete development of our mines. To finance our business plan, we intend

22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to incur indebtedness through the Project Loan Facility (which remains conditional upon satisfaction of a number of conditions precedent) or similar financing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to satisfy the conditions applicable to the Project Loan Facility. Failure to obtain the Project Loan Facility or obtain alternative financing may adversely affect our business and will result in delaying or indefinite postponement of our mines.

The terms of any available indebtedness will contain affirmative and negative covenants, which could impose significant operating and financial limitations and restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to enter into particular transactions and to engage in other actions that we may believe are advisable or necessary for our business. In addition, the occurrence of an event of default under any debt arrangement may entitle the lenders under such arrangements to exercise certain remedies, including the acceleration of repayment of outstanding borrowings under the facilities or the enforcement of security interests over our assets. If we obtain equity financing to finance our business plan, our shareholders may suffer substantial dilution. If we are unable to incur such indebtedness or otherwise raise funds through equity or debt financing, we may not have the necessary cash resources to finance our business plan. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such financing on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Failure to obtain or renew surety bonds on acceptable terms could affect our ability to secure reclamation and coal lease obligations, which could adversely affect our ability to mine or lease coal.

Federal and state laws will require us to place and maintain bonds to secure our obligations to repair and return property to its approximate original state after it has been mined (often referred to as “reclaim” or “reclamation”), to pay federal and state workers’ compensation and pneumoconiosis, or black lung, benefits and to satisfy other miscellaneous obligations. These bonds provide assurance that we will perform our statutorily required obligations and are referred to as “surety” bonds. These bonds are typically renewable on a yearly basis. The failure to maintain or the inability to acquire sufficient surety bonds, as required by state and federal laws, could subject us to fines and penalties and result in the loss of our mining permits. Such failure could result from a variety of factors, including:

lack of availability, higher expense or unreasonable terms of new surety bonds;
the ability of current and future surety bond issuers to increase required collateral, or limitations on availability of collateral for surety bond issuers due to the terms of our credit agreements; and
the exercise by third-party surety bond holders of their rights to refuse to renew the surety.

Our inability to acquire or failure to maintain these bonds, or a substantial increase in the bonding requirements, would have a material adverse effect on us.

Risks Related to the ADSs

The market price and trading volume of the ADSs may be volatile and may be affected by economic conditions beyond our control.

The market price of the ADSs may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume of the ADSs may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of the ADSs declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your ADSs at or above the purchase price, if at all. We cannot assure you that the market price of the ADSs will not fluctuate or significantly decline in the future.

Some specific factors that could adversely affect the price of the ADSs or result in fluctuations in their price and trading volume include:

actual or expected fluctuations in our operating results;
changes in market valuations of similar companies;
changes in our key personnel;
changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;
changes in trading volume of ADSs on Nasdaq and of our ordinary shares on the ASX;
sales of the ADSs or ordinary shares by us, our executive officers or our shareholders in the future; and
conditions in the financial markets or changes in general economic conditions.

23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

An active trading market for the ADSs may not develop.

Prior to this registration, the ADSs have not been listed on any stock exchange. If an active public market in the United States for the ADSs does not develop, the market price and liquidity of the ADSs may be adversely affected. While we plan to apply for the listing of the ADSs on Nasdaq, a liquid public market in the United States for the ADSs may not develop or be sustained after listing.

The dual listing of our ordinary shares and the ADSs may adversely affect the liquidity and value of the ADSs.

After the ADSs are listed on Nasdaq, our ordinary shares will continue to be listed on the ASX. We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of our ordinary shares and ADSs. However, the dual listing of our ordinary shares and the ADSs may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may adversely affect the development of an active trading market for the ADSs in the United States. The price of the ADSs could also be adversely affected by trading in our ordinary shares on the ASX.

Future sales of our ordinary shares or the ADSs, or the perception that such sales may occur, could depress our ordinary share price.

Almost all of our shares may be resold in the public market. In addition, we may engage in future equity financings to finance our business plan.

Resale of our securities offered, future equity offerings or the perception that such equity offerings will occur may cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop significantly. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future equity offerings.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted and expect to follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain Nasdaq requirements applicable to domestic issuers.

As a foreign private issuer whose ADSs will be listed on Nasdaq, we will be permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain Nasdaq requirements. Following our home country corporate governance practices, as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a U.S. company listed on Nasdaq, may provide less protection than is afforded to investors under Nasdaq rules applicable to domestic issuers. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Share Capital—Exemptions from Certain Nasdaq Corporate Governance Rules.”

In particular, we expect to follow home country law instead of Nasdaq practice in the following ways:

We expect to rely on an exemption from the independence requirements for a majority of our Board of Directors as prescribed by Nasdaq rules. The ASX Listing Rules do not require us to have a majority of independent directors although ASX Corporate Governance Principles do recommend a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, because Australian law and generally accepted business practices in Australia regarding director independence differ to the independence requirements under Nasdaq rules, we seek to claim this exemption.
We expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement that our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions under Nasdaq rules. The ASX Listing Rules and the Corporations Act do not require the independent directors of an Australian company to have such executive sessions and, accordingly, we seek to claim this exemption.
We expect to rely on an exemption from the quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders under Nasdaq rules. In compliance with Australian law, our Constitution provides that two shareholders present shall constitute a quorum for a general meeting. The Nasdaq rules require that an issuer provide for a quorum as specified in its by-laws for any meeting of the holders of ordinary shares, which quorum may not be less than 33 1/3 of the outstanding shares of an issuer’s voting ordinary shares. Accordingly, because applicable Australian law and rules governing quorums at shareholder meetings differ from Nasdaq’s quorum requirements, we seek to claim this exemption.
We will rely on an exemption from the requirement that we establish compensation and nominating. The ASX Listing Rules and Australian law do not require an Australian company to establish a compensation committee, known in Australia as a remuneration committee, or a nominating committee comprised solely of non-executive directors if the company is not included in the S&P/ASX300 Index at the beginning of its fiscal year. The Company was not included on the S&P/ASX300 Index at the beginning of its last fiscal

24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

year and, hence, is not required under ASX Listing Rules to have a remuneration committee or a nominating committee. The ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations contain a non-binding recommendation that all ASX-listed companies should have a remuneration committee and nominating committee comprised of at least three members, a majority of whom (including the chair) are “independent”. While these recommendations contain guidelines for assessing independence, ASX-listed entities are able to adopt their own definitions of an independent director for this purpose and is different from the definition in Nasdaq rules.

We expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement prescribed by the Nasdaq rules that issuers obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with certain acquisitions, private placements of securities, or the establishment or amendment of certain stock option, purchase or other compensation plans. Applicable Australian law and rules differ from Nasdaq rules, with the ASX Listing Rules providing generally for prior shareholder approval in numerous circumstances, including (i) issuance of equity securities exceeding 15% (or an additional 10% capacity to issue equity securities for the proceeding 12 month period if shareholder approval by shareholder resolution is sought at the Company's annual general meeting) of our issued share capital in any 12-month period (but, in determining the available limit, securities issued under an exception to the rule or with shareholder approval are not counted), (ii) issuance of equity securities to related parties (as defined in the ASX Listing Rules) and (iii) directors or their associates acquiring securities under an employee incentive plan. Due to differences between Australian law and rules and the Nasdaq shareholder approval requirements, we seek to claim this exemption.
We will rely on an exemption from the requirement that issuers must in compliance with Nasdaq rules maintain charters for a nomination committee and compensation committee. In addition, we expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement that issuers must maintain a code of conduct in compliance with the Nasdaq rules. Applicable Australian law does not require the Company to maintain any charters for their committees nor does such law require the Company maintain a code of conduct.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a company that is not a foreign private issuer or that files as a domestic issuer.

As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that impose disclosure requirements as well as procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Moreover, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as a company that files as a domestic issuer whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, nor will we generally required to comply with the SEC’s Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material non-public information. Accordingly, there may be less information publicly available concerning us than there is for a company that files as a domestic issuer.

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make the ADSs less attractive to investors and, as a result, adversely affect the price of the ADSs and result in a less active trading market for the ADSs.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, we have elected to rely on an exemption from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act relating to internal control over financial reporting, and we will not provide such an attestation from our auditors. We have also elected to rely on an exemption that permits an emerging growth company to include only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure, and we have therefore only included two years of audited financial statements and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this registration statement.

We may avail ourselves of these disclosure exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find the ADSs less attractive because of our reliance on some or all of these exemptions. If investors find the ADSs less attractive, it may adversely affect the price of the ADSs and there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs.

25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of:

the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of US$1,070,000,000 (as such amount is indexed for inflation every five years by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC) or more;
the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than US$1,070,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or
the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer”, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our ordinary shares and ADSs that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700,000,000 as of the last day of our most recently-completed second fiscal quarter.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. If we are unable to comply timely with these accounting standards, we may be delayed in providing the disclosures required by the Exchange Act.

If we are unable to favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, our stock price could be adversely affected.

Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this registration statement forms a part, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in each of our annual reports. Our management will need to provide such a report commencing with our first annual report after we have been required to file an annual report with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for the prior fiscal year, which we anticipate will be our annual report for the year ended June 30, 2019. We may not be able to favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of June 30, 2019 or beyond. If this occurs, investor confidence and our stock price could be adversely affected.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a U.S. listed public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time and expense to various compliance issues.

After we become a U.S. publicly-traded company, and particularly after we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we will incur substantial additional legal, accounting and other expenses as a result of the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. In addition, the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, along with rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and Nasdaq, where the ADSs will trade, have significant requirements on public companies, including many changes involving corporate governance. Management and other company personnel will be required to devote a substantial amount of time to ensuring our compliance with these regulations. Accordingly, our legal, accounting and financial compliance expenses will significantly increase, and certain corporate actions will become more time-consuming and costly. For example, these regulations may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified members of our Board of Directors and various corporate committees, and obtaining director and officer liability insurance will be more expensive.

ADS holders may be subject to additional risks related to holding ADSs rather than ordinary shares.

ADS holders do not hold ordinary shares directly and, as such, are subject to, among others, the following additional risks:

As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not be able to exercise shareholder rights, except through the Depositary as permitted by the deposit agreement.

26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Distributions on the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs will be paid to the Depositary, and before the Depositary makes a distribution to you on behalf of your ADSs, any withholding taxes that must be paid will be deducted. Additionally, if the exchange rate fluctuates during a time when the Depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.
We and the Depositary may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without the ADS holders’ consent in a manner that could prejudice ADS holders.

You must act through the Depositary to exercise your voting rights and, as a result, you may be unable to exercise your voting rights on a timely basis.

As a holder of ADSs (and not the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs), we will not treat you as one of our shareholders, and you will not be able to exercise shareholder rights. The Depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs, and ADS holders will be able to exercise voting rights with respect to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs only in accordance with the deposit agreement relating to the ADSs. There are practical limitations on the ability of ADS holders to exercise their voting rights due to the additional procedural steps involved in communicating with these holders. For example, holders of our ordinary shares will receive notice of shareholders’ meetings by mail and will be able to exercise their voting rights by either attending the shareholders meeting in person or voting by proxy. ADS holders, by comparison, will not receive notice directly from us. Instead, in accordance with the deposit agreement, we will provide notice to the Depositary of any such shareholders meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 30 days in advance of the meeting date. If we so instruct, the Depositary will mail to holders of ADSs the notice of the meeting and a statement as to the manner in which voting instructions may be given by holders as soon as practicable after receiving notice from us of any such meeting. To exercise their voting rights, ADS holders must then instruct the Depositary as to voting the ordinary shares represented by their ADSs. Due to these procedural steps involving the Depositary, the process for exercising voting rights may take longer for ADS holders than for holders of ordinary shares. The ordinary shares represented by ADSs for which the Depositary fails to receive timely voting instructions will not be voted.

We believe that we were a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the taxable year ended June 30, 2017, and we expect to be a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year ending June 30, 2018, which could have adverse tax consequences for our investors .

The rules governing passive foreign investment companies, or PFICs, can have adverse consequences for U.S. investors for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after the application of certain “look-through” rules with respect to our subsidiaries, either (i) 75% or more of our gross income consists of “passive income,” or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of our assets consist of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” Passive income generally includes interest, dividends, rents, certain non-active royalties and capital gains. As discussed in “Taxation-U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Certain Tax Consequences If We Are a Passive Foreign Investment Company,” we believe that we were a PFIC for the taxable year ended June 30, 2017 because we did not have active business income in that taxable year, and we expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year ending June 30, 2018 because we do not expect to begin active business operations in the current taxable year.

If we are characterized as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”) holds ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to that U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds ADSs or ordinary shares, even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status. Such a U.S. Holder may suffer adverse tax consequences, including ineligibility for any preferential tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred and additional reporting requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws and regulations. A U.S. Holder may, in certain circumstances, make a timely qualified electing fund, or QEF, election or a mark to market election to avoid or minimize the adverse tax consequences described above. We do not, however, expect to provide the information regarding our income that would be necessary in order for a U.S. Holder to make a QEF election. Moreover, our non-U.S. subsidiaries may also constitute PFICs, which could result in double taxation of the same income. Potential investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding all aspects of the application of the PFIC rules to our ADSs and ordinary shares.

Currency fluctuations may adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.

Our ordinary shares are quoted in Australian dollars on the ASX, and the ADSs will be quoted in U.S. dollars on Nasdaq. Movements in the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate may adversely affect the U.S. dollar price of

27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the ADSs. In recent years, the Australian dollar has generally depreciated against the U.S. dollar. Any continuation of this trend may positively affect the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs, even if the price of our ordinary shares in Australian dollars increases or remains unchanged. However, this trend may not continue and may be reversed. If the Australian dollar weakens against the U.S. dollar, the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs could decline, even if the price of our ordinary shares in Australian dollars increases or remains unchanged.

We have never declared or paid dividends on our ordinary shares, and we do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares. For the foreseeable future, we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to compliance with applicable laws and covenants under current or future credit facilities, which may restrict or limit our ability to pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. As a result, a return on your investment will only occur if the price of our ordinary shares and the ADSs appreciate.

You may not receive distributions on our ordinary shares represented by the ADSs or any value for such distribution if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to holders of ADSs.

While we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future, if such a dividend is declared, the depositary for the ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on our ordinary shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, in accordance with the limitations set forth in the deposit agreement, it may be unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to holders of ADSs. We have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of the ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of the ADSs. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value from them if it is unlawful or impractical to make them available to you. These restrictions may have a material adverse effect on the value of your ADSs.

Our Constitution and Australian laws and regulations applicable to us may adversely affect our ability to take actions that could be beneficial to our shareholders.

As an Australian company, we are subject to different corporate requirements than a corporation organized under the laws of the United States. Our Constitution, as well as the Corporations Act, set forth various rights and obligations that are unique to us as an Australian company. These requirements may operate differently than those of many U.S. companies. You should carefully review the summary of these matters set forth under the section entitled, “Item 10. Additional Information—Share Capital” as well as our Constitution, which is included as an exhibit to this registration statement prior to investing in the ADS.

You will have limited ability to bring an action against us or against our directors and officers, or to enforce a judgment against us or them, because we are incorporated in Australia and certain of our directors and officers reside outside the United States.

We are incorporated in Australia, certain of our directors and officers reside outside the United States and substantially all of the assets of those persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be impracticable or more expensive for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in Australia in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the applicable securities laws or otherwise.

You may not be able to participate in rights offerings and may experience dilution of your holdings as a result.

We may from time to time distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire our securities. However, we may not, and under the Deposit Agreement for the ADSs, the depositary will not, offer those rights to ADS holders unless both the rights and the underlying securities to be distributed to ADS holders are registered under the Securities Act or the distribution of them to ADS holders is exempted from registration under the Securities Act with respect to all holders of ADSs. We are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to any such rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective. In addition, we may not be able to rely on an exemption from registration under the Securities Act to distribute such rights and securities. Accordingly, holders of the ADSs may be unable to participate in our rights offerings and may experience dilution in their holdings as a result.

28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

You may be subject to limitations on transfer of the ADSs.

The ADSs are only transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. In addition, the depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary deem it advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the Deposit Agreement, or for any other reason.

Australian companies may not be able to initiate shareholder derivative actions, thereby depriving shareholders of the ability to protect their interests.

Australian companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. The circumstances in which any such action may be brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available in respect to any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of an Australian company being more limited than those of shareholders of a company organized in the United States. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred. Australian courts are also unlikely to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts in the United States based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities law and to impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in Australia, based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature. There is no statutory recognition in Australia of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of Australia may recognize and enforce the non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits, upon being satisfied about all the relevant circumstances in which that judgment was obtained.

29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A.   History and Development of the Company

Overview

Paringa Resources Limited is a developer of long-life thermal coal mines known as the Buck Creek Complex, consisting of the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines located in the western Kentucky section of the Illinois Basin. We believe both the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines possess geological and logistical advantages that will lower the operating costs of our mines and make it attractive to the coal fired power plants located in the Ohio River and southeast U.S. power markets.

We started construction of the Poplar Grove Mine in August 2017, and we expect to complete construction of the mine with first coal production expected during the second half of the 2018 calendar year. The Poplar Grove Mine is expected to begin coal production in the second half of 2018, ramp up production during 2019 and reach near full production capacity by the end of 2020.

Based on our current financial position, and assuming availability of the debt financing with Macquarie described in “—Financial Position” below, we expect to have sufficient cash flow to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine and commence commercial coal production. We intend to ship thermal coal predominately by barge from the Company’s barge loading facility, or barge load-out facility, on the Green River, leading to major coal transportation routes along the Ohio and Mississippi rivers.

We have not yet decided on the timing to develop the Cypress Mine, which if undertaken would require additional funds.

Our Properties

In March 2013, we acquired the Buck Creek Complex, which consists of the Poplar Grove Mine and Cypress Mine, from Buck Creek Resources, LLC. The complex is located in western Kentucky, approximately 175 miles southwest of the state capital of Frankfort and approximately 25 miles southwest of the city of Owensboro, Kentucky, within the Western Kentucky Coalfield region of the Illinois Basin. The Poplar Grove Mine lies between the towns of Hanson and Slaughters in the west and Calhoun and Sacramento in the east, within the Counties of McLean and Hopkins in Kentucky. The Cypress Mine is located immediately north of the Poplar Grove Mine.


30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Reserve Data

Our coal reserves, as set forth in the BFS, are summarized by project in the table below. See “—B. Business Overview—Key Factors and Assumptions” for additional information about our reserves.

 
Poplar Grove Mine
Cypress Mine
Location
Kentucky
Kentucky
Mining Method
Underground, room-and-pillar
Underground, room-and-pillar
Reserves ROM Recoverable Tons (in millions)
 
 
Proven
21.0
22.5
Probable
28.40
63.8
Total (1)
49.40
86.3
Estimated Full Production 2024 (million tons per year)
2.8
3.8
Anticipated Production Start Date
2018
2021
Projected Mine Life (years)
25
18
Average Annual Operating Costs (FOB Barge) ($/ton (2) )
$28.28
$27.37
Heating Content (Btu/lb (3) )
11,200
11,200
Planned Transportation
Barge/Truck
Barge
Sulfur % (product blend)
3.0%
3.0%
Coal prices used to estimate reserves (4)
$40.50 to $53.20 per ton
$40.50 to $53.20 per ton
(1) We estimate that dilution materials and allowances for losses will be approximately 24% of our recoverable reserves.
(2) Represents average operating costs free-on-board, or FOB Barge, at the Green River Barge Load-out Facility during steady state production.
(3) Btu/lb means the British thermal unit (Btu or BTU), which is a traditional unit of heat; it is defined as the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit.
(4) Based on our existing sales contract for 2018 through 2022 and then escalated (real) pricing (based on the 2022 pricing in the sales contract).

Financial Position

At December 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $24.5 million, $34.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively. We have entered into a debt financing facility with Macquarie Bank Limited (“Macquarie”) to provide a two-tranche $21.7 million Project Loan Facility to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. The Project Loan Facility remains conditional upon satisfaction of a number of conditions precedent prior to first drawdown including completion of legal due diligence by Macquarie, execution of tripartite agreements with Komatsu and Fricke, compliance with certain financial covenants and no material adverse change with respect to the Company. Drawdown of the second tranche of the Project Loan Facility (being $6.7 million) is conditional on a number of conditions precedent including drawdown of the first tranche of the Project Loan Facility (being $15 million), the satisfaction of the first tranche drawdown conditions precedent and the execution of an additional coal sales contract for specified amounts before October 31, 2018. Subject to satisfaction of such conditions, we hope to drawdown the Project Loan Facility during the 2018 calendar year. In addition, we recently raised approximately A$30.2 million in an equity offering in Australia (before associated costs). Based on our current financial position, and assuming availability of the Project Loan Facility (which remains conditional upon satisfaction of certain conditions precedent), we expect to have sufficient cash flow to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine and commence commercial coal production.

Our Strengths

We believe that we are well-positioned to successfully execute our business strategies because of the following competitive strengths:

Illinois Basin coal producer with permitted, high quality, long-lived reserves. Upon commencing production at Poplar Grove, which is expected during the second half of the 2018 calendar year, we believe we will be one of the few pure-play Illinois Basin thermal coal producers in the United States. As of December 2017, we control a reserve base of approximately 135.7 million ROM tons of marketable, high-quality Illinois Basin coal, with an expected mine life of 25 years for the Poplar Grove Mine and 18 years for the Cypress Mine. Both the Poplar Grove and Cypress

31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mines are fully permitted to begin construction, and our studies indicate that the coal at both mines have attractive properties compared to the coal at other existing mines in the Illinois Basin. Specifically, the coal from the WK No. 11 and WK No. 9 seams are expected to have a high heat content of 12,168 Btu/lb and 11,899 Btu/lb, respectively, after processing, which compares favorably with the larger producing mines in the Illinois Basin.

Fixed Price Sales Contract. We have entered into a long-term, fixed-price coal supply agreement totaling $205.0 million of future coal sales with a major regulated utility having coal fired power plants on the Ohio River Market. We expect that sales under the agreement will represent approximately 45% of the first five years of production. We believe the “fixed price, fix tons” nature of this agreement will reduce the volatility of our future revenues. See “B. Business Overview—Marketing, Sales and Contracts.”

Low Operating Costs. We project low operating costs for both our mines relative to other U.S. coal producers, resulting from (1) the high in-seam yield of the Poplar Grove Mine’s WK No. 9 and WK No. 11’s coal seams, (2) both mine plans being relatively flat and laterally continuous, (3) favorable mining conditions from a competent mine roof and floor structure, (4) close proximity to the Green River Barge Load-out Facility providing low transportation cost access to coal fired power plants located on the Ohio River. In addition, due to the high heating content ( i.e., 11,800 to 12,100 btu/lb) and low moisture content, we have developed a preparation plant flow sheet for our mines that we expect will allow for a portion of the run-of-mine (“ROM”) coal (approximately 20% to 30% of ROM) to bypass the preparation process and be blended back in with the processed coal, which would produce a higher yield, lower operating cost and lower heating content product that still meets customer specifications. In addition, both mines are located in an established coal mining district, which should allow us to access highly skilled, union-free labor and local mining services and equipment providers.

Low Capital Cost Development. We believe that our mines are located in an area that has significant operational and logistical advantages. Construction services, construction personnel, contractors and parts can be supplied by firms who are already operating in the region. The total initial capital estimate for the Poplar Grove Mine is estimated to be $56.8 million, and includes all major capital items including site development, electrical substation and infrastructure, mine development to access the coal seam, surface facilities, coal preparation plant, materials handling and the Green River barge load-out facility (excluding any contingencies, working capital and financing costs). In addition, we have entered into fixed price construction contracts that account for the majority of our initial construction capital expenditures at Poplar Grove.

Established financing plan. We had approximately $24.5 million of cash and short-term investments at December 31, 2017. Based on our current financial position, and assuming availability of the Project Loan Facility (which remains conditional upon satisfaction of certain conditions precedent), we expect to have sufficient cash flow to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine and commence commercial coal production.

Highly experienced management team with a long history of acquiring, developing, building and operating coal reserve properties. Our senior management team has significant experience in acquiring, developing, financing and operating coal mines in the United States under various market conditions. They have previously held senior business development, financial, operations, and coal sales positions at both large, publicly traded coal companies as well as successful private coal operations.

Our Strategies

The key elements of our strategy to grow our business include:

Complete the development of the Poplar Grove Mine and reach full production of 2.8 Mtpa. We started construction of the Poplar Grove Mine in August 2017, and we expect to complete the construction of the mine with first coal production expected during the second half of the 2018 calendar year. The Poplar Grove Mine is expected to begin coal production in the second half of 2018, ramp up production during 2019 and reach near full production capacity, estimated as 2.8 Mtpa, by the end of 2020.

Assess development plans for the Cypress Mine. The Cypress Mine is fully permitted for construction with all technical studies completed for its development, including a bankable feasibility study. We may begin construction of the Cypress Mine as early as 2019, in which case we would anticipate completing development in 2020 and, subject to obtaining all permits required for operation of the mine, commencing coal production in 2021. Our decision to construct the Cypress Mine will depend on us securing required debt or equity financing to pay for development and construction costs, our ability to identify and contract with customers who are willing to acquire a significant portion of production at the Cypress Mine and coal prices remaining at profitable levels.

32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continue to grow through a highly disciplined and selective acquisition strategy. Our senior management team has a demonstrated track record of identifying and securing geologically and logistically advantaged thermal coal projects. They also have shown success in the exploration and permitting of new mines and the building of long-lived resources through complementary acquisitions.

Pursue our financial strategy. We intend to fund development at the Poplar Grove Mine primarily from our current financial position, the Macquarie Project Loan Facility and projected cash flow from operations. We have projected cash flow from operations based on our fixed price sales contracts, as well as third-party forecasts of coal prices, discounted for expected transportation costs, ash content and the effects of having a blended coal product. We intend to utilize revolving credit arrangements for working capital management, in either the private or public markets, to the extent it is available. We expect to fund the development of the Cypress Mine, if undertaken, and any acquisition activities from operating cash flows and additional future issuances of debt or equity securities.

U.S. Regulations

We are an “emerging growth company” under the U.S. Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and will continue to qualify as an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of:

the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of US$1,070,000,000 (as such amount is indexed for inflation every five years by the SEC) or more;
the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than US$1,070,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or
the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer”, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our ordinary shares and ADSs that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700,000,000 as of the last day of our most recently-completed second fiscal quarter.

An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified exemptions from various requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies in the United States. Generally, a company that registers any class of its securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act is required to include in the second and all subsequent annual reports filed by it under the Exchange Act, a management report on internal control over financial reporting and, subject to an exemption available to companies that meet the definition of a “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, an auditor attestation report on management’s assessment of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. However, for so long as we continue to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will be exempt from the requirement to include an auditor attestation report in our annual reports filed under the Exchange Act, even if we do not qualify as a “smaller reporting company.” In addition, Section 103(a)(3) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, has been amended by the JOBS Act, to provide that, among other things, auditors of an emerging growth company are exempt from any rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the company.

Pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, an emerging growth company may elect to utilize an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards for public companies until such standards apply to private companies. We have elected not to utilize this extended transition period. This election is irrevocable.

We are also considered a “foreign private issuer” pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our ordinary shares or ADSs. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure), which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under Australian law, we prepare financial statements on an annual and semi-annual basis, and we are not required to prepare or file quarterly financial information other than quarterly updates. Our quarterly updates consist of a brief review of operations for the quarter together with a statement of cash expenditure during the quarter, the cash and cash equivalents balance as at the end of the quarter and estimated cash outflows for the following quarter.

For as long as we are a “foreign private issuer” we intend to file our annual financial statements on Form 20-F and furnish our semi-annual financial statements and quarterly updates on Form 6-K to the SEC for so long as we are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. However, the information we file or furnish is not the same as the information that is required in annual and quarterly reports on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q for U.S. domestic issuers. Accordingly, there may be less information publicly available concerning us than there is for a company that files as a domestic issuer.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We are required to determine our status as a foreign private issuer on an annual basis at the end of our second fiscal quarter. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (1) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents; (2) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (3) our business is administered principally in the United States. Since more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States, we will lose our status as a foreign private issuer if more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents as of the last day of our second fiscal quarter in any year. See “Risk Factors— We may lose our foreign private issuer status, which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses.”

Capital Expenditures

Our capital expenditures for fiscal 2015, 2016 and 2017 and the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 amounted to $1,475,000, $876,000, $8,575,000, $710,000 and $9,216,000, respectively.

Our capital exenditures have historically consisted principally of payments for property, plant and equipment in relation to the Buck Creek Mining Complex. Previously, our capital expenditures have also included payments for exploration assets (prior to making a decision to proceed with development of the Poplar Grove Mine) and payments for deferred purchase consideration in relation to the original purchase of the Buck Creek Mining Complex in 2012.

34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

B.   Business Overview

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a developer of long-life thermal coal mines known as the Buck Creek Complex, consisting of the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines located in the western Kentucky section of the Illinois Basin, approximately 175 miles southwest of the state capital of Frankfort and approximately 25 miles southwest of the city of Owensboro, Kentucky. We believe both the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines possess geological and logistical advantages that will lower the operating costs of our mines and make it attractive to the coal fired power plants to located in the Ohio River and southeast U.S. power markets.

We started construction of the Poplar Grove Mine in August 2017, and we expect to complete the construction of the mine with first coal production expected during the second half of the 2018 calendar year. The Poplar Grove Mine is expected to ramp up production in the 2018 and 2019 calendar years. Based on our current financial position, and assuming availability of the Project Loan Facility, we expect to have sufficient cash flow to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine and commence commercial coal production. We intend to ship thermal coal predominately by barge from the Company’s barge load-out facility on the Green River, leading to major coal transportation routes along the Ohio and Mississippi rivers.

We have not yet decided on the timing to develop the Cypress Mine, which if undertaken would require additional funds.

We are required by ASX Listing Rules to report ore reserves and mineral resources in Australia in compliance with the JORC Code. Under the SEC’s Industry Guide 7, classifications other than proven and probable reserves are not recognized and, as a result, the SEC generally does not permit mining companies like us to disclose measures of mineral resources, such as measured, indicated or inferred resources, in SEC filings.

We have commissioned MM&A to conduct a review of our BFS. MM&A have provided reserve coal tonnage estimates that are compliant with the SEC's Industry Guide 7 and accordingly, the reserves disclosed in this registration statement are compliant with the JORC Code and Industry Guide 7. However, we note for you that we have made assumptions about the likely existence of mineralized material when designing our mine plan.

The following map shows Buck Creek Complex and surrounding operations in Western Kentucky:


35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Development and Production Plans

Our plan is to develop low capital and operating cost mines located near low cost river transportation in the Illinois Basin. Both mines are fully permitted to begin construction. Once the Poplar Grove Mine is constructed, we currently plan to make low-cost mine developments to grow our coal production. We intend to support additional production growth with long-term sales contracts to ensure that additional capacity investments generate high levels of free cash flow.

Our development plan can be summarized as follows:

Complete Construction at Poplar Grove Mine. We commenced construction of the Poplar Grove Mine in August 2017, and we expect to complete the construction of the mine during the second half of the 2018 calendar year.
First coal production during second half of 2018. We aim to deliver first coal production during the second half of the 2018 calendar year. Our plans call for the WK No. 9 seam to be mined throughout the entirety of the project’s 25 year mine life and the WK No. 11 to be accessed and mined during two periods. We project that the Poplar Grove Mine will process approximately 3.6 million tons of ROM coal annually including the raw coal bypass, which equates to approximately 2.8 Mtpa of saleable coal over a 25 year mine life. The Poplar Grove Mine plan includes a total production of 89.0 million ROM tons, or 67.7 million saleable tons.
Assess development plans for the Cypress Mine. The Cypress Mine is fully permitted for construction with all technical studies completed for its development, including a bankable feasibility study. We may begin construction of the Cypress Mine as early as 2019, in which case we would anticipate completing development in 2020 and, subject to obtaining all permits required for operation of the mine, commencing coal production in 2021. Our decision to construct the Cypress Mine will depend on us securing required debt or equity financing to pay for development and construction costs, our ability to identify and contract with customers who are willing to acquire a significant portion of production at the Cypress Mine and coal prices remaining at profitable levels.

Estimates to develop the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines have been based in part on the BFS conducted by MM&A. We estimate that total capital expenditures to develop the Poplar Grove Mine and Cypress Mine will be approximately $56.8 million and $101.2 million, respectively.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well-positioned to successfully execute our business strategies because of the following competitive strengths:

Illinois Basin coal producer with permitted, high quality, long-lived reserves. Upon commencing production at Poplar Grove, which is expected during the second half of the 2018 calendar year, we believe we will be one of the few pure-play Illinois Basin thermal coal producers in the United States. As of March 2017, we control a reserve base of approximately 135.7 million ROM tons of marketable, high-quality Illinois Basin coal, with an expected mine life of 25 years for the Poplar Grove Mine and 18 years for the Cypress Mine. Both the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines are fully permitted to begin construction, and our studies indicate that the coal at both mines have attractive properties compared to the coal at other existing mines in the Illinois Basin. Specifically, the coal from the WK No. 11 and WK No. 9 seams are expected to have a high heat content of 12,168 Btu/lb and 11,899 Btu/lb, respectively, after processing, which compares favorably with the larger producing mines in the Illinois Basin.
Fixed Price Sales Contracts. We have entered into a long-term, fixed-price coal supply agreement totaling $205.0 million of future coal sales with a major regulated utility having coal fired power plants on the Ohio River Market. We expect that sales under the agreement will represent approximately 45% of the first five years of production. We believe the “fixed price, fix tons” nature of this agreement will reduce the volatility of our future revenues. See “—Marketing, Sales and Contracts.”
Low Operating Costs. We project low operating costs for both our mines relative to other U.S. coal producers, resulting from (1) the high in-seam yield of the Poplar Grove Mine’s WK No. 9 and WK No. 11’s coal seams, (2) both mine plans being relatively flat and laterally continuous, (3) favorable mining conditions from a competent mine roof and floor structure, (4) close proximity to the Green River Barge Load-out Facility providing low transportation cost access to coal fired power plants located on the Ohio

36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

River. In addition, due to the high heating content ( i.e., 11,800 to 12,100 btu/lb) and low moisture content, we have developed a preparation plant flow sheet for our mines that we expect will allow for a portion of the ROM coal (approximately 20% to 30% of ROM) to bypass the preparation process and be blended back in with the processed coal, which would produce a higher yield, lower operating cost and lower heating content product that still meets customer specifications. In addition, both mines are located in an established coal mining district, which should allow us to access highly skilled, union-free labor and local mining services and equipment providers.

Low Capital Cost Development. We believe that our mines are located in an area that has significant operational and logistical advantages. Construction services, construction personnel, contractors and parts can be supplied by firms who are already operating in the region. The total initial capital estimate for the Poplar Grove Mine is estimated to be $56.8 million, and includes all major capital items including site development, electrical substation and infrastructure, mine development to access the coal seam, surface facilities, coal preparation plant, materials handling and the Green River barge load-out facility (excluding any contingencies, working capital and financing costs). In addition, we have entered into fixed price construction contracts that account for nearly 90% of our initial construction capital expenditures at Poplar Grove.
Established financing plan. We had approximately $24.5 million of cash and short-term investments at December 31, 2017. Based on our current financial position, and assuming availability of the Project Loan Facility (which remains conditional upon satisfaction of certain conditions precedent), we expect to have sufficient cash flow to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine and commence commercial coal production.
Highly experienced management team with a long history of acquiring, developing, building and operating coal reserve properties. Our senior management team has significant experience in acquiring, developing, financing and operating coal mines in the United States under various market conditions. They have previously held senior business development, financial, operations, and coal sales positions at both large, publicly traded coal companies as well as successful private coal operations.

Our Strategies

The key elements of our strategy to grow our business include:

Complete the development of the Poplar Grove Mine and reach full production of 2.8 Mtpa. We commenced construction of the Poplar Grove Mine in August 2017. The Company aims to deliver first coal production during the second half of calendar year 2018 and reach steady state production, estimated as 2.8 Mtpa by end of the 2020 calendar year.
Assess development plans for the Cypress Mine. The Cypress Mine is fully permitted for construction with all technical studies completed for its development, including a bankable feasibility study. We may begin construction of the Cypress Mine as early as 2019, in which case we would anticipate completing development in 2020 and, subject to obtaining all permits required for operation of the mine, commencing coal production in 2021. Our decision to construct the Cypress Mine will depend on us securing required debt or equity financing to pay for development and construction costs, our ability to identify and contract with customers who are willing to acquire a significant portion of production at the Cypress Mine and coal prices remaining at profitable levels.
Continue to grow through a highly disciplined and selective acquisition strategy. Our senior management team has a demonstrated track record of identifying and securing geologically and logistically advantaged thermal coal projects. They also have shown success in the exploration and permitting of new mines and the building of long-lived resources through complementary acquisitions.
Pursue our financial strategy. We intend to fund development at the Poplar Grove Mine primarily from our current financial position, the Macquarie Project Loan Facility and projected cash flow from operations. We have projected cash flow from operations based on our fixed price sales contracts, as well as third-party forecasts of coal prices, discounted for expected transportation costs, ash content and the effects of having

37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a blended coal product. We intend to utilize revolving credit arrangements for working capital management, in either the private or public markets, to the extent it is available. We expect to fund the development of the Cypress Mine, if undertaken, and any acquisition activities from operating cash flows and additional future issuances of debt or equity securities.

Summary Reserve Data

Our reserves by mine are summarized below:

 
Poplar Grove Mine
Cypress Mine
Location
Kentucky
Kentucky
Mining Method
Underground, room-and-pillar
Underground, room-and-pillar
Reserves ROM Recoverable Tons (in millions)
 
 
Proven
21.0
22.5
Probable
28.40
63.8
Total (1)
49.40
86.3
Estimated Full Production 2024 (million tons per year)
2.8
3.8
Anticipated Production Start Date
2018
2021
Projected Mine Life (years)
25
18
Estimated cost of Production ($/ton (2) )
$28.28
$27.37
Heating Content (Btu/lb (3) )
11,200
11,200
Planned Transportation
Barge/Truck
Barge
Sulfur % (product blend)
3.0%
3.0%
Coal price used to estimate reserves (4)
$40.50 to $53.20 per ton
$40.50 to $53.20 per ton
(1) We estimate that dilution materials and allowances for losses will be approximately 24% of our recoverable reserves.
(2) Represents average operating costs free-on-board, or FOB Barge, at the Green River Barge Load-out Facility during steady state production.
(3) Btu/lb means the British thermal unit (Btu or BTU) is a traditional unit of heat; it is defined as the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit.
(4) Based on our existing sales contract for 2018 through 2022 and then escalated (real) pricing (based on the 2022 pricing in the sales contract).

Please see “—Key Factors and Assumptions” for important information about the methodology applicable to our mine plan and reserve estimates, including key factors and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations.

Overview of Poplar Grove Mine and Cypress Mine

Property Rights

In March 2013, we acquired the Buck Creek Complex from Buck Creek Resources, LLC. Buck Creek Resources, LLC assembled the original Buck Creek property consisting of a series of coal leases totalling 25,000 acres within 327 property tracts, all of which were acquired by us. We have subsequently leased approximately 15,750 acres of additional mineral property adjacent to existing leases. As of June 30, 2018, we controlled approximately 40,750 acres of mineral property pursuant to over 300 individual leases with local landowners. Of the total marketable production profile of 133.9 million tons at the Poplar Grove Mine and Cypress mine, approximately 103.8 million tons of the mine plan can be mined on mineral property currently controlled by us. Additional mineral leases must be acquired in order to execute the life of mine plan to achieve the projected financial performance of the Poplar Grove Mine.

There are 318 acres on three tracts of surface property controlled at Poplar Grove Mine that are necessary for surface facilities, and 500 acres on five tracts of options to acquire surface property controlled at the Cypress Mine that are necessary for surface facilities. If and when the mines are developed, these sites are expected to house the preparation plant, refuse area and associated support facilities.

Royalties

Kentucky state law allows the owner or controller of a partial interest tract to develop the tract in a manner consistent with full control of the property. Therefore, we expect that any partial interest tracts that are less than 100% leased can be developed. Any royalties due to the owners of the uncontrolled portion of the tract are escrowed and

38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

administered by a local court. The partial interest tracts are included within our 40,750 controlled acres. In addition to annual minimum royalties, a production royalty equalling the greater of $1.25 per ton or four percent of the average gross sales price Free on Board, or F.O.B., mine is applicable.

Coal Seam Access

We expect that access to the underground coal seam at both mines will be provided by a decline entryway from the surface for transport of personnel, materials and ROM coal. The mine slopes will accommodate a conveyor belt to transport ROM coal to the mine site area and a travelway for the transportation of personnel, supplies, and equipment. Two vertical airshafts will be constructed at each mine to ventilate the slope and mine.

Surface Access

The mine portal, coal preparation plant and refuse disposal facility will be located in McLean County in the eastern portion of the property along Kentucky Route 2385. Trucks will transport product to a river load-out on the Green River, approximately seven miles to the northeast along Kentucky Routes 81 and 138. Routes 2385, 81 and 138 are all paved roads maintained by Kentucky’s state government, and they currently handle industrial truck traffic mostly related to the large-scale agricultural operations in the area. The local infrastructure is classified as very good to excellent in terms of supporting a sizable mining operation.

Poplar Grove Mine

Location

Contained within McLean and Hopkins Counties, Kentucky, the Poplar Grove Mine lies between the towns of Hanson and Slaughters in the west and Calhoun and Sacramento in the east. The navigable Green River flows through the north-eastern corner of the property and the Pond River flows north through the center of the Poplar Grove Mine to its confluence with the Green River near the northern property boundary. The Pond River also forms the common border between McLean and Hopkins Counties. A CSX Corporation rail line that parallels the Pennyrile Parkway, recently upgraded and renamed Interstate 69, is adjacent to the western end of the project area.

Geological Setting

The coal deposits in the Western Kentucky Coal Field are among the earliest exploited and most extensively-developed coal deposits in the United States. The coal-bearing formations on the property belong to the Middle Pennsylvanian system (including the Carbondale Formation). These coal-bearing formations extend over 400 miles from northern Illinois to western Kentucky and are part of what is identified as the Illinois Basin. The Illinois Basin is more than 200 miles wide and, in some portions, it contains over 30 named coal seams. The mineable coal horizons in the Carbondale Formation range from one foot to over six feet in thickness. Structurally, the coal horizons are typically characterized as gently-dipping, but may steepen along the margins of the basin.

Sediment of the Carbondale Formation includes conglomerate, sandstone, siltstone, shale, limestone and coal that were deposited primarily in coastal-deltaic settings. The coal rank is generally high volatile bituminous C. Higher-rank coals are sometimes located along major structural fault systems. The Poplar Grove Mine will extract coal from both the WK No.9 and WK No.11 coal seams, and the Cypress Mine will be mining the WK No.9 seam only.

Exploration

The reserve estimation for WK No. 9 entailed a total of 193 drill holes, including 143 core holes, 25 rotary holes and 25 gas wells. The reserve estimation for WK No. 11 entailed a total of 191 drill holes, including 115 core holes, 52 rotary holes and 24 gas wells. In total, there are over 1,200 coal seam intercepts at the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines, providing a significant level of information and understanding of the WK No.9 and WK No.11 coal seams.

39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Coal Quality

Coal seam quality data, available from exploration drill holes, has been utilized to determine the Poplar Grove Mine resource coal quality. Results are typical of the coal quality generally found in the west Kentucky portion of the Illinois Basin. A summary of the WK No. 9 and WK No. 11 drill hole quality data for the Poplar Grove Mine is set forth below.

 
Raw Proximate Analysis
(As Received)
Average Washed Core Product Qualities
(Float 1.60 SG with Moisture = Equilibrium
Moisture +4%)
 
EQ
Moisture
Ash
Volatile
Matter
Fixed
Carbon
Chlorine
HGI
Calorific
Value
(Btu/lb)
Ash
Sulfur
Yield @
1.60
Float)
WK No. 11
 
4.9
%
 
15.7
%
 
38.6
%
 
40.1
%
 
0.12
%
 
58
 
 
12,160
 
 
8.5
%
 
3.4
%
 
84.2
%
WK No. 9
 
6.3
%
 
11.7
%
 
37.5
%
 
44.3
%
 
0.15
%
 
60
 
 
11,851
 
 
8.7
%
 
2.8
%
 
93.3
%

Mining Conditions

The rock strata above the WK No. 9 seam generally consists of Turner Mine Shale, which is a thin, black shale, on top of which there is Canton Shale and Vermillionville Sandstone. Immediately below the WK No. 9 seam is claystone followed by shale and sandy shale. Coal seam thickness of the WK No.11 seam averages 4.2 feet with clean coal quality characteristics similar to the Poplar Grove Mine’s WK No.9 seam. Mining conditions for the WK No.11 coal seam appear to be excellent with the immediate roof consisting of a thin black shale horizon overlain by limestone. The roof conditions in the WK No. 11 seam are expected to result in lower operating cost compared to the WK No. 9 because the density of roof support materials is less. Both the WK No. 9 and No. 11 seams are relatively flat with a dip towards the northwest.

Like almost all coal seams in the United States, the seams studied at Buck Creek Complex liberate methane gas. Based on historical mining in the area and desorption testing conducted for the project, we believe the amount of gas encountered during mining should not require degasification drilling nor is it expected to it adversely affect productivity.

Mines in the WK No. 9 and No. 11 seams are generally dry, and drilling at the project indicates that the potential for water in the mine is low. Our mining plan, however, dictates that the underground mines will construct sumps and provide infrastructure necessary to pump water during mining. Our estimates of capital and operating cash costs for the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines include costs for doing so.

Coal Mining Activities

We recently completed the foundations at the Poplar Grove Mine and began erecting structural steel for the coal handling and preparation plant, or CHPP, with initial production planned for the second half of the 2018 calendar year. Production from the proposed Poplar Grove Mine will come exclusively from continuous miner units using room-and-pillar methods.

Underground mining operations at the Poplar Grove Mine will consist of three “super section units”, or Units, with each operating two continuous miners to undertake initial driving of mains and coal mining of panels. Each Unit is equipped with two continuous miners and two roof-bolting machines for enhanced productivity. In addition, each Unit will be equipped with a minimum of four battery haulers which transport mined coal to a belt feeder/breaker, which provides surge capacity to reduce haulage dump times. The Units utilize scoops for clean-up of spillage, and supply cars for distribution of supplies and materials, rockdusting and other utility purposes.

Intake air will be directed through central entries and used to provide fresh air for the continuous miners. After ventilating the working faces, the return air will be routed through the exterior entries to exit the mine at the return portal or air shaft.

At steady state production, the continuous miner advance rate projected for each Unit is a nominal 560 feet per unit-shift, comparable to the performance of other producers in the Illinois Basin. At full capacity, each Unit is expected to produce, on average, approximately 900,000 tons of saleable coal per year.

Coal Processing

ROM production from the Poplar Grove Mine will require processing in order to meet market specifications. We and our contractors and vendors have developed a preparation plant flow sheet that allows for a portion of ROM coal to

40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

bypass the preparation process and be blended back in with the processed coal, which would produce a higher yield, lower operating cost and lower heating content product that still meets customer specifications. The amount of bypassed coal can be varied to produce a range of product qualities.

The coal product from Poplar Grove Mine will be a blend of processed and bypassed coal to meet a target specification of 11,200 to 11,300 Btu/lb. This target coal quality is expected to result in an overall yield of approximately 76.1%. Following the processing and blend of both the WK No. 9 and WK No. 11 coal seams, the Poplar Grove washed qualities are expected to be as follows:

 
Ash (%)
Sulfur (%)
Moisture (%)
Product Blend
 
11.8
%
 
3.02
%
 
10.6
%

Shown below is a summary of the Poplar Grove Preparation Plant design:

Scheduled (Raw tons per Year)
3,900,000
Planned Annual Processing Days
350
Scheduled Operating Hours per Day
24
Utilization
90%
Design Capacity (Raw tons per hour)
400
Required Capacity (Raw tons per hour @ average 25% plant bypass)
361

Out-of-seam dilution will be removed from the product by coal processing. Precise monitoring and control of the specific gravity of separation during operation of the coal preparation plant is intended to provide a consistent and predictable product in conformity with specifications of our coal supply agreements.

The coal preparation plant design throughput capacity will be a nominal 400 tons per hour. Following the initial ramp-up period, the mine is expected to produce an estimated average of 3.6 million ROM tons per year. At full production, the plant is expected to be scheduled for operation with 250 to 350 processing days planned each year, which will vary depending on ROM production and percent direct ship.

The design capacity allows for adjustment to operating and maintenance schedules to efficiently meet annual processing requirements.

Initial Capital Costs

The total initial capital expenditure estimate of $56.8 million for construction of the 2.8 Mtpa Poplar Grove Mine includes all major capital items including site development, electrical substation and infrastructure, coal access mine development, surface facilities, equipment leasing, coal preparation plant, materials handling and the Green River barge load-out facility.

We believe the Poplar Grove Mine is located in one of the best-serviced and infrastructure advantaged coal regions in the United States. We expect that construction services, construction personnel, contractors and parts will be supplied by firms who are already operating in the region. The cost of sustaining capital expenditures for the Poplar Grove Mine, mine site infrastructure, CHPP, cost of the incline to the WK No. 11 seam and additional air shafts has been estimated at $1.99 per ton. Our estimates of capital costs for the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines are based in part on the capital costs of similar mines in the region operating in similar conditions, utilizing identical mining or processing techniques and equipment.

Operating Costs

The average (steady state) annual operating cost for the Poplar Grove Mine free-on-board barge, is estimated to be approximately $28.28 per saleable ton. Operating costs are projected for each year of the mine plan, considering projected annual ROM tonnage, clean tonnage and feet of advance. Operating cost projections are based on current pricing provided by reputable vendors and contractors and our estimates of staffing, wage and salary levels, employee benefits, operating and maintenance and supply costs per ton produced (for the mine) or processed (for the plant and dock). Other costs include outside services, sales and administrative costs, royalties, black lung federal excise tax, OSM reclamation fees and property tax and insurance.

41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Refuse Disposal

In the plant, fine refuse will be separated from process water using plate and frame presses, a technology utilized in the Illinois Basin by other operating companies. Once separated, the dewatered fine refuse will be combined with coarse refuse and will exit the plant on a refuse collecting conveyor belt. The combined refuse will be placed in permitted refuse-disposal facilities; the location of the refuse disposal area will be immediately adjacent to the CHPP. Process water, once separated from the fine refuse will be recycled and reused in the CHPP. We expect the Poplar Grove Mine to generate approximately 21.2 million tons of refuse, or approximately 16.9 million cubic yards, over the life of the mine. The designed refuse storage area at the Poplar Grove Mine has a capacity of 26.7 million cubic yards.

Electricity and Water

The Poplar Grove Mine development plan calls for the construction of approximately 4.3 miles of high-voltage transmission line from the existing Kenergy 69 kV line to serve the mine and plant. In addition, a main surface substation to supply the mine, plant, and surface facilities, along with internal distribution lines, will be needed.

The Poplar Grove Mine development plan calls for fresh water for the mine and plant to be pumped from groundwater wells to a freshwater supply pond adjacent to the surface facilities. In addition to the water needed to run the mine and plant on a daily basis, fresh water will also be stored in a tank for firefighting. Potable water for the bath house and offices will come from a public water supply, located adjacent to the property.

Barge Load-out Facility

The Company holds permits required to construct the barge load-out facility located approximately seven miles northwest of the Poplar Grove Mine’s plant site. Coal trucked from the Poplar Grove CHPP will be dumped into a stockpile and reclaimed into a chain feeder by a bulldozer. From the feeder, conveyor belts will transport the coal approximately 550 ft. into a 1,500 ton capacity barge. In order to accommodate changes in river level, the loading conveyor will be supported by a work barge and allowed to rise and fall as the river level changes.

Barge Waterways

The primary market access point for the Poplar Grove Mine’s saleable product is via barge on the Green River. The Green River is part of the Mississippi River System, a 12,350-mile (19,871 km) network of navigable waterways serving much of the Eastern and Midwestern United States.

Cypress Mine

Location

Located immediately north of the Poplar Grove Mine, the Cypress Mine is contained within McLean and Hopkins Counties, Kentucky, the Poplar Grove Mine lies between the towns of Hanson and Slaughters in the west and Calhoun and Sacramento in the east. The navigable Green River flows through the north-eastern corner of the Cypress Mine and the Pond River flows north through the center of the Property to its confluence with the Green River near the northern property boundary. The Pond River also forms the common border between McLean and Hopkins Counties. The property is located near a CSX Corporation rail line that parallels the Pennyrile Parkway, recently upgraded and renamed Interstate 69, along the western end of the project area.

Geological Setting

Subject to market conditions and securing required financing, the Cypress Mine will be mining the WK No. 9 coal seam approximately 650 feet below the surface at the proposed mine portal site. The coal seam is flat lying with a modest dip of 2 to 3 degrees generally to the northwest and toward the centre of the bowl-shaped Illinois Basin. Thickness of the WK No. 9 coal seam averages approximately 3.8 feet (46 inches), a suitable seam thickness for high-productivity underground mining with approximately 0.7 feet (8 inches) of out-of-seam mining needed to achieve an average mining height of 4.5 feet, or 54 inches, required for equipment clearance. Seam and mining heights are similar to a number of underground mines in the region.

Coal Quality

Coal seam quality data, available from exploration drill holes, has been utilized to determine the Poplar Grove Mine resource coal quality. Results are typical of the coal quality generally found in the west Kentucky portion of the Illinois Basin. A summary of the WK No. 9 drill hole quality data for the Cypress Mine is provided

42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cypress Mine - Coal Quality Specifications

Raw Proximate Analysis
(As Received)
Washed Core Quality
(Equilibrium Moisture +4%)
EQ
Moisture
Ash
Volatile
Matter
Fixed
Carbon
Chlorine
HGI
Calorific
Value
(Btu/lb)
Ash
Yield @
1.60
Float
6.7%
 
11.9
%
 
36.9
%
 
44.6
%
 
0.18
%
 
60
 
 
11,819
 
 
8.4
%
 
93.1
%

Coal Processing

The project will include a modern, fully-integrated, coal preparation plant in order to provide a consistent product, which meets the specifications of the Company’s customers. At full production, the coal preparation plant is expected to be capable of processing 5.1 million tons of ROM coal annually, which equates to approximately 3.8 million marketable tons per year. Average product yield is estimated at 77.0%, which includes direct shipment/preparation plant bypass of approximately 14% of the ROM production.

Mine Production

The mine plan includes a total production of 86.3 million ROM tons and 66.2 million saleable tons over an 18-year period including a two-year ramp-up period. At planned productivity, each super-section will produce approximately 2,300 to 2,400 tons of ROM coal per shift. ROM production for the project will total approximately 5.1 million tons per year at full production.

Initial Capital Costs

Total initial capital is estimated at $102 million which includes the cost of surface property, surface and underground mine development and infrastructure estimated at $61 million and the cost of a 700 ton per hour wash plant, barge load-out and surface facilities of $44 million. The total initial capital cost with an added 10% contingency reserve is $115 million. Sustaining capital for the mine, mine site infrastructure and CHPP have been estimated at $1.28 per ton.

Operating Costs

The average (steady state) annual operating cost for the Cypress Mine free-on-board barge, is estimated to be approximately $27.37 per saleable ton. Operating costs are projected for each year of the mine plan, considering projected annual ROM tonnage, clean tonnage and feet of advance. Operating cost projections are based on current pricing provided by reputable vendors and contractors and our estimates of staffing, wage and salary levels, employee benefits, operating and maintenance and supply costs per ton produced (for the mine) or processed (for the plant and dock). Other costs include outside services, sales and administrative costs, royalties, black lung federal excise tax, OSM reclamation fees and property tax and insurance.

Materials Handling and Barge Load-out Facility

Clean coal originating from the stockpiles located at the preparation plant will be reclaimed using a system of underground feeders. At the dock site, the conveyor will dump coal into a 500-ton capacity bin, which allows the loading of barges without re-handling coal. The bin will be equipped with two feeders allowing trucks to be loaded or coal to be transferred to the barge loader.

Mining Permits and Approvals

We believe that we have the permits necessary to construct the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines. Construction of the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines requires multiple permits for coal preparation and mine access-related facilities, spoil storage and for haul roads, transportation, loading and other incidental permits necessary for mining to occur. A listing of all current and pending permits is provided in the table below. In each case, the permit was issued in the name of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Hartshorne Mining LLC.

43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Once we have completed construction, we will need to obtain and maintain additional permits to operate our mines.

Issued Permits:

Agency
Permit Type
Permit Description
Permit Number
Facility
KY DNR
SMCRA
Surface Area
875-8002
Poplar Grove Mine
KY DNR
SMCRA
Underground Mine
875-5010
Poplar Grove Mine
KY DNR
KPDES
Mine & Prep Plant
KYGW40071
Poplar Grove Mine
KY DNR
SMCRA
Dock Facility
875-6001
Buck Creek Dock
KY DNR
SMCRA
Underground Mine
875-5009
Cypress Mine
U.S. ACOE
US ACOE 404
Underground Mine
LRL-2011-707-b-
MOD
Cypress Mine &
Buck Creek Dock
KY DNR
KPDES
Underground Mine
KYGW40003
Cypress Mine &
Buck Creek Dock

Pending Permits:

Agency
Permit Type
Permit Description
Permit Number
Facility
KY DNR
SMCRA (revision)
Surface Area
875-8002
Poplar Grove Mine
KY DNR
KPDES (revision)
Mine & Prep Plan
KYGW40071
Poplar Grove Mine

Permitting Process and Risks

Applications for permits require extensive engineering and data analysis and presentation and must address a variety of environmental, health and safety matters associated with a proposed mining operation. Meeting all requirements imposed by applicable regulatory authorities may be costly and time consuming, and may delay or prevent commencement or continuation of mining operations. The permitting process for certain mining operations can extend over several years and can be subject to administrative and judicial challenge. Some required mining permits are becoming increasingly difficult to obtain in a timely manner, or at all. We cannot assure you that we will not experience difficulty or delays in obtaining mining permits in the future or that a current permit will not be revoked.

We are required to post bonds to secure performance under our permits. Under some circumstances, substantial fines and penalties, including revocation of mining permits, may be imposed under the laws and regulations described above. Monetary sanctions and, in severe circumstances, criminal sanctions may be imposed for failure to comply with these laws and regulations. Regulations also provide that a mining permit can be refused or revoked if the permit applicant or permittee owns or controls, directly or indirectly through other entities, mining operations that have outstanding environmental violations.

Markets and Transportation

We believe the location of the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines provides us significant logistical advantages and access to secure infrastructure that will help us reach future customers. We have initially identified two key potential markets:

Initial Target Market – Ohio River Market . The Buck Creek Complex has low cost barge access to the Green and Ohio rivers, providing a transportation cost advantage over other Illinois Basin and U.S. coal producers. Our initial target market is 17 of the large base-load coal fired power plants located on the Ohio River. These plants consume approximately 50 million tons of coal per year, primarily from the Illinois Basin, and have all installed environmental controls.
Secondary Target Market – South East Market . We also have identified a secondary target market, the southeast U.S. market, which has traditionally been supplied by the Central Appalachian region. The increase in scrubber installations in the United States has provided an opportunity for low cost Illinois Basin coal to increasingly penetrate a large proportion of the eastern U.S. power market.

44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Set forth below is a chart estimating Illinois Basin nominal contract prices per ton of 11,500 btu coal:


Marketing, Sales and Contracts

We have signed a coal supply agreement with Louisville Gas and Electric, or LG&E, and KU Energy LLC, to deliver coal from the Poplar Grove Mine. Set forth below is a summary of the key terms of that sales agreement (US$ in millions per ton):

Contracted Production
Fixed Contract Price
(FOB Barge; 11,200 btu/lb)
0 – 750,000 tons
$40.50
750,001 – 1,750,000
$41.50
1,750,001 – 2,750,000
$43.00
2,750,001 – 3,750,000
$44.25
3,750,001 – 4,750,000
$45.75
Total Sales Contract Value
$205 million

The calls for fixed sales prices based on a F.O.B. basis delivered at the Green River barge load-out facility on the Green River and, under its terms, we are obligated to deliver a total of 4.75 million tons of its 11,200 btu/lb product over a 5-year period, commencing in the 2018 calendar year. The amended fixed coal sales prices for our 11,200 btu/lb coal specification begins at $40.50 per ton for the first 750,000 tons of coal delivered to the counterparties, escalating to $45.75 per ton for the final 1,000,000 tons sold.

The counterparties are subsidiaries of the PPL Corporation that are regulated utilities serving approximately 1.2 million customers. The counterparties own three power plants within our initial target Ohio River Market – in Trimble County, Ghent and Mill Creek.

Coal Sales Marketing Strategy . Our initial focus was to enter into a cornerstone sales contract (or mine opening contract) with an investment grade, highly respected utility that would be considered a “bankable document” and facilitate the execution of a debt facility for the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine. As we move through the construction phase, we will begin participating in the bi-annual coal solicitation process to sell additional coal to utilities initially located in the Ohio River Market. As we expand production at Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines, we also will aggressively target coal sales to the secondary southeast U.S. market.

Competition

The coal industry is highly competitive. We compete for U.S. sales with numerous coal producers in the Illinois Basin, Appalachian region and with western coal producers. The most important factors on which we compete are delivered coal price, coal quality and characteristics, transportation costs from the mine to the customer and the reliability of supply.

45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Demand for steam coal and the prices that we are able to obtain for it are closely linked to coal consumption patterns of the domestic electric generation industry. These coal consumption patterns are influenced by many factors beyond our control, including the demand for electricity, which is significantly dependent upon summer and winter temperatures, and commercial and industrial outputs in the U.S., environmental and other government regulations, technological developments and the location, availability, quality and price of competing sources of power. These competing sources include natural gas, nuclear, fuel oil and increasingly, renewable sources such as solar and wind power. Demand for our low sulfur coal and the prices that we are able to obtain for it are also affected by the price and availability of high sulfur coal.

Consultants

The BFS was managed by MM&A with utilization of local industry consultants, with expertise in coal mine development in the Illinois Basin region, to analyze the various components of the BFS, including, but not limited to, the design of coal seam access and slope portal, design of the mine, design of processing facilities, and the preparation of coal marketing studies.

THERMAL COAL INDUSTRY

Coal is a fossil fuel and is the altered remains of prehistoric vegetation that originally accumulated in swamps and peat bogs. The build-up of silt and other sediments, together with movements in the earth’s crust, known as tectonic movements, buried swamps and peat bogs, often to great depths. With burial, the plant material was subjected to high temperatures and pressures. This caused physical and chemical changes in the vegetation, transforming it into peat and then into coal (Source: www.worldcoal.org; December 2017).

Coal is generally categorized into metallurgical coal (for steel making) and thermal coal (to produce electricity). Coal has historically been a relatively inexpensive fuel for power generation and remains a major fuel for global energy. The geological characteristics of coal reserves largely determine the mining method used to extract coal. There are two primary methods of mining coal: underground and surface mining. Underground mining employs one of the following two methods: longwall mining or continuous (or room and pillar) mining. The Company will be adopting the continuous mining method, whereby rooms are cut into the coal seam leaving a series of coal pillars that help support the mine roof and control airflow. Continuous mining equipment is used to cut coal from the face, and shuttle cars are generally used to transport coal to a conveyor belt for subsequent delivery to the surface. Generally, coal products are extracted and transported to preparation plants where they are washed to remove impurities, such as rock and shale. Preparation plants process coal to ensure quality specifications for end users. Additionally, some coal products are crushed and shipped directly to end users. Shipments are made via major railroads, trucks, barges and seaborne vessels or a combination thereof.

There are an estimated 1.1 trillion metric tonnes of proven coal reserves worldwide providing enough coal to last around 150 years at current rates of production. In contrast, proven oil and gas reserves are equivalent to around 50 and 52 years at current production levels (Source: www.worldcoal.org; December 2017). According to the BP Statistical Review published in June 2017, coal provided 28% of the world’s primary energy consumption.

REGULATORY MATTERS

The coal mining industry is subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local authorities on matters such as:

employee health and safety;
mine permits and other licensing requirements;
air quality standards;
water quality standards;
storage of petroleum products and substances that are regarded as hazardous under applicable laws or that, if spilled, could reach waterways or wetlands;
plant and wildlife protection;
reclamation and restoration of mining properties after mining is completed;
discharge of materials;

46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

storage and handling of explosives;
wetlands protection;
surface subsidence from underground mining; and
the effects, if any, that mining has on groundwater quality and availability.

In addition, the utility industry is subject to extensive regulation regarding the environmental impact of its power generation activities, which has adversely affected demand for coal. It is possible that new legislation or regulations may be adopted, or that existing laws or regulations may be differently interpreted or more stringently enforced, any of which could have a significant impact on our mining operations or our customers’ ability to use coal.

We are committed to conducting mining operations in compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations. However, because of the extensive and detailed nature of these regulatory requirements, particularly the regulatory system of the MSHA where citations can be issued without regard to fault and many of the standards include subjective elements, it is not reasonable to expect any coal mining company to be free of citations. When we receive a citation, we attempt to remediate any identified condition immediately. While we have not quantified all of the costs of compliance with applicable federal and state laws and associated regulations, those costs have been and are expected to continue to be significant. Compliance with these laws and regulations has substantially increased the cost of coal mining for domestic coal producers.

Capital expenditures for environmental matters have not been material in recent years. We have accrued for the present value of the estimated cost of asset retirement obligations and mine closings, including the cost of treating mine water discharge, when necessary. The accruals for asset retirement obligations and mine closing costs are based upon permit requirements and the costs and timing of asset retirement obligations and mine closing procedures. Although management believes it has made adequate provisions for all expected reclamation and other costs associated with mine closures, future operating results would be adversely affected if these accruals were insufficient.

Mine Health and Safety Laws

Stringent safety and health standards have been imposed by federal legislation since the Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act of 1969, or CMHSA, was adopted. The Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, or FMSHA, and regulations adopted pursuant thereto, significantly expanded the enforcement of health and safety standards of the CMHSA, and imposed extensive and detailed safety and health standards on numerous aspects of mining operations, including training of mine personnel, mining procedures, blasting, the equipment used in mining operations, and numerous other matters. MSHA monitors and rigorously enforces compliance with these federal laws and regulations. In addition, most of the states where we operate have state programs for mine safety and health regulation and enforcement. Federal and state safety and health regulations affecting the coal mining industry are perhaps the most comprehensive and rigorous system in the U.S. for protection of employee safety and have a significant effect on our operating costs. Although many of the requirements primarily impact underground mining, our competitors in all of the areas in which we operate are subject to the same laws and regulations.

The FMSHA has been construed as authorizing MSHA to issue citations and orders pursuant to the legal doctrine of strict liability, or liability without fault, and FMSHA requires imposition of a civil penalty for each cited violation. Negligence and gravity assessments, and other factors can result in the issuance of various types of orders, including orders requiring withdrawal from the mine or the affected area, and some orders can also result in the imposition of civil penalties. The FMSHA also contains criminal liability provisions. For example, criminal liability may be imposed upon corporate operators who knowingly and willfully authorize, order or carry out violations of the FMSHA, or its mandatory health and safety standards.

The Federal Mine Improvement and New Emergency Response Act of 2006, or MINER Act, significantly amended the FMSHA, imposing more extensive and stringent compliance standards, increasing criminal penalties and establishing a maximum civil penalty for non-compliance, and expanding the scope of federal oversight, inspection, and enforcement activities. Following the passage of the MINER Act, MSHA has issued new or more stringent rules and policies on a variety of topics, including:

sealing off abandoned areas of underground coal mines;
mine safety equipment, training and emergency reporting requirements;
substantially increased civil penalties for regulatory violations;

47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

training and availability of mine rescue teams;
underground “refuge alternatives” capable of sustaining trapped miners in the event of an emergency;
flame-resistant conveyor belts, fire prevention and detection, and use of air from the belt entry; and
post-accident two-way communications and electronic tracking systems.

MSHA continues to interpret and implement various provisions of the MINER Act, along with introducing new proposed regulations and standards.

In 2014, MSHA began implementation of a finalized new regulation titled “Lowering Miner’s Exposure Respirable Coal Mine Dust, Including Continuous Personal Dust Monitors.” The final rule implements a reduction in the allowable respirable coal mine dust exposure limits, requires the use of sampling data taken from a single sample rather than an average of samples, and increases oversight by MSHA regarding coal mine dust and ventilation issues at each mine, including the approval process for ventilation plans at each mine, all of which increase mining costs. The second phase of the rule began in February 2016 and requires additional sampling for designated and other occupations using the new continuous personal dust monitor technology, which provides real time dust exposure information to the miner. Phase three of the rule began in August 2016, and resulted in lowering the current respirable dust level of 2.0 milligrams per cubic meter to 1.5 milligrams per cubic meter of air. Compliance with these rules can result in increased costs on our operations, including, but not limited to, the purchasing of new equipment and the hiring of additional personnel to assist with monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping obligations.

Additionally, in July 2014, MSHA proposed a rule addressing the “criteria and procedures for assessment of civil penalties.” Public commenters have expressed concern that the proposed rule exceeds MSHA’s rulemaking authority and would result in substantially increased civil penalties for regulatory violations cited by MSHA. MSHA last revised the process for proposing civil penalties in 2006 and, as discussed above, civil penalties increased significantly. The notice-and-comment period for this proposed rule closed, and it is uncertain when MSHA will present a final rule addressing these civil penalties.

In January 2015, MSHA published a final rule requiring mine operators to install proximity detection systems on continuous mining machines, over a staggered time frame ranging from November 2015 through March 2018. The proximity detection systems initiate a warning or shutdown the continuous mining machine depending on the proximity of the machine to a miner. MSHA subsequently proposed a rule requiring mine operators to also install proximity detection systems on other types of underground mobile mining equipment. The comment period for this proposed rule closed on April 10, 2017.

Subsequent to passage of the MINER Act, Illinois, Kentucky, Pennsylvania and West Virginia have enacted legislation addressing issues such as mine safety and accident reporting, increased civil and criminal penalties, and increased inspections and oversight. Additionally, state administrative agencies can promulgate administrative rules and regulations affecting our operations. Other states may pass similar legislation or administrative regulations in the future.

Some of the costs of complying with existing regulations and implementing new safety and health regulations may be passed on to our customers. Although we have not quantified the full impact, implementing and complying with these new state and federal safety laws and regulations have had, and are expected to continue to have, an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial position.

Black Lung Benefits Act

The Black Lung Benefits Act of 1977 and the Black Lung Benefits Reform Act of 1977, as amended in 1981, or BLBA, requires businesses that conduct current mining operations to make payments of black lung benefits to current and former coal miners with black lung disease and to some survivors of a miner who dies from this disease. The BLBA levies a tax on production of $1.10 per ton for underground-mined coal and $0.55 per ton for surface-mined coal, but not to exceed 4.4% of the applicable sales price, in order to compensate miners who are totally disabled due to black lung disease and some survivors of miners who died from this disease, and who were last employed as miners prior to 1970 or subsequently where no responsible coal mine operator has been identified for claims. In addition, the BLBA provides that some claims for which coal operators had previously been responsible are or will become obligations of the government trust funded by the tax. The Revenue Act of 1987 extended the termination date of this tax from January 1, 1996, to the earlier of January 1, 2014, or the date on which the government trust becomes solvent. For miners last employed as miners after 1969 and who are determined to have contracted black lung, we

48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

intend to self-insure the potential cost of compensating such miners using our actuary estimates of the cost of present and future claims. We may also be liable under state statutes for black lung claims. Congress and state legislatures regularly consider various items of black lung legislation, which, if enacted, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial position.

The revised BLBA regulations took effect in January 2001, relaxing the stringent award criteria established under previous regulations and thus potentially allowing new federal claims to be awarded and allowing previously denied claimants to re-file under the revised criteria. These regulations may also increase black lung related medical costs by broadening the scope of conditions for which medical costs are reimbursable and increase legal costs by shifting more of the burden of proof to the employer.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, enacted in 2010, includes significant changes to the federal black lung program retroactive to 2005, including an automatic survivor benefit paid upon the death of a miner with an awarded black lung claim and establishes a rebuttable presumption with regard to pneumoconiosis among miners with 15 or more years of coal mine employment that are totally disabled by a respiratory condition. These changes could have a material impact on our costs expended in association with the federal black lung program.

Workers’ Compensation

We provide income replacement and medical treatment for work-related traumatic injury claims as required by applicable state laws. Workers’ compensation laws also compensate survivors of workers who suffer employment related deaths. Several states in which we operate consider changes in workers’ compensation laws from time to time. We generally intend to self-insure this potential expense using our actuary estimates of the cost of present and future claims. For more information concerning our requirement to maintain bonds to secure our workers’ compensation obligations, see the discussion of surety bonds below under “ Bonding Requirements.

Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefits Act

The Federal Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefits Act, or CIRHBA, was enacted to fund health benefits for some United Mine Workers of America retirees. CIRHBA merged previously established union benefit plans into a single fund into which “signatory operators” and “related persons” are obligated to pay annual premiums for beneficiaries. CIRHBA also created a second benefit fund for miners who retired between July 21, 1992 and September 30, 1994, and whose former employers are no longer in business. Because of our union-free status, we are not required to make payments to retired miners under CIRHBA.

Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act

The Federal Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977, or SMCRA, and similar state statutes establish operational, reclamation and closure standards for all aspects of surface mining as well as many aspects of deep mining. Although we have minimal surface mining activity and no mountaintop removal mining activity, SMCRA nevertheless requires that comprehensive environmental protection and reclamation standards be met during the course of and upon completion of our mining activities.

SMCRA and similar state statutes require, among other things, that mined property be restored in accordance with specified standards and approved reclamation plans. SMCRA requires us to restore the surface to approximate the original contours as contemporaneously as practicable with the completion of surface mining operations. Federal law and some states impose on mine operators the responsibility for replacing certain water supplies damaged by mining operations and repairing or compensating for damage to certain structures occurring on the surface as a result of mine subsidence, a consequence of longwall mining and possibly other mining operations. We believe we are in compliance in all material respects with applicable regulations relating to reclamation.

In addition, the Abandoned Mine Lands Program, which is part of SMCRA, imposes a tax on all current mining operations, the proceeds of which are used to restore mines closed before 1977. The tax for surface-mined and underground-mined coal is $0.28 per ton and $0.12 per ton, respectively. We will provide for the estimated costs of reclamation and mine closing, including the cost of treating mine water discharge when there is a present obligation to do so, which we expect will occur as mine development occurs. In addition, states from time to time have increased and may continue to increase their fees and taxes to fund reclamation or orphaned mine sites and acid mine drainage control on a statewide basis.

Under SMCRA, responsibility for unabated violations, unpaid civil penalties and unpaid reclamation fees of independent contract mine operators and other third parties can be imputed to other companies that are deemed,

49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

according to the regulations, to have owned or controlled the third-party violator. Sanctions against the owner or controller are quite severe and can include being blocked from receiving new permits and having any permits revoked that were issued after the time of the violations or after the time civil penalties or reclamation fees became due. We are not aware of any currently pending or asserted claims against us relating to the ownership or control theories discussed above. However, we cannot assure you that such claims will not be asserted in the future.

The OSM in November 2009 published an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, announcing its intent to revise the Stream Buffer Zone, or SBZ, rule published in December 2008. The SBZ rule prohibits mining disturbances within 100 feet of streams if there would be a negative effect on water quality. Environmental groups brought lawsuits challenging the rule, and in a March 2010 settlement, the OSM agreed to rewrite the SBZ rule. In January 2013, the environmental groups reopened the litigation against OSM for failure to abide by the terms of the settlement. Oral arguments were heard on January 31, 2014. OSM published a notice in December 2014 to vacate the 2008 SBZ rule to comply with an order issued by the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia and reimplemented the 1983 SBZ rule.

OSM issued its final Stream Protection Rule, or SPR, in December 2016 to replace the vacated SBZ rule. The rule would have generally prohibited the approval of permits issued pursuant to SMCRA where the proposed operations would result in “material damage to the hydrologic balance outside the permit area.” Pursuant to the rule, permittees would have also been required to restore any perennial or intermittent streams that a permittee mined through. Finally, the rule would have also imposed additional baseline data collection, surface/groundwater monitoring, and bonding and financial assurance requirements. However, in February 2017, both the U.S. House of Representatives and the Senate passed resolutions disapproving the SPR under the Congressional Review Act, or CRA. President Trump signed the resolution on February 16, 2017 and, pursuant to the CRA, the SPR “shall have no force or effect” and OSM cannot promulgate a substantially similar rule absent future legislation. Whether Congress will enact future legislation to require a new SPR rule remains uncertain.

Following the spill of coal combustion residues, or CCRs, in the Tennessee Valley Authority impoundment in Kingston, Tennessee, in December 2009, the EPA issued proposed rules on CCRs in 2010. This final rule was published in December 2014. The EPA’s final rule does not address the placement of CCRs in minefills or non-minefill uses of CCRs at coal mine sites. OSM has announced their intention to release a proposed rule to regulate placement and use of CCRs at coal mine sites, but, to date, no further action has been taken. These actions by OSM, could potentially result in additional delays and costs associated with obtaining permits, prohibitions or restrictions relating to mining activities, and additional enforcement actions.

Bonding Requirements

Federal and state laws require bonds to secure our obligations to reclaim lands used for mining, to pay federal and state workers’ compensation, to pay certain black lung claims, and to satisfy other miscellaneous obligations. These bonds are typically renewable on a yearly basis. It has become increasingly difficult for us and for our competitors to secure new surety bonds without posting collateral. In addition, surety bond costs have increased while the market terms of surety bonds have generally become less favorable to us. It is possible that surety bond issuers may refuse to renew bonds or may demand additional collateral upon those renewals. Our failure to maintain, or inability to acquire, surety bonds that are required by state and federal laws would have a material adverse effect on our ability to produce coal, which could affect our profitability and cash flow.

Air Emissions

The CAA and similar state and local laws and regulations regulate emissions into the air and affect coal mining operations. The CAA directly impacts our coal mining and processing operations by imposing permitting requirements and, in some cases, requirements to install certain emissions control equipment, achieve certain emissions standards, or implement certain work practices on sources that emit various air pollutants. The CAA also indirectly affects coal mining operations by extensively regulating the air emissions of coal-fired electric power generating plants and other coal-burning facilities. There have been a series of federal rulemakings focused on emissions from coal-fired electric generating facilities. Installation of additional emissions control technology and any additional measures required under applicable state and federal laws and regulations related to air emissions will make it more costly to operate coal-fired power plants and possibly other facilities that consume coal and, depending on the requirements of individual state implementation plans, or SIPs, could make coal a less attractive fuel alternative in the planning and building of power plants in the future. A significant reduction in coal’s share of power

50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

generating capacity could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Since 2010, utilities have completed or formally announced the retirement or conversion of over 500 coal-fired electric generating units through 2030.

In addition to the GHG issues discussed below, the air emissions programs that may affect our operations, directly or indirectly, include, but are not limited to, the following:

The EPA’s Acid Rain Program, provided in Title IV of the CAA, regulates emissions of sulfur dioxide from electric generating facilities. Sulfur dioxide is a by-product of coal combustion. Affected facilities purchase or are otherwise allocated sulfur dioxide emissions allowances, which must be surrendered annually in an amount equal to a facility’s sulfur dioxide emissions in that year. Affected facilities may sell or trade excess allowances to other facilities that require additional allowances to offset their sulfur dioxide emissions. In addition to purchasing or trading for additional sulfur dioxide allowances, affected power facilities can satisfy the requirements of the EPA’s Acid Rain Program by switching to lower-sulfur fuels, installing pollution control devices such as flue gas desulfurization systems, or “scrubbers,” or by reducing electricity generating levels. These requirements would not be supplanted by a replacement rule for the Clean Air Interstate Rule, or CAIR, discussed below.
The CAIR calls for power plants in 28 states and Washington, D.C. to reduce emission levels of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide pursuant to a cap-and-trade program similar to the system in effect for acid rain. In June 2011, the EPA finalized the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule, or CSAPR, a replacement rule for CAIR, which would have required 28 states in the Midwest and eastern seaboard to reduce power plant emissions that cross state lines and contribute to ozone and/or fine particle pollution in other states. Under CSAPR, the first phase of the nitrogen oxide and sulfur dioxide emissions reductions would have commenced in 2012 with further reductions effective in 2014. However, in August 2012, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals vacated CSAPR, finding the EPA exceeded its statutory authority under the CAA and striking down the EPA’s decision to require federal implementation plans, or FIPs, rather than SIPs, to implement mandated reductions. In its ruling, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals ordered the EPA to continue administering CAIR but proceed expeditiously to promulgate a replacement rule for CAIR. The U.S. Supreme Court granted the EPA’s certiorari petition appealing the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals’ decision and heard oral arguments in December 2013. In April 2014, the U.S. Supreme Court reversed and remanded the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals’ decision, concluding that the EPA’s approach is lawful. CSAPR has been reinstated and the EPA began implementation of Phase 1 requirements in January 2015. In September 2016, EPA finalized the CSAPR Update to respond to the remand by the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals. Implementation of Phase 2 began in 2017. Further litigation is expected against the CSAPR Update in the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals. The impacts of CSAPR Update are unknown at the present time due to the implementation of MATS, discussed below, and the significant number of coal retirements that have resulted and that potentially will result from MATS.
In February 2012, the EPA adopted the MATS, which regulates the emission of mercury and other metals, fine particulates, and acid gases such as hydrogen chloride from coal and oil-fired power plants. In March 2013, the EPA finalized a reconsideration of the MATS rule as it pertains to new power plants, principally adjusting emissions limits to levels attainable by existing control technologies. Appeals were filed and oral arguments were heard by the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals in December 2013. In April 2014, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals upheld MATS. In June 2015, the U.S. Supreme Court remanded the final rule back to the D.C. Circuit holding that the agency must consider cost before deciding whether regulation is necessary and appropriate. In December 2015, the EPA issued, for comment, the proposed supplemental finding. In April 2016, the EPA issued a final supplemental finding upholding the rule and concluding that a cost analysis supports the MATS rule. Many electric generators have already announced retirements due to the MATS rule. In April 2017, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia granted a request by the EPA to delay oral arguments in the pending appeal over the MATS rule. EPA requested that the court delay oral arguments to provide the new presidential administration with additional time to evaluate supplemental agency findings on the costs associated with the MATS rule. Although various issues surrounding the MATS rule remain subject to litigation in the D.C. Circuit, the MATS will force generators to make capital investments to retrofit power plants and could lead to additional premature retirements of older coal-fired generating units. The announced and possible additional retirements are likely to reduce the demand for coal. Apart from MATS, several states have enacted or proposed regulations requiring

51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reductions in mercury emissions from coal-fired power plants, and federal legislation to reduce mercury emissions from power plants has been proposed. Regulation of mercury emissions by the EPA, states, or Congress may decrease the future demand for coal. We continue to evaluate the possible scenarios associated with CSAPR Update and MATS and the effects they may have on our business and our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In January 2013, the EPA issued final Maximum Achievable Control Technology, or MACT, standards for several classes of boilers and process heaters, including large coal-fired boilers and process heaters, or Boiler MACT, which require owners of industrial, commercial, and institutional boilers to comply with standards for air pollutants, including mercury and other metals, fine particulates, and acid gases such as hydrogen chloride. Businesses and environmental groups have filed legal challenges to Boiler MACT in the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals and petitioned the EPA to reconsider the rule. In December 2014, the EPA announced reconsideration of the standard and will accept public comment on five issues for its standards on area sources, will review three issues related to its major-source boiler standards, and four issues relating to commercial and solid waste incinerator units. Before reconsideration, the EPA estimated the rule will affect 1,700 existing major source facilities with an estimated 14,316 boilers and process heaters. While some owners would make capital expenditures to retrofit boilers and process heaters, a number of boilers and process heaters could be prematurely retired. Retirements are likely to reduce the demand for coal. In August 2016, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals vacated a portion of the rule while remanding portions back to the EPA. In December 2016, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals agreed to the EPA request to remand the rule back to the EPA without vacatur. The impact of the regulations will depend on the EPA’s reconsideration and the outcome of subsequent legal challenges.
The EPA is required by the CAA to periodically re-evaluate the available health effects information to determine whether the national ambient air quality standards, or NAAQS, should be revised. Pursuant to this process, the EPA has adopted more stringent NAAQS for fine particulate matter, ozone, nitrogen oxide and sulfur dioxide. As a result, some states will be required to amend their existing SIPs to attain and maintain compliance with the new air quality standards and other states will be required to develop new SIPs for areas that were previously in “attainment” but do not attain the new standards. In addition, under the revised ozone NAAQS, significant additional emissions control expenditures may be required at coal-fired power plants. Initial non-attainment determinations related to the revised sulfur dioxide standard became effective in October 2013. In addition, in January 2013, the EPA updated the NAAQS for fine particulate matter emitted by a wide variety of sources including power plants, industrial facilities, and gasoline and diesel engines, tightening the annual PM 2.5 standard to 12 micrograms per cubic meter. The revised standard became effective in March 2013. In November 2013, the EPA proposed a rule to clarify PM 2.5 implementation requirements to the states for current 1997 and 2006 non-attainment areas. In July 2016, EPA issued a final rule for states to use in creating their plans to address particulate matter. In October 2015, the EPA published a final rule that reduced the ozone NAAQS from 75 to 70 parts per billion. Murray Energy filed a challenge to the final rule in the D.C. Circuit. Since that time, other industry and state petitioners have filed challenges as have several environmental groups. Attainment dates for the new standards range between 2013 and 2030, depending on the severity of the non-attainment. In July 2009, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals vacated part of a rule implementing the ozone NAAQS and remanded certain other aspects of the rule to the EPA for further consideration. In June 2013, the EPA proposed a rule for implementing the 2008 ozone NAAQS. Under a consent decree published in the Federal Register in January 2017, EPA agreed to review the NAAQS for sulfur oxide with a final decision due by 2019. New standards may impose additional emissions control requirements on new and expanded coal-fired power plants and industrial boilers. Because coal mining operations and coal-fired electric generating facilities emit particulate matter and sulfur dioxide, our mining operations and our customers could be affected when the new standards are implemented by the applicable states, and developments might indirectly reduce the demand for coal.
The EPA’s regional haze program is designed to protect and improve visibility at and around national parks, national wilderness areas and international parks. Under the program, states are required to develop SIPs to improve visibility. Typically, these plans call for reductions in sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from coal-fueled electric plants. In recent cases, the EPA has decided to negate the SIPs and impose stringent requirements through FIPs. The regional haze program, including particularly the EPA’s FIPs, and any future regulations may restrict the construction of new coal-fired power plants whose

52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

operation may impair visibility at and around federally protected areas and may require some existing coal-fired power plants to install additional control measures designed to limit haze-causing emissions. These requirements could limit the demand for coal in some locations.

The EPA’s new source review, or NSR, program under the CAA in certain circumstances requires existing coal-fired power plants, when modifications to those plants significantly increase emissions, to install more stringent air emissions control equipment. The Department of Justice, on behalf of the EPA, has filed lawsuits against a number of coal-fired electric generating facilities alleging violations of the NSR program. The EPA has alleged that certain modifications have been made to these facilities without first obtaining certain permits issued under the program. Several of these lawsuits have settled, but others remain pending. Depending on the ultimate resolution of these cases, demand for coal could be affected.

Carbon Dioxide Emissions

Combustion of fossil fuels, such as the coal we produce, results in the emission of carbon dioxide, which is considered a GHG. Combustion of fuel for mining equipment used in coal production also emits GHGs. Future regulation of GHG emissions in the United States could occur pursuant to future U.S. treaty commitments, new domestic legislation or regulation by the EPA. Former President Obama expressed support for a mandatory cap and trade program to restrict or regulate emissions of GHGs and Congress has considered various proposals to reduce GHG emissions, and it is possible federal legislation could be adopted in the future. Internationally, the Kyoto Protocol set binding emission targets for developed countries that ratified it (the United States did not ratify, and Canada officially withdrew from its Kyoto commitment in 2012) to reduce their global GHG emissions. The Kyoto Protocol was nominally extended past its expiration date of December 2012, with a requirement for a new legal construct to be put into place by 2015. The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change met in Paris, France in December 2015 and agreed to an international climate agreement, which we refer to as the Paris Agreement. Although this agreement does not create any binding obligations for nations to limit their GHG emissions, it does include pledges to voluntarily limit or reduce future emissions. These commitments could further reduce demand and prices for our coal. However, in June 2017, President Trump announced that the United States plans to withdraw from the Paris Agreement and to seek negotiations either to reenter the Paris Agreement on different terms or establish a new framework agreement. The Paris Agreement provides for a four-year exit process beginning in November 2016, which would result in an effective exit date of November 2020. The United States’ adherence to the exit process and/or the terms on which the United States may reenter the Paris Agreement or a separately negotiated agreement cannot be predicted at this time. Future participation in the Paris Agreement by the United States remains uncertain. However, many states, regions and governmental bodies have adopted GHG initiatives and have or are considering the imposition of fees or taxes based on the emission of GHGs by certain facilities, including coal-fired electric generating facilities. Depending on the particular regulatory program that may be enacted, at either the federal or state level, the demand for coal could be negatively impacted, which would have an adverse effect on our operations.

Even in the absence of new federal legislation, the EPA has begun to regulate GHG emissions under the CAA based on the U.S. Supreme Court’s 2007 decision in Massachusetts v. Environmental Protection Agency that the EPA has authority to regulate GHG emissions. In 2009, the EPA issued a final rule, known as the “Endangerment Finding”, declaring that GHG emissions, including carbon dioxide and methane, endanger public health and welfare and that six GHGs, including carbon dioxide and methane, emitted by motor vehicles endanger both the public health and welfare.

In May 2010, the EPA issued its final “tailoring rule” for GHG emissions, a policy aimed at shielding small emission sources from CAA permitting requirements. The EPA’s rule phases in various GHG-related permitting requirements beginning in January 2011. Beginning July 1, 2011, the EPA requires facilities that must already obtain NSR permits (new or modified stationary sources) for other pollutants to include GHGs in their permits for new construction projects that emit at least 100,000 tons per year of GHGs and existing facilities that increase their emissions by at least 75,000 tons per year. These permits require that the permittee adopt the Best Available Control Technology, or BACT. In June 2014, the U.S. Supreme Court invalidated the EPA’s position that power plants and other sources can be subject to permitting requirements based on their GHG emissions alone. For carbon dioxide BACT to apply, CAA permitting must be triggered by another regulated pollutant (e.g., sulfur dioxide, or SO2).

As a result of revisions to its preconstruction permitting rules that became fully effective in 2011, the EPA is now requiring new sources, including coal-fired power plants, to undergo control technology reviews for GHGs (predominantly carbon dioxide) as a condition of permit issuance. These reviews may impose limits on GHG

53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

emissions, or otherwise be used to compel consideration of alternative fuels and generation systems, as well as increase litigation risk for—and so discourage development of—coal-fired power plants. The EPA has also issued final rules requiring the monitoring and reporting of greenhouse gas emissions from certain sources.

In March 2012, the EPA proposed New Source Performance Standards, or NSPS, for carbon dioxide emissions from new fossil fuel-fired power plants. The proposal requires new coal units to meet a carbon dioxide emissions standard of 1,000 lbs. CO2/MWh, which is equivalent to the carbon dioxide emitted by a natural gas combined cycle unit. In January 2014, the EPA formally published its re-proposed NSPS for carbon dioxide emissions from new power plants. The re-proposed rule requires an emissions standard of 1,100 lbs. CO2/MWh for new coal-fired power plants. To meet such a standard, new coal plants would be required to install CCS technology. In August 2015, the EPA released final rules requiring newly constructed coal-fired steam electric generating units to emit no more than 1,400 lbs CO2/MWh (gross) and be constructed with CCS to capture 16% of CO2 produced by an electric generating unit burning bituminous coal. At the same time, the EPA finalized GHG emissions regulations for modified and existing power plants. The rule for modified sources required reducing GHG emissions from any modified or reconstructed source and could limit the ability of generators to upgrade coal-fired power plants thereby reducing the demand for coal. The rule for existing sources proposes to establish different target emission rates (lbs per megawatt hour) for each state and has an overall goal to achieve a 32% reduction of carbon dioxide emissions from 2005 levels by 2030. The compliance period begins in 2022 and in 2030 CO2 emissions goals must be met. In October 2017, the EPA proposed to repeal the new NSPS. A public hearing on the repeal was held in November 2017.

In June 2014, the EPA proposed CO2 emission “guidelines” for modified and existing fossil fuel-fired power plants under Section 111(d) of the CAA. The EPA finalized the CPP in August 2015, which established carbon pollution standards for power plants, called CO2 emission performance rates. The EPA expects each state to develop implementation plans for power plants in its state to meet the individual state targets established in the CPP. The EPA has given states the option to develop compliance plans for annual rate-based reductions (pounds per megawatt hour) or mass-based tonnage limits for CO2. The state plans were due in September 2016, subject to potential extensions of up to two years for final plan submission. The compliance period begins in 2022, and emission reductions will be phased in up to 2030. The EPA also proposed a federal compliance plan to implement the CPP in the event that an approvable state plan is not submitted to the EPA. Although each state can determine its own method of compliance, the requirements rely on decreased use of coal and increased use of natural gas and renewables for electricity generation, as well as reductions in the amount of electricity used by consumers. Judicial challenges have been filed and oral arguments were heard by the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals in September 2016, but a final decision has not yet been issued. On February 9, 2016, the U.S. Supreme Court issued a stay, halting implementation of the regulations. On March 28, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing the EPA to review the regulations, and on April 4, 2017, the EPA announced that it was reviewing the 2015 carbon dioxide regulations. On April 28, 2017, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia stayed the litigation pending the current administration’s review. That stay was extended for another 60 days on August 8, 2017. On October 10, 2017, the EPA initiated the formal rulemaking process to repeal the regulations. The EPA’s proposal will be subject to public comment and likely legal challenge, and as such we cannot predict at this time what impact the rulemaking will have on the demand for coal.

Collectively, these requirements have led to premature retirements and could lead to additional premature retirements of coal-fired generating units and reduce the demand for coal. Congress has rejected legislation to restrict carbon dioxide emissions from existing power plants and it is unclear whether the EPA has the legal authority to regulate carbon dioxide emissions from existing and modified power plants as proposed in the NSPS and CPP. Substantial limitations on GHG emissions could adversely affect demand for the coal we produce.

There have been numerous protests of and challenges to the permitting of new coal-fired power plants by environmental organizations and state regulators for concerns related to GHG emissions. For instance, various state regulatory authorities have rejected the construction of new coal-fueled power plants based on the uncertainty surrounding the potential costs associated with GHG emissions from these plants under future laws limiting the emissions of carbon dioxide. In addition, several permits issued to new coal-fueled power plants without limits on GHG emissions have been appealed to the EPA’s Environmental Appeals Board. In addition, over thirty states have currently adopted “renewable energy standards” or “renewable portfolio standards,” which encourage or require electric utilities to obtain a certain percentage of their electric generation portfolio from renewable resources by a certain date. These standards range generally from 10% to 30%, over time periods that generally extend from the present until between 2020 and 2030. Other states may adopt similar requirements, and federal legislation is a

54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

possibility in this area. To the extent these requirements affect our current and prospective customers, they may reduce the demand for coal-fired power, and may affect long-term demand for our coal. Finally, a federal appeals court allowed a lawsuit pursuing federal common law claims to proceed against certain utilities on the basis that they may have created a public nuisance due to their emissions of carbon dioxide, while a second federal appeals court dismissed a similar case on procedural grounds. The U.S. Supreme Court overturned that decision in June 2011, holding that federal common law provides no basis for public nuisance claims against utilities due to their carbon dioxide emissions. The U.S. Supreme Court did not, however, decide whether similar claims can be brought under state common law. As a result, despite this favorable ruling, tort-type liabilities remain a concern. In 2017, for example, New York City as well as multiple California counties and localities filed suits against oil, natural gas, and coal companies, seeking recompense, under common law, for damages allegedly caused by these companies’ roles in intensifying climate change. These actions are currently pending.

In addition, environmental advocacy groups have filed a variety of judicial challenges claiming that the environmental analyses conducted by federal agencies before granting permits and other approvals necessary for certain coal activities do not satisfy the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act, or NEPA. These groups assert that the environmental analyses in question do not adequately consider the climate change impacts of these particular projects. In December 2014, the Council on Environmental Quality released updated draft guidance discussing how federal agencies should consider the effects of GHG emissions and climate change in their NEPA evaluations. The guidance encourages agencies to provide more detailed discussion of the direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts of a proposed action’s reasonably foreseeable emissions and effects. This guidance could create additional delays and costs in the NEPA review process or in our operations, or even an inability to obtain necessary federal approvals for our future operations, including due to the increased risk of legal challenges from environmental groups seeking additional analysis of climate impacts.

Many states and regions have adopted GHG initiatives and certain governmental bodies have or are considering the imposition of fees or taxes based on the emission of GHG by certain facilities, including coal-fired electric generating facilities. For example, in 2005, ten north-eastern states entered into the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative agreement, or RGGI, calling for implementation of a cap and trade program aimed at reducing carbon dioxide emissions from power plants in the participating states. The members of RGGI have established in statutes and/or regulations a carbon dioxide trading program. Auctions for carbon dioxide allowances under the program began in September 2008. Though New Jersey withdrew from RGGI in 2011, since its inception, several additional north-eastern states and Canadian provinces have joined as participants or observers.

Following the RGGI model, five Western states launched the Western Regional Climate Action Initiative to identify, evaluate, and implement collective and cooperative methods of reducing GHG in the region to 15% below 2005 levels by 2020. These states were joined by two additional states and four Canadian provinces and became collectively known as the Western Climate Initiative Partners. However, in November 2011, six states withdrew, leaving California and the four Canadian provinces as members. At a January 2012 stakeholder meeting, this group confirmed a commitment and timetable to create the largest carbon market in North America and provide a model to guide future efforts to establish national approaches in both Canada and the United States to reduce GHG emissions. It is likely that these regional efforts will continue.

It is possible that future international, federal and state initiatives to control GHG emissions could result in increased costs associated with coal production and consumption, such as costs to install additional controls to reduce carbon dioxide emissions or costs to purchase emissions reduction credits to comply with future emissions trading programs. Such increased costs for coal consumption could result in some customers switching to alternative sources of fuel, or otherwise adversely affect our operations and demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Water Discharge

The Clean Water Act, or CWA, and similar state and local laws and regulations affect coal mining operations by imposing restrictions on effluent discharge into waters and the discharge of dredged or fill material into the waters of the U.S. Regular monitoring, as well as compliance with reporting requirements and performance standards, is a precondition for the issuance and renewal of permits governing the discharge of pollutants into water. Section 404 of the CWA imposes permitting and mitigation requirements associated with the dredging and filling of wetlands and streams. The CWA and equivalent state legislation, where such equivalent state legislation exists, affect coal mining operations that impact wetlands and streams. Although permitting requirements have been tightened in recent years,

55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we believe we have obtained all necessary permits required under CWA Section 404 as it has traditionally been interpreted by the responsible agencies. However, mitigation requirements under existing and possible future “fill” permits may vary considerably. For that reason, the setting of post-mine asset retirement obligation accruals for such mitigation projects is difficult to ascertain with certainty and may increase in the future. Although more stringent permitting requirements may be imposed in the future, we are not able to accurately predict the impact, if any, of such permitting requirements.

The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, or Corps of Engineers, maintains two permitting programs under CWA Section 404 for the discharge of dredged or fill material – one for “individual” permits and a more streamlined program for “general” permits. In June 2010, the Corps of Engineers suspended the use of “general” permits under Nationwide Permit 21, or NWP 21, in the Appalachian states. In February 2012, the Corps of Engineers reissued the final 2012 NWP 21. The Center for Biological Diversity later filed a notice of intent to sue the Corps of Engineers based on allegations the 2012 NWP 21 program violated the Endangered Species Act, or ESA. The Corps of Engineers and National Marine Fisheries Service, or NMFS, have completed their programmatic ESA Section 7 consultation process on the Corps of Engineers’ 2012 NWP 21 package, and NMFS has issued a revised biological opinion finding that the NWP 21 program does not jeopardize the continued existence of threatened and endangered species and will not result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated critical habitat. However, the opinion contains 12 additional protective measures the Corps of Engineers will implement in certain districts to “enhance the protection of listed species and critical habitat.” While these measures will not affect previously verified permit activities where construction has not yet been completed, several Corps of Engineers districts with mining operations will be impacted by the additional protective measures going forward. These measures include additional reporting and notification requirements, potential imposition of new regional conditions and additional actions concerning cumulative effects analyses and mitigation. Our coal mining operations typically require Section 404 permits to authorize activities such as the creation of slurry ponds and stream impoundments. The CWA authorizes the EPA to review Section 404 permits issued by the Corps of Engineers, and in 2009, the EPA began reviewing Section 404 permits issued by the Corps of Engineers for coal mining in Appalachia. Currently, significant uncertainty exists regarding the obtaining of permits under the CWA for coal mining operations in Appalachia due to various initiatives launched by the EPA regarding these permits.

For instance, even though the State of West Virginia has been delegated the authority to issue permits for coal mines in that state, the EPA is taking a more active role in its review of National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System, or NPDES, permit applications for coal mining operations in Appalachia. The EPA has stated that it plans to review all applications for NPDES permits. Indeed, final guidance issued by the EPA in July 2011, encouraged the EPA regions 3, 4 and 5 to object to the issuance of state program NPDES permits where the region does not believe that the proposed permit satisfies the requirements of the CWA, and with regard to state issued general Section 404 permits, support the previously drafted Enhanced Coordination Procedures, or ECP. In October 2011, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia rejected the ECP on several different legal grounds and later, this same court enjoined the EPA from any further usage of its final guidance. The U.S. Supreme Court denied a request to review this decision. Any future application of procedures similar to ECP, such as may be enacted following notice and comment rulemaking, would have the potential to delay issuance of permits for surface coal mines, or to change the conditions or restrictions imposed in those permits.

The EPA also has statutory “veto” power over a Section 404 permit if the EPA determines, after notice and an opportunity for a public hearing, that the permit will have an “unacceptable adverse effect.” In January 2011, the EPA exercised its veto power to withdraw or restrict the use of a previously issued permit for Spruce No. 1 Surface Mine in West Virginia, which is one of the largest surface mining operations ever authorized in Appalachia. This action was the first time that such power was exercised with regard to a previously permitted coal mining project. A challenge to the EPA’s exercise of this authority was made in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia and in March 2012, that court ruled that the EPA lacked the statutory authority to invalidate an already issued Section 404 permit retroactively. In April 2013, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals reversed this decision and authorized the EPA to retroactively veto portions of a Section 404 permit. The U.S. Supreme Court denied a request to review this decision. Any future use of the EPA’s Section 404 “veto” power could create uncertainly with regard to our continued use of current permits, as well as impose additional time and cost burdens on future operations, potentially adversely affecting our coal revenues. In addition, the EPA initiated a preemptive veto prior to the filing of any actual permit application for a copper and gold mine based on fictitious mine scenario. The implications of this decision could allow the EPA to bypass the state permitting process and engage in watershed and land use planning.

56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total Maximum Daily Load, or TMDL, regulations under the CWA establish a process to calculate the maximum amount of a pollutant that an impaired water body can receive and still meet state water quality standards, and to allocate pollutant loads among the point and non-point pollutant sources discharging into that water body. Likewise, when water quality in a receiving stream is better than required, states are required to conduct an antidegradation review before approving discharge permits. The adoption of new TMDL-related allocations or any changes to antidegradation policies for streams near our coal mines could require more costly water treatment and could adversely affect our coal production.

In June 2015, the EPA issued a new rule providing a definition of “waters of the United States”, or WOTUS, under the CAA. This rule is broadly written and expands the EPA and Corps of Engineers jurisdiction. WOTUS creates new federal authority over lands, ditches, and potentially on-site mining waters. Of critical concern to our industry is the possibility that many water features commonly found on mine sites which are currently not considered jurisdictional could nevertheless fall within the definition of WOTUS under the proposed rule. Ditches, closed loop systems, on-site ponds, impoundments, and other water management features are integral to mining operations, and are used to manage on-site waters in an environmentally sound and frequently statutorily mandated manner. The rule could lead to substantially increased permitting requirements with more costs, delays, and increased risk of litigation. Industry groups have challenged the final rule. Multiple suits were filed across the country by states, industry, and outside parties. The Coal Industry is currently active in suits in the Texas District Court and Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals, though the coalition has moved to intervene in several suits (to both defend certain provisions in the rule important to industry and contest overly-broad provisions). The Sixth Circuit ordered a nationwide stay of the rule that will remain in effect at least until it issues its jurisdictional determination (expected in the near future). In January 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that the WOTUS rule must first be reviewed in federal district courts, remanding the case at issue to the district level and putting the status of the Sixth Circuit’s stay into question. In addition, in June 2017, the EPA and the U.S. Army Corps proposed a rule that would initiate the first step in a two-step process intended to review and revise the definition of WOTUS. Under the proposal, the first step would be to rescind the May 2015 final rule and put back into effect the narrower language defining WOTUS under the Clean Water Act that existed prior to the rule. The second step would be a notice-and-comment rule-making in which the agencies will conduct a substantive reevaluation of the definition of WOTUS.

Hazardous Substances and Wastes

The Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, otherwise known as the “Superfund” law, and analogous state laws, impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct on certain classes of persons that are considered to have contributed to the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include the present and former owners or operators of the site where the release occurred and companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances found at the site. Persons who are or were responsible for the release of hazardous substances may be subject to joint and several liability under CERCLA for the costs of cleaning up releases of hazardous substances and natural resource damages. Some products used in coal mining operations generate waste containing hazardous substances. We are currently unaware of any material liability associated with the release or disposal of hazardous substances from our past or present mine sites.

The Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA, and corresponding state laws regulating hazardous waste affect coal mining operations by imposing requirements for the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, and clean-up of hazardous wastes. Many mining wastes are excluded from the regulatory definition of hazardous wastes, and coal mining operations covered by SMCRA permits are by statute exempted from RCRA permitting. RCRA also allows the EPA to require corrective action at sites where there is a release of hazardous substances. In addition, each state has its own laws regarding the proper management and disposal of waste material. While these laws impose ongoing compliance obligations, we believe such costs will not have a material impact on our operations.

In June 2010, the EPA released a proposed rule to regulate the disposal of certain coal combustion by-products, or CCB. The proposed rule set forth two very different options for regulating CCB under RCRA. The first option called for regulation of CCB as a hazardous waste under Subtitle C, which creates a comprehensive program of federally enforceable requirements for waste management and disposal. The second option utilized Subtitle D, which would give the EPA authority to set performance standards for waste management facilities and would be enforced primarily

57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

through citizen suits. The proposal leaves intact the Bevill exemption for beneficial uses of CCB. In April 2012, several environmental organizations filed suit against the EPA to compel the EPA to take action on the proposed rule. Several companies and industry groups intervened. A consent decree was entered on January 29, 2014.

The EPA finalized the CCB rule on December 19, 2014, setting nationwide solid nonhazardous waste standards for CCB disposal. On April 17, 2015, the EPA finalized regulations under the solid waste provisions of RCRA and not the hazardous waste provisions which became effective on October 19, 2015. EPA affirms in the preamble to the final rule that “this rule does not apply to CCR placed in active or abandoned underground or surface mines.” Instead, the U.S. Department of Interior and EPA will address the management of CCR in mine fills in a separate regulatory action. While classification of CCB as a hazardous waste would have led to more stringent restrictions and higher costs, this regulation may still increase our customers’ operating costs and potentially reduce their ability to purchase coal.

On November 3, 2015, EPA published the final rule Effluent Limitations Guidelines and Standards, revising the regulations for the Steam Electric Power Generating category which became effective on January 4, 2016. The rule sets the first federal limits on the levels of toxic metals in wastewater that can be discharged from power plants, based on technology improvements in the steam electric power industry over the last three decades. The combined effect of these rules and the CCR regulations has forced power generating companies to close existing ash ponds and will likely force the closure of certain older existing coal burning power plants that cannot comply with the new standards. These regulations add costs to the operation of coal burning power plants on top of other regulations like the 2014 regulations issued under Section 316(b) of the CWA that affects the cooling water intake structures at power plants in order to reduce fish impingement and entrainment. Individually and collectively, these regulations could, in turn, impact the market for our products. However, on September 13, 2017, the EPA postponed the compliance dates for the best available technology economically achievable effluent limitations and pretreatment standards for two wastestreams at existing sources, bottom ash transport water and flue gas desulfurization wastewater, for a period of two years.

Endangered Species Act

The federal ESA and counterpart state legislation protect species threatened with possible extinction. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service works closely with the OSM and state regulatory agencies to ensure that species subject to the ESA are protected from mining-related impacts. If the service were to designate species indigenous to the areas in which we operate as threatened or endangered, we could be subject to additional regulatory and permitting requirements.

Other Environmental, Health and Safety Regulations

In addition to the laws and regulations described above, we are subject to regulations regarding underground and above ground storage tanks in which we may store petroleum or other substances. Some monitoring equipment that we use is subject to licensing under the Federal Atomic Energy Act. Water supply wells located on our properties are subject to federal, state, and local regulation. In addition, our use of explosives is subject to the Federal Safe Explosives Act. We are also required to comply with the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, the Toxic Substance Control Act, and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act. The costs of compliance with these regulations should not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

KEY FACTORS AND ASSUMPTIONS

Reserve Estimate Methodology

We are required by ASX Listing Rules to report ore reserves and mineral resources in Australia in compliance with the Australasian Joint Ore Reserves Committee Code for Reporting of Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves 2012 Edition, or JORC Code. Under the SEC’s Industry Guide 7, classifications other than proven and probable reserves are not recognized and, as a result, the SEC generally does not permit mining companies like us to disclose measures of mineral resources, such as measured, indicated or inferred resources, in SEC filings.

58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reserves estimates for the Polar Grove and Cypress Mines as of March 2017 were prepared by MM&A.

A BFS was managed by MM&A, with utilization of local industry consultants who have expertise in coal mine development in the Illinois Basin region. MM&A, previously owned by Cardno Limited, has managed all of the Company’s technical studies and has over 40 years of expertise in mine engineering, mine reserve evaluation, feasibility studies, and due diligence services for mining and resource projects, particularly in the U.S. coal industry.

The BFS has been prepared in accordance with the JORC Code and NI 43-101. MM&A have provided reserve coal tonnage estimates that are compliant with the SEC's Industry Guide 7 and accordingly, the reserves disclosed in this registration statement are compliant with the JORC Code and Industry Guide 7. However, we note for you that we have made assumptions about the likely existence of mineralized material when designing our mine plan.

The BFS for the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines was prepared to serve as a decision-making tool for the investment community and to support the estimate of coal reserves for the property. As part of the BFS, a project schedule and estimated capital and operating costs (+/-10 percent accuracy) have been developed. A detailed financial and discounted cash flow analysis has also been prepared.

Capital expenditures for the life of the mine have been calculated by using detailed estimates and quotes provided by contractors and vendors. In addition to the initial project capital, sustaining capital expenditures and extraordinary capital expenditures have been calculated through the end-of-mine life.

Operating costs are projected for each year of the mine plan, considering projected annual ROM tonnage, clean tonnage and feet of advance. Operating cost projections are based on MM&A and our estimates of staffing, wage and salary levels, employee benefits, operating and maintenance and supply costs per ton produced (for the mine) or processed (for the plant and dock). Other costs include outside services, sales and administrative costs, royalties, black lung federal excise tax, OSM reclamation fees and property tax and insurance. The average (steady state) annual operating cost is projected to be approximately $27.37 to $28.28 per saleable ton.

Sales revenue is based on our coal supply agreement with LG&E and KU for committed coal production through 2022. Sales prices for uncommitted tons are based on escalated (real) pricing based on the 2022 pricing in the LG&E and KU sales agreement.

The results of the discounted cash flow financial model prepared as part of the BFS are suitable for financing of future mining operations contemplated for the property and for conversion of coal resources to coal reserves. Cash flows were simulated on an annual basis based on projected production from the life-of-mine plan. The BFS economic analysis exhibits positive results for the Buck Creek Complex and prove that the WK No. 9 and WK No. 11 coal reserves are economically mineable under reasonable expectations of market prices, estimated operating costs and capital expenditures. In addition, the sensitivities to annual production, sales price, operating costs and capital costs prepared as part of the BFS show that the net present value remained positive for the Buck Creek Complex under all of the assumptions tested.

Our independent reserve engineers follow SEC rules and definitions in preparing their reserve estimates. “Reserves” are defined by the SEC’s Industry Guide 7 as that part of a mineral deposit, which could be economically and legally extracted or produced at the time of the reserve determination. “Recoverable” reserves mean coal that is economically recoverable using existing equipment and methods under federal and state laws currently in effect. “Proven” (measured) reserves are defined in Guide 7 as reserves for which (a) quantity is computed from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes; grade and/or quality are computed from the results of detailed sampling and (b) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely and the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth and mineral content of reserves are well-established. “Probable” (indicated) reserves are defined in Guide 7 as reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proven (measured) reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proven (measured) reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.

Standards set forth by the United States Geological Service were used to place areas of the mine reserves into the proven (measured) and probable (indicated) categories. Under these standards, coal within 1,320 feet of a data point is considered to be proven, and coal that is between 1,320 feet and 3,960 feet from a data point is placed in the probable category. All reserves are stated as a final salable product. For the exploration process, core samples are boxed and delivered to an independent lab for analysis.

59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Inaccuracies in our estimates of our coal reserves could result in decreased profitability from lower than expected revenues or higher than expected costs.

Our future performance depends on, among other things, the accuracy of our estimates of our proven and probable coal reserves. We base our estimates of reserves on engineering, economic and geological data assembled, analyzed and reviewed by management. We will update our estimates of the quantity and quality of proven and probable coal reserves annually to reflect the production of coal from the reserves, updated geological models and mining recovery data, the tonnage contained in new lease areas acquired and estimated costs of production and sales prices. There are numerous factors and assumptions inherent in estimating the quantities and qualities of, and costs to mine, coal reserves, including many factors beyond our control, including the following:

quality of the coal;
geological and mining conditions, which may not be fully identified by available exploration data and/or may differ from our experiences in areas where we currently mine;
the percentage of coal ultimately recoverable;
the assumed effects of regulation, including the issuance of required permits, taxes, including severance and excise taxes and royalties, and other payments to governmental agencies;
assumptions concerning the timing for the development of the reserves; and
assumptions concerning equipment and productivity, future coal prices, operating costs, including for critical supplies such as fuel, tires and explosives, capital expenditures and development and reclamation costs.

As a result, estimates of the quantities and qualities of economically recoverable coal attributable to any particular group of properties, classifications of reserves based on risk of recovery, estimated cost of production, and estimates of future net cash flows expected from these properties as prepared by different engineers, or by the same engineers at different times, may vary materially due to changes in the above factors and assumptions.

Reserve Factors and Assumptions

In developing our mining, production and business plans as well as our cost models, we considered numerous factors and made numerous assumptions. These factors and assumptions may differ, materially and adversely, from our expectations and estimates. See “Risk Factors—Feasibility study results are based on assumptions that are subject to uncertainty and the estimates may not reflect actual capital and operating costs or revenues from any potential future production.” Set forth below are key factors and assumptions we made in preparing in the BFS.

Core Holes and Data Points —All of our operating assumptions rely on coal thickness and data derived from numerous sources. These sources include core-hole data resulting from drilling targeted strata and coal seams. Core drilling produces a core sample product that is measured by a lab for quality analysis. While drilling, we typically also conduct an electronic log analysis. This is created by placing specialized equipment that can specifically measure the thickness of carbon in the drill hole from which the core has already been removed. This technique tends to be more accurate than simply measuring the core, because sometimes one incurs core loss when retrieving the core material. In essence, coal thickness is typically measured and recorded on maps when mining is occurring and coal is removed. If these measurements, which can be derived from a surface mine or deep mine, are close to a new reserve area, then the measurements are included in the database. We have utilized all of the identified available data to create our mine plans and quality projections. This data also allows us to understand the composition of strata overlying and below the coal seams, as well as the distance between coal seams.

Geologic & Quality Maps —We use the accumulated geologic data to create digital maps that allow us to predict mining conditions and quality, utilizing trending techniques in the form of isopach maps. We will create isopach maps for information such as coal thickness, sulfur, ash, and volatile matter, among other things.

60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mine Plans —Maps driven by geology and quality trending are the base maps from which mine plans are developed. In the case of the deep mines, projections are made based on a combination of coal thickness, conditions that impact mining and coal quality. We control approximately 40,750 gross acres (~16,500 hectares) of coal leases that comprise the Buck Creek Mining Complex. Kentucky state law allows the owner or controller of a partial interest tract to develop the tract in a manner consistent with full control of the property. Therefore, we expect, but cannot assure you, that any partial interest tracts that are less than 100% leased can be developed. Of the total marketable production profile of 133.9 million tons at the Poplar Grove Mine and Cypress Mines, approximately 103.8 million tons of the mine plan can be mined on mineral property currently controlled by us. Additional mineral leases must be acquired in order to execute the life of mine plan to achieve the projected financial performance of the Poplar Grove Mine and Cypress Mines.

Reserves —The Buck Creek Mining Complex has Proven ROM Recoverable Coal Reserves of 43.5 million tons and Probable ROM Recoverable Coal Reserves of 92.2 million tons.

Feet Per Shift — For an underground room-and-pillar mine, feet per shift is the key operating variable, when combined with geologic data. When this measured variable is multiplied by the actual or projected clean tons per foot, this provides a calculation of clean tons. This is the measurement of the advancement that the underground mining equipment can make during one unit shift.

Shifts Per Day —Shifts per day is the number of operating shifts that employees work during a 24 hour period. We will typically work two production shifts per day to fully utilize the deployed capital. Multiplying the shift per day times the clean tons per shift result in the clean tons per day.

Tons Per Employee Hour —All coal mining operators are required to submit employee hours worked and the number of clean tons produced to the Mine Safety and Health Administration, or MSHA. The greater the tons per employee hour, the lower the mining costs should be. We will utilize this statistic to benchmark and continuously analyze our underground mining operations.

Coal Recovery —Generally, the mining seam contains coal and non-coal materials. The larger the amount of carbon/coal versus other material in the production stream, the better. Each of our mine plans contains predictions of coal recovery.

Preparation Plant Recovery —Generally, a coal preparation plant is designed to separate coal from non-coal material. The greater the recovery of the input stream, the lower the processing costs will be. We believe that the technology utilized in the plant will be state-of-the-art, and a competitive advantage.

Refuse —One of the key components of coal mining is the ability to dispose of waste products.

Coal prices —Our BFS reflects the LG&E and KU contract tonnage and prices for the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines’ blended product (11,200 Btu/lb) for 2018 through 2022 and then escalated (real) pricing (based on the 2022 pricing in the LG&E and KU sales agreement). The LG&E and KU contracted fixed coal sales prices for our 11,200 btu/lb coal specification begins at US$40.50 per ton for the first 750,000 tons of coal delivered to LG&E and KU, escalating to US$45.75 per ton for the final 1,000,000 tons sold.

61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As required by Australian securities laws and the ASX Listing Rules, we hereby notify Australian investors that set forth below is a summary of some of the key assumptions underpinning our mining, production and business plans as well as our cost models for the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines:

Key Assumptions
Poplar Grove Mine
Cypress Mine
Maximum Accuracy Variation
+/- 10%
+/- 10%
Minimum LOM
25 years
18 years
Mining Method
Underground / room-and- pillar
Underground / room-and- pillar
Average Mining Height
4.5 feet
4.5 feet
Total Work Days per Year
250
250
Productivity Rate (feet advance per unit shift at steady state production)
560 feet
560 feet
Average Annual Operating Costs
$28.28 per ton
$27.37 per ton
Annual ROM Coal Production (tons)
3.6 Mtpa
5.2 Mtpa
Total ROM Coal Produced LOM (tons)
89.0 Mt
86.3 Mt
Capacity CHPP
400 raw tons per hour
700 raw tons per hour
Yield CHPP
76.1%
76.7%
Processing Method
Dense Media 2-stage
Dense Media 2-stage
Annual Clean Coal Production (tons)
2.8 Mtpa
3.8 Mtpa
Total Initial Capital Costs
US$56.8 million
US$102 million
Mine Royalty (4% of Gross Sales Value less taxes and fees)
4.0%
4.1%
Leased Equipment - Operating Lease
Included in Average Direct Mining Costs
Included in Average Direct Mining Costs
Kentucky State Severance Taxes
4.5%
4.5%
Coal Specification
11,200 Btu/lb
11,200 Btu/lb
Corporate Tax Rate
16%
16%
Discount Rate (8%, Real)
8%
8%

62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

C.   Organizational Structure

Organizational Structure

The following reflects our organizational structure. All our subsidiaries are wholly-owned.


D.   Property, Plant and Equipment

Assets

Our core asset is the Buck Creek Complex. See “B. Business Overview” for additional information.

Exploration Plans

See “B. Business Overview” for information about our exploration plans.

Non-Core Assets

Not applicable.

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this registration statement on Form 20-F. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this registration statement on Form 20-F, particularly those in the section of this registration statement on Form 20-F entitled “Risk Factors.” The consolidated general purpose financial statements of the consolidated group have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

The IASB sets out accounting policies that it has concluded would result in a financial report containing relevant and reliable information about transactions, events and conditions. Material accounting policies adopted in the preparation of this financial report are presented below and have been consistently applied unless otherwise stated.

Our financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and for the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Overview

We are a developer of long-life thermal coal mines known as the Buck Creek Complex, consisting of the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines located in the western Kentucky section of the Illinois Basin. We believe both the Poplar Grove and Cypress Mines possess geological and logistical advantages that will lower the operating costs of our mines and make it attractive to the coal fired power plants located in the Ohio River and southeast U.S. power markets.

We started construction of the Poplar Grove Mine in August 2017, and we expect to complete the construction of the mine with first coal production expected during the second half of the 2018 calendar year. The Poplar Grove Mine is expected to begin coal production in the second half of 2018, ramp up production during 2019 and reach near full production capacity by the end of 2020. Based on our current financial position, and assuming availability of the Project Loan Facility (which remains conditional upon satisfaction of certain conditions precedent), we expect to have sufficient cash flow to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine and to maintain adequate liquidity to satisfy working capital requirements. We intend to ship thermal coal predominately by barge from the Company’s barge load-out facility on the Green River, leading to major coal transportation routes along the Ohio and Mississippi rivers.

In June 2018, we completed a capital raising to raise a total of approximately A$30.2 million (before associated costs). The capital raising comprised an accelerated non-renounceable pro rata entitlement offer on the basis of one new fully paid ordinary shares for every three fully paid ordinary shares in the Company held by eligible shareholders at an issue price of A$0.22 per new share to raise approximately A$23.2 million (before associated costs) (“Entitlement Offer”) and a private placement to sophisticated and professional investors at an issue price of A$0.22 per new share to raise approximately A$7.0 million (before associated costs) (“Placement”). The Entitlement Offer comprised an institutional component (“Institutional Entitlement Offer”) and an offer to eligible retail shareholders (“Retail Entitlement Offer”). The Placement and Entitlement Offer was fully underwritten by Argonaut Capital Limited. On May 21, 2018, we announced that we had completed the Placement and Institutional Entitlement Offer, to raise approximately A$19.2 million (before associated costs). On June 12, 2018 we announced that we had completed the Retail Entitlement Offer, to raise a further approximately A$11.0 million (before associated costs).

We have entered into a debt financing facility with Macquarie Bank Limited (“Macquarie”) to provide a two-tranche $21.7 million Project Loan Facility to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. The Project Loan Facility remains conditional upon satisfaction of a number of conditions precedent prior to first drawdown including completion of legal due diligence by Macquarie, compliance with certain financial covenants and no material adverse change with respect to the Company.

The financial covenants under the Project Loan Facility comprise the following (each of which gets tested on a quarterly basis during the term of the loan unless specified otherwise): (1) on or after September 30, 2019, the debt service cover ratio is greater than 1.10:1, (2) the loan life cover ratio that is greater than 1.15:1, (3) the project life cover ratio is greater than 1.50, (4) on or after September 30, 2019, the gross debt to EBITDA ratio is less than 2.50:1, and (5) the reserve tail ratio is greater than 30%. For the purposes of the condition precedent to first drawdown, the

64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

financial projections in the agreed financial model must demonstrate that these financial covenants will be satisfied as and when required. As of the date hereof, we believe that the agreed financial model will demonstrate compliance with these financial covenants when delivered to Macquarie as a condition precedent to first drawdown.

In addition, the Project Loan Facility required us to enter into certain agreements with Komatsu and Fricke, as described below:

Komatsu-Macquarie Intercreditor Agreement

We propose to enter into an Intercreditor Agreement by and among the Company, Komatsu and Macquarie (the “Komatsu Intercreditor Agreement”), in which Macquarie would acknowledge and agree that Komatsu has a first priority lien on the Komatsu equipment. Komatsu also would agree to provide Macquarie with notice of any default under the Komatsu equipment financing documents and to a ten-day standstill period. During such a standstill period, Komatsu agreed that it would not exercise any rights under such Komatsu equipment financing documents and would allow Macquarie to cure any defaults and/or purchase the equipment. The Komatsu Intercreditor Agreement also is expected to contain other provisions customary for agreements of this type.

Fricke-Macquarie Assignment of Construction Contract

We propose to enter into an Assignment of Construction Contract by and among the Company, Fricke and Macquarie (the “Fricke Assignment Agreement”), the Company is expected to assign its rights under the Fricke construction contract to Macquarie. Pursuant to the Fricke Assignment Agreement, Fricke would agree that at any time during the occurrence and continuance of an event of default under the Project Loan Facility or any related finance document, Macquarie may, upon written notice to the Company and Fricke, either exercise in the name and right of the Company, or in the name and right of Macquarie as assignee, all rights and remedies of the Company under the Fricke construction contract (referred to as “step-in rights” under the Fricke Assignment Agreement). The Fricke Assignment Agreement also is expected to contain other provisions customary for agreements of this type.

Drawdown of the second tranche of the Project Loan Facility (being $6.7 million) is conditional on a number of conditions precedent including drawdown of the first tranche of the Project Loan Facility (being $15 million), the satisfaction of the first tranche drawdown conditions precedent and the execution of an additional coal sales contract for specified amounts before October 31, 2018. Subject to satisfaction of such conditions, we expect to drawdown the Project Loan Facility during the 2018 calendar year.

We have not yet decided on the timing to develop the Cypress Mine, which if undertaken would require additional funds should this development decision be made.

65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A.   Operating Results

Summary

The following tables set forth summary historical financial data for the periods indicated.

The summary historical consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and selected consolidated statements of financial position as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement. The summary historical consolidated financial data for the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the selected consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2017 is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement. Our financial statements have been prepared in U.S. dollars and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

You should read the selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1 of this registration statement, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this registration statement. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate our expected results for any future periods.

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss data:
(in thousands, except per share data)
For the year ended June 30,
For the six months ended
December 31,
2017
2016
2015
2017
2016
Interest income
$
111
 
$
50
 
$
143
 
$
233
 
$
30
 
Exploration and evaluation expenses
 
(1,526
)
 
(1,327
)
 
(1,879
)
 
 
 
(991
)
Corporate and administrative expenses
 
(594
)
 
(302
)
 
(352
)
 
(455
)
 
(267
)
Business development expenses
 
(331
)
 
(96
)
 
(42
)
 
(202
)
 
(24
)
Foreign stock exchange listing expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(459
)
 
 
Employment expenses
 
(2,337
)
 
(2,245
)
 
(2,308
)
 
(1,370
)
 
(927
)
Share-based payment expenses
 
(674
)
 
(507
)
 
(546
)
 
(1,224
)
 
300
 
Depreciation and impairment expenses
 
(541
)
 
(30
)
 
(34
)
 
(7
)
 
(10
)
Other income and expenses
 
(63
)
 
(24
)
 
338
 
 
51
 
 
 
(Loss) before income tax
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,680
)
 
(3,433
)
 
(1,889
)
Income tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) for the period
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,680
)
 
(3,433
)
 
(1,889
)
Net (loss) attributable to members
$
(5,955
)
$
(4,481
)
$
(4,680
)
$
(3,433
)
$
(1,889
)
Basic and diluted (loss) per share from continuing operations 1
$
(0.03
)
$
(0.03
)
$
(0.03
)
$
(0.01
)
$
(0.01
)
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position data:
(in thousands)
As of June 30,
As of December 31,
2017
2016
2017
Cash and cash equivalents
$
34,802
 
$
303
 
$
24,544
 
Trade and other receivables
 
265
 
 
15
 
 
81
 
Total current assets
 
35,067
 
 
318
 
 
24,625
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
26,068
 
 
120
 
 
40,586
 
Exploration and evaluation assets
 
 
 
17,544
 
 
 
Other financial assets
 
4,044
 
 
29
 
 
4,613
 
Total assets
 
65,179
 
 
18,011
 
 
69,824
 
Total current liabilities
 
4,604
 
 
1,688
 
 
10,534
 
Total liabilities
 
4,604
 
 
1,688
 
 
11,340
 
Total equity
$
60,575
 
$
16,323
 
$
58,484
 

66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow data:
(in thousands)
For the year ended June 30,
For the six months
ended December 31,
2017
2016
2015
2017
2016
Net cash outflow from operating activities
$
(4,990
)
$
(3,838
)
$
(4,489
)
$
(509
)
$
(2,007
)
Net cash outflow from investing activities
 
(8,575
)
 
(858
)
 
(1,475
)
 
(9,882
)
 
(710
)
Net cash inflow from financing activities
 
48,128
 
 
3,450
 
 
4,371
 
 
82
 
 
10,494
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
 
34,563
 
 
(1,246
)
 
(1,593
)
 
(10,309
)
 
7,777
 
Net foreign exchange differences
 
(64
)
 
(62
)
 
(1,055
)
 
51
 
 
(203
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
 
303
 
 
1,611
 
 
4,259
 
 
34,802
 
 
303
 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
$
34,802
 
$
303
 
$
1,611
 
$
24,544
 
$
7,877
 

Financial Overview

The following discussion relates to our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and capital resources. You should read this discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this registration statement. Comparative results of operations for the period indicated are discussed below.

 
For the six months ended
December 31,
For the year ended June 30,
 
2017
2016
2017
2016
2015
Operating results:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
233
 
$
30
 
$
111
 
$
50
 
$
143
 
Exploration and evaluation expenses
 
 
 
(991
)
 
(1,526
)
 
(1,327
)
 
(1,879
)
Corporate and administrative expenses
 
(455
)
 
(267
)
 
(594
)
 
(302
)
 
(352
)
Business development expenses
 
(202
)
 
(24
)
 
(331
)
 
(96
)
 
(42
)
Foreign stock exchange listing expenses
 
(459
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment expenses
 
(1,370
)
 
(927
)
 
(2,337
)
 
(2,245
)
 
(2,308
)
Share based payment expenses
 
(1,224
)
 
300
 
 
(674
)
 
(507
)
 
(546
)
Depreciation and impairment expenses
 
(7
)
 
(10
)
 
(541
)
 
(30
)
 
(34
)
Other income and expenses
 
51
 
 
 
 
(63
)
 
(24
)
 
338
 
Loss before income tax
 
(3,433
)
 
(1,889
)
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,680
)
Income tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss for the period
$
(3,433
)
$
(1,889
)
$
(5,955
)
$
(4,481
)
$
(4,680
)

Coal sales. We presently have not commenced commercial production on any of our properties. We started construction of the Poplar Grove Mine in August 2017, and we expect to complete the construction of the mine with first coal production expected during the second half of the 2018 calendar year. The Poplar Grove Mine is expected to begin coal production in the second half of 2018, ramp up production during 2019 and reach near full production capacity by the end of 2020.

Exploration and evaluation expenses. Exploration and evaluation expenses include drilling and sampling costs, technical and engineering studies, permitting costs, certain lease costs, and overhead costs associated with the exploration and evaluation of the Buck Creek Complex, such as maintaining our exploration headquarters and other fees for professional services and legal compliance. Expenditures on exploration and evaluation incurred by us are expensed as incurred up and until the completion of a bankable feasibility study (other than costs associated with acquiring the exploration properties, which are capitalized). During fiscal 2017, we made the decision to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. Accordingly, all subsequent expenditures associated with the development of the Poplar Grove Mine will be capitalized as ‘mine development properties’. If the Company chooses to develop the Cypress Mine, additional exploration and evaluation expenses could be incurred.

Corporate and administrative expenses . Corporate and administrative expenses include overhead costs, such as maintaining our corporate headquarters, public company costs, audit and other fees for professional services and legal compliance.

67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business development expenses. Business development expenses are comprised of investor relations expenses, including costs for press releases, maintenance of the Company’s website and other investor marketing and information initiatives, and other fees for corporate advisory services.

Employment expenses . Employee expenses includes salaries, wages and related benefits for our personnel. Employee share-based payment remuneration, including employee options and rights, are shown separately in the statement of profit or loss (see below).

In the second half of fiscal 2018, we began to plan for our listing in the United States. We expense the costs of such listing in the periods when incurred.

Share-based payment expense s . We expense the value of share-based payment remuneration, including employee options and rights granted to employees and consultants, over the period during which the employees and consultants perform the related services and become entitled to the incentive securities. We measure the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes model.

Comparison of the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

Our net loss for the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $3.4 million and $1.9 million, respectively. Significant items contributing to the loss for the 2017 period and the differences from the corresponding six month period in the 2016 year include:

Exploration and evaluation expenses of $0.0 million and $1.0 million in the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, relating to our policy of expensing exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred subsequent to the acquisition of the rights to explore and up until the completion of the bankable feasibility study and consequent demonstration of technical feasibility and commercial viability of the project. The Company made the decision to develop the Poplar Grove Mine in fiscal 2017, consequently no exploration and evaluation expenses were incurred in the six month period ended 31 December 2017;
Employment expenses of $1.4 million and $1.0 million in the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, relating to our staffing and travel requirements required to support the development of (and previously the exploration of) the Buck Creek Complex. The increase resulted principally from increased hiring to support our increased activity;
Share-based payment expenses of $1.2 million and ($0.3) million in the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, relating to our accounting policy of expensing the value of incentive securities granted to key employees and consultants over the period during which the employees and consultants become entitled to the incentive securities. The negative expense recognised in the six months ended December 31, 2016 relates to the reversal of share based payment expenses recognised in prior years in relation to employee rights previously granted to key employees and consultants that have since been forfeited or lapsed; and
Foreign stock exchange listing expenses of $0.5 million and $0.0 million in the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, relating to our planned listing in the United States.

Comparison of the fiscal years 2017 and 2016

Our net loss for fiscal 2017 and 2016 was $6.0 million and $4.5 million, respectively. Significant items contributing to the current year loss and the differences from the previous financial year include:

Exploration and evaluation expenses of $1.5 million and $1.3 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively, relating to our policy of expensing exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred subsequent to the acquisition of the rights to explore and up until the completion of the bankable feasibility study and consequent demonstration of technical feasibility and commercial viability of the project. The nature and level of exploration activity remained largely consistent between both financial years;
Employment expenses of $2.3 million and $2.2 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively, relating to our staffing and travel requirements required to support the development of (and previously the exploration of) the Buck Creek Complex. The nature and level of employee benefits remained largely consistent between both financial years;

68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Share-based payment expenses of $0.7 million and $0.5 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively, relating to our accounting policy of expensing the value of incentive securities granted to key employees and consultants over the period during which the employees and consultants become entitled to the incentive securities; and
Depreciation and impairment expenses of $0.5 million and $0.03 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increased expense during the year ended June 30, 2017 related primarily to our decision to impair capitalized exploration and evaluation expenditures associated with its Arkoma Coal Project on the basis that these costs are unlikely to be recouped through successful development and commercial exploitation.

Comparison of the fiscal years 2016 and 2015

Our net loss for fiscal 2016 and 2015 was $4.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively. Significant items contributing to the fiscal 2016 loss and the differences from fiscal 2015 include:

Exploration and evaluation expenses of $1.3 million and $1.9 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively, relating to our policy of expensing exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred subsequent to the acquisition of the rights to explore and up until the completion of the bankable feasibility study and consequent demonstration of technical feasibility and commercial viability of the project. The nature and level of exploration activity remained largely consistent between both financial years;
Employment expenses of $2.2 million and $2.3 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively, relating to our staffing and travel requirements required to support our exploration activities. The nature and level of employee benefits remained largely consistent between both financial years;
Share-based payment expenses of $0.5 million and $0.5 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively, relating to our accounting policy of expensing the value of incentive securities granted to key employees and consultants over the period during which the employees and consultants become entitled to the incentive securities; and
Depreciation and impairment expenses of $0.03 million and $0.03 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Factors Affecting Comparability of Future Results

In addition to the impact of the matters discussed in “Risk Factors,” our future results could differ materially from our historical results due to a variety of factors, including the following:

Revenue. We have not yet commenced coal mining, and related commercial production. If and when we do commence commercial production, we expect to generate revenue from such activity. No coal sales revenue is reflected in our historical financial statements given the stage of our operations during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, or the six month periods ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Production Costs. We have not yet commenced coal mining and related commercial production. If and when we do commence production, we will incur production costs. Production costs are costs incurred in the operation of producing and processing of saleable thermal coal, and will be primarily comprised of direct mining costs, employee benefit expenses, consumables, repairs and maintenance, power, equipment lease costs and royalty expenses. No production costs are reflected in our historical financial statements.
Depreciation and Amortization. Accumulated mine development costs will be depreciated on a unit-of-production basis over the economically recoverable reserves of the mine. No depreciation of mine development properties is reflected in our financial statements because we were not engaged in commercial production during the periods presented.
Demand and Price. The demand for, and pricing of, thermal coal is susceptible to volatility related to, among other factors, the level of global economic activity and the demand for electricity, which is significantly dependent upon summer and winter temperatures, and commercial and industrial outputs in the United States, environmental and other government regulations, technological developments and the location, availability, quality and price of competing sources of power. Because we have not generated sales revenue, these key factors will only affect us once we commence commercial production, and consequently produce and sell coal.

69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

B.    Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have recorded losses in each reporting period since our inception in September 2012. In fiscal 2017, we incurred a loss of $6.0 million and had accumulated losses of $21.1 million as of June 30, 2017. In the six months ended December 31, 2017, we incurred a loss of $3.4 million and had accumulated losses of $24.5 million as of December 31, 2017. We have not yet commenced commercial production at any of our properties and expect to continue to incur losses during the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine. We started construction of the Poplar Grove Mine in August 2017, and we expect to complete its construction with first coal production expected during the second half of the 2018 calendar year. The Poplar Grove Mine is expected to begin coal production in the second half of 2018, ramp up production during 2019 and reach near full production capacity by the end of 2020.

To enable us to commence development of the Poplar Grove Mine, we raised a net total of $47.7 million during fiscal 2017, in the form of equity placements to shareholders. Additionally, in May 2018, we announced that we were undertaking a capital raising to raise a total of approximately A$30.2 million (before associated costs). The capital raising comprises an accelerated non-renounceable pro rata entitlement offer on the basis of one new fully paid ordinary share for every three fully paid ordinary shares in the Company held by eligible shareholders at an issue price of A$0.22 per new share to raise approximately A$23.2 million (before associated costs) (“Entitlement Offer”) and a private placement to sophisticated and professional investors at an issue price of A$0.22 per new share to raise approximately A$7.0 million (before associated costs) (“Placement”). The Entitlement Offer comprises of an institutional component (“Institutional Entitlement Offer”) and an offer to eligible retail shareholders (“Retail Entitlement Offer”). The Placement and Entitlement Offer was fully underwritten by Argonaut Capital Limited. On May 21, 2018, we completed the Placement and Institutional Entitlement Offer, to raise approximately A$19.2 million (before associated costs). On June 12, 2018 we announced that we had completed the Retail Entitlement Offer, to raise a further approximately A$11.0 million (before associated costs). The estimated costs of the Entitlement Offer and Placement is A$2.1 million.

Proceeds from the Placement and Entitlement Offer will be used to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine, including an optimised coal seam access, upfront equipment lease payments, satisfy the equity condition precedent to drawdown of the Project Loan Facility, and for general working capital purposes.

Additionally, we have entered into a debt financing facility with Macquarie to provide a two-tranche $21.7 million Project Loan Facility to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. The Project Loan Facility remains conditional upon satisfaction of a number of conditions precedent prior to first drawdown including completion of legal due diligence by Macquarie, execution of tripartite agreements with Komatsu and Fricke, compliance with certain financial covenants and no material adverse change with respect to the Company. Drawdown of the second tranche of the Project Loan Facility (being $6.7 million) is conditional on a number of conditions precedent including drawdown of the first tranche of the Project Loan Facility (being $15 million), the satisfaction of the first tranche drawdown conditions precedent and the execution of an additional coal sales contract for specified amounts before 31 October 2018. Subject to satisfaction of such conditions, we hope to drawdown the Project Loan Facility during the 2018 calendar year; however, we cannot assure you that all of the conditions precedent to funding will be satisfied or fulfilled.

Based on our current financial position, and assuming the availability of the Project Loan Facility, we expect to have sufficient cash flow to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine and to maintain adequate liquidity to satisfy working capital requirements.

At December 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $24.5 million, $34.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The decrease in cash and cash equivalents during the six months ended December 31, 2017 was primarily the result of $5.5 million for payments for property, plant and equipment and $3.8 million for payments for deferred consideration for land purchases and $0.5 million for capitalized borrowing costs. The increase in cash and cash equivalents during fiscal 2017 was primarily the result of substantial capital raising during fiscal 2017, consisting of a private placement 102 million shares at an issue price of A$0.52 per share to institutional and sophisticated investors for raise gross proceeds of US$39.8 million.

At December 31, 2017, we had net assets of $58.5 million, a decrease of 3.5% compared with $60.6 million at June 30, 2017, with the decrease related largely to our net loss incurred during the period. At June 30, 2017, we had

70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

net assets of $60.6 million, an increase of 271% compared with $16.3 million at June 30, 2016. The increase in net assets was primarily the result of our 2017 capital raising and capitalization of mine development properties of $10.6 million, partially offset by an increase in deferred consideration payable to the original vendors of the Buck Creek Complex coal leases.

Cash Flows

Our cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and for the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands):

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow data:
(in thousands)
For the year ended June 30,
For the six months
ended December 31,
2017
2016
2015
2017
2016
Net cash outflow from operating activities
$
(4,990
)
$
(3,838
)
$
(4,489
)
$
(509
)
$
(2,007
)
Net cash outflow from investing activities
 
(8,575
)
 
(858
)
 
(1,475
)
 
(9,882
)
 
(710
)
Net cash inflow from financing activities
 
48,128
 
 
3,450
 
 
4,371
 
 
82
 
 
10,494
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
 
34,563
 
 
(1,246
)
 
(1,593
)
 
(10,309
)
 
7,777
 
Net foreign exchange differences
 
(64
)
 
(62
)
 
(1,055
)
 
51
 
 
(203
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
 
303
 
 
1,611
 
 
4,259
 
 
34,802
 
 
303
 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
$
34,802
 
$
303
 
$
1,611
 
$
24,544
 
$
7,877
 

Net cash outflow from operating activities. Net cash used in operating activities for each of the above periods was primarily the result of net losses incurred in preparing the Company for operations. Net cash used in operating activities was $0.5 million and $2.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The decrease in the net cash outflow from operating activities resulted primarily from a decrease in payments to suppliers and employees of $1.3 million. Net cash used in operating activities was $5.0 million, $3.8 million and $4.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase in the net cash outflow from operating activities between fiscal 2016 and 2017 resulted primarily from an increase in payments to suppliers and employees of $1.2 million relating to increasing corporate and administrative, business development and employee benefits expenses required to support the development of the Poplar Grove Mine. The decrease in the net cash outflow from operating activities between fiscal 2015 and 2016 resulted primarily from a decrease in payments to suppliers and employees of $0.7 million relating to decreased exploration and evaluation expenses for the Buck Creek Complex for fiscal 2016.

Net cash outflow from investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $9.9 million, and $0.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase in the net cash outflow from investing activities resulted primarily from $5.5 million of payments for property, plant and equipment, $3.8 million of payments for deferred consideration for land purchases and $0.5 million for capitalized borrowing costs. Net cash used in investing activities was $8.6 million, $0.9 million and $1.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase in net cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal June 30, 2016 was primarily attributable to capital expenditures of $4.5 million incurred following the decision to develop the Poplar Grove Mine as the Group prepared to commence construction activities, combined with deferred consideration of $3.7 million paid to the original vendors of the Buck Creek Complex coal leases. The decrease in the net cash outflow from investing activities between fiscal 2015 and 2016 resulted primarily from a decrease of $0.5 million in deferred consideration payments to the original vendors of the Buck Creek Complex coal leases.

Net cash inflow from financing activities. Net cash inflows arising from financing activities was $0.0 million and $10.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The decrease in net cash inflows from financing activities resulted primarily from a $10.8 million of financing inflows from a private placement occurring in the 2016 period but not in the 2017 period. Net cash inflows arising from financing activities was $48.1 million, $3.5 million and $4.4 million for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase in net cash generated by financing activities during fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily attributable to the Company’s major capital raising during the year to fund the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine, consisting of a private placement of 102 million shares at an issue price of A$0.52 per share to institutional and sophisticated investors to raise gross proceeds of US$40 million. The decrease in the net cash inflow from financing activities between fiscal 2015 and 2016 resulted primarily from a decrease of $1.0 million raised from private placements occurring in fiscal 2016 versus fiscal 2015.

71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating Capital Requirements

Our primary use of cash currently includes capital expenditures for mine development, construction of the preparation plant and load out facility for the Poplar Grove Mine and for ongoing operating expenses. We estimate that total capital expenditures to develop the Poplar Grove Mine will be approximately $56.8 million, of which approximately $39.8 million remains to be spent to complete construction. The remaining spending includes expenditures for mine development, coal handling and preparation plant, materials handling, barge-load out facility, road upgrades and project management. In addition to these constructions costs, we have other committed expenditures as noted in the table below.

Based on the availability of $24.5 million of cash from our financial position as of December 31, 2017, A$30.2 million of gross proceeds from our equity offerings in May and June 2018, and assuming availability of at least US$20.0 million of liquidity from the Project Loan Facility, we expect to have sufficient cash flow to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine. We expect to fund working capital and any new mine developments, such as the development of the Cypress Mine, if undertaken for the next 12 months using cash from operations and future debt or equity financing.

Financings

Capital Raising

In June 2018, we completed a capital raising to raise a total of approximately A$30.2 million (before associated costs). The capital raising comprised an accelerated non-renounceable pro rata entitlement offer on the basis of one new fully paid ordinary share for every three fully paid ordinary shares in the Company held by eligible shareholders at an issue price of A$0.22 per new share to raise approximately A$23.2 million (before associated costs) (“Entitlement Offer”) and a private placement to sophisticated and professional investors at an issue price of A$0.22 per new share to raise approximately A$7.0 million (before associated costs) (“Placement”). The Entitlement Offer comprised an institutional component (“Institutional Entitlement Offer”) and an offer to eligible retail shareholders (“Retail Entitlement Offer”). The Placement and Entitlement Offer was fully underwritten by Argonaut Capital Limited. On May 21, 2018, we announced that we had completed the Placement and Institutional Entitlement Offer, to raise approximately A$19.2 million (before associated costs). On June 12, 2018 we announced that we had completed the Retail Entitlement Offer, to raise a further approximately A$11.0 million (before associated costs).

Proceeds from the Placement and Entitlement Offer will be used to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine, including an optimised coal seam access, upfront equipment lease payments, satisfy the equity condition precedent to drawdown of the Project Loan Facility, and for general working capital purposes.

Credit Facility

We have entered into a debt financing facility with Macquarie to provide a two-tranche $21.7 million Project Loan Facility to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. The Project Loan Facility remains conditional upon satisfaction of a number of conditions precedent prior to first drawdown including completion of legal due diligence by Macquarie, execution of tripartite agreements with Komatsu and Fricke, compliance with certain financial covenants and no material adverse change with respect to the Company. Drawdown of the second tranche of the Project Loan Facility (being $6.7 million) is conditional on a number of conditions precedent including drawdown of the first tranche of the Project Loan Facility (being $15 million), the satisfaction of the first tranche drawdown conditions precedent and the execution of an additional coal sales contract for specified amounts before October 31, 2018. We expect that our ability to draw on the facility will be subject to compliance with certain financial covenants, including a debt-to-service cover ratio of 1.1 to 1.0, a loan life cover ratio of 1.15 to 1.0, a project life cover ratio of 1.5 to 1.0, a gross debt to EBITDA cover ratio of 2.5 to 1.0 and a reserve tail ratio of 30%. In May 2018, we announced that we were undertaking a capital raising to raise a total of approximately A$30.2 million (refer above) which, upon completion of the capital raising, will satisfy the required equity commitment condition of US$18.5 million. Subject to satisfaction of such conditions, we hope to drawdown the Project Loan Facility during the 2018 calendar year.

The proposed terms of the Project Loan Facility include a floating interest rate comprising the 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 10.5% per annum during the construction phase, falling to a 9.5% margin for the remainder of the loan, as well as customary guarantees and security agreements.

The proposed terms allow the facility to be repaid at the end of any quarterly interest period, throughout the term of the loan, without penalty. Macquarie will be given a first priority security interest in all assets of the Company.

72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We did not have over the past three fiscal years or six months ended December 31, 2017, and we currently do not have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in the Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.

U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which became law on December 22, 2017 and is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. We have not recognized historic tax losses as at June 30, 2015, 2016 or 2017 because we determined, required under IAS 12 Income Taxes , that it was not probable at these dates that such losses will be utilized. As a result, we believe the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act has no impact on our statement of financial position as of these dates, but may impact the recognition of deferred tax assets related to historic tax losses if recognized in future periods.

C .   Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

Not Applicable.

D .   Trend Information

Not Applicable.

E .   Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

F .   Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2017:

Commitments
Total
Less than
1 year
1 - 5
years
Thereafter
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Operating lease commitments
 
79
 
 
79
 
 
 
 
 
Minimum advance royalties
 
1,904
 
 
489
 
 
1,415
 
 
 
Deferred consideration payable (1)
 
3,750
 
 
3,750
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
5,733
 
 
4,318
 
 
1,415
 
 
 
(1) As part of the consideration for our acquisition of the Buck Creek Complex coal leases in 2013, we issued a promissory note to Buck Creek Resources, LLC, pursuant to which we promised to pay $6.0 million, of which we paid $2.25 million in April 2017 and $3.75 million in December 2017.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. We analyze our estimates and judgments and we base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may vary from our estimates. We have outlined below policies of particular importance to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations and that require the application of significant judgment or estimates by our management.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exploration and mine development expenditures. Expenditure on exploration and evaluation incurred by us is expensed as incurred up and until the completion of a bankable feasibility study, other than costs associated with acquiring the exploration properties, such as consideration paid to vendors. Where a decision is made to proceed with development, accumulated capitalized exploration expenditure is tested for impairment and transferred to “mine development properties” or “advance royalties”, as appropriate, and then amortized over the life of the reserves associated with the area of interest once mining operations have commenced. After transfer of the exploration and evaluation assets, all subsequent expenditure on the construction, installation or completion of infrastructure facilities is capitalized. Mine development properties are not depreciated until construction is completed and the assets are available for their intended use. This is signified by the formal commissioning of the mine for production. Mine development expenditure is net of proceeds from the sale of ore extracted during the development phase to the extent that it is considered integral to the development of the mine. Any costs incurred in testing the assets to determine if they are functioning as intended, are capitalized, net of any proceeds received from selling any product produced while testing. Where these proceeds exceed the cost of testing, any excess is recognized in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. After production starts, all assets included in the mine development properties account are then transferred to a producing mines account.

Impairment of exploration and evaluation expenditures . Capitalized exploration costs are reviewed each reporting date to establish whether an indication of impairment exists. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the capitalized exploration costs is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any. Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in previous years. Recoverability of the carrying amount of the exploration and evaluation assets is dependent on successful development and commercial exploitation, or alternatively, sale of the respective areas of interest.

Impairment of non-current assets. We assess at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, we make an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets and the asset’s value in use cannot be estimated to be close to its fair value. In such cases the asset is tested for impairment as part of the cash-generating unit to which it belongs. When the carrying amount of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset or cash-generating unit is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing the value in use, the determination of estimated future cash flows is most sensitive to discount rate, exchange rate, coal price and production volumes and operating costs. In June 2017, we recorded an impairment of $0.5 million related to the exploration and evaluation expenditures associated with the Arkoma Coal Project, following the decision not to progress with this project during the year. No impairment was recorded in any other financial periods.

Mine rehabilitation costs . We will incur mine rehabilitation costs either while developing, operating, or at the end of the operating life of, our mine properties. We will assess our mine rehabilitation provision at each reporting date and recognize a rehabilitation provision where we have a legal and constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of the amount of obligation can be made. The nature of these rehabilitation activities includes dismantling and removing structures; rehabilitating mines; dismantling operating facilities; closing plant and waste sites; and restoring, reclaiming and revegetating affected areas. Over time, the discounted liability is increased for the change in present value based on the discount rates that reflect current market assessments and the risks specific to the liability. The periodic unwinding of the discount is recognized in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as a finance expense. As at June 30, 2017, no development activities had commenced, and therefore no events had occurred which necessitated the recognition of a rehabilitation provision. This requirement will continue to be assessed over the course of development activities.

Development activities at our Poplar Grove mine site commenced in August 2017, which necessitated the recognition of a rehabilitation provision from this date as reflected in the Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 2017.

Share-based payments . Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model, which depends on the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the expected life of the share option,

74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

volatility, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate and making assumptions about them. We measure the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by using the Black-Scholes model taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted and are disclosed in Note 19 to the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this registration statement. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to equity-settled share-based payments would have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period but may adversely affect reported profit or loss and equity.

Tax losses . Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilized. Significant judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits. Given our history of recent losses, we have not recognized a deferred tax asset with regard to unused tax losses and other temporary differences, as it has not been determined whether we or our subsidiaries will generate sufficient taxable income against which the unused tax losses and other temporary differences can be utilized. Further, the availability of tax losses is subject to Australian continuity of ownership and same business tests. Should we continue to obtain funding from new shareholders we may not comply with continuity of ownership regulations for tax losses effected by this regulation.

Functional and presentation currencies . An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, we made the decision to develop the Poplar Grove Mine in the United States, which resulted in a significant increase in the use of the U.S. dollar by Paringa, as well as across the consolidated Paringa group. Additionally, on April 5, 2017, we accepted the Macquarie Project Loan Facility to provide a US$20 million Project Loan Facility for the development of the Poplar Grove Mine and, on April 6, 2017, we announced that we would complete a private placement of 102 million shares at an issue price of A$0.52 per share to raise A$53 million. This amount was converted into U.S. dollars to match the currency of denomination of the related capital expenditures associated with Poplar Grove Mine in the United States. Consequently, the Company’s Board of Directors determined that the functional currency of the Company and all its subsidiaries is U.S. dollars, effective April 5, 2017. The change in functional currency has been applied prospectively with effect from April 5, 2017. Following the change in functional currency, the Company changed its presentation currency from Australian dollars to U.S. dollars. The change in presentation currency is to better reflect our business activities and to enhance comparability with its industry peer group, the majority of which report in U.S. dollars. Prior to the change, the Company reported its financial statements in Australian dollars. A change in presentation currency is a change in accounting policy which is accounted for retrospectively. In making this change in presentation currency, the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and the consolidated statement of cash flows for each period have been translated into the presentation currency using the average exchange rates prevailing during each reporting period. All assets and liabilities have been translated using the exchange rate prevailing at the consolidated statement of financial position dates. Shareholders’ equity transactions have been translated using the rates of exchange in effect as of the dates of the various capital transactions. All resulting exchange differences arising from the translation are included as a separate component of other comprehensive income. All comparative financial information has been restated to reflect the Company’s results as if they had been historically reported in U.S. dollars and the effect on the consolidated financial statements resulted in a foreign currency translation reserve of $1.1 million as of July 1, 2014.

In addition, we also refer you to our significant accounting policies set forth in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, included elsewhere in this registration statement.

G.   Safe Harbor

Not applicable.

75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A.   Directors and Senior Management

The following table lists the names of our directors and executive officers. The business address for each director and member of senior management is Level 9, 28 The Esplanade, Perth, Western Australia 6000, unless otherwise indicated.

Name
Age
Position
Ian Middlemas
58
Director and Chairman of the Board
Todd Hannigan
45
Director and Deputy Chairman of the Board and interim Chief Executive Officer
David Gay
59
Executive Director and President
Richard Kim
39
Chief Operating Officer
Adam Anderson
48
Senior Vice President, Coal Sales and Marketing
Dominic Allen
35
Vice President, Finance
Bruce Czachor
57
Vice President and General Counsel
Gregory Swan
36
Company Secretary
Jonathan Hjelte
36
Director
Richard McCormick
59
Director
Thomas Todd
44
Director

Ian Middlemas has been a Director since October 2013 and Chairman of our Board since January 2014. Mr. Middlemas’ current term as a director will end at our 2019 annual general meeting. Mr. Middlemas has been the Chairman of Cradle Resources Limited since August 2016, Apollo Minerals Limited since July 2016, Salt Lake Potash Limited since August 2014, Berkeley Energia Limited since April 2012, Prairie Mining Limited since August 2011, Equatorial Resources Limited since November 2009, Piedmont Lithium Limited since September 2009, Sovereign Metals Limited since July 2006, and Odyssey Energy Limited since September 2005. Mr. Middlemas was formerly the Chairman of Mantra Resources Limited and Papillon Resources Limited. Mr. Middlemas is a Chartered Accountant and holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of Western Australia.

Todd Hannigan has been a Director since May 2014 and Deputy Chairman of our Board since June 2017. Mr. Hannigan’s current term as a director will end at our 2020 annual general meeting. Mr. Hannigan also served as our Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer from November 2016 to June 2017. Mr. Hannigan is currently a Director of Prairie Mining Limited. Mr. Hannigan was the Chief Executive Officer of Aston Resources Limited from December 2009 to November 2011 before its merger with Whitehaven Resources Limited. Mr. Hannigan has also held positions with Xstrata Coal, Hanson PLC, BHP Billiton and MIM. Mr. Hannigan is currently also a Director of Prairie Mining Limited. Mr. Hannigan holds a Bachelor of Engineering (Mining) with Honors from the University of Queensland and a Masters in Business Administration from the INSEAD Business School. Mr. Hannigan also holds a Queensland first class mine manager’s certificate.

David Gay has been a Director and our President since June 2015. Mr. Gay’s current term as a director will end at our 2020 annual general meeting. Mr. Gay has also been President of the Company’s subsidiary, Hartshorne Mining Group LLC, since March 2013. Mr. Gay also served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company from January 2014 to November 2016, as Managing Director of the Company from June 2015 to November 2016, and as Chief Executive Officer of the Company’s subsidiary, Hartshorne Mining Group LLC, from March 2013 to October 2017. Before joining Paringa, Mr. Gay was the Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions and Business Development at Alpha Natural Resources from January 2004 to May 2012. Mr. Gay was also the President of several independent coal producers from August 1998 to December 2003 and held various positions, including Business Unit President, at The Pittston Mineral Group from 1977 to 1998. Mr. Gay holds a Masters of Business Administration from Marshall University, a Bachelor of Science in Engineering from the University of Kentucky and is a Registered Professional Engineer.

Richard Kim has been our Chief Operating Officer since October 2017. Mr. Kim also served as General Manager of the Company from July 2014 to October 2017. Previously, Mr. Kim was a production coordinator at Arch Coal, Inc. from May 2013 to October 2013 and May 2014 to July 2014. From October 2013 to May 2014, Mr. Kim was a mine superintendent at Arch Coal, Inc. Mr. Kim has over 15 years’ experience working in the coal industry managing underground mining operations, most of which utilized continuous mining, for Arch Coal, Metinvest, and

76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

other U.S. producers. During his time in the industry, Mr. Kim also worked for Bucyrus International (now a subsidiary of Caterpillar) where he implemented continuous mining technology into emerging markets such as China, Russia, and India. Mr. Kim holds an MBA from the University of Pittsburgh, a Bachelor of Science in Mining & Minerals Engineering from Virginia Tech and is a Registered Professional Engineer.

Adam Anderson has been our Senior Vice President of Coal Sales and Marketing since October 2017. Mr. Anderson was previously Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Armstrong Energy Inc., the second largest coal producer in Western Kentucky. In this role, he was responsible for all coal sales marketing efforts at that company, building very strong relationships with Paringa’s Ohio River target market and the South-East markets for 13 years. Prior to joining Armstrong, Mr. Anderson spent six years with Arch Coal, Inc. as Vice President of Sales. In this role, Mr. Anderson was the senior member of the Powder River Basin sales team and also led Arch’s eastern industrial sales initiative. In the years before entering the energy industry, Mr. Anderson served on active duty with the U.S. Air Force for almost 13 years and subsequently continued his service in the Air National Guard, retiring after 27 years at the rank of Lieutenant Colonel. Mr. Anderson earned his Bachelor of Science Degree in Engineering and Legal Studies in 1995 from the United States Air Force Academy and received an MBA with honors from St. Mary’s University in 2004. Mr. Anderson presently serves as an Officer on The Board of Directors for the American Coal Council, serves as President of the St Louis Coal Club, and is proud to be a member of the New York Coal Trade Association and the Lexington Coal Exchange.

Dominic Allen has been appointed as our Vice President, Finance, effective from on or about July 23, 2018. Mr. Allen is a Chartered Accountant with over 10 years commercial experience, including senior roles with Rio Tinto Limited, Oyu Tolgoi LLC and Ernst & Young.

Bruce Czachor has been our Vice President and General Counsel since December 2017. Mr. Czachor is currently Vice President and General Counsel of Piedmont Lithium Limited. Mr. Czachor has over 29 years of experience in general corporate matters, corporate governance, capital markets, bank finance, mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures and licensing agreements. Over his career, Mr. Czachor has represented a wide variety of businesses, ranging from fortune 500 companies to start-ups. In addition, Mr. Czachor has extensive experience in the mining and oil & gas industries. Mr. Czachor holds a J.D. from New York Law School and a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from Binghamton University. He is admitted to practice law in New York, New Jersey and California.

Gregory Swan has been our Company Secretary since November 2013. Mr. Swan is a Chartered Accountant and Chartered Secretary and is currently Company Secretary and Chief Financial Officer for several ASX-listed companies that operate in the resources sector, including Piedmont Lithium Limited (since October 2012), Equatorial Resources Limited (since May 2010) and Cradle Resources Limited (since April 2017). He commenced his career with a large international chartered accounting firm and has since been involved with a number of exploration and development companies, including Mantra Resources Limited, Coalspur Mines Limited, and Papillon Resources Limited. Mr. Swan has been employed by Apollo Group Pty Ltd since June 2006. Mr. Swan holds a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Western Australia.

Thomas Todd has been a Director since May 2014. Mr. Todd’s current term as a director will end at our 2020 annual general meeting. Mr. Todd also served as Executive Director from November 2016 to June 2017. Mr. Todd is currently a Director of Prairie Mining Limited. Mr. Todd was previously the Chief Financial Officer of Custom Mining from March 2007 to January 2008 and the Chief Financial Officer of Aston Resources from January 2008 to November 2011. Mr. Todd holds a Bachelor of Physics with first class honors from Imperial College London and is a chartered accountant of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Jonathan Hjelte has been a Director since January 2016. Mr. Hjelte’s current term as a director will end at our 2019 annual general meeting. Mr. Hjelte has been a portfolio manager at Citadel LLC in New York, NY since August 2016. Previously, Mr. Hjelte was an analyst at Millennium Management LLC from March 2012 to August 2015. Mr. Hjelte graduated Summa Cum Laude from Lehigh University with a Masters of Science in Statistics and a Bachelor of Science in the Integrated Business and Engineering honors program. Mr. Hjelte also holds the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) designation.

Richard McCormick has been a Director since August 2016. Mr. McCormick’s current term as a director will end at our 2019 annual general meeting. Mr. McCormick was previously a consultant to Concentrate Capital Partners, the

77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fund management and investment arm of DRA Global, from July 2016 to August 2017. From June 2014 to July 2016, Mr. McCormick was Chief Executive Officer of DRA Global from until DRA Global’s acquisition of Taggart Global in 2014. Mr. McCormick is a registered Professional Engineer and holds a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from West Virginia University.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. The business addresses for each of our directors and executive officers is Paringa Resources Limited, Level 9, 28 The Esplanade, Perth, WA 6000, Australia.

B.   Compensation

Remuneration

Our remuneration policy for our key management personnel, or KMP, has been developed by our Board taking into account our size, the size of our management team, the nature and stage of development of our current operations, and market conditions and comparable salary levels for companies of a similar size and operating in similar sectors.

In addition to considering the above general factors, the Board has also placed emphasis on the following specific issues in determining the remuneration policy for KMP:

We are currently focused on undertaking exploration, appraisal and development activities;
risks associated with developing resource companies whilst exploring and developing projects; and
other than profit which may be generated from asset sales, we do not expect to be undertaking profitable operations until sometime after the commencement of commercial production on any of our projects.

Executive Remuneration

Our remuneration policy is to provide a fixed remuneration component and a performance based component (short term incentive and long-term incentive). The Board believes that this remuneration policy is appropriate given the considerations discussed in the section above and is appropriate in aligning executives’ objectives with shareholder and business objectives.

Fixed Remuneration

Fixed remuneration consists of base salaries, as well as employer contributions to superannuation funds and other non-cash benefits. Non-cash benefits may include provision of car parking, health care benefits, health insurance and life insurance.

Fixed remuneration is reviewed annually by the Board. The process consists of a review of company and individual performance, relevant comparative remuneration externally and internally and, where appropriate, external advice on policies and practices. No external remuneration consultants were used during the financial year.

Performance Based Remuneration – Short Term Incentives

Some executives are entitled to an annual or semi-annual cash bonus upon achieving various key performance indicators, as set by the Board. Having regard to the current size, nature and opportunities of the Company, the Board has determined that these key performance indicators will include measures such as successful commencement and/or completion of development activities (e.g. completion of technical studies), construction activities (e.g. completion of construction programs within budgeted timeframes and cost), corporate activities (e.g. recruitment of key personnel) and business development activities (e.g. successful investor relations activities and capital raisings). These measures were chosen as the Board believes these represent the key drivers in the short and medium-term success of the project’s development. The Board currently assesses performance against these criteria annually.

Performance Based Remuneration – Long Term Incentives

We have adopted a long-term incentive plan, or LTIP, comprising the “Paringa Performance Rights Plan,” or the Plan, to reward KMP and key employees and contractors for long-term performance.

The Plan provides for the issuance of performance rights, which we refer to as employee rights, which, upon satisfaction of the relevant performance conditions attached to the employee rights, will result in the issue of an ordinary share for each employee right. Employee rights are issued for no consideration and no amount is payable upon conversion thereof.

78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To achieve our corporate objectives, we need to attract and retain its key staff, whether employees or contractors. Grants made to eligible participants under the Plan will assist with the Company’s employment strategy and will:

enable us to recruit, incentivize and retain KMP and other eligible employees to assist with the construction of the Buck Creek Complex to achieve the Company’s strategic objectives;
link the reward of eligible employees with the achievements of strategic goals and our long-term performance;
align the financial interests of eligible participants of the proposed Plan with those of Shareholders; and
provide incentives to eligible employees of the Plan to focus on superior performance that creates Shareholder value.

Employee rights granted under the Plan to eligible participants will be linked to the achievement by us of certain performance conditions as determined by the Board from time to time. These performance conditions must be satisfied in order for the employee rights to vest. The employee rights also vest where there is a change of control of us. Upon employee rights vesting, ordinary shares are automatically issued for no consideration. If a performance condition of an employee right is not achieved by the expiry date then the employee right will lapse.

In addition, we have chosen to provide incentive options, or Employee Options, to some KMP as part of their remuneration and incentive arrangements in order to attract and retain their services and to provide an incentive linked to our performance. The Board has a policy of granting Employee Options to KMP with exercise prices at or above market share price (at the time of agreement). As such, the Employee Options granted to KMP are generally only of benefit if the KMP perform to the level whereby our value increases sufficiently to warrant exercising the Employee Options granted.

Other than service-based vesting conditions (if any), there are no additional performance criteria on the Employee Options granted to KMP, as given the speculative nature of our activities at the time and the previously small management team responsible for its running, it is considered the performance of the KMP and our performance and value are closely related. We prohibit executives entering into arrangements to limit their exposure to Employee Options granted as part of their remuneration package.

Non-Executive Director Remuneration

The Board’s policy is for fees to Non-Executive Directors to be no greater than market rates for comparable companies for time, commitment and responsibilities. Given the current size, nature and risks of the Company, Employee Options and/or employee rights may also be used to attract and retain Non-Executive Directors. The Board determines payments to the Non-Executive Directors and reviews their remuneration annually, based on market practice, duties and accountability. Independent external advice is sought when required. No external remuneration consultants were used during the financial year.

The maximum aggregate amount of fees that can be paid to Non-Executive Directors is subject to approval by shareholders at a General Meeting. Director’s fees paid to Non-Executive Directors accrue on a daily basis. Fees for Non-Executive Directors are not linked to the performance of the economic entity. However, to align Directors’ interests with shareholder interests, the Directors are encouraged to hold shares in us and given our current size, nature and opportunities, Non-Executive Directors may receive employee options and/or employee rights in order to secure their initial or ongoing holding and retain their services. We prohibit non-executives entering into arrangements to limit their exposure to Employee Options granted as part of their remuneration package.

Fees for the Chairman are presently A$50,000 per annum. Fees for Non-Executive Directors’ are presently set at A$30,000 per annum. These fees cover main board activities only. Non-Executive Directors may receive additional remuneration for other services provided to us, including but not limited to, membership of committees. There are currently no board committees.

79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Details of Remuneration for fiscal 2018

Details of the nature and amount of each element of the emoluments of our Directors and KMP are as follows:

 
Short-term benefits
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018
Salary
& fees
US$
Cash
Bonus
US$
Other
US$
Post-
employment
benefits
US$
Share-
based
payments
US$
Termination
Payments
US$
Total
US$
Performance
related
%
Directors
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Ian Middlemas
 
26,633
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26,633
 
 
 
Mr. Todd Hannigan
 
22,969
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,182
 
 
446,794
 
 
 
 
471,944
 
 
95
%
Mr. David Gay
 
280,000
 
 
50,000
 
 
21,057
 
 
9,000
 
 
560,330
 
 
 
 
920,387
 
 
66
%
Mr. Jonathan Hjelte
 
22,800
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22,800
 
 
 
Mr. Richard McCormick
 
22,800
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22,800
 
 
 
Mr. Thomas Todd
 
22,969
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,182
 
 
223,397
 
 
 
 
248,548
 
 
90
%
Mr. Grant Quasha 1
 
337,885
 
 
 
 
947
 
 
10,514
 
 
(11,688
)
 
5,375
 
 
343,033
 
 
 
Other KMP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Richard Kim
 
191,046
 
 
15,000
 
 
16,892
 
 
6,985
 
 
319,285
 
 
 
 
549,206
 
 
61
%
Mr. Adam Anderson 2
 
144,692
 
 
48,115
 
 
6,337
 
 
3,508
 
 
48,132
 
 
 
 
250,785
 
 
38
%
Mr. Dominic Allen 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Bruce Czachor 4
 
55,769
 
 
 
 
962
 
 
1,231
 
 
15,316
 
 
 
 
73,278
 
 
21
%
Mr. Gregory Swan 5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102,235
 
 
 
 
102,235
 
 
100
%
Mr. Nathan Ainsworth 6
 
98,366
 
 
20,000
 
 
7,110
 
 
 
 
189,613
 
 
 
 
315,089
 
 
67
%
Mr. Mathew Haaga 7
 
23,331
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35,717
 
 
 
 
59,049
 
 
60
%
Mr. James Plaisted 8
 
12,365
 
 
 
 
10,610
 
 
 
 
20,760
 
 
 
 
43,736
 
 
47
%
 
 
1,261,624
 
 
133,115
 
 
63,915
 
 
35,601
 
 
1,949,891
 
 
5,375
 
 
3,449,521
 
 
60
%
1 Mr. Grant Quasha resigned effective June 18, 2018 and forfeited his employee rights. Any share-based payment expense previously recognized under AASB 2 in respect of these employee rights has been reversed.
2 Mr. Adam Anderson was appointed effective October 16, 2017.
3 Mr. Dominic Allen was appointed effective August 13, 2018.
4 Mr. Bruce Czachor was appointed effective December 11, 2017.
5 Mr. Swan provides services as the Company Secretary through a services agreement with Apollo Group Pty Ltd. During fiscal 2018, Apollo Group Pty Ltd was paid A$180,000 for the provision of a fully serviced office and administrative, accounting and company secretarial services to the Company, based on a monthly retainer of A$15,000.
6 Mr. Nathan Ainsworth ceased to be KMP effective February 4, 2018.
7 Mr. Mathew Haaga ceased to be KMP effective October 16, 2017.
8 Mr. James Plaisted ceased to be KMP effective October 16, 2017.

Employment Agreements with Executive Officers   

The key provisions of the employment agreements (other than remuneration) are set out below for each of our executive officers. None of these employment agreements have termination dates.

Mr. Gay, President, is an employee of Paringa. The arrangement may be terminated by either party at any time for any or no reason. No amount is payable in the event of termination by us for cause. In the event of termination by us without cause, Mr. Gay is entitled to receive his salary and benefits for a period of 3 months. The fixed component of Mr. Gay’s remuneration is $240,000 per annum.

Mr. Kim, Chief Operating Officer, is an employee of Paringa. The arrangement may be terminated by either party at any time for any or no reason. No amount is payable in the event of termination by us for cause. In the event of termination by us without cause, Mr. Kim is entitled to receive his salary and benefits for a period of 3 months. Mr. Kim receives a fixed remuneration component of $170,000 per annum.

Mr. Allen, Vice President, Finance, is an employee of Paringa. The arrangement may be terminated by either party at any time for any or no reason. No amount is payable in the event of termination by us for cause. In the event of termination by us without cause, Mr. Allen is entitled to receive his salary and benefits for a period equal to 3 months.

80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mr. Allen receives a fixed remuneration component of $140,000 per annum and a discretionary annual bonus of up to $30,000 to be paid upon the successful completion of key performance indicators as determined by the Board.

Mr. Anderson, Senior Vice President, Coal Sales and Marketing, is an employee of Paringa. The arrangement may be terminated by either party at any time for any or no reason. No amount is payable in the event of termination by the Company for cause. In the event of termination by us without cause, Mr. Anderson is entitled to receive his salary and benefits for a period of 3 months. Mr. Anderson receives a fixed remuneration component of $190,000 per annum and a discretionary annual bonus of up to $76,000 to be paid upon the successful completion of key performance indicators as determined by the Board.

Mr. Czachor, Vice President and General Counsel, is an employee of Paringa. The arrangement may be terminated by either party at any time for any or no reason. No amount is payable in the event of termination by us for cause. In the event of termination by us without cause, Mr. Czachor is entitled to receive a payment equal to 10% of his base salary and benefits for a period of 1 month. Mr. Czachor receives a fixed remuneration component of $100,000 per annum and a discretionary annual bonus of up to $25,000 to be paid upon the successful completion of key performance indicators as determined by the Board.

C.   Board Practices

Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors, or the Board, currently consists of six members, including our Chief Executive Officer. We believe that each of our directors has relevant industry experience. The membership of our Board is directed by the following requirements:

our Constitution specifies that there must be a minimum of three directors and a maximum of eight, and our Board may determine the number of directors within those limits;
in the event of a conflict of interest or where a potential conflict of interest may arise, involved Directors are expected to, unless the remaining Directors resolve otherwise, withdraw from deliberations concerning the matter;
the Chairman of our Board should be an independent director who satisfies the criteria for independence recommended by the ASX Principles and Recommendations; and
our Board should, collectively, have the appropriate level of personal qualities, skills, experience, and time commitment to properly fulfill its responsibilities or have ready access to such skills where they are not available.

Our board has determined that Mr. Middlemas, Mr. Hjelte and Mr. McCormick are independent within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing standards. Our Board has delegated responsibility for the conduct of our businesses to the Managing Director, but remains responsible for overseeing the performance of management. Our Board has established delegated limits of authority, which define the matters that are delegated to management and those that require the Board’s approval. The functions and responsibilities reserved for the Board and those delegated to management are set out in our Board Charter.

All Directors have a letter of appointment confirming the terms and conditions of their appointment as Director of the Company. None of our non-employee directors have any service contracts with Paringa that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. In addition, Paringa has entered into Deeds of Indemnity, Insurance and Access with each of its Directors. Paringa has agreed to indemnify each of its Directors against all liabilities incurred while holding office, including indemnifying Directors for any legal expenses incurred in defending proceedings relating to their Directorship of Paringa. Any indemnified amounts must be repaid to Paringa to the extent that a Director is reimbursed from an insurance policy maintained by Paringa for the Directors. Paringa has also agreed to obtain and pay the premiums for insurance policies for each of its Directors, which may include run-off cover for each Director for a period of seven years after the Director ceased to hold office. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Committees

The ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations contain non-binding recommendations that all ASX-listed companies should strive to achieve. Due to the size and development phase of the Company, we have departed from some of the recommendations, including by not establishing a Remuneration Committee or Nomination Committee.

Remuneration and Nomination Committee . Due to the small number of directors on our Board, we have determined not to establish a Remuneration and Nomination Committee and, as a result, all directors undertake the duties of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. Its role involves:

reviewing and recommending to the Board the overall strategies in relation to executive remuneration policies;
reviewing and making recommendations to the Board in respect of the compensation arrangements for the Managing Director, all other executive directors and all non-executive directors;
reviewing the effectiveness of performance incentive plans;
reviewing and making recommendations to the Board in respect of all equity based remuneration plans;
reviewing the composition of the Board and ensuring that the Board has an appropriate mix of skills and experience to properly fulfill its responsibilities; and
ensuring that the Board is comprised of directors who contribute to the successful management of the Company and discharge their duties having regard to the law and highest standards of corporate governance.

Audit Committee. We have historically not had an Audit Committee, but no later than the time the ADSs are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, our Board will establish an audit committee. Assignments to, and chairs of, the audit committee will be selected by our Board. The audit committee will operate under a charter approved by the Board and will report on its activities to the Board. The audit committee will monitor the integrity of our financial statements, the independence and qualifications of our independent auditors, the performance of our accounting staff and independent auditors, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and the effectiveness of our internal controls. The audit committee will be responsible for selecting, retaining (subject to shareholder approval), evaluating, setting the remuneration of, and, if appropriate, recommending the termination of our independent auditors. The audit committee will be established in accordance with Section 10A(m) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The initial chair of the audit committee is expected to be Mr. Hjelte, and Mr. Todd and Mr. Hannigan initially will be members of the audit committee. Mr. Hjelte is expected to be independent under the listing standards of the Nasdaq Capital Market for audit committee members and the heightened independence requirement for audit committee members required by Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and to satisfy the SEC and Nasdaq standards for being an audit committee member and audit committee financial expert. Additional independent directors will be appointed to the audit committee during the one year after our listing on Nasdaq, as required by the rules of the SEC and Nasdaq.

Code of Conduct

It is our objective to appropriately balance, protect and enhance the interests of all of our shareholders. Proper behavior by our directors, officers, employees and those organizations that we contract to carry out work is essential in achieving this objective.

We have established a code of conduct, which sets out the standards of behavior that apply to every aspect of our dealings and relationships, both within and outside the Company. The following standards of behavior apply to all directors, executive officers and employees of the Company:

act honestly, in good faith and in the best interests of the Company as a whole;
duty to use due care and diligence in fulfilling the functions of their position and exercising the powers attached to their employment;
recognize that their primary responsibility is the Company’s shareholders as a whole;
not take advantage of their position for personal gain, or the gain of their associates;

82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors have an obligation to be independent in their judgments;
confidential information received by employees in the course of the exercise of their dues remains the property of the Company. Confidential information can only be released or used with specific permission from the Company; and
comply with the spirit as well as the letter of the law and with the principles of the Company’s code of conduct.

The directors and executives also have a fiduciary relationship with shareholders of the Company, making it unlawful to improperly use their position to gain advantage for themselves. At all times, directors and executives must act in the best interest of the Company and eliminate or abstain from participating in any discussion or decision-making process in relation to matters which they have a conflict of interest, not engage in insider trading and comply with all applicable anti-bribery laws.

D.   Employees

As of August 15, 2018, we had 18 full-time employees and 1 part-time employee. Once in production, the Poplar Grove Mine is expected to total approximately 180 employees that are union free, highly skilled and sourced predominately from nearby population centers.

E.   Share Ownership

See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” for information about share ownership by our directors and senior management.

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A.   Major Shareholders

The following table presents certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares based on 454,386,181 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2018 by:

each person known by us (through substantial shareholder notices filed with the ASX) to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our ordinary shares;
each of our directors and executive officers individually; and
each of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security and includes options that are currently vested and exercisable and performance rights that vest upon the satisfaction of various performance conditions. Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished to us by each director, executive officer, or 5% or more shareholder, as the case may be. Ordinary shares subject to options currently vested and exercisable and ordinary shares subject to performance rights that vest upon the satisfaction of various performance conditions are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and rights, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

Based on information known to us, as of June 30, 2018, we had 11 shareholders of record in the United States. These shareholders held an aggregate of 7,759,240 of our outstanding ordinary shares, or approximately 1.7% of our outstanding ordinary shares. A large number of our ordinary shares are held by nominee companies so we cannot be certain of the identity of those beneficial owners.

83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge each shareholder possesses sole voting and investment power over the ordinary shares listed subject to community property laws, where applicable. None of our shareholders has different voting rights from other shareholders. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the persons listed in the table below is Paringa Resources Limited, Level 9, 28 The Esplanade, Perth, WA, 6000, Australia.

 
Ordinary Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
Offering
Shareholder
Number
Percent
5% Shareholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
AustralianSuper Pty Ltd
 
51,166,892
 
 
11.3
%
Commonwealth Bank of Australia
 
37,753,866
 
 
8.3
%
Tribeca Investment Partners Pty Ltd (1)
 
24,942,134
 
 
5.5
%
Officers and Directors
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ian Middlemas
 
14,015,152
 
 
3.1
%
Todd Hannigan
 
12,236,104
(2)
 
2.7
%
David Gay
 
2,910,338
(3)
 
 
*
Richard Kim
 
119,656
(4)
 
 
*
Adam Anderson
 
(5)
 
 
*
Dominic Allen
 
 
 
 
*
Bruce Czachor
 
 
 
 
*
Gregory Swan
 
3,100,000
(6)
 
 
*
Jonathan Hjelte
 
1,949,001
(7)
 
 
*
Richard McCormick
 
1,000,000
 
 
 
*
Thomas Todd
 
7,449,359
(8)
 
1.6
%
Officers and directors as a group (11 persons)
 
42,779,610
 
 
9.4
%



* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding ordinary shares of Paringa.
(1) According to filings made with the Australian Securities & Investment Commission, all of Tribeca’s shares are owned by Alcyon Investments Pty Limited and its three directors are David Aylward, Kylie Osgood and Benjamin Cleary.
(2) Includes 875,000 shares that Mr. Hannigan has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are vested and exercisable, of which 500,000 expire on December 31, 2018 and 375,000 expire on July 31, 2018 and which have exercise prices of A$0.45 and A$0.50, respectively. Does not include 2,500,000 shares that Mr. Hannigan has the right to receive pursuant to unvested performance rights that only vest upon the satisfaction of various future performance conditions. Such rights expire, if not vested, on December 31, 2018 (750,000 shares), December 31, 2019 (850,000 shares) and December 31, 2020 (900,000 shares).
(3) Does not include 3,000,000 shares that Mr. Gay has the right to receive pursuant to unvested performance rights that only vest upon the satisfaction of various future performance conditions. Such rights expire, if not vested, on December 31, 2018 (900,000 shares), December 31, 2019 (1,000,000 shares) and December 31, 2020 (1,100,000 shares).
(4) Does not include 1,800,000 shares that Mr. Kim has the right to receive pursuant to unvested performance rights that only vest upon the satisfaction of various future performance conditions. Such rights expire, if not vested, on December 31, 2018 (500,000 shares), December 31, 2019 (600,000 shares) and December 31, 2020 (700,000 shares).
(5) Does not include 700,000 shares that Mr. Anderson has the right to receive pursuant unvested to performance rights that only vest upon the satisfaction of various future performance conditions. Such rights expire, if not vested, on December 31, 2019 (200,000 shares) and December 31, 2020 (500,000 shares).
(6) Does not include 600,000 shares that Mr. Swan has the right to receive pursuant to unvested performance rights that only vest upon the satisfaction of various future performance conditions. Such rights expire, if not vested, on December 31, 2018 (150,000 shares), December 31, 2019 (200,000 shares) and December 31, 2020 (250,000 shares).
(7) Includes 500,000 shares that Mr. Hjelte has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are vested and exercisable. Such options expire December 31 2018 and have an exercise price of A$0.50.
(8) Includes 875,000 shares that Mr. Todd has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are vested and exercisable, of which 500,000 expire on December 31, 2018 and 375,000 expire on July 31, 2018 and which have exercise prices of A$0.45 and A$0.50, respectively. Does not include 1,250,000 shares that Mr. Todd has the right to receive pursuant to unvested performance rights that only vest upon the satisfaction of various performance conditions. Such rights expire, if not vested, on December 31, 2018 (375,000 shares), December 31, 2019 (425,000 shares) and December 31, 2020 (450,000 shares).

84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To our knowledge, there have not been any significant changes in the ownership of our ordinary shares by major shareholders over the past three years, except as follows (which is based upon substantial shareholder notices filed with the ASX):

AustralianSuper Pty Ltd. became a substantial shareholder on August 2, 2016, when it reported that it held 17,647,059 ordinary shares, or 9.14% of the total voting power, as of that date. Between August 2016 and August 2018, AustralianSuper Pty Ltd reported that it acquired a relevant interest in an additional net amount of 33,519,833 ordinary shares. On August 17, 2018, AustralianSuper Pty Ltd reported that it held 51,166,892 ordinary shares, or 11.3% of the total voting power, as of that date.
Commonwealth Bank of Australia became a substantial shareholder on April 21, 2017, when it reported that it held 15,840,664 ordinary shares, or 6.13% of the total voting power, as of that date. Between April 2017 and July 2018, Commonwealth Bank of Australia reported that it acquired a relevant interest in an additional net amount of 21,913,202 ordinary shares. On July 9, 2018, Commonwealth Bank of Australia reported that it held 37,753,866 ordinary shares, or 8.3% of the total voting power, as of that date.
Tribeca Investment Partners Pty Ltd became a substantial shareholder on October 13, 2017, when it reported that it held 16,359,240 ordinary shares, or 5.16% of the total voting power, as of that date. Between October 2017 and May 2018, Tribeca Investment Partners Pty Ltd reported that it acquired a relevant interest in an additional net amount of 8,582,894 ordinary shares. On May 31, 2018, Tribeca Investment Partners Pty Ltd reported that it held 24,942,134 ordinary shares, or 6.2% of the total voting power, as of that date.
Silver Lake Resources Limited became a substantial shareholder on December 12, 2012. On October 16, 2013 Silver Lake Resources Limited had a change in substantial holding (due to share dilution) and reported that it held 20,764,683 ordinary shares, or 17% of the total voting power, as of that date. On July 29, 2014, Silver Lake Resources Limited had a change in substantial holding (due to share dilution) and reported that it held 20,764,683 ordinary shares, or 15% of the total voting power as of that date. On July 29, 2015, Silver Lake Resources Limited had a change in substantial holding (due to share dilution) and reported that it held 20,764,683 ordinary shares, or 13.6% of the total voting power as of that date. On June 15, 2018, Silver Lake Resources Limited reported that it ceased to be a substantial shareholder.
UBS Group AG became a substantial shareholder on June 13, 2017 when it reported that it held 15,868,098 ordinary shares, or 5.01%, of the total voting power as of that date. Between June 2017 and August 2017, UBS Group AG reported that it acquired a relevant interest in an additional net amount of 3,190,331 ordinary shares. On October 18, 2017, UBS Group AG reported that it ceased to be a substantial shareholder.
Bouchi Pty Ltd became a substantial shareholder on October 16, 2013, when it reported that it held 11,400,000 ordinary shares, or 9.34% of the total voting power, as of that date. On July 31, 2014, Bouchi Pty Ltd had change in substantial holding (due to dilution) and reported it held 11,400,000 ordinary shares, or 8.29% of the total voting power, as of that date. On August 2, 2016, Bouchi Pty Ltd. had a change in substantial holding (due to dilution) and reported it held 11,400,000 ordinary shares, or 5.90% of the total voting power, as of that date. Bouchi Pty Ltd ceased to be a substantial holder on April 21, 2017 (due to dilution).
Moshos Family Investments Pty Ltd. became a substantial shareholder on October 16, 2013, when it reported that it held 15,625,000 ordinary shares, or 12.80% of the total voting power, as of that date. On September 9, 2014, Moshos Family Investments Pty Ltd. had a change in substantial holding (due to an on-market trade) and reported it held 14,825,000 ordinary shares, or 10.78% of the total voting power, as of that date. On July 28, 2015, Moshos Family Investments Pty Ltd had a change in substantial holding (due to dilution and an off-market transfer) and reported that it held 12,905,000 ordinary shares, or 8.47% of the total voting power, as of that date. On August 1, 2016, Moshos Family Investments Pty Ltd. had a change in substantial holding (due to dilution and an on-market trade) and reported it held 11,105,000 ordinary shares, or 5.75% of the total voting power, as of that date. Moshos Family Investments Pty Ltd ceased to be a substantial holder on April 21, 2017 (due to dilution).
Arredo Pty Ltd became a substantial shareholder on October 16, 2013, when it reported that it held 8,200,000 ordinary shares, or 6.72% of the total voting power, as of that date. On July 30, 2015, Arredo

85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Pty Ltd had a change in substantial holding (due to dilution) and reported that it held 8,200,000 ordinary shares, or 5.38% of the total voting power, as of that date. Arredo Pty Ltd ceased to be a substantial holder on August 2, 2016 (due to dilution). Arredo Pty Ltd is an entity associated with Mr. Ian Middlemas, Director of the Company.

B.   Related Party Transactions

Other than as disclosed below, from July 1, 2015 to June 30, 2018, we did not enter into any transactions or loans with any: (i) enterprises that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, control, are controlled by or are under common control with us; (ii) associates; (iii) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in our voting power that gives them significant influence over us, and close members of any such individual’s family; (iv) key management personnel and close members of such individuals’ families; or (v) enterprises in which a substantial interest in our voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (iii) or (iv) or over which such person is able to exercise significant influence.

Serviced office facilities and administration totaling A$198,000 for fiscal year 2016 were provided by Apollo Group Pty Ltd, a company of which Mr. Mark Pearce is a director and beneficial shareholder. Apollo Group Ptd Ltd ceased to be a related party from Paringa on June 30, 2016, when Mr. Mark Pearce ceased to be a key management personnel of Paringa.

Transactions between related parties are on normal commercial terms and the conditions no more favorable than those available to other non-related parties.

C.   Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not Applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

A.   Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information.

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to any material legal proceedings.

Dividends

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares, and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Our Board of Directors presently intends to reinvest all earnings in the continued development and operation of our business.

Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions in our debt arrangements, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Any dividend we declare will be paid to the holders of ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, less the fees and expenses payable under the deposit agreement. Any dividend we declare will be distributed by the depositary bank to the holders of the ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement. See “Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities—American Depositary Shares.”

B.   Significant Changes

No significant change, other than as otherwise described in this registration statement on Form 20-F, has occurred in our operations since the date of our consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement on Form 20-F.

86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A.   Offer and Listing Details

The principal trading market for our ordinary shares is the ASX in Australia. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low closing prices on the ASX for our ordinary shares in Australian dollars.

 
High
Low
 
A$
A$
Annual:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal year ended June 30,
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018
 
0.48
 
 
0.19
 
2017
 
0.70
 
 
0.165
 
2016
 
0.40
 
 
0.15
 
2015
 
0.50
 
 
0.16
 
2014
 
0.45
 
 
0.057
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
 
0.37
 
 
0.19
 
Third Quarter
 
0.43
 
 
0.33
 
Second Quarter
 
0.48
 
 
0.335
 
First Quarter
 
0.47
 
 
0.36
 
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
 
0.70
 
 
0.38
 
Third Quarter
 
0.64
 
 
0.44
 
Second Quarter
 
0.50
 
 
0.22
 
First Quarter
 
0.25
 
 
0.165
 
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
 
0.22
 
 
0.15
 
Third Quarter
 
0.30
 
 
0.18
 
Second Quarter
 
0.38
 
 
0.25
 
First Quarter
 
0.40
 
 
0.28
 
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
 
0.41
 
 
0.255
 
Third Quarter
 
0.29
 
 
0.16
 
Second Quarter
 
0.36
 
 
0.16
 
First Quarter
 
0.50
 
 
0.31
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Most Recent Six Months:
 
 
 
 
 
 
August
 
0.23
 
 
0.195
 
July
 
0.23
 
 
0.19
 
June 2018
 
0.24
 
 
0.19
 
May 2018
 
0.335
 
 
0.22
 
April 2018
 
0.37
 
 
0.305
 
March 2018
 
0.40
 
 
0.33
 

On August 31, 2018, the closing price of our ordinary shares on the ASX was A$0.205 per ordinary share (approximately US$0.15 per share based on the foreign exchange rate of A$1.00 to US$0.7260 as published by the Reserve Bank of Australia as of such date).

As of August 31, 2018, we had 454,386,181 ordinary shares outstanding, with 7,012,398 of our ordinary shares being held in the United States by 10 shareholders of record. A large number of our ordinary shares are held in nominee companies so we cannot be certain of the origin of those beneficial owners.

87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For a description of the rights of the ADSs, see “Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities—American Depositary Shares.”

B.   Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C.   Markets

Our ordinary shares are publicly traded on the ASX under the symbol “PNL”. We are filing this registration statement on Form 20-F in anticipation of the listing of our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, each representing 50 of our ordinary shares, on Nasdaq under the symbol “PNRL”. The Bank of New York Mellon, acting as depositary, will register and deliver the ADSs.

D.   Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E.   Dilution

Not applicable.

F.   Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.   Share Capital

General

The following description of our ordinary shares is only a summary. We encourage you to read our Constitution, which is included as an exhibit to this registration statement, of which this registration statement forms a part.

We are a public company limited by shares registered under the Corporations Act by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC. Our corporate affairs are principally governed by our Constitution, the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules. Our ordinary shares trade on the ASX, and we are applying to list the ADSs on Nasdaq.

The Australian law applicable to our Constitution is not significantly different than a U.S. company’s charter documents except we do not have a limit on our authorized share capital, the concept of par value is not recognized under Australian law and as further discussed under “Our Constitution.”

Subject to restrictions on the issue of securities in our Constitution, the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules of the Australian Securities Exchange and any other applicable law, we may at any time issue shares and grant options or warrants on any terms, with the rights and restrictions and for the consideration that our Board of Directors determine.

The rights and restrictions attaching to ordinary shares are derived through a combination of our Constitution, the common law applicable to Australia, the ASX Listing Rules, the Corporations Act and other applicable law. A general summary of some of the rights and restrictions attaching to our ordinary shares are summarized below. Each ordinary shareholder is entitled to receive notice of, and to be present, vote and speak at, general meetings.

88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Changes to Our Share Capital

As of June 30, 2018, we had (i) 454,386,181 ordinary shares outstanding and (ii) outstanding options and performance rights to purchase an aggregate of 37,768,444 ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of A$0.27.

Since January 1, 2015, the following changes have been made to our ordinary share capital:

On July 28, 2015, we issued 13,500,000 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.34 per share to institutional and professional investors, together with 6,750,000 free-attaching unlisted options, with an exercise price of A$0.50 per share.
On September 3, 2015, we issued 1,500,000 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.34 per share to institutional and professional investors, together with 750,000 free-attaching unlisted options, with an exercise price of A$0.50 per share.
On August 2, 2016, we issued 36,800,000 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.17 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On August 4, 2016, we issued 1,400,000 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.17 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On December 16, 2016, we issued 19,247,619 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.42 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On April 21, 2017, we issued 44,596,538 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.52 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On June 6, 2017, we issued 57,326,542 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.52 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On May 29, 2018, we issued 87,410,792 ordinary shares as part of a pro-rata accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer and a private placement at A$0.22 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On June 15, 2018 and June 20, 2018 and June 26, 2018, we issued 50,049,690 ordinary shares as part of a pro-rata accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer at A$0.22 per share to retail investors predominately in Australia and New Zealand.
On April 6, 2017, we granted options to Macquarie covering an aggregate of 4,444,444 ordinary shares, with an exercise price of A$0.66 per share, in consideration for the possible provision of a US$20 million project loan facility to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. As of June 28, 2018, none of these options have been exercised, and none of these options have been forfeited or cancelled without being exercised.
On June 26, 2018, we granted options to Argonaut Securities Limited covering an aggregate of 6,000,000 ordinary shares with an exercise price of A$0.33 per share, in connection with the provision of corporate advisory services upon the successful completion of the Entitlement Offer.
We have granted, from time to time since January 1, 2015, performance rights to employees, directors and consultants under the Paringa Performance Rights Plan covering an aggregate of 21,543,333 ordinary shares, with a nil exercise price that each convert into one ordinary share upon the satisfaction of various performance conditions. As of June 30, 2018, 1,333,333 of these performance rights have vested and been converted into ordinary shares, while 6,880,000 of these performance rights have been forfeited or cancelled without being exercised.
We have granted, from time to time since January 1, 2015, options to employees, directors and consultants covering an aggregate of 1,500,000 ordinary shares, with exercise prices ranging from A$0.45 to A$0.50 per share. As of June 30, 2018, none of these options have been exercised, and none of these options have been forfeited or cancelled without being exercised.

In addition, we issued the following ordinary shares upon exercise of options or conversion of performance rights over the past three fiscal years:

500,000 ordinary shares in the year ended June 30, 2018;
2,156,000 ordinary shares in the year ended June 30, 2017; and
1,082,333 ordinary shares in the year ended June 30, 2016.

89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Issuances of Securities

Since January 1, 2015, we have issued and sold to third parties the securities listed below without registering the securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). None of these transactions involved any public offering. All our securities were sold through private placement either (i) outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S, (ii) in the United States to a limited number of investors in transactions not involving any public offering or (iii) in the case of employee compensation, pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act. As discussed below, we believe that each issuance of these securities was exempt from, or not subject to, registration under the Securities Act.

On July 28, 2015, we issued 13,500,000 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.34 per share to institutional and professional investors, together with 6,750,000 free-attaching unlisted options, with an exercise price of A$0.50 per share.
On September 3, 2015, we issued 1,500,000 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.34 per share to institutional and professional investors, together with 750,000 free-attaching unlisted options, with an exercise price of A$0.50 per share.
On August 2, 2016, we issued 36,800,000 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.17 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On August 4, 2016, we issued 1,400,000 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.17 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On December 16, 2016, we issued 19,247,619 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.42 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On April 6, 2017, we granted options to Macquarie covering an aggregate of 4,444,444 ordinary shares, with an exercise price of A$0.66 per share, in consideration for the possible provision of a US$20 million project loan facility to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. As of June 28, 2018, none of these options have been exercised, and none of these options have been forfeited or cancelled without being exercised.
On April 21, 2017, we issued 44,596,538 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.52 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On June 6, 2017, we issued 57,326,542 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.52 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On May 29, 2018, we issued 87,410,792 ordinary shares as part of a pro-rata accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer and a private placement at A$0.22 per share to institutional and professional investors.
On June 15, 2018 and June 20, 2018 and June 26, 2018, we issued 50,049,690 ordinary shares as part of a pro-rata accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer at A$0.22 per share pursuant to retail investors predominately in Australia and New Zealand.
On June 26, 2018, we granted options to Argonaut Securities Limited covering an aggregate of 6,000,000 ordinary shares with an exercise price of A$0.33 per share, in connection with the provision of corporate advisory services upon the successful completion of the Entitlement Offer.
We have issued, from time to time since January 1, 2015, an aggregate of 4,971,666 ordinary shares upon the exercise of options or conversion of performance rights.
We have granted, from time to time since January 1, 2015, performance rights to employees, directors and consultants under the Paringa Performance Rights Plan covering an aggregate of 21,543,333 ordinary shares, with a nil exercise price that each convert into one ordinary share upon the satisfaction of various performance conditions. As of June 30, 2018, 1,333,333 of these performance rights have vested and been converted into ordinary shares, while 6,880,000 of these performance rights have been forfeited or cancelled without being exercised.
We have granted, from time to time since January 1, 2015, options to employees, directors and consultants covering an aggregate of 1,500,000 ordinary shares, with exercise prices ranging from A$0.45 to A$0.50 per share. As of June 30, 2018, none of these options have been exercised, and none of these options have been forfeited or cancelled without being exercised.

90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

B.   Constitutional Documents

Our Constitution

Our Constitution is similar in nature to the bylaws of a U.S. corporation. It does not provide for or prescribe any specific objectives or purposes of Paringa. Our Constitution is subject to the terms of the ASX Listing Rules and the Corporations Act. It may be amended or repealed and replaced by special resolution of shareholders, which is a resolution passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution.

Under Australian law, a company has the legal capacity and powers of an individual both within and outside Australia. The material provisions of our Constitution are summarized below. This summary is not intended to be complete nor to constitute a definitive statement of the rights and liabilities of our shareholders. Our Constitution is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

Interested Directors

Except where permitted by the Corporations Act, a director may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement in which the director has, directly or indirectly, any material interest according to our Constitution. Such director must not be counted in a quorum, must not vote on the matter and must not be present at the meeting while the matter is being considered.

Unless a relevant exception applies, the Corporations Act requires our directors to provide disclosure of certain interests and prohibits directors of companies listed on the ASX from voting on matters in which they have a material personal interest and from being present at the meeting while the matter is being considered. In addition, the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules require shareholder approval of any provision of related party benefits to our directors.

Directors’ Compensation

The fixed sum remuneration for non-executive directors may not be increased except at a general meeting of shareholders and the particulars of the proposed increase are required to have been provided to shareholders in the notice convening the meeting. The aggregate, fixed sum for non-executive directors’ remuneration is to be divided among the non-executive directors in such proportion as the Board of Directors agree and in accordance with our Constitution. Remuneration payable to executive directors, such as the Managing Director, does not form part of the aggregate remuneration pool through which non-executive directors are paid. Executive directors may be paid remuneration as employees of Paringa.

Pursuant to our Constitution, any director who performs services that in the opinion of our Board of Directors, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director may be paid extra remuneration, which is determined by our Board of Directors.

In addition to other remuneration provided in our Constitution, all of our directors are entitled to be paid by us for reasonable travel accommodation and other expenses incurred by the directors in attending general meetings, Board meetings, committee meetings or otherwise in connection with our business.

In addition, in accordance with our Constitution, a director may be paid a retirement benefit as determined by our Board of Directors, subject to the limits set out in the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules.

Borrowing Powers Exercisable by Directors

Pursuant to our Constitution, the management and control of our business affairs are vested in our Board of Directors. Subject to the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules, our Board of Directors has the power to raise or borrow money, and charge any of our property or business or any uncalled capital, and may issue debentures or give any other security for any of our debts, liabilities or obligations or of any other person, in each case, in the manner and on terms it deems fit.

Retirement of Directors

Pursuant to our Constitution, one-third of our directors, other than the managing director, must retire from office at every annual general meeting. If the number of directors is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest to, but not exceeding, one-third must retire from office. The directors who retire in this manner are required to be the

91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors or director longest in office since last being elected. A director, other than the director who is the managing director, must retire from office at the conclusion of the third annual general meeting after which the director was elected. Retired directors are eligible for re-election to the Board of Directors.

Rights and Restrictions on Classes of Shares

Subject to the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules, the rights attaching to our ordinary shares are detailed in our Constitution. Our Constitution provides that any of our ordinary shares may be issued with preferred, deferred or other special rights, whether in relation to dividends, voting, return of share capital, or otherwise as our Board of Directors may determine. Subject to the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules, any rights and restrictions attached to a class of shares, we may issue further shares on such terms and conditions as our Board of Directors resolve. Currently, our outstanding share capital consists of only one class of ordinary shares.

Dividend Rights

Our Board of Directors may from time to time determine to pay any interim, special or final dividends to shareholders, fix the amount of divided, the record date for determining entitlements to, and for payment of, a dividend and the method of payment of a dividend.

Voting Rights

Under our Constitution, each shareholder has one vote determined by a show of hands at a meeting of the shareholders unless a poll is required under the Constitution or the Corporations Act. On a poll vote, each shareholder shall have one vote for each fully paid share and a fractional vote for each share that is not fully paid, such fraction being equivalent to the proportion of the amount that has been paid to such date on that share. Shareholders may vote by proxy. Under Australian law, shareholders of a public company are not permitted to approve corporate matters by written consent. Our Constitution does not provide for cumulative voting.

Note that ADS holders may not directly vote at a meeting of the shareholders but may instruct the depositary to vote the number of deposited ordinary shares their ADSs represent.

Right To Share in Our Profits

Subject to the Corporations Act and pursuant to our Constitution, our shareholders are entitled to participate in our profits only by payment of dividends. Our Board of Directors may from time to time determine to pay dividends to the shareholders; however, under the Corporations Act, we must not pay a dividend unless: (a) our assets exceed our liabilities immediately before the dividend is declared and the excess is sufficient for the payment of the dividend; (b) the payment of the dividend is fair and reasonable to our shareholders as a whole; and (c) the payment of the dividend does not materially prejudice our ability to pay our creditors. Unless any share is issued on terms providing to the contrary, all dividends are to be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid, or credited as paid on the relevant shares.

Rights to Share in the Surplus in the Event of Liquidation

Our Constitution provides for the right of shareholders to participate in a surplus in the event of our liquidation.

No Redemption Provision for Ordinary Shares

There are no redemption provisions in our Constitution in relation to ordinary shares. Under our Constitution and subject to the Corporations Act, any preference shares may be issued on the terms that they are, or may at our option be, liable to be redeemed.

Variation or Cancellation of Share Rights

The rights attached to shares in a class of shares may only be varied or cancelled by a special resolution of Paringa, together with either:

a special resolution passed by members holding shares in the class; or
the written consent of members with at least 75% of the shares in the class.

92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liability for Further Capital Calls

According to our Constitution, the Board of Directors may make any calls from time to time upon shareholders in respect of all monies unpaid or partly-paid shares (if any), subject to the terms upon which any of the partly-paid shares have been issued. Each shareholder is liable to pay the amount of each call in the manner, at the time, and at the place specified by the Board of Directors. Calls may be made payable by installment. Failure to pay a call will result in interest becoming payable on the unpaid amount and ultimately, forfeiture of those shares. As of the date of this registration statement, all of our issued shares are fully paid.

General Meetings of Shareholders

Under Australian law, shareholders of a public company are not permitted to approve corporate matters by written consent. General meetings of shareholders may be called by our Board of Directors. Notice of the proposed meeting of our shareholders is required at least 28 days prior to such meeting under the Corporations Act. Except as permitted under the Corporations Act, shareholders may not convene a meeting. Under the Corporations Act, shareholders with at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at a general meeting may call and arrange to hold a general meeting. The meeting must be called in the same way in which general meetings of the company may be called, including the dispatch of a notice of meeting including the matters to be voted upon. The shareholders calling the meeting must pay the expenses of calling and holding the meeting.

The Corporations Act requires the directors to call and arrange to hold a general meeting on the request of shareholders with at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at a general meeting. The request must be made in writing, state any resolution to be proposed at the meeting, be signed by the shareholders making the request and be given to the company. The Board of Directors must call the meeting not more than 21 days after the request is made. The meeting must be held not later than two months after the request is given.

Foreign Ownership Regulation

There are no limitations on the rights to own securities imposed by our Constitution. However, acquisitions and proposed acquisitions of shares in Australian companies may be subject to review and approval by the Australian Federal Treasurer under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, or FATA which generally applies to acquisitions or proposed acquisitions:

by a foreign person (as defined in the FATA) or associated foreign persons that would result in such persons having an interest in 20% or more of the issued shares of, or control of 20% or more of the voting power in, an Australian company; and
by non-associated foreign persons that would result in such foreign person having an interest in 40% or more of the issued shares of, or control of 40% or more of the voting power in, an Australian company.

The Australian Federal Treasurer may prevent a proposed acquisition in the above categories or impose conditions on such acquisition if the Treasurer is satisfied that the acquisition would be contrary to the national interest. If a foreign person acquires shares or an interest in shares in an Australian company in contravention of the FATA, the Australian Federal Treasurer may order the divestiture of such person’s shares or interest in shares in the Company. The Australian Federal Treasurer may order divestiture pursuant to the FATA if he determines that the acquisition has resulted in that foreign person, either alone or together with other non-associated or associated foreign persons, controlling the Company and that such control is contrary to the national interest.

Ownership Threshold

There are no provisions in our Constitution that require a shareholder to disclose ownership above a certain threshold. The Corporations Act, however, requires a substantial shareholder to notify us and the Australian Securities Exchange once a 5% interest in our ordinary shares is obtained. Further, once a shareholder owns a 5% interest in us, such shareholder must notify us and the ASX of any increase or decrease of 1% or more in its holding of our ordinary shares. Upon becoming a U.S. public company, our shareholders will also be subject to disclosure requirements under U.S. securities laws.

Issues of Shares and Change in Capital

Subject to our Constitution, the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and any other applicable law, we may at any time issue shares and grant options or warrants on any terms, with preferred, deferred or other special rights and restrictions and for the consideration and other terms that the directors determine.

93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Subject to the requirements of our Constitution, the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and any other applicable law, including relevant shareholder approvals, we may consolidate or divide our share capital into a larger or smaller number by resolution, reduce our share capital (provided that the reduction is fair and reasonable to our shareholders as a whole and does not materially prejudice our ability to pay creditors) or buy back our ordinary shares whether under an equal access buy-back or on a selective basis.

Change of Control

Takeovers of listed Australian public companies, such as Paringa, are regulated by the Corporations Act, which prohibits the acquisition of a “relevant interest” in issued voting shares in a listed company if the acquisition will lead to that person’s or someone else’s voting power in Paringa increasing from 20% or below to more than 20% or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%, subject to a range of exceptions.

Generally, a person will have a relevant interest in securities if the person:

is the holder of the securities;
has power to exercise, or control the exercise of, a right to vote attached to the securities; or
has the power to dispose of, or control the exercise of a power to dispose of, the securities (including any indirect or direct power or control).

If, at a particular time, a person has a relevant interest in issued securities and the person:

has entered or enters into an agreement with another person with respect to the securities;
has given or gives another person an enforceable right, or has been or is given an enforceable right by another person, in relation to the securities; or
has granted or grants an option to, or has been or is granted an option by, another person with respect to the securities, and the other person would have a relevant interest in the securities if the agreement were performed, the right enforced or the option exercised, the other person is taken to already have a relevant interest in the securities.

There are a number of exceptions to the above prohibition on acquiring a relevant interest in issued voting shares above 20%. In general terms, some of the more significant exceptions include:

when the acquisition results from the acceptance of an offer under a formal takeover bid;
when the acquisition is conducted on market by or on behalf of the bidder under a takeover bid and the acquisition occurs during the bid period;
when shareholders of Paringa approve the takeover by resolution passed at general meeting;
an acquisition by a person if, throughout the six months before the acquisition, that person or any other person has had voting power in Paringa of at least 19% and, as a result of the acquisition, none of the relevant persons would have voting power in Paringa more than three percentage points higher than they had six months before the acquisition;
as a result of a rights issue;
as a result of dividend reinvestment schemes;
as a result of underwriting arrangements;
through operation of law;
an acquisition that arises through the acquisition of a relevant interest in another listed company;
arising from an auction of forfeited shares conducted on market; or
arising through a compromise, arrangement, liquidation or buy-back.

Breaches of the takeovers provisions of the Corporations Act are criminal offenses. ASIC and the Australian Takeover Panel have a wide range of powers relating to breaches of takeover provisions, including the ability to make orders canceling contracts, freezing transfers of, and rights attached to, securities, and forcing a party to dispose of securities. There are certain defenses to breaches of the takeover provisions provided in the Corporations Act.

94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Access to and Inspection of Documents

Inspection of our records is governed by the Corporations Act. Any member of the public has the right to inspect or obtain copies of our registers on the payment of a prescribed fee. Shareholders are not required to pay a fee for inspection of our registers or minute books of the meetings of shareholders. Other corporate records, including minutes of directors’ meetings, financial records and other documents, are not open for inspection by shareholders. Where a shareholder is acting in good faith and an inspection is deemed to be made for a proper purpose, a shareholder may apply to the court to make an order for inspection of our books.

Exemptions from Certain Nasdaq Corporate Governance Rules

The Nasdaq rules allows for a foreign private issuer, such as Paringa, to follow its home country practices in lieu of certain of the Nasdaq’s corporate governance standards. In connection with our Nasdaq Listing Application, we expect to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance standards that are contrary to the laws, rules, regulations or generally accepted business practices in Australia. These exemptions being sought are described below:

We expect to rely on an exemption from the independence requirements for a majority of our Board of Directors as prescribed by Nasdaq rules. The ASX Listing Rules do not require us to have a majority of independent directors although ASX Corporate Governance Principles do recommend a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, because Australian law and generally accepted business practices in Australia regarding director independence differ to the independence requirements under the Nasdaq rules, we seek to claim this exemption.
We expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement that our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions under the Nasdaq rules. The ASX Listing Rules and the Corporations Act do not require the independent directors of an Australian company to have such executive sessions and, accordingly, we seek to claim this exemption.
We expect to rely on an exemption from the quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders under the Nasdaq rules. In compliance with Australian law, our Constitution provides that two shareholders present shall constitute a quorum for a general meeting. The Nasdaq rules require that an issuer provide for a quorum as specified in its by-laws for any meeting of the holders of ordinary shares, which quorum may not be less than 33 1/3% of the outstanding shares of an issuer’s voting ordinary shares. Accordingly, because applicable Australian law and rules governing quorums at shareholder meetings differ from Nasdaq’s quorum requirements, we seek to claim this exemption.
We will rely on an exemption from the requirement that we establish compensation and nominating committees. The ASX Listing Rules and Australian law do not require an Australian company to establish a compensation committee, known in Australia as a remuneration committee, or a nominating committee comprised solely of non-executive directors if the company is not included in the S&P/ASX300 Index at the beginning of its fiscal year. The Company was not included on the S&P/ASX300 Index at the beginning of its last fiscal year and, hence, is not required under ASX Listing Rules to have a remuneration committee or a nominating committee. The ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations contain a non-binding recommendation that all ASX-listed companies should have a remuneration committee and nominating committee comprised of at least three members, a majority of whom (including the chair) are “independent”. While these recommendations contain guidelines for assessing independence, ASX-listed entities are able to adopt their own definitions of an independent director for this purpose and is different from the definition in Nasdaq rules.
We expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement prescribed by the Nasdaq rules that issuers obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with certain acquisitions, private placements of securities, or the establishment or amendment of certain stock option, purchase or other compensation plans. Applicable Australian law and rules differ from Nasdaq rules, with the ASX Listing Rules providing generally for prior shareholder approval in numerous circumstances, including (i) issuance of equity securities exceeding 15% (or an additional 10% capacity to issue equity securities for the proceeding 12 month period if shareholder approval by shareholder resolution is sought at the Company's annual general meeting) of our issued share capital in any 12-month period (but, in determining the available limit, securities issued under an exception to the rule or with shareholder approval are not

95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

counted), (ii) issuance of equity securities to related parties (as defined in the ASX Listing Rules) and (iii) directors or their associates acquiring securities under an employee incentive plan. Due to differences between Australian law and rules and the Nasdaq shareholder approval requirements, we seek to claim this exemption.

We expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement that issuers must in compliance with Nasdaq rules maintain charters for a nomination committee and compensation committee. In addition, we expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement that issuers must maintain a code of conduct in compliance with the Nasdaq rules. Applicable Australian law does not require the Company to maintain any charters for their committees nor does such law require the Company maintain a code of conduct.

C.   Material Contracts

Coal Supply Agreement

Pursuant to a coal supply agreement with LG&E and KU Energy LLC, as amended, we have agreed to sell coal to the counterparties, at fixed sales prices based on an F.O.B. basis and delivered at the barge load-out facility on the Green River. Under the agreement, we are obligated to deliver a total of 4.75 million tons of coal at 11,200 btu/lb over a 5-year period, commencing in the 2018 calendar year. The fixed coal sales price for the 11,200 btu/lb coal begins at $40.50 per ton for the first 750,000 tons of coal delivered to the counterparties, escalating to $45.75 per ton for the final 1,000,000 tons sold. The total contract value of the coal sold is approximately $205 million. For additional information, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Marketing, Sales and Contracts.”

Project Loan Facility

For a description of the Project Loan Facility we entered into with Macquarie, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financings—Credit Facility.”

Construction Contracts

On June 23, 2017, our subsidiary Hartshorne Mining, LLC entered into a fixed price construction contract with Fricke Management and Contracting, Inc. The contract covers all materials and labor to design, construct and commission a heavy media coal preparation plant and all surface materials handling facilities at the Poplar Grove Mine, as well as the barge load-out facility. The total contract sum is $21.0 million. On October 26, 2017, our subsidiary Hartshorne Mining, LLC entered into a unit price construction contract with Frontier-Kemper Constructors, Inc. The contract covers all materials and labor to design, procure, construct, install, test and commission a mine slope to access the underground coal at the Poplar Grove Mine. The total contract sum is $8.1 million.

There are no other contracts, other than those disclosed in this registration statement and those entered into in the ordinary course of our business, that are material to us and which were entered into in the last two completed fiscal years or which were entered into before the two most recently completed fiscal years but are still in effect as of the date of this registration statement.

D.   Exchange Controls

Australia has largely abolished exchange controls on investment transactions. The Australian dollar is freely convertible into U.S. dollars or other currencies. In addition, there are currently no specific rules or limitations regarding the export from Australia of profits, dividends, capital or similar funds belonging to foreign investors, except that certain payments to non-residents must be reported to the Australian Cash Transaction Reports Agency, which monitors such transaction, and amounts on account of potential Australian tax liabilities may be required to be withheld unless a relevant taxation treaty can be shown to apply and under such there are either exemptions or limitations on the level of tax to be withheld.

E.   Taxation

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal and Australian income tax considerations to U.S. holders, as defined below, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs and ordinary shares. This discussion is based on the laws in force as of the date of this registration statement, and is subject to changes in the relevant income tax law, including changes that could have retroactive effect. The following summary does not take into account or

96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

discuss the tax laws of any country or other taxing jurisdiction other than the United States and Australia. Holders are advised to consult their tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs and ordinary shares in their particular circumstances. This discussion is not intended, and should not be construed, as legal or professional tax advice.

This summary does not address the 3.8% U.S. Federal Medicare Tax on net investment income, the effects of U.S. federal estate and gift tax laws, the alternative minimum tax, or any state and local tax considerations within the United States, and is not a comprehensive description of all U.S. federal or Australian income tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to acquire or dispose of ADSs or ordinary shares. Furthermore, this summary does not address U.S. federal or Australian income tax considerations relevant to holders subject to taxing jurisdictions other than, or in addition to, the United States and Australia, and does not address all possible categories of holders, some of which may be subject to special tax rules.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following summary, subject to the limitations set forth below, describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ADSs and ordinary shares as of the date hereof. This summary is limited to U.S. Holders that hold our ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

This section does not discuss the tax consequences to any particular holder, nor any tax considerations that may apply to U.S. Holders subject to special tax rules, such as:

insurance companies;
banks or other financial institutions;
individual retirement and other tax-deferred accounts;
regulated investment companies;
real estate investment trusts;
individuals who are former U.S. citizens or former long-term U.S. residents;
brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies;
traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;
persons holding our ADSs or ordinary shares through a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or S corporation;
grantor trusts;
tax-exempt entities;
persons that hold ADSs or ordinary shares as a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, constructive sale, conversion or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;
persons that own (directly, indirectly or constructively) 10% or more of our equity (by vote or value); or
persons that are not U.S. holders (as defined below).

In this section, a “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of ADSs or ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and for which one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions or (ii) that has an election in effect under applicable income tax regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In addition, this summary does not address the 3.8% Medicare contribution tax imposed on certain net investment income, the U.S. federal estate and gift tax or the alternative minimum tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares. We have not received nor do we expect to seek a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding any matter discussed herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of those set forth below. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ADSs and ordinary shares.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes acquires, owns or disposes of ADSs or ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its own tax advisor as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ADSs or ordinary shares.

The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be replaced, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. In addition, this summary is based, in part, upon representations made by the depositary to us and assumes that the deposit agreement, and all other related agreements, will be performed in accordance with their terms.

You are urged to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, as well as state, local and non- U.S., tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning and disposing of ADSs or ordinary shares in light of your particular circumstances, including the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal and other tax laws.

ADSs

If you hold ADSs, you generally will be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares that are represented by such ADSs. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if you exchange ADSs for the underlying shares represented by those ADSs.

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concern that parties to whom ADSs are released before shares are delivered to the depositary or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between holders and the issuer of the security underlying the ADSs, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by U.S. Holders of ADSs. These actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders. Accordingly, the creditability of non-U.S. withholding taxes (if any), and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, each described below, could be affected by actions taken by such parties or intermediaries. For purposes of the discussion below, we assume that intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and us are acting consistently with the claim of U.S. foreign tax credits by U.S. Holders.

Certain Tax Consequences If We Are a Passive Foreign Investment Company

The rules governing passive foreign investment companies, or PFICs, can result in adverse tax consequences to U.S. Holders. We generally will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year if (i) at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year consists of certain types of passive income or (ii) at least 50% of our gross assets during the taxable year, based on a quarterly average and generally determined by value, produce or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, gains from commodities and securities transactions and gains from the disposition of assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. In determining whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC, a pro-rata portion of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest (by value) is taken into account. Under this rule, we should be deemed to own a proportionate share of the assets and to have received a proportionate share of the income of our principal subsidiaries for purposes of the PFIC determination. Additionally, if we are classified as a PFIC in any taxable year with respect to which you own ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to you in all succeeding

98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

taxable years, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above, unless you make the “deemed sale election” described below. Furthermore, if we are treated as a PFIC, then one or more of our subsidiaries may also be treated as PFICs. The rules applicable to tiered-PFICs are not entirely clear and could result in double taxation of the same income.

Because we did not have active business income in the taxable year ended June 30, 2017, we believe we were a PFIC in tax year 2017, and, because we do not expect to begin active business operations in the current taxable year ending June 30, 2018, we expect to be a PFIC in tax year 2018. The determination of our PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of the taxable year, and will depend on, among other things, the composition of our income and assets (which could change significantly during the course of a taxable year) and the market value of our assets for such taxable year, which may be, in part, based on the market price of our ADSs or ordinary shares (which may be especially volatile). The PFIC determination will depend, in part, on whether we are able to generate gross income from mining operations. If we are able to generate sufficient income from such operations more quickly than is currently anticipated, we may not be a PFIC for taxable year 2018. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding our PFIC status.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment of a Shareholder of a PFIC

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold ADSs or ordinary shares, absent certain elections (including the mark-to-market election or qualified electing fund election described below), you generally will be subject to adverse rules (regardless of whether we continue to be classified as a PFIC) with respect to (1) any “excess distribution” (generally, any distributions you receive on your ADSs or ordinary shares in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you receive in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, your holding period) and (2) any gain recognized from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of such ADSs or ordinary shares. Under these special tax rules:

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares;
the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were classified as a PFIC in your holding period, will be treated as ordinary income arising in the current taxable year; and
the amount allocated to each other taxable year during your holding period in which we were classified as a PFIC (i) will be subject to income tax at the highest rate in effect for that year and applicable to you and (ii) will be subject to an interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

In addition, if you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, you will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends that we pay if we are a PFIC for either the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding year.

If we are a PFIC, the tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or excess distribution cannot be offset by any net operating losses, and gains (but not losses) recognized on the transfer of the ADSs or ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital gains, even if the ADSs or ordinary shares are held as capital assets. Furthermore, unless otherwise provided by the U.S. Treasury Department, if we are a PFIC, you will be required to file an annual report (currently Form 8621) describing your interest in us, making an election on how to report PFIC income, and providing other information about your share of our income.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is also a PFIC, during such year you would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules to such subsidiary. The rules applicable to tiered-PFICs are not entirely clear and could result in double taxation of the same income. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences if the PFIC rules apply to any of our subsidiaries.

PFIC “Mark-to-market” Election

In certain circumstances, a holder of “marketable stock” of a PFIC can avoid certain of the adverse rules described above by making a mark-to-market election with respect to such stock. For purposes of these rules, “marketable stock” is stock which is “regularly traded” (traded in greater than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter) on a “qualified exchange” or other market within the meaning of applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. A “qualified exchange” includes a national securities exchange that is registered with the SEC.

99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If you make a mark-to-market election, you must include in gross income, as ordinary income, for each taxable year that we are a PFIC an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of your ADSs or ordinary shares that are “marketable stock” at the close of the taxable year over your adjusted tax basis in such ADSs or ordinary shares. If you make such election, you may also claim a deduction as an ordinary loss in each such year for the excess, if any, of your adjusted tax basis in such ADSs or ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The adjusted tax basis of your ADSs or ordinary shares with respect to which the mark-to-market election applies would be adjusted to reflect amounts included in gross income or allowed as a deduction because of such election. If you make an effective mark-to-market election, any gain you recognize upon the sale or other disposition of your ADSs or ordinary shares in a year that we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

Under current law, the mark-to-market election may be available to U.S. Holders of ADSs if the ADSs are listed on Nasdaq, which constitutes a qualified exchange, although there can be no assurance that the ADSs will be “regularly traded” for purposes of the mark-to-market election. It should also be noted that it is intended that only the ADSs and not the ordinary shares will be listed on Nasdaq. While we would expect the Australian Stock Exchange, on which the ordinary shares are listed, to be considered a qualified exchange, no assurance can be given as to whether the Australian Securities Exchange is a qualified exchange, or that the ordinary shares would be traded in sufficient frequency to be considered regularly traded for these purposes. Additionally, because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for equity interests in any lower-tier PFIC that we may own, if you make a mark-to-mark election with respect to us, you may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to any indirect investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The rules applicable to tiered-PFICs are not entirely clear and could result in double taxation of the same income.

If you make a mark-to-market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the ADSs or ordinary shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election. You are urged to consult your tax advisors about the availability of the mark-to-market election, and whether making the election would be advisable in your particular circumstances.

PFIC “QEF” election

Alternatively, in certain cases a U.S. Holder can avoid the interest charge and the other adverse PFIC tax consequences described above by obtaining certain information from the PFIC and electing to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under Section 1295 of the Code. However, we do not anticipate that this option will be available to you because we do not intend to provide the information regarding our income that would be necessary to permit you to make this election.

You are urged to contact your own tax advisor regarding the determination of whether we are a PFIC and the tax consequences of such status.

Certain Tax Consequences If We Are Not a Passive Foreign Investment Company

Distributions

If you are a U.S. Holder of our ADSs or ordinary shares in a taxable year in which we are a PFIC (and any subsequent taxable years), then this section generally will not apply to you. Instead, see “—Certain Tax Consequences If We Are A Passive Foreign Investment Company.”

As described in “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently anticipate paying any distributions on our ADSs or ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. However, to the extent there are any distributions made with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares in the foreseeable future, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed above, the gross amount of any such distributions (without deduction for any withholding tax) made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will generally be taxable to you as ordinary dividend income on the date such distribution is actually or constructively received. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as so determined, will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable, and thereafter as capital gain. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not intend to maintain calculations

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, you should expect to treat any distributions paid with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares as dividend income. See “— Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements ” below. If you are a corporate U.S. Holder, dividends paid to you generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed under the Code.

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, if you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, dividends paid to you by a “qualified foreign corporation” may be subject to taxation at a maximum rate of 20% if the dividends are “qualified dividends.” Dividends will be treated as qualified dividends if (a) certain holding period requirements are satisfied, (b) we are eligible for benefits under the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Australia for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, as amended (the “Treaty”) or our ADSs or ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established U.S. securities market, and (c) we were not, in the taxable year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the taxable year in which the dividend is paid, a PFIC.

The Treaty has been approved for the purposes of the qualified dividend rules. IRS guidance indicates that our ADSs (which will be listed on Nasdaq) are readily tradeable for purposes of satisfying the conditions required for these reduced tax rates, but there can be no assurance that our ADSs will be considered readily tradeable on an established securities market in subsequent years. We do not expect that our ordinary shares will be listed on an established securities market in the United States.

As discussed above, we believe we were a PFIC in our taxable year ending June 30, 2017 and expect to be a PFIC in our taxable year ending June 30, 2018. Therefore, the reduced rate of taxation available to U.S. Holders of a “qualified foreign corporation” is not expected to be available for such years or any subsequent year in which we are classified as a PFIC. See the discussion above under “—Certain Tax Consequences If We Are a Passive Foreign Investment Company.” You should consult your tax advisor regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on any dividends paid with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares.

Distributions paid in Australian dollars, including any Australian taxes withheld, will be included in your gross income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of actual or constructive receipt, your tax basis in those Australian dollars should be equal to their U.S. dollar value on that date and, as a result, you generally should not be required to recognize any foreign exchange gain or loss.

If Australian dollars so received are not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, you will have a tax basis in the Australian dollars equal to their U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the Australian dollars generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss to you and generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Dividends you receive with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating your foreign tax credit limitation. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For these purposes, dividends generally will be categorized as “passive” income. Subject to certain limitations, you generally will be entitled, at your option, to claim either a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability or a deduction in computing your U.S. federal taxable income in respect of any Australian taxes withheld. If you elect to claim a deduction, rather than a foreign tax credit, for Australian taxes withheld for a particular taxable year, the election will apply to all foreign taxes paid or accrued by you or on your behalf in the particular taxable year.

The availability of the foreign tax credit and the application of the limitations on its availability are fact specific and are subject to complex rules. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor as to the consequences of Australian withholding taxes and the availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction. See “Australian Tax Considerations— Taxation of Dividends. ” You should also consult your tax advisor regarding the application of the foreign tax credit rules to the QEF and mark-to-market regimes described above in the event we are a PFIC (as we believe to be the case with respect to taxable years 2017 and 2018).

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of ADSs or Ordinary Shares

If you are a U.S. Holder of our ADSs or ordinary shares in a taxable year in which we are a PFIC (and any subsequent taxable years), then this section generally will not apply to you—instead, see the discussion above under “—Certain Tax Consequences If We Are A Passive Foreign Investment Company.”

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed above, you generally will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, recognize capital gain or loss on a sale, exchange or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition (determined in the case of sales or exchanges in currencies other than U.S. dollars by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of the sale or exchange or, if sold or exchanged on an established securities market and you are a cash basis taxpayer or an electing accrual basis taxpayer, the spot exchange rate in effect on the settlement date) and your adjusted tax basis (as determined in U.S. dollars) in the ADSs or ordinary shares. Your initial tax basis will be your U.S. dollar purchase price for such ADSs or ordinary shares.

Assuming we are not a PFIC and have not been treated as a PFIC during your holding period for your ADSs or ordinary shares, this recognized gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the ADSs or ordinary shares for more than one year. Generally, if you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, long-term capital gains are subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates. For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, gain or loss recognized upon a disposition generally will be treated as from sources within the United States. However, in limited circumstances, the Treaty can re-source U.S. source income as Australian source income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of any Australian tax imposed on a sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares. See “—Australian Tax Considerations— Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares.

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements

Payments of dividends with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares, by a U.S. paying agent or other U.S. intermediary, or made into the United States, will be reported to the IRS and to you as may be required under applicable Treasury regulations. Backup withholding may apply to these payments if you fail to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or otherwise fail to comply with applicable certification requirements. Certain U.S. Holders (including, among others, corporations) are not subject to backup withholding and information reporting. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to you will be refunded (or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any), provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for establishing an exemption.

Certain individual U.S. Holders (and under Treasury regulations, certain entities) may be required to report to the IRS (on Form 8938) information with respect to their investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares not held through an account with a U.S. financial institution. If you acquire any of the ADSs or ordinary shares for cash, you may be required to file an IRS Form 926 with the IRS and to supply certain additional information to the IRS if (i) immediately after the transfer, you own directly or indirectly (or by attribution) at least 10% of our total voting power or value or (ii) the amount of cash transferred to us in exchange for the ADSs or ordinary shares when aggregated with all related transfers under applicable regulations, exceeds an applicable dollar threshold. You are urged to consult with your own tax advisor regarding the reporting obligations that may arise from the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares.

The discussion above is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax considerations applicable to an investment in ADSs or ordinary shares. You should consult with your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences to you in your particular situation.

Certain Australian Income Tax Considerations

In this section, we discuss the material Australian income tax, stamp duty and goods and services tax considerations related to the acquisition, ownership and disposal by the absolute beneficial owners of the ordinary shares or ADSs.

It is based upon existing Australian tax law as of the date of this registration statement, which is subject to change, possibly retrospectively. This discussion does not address all aspects of Australian tax law which may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, such as shares held by investors subject to special tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance companies, tax exempt organizations or funds managers). In addition, this summary does not discuss any foreign or state tax considerations, other than stamp duty and goods and services tax.

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the Australian and foreign income and other tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the shares. As used in this summary a “Non-Australian Shareholder” is a holder that is not an Australian tax resident and is not carrying on business in Australia through a permanent establishment.

Nature of ADSs for Australian Taxation Purposes

A U.S. holder of ADSs will be treated for Australian taxation purposes as being “absolutely entitled” to the underlying ordinary shares in the Company in accordance with Taxation Ruling TR 2004/D25. Consequently, the underlying ordinary shares will be regarded as owned by the ADS holder for Australian income tax and capital gains tax purposes. Dividends paid on the underlying ordinary shares will also be treated as dividends paid to the ADS holder, as the person beneficially entitled to those dividends. Therefore, in the following analysis we discuss the tax consequences to Non-Australian Shareholders of holding ordinary shares for Australian taxation purposes. We note that the holder of an ADS will be treated for Australian tax purposes as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares that are represented by such ADSs.

Taxation of Dividends

Australia operates a dividend imputation system under which dividends may be declared to be “franked” to the extent of tax paid on company profits. Fully franked dividends are not subject to dividend withholding tax. An exemption for dividend withholding tax can also apply to unfranked dividends that are declared to be conduit foreign income, or CFI, and paid to Non-Australian Shareholders. Dividend withholding tax will be imposed at 30%, unless a shareholder is a resident of a country with which Australia has a double taxation agreement and qualifies for the benefits of the treaty. Under the provisions of the current Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States, the Australian tax withheld on unfranked dividends that are not declared to be CFI paid by us to a resident of the United States which is beneficially entitled to that dividend is limited to 15% where that resident is a qualified person for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States.

If a Non-Australian Shareholder is a company and owns a 10% or more interest, the Australian tax withheld on dividends paid by us to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is limited to 5%. In limited circumstances the rate of withholding can be reduced to zero.

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares—Capital gains tax

Non-Australian Shareholders will not be subject to Australian capital gains tax on the gain made on a sale or other disposal of ordinary shares, unless they, together with associates, hold 10% or more of our issued capital, at the time of disposal or for 12 months of the last 2 years prior to disposal.

Non-Australian Shareholders who own an associate inclusive interest of 10% or more would be subject to Australian capital gains tax provided that more than 50% of our direct or indirect assets, determined by reference to market value, consists of Australian land, leasehold interests or Australian mining, quarrying or prospecting rights. The Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia is unlikely to limit Australia’s right to tax any gain in these circumstances. Net capital gains are calculated after reduction for capital losses, which may only be offset against capital gains. The net capital gain is included in the Non-Australian Shareholder’s income and may be reduced by any other Australian deductions or carry forward tax losses, subject to satisfying the relevant tax loss recoupment rules.

The Australian Government has announced that from July 1, 2016, it proposes to impose a 10% non-final withholding obligation on a purchaser when a non-resident disposes of certain taxable Australian property (which can include shares in a company as discussed above). This proposal has not yet been passed into law.

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares—Shareholders Holding Shares on Revenue Account

Some Non-Australian Shareholders may hold shares on revenue rather than on capital account for example, share traders. These shareholders may have the gains made on the sale or other disposal of the shares included in their assessable income under the ordinary income taxing provisions of the income tax law, if the gains are sourced in Australia.

Non-Australian Shareholders assessable under these ordinary income provisions in respect of gains made on shares held on revenue account would be assessed for such gains at the Australian tax rates for non-Australian residents,

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which start at a marginal rate of 32.5%. This rate does not include the Temporary Budget Repair Levy of 2% that applies in certain circumstances. Where the Non-Australian Shareholder is entitled to the benefit of the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, it will only be subject to tax on Australian-sourced gains on disposal of the shares where our assets consist wholly or principally of real property situated in Australia. Non-Australian Shareholders that are companies will be assessed at a rate of 30%.

To the extent an amount would be included in a Non-Australian Shareholder’s assessable income under both the capital gains tax provisions and the ordinary income provisions, the capital gain amount would generally be reduced, so that the shareholder would not be subject to double tax in Australia on any part of the income gain or capital gain.

Dual Residency

If a shareholder is a resident of both Australia and the United States under those countries’ domestic taxation laws, that shareholder may be subject to tax as an Australian resident. If, however, the shareholder is determined to be a U.S. resident for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, the Australian tax would be subject to limitation by the Double Taxation Convention. Shareholders should obtain specialist taxation advice in these circumstances.

Stamp Duty

No Australian stamp duty is payable by Australian residents or non-Australian residents on the issue and trading of our shares on the basis that all of our issued shares remain quoted on the ASX at all times, and no shareholder acquires or commences to hold (on an associate inclusive basis) 90% or more of all of our issued shares.

No Australian stamp duty is payable on the issue and trading of ADSs.

Australian Death Duty

Australia does not have estate or death duties. As a general rule, no capital gains tax liability is realized upon the inheritance of a deceased person’s shares. The disposal of inherited shares by beneficiaries may, however, give rise to a capital gains tax liability if the gain falls within the scope of Australia’s jurisdiction to tax.

Goods and Services Tax

The issue or transfer of shares to a non-Australian resident investor will not incur Australian goods and services tax.

F.   Dividends and Paying Agents

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares, and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Our Board of Directors presently intends to reinvest all earnings in the continued development and operation of our business.

Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions in our debt arrangements, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Any dividend we declare will be paid to the holders of ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, less the fees and expenses payable under the deposit agreement. Any dividend we declare will be distributed by the depositary bank to the holders of the ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement. See “Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities—American Depositary Shares.”

G.   Statement by Experts

Competent Persons Statement

As required by Australian securities laws and the ASX Listing Rules, we hereby notify Australian investors that the information in this registration statement that relates to Exploration Results, Coal Reserves, Production Targets, Mining, Coal Preparation, Infrastructure, and Cost Estimation was extracted from our ASX announcements dated May 17, 2018, March 28, 2017 and December 2, 2015 which are available to view on the Company’s website at www.paringaresources.com.au.

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As required by Australian securities laws and the ASX Listing Rules, we hereby notify Australian investors that the information in the original ASX announcements that related to Exploration Results is based on, and fairly represents, information compiled or reviewed by Mr. Kirt W. Suehs, a Competent Person who is a Member of The American Institute of Professional Geologists. Mr. Suehs is employed by MM&A. Mr. Suehs has sufficient experience that is relevant to the style of mineralization and type of deposit under consideration and to the activity being undertaken to qualify as a Competent Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the ‘Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves’ and to qualify as a Qualified Person as defined in the 2011 Edition of the National Instrument 43-101 and Canadian Institute of Mining’s Definition Standards on Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources.

As required by Australian securities laws and the ASX Listing Rules, we hereby notify Australian investors that the information in the original ASX announcements that related to Coal Reserves, Mining, Coal Preparation, Infrastructure, Production Targets and Cost Estimation is based on, and fairly represents, information compiled or reviewed by Messrs. Justin S. Douthat and Gerard J. Enigk, both of whom are Competent Persons and are Registered Members of the Society for Mining, Metallurgy & Exploration. Messrs. Douthat and Enigk are employed by MM&A. Messrs. Douthat, and Enigk have sufficient experience that is relevant to the style of mineralization and type of deposit under consideration and to the activity being undertaken to qualify as Competent Persons as defined in the 2012 Edition of the ‘Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves’ and to qualify as Qualified Persons as defined in the 2011 Edition of the National Instrument 43-101 and Canadian Institute of Mining’s Definition Standards on Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources.

We confirm to Australian investors that: a) we are not aware of any new information or data that materially affects the information included in the original ASX announcements; b) all material assumptions and technical parameters underpinning the Coal Reserve, Production Target, and related forecast financial information derived from the Production Target included in the original ASX announcements continue to apply and have not materially changed; and c) the form and context in which the relevant Competent Persons’ findings are presented in this registration statement have not been materially modified from the original ASX announcements.

H.   Documents on Display

When this registration statement on Form 20-F becomes effective, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, applicable to foreign private issuers and under those requirements will file reports with the SEC. You may read and copy the registration statement on Form 20-F, including the related exhibits and schedules, and any document we file with the SEC without charge at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC will also available to the public through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .

As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we will file with the SEC, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, or such applicable time as required by the SEC, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, and may submit to the SEC, on a Form 6-K, unaudited quarterly financial information.

In addition, since our ordinary shares are traded on the ASX, we have file annual and semi-annual reports with, and furnish information to, the ASX, as required under the ASX Listing Rules and the Corporations Act. Copies of our filings with the ASX can be retrieved electronically at www.asx.com.au . We also maintain a web site at paringaresources.com. The information contained on our website or available through our website is not incorporated by reference into and should not be considered a part of this registration statement on Form 20-F, and the reference to our website in this registration statement on Form 20-F is an inactive textual reference only.

I.   Subsidiary Information.

Not appliable.

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest rate risk . As of June 30, 2017 and 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $34.8 million and $0.3 million respectively, primarily held in bank accounts and short-term deposits. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected primarily by changes in market interest rates. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 10% increase in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio.

Foreign currency risk . Foreign currency risk refers to the risk that the fair value of future cash outflows of an exposure will fluctuate because of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the Australian entities in the consolidated group changed their functional currency from Australian dollars to U.S. dollars and the consolidated group changed its presentation currency from Australian dollars to U.S. dollars. Following this change, the functional currencies of all consolidated group entities is now U.S. dollars and the consolidated group’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rate relates primarily to assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. The consolidated group also has transactional currency exposures relating to transactions denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. The currency in which these transactions primarily are denominated is Australian dollars. It is our current policy not to enter into any hedging or derivative transactions to manage foreign currency risk. At June 30, 2017, the majority of our cash and short-term deposits were denominated in U.S. dollars, being $33.1 million. At June 30, 2017, our net asset foreign currency exposure to Australian dollars was $1.7 million.

Credit risk. Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to us. During the year ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, we were in the development and exploration phase respectively and consequently made no sales, and were not exposed to any material credit risk.

Liquidity risk . Ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with our Board of Directors. We manage liquidity risk by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching maturity profiles of financial assets with liabilities and commitments. Based on our current financial position, and assuming availability of the Project Loan Facility, we expect to have sufficient cash flow to complete the construction of the Poplar Grove Mine and to maintain adequate liquidity to satisfy working capital requirements.

Commodity Price Risk . Although we are currently engaged in only exploration and development activities, we are exposed to commodity price risk because commodity prices affect the economic feasibility of mining on our properties and the value of such properties. These commodity prices can be volatile and are influenced by factors beyond our control. We currently do not enter into hedging or derivative transactions to manage commodity price risk.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information regarding recently adopted and issued accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this registration statement.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A.   Debt Securities.

Not applicable.

B.   Warrants and rights.

Not applicable.

C.   Other Securities.

Not applicable.

D.   American Depositary Shares

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, will register and deliver American Depositary Shares, also referred to as ADSs. Each ADS will represent 50 shares (or a right to receive 50 shares) deposited with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, as custodian for the depositary in Australia, as custodian for the depositary. Each ADS will also represent any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary. The

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

deposited shares together with any other securities, cash or other property held by the depositary are referred to as the deposited securities. The depositary’s office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The Bank of New York Mellon’s principal executive office is located at 225 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10286. You may hold ADSs either (A) directly (i) by having an American Depositary Receipt, also referred to as an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (ii) by having uncertificated ADSs registered in your name, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution that is a direct or indirect participate in The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder, or an ADS holder. This description assumes you are an ADS holder. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Registered holders of uncertificated ADSs will receive statements from the depositary confirming their holdings.

As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. Australian law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the shares underlying your ADSs. As a registered holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and ADS holders and all other persons indirectly or beneficially holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR which summarizes certain terms of your ADSs. You can read a copy of the deposit agreement which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. You may also obtain a copy of the deposit agreement at the SEC’s Public Reference Room which is located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-732-0330. You may also find the registration statement and the attached deposit agreement on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay or distribute to ADS holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, upon payment or deduction of its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent.

Cash. The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.
Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. See “Taxation.” It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.
Shares. The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell shares which would require it to deliver a fractional ADS (or ADSs representing those shares) and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the new shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed shares (or ADSs representing those shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.
Rights to purchase additional shares. If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may (i) exercise those rights on behalf of ADS holders, (ii) distribute those rights to ADS holders or (iii) sell those rights and distribute the net proceeds to ADS holders, in each case after deduction or upon payment of its fees and expenses. To the extent the depositary does not do any of those things, it will allow the rights to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

them. The depositary will exercise or distribute rights only if we ask it to and provide satisfactory assurances to the depositary that it is legal to do so. If the depositary will exercise rights, it will purchase the securities to which the rights relate and distribute those securities or, in the case of shares, new ADSs representing the new shares, to subscribing ADS holders, but only if ADS holders have paid the exercise price to the depositary. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute rights or ADSs or other securities issued on exercise of rights to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

If the depositary makes rights available to ADS holders, it will exercise the rights and purchase the shares on your behalf. The depositary will then deposit the shares and deliver ADSs to the persons entitled to them. It will only exercise rights if you pay it the exercise price and any other charges the rights require you to pay.
U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the ADSs representing shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade these ADSs freely in the United States. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the ADSs described in this section except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.
Other Distributions. The depositary will send to ADS holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a choice. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute securities to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposits shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

How can ADS holders withdraw the deposited securities?

You may surrender your ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal at the depositary’s office. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to the ADS holder or a person the ADS holder designates at the office of the custodian. In the alternative, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its office, if feasible. The depositary may charge you a fee and its expenses for instructing the custodian regarding delivery of deposited securities.

How do ADS holders interchange between certificated ADSs and uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send to the ADS holder a statement confirming that the ADS holder is the registered holder of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to the ADS holder an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote the number of deposited ordinary shares their ADSs represent. If we request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions (and we are not required to do so), the depositary will notify you of a shareholders’ meeting and send or make voting materials available to you. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they must reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of Australia and the provisions of our articles of association or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities as instructed by ADS holders. If we do not request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, you can still send voting instructions, and, in that case, the depositary may try to vote as you instruct, but it is not required to do so.

Except by instructing the depositary as described above, you won’t be able to exercise voting rights unless you surrender your ADSs and withdraw the ordinary shares. However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the ordinary shares. In any event, the depositary will not exercise any discretion in voting deposited securities and it will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ordinary shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing you can do if your ordinary shares are not voted as you requested.

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Deposited Securities, if we request the Depositary to act, we agree to give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 30 days in advance of the meeting date.

Fees and Expenses

Persons depositing or withdrawing ordinary shares or ADS holders must pay the depositary:
For:
US$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)
Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property
 
Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates
US$0.05 (or less) per ADS
Any cash distribution to ADS holders
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs
Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders
US$0.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year
Depositary services
Registration or transfer fees
Registration of transfers of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its nominee or the custodian or its nominee when you deposit or withdraw shares
Expenses of the depositary
Cable and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)
 
Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes
As necessary
Any charges incurred by the depositary, custodian or their agents for servicing the deposited securities
As necessary

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

The depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates and, in those cases, acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account. The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the deposit agreement and the rate that the depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account. The depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained in any currency conversion under the deposit agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, subject to the depositary’s obligations under the deposit agreement. The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions is available upon request.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until those taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to ADS holders any proceeds, or send to ADS holders any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities

The depositary will not tender deposited securities in any voluntary tender or exchange offer unless instructed to do by an ADS holder surrendering ADSs and subject to any conditions or procedures the depositary may establish.

If deposited securities are redeemed for cash in a transaction that is mandatory for the depositary as a holder of deposited securities, the depositary will call for surrender of a corresponding number of ADSs and distribute the net redemption money to the holders of called ADSs upon surrender of those ADSs.

If there is any change in the deposited securities such as a sub-division, combination or other reclassification, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization affecting the issuer of deposited securities in which the depositary receives new securities in exchange for or in lieu of the old deposited securities, the depositary will hold those replacement securities as deposited securities under the deposit agreement. However, if the depositary decides it would not be lawful and to hold the replacement securities because those securities could not be distributed to ADS holders or for any other reason, the depositary may instead sell the replacement securities and distribute the net proceeds upon surrender of the ADSs.

If there is a replacement of the deposited securities and the depositary will continue to hold the replacement securities, the depositary may distribute new ADSs representing the new deposited securities or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADSs in exchange for new ADSs identifying the new deposited securities.

If there are no deposited securities underlying ADSs, including if the deposited securities are cancelled, or if the deposited securities underlying ADSs have become apparently worthless, the depositary may call for surrender or of those ADSs or cancel those ADSs upon notice to the ADS holders.

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADSs without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADSs and the deposit agreement as amended.

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will initiate termination of the deposit agreement if we instruct it to do so. The depositary may initiate termination of the deposit agreement if

60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment;
we delist our shares from an exchange on which they were listed and do not list the shares on another exchange;
we appear to be insolvent or enter insolvency proceedings;
all or substantially all the value of the deposited securities has been distributed either in cash or in the form of securities;
there are no deposited securities underlying the ADSs or the underlying deposited securities have become apparently worthless; or
there has been a replacement of deposited securities.

If the deposit agreement will terminate, the depositary will notify ADS holders at least 90 days before the termination date. At any time after the termination date, the depositary may sell the deposited securities. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. Normally, the depositary will sell as soon as practicable after the termination date.

After the termination date and before the depositary sells, ADS holders can still surrender their ADSs and receive delivery of deposited securities, except that the depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing deposited securities if it would interfere with the selling process. The depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing sale proceeds until all the deposited securities have been sold. The depositary will continue to collect distributions on deposited securities, but, after the termination date, the depositary is not required to register any transfer of ADSs or distribute any dividends or other distributions on deposited securities to the ADSs holder (until they surrender their ADSs) or give any notices or perform any other duties under the deposit agreement except as described in this paragraph.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith;
are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or by events or circumstances beyond our or its ability to prevent or counteract with reasonable care of effort from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;
are not liable if we or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;
have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person;
are not liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system; and
may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of ADSs, make a distribution on ADSs, or permit withdrawal of shares, the depositary may require:

payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities;
satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and
compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying your ADSs

ADS holders have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying shares at any time except:

when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares;
when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or
when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Pre-Release of ADSs

The deposit agreement permits the depositary to deliver ADSs before deposit of the underlying ordinary shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADSs. The depositary may also deliver shares upon cancellation of pre-released ADSs (even if the ADSs are canceled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying shares are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may receive ADSs instead of shares to close out a pre-release. The depositary may pre-release ADSs only under the following conditions:

before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made represents to the depositary in writing that it or its customer owns the shares or ADSs to be deposited;
the pre-release is fully collateralized with cash, U.S. government securities or other collateral that the depositary considers appropriate; and
the depositary must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice.

In addition, the depositary has agreed to limit the number of ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release, although the depositary may disregard the limit from time to time, if it thinks it is appropriate to do so.

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the Direct Registration System, also referred to as DRS, and Profile Modification System, also referred to as Profile, will apply to the ADSs. DRS is a system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated ADSs and holding of security entitlements in ADSs through DTC and a DTC participant. Profile is feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register that transfer.

In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery as described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile system and in accordance with the deposit agreement will not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.

Shareholder Communications; Inspection of Register of Holders of ADSs

The depositary will make available for your inspection at its office all communications that it receives from us as a holder of deposited securities that we make generally available to holders of deposited securities. The depositary will send you copies of those communications or otherwise make communications available to you if we ask it to. You have a right to inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to our business or the ADSs.

Disclosure of Interests

We may from time to time request ADS holders to provide information as to the capacity in they own or owned ADSs and regarding the identity of any other persons then or previously interested in such ADSs and the nature of such interest. Each ADS holder agrees to provide any information of that kind that is requested by us or the depositary. To the extent that provisions of or governing the deposited securities or the rules or regulations of any governmental authority or securities exchange or automated quotation system may require the disclosure of beneficial or other ownership of deposited securities, other shares and other securities to us or other persons and may provide for blocking transfer and voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or limit such ownership, the depositary has agreed to use its reasonable efforts to comply with our written instructions in respect of any such enforcement or limitation.

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II.

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16 A . AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Not applicable.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part III.

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have elected to provide financial statements and related information pursuant to Item 18.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The consolidated financial statements and the related notes required by this Item are included in this registration statement on Form 20-F beginning on page F-1.

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS.

Exhibits
Description
Certificate of the Registration of Paringa Resources Limited
Constitution of Paringa Resources Limited
Form of Deposit Agreement between Paringa Resources Limited and The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, and Owners and Holders of the American Depositary Shares
Form of American Depositary Receipt evidencing American Depositary Shares (included in Exhibit 4.1)
Coal Supply Agreement between Louisville Gas and Electric company and KU Energy, LLC and Hartshorne Mining Group LLC, dated October 15, 2015*
Amendment No. 1 to Coal Supply Agreement and Producer’s Certificate, dated May 20, 2016*
Project Facility Agreement, between Macquarie Bank Limited and Paringa Resources Limited, dated May 17. 2018*
Fixed Price Contract, dated June 23, 2017, by and between Hartshorne Mining, LLC and Fricke Management and Contracting, Inc.*
Unit Price Contract, dated October 26, 2017, by and between Hartshorne Mining, LLC and Frontier-Kemper Constructors, Inc.*
Form of Executive Employment Agreement for executive officers
Form of Indemnity, Insurance and Access for Directors
List of subsidiaries of Paringa Resources Limited
Consent of Marshall Miller & Associates, Inc.
Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu



* Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this registration statement on Form 20-F filed on its behalf.

PARINGA RESOURCES LIMITED

 
By:
/s/ Todd Hannigan
 
 
Todd Hannigan
Chief Executive Officer

Date: September 4, 2018

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Paringa Resources Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Paringa Resources Limited and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Paringa Resources Limited and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations, negative cash flows from both operating and investing activities and is reliant on the project loan facility, which is currently subject to a number of conditions precedent, in order to generate sufficient cash flow to meet its obligations and sustain its operations, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU

Perth, Australia

July 5, 2018

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

 
Note
2017

2016

2015
 
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
Continuing operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
 
111
 
 
50
 
 
143
 
Exploration and evaluation expenses
 
 
(1,526
)
 
(1,327
)
 
(1,879
)
Corporate and administrative expenses
 
 
(594
)
 
(302
)
 
(352
)
Business development expenses
 
 
(331
)
 
(96
)
 
(42
)
Employment expenses
2
 
(2,337
)
 
(2,245
)
 
(2,308
)
Share based payment expenses
2
 
(674
)
 
(507
)
 
(546
)
Depreciation and impairment expenses
2
 
(541
)
 
(30
)
 
(34
)
Other income and expenses
2
 
(63
)
 
(24
)
 
338
 
Loss before income tax
 
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,680
)
Income tax expense
3
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss for the year
 
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,680
)
Net loss attributable to members of Paringa Resources Limited
 
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,680
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
 
 
187
 
 
(59
)
 
(1,048
)
Exchange differences reclassified to profit or loss on disposal of controlled entity
 
 
 
 
 
 
(338
)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax
 
 
187
 
 
(59
)
 
(1,386
)
Total comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax
 
 
(5,768
)
 
(4,540
)
 
(6,066
)
Total comprehensive loss attributable to members of Paringa Resources Limited
 
 
(5,768
)
 
(4,540
)
 
(6,066
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted loss per share from continuing operations (US$ per share)
16
$
( 0.03
)
$
(0.03
)
$
(0.03
)

The above Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and other Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. All amounts presented in respect of prior periods have been restated to reflect the change in presentation currency as set out in the accounting policies.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT JUNE 30, 2017 AND 2016

 
Note
2017

2016
 
 
US$000
US$000
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
5
 
34,802
 
 
303
 
Trade and other receivables
6
 
265
 
 
15
 
Total Current Assets
 
 
35,067
 
 
318
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Current Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
7
 
26,068
 
 
120
 
Exploration and evaluation assets
8
 
 
 
17,544
 
Other assets
9
 
4,044
 
 
29
 
Total Non-Current Assets
 
 
30,112
 
 
17,693
 
TOTAL ASSETS
 
 
65,179
 
 
18,011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade and other payables
10
 
837
 
 
188
 
Provisions
11
 
17
 
 
 
Other liabilities
12
 
3,750
 
 
1,500
 
Total Current Liabilities
 
 
4,604
 
 
1,688
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES
 
 
4,604
 
 
1,688
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET ASSETS
 
 
60,575
 
 
16,323
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contributed equity
13
 
81,194
 
 
32,833
 
Reserves
14
 
457
 
 
(1,389
)
Accumulated losses
15
 
(21,076
)
 
(15,121
)
TOTAL EQUITY
 
 
60,575
 
 
16,323
 

The above Consolidated Statements of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. All amounts presented in respect of prior periods have been restated to reflect the change in presentation currency as set out in the accounting policies.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

 
Contributed
Equity
Share-
Based
Payments
Reserve
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Reserve
Accumulated
Losses
Total
Equity
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
US$000
US$000
Balance at July 1, 2016
 
32,833
 
 
1,151
 
 
(2,540
)
 
(15,121
)
 
16,323
 
Net loss for the year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5,955
)
 
(5,955
)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
 
 
 
 
 
187
 
 
 
 
187
 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
 
 
 
 
 
187
 
 
(5,955
)
 
(5,768
)
Share placements
 
50,664
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50,664
 
Share issue costs
 
(2,941
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,941
)
Exercise of employee options and placement options
 
638
 
 
(269
)
 
 
 
 
 
369
 
Grant of lender options
 
 
 
1,254
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,254
 
Share based payments expense
 
 
 
674
 
 
 
 
 
 
674
 
Balance at June 30, 2017
 
81,194
 
 
2,810
 
 
(2,353
)
 
(21,076
)
 
60,575
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at July 1, 2015
 
29,139
 
 
888
 
 
(2,481
)
 
(10,640
)
 
16,906
 
Net loss for the year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,481
)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
 
 
 
 
 
(59
)
 
 
 
(59
)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
 
 
 
 
 
(59
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,540
)
Share placements
 
3,711
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,711
 
Share issue costs
 
(261
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(261
)
Conversion of employee rights
 
244
 
 
(244
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share based payments expense
 
 
 
507
 
 
 
 
 
 
507
 
Balance at June 30, 2016
 
32,833
 
 
1,151
 
 
(2,540
)
 
(15,121
)
 
16,323
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at July 1, 2014
 
24,575
 
 
534
 
 
(1,095
)
 
(5,960
)
 
18,054
 
Net loss for the year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4,680
)
 
(4,680
)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
 
 
 
 
 
(1,048
)
 
 
 
(1,048
)
Exchange differences transferred to profit or loss on disposal of controlled entity
 
 
 
 
 
(338
)
 
 
 
(338
)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
 
 
 
 
 
(1,386
)
 
(4,680
)
 
(6,066
)
Share placements
 
4,700
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,700
 
Share issue costs
 
(328
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(328
)
Conversion of employee rights
 
192
 
 
(192
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share based payments expense
 
 
 
546
 
 
 
 
 
 
546
 
Balance at June 30, 2015
 
29,139
 
 
888
 
 
(2,481
)
 
(10,640
)
 
16,906
 

The above Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. All amounts presented in respect of prior periods have been restated to reflect the change in presentation currency as set out in the accounting policies.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

 
Note
2017
2016

2015
 
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
Cash flows from operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments to suppliers and employees
 
 
(5,072
)
 
(3,895
)
 
(4,641
)
Interest received
 
 
82
 
 
53
 
 
152
 
Royalties received
 
 
 
 
4
 
 
 
Net cash outflow from operating activities
5(a)
 
(4,990
)
 
(3,838
)
 
(4,489
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments for property, plant and equipment
 
 
(4,478
)
 
(52
)
 
(124
)
Payments for deferred consideration
 
 
(3,750
)
 
(500
)
 
(1,000
)
Payments for exploration and evaluation assets
 
 
(347
)
 
(324
)
 
(351
)
Proceeds from sale of plant and equipment
 
 
 
 
18
 
 
 
Net cash outflow from investing activities
 
 
(8,575
)
 
(858
)
 
(1,475
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issue of shares
13(a)
 
51,033
 
 
3,711
 
 
4,700
 
Payments for share issue costs
 
 
(2,905
)
 
(261
)
 
(329
)
Net cash inflow from financing activities
 
 
48,128
 
 
3,450
 
 
4,371
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
 
34,563
 
 
(1,246
)
 
(1,593
)
Net foreign exchange differences
 
 
(64
)
 
(62
)
 
(1,055
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
 
 
303
 
 
1,611
 
 
4,259
 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
5
 
34,802
 
 
303
 
 
1,611
 

The above Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. All amounts presented in respect of prior periods have been restated to reflect the change in presentation currency as set out in the accounting policies.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

1. STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The significant accounting policies adopted in preparing the consolidated financial statements of Paringa Resources Limited (“Paringa” or “Company”) and its consolidated entities (“Consolidated Entity” or “Group”) for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are stated to assist in a general understanding of the financial statements.

Paringa is a Company limited by shares incorporated and domiciled in Australia whose shares are publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”).

The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on July 5, 2018.

(a) Basis of Preparation

The financial statements are general purpose financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

The Group is a for-profit entity for the purposes of preparing the consolidated financial statements.

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis.

The financial statements are presented in United States dollars (US$).

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis, which assumes the continuity of normal business activity and the realisation of assets and the settlement of liabilities in the ordinary course of business.

For the year ended June 30, 2017, the Consolidated Entity has incurred a net loss of $6.0 million (2016: $4.5 million; 2015: $4.7 million) and had net cash outflows from operating and investing activities of $13.6 million (2016: $4.7 million, 2015: $6.0 million). As at June 30, 2017, the Consolidated Entity had cash and cash equivalents of $34.8 million (2016: $0.3 million) and net current assets of $30.5 million (2016: net current asset deficiency of $1.4 million).

The Consolidated Entity commenced development of the Poplar Grove Mine in August 2017, and expects to commence coal production before the end of calendar year 2018. Until commercial production is achieved, the Consolidated Entity will generate no revenues from coal sales, and will continue to incur operating net cash outflows, as well as investing net cash outflows associated with the development of Poplar Grove.

To enable the Consolidated Entity to develop the Poplar Grove Mine, the Consolidated Entity raised a net total of $47.7 million during the year ended June 30, 2017, and raised a further $21.2 million in May and June 2018 in the form of equity placements to shareholders. Additionally, in May 2018, the Consolidated Entity entered into a Project Loan Facility (“PLF”) with Macquarie Bank Limited (“Macquarie”) to provide a five-year $21.7 million PLF to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. The PLF has two tranches, with tranche 1 being $15 million and tranche 2 being $6.7 million.

Provision of the Macquarie facility is currently subject to satisfaction of a number of conditions precedent, which the Company expects to satisfy before drawing down Tranche 1 of the facility prior to November 2018, however certain conditions precedent are outside of the Consolidated Entity's control, and as such there can be no certainty that this will come to fruition.

The Directors are confident that they will be able to satisfy all conditions precedent to allow the Macquarie facility to be drawn down in line with the expected timetable above, and accordingly, consider that it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis.

Should the Consolidated Entity be unable to achieve the matters referred to above, the Consolidated Entity would need to reduce operational expenditure, and raise additional capital to replace the Macquarie facility prior to the expected drawdown date, and a material uncertainty would exist that may cast substantial doubt on the ability of the Consolidated Entity to continue as a going concern and therefore, whether it will be able to realise its assets and extinguish its liabilities in the normal course of business.

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts, or to the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Consolidated Entity be unable to continue as a going concern.

(b) Change in presentation and functional currencies

Functional Currency

An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. During the year ended June 30, 2017, the Company made the decision to develop the Poplar Grove Mine in the U.S., and on April 5, 2017, the Company accepted a committed letter of offer from Macquarie Bank Limited to provide a fully underwritten five-year US$20 million Project Loan Facility for the development of Poplar Grove. Consequently, the Directors have determined that the functional currency of the Company and all its subsidiaries is U.S. dollars (US$) effective April 5, 2017.

The change in functional currency has been applied prospectively with effect from April 5, 2017 in accordance with the requirements of IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates . To give effect to the change in functional currency, the assets and liabilities of entities with an Australian dollar (A$) functional currency at April 5, 2017 were converted into U.S. dollars at a fixed exchange rate of US$1:A$1.319.

Presentation Currency

Following the change in functional currency, the Company changed its presentation currency from A$ to US$. The change in presentation currency is to better reflect the Group’s business activities and to enhance comparability with its industry peer group, the majority of which report in U.S. dollars. Prior to the change, the Company reported its financial statements in A$.

A change in presentation currency is a change in accounting policy which is accounted for retrospectively in accordance with the requirements of IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors . In making this change in presentation currency, the Company followed the requirements set out in IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates . As required by IAS 21, the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and the consolidated statement of cash flows for each period have been translated into the presentation currency using the average exchange rates prevailing during each reporting period. All assets and liabilities have been translated using the exchange rate prevailing at the consolidated statement of financial position dates. Shareholders’ equity transactions have been translated using the rates of exchange in effect as of the dates of the various capital transactions. All resulting exchange differences arising from the translation are included as a separate component of other comprehensive income. All comparative financial information has been restated to reflect the Company’s results as if they had been historically reported in US$ and the effect on the consolidated financial statements resulted in a foreign currency translation reserve of US$1.1 million debit balance as at July 1, 2014.

(c) Statement of Compliance

In the current year, the Group has adopted all of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations issued by the IASB that are relevant to its operations and effective for the current annual reporting period.

The adoption of these new and revised standards has not resulted in any significant changes to the Group's accounting policies or to the amounts reported for the current or prior periods. The Group has not early adopted any other standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

International Financial Reporting Standards and Interpretations that have recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective have not been adopted by the Group for the annual reporting period ended June 30, 2017. Those which may be relevant to the Group are set out in the table below, but these are not expected to have any significant impact on the Group's financial statements.

Standard or Interpretation
Application Date
of Standard
Application Date
for Group
Disclosure Initiative (Amendments to IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows )
January 1, 2017
July 1, 2017
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments , and relevant amending standards
January 1, 2018
July 1, 2018
Clarifications to IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
January 1, 2018
July 1, 2018
Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions (Amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payments )
January 1, 2018
July 1, 2018
IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration
January 1, 2018
July 1, 2018
IFRS 16 Leases
January 1, 2019
July 1, 2019
(d) Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of the Company and the results of all subsidiaries.

Control is achieved when the Company has power over the investee, is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. The Company reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above. When the Company has less than a majority of the voting rights of an investee, it has power over the investee when the voting rights are sufficient to give it the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee unilaterally. The Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether or not the Company's voting rights in an investee are sufficient to give it power.

Subsidiaries are all those entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies, is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvement and has the ability to use its power to affect the returns of those entities. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Company controls another entity.

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Company, using consistent accounting policies. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Company.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. Intercompany transactions and balances, income and expenses and profits and losses between Group companies, are eliminated.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary that does not result in a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction. All investments in subsidiaries made by the parent are held at cost.

(e) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, and bank overdrafts.

(f) Trade and Other Receivables

Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectable debts. An estimate for doubtful debts is made when collection of the full amount is no longer probable. Bad debts are written-off as incurred.

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(g) Investments and Other Financial Assets
(i) Classification

Financial assets in the scope of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement are classified as either financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments, or available-for-sale investments, as appropriate. When financial assets are recognised initially they are measured at fair value, plus, in the case of investments not at fair value through profit or loss, directly attributable transaction costs. The Group determines the classification of its financial assets after initial recognition and, when allowed and appropriate, re-evaluates this designation at each financial year-end. Accounting policies below are included only for those financial assets held by the Group.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of selling the receivable. They are included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than twelve months after the reporting date which are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are included in receivables in the statement of financial position.

(h) Leases

Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group, as lessee, has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s inception at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in other short-term and long-term payables. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term.

Leases where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred to the Group as lessee are classified as operating leases (note 22). Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

(i) Property, Plant and Equipment
(i) Cost and valuation

All classes of property, plant and equipment are measured at historical cost.

Plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Such cost includes the cost of replacing parts that are eligible for capitalisation when the cost of replacing the parts is incurred. Similarly, when each major inspection is performed, its cost is recognised in the carrying amount of the plant and equipment as a replacement only if it is eligible for capitalisation. All other repairs and maintenance are recognised in the Statement of Profit or Loss and other Comprehensive Income as incurred.

(ii) Depreciation and Amortisation

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis on all property, plant and equipment.

 
2017
2016
2015
Major depreciation and amortisation periods are:
 
 
 
Land and buildings:
25 years
25 years
25 years
Plant and equipment:
2 – 10 years
2 – 10 years
2 – 10 years
Mine development properties
Unit of production (a)
Unit of production (a)
Unit of production (a)
(a) Mine development properties are amortised over the life of the reserves associated with the area of interest once mining operations have commenced, i.e. once commercial production has commenced. The Buck Creek project was not in commercial production during the year ended June 30, 2017, 2016 or 2015, and consequently no unit of production amortisation arose in these reporting periods.

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The assets' residual values, useful lives and amortisation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each financial year end.

(iii) Derecognition

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no further future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal.

(j) Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure

Expenditure on exploration and evaluation is accounted for in accordance with the 'area of interest' method and with IFRS 6 Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources .

Exploration and evaluation expenditure encompasses expenditures incurred by the Group in connection with the exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources before the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting a mineral resource are demonstrable.

For each area of interest, expenditure incurred in the acquisition of rights to explore is capitalised, classified as tangible or intangible, and recognised as an exploration and evaluation asset. This includes certain annual payments made to landowners under the Group’s coal leases which are considered part of the acquisition costs. Exploration and evaluation assets are measured at cost at recognition and are recorded as an asset if:

(i) the rights to tenure of the area of interest are current; and
(ii) at least one of the following conditions is also met:
the exploration and evaluation expenditures are expected to be recouped through successful development and exploitation of the area of interest, or alternatively, by its sale; and
exploration and evaluation activities in the area of interest have not at the reporting date reached a stage which permits a reasonable assessment of the existence or otherwise of economically recoverable reserves, and active and significant operations in, or in relation to, the area of interest are continuing.

All other exploration and evaluation expenditures are expensed as incurred.

Once the technical feasibility and commercial viability of a program or project has been demonstrated with a bankable feasibility study, the carrying amount of the exploration and evaluation expenditure in respect of the area of interest is reclassified under non-current assets as ’mine development properties’ (or ‘advance royalties’ as appropriate) and future expenditures incurred in the development of that area of interest are accounted for in accordance with the Group’s policy for Property, Plant & Equipment, as described in note 1(i).

Impairment

Capitalised exploration costs are reviewed each reporting date to establish whether an indication of impairment exists. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the capitalised exploration costs is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in previous years.

Where a decision is made to proceed with development, accumulated capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is tested for impairment and transferred to non-current assets as ‘mine development properties’ (or ‘advance royalties’ as appropriate). Recoverability of the carrying amount of the exploration and evaluation assets is dependent on successful development and commercial exploitation, or alternatively, sale of the respective areas of interest.

(k) Payables

Liabilities are recognised for amounts to be paid in the future for goods and services received. Trade accounts payable are normally settled within 60 days.

(l) Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the group has a legal or constructive obligation, as a result of past events, for which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will result and that outflow can be reliably measured.

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(m) Interest Income

Interest revenue is recognised on a time proportionate basis that takes into account the effective yield on the financial assets.

(n) Income Tax

The income tax expense for the period is the tax payable on the current period's taxable income based on the national income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, and to unused tax losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction. The relevant tax rates are applied to the cumulative amounts of deductible and taxable temporary differences to measure the deferred tax asset or liability. An exception is made for certain temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability. No deferred tax asset or liability is recognised in relation to these temporary differences if they arose on goodwill or in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction did not affect either accounting profit or taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in controlled entities where the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised.

Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each balance date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised directly in equity are also recognised directly in equity.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against tax liabilities and the deferred tax liabilities relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

Paringa Resources Limited and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiaries have formed an income tax consolidated group under the tax consolidation regime.

(o) Employee Entitlements
(i) Short-term and Long-term employee benefits

A liability is recognised for benefits accruing to employees in respect of wages and salaries, annual leave, long service leave, and sick leave when it is probable that settlement will be required and they are capable of being measured reliably. Liabilities recognised in respect of short-term employee benefits, are measured at their nominal values using the remuneration rate expected to apply at the time of settlement.

Liabilities recognised in respect of long term employee benefits are measured as the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made by the Group in respect of services provided by employees up to reporting date.

(ii) Retirement benefits costs

Retirement benefits are contributions made to employee superannuation funds and are charged as expenses when incurred. These contributions are made to external superannuation funds and are not defined benefits programs. Consequently, there is no exposure to market movements on employee superannuation liabilities or entitlements.

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(p) Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing the net profit or loss attributable to members of the Company for the reporting period, after excluding any costs of servicing equity, by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares of the Company, adjusted for any bonus issue.

Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing the basic EPS earnings, adjusted by the after-tax effect of financing costs associated with dilutive potential Ordinary Shares and the effect on revenues and expenses of conversion to Ordinary Shares associated with dilutive potential Ordinary Shares, by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares and dilutive Ordinary Shares adjusted for any bonus issue.

(q) Goods and Services Tax

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the Australian Tax Office. In these circumstances, the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense. Receivables and payables in the statement of financial position are shown inclusive of GST.

Cash flows are presented in the cash flow statement on a gross basis, except for the GST component of investing and financing activities, which are disclosed as operating cash flows.

(r) Segment Reporting

An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses (including revenues and expenses relating to transactions with other components of the same entity), whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the entity's chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance and for which discrete financial information is available. This includes start-up operations which are yet to earn revenues. Management will also consider other factors in determining operating segments such as the existence of a line manager and the level of segment information presented to the Board of Directors.

Operating segments have been identified based on the information provided to the chief operating decision makers – being the Board of Directors.

Operating segments that meet the quantitative criteria as prescribed by IFRS 8 are reported separately. However, an operating segment that does not meet the quantitative criteria is still reported separately where information about the segment would be useful to users of the financial statements.

Information about other business activities and operating segments that are below the quantitative criteria are combined and disclosed in a separate category for “all other segments”.

The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described elsewhere in note 1. Further information on segmental reporting is included in note 19.

(s) Impairment of Assets

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset's recoverable amount. An asset's recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets and the asset's value in use cannot be estimated to be close to its fair value. In such cases the asset is tested for impairment as part of the cash-generating unit to which it belongs. When the carrying amount of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset or cash-generating unit is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

In assessing the value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

An assessment is also made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset's recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case the

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in profit or loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase. After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset's revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

(t) Fair Value Estimation

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at measurement date.

Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2, leasing transactions that are within the scope of IAS 17, and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as value in use in IAS 36.

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorised into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, which are described as follows:

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at measurement date;
Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for that asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

As disclosed above, the fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets, Level 1 in the hierarchy noted above, such as available-for-sale securities, is based on quoted market prices at the reporting date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price; the appropriate quoted market price for financial liabilities is the current ask price.

The nominal value less estimated credit adjustments of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate their fair values. The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

(u) Issued and Unissued Capital

Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. Issued and paid up capital is recognised at the fair value of the consideration received by the Company.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

(v) Foreign Currencies
(i) Functional and presentation currency

The functional currency of each of the Group's entities is measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which that entity operates. The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States dollars which is the Company's functional and presentation currency. Refer to note 1(b) for further information.

(ii) Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary items are translated at the year-end exchange rate. Non-monetary items measured at historical cost continue to be carried at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary items measured at fair value are reported at the exchange rate at the date when fair values were determined.

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exchange differences arising on the translation of monetary items are recognised in the Statement Profit or Loss and other Comprehensive Income, except where deferred in equity as a qualifying cash flow or net investment hedge.

Exchange differences arising on the translation of non-monetary items are recognised directly in equity to the extent that the gain or loss is directly recognised in equity, otherwise the exchange difference is recognised in the other Comprehensive Income.

(iii) Group companies

The financial results and position of foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the Group's presentation currency are translated as follows:

assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates prevailing at that reporting date;
income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the period; and
items of equity are translated at the historical exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction.

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations are transferred directly to the group's foreign currency translation reserve in the statement of financial position. These differences are recognised in the Statement of Profit or Loss and other Comprehensive Income in the period in which the operation is disposed.

(w) Share-Based Payments

Equity-settled share-based payments are provided to officers, employees, consultants and other advisors. These share-based payments are measured at the fair value of the equity instrument at the grant date. Fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Further details on how the fair value of equity-settled share based payments has been determined can be found in Note 18.

The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company's estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each reporting date, the Company revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss over the remaining vesting period, with a corresponding adjustment to the share based payments reserve.

Equity-settled share-based payments may also be provided as consideration for the acquisition of assets. Where Ordinary Shares are issued, the transaction is recorded at fair value based on the quoted price of the Ordinary Shares at the date of issue. The acquisition is then recorded as an asset or expensed in accordance with accounting standards.

(x) Use and Revision of Accounting Estimates, Judgements and Assumptions

The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

In particular, information about significant areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgements in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amount recognised in the financial statements are described in the following notes:

Share-based payments (Note 18)
Functional currency (Note 1(b))
Transfer of Buck Creek Complex from exploration and evaluation to mine development (Note 7)

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2. OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES
 
 
2017
2016
2015
 
Note
US$000
US$000
US$000
Other income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Royalty income
 
 
 
 
 
 
4
 
 
 
Gain on disposal of controlled entity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
338
 
Total other income included in profit or loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
4
 
 
338
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange loss
 
 
 
 
(63
)
 
 
 
 
Loss on disposal of plant and equipment
 
 
 
 
 
 
(28
)
 
 
Total other expenses included in profit or loss
 
 
 
 
(63
)
 
(28
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation of plant and equipment
 
7
 
 
(21
)
 
(30
)
 
(34
)
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
 
8
 
 
(520
)
 
 
 
 
Total depreciation and impairment expenses included in profit or loss
 
 
 
 
(541
)
 
(30
)
 
(34
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee benefits expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and wages
 
 
 
 
(1,582
)
 
(1,696
)
 
(1,643
)
Defined contribution plans
 
 
 
 
(64
)
 
(51
)
 
(64
)
Termination benefits
 
 
 
 
(2
)
 
(4
)
 
 
Travel expenses
 
 
 
 
(400
)
 
(267
)
 
(387
)
Other employee expenses
 
 
 
 
(289
)
 
(227
)
 
(214
)
Employee benefits expense included in profit or loss
 
 
 
 
(2,337
)
 
(2,245
)
 
(2,308
)
Share-based payment expense included in profit or loss
 
 
 
 
(674
)
 
(507
)
 
(546
)
Total employee benefits expense included in profit or loss
 
 
 
 
(3,011
)
 
(2,752
)
 
(2,854
)
3. INCOME TAX
 
 
2017
2016
2015
 
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
Recognised in profit or loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current income tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current income tax benefit in respect of the current year
 
 
 
 
   —
 
 
   —
 
 
   —
 
Deferred income tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense reported in profit or loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
2016
2015
 
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
Reconciliation between tax expense and accounting loss before
income tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounting loss before income tax
 
 
 
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,680
)
At the domestic income tax rate of 27.5% (2016: 30%) (2015: 30%)
 
 
 
 
(1,638
)
 
(1,344
)
 
(1,404
)
Effect of decrease in Australian income tax rate
 
 
 
 
63
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of higher tax rates in the United States
 
 
 
 
(297
)
 
(169
)
 
 
Expenditure not allowable for income tax purposes
 
 
 
 
263
 
 
250
 
 
322
 
Income not assessable for income tax purposes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(101
)
Adjustments in respect of deferred income tax of previous years
 
 
 
 
(176
)
 
417
 
 
(475
)
Effect of deferred tax assets not brought to account
 
 
 
 
1,785
 
 
846
 
 
1,658
 
Income tax expense reported in profit or loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
2017
2016
2015
 
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued income
 
 
 
 
8
 
 
 
 
1
 
Deferred tax assets used to offset deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
 
(8
)
 
 
 
(1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Tax Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued expenditure
 
 
 
 
15
 
 
6
 
 
8
 
Capital allowances
 
 
 
 
860
 
 
643
 
 
93
 
Provisions
 
 
 
 
6
 
 
 
 
 
Tax losses available to offset against future taxable income
 
 
 
 
4,657
 
 
3,096
 
 
2,799
 
Deferred tax assets used to offset deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
 
(8
)
 
 
 
(1
)
Deferred tax assets not brought to account 1
 
 
 
 
(5,530
)
 
(3,745
)
 
(2,899
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes:

1 The benefit of deferred tax assets not brought to account will only be brought to account if: (a) future assessable income is derived of a nature and of an amount sufficient to enable the benefit to be realised; (b) the conditions for deductibility imposed by tax legislation continue to be complied with; and (c) no changes in tax legislation adversely affect the Group in realising the benefit. The Group will assess the recoverability of the unrecognised deferred tax assets as construction and ultimately commissioning of the Poplar Grove Mine occurs. Construction is expected to continue throughout the year ending June 30, 2018 with commissioning then expected to occur in the subsequent financial year.

Tax Consolidation

The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident entities have formed a tax consolidated group from 16 October 2013 and are therefore taxed as a single entity from that date. The head entity within the Australian tax consolidated group is Paringa Resources Limited.

4. DIVIDENDS PAID OR PROVIDED FOR ON ORDINARY SHARES

No dividends have been paid or proposed for the year ended June 30, 2017 (2016: Nil) (2015: Nil).

5. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
 
2017
2016
2015
 
Note
US$000
US$000
US$000
Cash at bank and on hand
 
 
 
 
34,802
 
 
303
 
 
108
 
Deposits at call
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,503
 
 
 
 
 
 
34,802
 
 
303
 
 
1,611
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Reconciliation of loss before income tax to net cash flows from operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss for the year
 
 
 
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,680
)
Adjustment for non-cash income and expense items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation of plant and equipment
 
7
 
 
21
 
 
30
 
 
34
 
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
 
8
 
 
520
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on disposal of plant and equipment
 
2
 
 
 
 
28
 
 
 
Provision for employee entitlements
 
 
 
 
17
 
 
(1
)
 
(22
)
Share based payment expense
 
18
 
 
674
 
 
507
 
 
546
 
Gain on disposal of controlled entity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(338
)
Net foreign exchange differences
 
 
 
 
251
 
 
 
 
(49
)
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
 
 
 
 
(667
)
 
90
 
 
21
 
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
 
 
 
 
149
 
 
(11
)
 
(1
)
Net cash outflow from operating activities
 
 
 
 
(4,990
)
 
(3,838
)
 
(4,489
)

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

6. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
 
 
2017
2016
 
 
US$000
US$000
Accrued interest
 
 
 
 
29
 
 
 
GST receivable
 
 
 
 
198
 
 
10
 
Prepayments
 
 
 
 
33
 
 
 
Other receivables
 
 
 
 
5
 
 
5
 
 
 
 
 
 
265
 
 
15
 
7. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
Mine
development
properties
Other
plant and
equipment
Total
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net book value at July 1, 2016
 
 
 
120
 
 
120
 
Transfer from exploration and evaluation assets 1
 
15,336
 
 
 
 
15,336
 
Additions
 
4,633
 
 
 
 
4,633
 
Amended deferred consideration payable 2
 
6,000
 
 
 
 
6,000
 
Depreciation charges 3
 
 
 
(21
)
 
(21
)
Net book value at June 30, 2017
 
25,969
 
 
99
 
 
26,068
 
- at cost
 
25,969
 
 
204
 
 
26,173
 
- accumulated depreciation and impairment
 
 
 
(105
)
 
(105
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net book value at July 1, 2015
 
 
 
145
 
 
145
 
Additions
 
 
 
52
 
 
52
 
Disposals
 
 
 
(47
)
 
(47
)
Depreciation charges
 
 
 
(30
)
 
(30
)
Net book value at June 30, 2016
 
 
 
120
 
 
120
 
- at cost
 
 
 
196
 
 
196
 
- accumulated depreciation and impairment
 
 
 
(76
)
 
(76
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net book value at July 1, 2014
 
 
 
56
 
 
56
 
Additions
 
 
 
123
 
 
123
 
Disposals
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation charges
 
 
 
(34
)
 
(34
)
Net book value at June 30, 2015
 
 
 
145
 
 
145
 
- at cost
 
 
 
191
 
 
191
 
- accumulated depreciation and impairment
 
 
 
(46
)
 
(46
)

Notes:

1 During the year, the Group made a decision to proceed with development of the Poplar Grove Mine, located within the Buck Creek Complex. Accumulated exploration and evaluation expenditure in respect of the Buck Creek Complex has been transferred to non-current assets as ‘mine development properties’ (or ‘advance royalties’ as appropriate).
2 During the year, the Group amended the terms of the final vendor payment required as part of the Company’s original acquisition of the Buck Creek coal leases in 2012 (“Acquisition”). The Acquisition previously required the Company to pay a final vendor payment of US$12 million (“Final Payment”) to complete the acquisition. The Final Payment has now been reduced to US$6 million. No liability was previously recorded for the US$12 million payment, as this was to be paid at the Group’s option only if it elected to complete the transaction. The US$6 million Final Payment has been recorded as a liability with a corresponding increase to ‘mine development properties’. During the year, the Group paid the first instalment of the Final Payment, being US$2.25 million, and the final instalment of US$3.75 million remains payable at June 30, 2017 (refer Note 12).
3 No depreciation is recognised in respect of ‘mine development properties’ until mining operations have commenced.

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

8. EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION ASSETS
 
Buck Creek
Complex
Arkoma Coal
Project
Total
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net book value at July 1, 2016
 
17,037
 
 
507
 
 
17,544
 
Additions
 
329
 
 
13
 
 
342
 
Impairment charges 1
 
 
 
(520
)
 
(520
)
Transfer to ‘mine development properties’
 
(15,336
)
 
 
 
(15,336
)
Transfer to ‘advance royalties’
 
(2,030
)
 
 
 
(2,030
)
Net book value at June 30, 2017 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net book value at July 1, 2015
 
16,701
 
 
498
 
 
17,199
 
Additions
 
324
 
 
9
 
 
333
 
Change in fair value of deferred consideration
 
12
 
 
 
 
12
 
Net book value at June 30, 2016 2
 
17,037
 
 
507
 
 
17,544
 

Notes:

1 During the year, the Group made a decision to impair the accumulated exploration and evaluation expenditures associated with its Arkoma Coal Project on the basis that these costs are unlikely to be recouped through successful development and commercial exploitation.
2 The ultimate recoupment of costs carried forward for exploration and evaluation is dependent on the successful development and commercial exploitation or sale of the respective areas of interest.
9. OTHER ASSETS
 
 
2017
2016
 
 
US$000
US$000
Restricted cash (security deposits and bonds)
 
 
 
 
446
 
 
29
 
Advance royalties 1
 
 
 
 
2,073
 
 
 
Capitalised borrowing costs 2
 
 
 
 
1,525
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,044
 
 
29
 

Notes:

1 The Group’s coal leases require the payment of annual minimum advanced royalties prior to the commencement of mining operations and the payment of earned royalties once mining operations commence. The advance royalties paid became recoupable against any earned royalties due under the coal leases on a lease-by-lease basis once the Company determined to move forward with to development. During the year, the Group made a decision to proceed with development of the Poplar Grove Mine, located within the Buck Creek Complex. Accumulated advanced royalties in respect of the Buck Creek Complex (totalling $2,030,000) had initially been transferred from ‘exploration and evaluation assets’ to ‘mine development properties’, a component of Property Plant and Equipment. However, management re-evaluated this classification and concluded that due to the nature of the amounts and the method by which they are expected to be recovered, the amounts should be classified as ‘Advance Royalties’, a component of Other Assets, on the date of transfer. As such, these amounts have been reclassified from Property Plant and Equipment to Advance Royalties, a part of ‘Other Assets’. This reclassification has no impact on the prior year financial statements, or profit or loss or cash flows for any period presented.
2 Borrowing costs relate to the committed US$20 million Project Loan Facility (“PLF”) from Macquarie Bank Limited to develop the Poplar Grove Mine, which have been capitalised during the period. These costs will be offset against the related borrowing when drawn down. When drawn down, the borrowings, net of directly related transaction costs will be measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a debt instrument and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash outflows (including all transaction costs) through to the expected life of the debt instrument, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition. Refer to Note 23 for further information related to the PLF.

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
 
 
2017
2016
 
 
US$000
US$000
Trade creditors
 
 
 
 
712
 
 
166
 
Accrued expenses
 
 
 
 
125
 
 
22
 
 
 
 
 
 
837
 
 
188
 
11. PROVISIONS
 
 
2017
2016
 
 
US$000
US$000
Provision for employee entitlements
 
 
 
 
17
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17
 
 
 
12. OTHER LIABILITIES
 
 
2017
2016
 
 
US$000
US$000
Deferred consideration payable 1
 
 
 
 
3,750
 
 
1,500
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,750
 
 
1,500
 

Notes:

1 As part of the Group’s original acquisition of the Buck Creek coal leases in 2012, a final vendor payment of US$3.75 million is payable by the Group by the earlier of December 31, 2017 or the date on which the Group closes on a debt financing that provides sufficient funds for the development, construction and operation of the Poplar Grove Mine. Refer to Note 7 for further information.
13. CONTRIBUTED EQUITY
 
 
2017
2016
 
Note
US$000
US$000
Issued capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
316,425,699 fully paid ordinary shares (June 30, 2016: 154,899,000)
(June 30, 2015: 138,816,667)
 
13(a
)
 
81,194
 
 
32,833
 
 
 
 
 
 
81,194
 
 
32,833
 

Notes:

1 Ordinary shares have no par value and the company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.
(a) Movements in issued capital
 
Thousands
of Shares
US$000
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening balance at July 1, 2016
 
154,899
 
 
32,833
 
Share placement (August 2016)
 
38,200
 
 
4,903
 
Share placement (December 2016)
 
19,248
 
 
5,951
 
Share placement (April – June 2017)
 
101,923
 
 
39,810
 
Share issue costs
 
 
 
(2,941
)
Exercise of employee options and placement options
 
2,156
 
 
638
 
Closing balance at June 30, 2017
 
316,426
 
 
81,194
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening balance at July 1, 2015
 
138,817
 
 
29,139
 
Share placement (July – September 2015)
 
15,000
 
 
3,711
 
Share issue costs
 
 
 
(261
)
Conversion of employee rights
 
1,082
 
 
244
 
Closing balance at June 30, 2016
 
154,899
 
 
32,833
 

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b) Rights Attaching to Shares

The rights attaching to fully paid ordinary shares (“Shares”) arise from a combination of the Company's Constitution, statute and general law.

(i) Shares - The issue of shares in the capital of the Company and options over unissued shares by the Company is under the control of the Directors, subject to the Corporations Act 2001, ASX Listing Rules and any rights attached to any special class of shares.
(ii) Meetings of Members - Directors may call a meeting of members whenever they think fit. Members may call a meeting as provided by the Corporations Act 2001. The Constitution contains provisions prescribing the content requirements of notices of meetings of members and all members are entitled to a notice of meeting. A meeting may be held in two or more places linked together by audio-visual communication devices. A quorum for a meeting of members is two shareholders. The Company holds annual general meetings in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the Listing Rules.
(iii) Voting - Subject to any rights or restrictions at the time being attached to any shares or class of shares of the Company, each member of the Company is entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at a general meeting. Resolutions of members will be decided by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded. On a show of hands each eligible voter present has one vote. However, where a person present at a general meeting represents personally or by proxy, attorney or representative more than one member, on a show of hands the person is entitled to one vote only despite the number of members the person represents. On a poll, each eligible member has one vote for each fully paid share held and a fraction of a vote for each partly paid share determined by the amount paid up on that share.
(iv) Changes to the Constitution - The Company's Constitution can only be amended by a special resolution passed by at least three quarters of the members present and voting at a general meeting of the Company. At least 28 days' written notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution must be given.
(v) Listing Rules - Provided the Company remains admitted to the Official List, then despite anything in its Constitution, no act may be done that is prohibited by the Listing Rules, and authority is given for acts required to be done by the Listing Rules. The Company's Constitution will be deemed to comply with the Listing Rules as amended from time to time.
14. RESERVES
 
 
2017
2016
2015
 
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
Share-based payments reserve
 
14(b
)
 
2,810
 
 
1,151
 
 
888
 
Foreign currency translation reserve
 
 
 
 
(2,353
)
 
(2,540
)
 
(2,481
)
 
 
 
 
 
457
 
 
(1,389
)
 
(1,593
)
(a) Nature and Purpose of Reserves
(i) Share-based payments reserve - The share-based payments reserve is used to record the fair value of employee options, employee rights, and lender options issued by the Group.
(ii) Foreign currency translation reserve - Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign controlled entities are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve, as described in Note 1(v). Additionally refer note 1(b) for further information surrounding the change in functional and presentation currency during the year ended June 30, 2017, and its impact on the reserve. The reserve is recognised in profit or loss when the net investment is disposed of.

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b) Movements in share-based payments reserve
 
Thousands
of Options
Thousands
of Rights
US$000
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening balance at July 1, 2016
 
4,400
 
 
5,924
 
 
1,151
 
Grant of employee options and employee rights
 
1,000
 
 
16,410
 
 
 
Grant of lender options 1
 
4,444
 
 
 
 
1,254
 
Exercise of employee options
 
(2,150
)
 
 
 
(269
)
Forfeiture of employee rights
 
 
 
(5,924
)
 
 
Share based payments expense
 
 
 
 
 
674
 
Closing balance at June 30, 2017 2
 
7,694
 
 
16,410
 
 
2,810
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening balance at July 1, 2015
 
3,900
 
 
8,346
 
 
888
 
Grant of employee options
 
500
 
 
 
 
 
Conversion of employee rights
 
 
 
(1,082
)
 
(244
)
Forfeiture and lapse of employee rights
 
 
 
(1,340
)
 
 
Share based payments expense
 
 
 
 
 
507
 
Closing balance at June 30, 2016
 
4,400
 
 
5,924
 
 
1,151
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening balance at July 1, 2014
 
3,900
 
 
4,400
 
 
534
 
Grant of employee rights
 
 
 
6,412
 
 
 
Conversion of employee rights
 
 
 
(1,233
)
 
(192
)
Forfeiture and lapse of employee rights
 
 
 
(1,233
)
 
 
Share based payments expense
 
 
 
 
 
546
 
Closing balance at June 30, 2015
 
3,900
 
 
8,346
 
 
888
 

Notes:

1 During the financial year, the Company issued 4,444,444 lender options (with an exercise price of A$0.66 and expiring 4 years from their date of issue) to Macquarie Bank Limited in consideration for an offer to provide a five-year US$20 million Project Loan Facility (“PLF”) to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. Upon drawdown of the PLF, the Company will issue a further 4,444,444 options to Macquarie Bank Limited on the same terms.
2 At June 30, 2017, the Company also had on issue 8,994,000 placement options (7,494,000 exercisable at $0.50 each on or before July 31, 2018 and 1,500,000 exercisable at $0.45 each on or before June 30, 2018) which are not considered share based payments under IFRS 2 as they were issued as free-attaching options as part of a share placement. These options have the same terms and conditions as employee and lender Options (see below), other than exercise price and expiry date. Any value related to these placement options is included within contributed equity as part of the related placement value.
(c) Terms and Conditions of Options

Unlisted share options (“Options”) issued as share-based payments by the Group comprise employee options, issued to employees and consultants of the Group as part of remuneration arrangements, and lender options, issued to Macquarie in respect of the possible provision of a five-year US$20 million project loan facility to develop the Poplar Grove Mine, and are granted based upon the following terms and conditions:

Each Option entitles the holder to the right to subscribe for one Share upon the exercise of each Option;
The Options have the following exercise prices and expiry dates 1 :
1,750,000 employee Options exercisable at A$0.30 each on or before August 31, 2017;
1,000,000 employee Options exercisable at A$0.45 each on or before December 31, 2018;
500,000 employee Options exercisable at A$0.50 each on or before December 31, 2018; and
4,444,444 lender Options exercisable at A$0.66 each on or before April 5, 2021;
The Options are exercisable at any time prior to the expiry date, subject to vesting conditions being satisfied (if applicable);

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares issued on exercise of the Options rank equally with the then Shares of the Company;
Application will be made by the Company to the Australian Securities Exchange (‘ASX’) for official quotation of the Shares issued upon the exercise of the Options;
If there is any reconstruction of the issued share capital of the Company, the rights of the Option holders may be varied to comply with the ASX Listing Rules which apply to the reconstruction at the time of the reconstruction; and
No application for quotation of the Options will be made by the Company.

Notes:

1 At June 30, 2017, the Company also had on issue 8,994,000 placement options (7,494,000 exercisable at $0.50 each on or before July 31, 2018 and 1,500,000 exercisable at $0.45 each on or before June 30, 2018) which are not share based payments under IFRS 2 as they were issued as free-attaching options as part of a share placement. These options have the same terms and conditions as employee and lender Options (other than exercise price and expiry date).
(d) Terms and Conditions of Rights

Unlisted performance rights (“Rights”) are granted based upon the following terms and conditions:

Each Right automatically converts into one Share upon vesting of the Right;
Each Right is subject to performance conditions (as determined by the Board from time to time) which must be satisfied in order for the Right to vest;
The Rights have the following expiry dates:
3,695,000 employee Rights subject to the Construction Milestone expiring on December 31, 2018;
5,845,000 employee Rights subject to the First Coal Production Milestone expiring on December 31, 2019; and
6,870,000 employee Rights subject to the Nameplate Production Milestone expiring on December 31, 2020;
Shares issued on conversion of the Rights rank equally with the then Shares of the Company;
Application will be made by the Company to ASX for official quotation of the Shares issued upon conversion of the Rights;
If there is any reconstruction of the issued share capital of the Company, the rights of the Right holders may be varied to comply with the ASX Listing Rules which apply to the reconstruction at the time of the reconstruction; and
No application for quotation of the Rights will be made by the Company.
15. ACCUMULATED LOSSES
 
 
2017
2016
 
 
US$000
US$000
Balance at July 1
 
 
 
 
(15,121
)
 
(10,640
)
Net loss for the year attributable to members of Paringa Resources Limited
 
 
 
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
Balance at June 30
 
 
 
 
(21,076
)
 
(15,121
)
16. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following reflects the income and share data used in the calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 
2017
2016
2015
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
Net loss attributable to members of the Parent Entity used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share
 
(5,955
)
 
(4,481
)
 
(4,680
)

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
2017
Thousands
of Shares
2016
Thousands
of Shares
2015
Thousands
of Shares
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares used in calculating basic and diluted loss per share
 
213,376
 
 
153,123
 
 
136,983
 
(a) Non-Dilutive Securities

As at balance date, 22,688,444 Options (including 3,250,000 employee options, 4,444,444 lender options and 14,994,000 placement options) and 16,410,000 employee rights, which together represent 39,098,444 potential Shares (2016: 19,324,334) (2015: 13,746,667), were considered antidilutive as they would decrease the loss per share.

(b) Conversions, Calls, Subscriptions or Issues after June 30, 2017

There have been no conversions to, calls of, subscriptions for, or issues of Shares or potential Shares since the reporting date and before the completion of these financial statements.

17. RELATED PARTIES
(a) Subsidiaries
 
 
% Equity Interest
Name
Country of
Incorporation
2017
%
2016
%
2015
%
Hartshorne Coal Mining Pty Ltd
 
Australia
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
HCM Resources Pty Ltd
 
Australia
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
Hartshorne Holdings LLC
 
USA
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
Hartshorne Mining Group LLC
 
USA
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
Hartshorne Mining LLC
 
USA
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
Hartshorne Land LLC
 
USA
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
HCM Operations LLC
 
USA
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
 
100
 
(b) Ultimate Parent

Paringa Resources Limited is the ultimate parent of the Group.

(c) Key Management Personnel

The aggregate compensation made to Key Management Personnel of the Group is set out below:

 
 
2017
2016
2015
 
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
Short-term employee benefits
 
 
 
 
1,276
 
 
1,337
 
 
1,273
 
Post-employment benefits
 
 
 
 
50
 
 
35
 
 
49
 
Termination benefits
 
 
 
 
2
 
 
 
 
 
Share-based payments
 
 
 
 
741
 
 
469
 
 
488
 
Total compensation
 
 
 
 
2,069
 
 
1,841
 
 
1,810
 

No loans were provided to or received from Key Management Personnel during the year ended June 30, 2017 (2016: Nil) (2015: Nil).

(d) Transactions with related parties of Key Management Personnel

During the year ended June 30, 2016, Apollo Group Pty Ltd, a company associated with Mr Mark Pearce (who was previously a member of Key Management Personnel), was paid A$198,000 (2015: A$240,000) for the provision of serviced office facilities and administration services during the year.

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

18. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
(a) Recognised Share-based Payment Expense

From time to time, the Group provides employee options and employee rights to officers, employees, consultants, lenders, and other key advisors as part of remuneration and incentive arrangements. The number of options or rights granted, and the terms of the options or rights granted are determined by the Board. Shareholder approval is sought where required.

During the past two years, the following expenses arising from share-based payments have been recognised:

 
 
2017
2016
2015
 
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
Expense arising from equity-settled share-based payment transactions
 
 
 
 
674
 
 
507
 
 
546
 

In addition to share-based payments recognised as an expense through profit or loss, share-based payments of US$1,254,000 were recognised as an asset (capitalised borrowing costs) during the 2017 year, relating to the issue of 4,444,444 lender options to Macquarie Bank Limited in consideration for an offer to provide a five-year US$20 million Project Loan Facility to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. Refer to notes 9 and 14(b) for further details.

(b) Summary of Options and Rights Granted as Share-based Payments

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) of options and rights granted as share-based payments at the beginning and end of the financial year:

 
2017
Thousands
of Options
and Rights
2017
WAEP
A$
2016
Thousands
of Options
and Rights
2016
WAEP
A$
2015
Thousands
of Options
and Rights
2015
WAEP
A$
Outstanding at beginning of year
 
10,324
 
$
0.12
 
 
12,246
 
$
0.11
 
 
8,299
 
$
0.17
 
Granted during the year
 
21,854
 
$
0.15
 
 
500
 
$
0.50
 
 
6,413
 
 
 
Forfeited and lapsed during the year
 
(5,924
)
 
 
 
(1,340
)
 
 
 
(1,233
)
 
 
Exercised/converted during the year
 
(2,150
)
$
0.23
 
 
(1,082
)
 
 
 
(1,233
)
 
 
Outstanding at end of year 1
 
24,104
 
$
0.17
 
 
10,324
 
$
0.12
 
 
12,246
 
$
0.11
 

Notes:

1 At June 30, 2017, the Company also had on issue 8,994,000 placement options (7,494,000 exercisable at $0.50 each on or before July 31, 2018 and 1,500,000 exercisable at $0.45 each on or before June 30, 2018) which are not considered share based payments under IFRS 2 as they were issued as part of a share placement.

The following options and rights were granted as share-based payments during the past two years:

Series
Security
Type
Number
Grant
Date
Expiry Date
Exercise
Price
$
Grant Date
Fair Value
$
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series 1
Options
 
1,000,000
 
 
25-Jan-17
 
 
31-Dec-18
 
$
A0.45
 
$
A0.239
 
Series 2
Options
 
4,444,444
 
 
05-Apr-17
 
 
05-Apr-21
 
$
A0.66
 
$
A0.376
 
Series 3
Rights
 
3,070,000
 
 
21-Dec-16
 
 
31-Dec-19
 
 
 
$
A0.448
 
Series 4
Rights
 
3,695,000
 
 
25-Jan-17
 
 
31-Dec-18
 
 
 
$
A0.523
 
Series 5
Rights
 
1,275,000
 
 
25-Jan-17
 
 
31-Dec-19
 
 
 
$
A0.523
 
Series 6
Rights
 
4,870,000
 
 
25-Jan-17
 
 
31-Dec-20
 
 
 
$
A0.523
 
Series 7
Rights
 
1,500,000
 
 
19-Jun-17
 
 
31-Dec-19
 
 
 
$
A0.447
 
Series 8
Rights
 
2,000,000
 
 
19-Jun-17
 
 
31-Dec-20
 
 
 
$
A0.447
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series 9
Options
 
500,000
 
 
22-Dec-15
 
 
31-Dec-18
 
$
A0.50
 
$
A0.087
 

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Series
Security
Type
Number
Grant
Date
Expiry Date
Exercise
Price
$
Grant Date
Fair Value
$
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series 10
Rights
 
333,333
 
 
31-Oct-14
 
 
31-Dec-14
 
 
 
$
A0.314
 
Series 11
Rights
 
282,333
 
 
31-Oct-14
 
 
31-Dec-15
 
 
 
$
A0.314
 
Series 12
Rights
 
416,000
 
 
31-Oct-14
 
 
31-Dec-16
 
 
 
$
A0.314
 
Series 13
Rights
 
698,334
 
 
31-Oct-14
 
 
31-Dec-17
 
 
 
$
A0.314
 
Series 14
Rights
 
450,000
 
 
31-Oct-14
 
 
30-Jun-16
 
 
 
$
A0.314
 
Series 15
Rights
 
450,000
 
 
31-Oct-14
 
 
31-Dec-16
 
 
 
$
A0.314
 
Series 16
Rights
 
1,233,333
 
 
30-Jan-15
 
 
30-Jun-15
 
 
 
$
A0.186
 
Series 17
Rights
 
100,000
 
 
2-Jun-15
 
 
31-Dec-15
 
 
 
$
A0.352
 
Series 18
Rights
 
700,000
 
 
2-Jun-15
 
 
30-Jun-16
 
 
 
$
A0.352
 
Series 19
Rights
 
410,000
 
 
2-Jun-15
 
 
31-Dec-16
 
 
 
$
A0.352
 
Series 20
Rights
 
1,340,000
 
 
2-Jun-15
 
 
31-Dec-17
 
 
 
$
A0.352
 
(c) Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life

At June 30, 2017, the weighted average remaining contractual life of options and rights on issue that had been granted as share-based payments was 2.64 years (2016: 1.10 years) (2015: 1.66 years).

(d) Range of Exercise Prices

At June 30, 2017, the range of exercise prices of options on issue that had been granted as share-based payments was A$0.30 to A$0.66 (2016: A$0.20 to A$0.50) (2015: A$0.20 to A$0.30).

(e) Weighted Average Fair Value

The weighted average fair value of options and rights granted as share-based payments by the Group during the year ended June 30, 2017 was A$0.46 (2016: A$0.09) (2015: A$0.30).

(f) Option and Performance Share Right Pricing Model

The fair value of employee options and lender options granted is estimated as at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The fair value of employee rights granted is estimated as at the date of grant based on the underlying share price (being the seven-day volume weighted average share price prior to issuance).

The table below lists the inputs to the valuation model used for share options and performance share rights granted by the Group during the last two years:

Inputs
Series 1
Series 2
Series 3
Series 4
Series 5
Series 6
Series 7
Series 8
Series 9
Series 10
Exercise price
A$0.45
A$0.66
A$0.50
Grant date share price
A$0.51
A$0.64
A$0.45
A$0.51
A$0.51
A$0.51
A$0.44
A$0.44
A$0.260
A$0.33
Dividend yield 1
N/A
Volatility 2
80%
80%
75%
N/A
Risk-free interest rate
1.81%
2.14%
2.03%
N/A
Grant date
25-Jan-17
05-Apr-17
21-Dec-16
25-Jan-17
25-Jan-17
25-Jan-17
19-Jun-17
19-Jun-17
22-Dec-15
31-Oct-14
Issue date
25-Jan-17
05-Apr-17
21-Dec-16
25-Jan-17
25-Jan-17
25-Jan-17
19-Jun-17
19-Jun-17
22-Dec-15
31-Oct-14
Expiry date
31-Dec-18
05-Apr-21
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-14
Expected life (years) 3
1.93
4.00
3.03
1.93
2.93
3.93
2.53
3.54
3.03
0.2
Fair value at grant date
A$0.239
A$0.376
A$0.448
A$0.523
A$0.523
A$0.523
A$0.447
A$0.447
A$0.087
A$0.314

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Inputs
Series 11
Series 12
Series 13
Series 14
Series 15
Series 16
Series 17
Series 18
Series 19
Series 20
Exercise price
Grant date share price
A$0.33
A$0.33
A$0.33
A$0.33
A$0.33
A$0.185
A$0.355
A$0.355
A$0.355
A$0.355
Dividend yield 1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Volatility 2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Risk-free interest rate
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Grant date
31-Oct-14
31-Oct-14
31-Oct-14
31-Oct-14
31-Oct-14
30-Jan-15
2-Jun-15
2-Jun-15
2-Jun-15
2-Jun-15
Issue date
31-Oct-14
31-Oct-14
31-Oct-14
31-Oct-14
31-Oct-14
30-Jan-15
2-Jun-15
2-Jun-15
2-Jun-15
2-Jun-15
Expiry date
31-Dec-15
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
30-Jun-16
31-Dec-16
30-Jun-15
31-Dec-15
30-Jun-16
31-Dec-16
31-Dec-17
Expected life (years) 3
1.2
2.2
3.2
1.7
2.2
0.4
0.6
1.1
1.6
2.6
Fair value at grant date
A$0.314
A$0.314
A$0.314
A$0.314
A$0.314
A$0.186
A$0.352
A$0.352
A$0.352
A$0.352

Notes:

1 The dividend yield reflects the assumption that the current dividend payout will remain unchanged.
2 The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome.
3 The expected life of the options and rights is based on the expiry date of the options or rights.
19. SEGMENT INFORMATION

IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources to the segment and to assess its performance.

The Group operates in one segment, being mineral exploration. This is the basis on which internal reports are provided to the Board of Directors for assessing performance and determining the allocation of resources within the Group.

(a) Reconciliation of Non-Current Assets by geographical location
 
 
2017
2016
 
 
US$000
US$000
United States of America
 
 
 
 
30,112
 
 
17,693
 
 
 
 
 
 
30,112
 
 
17,693
 
20. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
(a) Overview

The Group's principal financial instruments comprise receivables, payables, security deposits, cash and short-term deposits. The main risks arising from the Group's financial instruments are credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, commodity price risk and foreign currency risk.

This note presents information about the Group's exposure to each of the above risks, its objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the management of capital. Other than as disclosed, there have been no significant changes since the previous financial year to the exposure or management of these risks.

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks in accordance with the Group's financial risk management policy. Key risks are monitored and reviewed as circumstances change and policies are revised as required. The overall objective of the Group's financial risk management policy is to support the delivery of the Group's financial targets whilst protecting future financial security.

Given the nature and size of the business and uncertainty as to the timing and amount of cash inflows and outflows, the Group does not enter into derivative transactions to mitigate the financial risks. In addition, the Group's policy is that no trading in financial instruments shall be undertaken for the purposes of making speculative gains. As the Group's operations change, the Directors will review this policy periodically going forward.

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the risk management framework. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing the Group's financial risks as summarised below.

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b) Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. This arises principally from cash and cash equivalents, security deposits and trade and other receivables.

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group. The carrying amount of the Group's financial assets represents the maximum credit risk exposure, as represented below:

 
 
2017
2016
 
 
US$000
US$000
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
34,802
 
 
303
 
Trade and other receivables
 
 
 
 
265
 
 
15
 
Other non-current financial assets
 
 
 
 
446
 
 
29
 
 
 
 
 
 
35,513
 
 
347
 

With respect to credit risk arising from cash and cash equivalents, the Group's exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counter party, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Where possible, the Group invests its cash and cash equivalents with banks that are rated the equivalent of investment grade and above. The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value of transactions concluded is spread amongst approved counterparties.

The Group does not have any significant customers and accordingly does not have significant exposure to bad or doubtful debts.

Trade and other receivables comprise trade receivables, interest accrued and GST refunds due. Where possible the Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties. It is the Group’s policy that, where possible, customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures. In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that the Group’s exposure to bad debts is not significant. At June 30, 2017, none (2016: Nil) of the Group’s receivables are past due.

(c) Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Board's approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that the Group will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due.

At reporting date, the Group had sufficient liquid assets to meet its financial obligations.

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments, are provided below. There are no netting arrangements in respect of financial liabilities.

 
≤6
Months
6-12
Months
1-5
Years
≥5
Years
Total
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
US$000
US$000
2017 GroupFinancial Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
34,802
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34,802
 
Trade and other receivables
 
265
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
265
 
Other non-current financial assets
 
 
 
29
 
 
88
 
 
329
 
 
446
 
 
 
35,067
 
 
29
 
 
88
 
 
329
 
 
35,513
 
Financial Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade and other payables
 
837
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
837
 
Other current financial liabilities
 
3,750
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,750
 
 
 
4,587
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,587
 
 
≤6
Months
6-12
Months
1-5
Years
≥5
Years
Total
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
US$000
US$000
2016 Group Financial Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
303
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
303
 
Trade and other receivables
 
15
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15
 
Other non-current financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
29
 
 
 
 
29
 
 
 
318
 
 
 
 
29
 
 
 
 
347
 
Financial Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade and other payables
 
188
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
188
 
Other current financial liabilities
 
500
 
 
1,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,500
 
 
 
688
 
 
1,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,688
 
(d) Interest Rate Risk

The Group's exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the cash and short-term deposits with a floating interest rate. These financial assets with variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. All other financial assets and liabilities, in the form of receivables and payables are non-interest bearing.

At the reporting date, the interest rate profile of the Group's interest-bearing financial instruments was:

 
 
2017
2016
 
 
US$000
US$000
Interest-bearing financial instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash at bank and on hand
 
 
 
 
34,802
 
 
303
 
 
 
 
 
 
34,802
 
 
303
 

The Group's cash at bank and on hand and short-term deposits had a weighted average floating interest rate at year end of 1.21% (2016: 0.99%).

The Group currently does not engage in any hedging or derivative transactions to manage interest rate risk.

Interest rate sensitivity

A sensitivity of 1% (100 basis points) has been selected as this is considered reasonable given the current level of both short term and long-term interest rates. A 1% (100 basis points) movement in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2016.

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Profit or loss
 
+ 100 basis
points
— 100 basis
points
2017 Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
348
 
 
(345
)
2016 Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
3
 
 
(2
)
(e) Commodity Price Risk

The Group is exposed to commodity price risk. These commodity prices can be volatile and are influenced by factors beyond the Group's control. As the Group is currently engaged in exploration and business development activities, no sales of commodities are forecast for the next 12 months, and accordingly, no hedging or derivative transactions have been used to manage commodity price risk.

(f) Fair Value

At June 30, 2017 and 2016 the Group has no material financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

All financial assets and financial liabilities of the Group at the reporting date are recorded at amounts approximating their carrying amount due to their short-term nature. No financial instruments are subsequently carried at fair value.

(g) Capital Management

The Group defines its Capital as total equity of the Group, being US$60.6 million as at June 30, 2017 (2016: US$16.3 million). The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while financing the development of its projects through primarily equity based financing. The Board's policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of the business. Given the stage of development of the Group, the Board's objective is to minimise debt and to raise funds as required through the issue of new shares.

The Group is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

During the year ended June 30, 2017, the Group accepted a Committed Letter of Offer (“CLOO”) from Macquarie Bank Limited ("Macquarie") to provide a five-year US$20 million Project Loan Facility (“PLF”) to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. Macquarie has also committed to provide a US$1.7 million Letter of Credit Facility (“LCF”) to allow Paringa to collateralize environmental and other bonding obligations required for the construction and operation of the Poplar Grove Mine.

The key terms of the PLF include a floating interest rate comprising the 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 10.5% per annum during construction, falling to a 9.5% margin for the remainder of the loan. There will also be customary guarantees and security agreements. The facility can be repaid at the end of any quarterly interest period, throughout the term of the loan, without penalty. Macquarie will be given a first priority security interest in all assets of the Company.

Provision of the facilities are subject to execution of formal documentation in a form satisfactory to the Company and Macquarie and satisfaction of a number of conditions precedent. The Company expects to execute formal documentation by early 2018. It is anticipated that the PLF will be drawn during the 2018 calendar year.

(h) Foreign Currency Risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash outflows of an exposure will fluctuate because of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

During the financial year, the Australian entities in the Group changed their functional currency from A$ to US$ and the Group changed its presentation currency from A$ to US$. Following this change, the functional currencies of all Group entities is now US$ and the Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rate relates primarily to assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than US$. The Group also has transactional currency exposures relating to transactions denominated in currencies other than US$. The currency in which these transactions primarily are denominated is A$.

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

It is the Group’s policy not to enter into any hedging or derivative transactions to manage foreign currency risk.

At June 30, 2017, the majority of the Group’s cash reserves were denominated in US$, being US$33.1 million.

At the reporting date, the Group’s exposure to financial instruments denominated in foreign currencies was:

Exposure to A$
2017
A$ exposure
US$000
Financial assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
1,713
 
Other current financial assets
 
201
 
Financial liabilities
 
 
 
Trade and other payables
 
(245
)
Net exposure
 
1,669
 

Foreign exchange rate sensitivity

At the reporting date, had the US$ appreciated or depreciated against the A$, as illustrated in the table below, profit and loss and equity would have been affected by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

 
Profit or loss
Other Comprehensive
Income
 
10%
Increase
10%
Decrease
10%
Increase
10%
Decrease
2017Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$ to A$
 
167
 
 
(167
)
 
167
 
 
(167
)
21. CONTINGENT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
(i) Contingent Assets

As at the date of these financial statements, no contingent assets had been identified at June 30, 2017.

(ii) Contingent Liabilities

As at the date of these financial statements, no contingent liabilities had been identified at June 30, 2017.

During the year ended June 30, 2017, the Company amended the terms of the final vendor payment required as part of the Company’s original acquisition of the Buck Creek coal leases in 2012 (“Acquisition”). The Acquisition previously required the Company to pay a final vendor payment of US$12 million (“Final Payment”) by March 2018 to complete the acquisition. The Final Payment has now been reduced to US$6 million, in return for early payment as follows: (a) US$2.25 million payable in April 2017 (now paid); and (b) US$3.75 million payable in December 2017 (now paid). The remaining amount payable of US$3.75 million has been recognized as a liability in the balance sheet at June 30, 2017.

22. COMMITMENTS

Management have identified the following material commitments for the consolidated group as at June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016:

 
 
Payable
within
1 year
Payable
later than
1 year within
5 years
Total
 
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating lease commitments
 
 
 
 
79
 
 
 
 
79
 
Coal lease commitments
 
 
 
 
489
 
 
1,415
 
 
1,904
 
 
 
 
 
 
568
 
 
1,415
 
 
1,983
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating lease commitments
 
 
 
 
96
 
 
43
 
 
139
 

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(a) Operating lease commitments

Operating lease commitments include contracts for leased offices in the United States.

(b) Coal lease commitments

Coal lease commitments include advanced annual minimum royalties payable under the Group’s coal leases.

23. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO BALANCE DATE
(i) On August 8, 2017, the Company announced that it had commenced construction of the Poplar Grove Mine, beginning with excavation and site development works at the mine site area;
(ii) On September 18, 2017, the Company announced that, following a detailed value engineering and mine optimization of the Poplar Grove Mine, the Company will now access the underground coal seam via a slope (i.e. decline) from surface with two additional vertical airshafts, replacing the proposed box-cut development with three declines that were to be excavated by the Company using short term construction equipment;
(iii) On October 19, 2017, the Company announced that it had appointed Mr. Adam Anderson as the Company’s Senior Vice President of Coal Sales and Marketing and Mr. Rick Kim had been promoted to the position of Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) of the Company. Mr. Anderson was previously Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Armstrong Energy Inc., the second largest coal producer in Western Kentucky;
(iv) On November 20, 2017, the Company announced that the foundations for the Poplar Grove Mine’s coal handling and preparation plant (“CHPP”) had almost been completed, with structural steel to be erected in the coming weeks, and also that excavation and site development works had commenced at the Poplar Grove Mine’s barge load-out facility on the Green River;
(v) On December 13, 2017, the Company announced that vertical construction of the CHPP had commenced with the erection of structural steel, and crews had begun driving sheet piling, delineating the keyhole access to support the underground excavation of the slope decline to access the underground coal;
(vi) On March 15, 2018, the Company announced that unseasonably heavy rains had caused some of the worst flooding in the local area around the Poplar Grove Mine in over 20 years, which had resulted in impacts to completion schedule and capital;
(vii) On May 17, 2018, the Company announced that it had signed documentation with Macquarie Bank Limited to provide a two tranche US$21.7 million secured Project Loan Facility (“PLF”) and expects to drawdown the US$21.7 million PLF in instalments between July and October 2018;
(viii) On May 17, 2018, the Company announced that it would undertake an underwritten equity raising to raise approximately A$30.2 million (“Equity Raising”), comprising an institutional private placement of approximately 31.8 million new shares to raise up to A$7.0 million (before costs) (“Placement”) and an accelerated, pro-rata non-renounceable entitlement offer of up to approximately 105.6 million new shares on the basis of one (1) new share for every there (3) shares held by eligible investors on the record date, to raise up to approximately A$23.2 million (before costs) (“Entitlement Offer”);
(ix) On May 21, 2018, the Company announced that it had completed the fully underwritten Placement and the accelerated institutional component of the Entitlement Offer, to raise approximately A$19.2 million (before costs);
(x) On June 12, 2018, the Company announced that it had completed the fully underwritten retail component of the Entitlement Offer, to raise approximately A$11.0 million (before costs);
(xi) On June 13, 2018, the Company announced that Mr. Grant Quasha had tendered his resignation as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, effective from June 18, 2018. The Company has commenced a search for a new Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and will inform the market once an appointment has been made. Mr. Todd Hannigan, Deputy Chairman of the Company, has been appointed interim Chief Executive Officer whilst the search for a suitable candidate continues; and
(xii) On June 13, 2018, the Company announced that Mr. Dominic Allen had been appointed as Vice President, Finance of the Company, and will be based in the Company’s New York office where he will be responsible for the Company’s finance and business development functions.

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(xiii) On June 26, 2018, the Company granted options to Argonaut Securities Limited covering an aggregate of 6,000,000 ordinary shares with an exercise price of A$0.33 per share, in connection with the provision of corporate advisory services upon the successful completion of the Entitlement Offer.

Other than as outlined above, at the date of these financial statements, there are no matters or circumstances, which have arisen since June 30, 2017 that have significantly affected or may significantly affect:

the operations, in financial years subsequent to June 30, 2017, of the Group;
the results of those operations, in financial years subsequent to June 30, 2017, of the Group; or
the state of affairs, in financial years subsequent to June 30, 2017, of the Group.

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 
Note
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2017
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2016
 
 
US$000
US$000
Continuing operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
 
233
 
 
30
 
Exploration and evaluation expenses
 
 
 
 
(991
)
Corporate and administrative expenses
 
 
(455
)
 
(267
)
Business development expenses
 
 
(202
)
 
(24
)
Foreign stock exchange listing expenses
 
 
(459
)
 
 
Employment expenses
 
 
(1,370
)
 
(927
)
Share based payment expenses
 
 
(1,224
)
 
300
 
Depreciation and impairment expenses
 
 
(7
)
 
(10
)
Other income and expenses
3
 
51
 
 
 
Loss before income tax
 
 
(3,433
)
 
(1,889
)
Income tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss for the period attributable to members of Paringa Resources Limited
 
 
(3,433
)
 
(1,889
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
 
 
 
 
(201
)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
 
 
 
 
(201
)
Total comprehensive loss for the period
 
 
(3,433
)
 
(2,090
)
Total comprehensive loss attributable to members of Paringa Resources Limited
 
 
(3,433
)
 
(2,090
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted loss per share from continuing operations (US$ per share)
 
 
(0.01
)
 
(0.01
)

The above Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and other Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. Prior period has been restated, refer to note 1(c) for further information.

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND JUNE 30, 2017

 
Note
As at
December 31, 2017
As at
June 30, 2017
 
 
US$000
US$000
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
4
 
24,544
 
 
34,802
 
Trade and other receivables
 
 
81
 
 
265
 
Total Current Assets
 
 
24,625
 
 
35,067
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Current Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
5
 
40,586
 
 
26,068
 
Other assets
6
 
4,613
 
 
4,044
 
Total Non-Current Assets
 
 
45,199
 
 
30,112
 
TOTAL ASSETS
 
 
69,824
 
 
65,179
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade and other payables
 
 
10,534
 
 
837
 
Provisions
 
 
 
 
17
 
Other liabilities
 
 
 
 
3,750
 
Total Current Liabilities
 
 
10,534
 
 
4,604
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Current Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions
7
 
806
 
 
 
Total Non-Current Liabilities
 
 
806
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES
 
 
11,340
 
 
4,604
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET ASSETS
 
 
58,484
 
 
60,575
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contributed equity
8
 
81,312
 
 
81,194
 
Reserves
9
 
1,681
 
 
457
 
Accumulated losses
 
 
(24,509
)
 
(21,076
)
TOTAL EQUITY
 
 
58,484
 
 
60,575
 

The above Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 
Contributed
Equity
Share-based
Payments
Reserve
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Reserve
Accumulated
Losses
Total
Equity
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
US$000
US$000
Balance at July 1, 2017
 
81,194
 
 
2,810
 
 
(2,353
)
 
(21,076
)
 
60,575
 
Net loss for the period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3,433
)
 
(3,433
)
Other comprehensive income for the period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3,433
)
 
(3,433
)
Transactions with owners recorded directly in equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise of options
 
120
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
120
 
Share issue costs
 
(2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2
)
Share based payments expense
 
 
 
1,224
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,224
 
Balance at December 31, 2017
 
81,312
 
 
4,034
 
 
(2,353
)
 
(24,509
)
 
58,484
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at July 1, 2016
 
32,833
 
 
1,151
 
 
(2,540
)
 
(15,121
)
 
16,323
 
Net loss for the period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,889
)
 
(1,889
)
Other comprehensive income for the period
 
 
 
 
 
(201
)
 
 
 
(201
)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
 
 
 
 
 
(201
)
 
(1,889
)
 
(2,090
)
Transactions with owners recorded directly in equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share placements
 
10,854
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10,854
 
Share issue costs
 
(633
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(633
)
Exercise of options
 
523
 
 
(269
)
 
 
 
 
 
254
 
Share based payments expense
 
 
 
(300
)
 
 
 
 
 
(300
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
 
43,577
 
 
582
 
 
(2,741
)
 
(17,010
)
 
24,408
 

The above Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. Prior period has been restated, refer to note 1(c) for further information.

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2017
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2016
 
US$000
US$000
Cash flows from operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments to suppliers and employees
 
(742
)
 
(2,028
)
Interest received
 
233
 
 
21
 
Net cash outflow from operating activities
 
(509
)
 
(2,007
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments for property, plant and equipment
 
(5,466
)
 
(1
)
Payments for exploration and evaluation assets
 
 
 
(709
)
Payments for deferred consideration
 
(3,750
)
 
 
Payments for advanced royalties
 
(140
)
 
 
Payments for capitalized borrowing costs
 
(460
)
 
 
Payments for security deposits and bonds
 
(66
)
 
 
Net cash outflow from investing activities
 
(9,882
)
 
(710
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from share placements
 
 
 
10,854
 
Proceeds from exercise of options
 
120
 
 
254
 
Payments for share issue costs
 
(38
)
 
(614
)
Net cash inflow from financing activities
 
82
 
 
10,494
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
(10,309
)
 
7,777
 
Net foreign exchange differences
 
51
 
 
(203
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
 
34,802
 
 
303
 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
 
24,544
 
 
7,877
 

The above Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. Prior period has been restated, refer to note 1(c) for further information.

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(a) Statement of compliance

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six months ended 31 December 2017 and 2016 (the “Interim Financial Statements”) have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34 Interim Financial Reporting issued by the International Accounting Standard Board. The preparation of the Interim Financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses on a year to date basis. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

The Interim Financial Statements do not include all the notes of the type normally included in annual financial statements and are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations and cash flows expected for the year ended June 30, 2018. Accordingly, the Interim Financial Statements are to be read in conjunction with the annual consolidated financial statements of Paringa Resources Limited (“the “Company”) and its consolidated entities (the “Consolidated Entity” or the “Group”) for the years ended 30 June 2017, 2016 and 2015. In the opinion of management, the accompanying Interim Financial Statements reflect all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial results of such period.

The Interim Financial Statements were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on July 5, 2018.

(b) Basis of preparation of Interim Financial Statements

The Interim Financial Statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis. The Interim Financial Statements are presented in United States dollars (US$).

The accounting policies and methods of computation adopted in the preparation of the Interim Financial Statements are consistent with those adopted and disclosed in the Company’s annual financial report for the financial year ended June 30, 2017, except as disclosed below. These accounting policies are consistent with Australian Accounting Standards and with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Amounts in the financial report are rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars, unless otherwise indicated.

The Interim Financial Statements has been prepared on the going concern basis, which assumes the continuity of normal business activity and the realisation of assets and the settlement of liabilities in the ordinary course of business.

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis, which assumes the continuity of normal business activity and the realisation of assets and the settlement of liabilities in the ordinary course of business.

For the six months ended December 31, 2017, the Consolidated Entity has incurred a net loss of $3.4 million (December 2016: $1.9 million) and had net cash outflows from operating and investing activities of $10.4 million (December 2016: $2.7 million). As at December 31, 2017, the Consolidated Entity had cash and cash equivalents of $24.5 million (June 2017: $34.8 million) and net current assets of $14.1 million (June 2017: net current assets $30.5 million).

The Consolidated Entity commenced development of the Poplar Grove Mine in August 2017, and expects to commence coal production before the end of calendar year 2018. Until commercial production is achieved, the Consolidated Entity will generate no revenues from coal sales, and will continue to incur operating net cash outflows, as well as investing net cash outflows associated with the development of Poplar Grove.

To enable the Consolidated Entity to develop the Poplar Grove Mine, the Consolidated Entity raised a net total of $47.7 million during the year ended June 30, 2017, and raised a further $21.2 million in May and June 2018 in the form of equity placements to shareholders. Additionally, in May 2018, the Consolidated Entity entered into a Project Loan Facility (“PLF”) with Macquarie Bank Limited ("Macquarie") to provide a five-year $21.7 million PLF to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. The PLF has two tranches, with tranche 1 being $15 million and tranche 2 being $6.7 million.

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Provision of the Macquarie facility is currently subject to satisfaction of a number of conditions precedent, which the Company expects to satisfy before drawing down Tranche 1 of the facility prior to November 2018, however certain conditions precedent are outside of the Consolidated Entity's control, and as such there can be no certainty that this will come to fruition.

The Directors are confident that they will be able to satisfy all conditions precedent to allow the Macquarie facility to be drawn down in line with the expected timetable above, and accordingly, consider that it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis.

Should the Consolidated Entity be unable to achieve the matters referred to above, the Consolidated Entity would need to reduce operational expenditure, and raise additional capital to replace the Macquarie facility prior to the expected drawdown date, and a material uncertainty would exist that may cast substantial doubt on the ability of the Consolidated Entity to continue as a going concern and therefore, whether it will be able to realise its assets and extinguish its liabilities in the normal course of business.

These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts, or to the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Consolidated Entity be unable to continue as a going concern.

(c) Restatement of comparatives

Presentational currency

As disclosed in the Company’s annual financial report for the year ended June 30, 2017, the functional and presentation currency of the Company was changed from Australian dollars to US$ with effect from April 5, 2017. Accordingly, all comparative financial information as at, and for the six month period ended, December 31, 2016 has been restated to reflect the Company’s results as if they had been historically reported in US$. Refer to the Annual Report for the year ended June 30, 2017 for further information.

(d) New standards, interpretations and amendments

In the current period, the Group has adopted all of the new and revised standards, interpretations and amendments issued by the International Accounting Standards Board that are relevant to its operations and effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2017, including Amendments to IAS 7 (“Disclosure Initiative”), Amendments to IAS 12 (“Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses”), and Amendments to IFRS 12 (“Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2014–2016 Cycle”).

The adoption of new and revised standards and amendments has not affected the amounts reported for the current or prior interim periods.

The Group has not early adopted any other standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

(e) Mine rehabilitation

Mine rehabilitation costs include the dismantling and removal of mining plant, equipment and building structures, waste removal and rehabilitation of the site in accordance with the requirements of the mining permits. Such costs are determined using estimates of future costs, current legal requirements and technology. Mine rehabilitation costs are recognised in full at present value as a non-current liability. An equivalent amount is capitalised as part of the cost of the asset when an obligation arises to decommission or restore a site to a certain condition after abandonment as a result of bringing the assets to its present location. The capitalised cost is amortised over the life of the project and the provision is accreted periodically as the discounting of the liability unwinds. The unwinding of the discount is recorded as a finance cost.

Any changes in the estimates for the costs or other assumptions against the cost of relevant assets are accounted for on a prospective basis. In determining the costs of site restoration there is uncertainty regarding the nature and extent of the restoration due to community expectations and future legislation.

2. SEGMENT INFORMATION

IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the Consolidated Entity that are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources to the segment and to assess its performance.

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Consolidated Entity operates in one segment, being mineral exploration in the United States of America. This is the basis on which internal reports are provided to the Directors for assessing performance and determining the allocation of resources within the Consolidated Entity.

3. OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES
 
Six months ended
December 31, 2017
Six months ended
December 31, 2016
 
US$000
US$000
Other income
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net foreign exchange gain
 
51
 
 
 
Total other income included in profit or loss
 
51
 
 
 
4. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
As at
December 31, 2017
As at
June 30, 2017
 
US$000
US$000
Cash at bank and on hand
 
6,699
 
 
34,802
 
Deposits at call
 
17,845
 
 
 
 
 
24,544
 
 
34,802
 
5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
Mine
development
properties
Mine
plant and
equipment
Other
plant and
equipment
Total
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
US$000
Net book value at July 1, 2017
 
25,969
 
 
 
 
99
 
 
26,068
 
Additions
 
5,652
 
 
8,804
 
 
69
 
 
14,525
 
Impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation charges 1
 
 
 
 
 
(7
)
 
(7
)
Net book value at December 31, 2017
 
31,621
 
 
8,804
 
 
161
 
 
40,586
 
- at cost
 
31,621
 
 
8,804
 
 
273
 
 
40,698
 
- accumulated depreciation and impairment
 
 
 
 
 
(112
)
 
(112
)

Notes:

1 No depreciation is recognised in respect of ‘mine development properties’ or ‘mine plant and equipment’ until mining operations have commenced.
6. OTHER ASSETS (NON-CURRENT)
 
As at
December 31, 2017
As at
June 30, 2017
 
US$000
US$000
Restricted cash (security deposits and bonds)
 
512
 
 
446
 
Advance royalties
 
2,208
 
 
2,073
 
Capitalised borrowing costs 1
 
1,893
 
 
1,525
 
 
 
4,613
 
 
4,044
 

Notes:

1 Borrowing costs relate to the committed US$20 million Project Loan Facility (“PLF”) from Macquarie Bank Limited to develop the Poplar Grove Mine, which have been capitalised. These costs will be offset against the related borrowing when drawn down.

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7. PROVISIONS (NON-CURRENT)
 
As at
December 31, 2017
As at
June 30, 2017
 
US$000
US$000
Mine rehabilitation 1
 
806
 
 
 
 
 
806
 
 
 

Notes:

1 The Group commenced construction of the Poplar Grove Mine during the period, which has resulted in the creation of a rehabilitation obligation as at December 31, 2017. The Group will assess its mine rehabilitation provision as development activities progress, and subsequently on at least an annual basis, or where evidence exists that the provision should be reviewed. Significant judgement is required in determining the provision for mine rehabilitation and closure as there are many factors that will affect the ultimate liability payable to rehabilitate the mine site, including future disturbances caused by further development, changes in technology, changes in regulations, price increases, changes in timing of cash flows which are based on life of mine plans and changes in discount rates. When these factors change or become known in the future, such differences will impact the mine rehabilitation provision in the period in which the change becomes known.
8. CONTRIBUTED EQUITY
 
 
As at
December 31, 2017
As at
June 30, 2017
 
Note
US$000
US$000
Issued capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
316,925,699 fully paid ordinary shares
(June 30, 2017: 316,425,699)
8(a)
 
81,312
 
 
81,194
 
 
 
 
 
 
81,312
 
 
81,194
 

Notes:

1 Ordinary shares have no par value and the company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.
(a) Movements in issued capital
 
Thousands
of Shares
US$000
Opening balance at July 1, 2017
 
316,426
 
 
81,194
 
Exercise of employee options
 
500
 
 
120
 
Share issue costs
 
 
 
(2
)
Closing balance at December 31, 2017
 
316,926
 
 
81,312
 
9. RESERVES
 
 
As at
December 31, 2017
As at
June 30, 2017
 
 
US$000
US$000
Share-based payments reserve
9(a)
 
4,034
 
 
2,810
 
Foreign currency translation reserve
 
 
 
 
(2,353
)
 
(2,353
)
 
 
 
 
 
1,681
 
 
457
 

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(a) Movements in share-based payments reserve
 
Thousands
of Options
Thousands
of Rights
US$000
Opening balance at July 1, 2017 1
 
7,694
 
 
16,410
 
 
2,810
 
Forfeiture/lapse of employee options
 
(1,750
)
 
 
 
 
Share based payments expense
 
 
 
 
 
1,224
 
Closing balance at December 31, 2017 2
 
5,944
 
 
16,410
 
 
4,034
 

Notes:

1 During the 2017 financial year, the Company issued 4,444,444 lender options (with an exercise price of A$0.66 and expiring 4 years from their date of issue) to Macquarie Bank Limited in consideration for an offer to provide a five-year US$20 million Project Loan Facility (“PLF”) to develop the Poplar Grove Mine. Upon drawdown of the PLF, the Company will issue a further 4,444,444 options to Macquarie Bank Limited on the same terms.
2 At December 31, 2017, the Company also had on issue 8,994,000 placement options (7,494,000 exercisable at $0.50 each on or before July 31, 2018 and 1,500,000 exercisable at $0.45 each on or before June 30, 2018) which are not considered share-based payments under IFRS 2 as they were issued as part of a share placement. Any value related to these placement options is included within contributed equity as part of the related placement value.
10. DIVIDENDS PAID OR PROVIDED FOR

No dividend has been paid or provided for during the period (December 31, 2016: nil).

11. CONTINGENT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

There have been no changes in contingent assets or liabilities since the date of the last annual report.

12. COMMITMENTS

Management have identified the following material commitments for the consolidated group as at December 31, 2017:

 
Payable
within 1 year
Payable later
than 1 year
within 5 years
Total
 
US$000
US$000
US$000
Operating lease commitments
 
49
 
 
 
 
49
 
Coal lease commitments
 
558
 
 
2,424
 
 
2,982
 
Total
 
607
 
 
2,424
 
 
3,031
 
(a) Operating lease commitments

Operating lease commitments include contracts for leased offices in the United States.

(b) Coal lease commitments

Coal lease commitments include advanced annual minimum royalties payable under the Group’s coal leases.

13. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
(i) On March 15, 2018, the Company announced that unseasonably heavy rains had caused some of the worst flooding in the local area around the Poplar Grove Mine in over 20 years, which had resulted in impacts to completion schedule and capital;
(ii) On May 17, 2018, the Company announced that it had signed documentation with Macquarie Bank Limited to provide a two tranche US$21.7 million secured Project Loan Facility (“PLF”) and expects to drawdown the US$21.7 million PLF in instalments between July and October 2018;

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(iii) On May 17, 2018, the Company announced that it would undertake an underwritten equity raising to raise approximately A$30.2 million (“Equity Raising”), comprising an institutional private placement of approximately 31.8 million new shares to raise up to A$7.0 million (before costs) (“Placement”) and an accelerated, pro-rata non-renounceable entitlement offer of up to approximately 105.6 million new shares on the basis of one (1) new share for every three (3) shares held by eligible investors on the record date, to raise up to approximately A$23.2 million (before costs) (“Entitlement Offer”);
(iv) On May 21, 2018, the Company announced that it had completed the fully underwritten Placement and the accelerated institutional component of the Entitlement Offer, to raise approximately A$19.2 million (before costs);
(v) On June 12, 2018, the Company announced that it had completed the fully underwritten retail component of the Entitlement Offer, to raise approximately A$11.0 million (before costs);
(vi) On June 13, 2018, the Company announced that Mr. Grant Quasha had tendered his resignation as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, effective from June 18, 2018. The Company has commenced a search for a new Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and will inform the market once an appointment has been made. Mr. Todd Hannigan, Deputy Chairman of the Company, has been appointed interim Chief Executive Officer whilst the search for a suitable candidate continues; and
(vii) On June 13, 2018, the Company announced that Mr. Dominic Allen had been appointed as Vice President, Finance of the Company, and will be based in the Company’s New York office where he will be responsible for the Company’s finance and business development functions.
(viii) On June 26, 2018, the Company granted options to Argonaut Securities Limited covering an aggregate of 6,000,000 ordinary shares with an exercise price of A$0.33 per share, in connection with the provision of corporate advisory services upon the successful completion of the Entitlement Offer.

Other than as outlined above, at the date of these financial statements, there are no matters or circumstances, which have arisen since December 31, 2017 that have significantly affected or may significantly affect:

the operations, in financial years subsequent to December 31, 2017, of the Group;
the results of those operations, in financial years subsequent to December 31, 2017, of the Group; or
the state of affairs, in financial years subsequent to December 31, 2017, of the Group.

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS AND COMPETENT PERSONS STATEMENTS

Forward Looking Statements

This report may include forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on Paringa’s expectations and beliefs concerning future events. Forward looking statements are necessarily subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are outside the control of Paringa, which could cause actual results to differ materially from such statements. Paringa makes no undertaking to subsequently update or revise the forward-looking statements made in this report, to reflect the circumstances or events after the date of this report.

Competent Persons Statements

The information in this report that relates to Exploration Results, Coal Resources, Coal Reserves, Mining, Coal Preparation, Infrastructure, Production Targets and Cost Estimation was extracted from Paringa’s ASX announcements dated March 28, 2017 entitled “Expanded BFS Results Confirms Development Pathway to A$850 million NPV” and December 2, 2015 entitled ‘BFS Confirms Buck Creek will be a Low Capex, High Margin Coal Mine’ which are available to view on the Company’s website at www.paringaresources.com.au .

The information in the original ASX announcements that related to Exploration Results and Coal Resources is based on, and fairly represents, information compiled or reviewed by Mr. Kirt W. Suehs, a Competent Person who is a Member of The American Institute of Professional Geologists. Mr. Suehs is employed by MM&A. Mr. Suehs has sufficient experience that is relevant to the style of mineralization and type of deposit under consideration and to the activity being undertaken to qualify as a Competent Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the ‘Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves’ and to qualify as a Qualified Person as defined in the 2011 Edition of the National Instrument 43-101 and Canadian Institute of Mining’s Definition Standards on Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources.

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in the original ASX announcements that related to Coal Reserves, Mining, Coal Preparation, Infrastructure, Production Targets and Cost Estimation is based on, and fairly represents, information compiled or reviewed by Messrs. Justin S. Douthat and Gerard J. Enigk, both of whom are Competent Persons and are Registered Members of the Society for Mining, Metallurgy & Exploration. Messrs. Douthat and Enigk are employed by MM&A. Messrs. Douthat, and Enigk have sufficient experience that is relevant to the style of mineralization and type of deposit under consideration and to the activity being undertaken to qualify as Competent Persons as defined in the 2012 Edition of the ‘Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves’ and to qualify as Qualified Persons as defined in the 2011 Edition of the National Instrument 43-101 and Canadian Institute of Mining’s Definition Standards on Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources.

Paringa confirms that: a) it is not aware of any new information or data that materially affects the information included in the original ASX announcements; b) all material assumptions and technical parameters underpinning the Coal Resource, Coal Reserve, Production Target, and related forecast financial information derived from the Production Target included in the original ASX announcements continue to apply and have not materially changed; and c) the form and context in which the relevant Competent Persons’ findings are presented in this report have not been materially modified from the original ASX announcements.

F-44


 
Exhibit 1.1
 
 

 
 
PARINGA  RESOURCES  PTY LTD S GAFFNEY-SMITH GILBERT  & TOBIN 1202 Hay Street WEST PERTH  WA 6005 Form 251 Remove this top section if desired before framing Certificate of Registration on Conversion to a Public Company This is to certify that PARINGA RESOURCES  PTY LTD Australian Company  Number 155 933 010 on the fourteenth day of September 2012 converted to a public company. The name of the company is now PARINGA RESOURCES  LIMITED Australian Company Number 155 933 010 The company is registered  under the Corporations  Act 2001 and is taken to be registered  in Western Australia and the date of commencement of registration is the twenty-seventh day of February , 2012. Issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission on this fourteenth day of September,  2012. Greg  Medcraft Chairman SILVER LAKE  RESOURCES  LIMITED PETER ARMSTRONG PO BOX 876 SOUTH PERTH  WA 6951 This is to certify that PARINGA RESOURCES PTY LTD Australian Company Number 155 933 010 is a registered company under the Corporations  Act 2001 and is taken to be registered in Western Australia. The company is limited  by shares. The company is a proprietary company. The day of commencement  of registration  is the twenty-seventh day of February 2012. Issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission on this twenty-seventh  day of February, 2012. Greg Medcraft Chairman
 


 
 
Exhibit 1.2
 
 

Constitution
for public listed company

Paringa Resources Limited ACN 155 933 010
A public company limited by shares
 
/s/ Leslie Davis
/s/ Peter Armstrong
   
Leslie Davis
Peter Armstrong
Managing Director
Company Secretary
 
 
www.gtlaw.com.au
 

Contents
 
 
Page
         
 
1
Dictionary
1
       
 
2
Share capital
1
       
   
2.1
Shares
1
         
   
2.2
Certificates and Holding Statements
1
         
   
2.3
Preference shares
2
         
   
2.4
Joint holders of shares
4
         
   
2.5
Equitable interests in shares
4
         
   
2.6
Restricted securities
4
         
   
2.7
Non-marketable parcels
5
         
   
2.8
Variation of Class Rights
6
         
 
3
Calls, forfeiture, indemnities, lien and surrender
6
       
   
3.1
Calls
6
         
   
3.2
Proceedings for recovery of calls
7
         
   
3.3
Payments in advance of calls
8
         
   
3.4
Forfeiture of partly paid shares
8
         
   
3.5
Indemnity for payments by the Company
9
         
   
3.6
Lien on shares
10
         
   
3.7
Surrender of shares
11
         
   
3.8
General provisions applicable to a Disposal of shares under this constitution
11
         
   
3.9
Interest payable by member
12
         
 
4
Transfer and transmission of shares
12
         
   
4.1
Transfer of shares
12
         
   
4.2
Power to decline registration of transfers
14
         
   
4.3
Transmission of shares
15
         
 
5
General meetings
15
         
   
5.1
Convening of general meetings
15
         
   
5.2
Notice of general meetings
16
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 1

   
5.3
Admission to general meetings
17
         
   
5.4
Quorum at general meetings
18
         
   
5.5
Chair of general meetings
18
         
   
5.6
Conduct of general meetings
19
         
   
5.7
Decisions at general meetings
20
         
   
5.8
Voting rights
21
         
   
5.9
Representation at general meetings
22
         
 
6
Directors
24
       
   
6.1
Appointment and removal of directors
24
         
   
6.2
Vacation of office
26
         
   
6.3
Remuneration of directors
26
         
   
6.4
Share qualification
27
         
   
6.5
Interested directors
28
         
   
6.6
Powers and duties of directors
29
         
   
6.7
Proceedings of directors
30
         
   
6.8
Convening of meetings of directors
30
         
   
6.9
Notice of meetings of directors
30
         
   
6.10
Quorum at meetings of directors
32
         
   
6.11
Chair and deputy chair of directors
32
         
   
6.12
Decisions of directors
33
         
   
6.13
Written resolutions
33
         
   
6.14
Alternate directors
34
         
   
6.15
Committees of directors
35
         
   
6.16
Delegation to individual directors
35
         
   
6.17
Validity of acts
36
         
 
7
Executive officers
36
       
   
7.1
Managing directors
36
         
   
7.2
Deputy managing directors
36
         
   
7.3
Executive directors
36
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 2

   
7.4
Secretaries
36
         
   
7.5
Provisions applicable to all executive officers
37
         
 
8
Seals
37
         
   
8.1
Adoption of common seal
37
         
   
8.2
Use of Seal
38
         
   
8.3
Duplicate seal
38
         
   
8.4
Share seal or certificate seal
38
         
   
8.5
Sealing and signing of certificates
38
         
 
9
Dividends and reserves
38
         
   
9.1
Dividends
38
         
   
9.2
Capitalisation of profits
40
         
   
9.3
Ancillary powers
40
         
   
9.4
Reserves
41
         
   
9.5
Dividend reinvestment plans
41
         
   
9.6
Dividend selection plans
42
         
 
10
Winding up
42
         
   
10.1
Distribution of surplus
42
         
   
10.2
Division of property
42
         
 
11
Minutes and records
43
         
   
11.1
Minutes
43
         
   
11.2
Proxies
43
         
   
11.3
Polls
44
         
   
11.4
Signing of minutes
44
         
   
11.5
Minutes as evidence
44
         
   
11.6
Inspection of records
44
         
 
12
Indemnity and insurance
44
         
   
12.1
Persons to whom rules 12.2 (Indemnity) and 12.4 (Insurance) apply
44
         
   
12.2
Indemnity
44
         
   
12.3
Extent of Indemnity
45
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 3

   
12.4
Insurance
45
         
   
12.5
Savings
45
         
 
13
Notices
45
         
   
13.1
Notices by the Company to members
45
         
   
13.2
Notices by the Company to directors
46
         
   
13.3
Notices by members or directors to the Company
46
         
   
13.4
Notices to members outside Australia
47
         
   
13.5
Time of service
47
         
   
13.6
Other communications and documents
47
         
   
13.7
Notices in writing
47
         
 
14
Approval of Proportional Takeover Bids
47
         
   
14.1
Definitions
47
         
   
14.2
Transfers not to be registered
48
         
   
14.3
Resolution
48
         
   
14.4
Sunset
49
         
 
15
General
49
         
   
15.1
Currency
49
         
   
15.2
Submission to jurisdiction
49
         
   
15.3
Prohibition and enforceability
49
         
 
Schedule 1
—  Dictionary
1
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 4


1
Dictionary
 
The Dictionary in Schedule 1:
 
(a)
defines some of the terms used in this constitution;
 
(b)
sets out the rules of interpretation which apply to this constitution; and
 
(c)
clarifies the effect of the Corporations Act on this constitution.
 

2
Share capital
 

2.1
Shares
 
(a)
Subject to this constitution, the directors have the right to issue shares or grant options over unissued shares to any person and they may do so at such times as they think fit and on the conditions they think fit.
 
(b)
Shares referred to in rule 2.1(a) may have preferred, deferred or other special rights or special restrictions about dividends, voting, return of capital, participation in the property of the Company on a winding up or otherwise, as the directors think fit.
 
(c)
This rule 2.1 must not be construed so as to adversely affect any special rights of holders of any shares or class of shares.
 
(d)
This rule 2.1 is subject to the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, whilst the Company is a Listed Company.
 
(e)
The directors may exercise the power conferred by the Corporations Act to make payments by way of brokerage or commission in respect of subscriptions for shares.
 
(f)
Payment in accordance with rule 2.1(e) may be made in cash, by the issue and allotment of shares, whether fully paid or partly paid, the issue of debentures, or by combination of any of those methods.
 
2.2
Certificates and Holding Statements
 
(a)
While the Company is not a Listed Company, it must comply with its obligations under the Corporations Act regarding the issue to members of certificates for shares.
 
(b)
While the Company is a Listed Company:
 
(i)
in relation to Uncertificated Holdings, the Company must comply with its obligations under the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules  regarding the provision to members of holding statements;
 
(ii)
in relation to Certificated Holdings, the Company must comply with its obligations under the Corporations Act, the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules regarding the issue to members of certificates for shares; and
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 1

(iii)
subject to the Listing Rules, the Company may elect not to maintain a certificated subregister and that all shares on any class of securities in the Company may only be held as Uncertificated Holdings.
 
(c)
The directors may order lost, damaged or defaced share certificates be cancelled and, if necessary, replaced by new share certificates.
 
2.3
Preference shares
 
The Company may issue preference shares from time to time.  Preference shares have the following rights and restrictions:
 
(a)
repayment of capital: the right in priority to any other class of shares to repayment of the amount paid on the preference share:
 
(i)
in a winding up or reduction of capital; and
 
(ii)
in the case of a redeemable preference share, on redemption;
 
(b)
dividends: the right to payment of a cumulative preferential dividend in priority to the payment of a dividend on any other class of shares, accruing from day to day and payable on the amount paid on the preference share at the times and at the rate, which may be fixed or variable, specified or determined in the certificate for the preference share or the holding statement referred to in rule 2.2(b)(i), if the preference share is held as an Uncertificated Holding;
 
(c)
accrued dividends: the right in priority to any other class of shares to the amount of any dividend accrued but unpaid on the preference share:
 
(i)
in a winding up or reduction of capital; and
 
(ii)
in the case of a redeemable preference share, on redemption;
 
(d)
participation in surplus assets and profits: no rights to participate in the profits or property of the Company other than as set out in this rule 2.3 whether on a winding up, reduction of capital or, in the case of a redeemable preference share, on redemption;
 
(e)
attending general meetings and receiving documents: the same right as the holder of an ordinary share to:
 
(i)
receive notice of a general meeting;
 
(ii)
attend the general meeting; and
 
(iii)
receive notices, reports and audited accounts;
 
(f)
voting: the right to vote in the following circumstances and in no other circumstances:
 
(i)
on a proposal to wind up the Company or reduce the share capital of the Company or on a proposal for the Disposal of the whole of the Company’s property, business and undertaking;
 
(ii)
while a dividend or part of a dividend in respect of the preference share is unpaid;
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 2

(iii)
on a resolution to approve the terms of a buy-back agreement;
 
(iv)
on a proposal that affects rights attached to the preference share;
 
(v)
during the winding up of the Company;
 
(vi)
as may be required by the Corporations Act; or
 
(vii)
while the Company is a Listed Company, in any other circumstances in which the Listing Rules require holders of preference shares to be entitled to vote;
 
(g)
numbering votes: the holder of a preference share who is entitled to vote in respect of that share under rule 2.3(f) is, on a poll, entitled to the number of votes specified in, or determined in accordance with, the terms of issue for the preference share;
 
(h)
redemption: in the case of a redeemable preference share the right to require the Company to redeem the preference share at the time and place specified in the certificate for the preference share or the statement required by rule 2.2 ( Certificates and Holding Statements ), if the preference share is held as an Uncertificated Holding;
 
(i)
conversion: if the preference share is to have rights of conversion to another class of securities, the following rights to be specified by the directors as the terms of issue:
 
(i)
the class of security into which the preference share converts;
 
(ii)
whether and in what circumstances, conversion is at the option of the holder or the Company or is fixed to some other date or event;
 
(iii)
the dates on, or circumstances in which the preference share will convert, or may be converted;
 
(iv)
the method of conversion of the preference share, which may include:
 
(A)
the manner in which the number of securities into which the preference share converts is to be calculated; and
 
(B)
any right to be issued with additional securities of the class into which the preference share may be converted and the manner in which that number of securities is to be calculated;
 
(v)
the treatment of the preference share and conversion rights on the occurrence of specified events in respect of the class of securities into which the preference share may convert, which may include, without limitation:
 
(A)
the announcement of any dividend or distribution or other entitlement in respect of those securities;
 
(B)
a new issue of those securities;
 
(C)
a bonus or rights issue of those securities; and
 
(D)
a return or reorganisation of capital in respect of those securities; and
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 3

(j)
restrictions: the restrictions, if any, specified in the certificate for the preference share or the statement required by rule 2.2 ( Certificates and Holding Statements ), if the preference share is held as an Uncertificated Holding.
 
2.4
Joint holders of shares
 
Where two or more persons are registered as the holders of a share they hold it as joint tenants with rights of survivorship subject to the following provisions:
 
(a)
the Company is not bound to register more than three of those persons as joint holders of the share, except where otherwise required under the ASX Settlement Operating Rules;
 
(b)
each of those persons and their respective legal personal representatives are liable severally as well as jointly for all payments, including calls, which ought to be made in respect of the share;
 
(c)
subject to rule 2.4(b), on the death of any one of them the Company is entitled to recognise the survivor or survivors as the only person or persons who have any title to the share;
 
(d)
any one of those persons may give effective receipts for any dividend, interest or other distribution or payment in respect of the share;
 
(e)
any one of them may appoint a proxy under rule 5.9 ( Representation at general meetings ) in respect of the share;
 
(f)
when the Corporations Act   requires the number of members to be counted, they are to be counted as one member; and
 
(g)
if the share is held as a Certificated Holding, the Company is not bound to issue more than one certificate for the share and delivery of a certificate to any one of those persons is sufficient delivery to all of them.
 
2.5
Equitable interests in shares
 
(a)
The Company may treat the registered holder of a share as the absolute owner of that share.
 
(b)
The Company is not bound by or compelled in any way to recognise an equitable, contingent, future, partial or other right or interest in a share or unit of a share, even if the Company has notice of that right or interest.
 
2.6
Restricted securities
 
(a)
The holder of Restricted Securities must not Dispose of those Restricted Securities during the escrow period relating to those Restricted Securities except as permitted by the Listing Rules or the Exchange.
 
(b)
The Company must refuse to acknowledge a Disposal (including registering a transfer) of Restricted Securities during the escrow period relating to those Restricted Securities except as permitted by the Listing Rules or the Exchange.
 
(c)
A member holding Restricted Securities ceases to be entitled to any dividend, distribution or any voting rights in respect of those Restricted Securities during the period of a breach of the Listing Rules relating to the Restricted Securities, or a breach of a restriction agreement entered into by the Company under the Listing Rules relating to the escrow of the Restricted Securities.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 4

2.7
Non-marketable parcels
 
(a)
The Company may sell the shares of a holder who has less than a Marketable Parcel of those shares on the following conditions:
 
(i)
The Company may do so only once in any 12 month period.
 
(ii)
The Company must notify the holder in writing of its intention in the manner authorised by rule 13.1 ( Notices by the Company to members ).
 
(iii)
The holder must be given at least six weeks from the date the notice is sent in which to tell the Company that the holder wishes to retain the holding.
 
(iv)
If the holder tells the Company under rule 2.7(a)(iii) that the holder wishes to retain the holding, the Company is not permitted to sell it.
 
(v)
The Company’s power to sell lapses following the announcement of a Takeover.  The procedure may be started again after the close of the offers made under the Takeover.
 
(vi)
The Company must ensure that it or the purchaser pays the costs of the sale.
 
(vii)
In the case of a Certificated Holding, the Company must not send the proceeds of the sale to the holder until the Company has received any certificate relating to the shares (or it is satisfied that the certificate has been lost or destroyed).
 
(b)
Subject to rule 2.7(a), the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, the Company may sell the shares under this rule 2.7 on the terms and in the manner the directors think appropriate.
 
(c)
Where any shares are sold under this rule 2.7, the directors may:
 
(i)
receive the purchase money or consideration given for the shares on the sale;
 
(ii)
effect a transfer of the shares and, if necessary, execute, or appoint a person to execute, on behalf of the former holder an instrument of transfer of the shares or any other instrument for the purpose of giving effect to the sale; and
 
(iii)
register as the holder of the shares the person to whom the shares have been sold.
 
(d)
In the case of shares held as an Uncertificated Holding, the Company must do all things necessary or appropriate for it to do under the ASX Settlement Operating Rules to effect a sale of shares under this rule 2.7.
 
(e)
The title of a person to whom shares are sold under this rule 2.7 is not affected by an irregularity or invalidity in connection with that sale.
 
(f)
The remedy of any person aggrieved by a sale of shares under this rule 2.7 is limited to damages only and is against the Company exclusively.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 5

(g)
The Company may deduct from the proceeds of a sale of shares under this rule 2.7, all sums of money presently payable by the former holder to the Company for calls due and payable and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the money owing.
 
(h)
A statement in writing signed by a director or secretary of the Company to the effect that a share in the Company has been duly sold under this rule 2.7 on a date stated in the statement, is conclusive evidence of the facts stated in the statement as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share and of the right of the Company to sell the share.
 
2.8
Variation of Class Rights
 
(a)
The rights attached to any class of shares may, unless their terms of issue state otherwise, be varied:
 
(i)
with the written consent of the holders of 75% of the shares of the class; or
 
(ii)
by a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of shares of the class.
 
(b)
The provisions of this constitution relating to general meetings apply, with necessary changes, to separate class meetings as if they were general meetings except that:
 
(i)
a quorum is two persons holding or representing by proxy, attorney or Representative, at least 25% of the issued shares of the class, or if there is one holder of shares in a class, that person; and
 
(ii)
any holder of shares in the class present, in person or by proxy, attorney or Representative, may demand a poll.
 
(c)
The rights conferred on the holders of any class of shares are to be taken as not having been varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking equally with them.
 

3
Calls, forfeiture, indemnities, lien and surrender
 
3.1
Calls
 
(a)
Subject to this constitution and to the terms on which any shares may be issued, the directors may make calls on the members for any money unpaid on their shares which is not by the terms of issue of those shares made payable at fixed times.
 
(b)
When the directors issue shares they may differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.
 
(c)
The directors may require a call to be paid by instalments.
 
(d)
A member on whom a call is made must be given not more than 40 Business Days’ notice and at least 30 Business Days’ notice specifying:
 
(i)
the name of the member;
 
(ii)
the number of shares held by the member;
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 6

(iii)
the amount of the call;
 
(iv)
the due date for payment;
 
(v)
the consequences of a failure to pay the call; and
 
(vi)
all matters required to be included in the notice by the Listing Rules.
 
(e)
A member on whom a call is made in accordance with this constitution must pay to the Company the amount called on that member’s shares at the time or times and place specified.
 
(f)
A call is to be taken as having been made when the resolution of the directors authorising the call was passed.
 
(g)
The directors may revoke a call or postpone a call or extend the time for payment.
 
(h)
A call is not invalidated by the non‑receipt of a notice of a call or the accidental omission to give notice of a call to any member.
 
(i)
If a sum called on a share is not paid in full by the day appointed for payment, the person from whom the sum is due must pay:
 
(i)
interest on the unpaid amount from the date appointed for payment of the sum to the date of actual payment, at a rate determined under rule 3.9 ( Interest payable by member ); and
 
(ii)
any costs, expenses or damages incurred by the Company in relation to the non-payment or late payment of the sum.
 
(j)
The directors may, to the extent permitted by law, waive or compromise all or any part of any payment due to the Company under the terms of issue of a share or under this rule 3.1.
 
3.2
Proceedings for recovery of calls
 
(a)
In an action or other proceedings for the recovery of a call, or interest or costs or expenses incurred in relation to the non‑payment or late payment of a call, proof that:
 
(i)
the name of the defendant is entered in the register as the holder or one of the holders of the share in respect of which the call is claimed;
 
(ii)
the resolution making the call is recorded in the minute book; and
 
(iii)
notice of the call was given to the defendant in accordance with this constitution,
 
is conclusive evidence of the debt and it is not necessary to prove the appointment of the directors who made the call or any other matter.
 
(b)
In rule 3.2(a), "defendant" includes a person against whom a set-off or counter-claim is alleged by the Company and "proceedings for the recovery of a call" is to be construed accordingly.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 7

3.3
Payments in advance of calls
 
(a)
The directors may accept from a member the whole or a part of the amount unpaid on a share even though no part of that amount has been called.
 
(b)
The directors may authorise payment by the Company of interest upon the whole or any part of an amount accepted under rule 3.3(a), until the amount becomes payable, at a rate agreed between the directors and the member paying the amount.
 
(c)
The directors may repay to a member all or any of the amount accepted under rule 3.3(a).
 
3.4
Forfeiture of partly paid shares
 
(a)
If a member fails to pay the whole of a call or instalment of a call by the time appointed for payment of the call or instalment, the directors may serve a notice on that member requiring payment of the unpaid amount, together with any interest that has accrued and all costs, expenses or damages that may have been incurred by the Company by reason of the non‑payment or late payment of the call or instalment.
 
(b)
A notice under rule 3.4(a) must name a place and a day for payment.  The day must be at least 14 days after the date of service of the notice.
 
(c)
The notice must state that the shares on which the call was made are liable to be forfeited if the whole amount payable is not paid by the time and at the place specified in the notice.
 
(d)
The notice must comply with the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, as applicable.
 
(e)
If a member does not comply with a notice under rule 3.4(a), the shares to which the notice relates may be forfeited by a resolution of the directors.  Forfeiture includes all dividends declared on the forfeited shares and not actually paid before the forfeiture.
 
(f)
Where a share has been forfeited:
 
(i)
notice of the resolution must be given to the member in whose name the share was registered immediately before the forfeiture; and
 
(ii)
an entry of the forfeiture, with the date, must be made in the register of members.
 
(g)
Failure to give the notice or to make the entry required under rule 3.4(f) does not invalidate the forfeiture.
 
(h)
The directors may, in accordance with the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules:
 
(i)
sell or otherwise Dispose of a share which has been forfeited on the terms and in the manner the directors think appropriate;
 
(ii)
at any time before a sale or Disposal, cancel the forfeiture of a share on the terms the directors think appropriate; and
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 8

(iii)
reissue a share which has been forfeited, with or without any money paid on the share by any former holder being credited as paid and on the other terms and in the manner the directors think appropriate.
 
(i)
A person whose shares have been forfeited ceases to be a member in respect of the forfeited shares, but remains liable to pay, and must immediately pay, to the Company:
 
(i)
all calls, instalments, interest, costs, expenses and damages owing in respect of the shares at the time of the forfeiture; and
 
(ii)
interest on so much of the amount payable under this rule 3.4(i) as is unpaid from time to time, from the date of the forfeiture to the date of actual payment, at a rate determined under rule 3.9 ( Interest payable by member ).
 
(j)
The forfeiture of a share extinguishes all interest in, and all claims and demands against the Company in respect of, the forfeited share and all other rights incident to the share, subject to this constitution and the Listing Rules.
 
(k)
Subject to the Listing Rules, the directors may:
 
(i)
exempt a share from all or any part of this rule 3.4;
 
(ii)
waive or compromise all or part of any payment due to the Company under this rule 3.4; or
 
(iii)
before a forfeited share has been sold, reissued or otherwise Disposed of, cancel the forfeiture on the conditions they decide.
 
3.5
Indemnity for payments by the Company
 
(a)
A member or, if the member is dead, the member’s legal personal representative, must indemnify the Company against any liability which the Company has under any law to make a payment for or on account of that member including in respect of:
 
(i)
shares held by that member, solely or jointly;
 
(ii)
a transfer or transmission of shares by a member; or
 
(iii)
dividends, bonuses or other money owed to the member.
 
(b)
Rule 3.5(a) includes, without limitation, a payment arising from:
 
(i)
the death of that member;
 
(ii)
the non-payment of any income tax, capital gains tax, wealth tax or other tax by that member or the legal personal representative of that member; or
 
(iii)
the non-payment of any estate, probate, succession, death, stamp or other duty by that member or the legal personal representative of that member.
 
(c)
The member or, if the member is dead, the member’s legal personal representative, must pay to the Company immediately on demand:
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 9

(i)
the amount required to reimburse the Company for a payment described in rule 3.5(a); and
 
(ii)
interest on any part of that amount which is unpaid from the date the Company makes the payment until the date the Company is reimbursed in full for that payment, at a rate determined under rule 3.9 ( Interest payable by member ).
 
(d)
This rule 3.5 is in addition to any right or remedy the Company may have under the law which requires it to make the payment.
 
(e)
The directors may:
 
(i)
exempt a share from all or any part of this rule 3.5; and
 
(ii)
waive or compromise all or any part of any payment due to the Company under this rule 3.5.
 
3.6
Lien on shares
 
(a)
The Company has a first and paramount lien on:
 
(i)
each partly paid share for all unpaid calls and instalments due but unpaid in respect of that share;
 
(ii)
each share for any amounts the Company may be required by law to pay (and has paid) in respect of that share; and
 
(iii)
each share acquired under an employee incentive scheme, where an amount is owed to the Company for its acquisition.
 
(b)
The Company's lien on a share extends to all dividends payable in respect of the share and to the proceeds of sale of the share and to reasonable interest and expenses incurred because an amount is not paid.
 
(c)
The directors may sell a share on which the Company has a lien in any manner they think fit where:
 
(i)
an amount in respect of which a lien exists under this rule 3.6 is presently payable; and
 
(ii)
the Company has, not less than 14 days before the date of the sale, given to the registered holder of the share a notice in writing demanding payment of that amount.
 
(d)
A notice under rule 3.6(c) must:
 
(i)
set out the amount in respect of which the lien exists that is presently payable; and
 
(ii)
comply with the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules.
 
(e)
The directors may do all things necessary or desirable under the Listing Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules to protect any lien, charge or other right to which the Company may be entitled under any law or under this constitution.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 10

(f)
Registration by the Company of a transfer of shares on which the Company has a lien releases the Company's lien in so far as it relates to sums owing by the transferor or any predecessor in title, without giving notice of its claim to the transferee.
 
(g)
The directors may:
 
(i)
exempt a share from all or any part of this rule 3.6; and
 
(ii)
waive or compromise all or any part of any payment due to the Company under this rule 3.6.
 
3.7
Surrender of shares
 
(a)
The directors may accept a surrender of a share by way of compromise of any claim as to whether or not that share has been validly issued or in any other case where the surrender is within the powers of the Company.
 
(b)
Any share surrendered under rule 3.7(a) may be sold, reissued or otherwise Disposed of in the same manner as a forfeited share.
 
3.8
General provisions applicable to a Disposal of shares under this constitution
 
(a)
A reference in this rule 3.8 to a Disposal of shares under this constitution is a reference to:
 
(i)
any sale, reissue or other Disposal of a forfeited share under rule 3.4(h) or a surrendered share under rule 3.7 ( Surrender of shares ) or of less than a Marketable Parcel under rule 2.7 ( Non-marketable parcels ); and
 
(ii)
any sale of a share on which the Company has a lien under rule 3.6(c).
 
(b)
Where any shares are Disposed of under this constitution, the directors may:
 
(i)
receive the purchase money or consideration given for the shares on the Disposal;
 
(ii)
effect a transfer of the shares and, if necessary, execute, or appoint a person to execute, on behalf of the former holder an instrument of transfer of the shares or any other instrument for the purpose of giving effect to the Disposal; and
 
(iii)
register as the holder of the shares the person to whom the shares have been Disposed.
 
(c)
In the case of shares held as an Uncertificated Holding, the Company must do all things necessary or appropriate for it to do under the ASX Settlement Operating Rules to effect a Disposal of shares under this constitution.
 
(d)
The title of a person to whom shares are Disposed under this constitution is not affected by an irregularity or invalidity in connection with that Disposal.
 
(e)
The remedy of any person aggrieved by a Disposal of shares under this constitution is limited to damages only and is against the Company exclusively.
 
(f)
The proceeds of a Disposal of shares under this constitution must be applied in the payment of:
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 11

(i)
first, the expenses of the Disposal;
 
(ii)
secondly, all money presently payable by the former holder whose shares have been Disposed of; and
 
(iii)
finally, but subject to any lien under rule 3.6 ( Lien of shares ) for money not presently payable, any remaining proceeds must be paid to the former holder as soon as practicable.  In the case of a Certificated Holding, the former holder must first deliver to the Company the certificate for the shares that have been Disposed of or any other proof of title as the directors may accept.
 
(g)
Until the proceeds of a Disposal of a share sold by the Company are claimed or otherwise Disposed of according to law, the directors may invest the proceeds in any other way for the benefit of the Company.
 
(h)
The Company is not required to pay interest on money payable to a former holder under this rule 3.8.
 
(i)
A statement in writing signed by a director or secretary of the Company to the effect that a share in the Company has been:
 
(i)
duly sold under rule 2.7 ( Non-marketable parcels );
 
(ii)
duly forfeited under rule 3.4(e);
 
(iii)
duly sold, reissued or otherwise Disposed of under rules 3.4(h) or 3.7; or
 
(iv)
duly sold under rule 3.6(c),
 
on a date stated in the statement is conclusive evidence of the facts stated in the statement as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share and of the right of the Company to forfeit, sell, reissue or otherwise Dispose of the share.
 
3.9
Interest payable by member
 
(a)
For the purposes of rules 3.1(i)(i), 3.4(i)(ii) and 3.5(c)(ii), the rate of interest payable to the Company is:
 
(i)
if the directors have fixed a rate, the rate so fixed; or
 
(ii)
in any other case, 10% per annum.
 
(b)
Interest payable under rules 3.1(i)(i), 3.4(i)(ii) and 3.5(c)(ii) accrues daily and may be capitalised monthly or at other intervals the directors think fit.
 

4
Transfer and transmission of shares
 
4.1
Transfer of shares
 
(a)
Subject to this constitution and to the rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares, a member may transfer all or any of the member's shares by:
 
(i)
a Proper ASTC Transfer; or
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 12

(ii)
an instrument in writing in any usual form or in any other form that the directors approve.
 
(b)
A transferor of shares remains the holder of the shares transferred until the transfer is:
 
(i)
effected in accordance with the ASX Settlement Operating Rules; or
 
(ii)
registered and the name of the transferee is entered in the register of members in respect of the shares.
 
(c)
The Company must not charge a fee for the registration of a transfer of shares.
 
(d)
An instrument of transfer referred to in rule 4.1(a)(ii) must be signed by or on behalf of both the transferor and the transferee unless the transfer:
 
(i)
relates only to fully paid shares and signature by the transferee has been dispensed with by the directors; or
 
(ii)
is a sufficient transfer of marketable securities for the purposes of the Corporations Act.
 
(e)
An instrument of transfer referred to in rule 4.1(a)(ii) must be duly stamped if required by law to be stamped.
 
(f)
An instrument of transfer referred to in rule 4.1(a)(ii) must be left for registration at the registered office of the Company, or at such other place as the directors determine, accompanied by any evidence which the directors require to prove the title of the transferor or the transferor's right to the shares including the share certificate, if any, and to prove the right of the transferee to be registered as the owner of the shares.
 
(g)
Subject to the powers vested in the directors under rules 4.2( Power to decline registration of transfers ) and 4.3 ( Transmission of shares ), where the Company receives an instrument of transfer complying with rules 4.1(d), 4.1(e) and 4.1(f), the Company must register the transferee named in the instrument as the holder of the shares to which it relates.
 
(h)
The Company may retain any registered instrument of transfer received by the Company under rule 4.1(f) for any period the directors think fit.
 
(i)
Except in the case of fraud, the Company must return any instrument of transfer received under rule 4.1(f) which the directors decline to register to the person who deposited it with the Company.
 
(j)
The directors may do anything that is necessary or desirable for the Company to participate in any computerised, electronic or other system for facilitating the transfer of shares that may be owned, operated or sponsored by the Exchange or a related body corporate of the Exchange.
 
(k)
The directors may, to the extent permitted by law and the Listing Rules, waive all or any of the requirements of this rule 4.1, whether for the purpose of giving effect to rule 4.1(j) or otherwise.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 13

4.2
Power to decline registration of transfers
 
(a)
The Company may ask ASX Settlement to apply a holding lock to prevent a Proper ASTC Transfer or may decline to register an instrument of transfer received under rule 4.1(f):
 
(i)
in the circumstances permitted under the Listing Rules or ASX Settlement Operating Rules, as applicable;
 
(ii)
where the transfer is not in registrable form;
 
(iii)
where the Company has a lien on any of the shares transferred;
 
(iv)
where the registration of the transfer may breach a law of Australia;
 
(v)
where the transfer is paper-based and registration of the transfer will create a new holding which, at the time the transfer is lodged, is less than a Marketable Parcel;
 
(vi)
where the transfer is not permitted under the terms of an employee incentive scheme; or
 
(vii)
where the Company is otherwise permitted or required to do so under the Listing Rules or, except for a Proper ASTC Transfer, under the terms of issue of the shares.
 
(b)
Subject to rules 4.2(c) and 4.2(d), the Company must give written notice of the refusal, or the request for a holding lock, and the precise reasons for it:
 
(i)
to the holder of the shares, if the Company asks ASX Settlement to apply a holding lock to prevent a Proper ASTC Transfer; or
 
(ii)
to the party lodging the transfer, if the Company declines to register any other transfer.
 
(c)
A notice under rule 4.2(b) must be given within five Business Days after:
 
(i)
the Company requests the holding lock, in the case of a Proper ASTC Transfer; or
 
(ii)
the date the transfer was lodged with the Company, in any other case.
 
(d)
The Company’s decision to decline to register the transfer or to apply for a holding lock is not invalidated if the Company fails to give a notice under rule 4.2(b).
 
(e)
Subject to the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules while the Company is a Listed Company, the directors may suspend the registration of transfer of shares at such time and for such periods, not exceeding in total 30 days in any year, as they think fit.
 
(f)
The directors may delegate their authority under this rule 4.2 to any person.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 14

4.3
Transmission of shares
 
(a)
In the case of the death of a member, the only persons the Company will recognise as having any title to the member's shares or any benefits accruing in respect of those shares are:
 
(i)
the legal personal representative of the deceased where the deceased was a sole holder; and
 
(ii)
the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder.
 
(b)
Nothing in rule 4.3(a) releases the estate of a deceased member from any liability in respect of a share, whether that share was held by the deceased solely or jointly with other persons.
 
(c)
A person who becomes entitled to a share as a result of a Transmission Event may elect:
 
(i)
to be registered as the holder of the share by signing and serving on the Company a notice in writing stating that election; or
 
(ii)
to nominate some other person to be registered as the transferee of the share by executing or otherwise effecting a transfer of the share to that other person,
 
after producing any evidence the directors require to prove that person’s entitlement to the share, including the certificate for the share in the case of a Certificated Holding.
 
(d)
The provisions of this constitution relating to the right to transfer, and the registration of transfers of, shares apply, so far as they can and with such changes as are necessary, to any transfer under rule 4.3(c)(ii) as if the relevant Transmission Event had not occurred and the transfer were executed or effected by the registered holder of the share.
 
(e)
If two or more persons become jointly entitled to a share under a Transmission Event, on registration as the holders of the share, those persons are taken to hold the share as joint tenants subject to rule 2.4 ( Joint holders of shares ).
 
(f)
Despite rule 4.3(a), the directors may register a transfer of shares signed by a member before a Transmission Event even though the Company has notice of the Transmission Event.
 

5
General meetings
 
5.1
Convening of general meetings
 
(a)
A general meeting may be convened by:
 
(i)
a director, while the Company is a Listed Company;
 
(ii)
the directors by resolution of the board; or
 
(iii)
members or the court in accordance with sections 249E, 249F and 249G of the Corporations Act.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 15

(b)
A general meeting must be convened by the directors in accordance with section 249D of the Corporations Act.
 
(c)
Subject to rule 5.1(e), the directors may postpone, cancel or change the venue for a general meeting by giving notice not later than five Business Days before the time at which the general meeting was to be held:
 
(i)
to each person who is at the date of the notice:
 
(A)
a member;
 
(B)
a director; or
 
(C)
an auditor of the Company; and
 
(ii)
while the Company is a Listed Company, to the Exchange.
 
(d)
A notice postponing or changing the venue for a general meeting must specify the date, time and place of the general meeting.
 
(e)
A general meeting convened under section 249D of the Corporations Act may not be postponed beyond the date by which section 249D requires it to be held and may not be cancelled without the consent of the member or members who requested it.
 
5.2
Notice of general meetings
 
(a)
Subject to this constitution and to the rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares, notice of a general meeting must be given within the time limits prescribed by the Corporations Act   and in the manner authorised by rule 13.1 ( Notices by the Company to members ) to each person who is at the date of the notice:
 
(i)
a member;
 
(ii)
a director; or
 
(iii)
an auditor of the Company,
 
and, while the Company is a Listed Company, notice must be given to the Exchange within the time limits prescribed by the Listing Rules.
 
(b)
A notice of a general meeting must specify the date, time and place of the meeting and, except as provided in rule 5.2(c), state the general nature of the business to be transacted at the meeting and any other matters required under the Corporations Act.
 
(c)
It is not necessary for a notice of an annual general meeting to state that the business to be transacted at the meeting includes the consideration of the annual financial report and the reports of the directors and auditor, the election of directors or the appointment or fixing of the remuneration of the auditor of the Company.
 
(d)
A person may waive notice of any general meeting by notice in writing to the Company.
 
(e)
The non-receipt of notice of a general meeting or proxy form by, or a failure to give notice of a general meeting or a proxy form to, any person entitled to receive notice of a general meeting under this rule 5.2 does not invalidate any act, matter or thing done or resolution passed at the general meeting if:
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 16

(i)
the non-receipt or failure occurred by accident or error; or
 
(ii)
before or after the meeting, the person:
 
(A)
has waived or waives notice of that meeting under rule 5.2(d); or
 
(B)
has notified or notifies the Company of the person’s agreement to that act, matter, thing or resolution by notice in writing to the Company.
 
(f)
A person's attendance at a general meeting:
 
(i)
waives any objection that person may have to a failure to give notice, or the giving of a defective notice, of the meeting unless the person at the beginning of the meeting objects to the holding of the meeting; and
 
(ii)
waives any objection that person may have to the consideration of a particular matter at the meeting which is not within the business referred to in the notice of the meeting or in rule 5.2(c), unless the person objects to considering the matter when it is presented.
 
5.3
Admission to general meetings
 
(a)
The chair of a general meeting may refuse admission to a person, or require that person to leave and remain out of the meeting, if that person:
 
(i)
has a camera, tape recorder or video camera, or another audio or visual recording device;
 
(ii)
has a placard or banner;
 
(iii)
has an article which the chair considers to be dangerous, offensive or liable to cause disruption;
 
(iv)
refuses to produce or to permit examination of any article, or the contents of any article, in the person's possession;
 
(v)
behaves or threatens to behave in a dangerous, offensive or disruptive manner; or
 
(vi)
is not:
 
(A)
a member or a proxy, attorney or Representative of a member;
 
(B)
a director; or
 
(C)
an auditor of the Company.
 
(b)
A person requested by the directors or the chair to attend a general meeting is entitled to be present, whether the person is a member or not.
 
(c)
Nothing in this rule 5.3 or in rule 5.6 ( Conduct of general meetings ) is taken to limit the powers conferred on the chair by law.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 17

5.4
Quorum at general meetings
 
(a)
No business may be transacted at any general meeting, except the election of a chair and the adjournment of the meeting, unless a quorum of members is present when the meeting proceeds to business and remains present throughout the meeting.
 
(b)
A quorum consists of:
 
(i)
if the number of members entitled to vote is two or more ‑ two of those members; or
 
(ii)
if only one member is entitled to vote ‑ that member,
 
present at the meeting.
 
(c)
If a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for a general meeting:
 
(i)
where the meeting was convened by, or at the request of, a member or members, the meeting must be dissolved; or
 
(ii)
in any other case:
 
(A)
the meeting stands adjourned to such day, and at such time and place, as the directors determine or, if no determination is made by the directors, to the same day in the next week at the same time and place; and
 
(B)
if, at the adjourned meeting, a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the meeting must be dissolved.
 
5.5
Chair of general meetings
 
(a)
A general meeting is to be chaired by:
 
(i)
a person appointed by the directors to chair the meeting (who need not be a director or member);
 
(ii)
if there is no appointment under rule 5.5(a)(i)– the chair of directors;
 
(iii)
if there is no chair of directors, or the chair of directors is not present within 15 minutes after the time the meeting is to start or is unwilling or unable to chair the meeting – the deputy chair of directors;
 
(iv)
if rule 5.5(a)(iii)applies but there is no deputy chair of directors or the deputy chair of directors is not present within 15 minutes after the time the meeting is to start or is unwilling or unable to chair the meeting – a person appointed by the directors present at the meeting; and
 
(v)
if rule 5.5(a)(iv)applies but there are no directors present, or the director appointed is unwilling to chair the meeting, the members present must elect another person (who need not be a member) who is present and willing to act to chair the meeting.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 18

(b)
The chair of a general meeting may, for any item of business or discrete part of the meeting, vacate the chair in favour of another person nominated by him or her.
 
5.6
Conduct of general meetings
 
(a)
The chair of a general meeting is responsible for the general conduct of the meeting and for the procedures to be adopted at the meeting and may require the adoption of any procedures which are in his or her opinion necessary or desirable for:
 
(i)
proper and orderly debate or discussion, including limiting the time that a person present may speak on a motion or other item of business before the meeting; and
 
(ii)
the proper and orderly casting or recording of votes at the general meeting, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, including the appointment of scrutineers.
 
(b)
Subject to sections 250S and 250T of the Corporations Act, the chair of a general meeting may at any time he or she considers it necessary or desirable for the proper and orderly conduct of the meeting:
 
(i)
terminate debate or discussion on any business, question, motion or resolution being considered by the meeting and require the business, question, motion or resolution to be put to a vote of the members present; or
 
(ii)
allow debate or discussion on any business, question, motion or resolution being considered by the meeting to continue.
 
(c)
Subject to sections 250S and 250T of the Corporations Act, the chair of a general meeting may:
 
(i)
refuse to allow debate or discussion on any business, question, motion or resolution which is not within the business referred to in the notice of meeting or rule 5.2(c); and
 
(ii)
refuse to allow any amendment to be moved to a resolution of which notice has been given under rule 5.2(a).
 
(d)
A decision by a chair under rules 5.6(a), 5.6(b) or 5.6(c) is final.
 
(e)
The chair of a general meeting may at any time during the course of the meeting adjourn the meeting or any business, motion, question or resolution being considered or remaining to be considered by the meeting either to a later time at the same meeting or to an adjourned meeting.
 
(f)
If the chair exercises his or her right under rule 5.6(e), it is in the chair's sole discretion whether to seek the approval of the members present to the adjournment.
 
(g)
If the chair does seek the members’ approval, the chair must adjourn the meeting if the members present with a majority of votes agree or direct that the chair must do so.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 19

(h)
The chair's rights under rule 5.6(e) are exclusive and, unless otherwise required by the chair, no vote may be taken or demanded by the members present in respect of any adjournment.
 
(i)
No business may be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.
 
(j)
Where a meeting is adjourned, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to the Exchange, but need not be given to any other person.
 
(k)
Where a meeting is adjourned, the directors may, by notice to the Exchange, postpone, cancel or change the venue of the adjourned meeting but a general meeting convened under s249D of the Corporations Act may not be postponed beyond the date by which s249D requires it to be held and may not be cancelled without the consent of the member or members who requested it.
 
5.7
Decisions at general meetings
 
(a)
Except in the case of any resolution which as a matter of law or the Listing Rules requires a special majority, questions arising at a general meeting are to be decided by a majority of votes cast by the members present at the meeting and any such decision is for all purposes a decision of the members.
 
(b)
The chair may vote in his or her capacity as a member, but the chair has no casting vote in the case of an equality of votes on a proposed resolution.
 
(c)
A resolution put to the vote of a general meeting must be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded before a vote by show of hands is taken or before or immediately after the declaration of the result of the show of hands:
 
(i)
by the chair of the meeting;
 
(ii)
by at least five members present and entitled to vote on the relevant resolution; or
 
(iii)
by a member or members present at the meeting and representing at least 5% of the votes that may be cast on the resolution on a poll.
 
(d)
A demand for a poll does not prevent the continuance of a general meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded.
 
(e)
Unless a poll is duly demanded, a declaration by the chair of a general meeting that a resolution has on a show of hands been carried or carried unanimously, or carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company, is conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.
 
(f)
If a poll is duly demanded at a general meeting, it will be taken when and in the manner the chair of the meeting directs, and the result of the poll will be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.
 
(g)
A poll cannot be demanded at a general meeting on the election of a chair of the meeting.
 
(h)
The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 20

5.8
Voting rights
 
(a)
Subject to this constitution and to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares, at a general meeting:
 
(i)
on a show of hands, every member present has one vote;
 
(ii)
on a poll, every member present has:
 
(A)
one vote for each fully paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled to vote; and
 
(B)
a fraction of a vote for each partly paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled to vote, equivalent to the proportion which the amount paid (not credited) on the share bears to the total amounts paid and payable (excluding amounts credited) on the share.
 
(iii)
For the purposes of rule 5.8(a)(ii)(B), an amount paid on a share in advance of a call is to be ignored.
 
(b)
Where a person present at a general meeting represents personally or by proxy, attorney or Representative more than one member, the following rules apply to a vote taken on a show of hands:
 
(i)
the person is entitled to one vote only despite the number of members the person represents; and
 
(ii)
the person’s vote will be taken as having been cast for all the members the person represents.
 
(c)
A joint holder may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy, attorney or Representative as if that person was the sole holder.  If more than one joint holder tenders a vote, the vote of the holder named first in the register must be accepted to the exclusion of the other or others.
 
(d)
The parent or guardian of an infant member may vote at a general meeting on evidence being produced of the relationship or of the appointment of the guardian as the directors may require and any vote so tendered by a parent or guardian of an infant member must be accepted to the exclusion of the vote of the infant member.
 
(e)
A person entitled to a share as a result of a Transmission Event may vote at a general meeting in respect of that share in the same manner as if that person were the registered holder of the share if, not less than 48 hours before the meeting, the directors have:
 
(i)
admitted that person's right to vote at that meeting in respect of the share; or
 
(ii)
been satisfied of that person's right to be registered as the holder of, or to transfer, the share under rule 4.3(c),
 
and any vote tendered by that person must be accepted to the exclusion of the vote of the registered holder of the share.
 
(f)
Where a member holds any share on which any call due and payable to the Company has not been duly paid:
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 21

(i)
that member is only entitled to be present at a general meeting and vote if other shares are held by that member on which no call is then due and payable; and
 
(ii)
upon a poll, that member is not entitled to vote in respect of that share but may vote in respect of any other shares held upon which no call is then due and payable.
 
(g)
An objection to the qualification of a person to vote at a general meeting:
 
(i)
must be raised before or immediately after the result of the motion on which the vote objected to is given or tendered; and
 
(ii)
must be referred to the chair of the meeting, whose decision is final.
 
(h)
A vote not disallowed by the chair of a meeting under rule 5.8(g) is valid for all purposes.
 
5.9
Representation at general meetings
 
(a)
Subject to this constitution, each member entitled to vote at a meeting of members may vote:
 
(i)
in person or, where a member is a body corporate, by its Representative;
 
(ii)
by proxy or, if the member is entitled to cast two or more votes at the meeting, by not more than two proxies; or
 
(iii)
by not more than two attorneys.
 
(b)
A proxy, attorney or Representative may be a member of the Company but does not have to be a member.
 
(c)
A proxy, attorney or Representative may be appointed for all general meetings, or for any number of general meetings, or for a particular general meeting.
 
(d)
Unless otherwise provided in the Corporations Act or in the appointment, an appointment of a proxy, attorney or Representative will be taken to confer authority:
 
(i)
to agree to a meeting being convened by shorter notice than is required by the Corporations Act   or by this constitution;
 
(ii)
to speak to any proposed resolution on which the proxy, attorney or Representative may vote;
 
(iii)
to demand or join in demanding a poll on any resolution on which the proxy, attorney or Representative may vote;
 
(iv)
even though the appointment may refer to specific resolutions and may direct the proxy, attorney or Representative how to vote on those resolutions:
 
(A)
to vote on any amendment moved to the proposed resolutions and on any motion that the proposed resolutions not be put or any similar motion;
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 22

(B)
to vote on any procedural motion, including any motion to elect the chair, to vacate the chair or to adjourn the meeting; and
 
(C)
to act generally at the meeting; and
 
(v)
even though the appointment may refer to a specific meeting to be held at a specified time or venue, where the meeting is rescheduled or adjourned to another time or changed to another venue, to attend and vote at the re-Scheduled or adjourned meeting or at the new venue.
 
(e)
The chair of a meeting may require any person purporting to act as a proxy, attorney or Representative to establish to the satisfaction of the chair that the person has been validly appointed as a proxy, attorney or Representative and is the person named in the relevant instrument of appointment, failing which the person may be excluded from attending or voting at the meeting.  The chair may delegate his or her powers under this rule 5.9(e) to any person.
 
(f)
Where a member appoints two proxies or attorneys to vote at the same general meeting and the authority of one is not conditional on the other failing to attend or vote, the following rules apply:
 
(i)
where the appointment does not specify the proportion or number of the member’s votes each proxy or attorney may exercise, each proxy or attorney may exercise half of the member’s votes;
 
(ii)
on a show of hands, neither proxy or attorney may vote; and
 
(iii)
on a poll, each proxy or attorney may only exercise the voting rights the proxy or attorney represents.
 
(g)
An instrument appointing a proxy or attorney may direct the manner in which the proxy or attorney is to vote in respect of a particular resolution and, where an instrument so provides, the proxy or attorney is not entitled to vote on the proposed resolution except as directed in the instrument.
 
(h)
A proxy or attorney may not vote at a general meeting or adjourned meeting unless the instrument appointing the proxy or attorney, and the original or a certified copy of the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which the instrument is signed, are received:
 
(i)
at the registered office of the Company, the fax number at its registered office or at another place, fax number or electronic address specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting; and
 
(ii)
by the time specified in the notice of meeting.
 
(i)
A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument appointing a proxy or attorney is valid despite:
 
(i)
a Transmission Event occurring in relation to the appointer; or
 
(ii)
the revocation of the instrument or of the authority under which the instrument was executed,
 
if no notice in writing of the Transmission Event or revocation has been received by the Company by the time and at one of the places at or in the manner in which the instrument appointing the proxy or attorney is required to be received under rule 5.9(h).
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 23

(j)
A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument appointing a proxy or attorney is valid despite the transfer of the share in respect of which the instrument was given if the transfer is not registered by the time at which the instrument appointing the proxy or attorney is required to be received under rule 5.9(h).
 
(k)
The appointment of a proxy or attorney is not revoked by the appointer attending and taking part in the general meeting but, if the appointer votes on any resolution, the proxy or attorney is not entitled to vote, and must not vote, as the appointer's proxy or attorney on the resolution.
 
(l)
The Company must include with a notice of meeting a proxy form which must provide for the appointer:
 
(i)
to vote for or against each resolution; and
 
(ii)
to appoint proxies of the appointer’s choice, but may specify who is to be appointed as proxy if the appointer does not choose.
 

6
Directors
 
6.1
Appointment and removal of directors
 
(a)
The minimum number of directors is three.  The maximum number of directors is 8 or such lower number as the directors determine, provided the directors have been authorised by the Company in general meeting to make such a determination if required under the Corporations Act.  The directors must not determine a maximum which is less than the number of directors in office at the time the determination takes effect.
 
(b)
The directors in office on the date that this constitution was adopted by the Company continue in office but on the terms and conditions set out in this constitution.
 
(c)
Subject to rules 6.1(a) and 6.1(m), the Company may by resolution elect any natural person to be a director, either as an addition to the existing directors or as otherwise provided in this constitution.
 
(d)
Subject to rule 6.1(a), the directors may appoint any natural person to be a director, either as an addition to the existing directors or to fill a casual vacancy (including any casual vacancy arising where a director is removed from office under rule 6.1(k) and no person is appointed in place of that director under rule 6.1(k)(ii)).
 
(e)
A director, other than the managing director (or, if there is more than one managing director, the first of them to be appointed), appointed under rule 6.1(d) must retire from office at the next annual general meeting following his or her appointment.
 
(f)
An election of directors must take place each year and at that meeting:
 
(i)
excluding any director who is required to retire at that meeting under rule 6.1(e) and the managing director or, if there is more than one managing director, the first of them to be appointed:
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 24

(A)
one‑third of the remaining directors (rounded down, if necessary, to the nearest whole number); and
 
(B)
any other director who, if he or she does not retire, will at the conclusion of the meeting have been in office for three or more years or for three or more annual general meetings since he or she was last elected to office,
 
must retire from office as directors; and
 
(ii)
if no director is required to retire under rules 6.1(e) or 6.1(f)(i), at least one director, excluding the managing director (or if there is more than one managing director, the first of them to be appointed), must retire from office as a director.
 
(g)
The director or directors who must retire at a meeting in accordance with rule 6.1(f)(i)(A) or 6.1(f)(ii) (as the case may be) is the director who has, or are the directors who have, been longest in office since their last election but, as between persons who were last elected as directors on the same day, the director or directors to retire must be determined by agreement among themselves or, in the absence of agreement, by lot.
 
(h)
Subject to rule 6.1(m), the Company may by resolution fill the office vacated by a director under rules 6.1(e) or 6.1(f) by electing a person to that office.
 
(i)
A director retiring from office under rules 6.1(e) or 6.1(f) is eligible for re‑election and that director may by resolution of the Company be re‑elected to that office.
 
(j)
The retirement of a director from office under rules 6.1(e) or 6.1(f) and the re‑election of the director or the election of another person to that office (as the case may be) takes effect at the conclusion of the meeting at which the retirement and re‑election or election occur.
 
(k)
The Company may:
 
(i)
by resolution in accordance with section 203D of the Corporations Act remove a director from office; and
 
(ii)
subject to rule 6.1(m), by resolution fill the office vacated by a director who is removed under rule 6.1(k)(i) by electing another person to that office.
 
(l)
A person elected as a director under rule 6.1(k)(ii) must retire under rules 6.1(e) or 6.1(f) (as the case may be) on the same day that the director in whose place he or she was appointed would have had to retire under rules 6.1(e) or 6.1(f) if that director had not been removed from office under rule 6.1(k)(i).
 
(m)
A person may be elected to the office of a director at a general meeting only by one of the following ways:
 
(i)
Retirement and re-election: that person is a director retiring from office under rules 6.1(e) or 6.1(f) and standing for re-election at that meeting;
 
(ii)
Directors' nomination: that person has been nominated by the directors for election at that meeting;
 
(iii)
Member’s own nomination: that person is a member who nominates themselves under rule 6.1(n); or
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 25

(iv)
Member’s nomination of another person: that person is nominated by a member under rule 6.1(o).
 
(n)
A member may nominate themselves as a candidate for election as a director at a general meeting, by signing a notice of nomination and serving it on the Company under rule 6.1(p).
 
(o)
A member may nominate another person as a candidate for election at a general meeting, whether or not that person is a member, by serving on the Company under rule 6.1(p):
 
(i)
a notice of nomination signed by the member; and
 
(ii)
a consent to the nomination signed by that person.
 
(p)
A nomination under rules 6.1(n) or 6.1(o) must be served on the Company:
 
(i)
at least 35 Business Days before the general meeting, unless it is a general meeting requisitioned by members;
 
(ii)
at least 30 Business Days before the general meeting, in the case of a general meeting which is requisitioned by members; or
 
(iii)
in either case, a shorter period before the meeting which the directors in their discretion may approve.
 
6.2
Vacation of office
 
In addition to the circumstances prescribed by the Corporations Act, this constitution   or by the terms of a director’s appointment, the office of a director becomes vacant if the director:
 
(a)
becomes of unsound mind or a person who is, or whose estate is, liable to be dealt with in any way under the law relating to mental health;
 
(b)
becomes bankrupt or insolvent or makes any arrangement or composition with his or her creditors generally;
 
(c)
is convicted of an indictable offence and the directors do not within one month of that conviction resolve to confirm the director's appointment or election (as the case may be) to the office of director;
 
(d)
fails to attend meetings of the directors for more than three consecutive months without leave of absence from the directors and a majority of the other directors have resolved that his or her office is vacated; or
 
(e)
resigns by notice in writing to the Company.
 
6.3
Remuneration of directors
 
(a)
Each director is entitled to the remuneration out of the funds of the Company as the directors determine, but the remuneration of non-executive directors may not exceed in total in any year the amount fixed by the Company in general meeting for that purpose.  Remuneration of directors may be provided as a contribution to a superannuation fund.
 
(b)
The remuneration of directors:
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 26

(i)
may be a stated salary or a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of directors or both; or
 
(ii)
maybe a share of a fixed sum determined by the Company in general meeting to be the remuneration payable to all directors which is to be divided between the directors in the proportions agreed between them or, failing agreement, equally,
 
and if it is a stated salary under rule 6.3(b)(i) or a share of a fixed sum under rule 6.3(b)(ii), will be taken to accrue from day to day.
 
(c)
The remuneration payable by the Company to a non-executive director must not include a commission on, or percentage of, profits or operating revenue.
 
(d)
In addition to their remuneration under rule 6.3(a), the directors are entitled to be paid all travelling and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with the affairs of the Company, including attending and returning from general meetings of the Company or meetings of the directors or of committees of the directors.
 
(e)
If a director renders or is called on to perform extra services or to make any special exertions in connection with the affairs of the Company, the directors may arrange for a special remuneration to be paid to that director, either in addition to or in substitution for that director's remuneration under rule 6.3(a).
 
(f)
Nothing in rule 6.3(a) restricts the remuneration to which a director may be entitled as an officer of the Company or of a related body corporate in a capacity other than director, which may be either in addition to or in substitution for that director's remuneration under rule 6.3(a).
 
(g)
The directors may, subject to the Listing Rules and the Corporations Act:
 
(i)
at any time after a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office as a director, pay to the director or a legal personal representative, spouse, relative or dependant of the director, in addition to the remuneration of that director under rule 6.3(a), a pension or lump sum payment for past services rendered by that director; and
 
(ii)
cause the Company to enter into a contract with the director for the purpose of providing for or giving effect to that payment.
 
(h)
The directors may establish or support, or assist in the establishment or support of, funds and trusts to provide pension, retirement, superannuation or similar payments or benefits to or in respect of the directors or former directors.
 
(i)
Shares may be provided to non-executive directors as part of their remuneration under this rule 6.3 in accordance with the rules of any share plan for the remuneration of non-executive directors which has been approved by the Company in general meeting.  For the purposes of rule 6.3(a), the value of any shares so provided will be determined in accordance with the rules of the share plan.
 
6.4
Share qualification
 
(a)
A director is not required to hold any shares in the Company to qualify for appointment.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 27

(b)
A director who is not a member of the Company is nevertheless entitled to attend and speak at general meetings and at meetings of the holders of a class of shares.
 
6.5
Interested directors
 
(a)
A director may hold any other office or place of profit, other than auditor, in the Company or a related body corporate in conjunction with his or her directorship.  A director may be appointed to that office or place of profit on the terms as to remuneration, tenure of office and otherwise as the directors think fit.
 
(b)
A director of the Company may be a director or other officer of:
 
(i)
a related body corporate;
 
(ii)
a body corporate promoted by the Company; or
 
(iii)
a body corporate in which the Company is interested, as shareholder or otherwise,
 
or be otherwise interested in any of those bodies corporate.  A director is not accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by the director as a director or officer of that body corporate or from having an interest in that body corporate.
 
(c)
The directors may exercise the voting rights conferred by shares in any body corporate held or owned by the Company as the directors think fit.  This includes voting in favour of any resolution appointing a director as a director or other officer of that body corporate, or voting for the payment of remuneration to the directors or other officers of that body corporate.  A director may, if permitted by law, vote in favour of the exercise of those voting rights even if he or she is, or may be about to be appointed, a director or other officer of that other body corporate.
 
(d)
A director is not disqualified merely because of being a director from contracting with the Company in any respect including, without limitation:
 
(i)
selling any property to, or purchasing any property from, the Company;
 
(ii)
lending any money to, or borrowing any money from, the Company with or without interest and with or without security;
 
(iii)
guaranteeing the repayment of any money borrowed by the Company for a commission or profit;
 
(iv)
underwriting or guaranteeing the subscription for securities in the Company or in a related body corporate or any other body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder or otherwise, for a commission or profit; or
 
(v)
being employed by the Company or acting in any professional capacity, other than auditor, on behalf of the Company.
 
(e)
No contract made by a director with the Company and no contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any director may be in any way interested is avoided or rendered voidable merely because the director holds office as a director or because of the fiduciary obligations arising out of that office.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 28

(f)
No director contracting with the Company or being interested in any arrangement involving the Company is liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or under a contract or arrangement of that kind merely because the director holds office as a director or because of the fiduciary obligations arising out of that office provided that the director complies with any disclosure requirements applicable to the director under rule 6.5(i).
 
(g)
Subject to rule 6.5(h), a director who is in any way interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement may, despite that interest:
 
(i)
be counted in determining whether or not a quorum is present at any meeting of directors considering that contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement;
 
(ii)
sign or countersign any document relating to that contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement to which the Seal is affixed; and
 
(iii)
vote in respect of the contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement or any matter arising out of those things.
 
(h)
Rule 6.5(g) does not apply if, and to the extent that, it would be contrary to the Corporations Act   or the Listing Rules.
 
(i)
The directors may make regulations requiring the disclosure of interests that a director, and any person deemed by the directors to be related to or associated with the director, may have in any matter concerning the Company or a related body corporate.  Any regulations made under this rule 6.5(i) bind all directors and apply in addition to any obligations imposed on the directors by the Corporations Act   to disclose interests to the Company.
 
(j)
No act, transaction, agreement, instrument, resolution or other thing is invalid or voidable only because a person fails to comply with any regulations made under rule 6.5(i).
 
6.6
Powers and duties of directors
 
(a)
The directors are responsible for managing the business of the Company and may exercise to the exclusion of the Company in general meeting all the powers of the Company which are not required, by the Corporations Act, this constitution or, while the Company is a Listed Company, the Listing Rules, to be exercised by the Company in general meeting.
 
(b)
Without limiting the generality of rule 6.6(a), the directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow or otherwise raise money, to charge any property or business of the Company or all or any of its uncalled capital and to issue debentures or give any other security for a debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any other person.
 
(c)
The directors may determine how cheques, promissory notes, bankers drafts, bills of exchange or other negotiable instruments or other documents must be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, by or on behalf of the Company.
 
(d)
The directors may pay out of the Company's funds all expenses of the promotion, formation and registration of the Company and the vesting in it of the assets acquired by it.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 29

(e)
The directors may:
 
(i)
appoint or employ any person to be an officer, agent or attorney of the Company for the purposes, the period and on the conditions as they think fit;
 
(ii)
resolve to delegate any of their powers to an officer, agent or attorney and the officer, agent or attorney must exercise the powers delegated in accordance with any directions of the directors;
 
(iii)
authorise an officer, agent or attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, discretions and duties vested in the officer, agent or attorney; and
 
(iv)
subject to any contract between the Company and the relevant officer, agent or attorney, remove or dismiss any officer, agent or attorney of the Company at any time, with or without cause.
 
(f)
A power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of the attorney or persons dealing with the attorney as the directors think fit.
 
6.7
Proceedings of directors
 
(a)
The directors may hold meetings for the despatch of business and adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit.
 
(b)
Subject to the Corporations Act, the contemporaneous linking together by a form of technology of a number of the directors sufficient to constitute a quorum, constitutes a meeting of the directors and all the provisions in this constitution relating to meetings of the directors apply, so far as they can and with such changes as are necessary, to meetings of the directors held using a form of technology.
 
(c)
A meeting by telephone or other electronic means is taken to be held at the place where the chair of the meeting is or at such other place the chair of the meeting decides on, as long as at least one of the directors involved was at the place for the duration of the meeting.
 
(d)
A director taking part in a meeting by telephone or other electronic means is taken to be present in person at the meeting.
 
(e)
If, before or during the meeting, any technical difficulty occurs whereby one or more director has ceased to participate, the chair may adjourn the meeting until the difficulty is remedied or may, provided a quorum of directors remains present, continue with the meeting.
 
6.8
Convening of meetings of directors
 
(a)
A director may, whenever the director thinks fit, convene a meeting of the directors.
 
(b)
A secretary must, on the requisition of a director, convene a meeting of the directors.
 
6.9
Notice of meetings of directors
 
(a)
Subject to this constitution, notice of a meeting of directors must be given to each person who is at the time of giving the notice:
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 30

(i)
a director, other than a director on leave of absence approved by the directors; or
 
(ii)
an alternate director appointed under rule 6.14 ( Alternate directors ) by a director on leave of absence approved by the directors.
 
(b)
A notice of a meeting of directors:
 
(i)
must specify the time and place of, or form of technology for, the meeting;
 
(ii)
need not state the nature of the business to be transacted at the meeting;
 
(iii)
may be given in person, by post or, subject to the Corporations Act, by a form of technology; and
 
(iv)
will be taken to have been given to an alternate director if it is given to the director who appointed that alternate director.
 
(c)
A director or alternate director may waive notice of a meeting of directors by notifying the Company to that effect in person, by post or by a form of technology.
 
(d)
The non-receipt of notice of a meeting of directors by, or a failure to give notice of a meeting of directors to, a director does not invalidate any act, matter or thing done or resolution passed at the meeting if:
 
(i)
the non-receipt or failure occurred by accident or error;
 
(ii)
before or after the meeting, the director or an alternate director appointed by the director:
 
(A)
has waived or waives notice of that meeting under rule 6.9(c); or
 
(B)
has notified or notifies the Company of his or her agreement to that act, matter, thing or resolution personally, by post or by a form of technology; or
 
(iii)
the director or an alternate director appointed by the director attended the meeting.
 
(e)
The non-receipt of notice of a meeting of directors by, or a failure to give notice of a meeting of directors to, an alternate director of a director on leave of absence approved by the directors does not invalidate any act, matter or thing done or resolution passed at the meeting if:
 
(i)
the non-receipt or failure occurred by accident or error;
 
(ii)
before or after the meeting, the alternate director or the director who appointed the alternate director:
 
(A)
has waived or waives notice of that meeting under rule 6.9(c); or
 
(B)
has notified or notifies the Company of his or her agreement to that act, matter, thing or resolution personally, by post or by a form of technology; or
 
(iii)
the alternate director or the director who appointed the alternate director attended the meeting.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 31

(f)
Attendance by a person at a meeting of directors waives any objection that person and:
 
(i)
if the person is a director, an alternate director appointed by that person; or
 
(ii)
if the person is an alternate director, the director who appointed that person as alternate director,
 
may have to a failure to give notice of the meeting.
 
6.10
Quorum at meetings of directors
 
(a)
No business may be transacted at a meeting of directors unless there is a quorum of directors at the time the business is dealt with.
 
(b)
A quorum consists of:
 
(i)
if the directors have fixed a number for the quorum, that number of directors; and
 
(ii)
in any other case, two directors.
 
(c)
If there is a vacancy in the office of a director, the remaining director or directors may act but, if the number of remaining directors is not sufficient to constitute a quorum at a meeting of directors, the remaining director or directors may act only in an emergency or for the purpose of increasing the number of directors to a number sufficient to constitute a quorum or of convening a general meeting of the Company.
 
6.11
Chair and deputy chair of directors
 
(a)
The directors may elect one of the directors to the office of chair of directors and may determine the period for which that director is to be chair of directors.
 
(b)
The directors may elect one of the directors to the office of deputy chair of directors and may determine the period for which that director is to be deputy chair of directors.
 
(c)
The office of chair of directors or deputy chair of directors may be treated as an extra service or special exertion performed by the director holding that office for the purposes of rule 6.3(e) if:
 
(i)
the directors resolve to do so; and
 
(ii)
the total amount fixed by the Company for remuneration of non-executive directors under rule 6.3(a) will not be exceeded.
 
(d)
The chair of directors must (if present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting and willing to act) preside as chair at each meeting of directors.
 
(e)
If at a meeting of directors:
 
(i)
there is no chair of directors;
 
(ii)
the chair of directors is not present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting; or
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 32

(iii)
the chair of directors is present within that time but is not willing to act as chair of the meeting or of part of the meeting,
 
then if the directors have elected a deputy chair of directors, the deputy chair of directors must (if present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting and willing to act) preside as the chair of the meeting or part of it.
 
(f)
Subject to rules 6.11(d) and 6.11(e), if at a meeting of directors:
 
(i)
there is no deputy chair of directors;
 
(ii)
the deputy chair of directors is not present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or of part of the meeting; or
 
(iii)
the deputy chair of directors is present within that time but is not willing to act as chair of the meeting or part of the meeting,
 
the directors present must elect one of themselves to be chair of the meeting or part of the meeting.
 
6.12
Decisions of directors
 
(a)
A meeting of directors at which a quorum is present is competent to exercise all or any of the authorities, powers and discretions vested in or exercisable by the directors under this constitution.
 
(b)
Questions arising at a meeting of directors are to be decided by a majority of votes cast by the directors present and entitled to vote on the matter and a decision of that kind is for all purposes a determination of the directors.
 
(c)
Subject to rule 6.12(d), in the case of an equality of votes upon any proposed resolution, the chair of the meeting has a casting vote in addition to any vote the chair has in his or her capacity as a director.
 
(d)
Where only two directors are present or qualified to vote at a meeting of directors and there is an equality of votes upon any proposed resolution:
 
(i)
the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote; and
 
(ii)
the proposed resolution is to be taken as having been lost.
 
6.13
Written resolutions
 
(a)
An act, matter or thing is taken to have been done or a resolution passed by a meeting of the directors, if a document containing a statement to that effect is assented to by all of the directors other than:
 
(i)
a director on leave of absence approved by the directors;
 
(ii)
a director who disqualifies himself or herself from considering the act, matter or thing in question on the grounds that he or she is not entitled at law to do so or has a conflict of interest; and
 
(iii)
a director who the directors reasonably believe is not entitled to do the act, matter or thing or to vote on the resolution in question,
 
and the directors who assent to the document would have constituted a quorum at a meeting held to consider that act, matter, thing or resolution.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 33

(b)
The act, matter or thing is taken to have been done or the resolution passed when the document is last assented to by a director.
 
(c)
Two or more separate documents in identical terms each of which is assented to by one or more directors are to be taken as constituting one document.
 
(d)
A director may signify assent to a document by signing the document or by notifying the Company of the director's assent in person or by post, fax, telephone or other method of written, audio or audio visual communication or other form of technology.
 
(e)
Where a director signifies assent to a document otherwise than by signing the document, the director must by way of confirmation sign the document at the next meeting of the directors attended by that director, but failure to do so does not invalidate the act, matter, thing or resolution to which the document relates.
 
(f)
Where a document is assented to in accordance with this rule 6.13, the document is to be taken as a minute of a meeting of directors.
 
6.14
Alternate directors
 
(a)
A director may, with the approval of the directors, appoint a person to be the director's alternate director for a period which the director thinks fit.
 
(b)
An alternate director may be a member or a director of the Company but need not be a member or a director.
 
(c)
One person may act as alternate director to more than one director.
 
(d)
An alternate director is entitled, if the appointer does not attend a meeting of directors, to attend and vote in place of and on behalf of the appointer.
 
(e)
An alternate director is entitled to a separate vote for each director the alternate director represents in addition to any vote the alternate director may have as a director in his or her own right.
 
(f)
In the absence of the appointer, an alternate director may exercise any powers that the appointer may exercise and the exercise of that power by the alternate director is to be taken to be the exercise of the power by the appointer.
 
(g)
The office of an alternate director is vacated if and when the appointer vacates office as a director.
 
(h)
The appointment of an alternate director may be terminated at any time by the appointer even though the period of the appointment of the alternate director has not expired.
 
(i)
An appointment, or the termination of an appointment, of an alternate director must be in writing signed by the director who makes or made the appointment and does not take effect unless and until the Company has received notice in writing of the appointment or termination.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 34

(j)
An alternate director is not to be taken into account in determining the minimum or maximum number of directors allowed under this constitution or the rotation of directors under rule 6.1 ( Appointment and removal of directors ).
 
(k)
In determining whether a quorum is present at a meeting of directors, a director or an alternate director who attends the meeting is to be counted once only.
 
(l)
An alternate director is entitled to be paid the remuneration which the directors think fit, either in addition to or in reduction of the remuneration payable to the director for whom the alternate director acts as alternate.
 
(m)
An alternate director is not entitled to be remunerated by the Company for his or her services as alternate director except as provided in rule 6.14(l).
 
(n)
An alternate director, while acting as a director, is responsible to the Company for his or her own acts and defaults and is not to be taken to be the agent of the director by whom he or she was appointed.
 
6.15
Committees of directors
 
(a)
The directors may resolve to delegate any of their powers to a committee or committees consisting of such number of directors as they think fit.
 
(b)
A committee to which any powers have been so delegated must exercise the powers delegated in accordance with any directions of the directors.
 
(c)
The provisions of this constitution applying to meetings and resolutions of directors apply, so far as they can and with such changes as are necessary, to meetings and resolutions of a committee of directors.
 
(d)
Membership of a committee of directors may be treated as an extra service or special exertion performed by the members of the committee for the purposes of rule 6.3(e) if:
 
(i)
the directors resolve to do so; and
 
(ii)
the total amount fixed by the Company for remuneration of non-executive directors under rule 6.3(a) will not be exceeded.
 
6.16
Delegation to individual directors
 
(a)
The directors may resolve to delegate any of their powers to one director.
 
(b)
A director to whom any powers have been so delegated must exercise the powers delegated in accordance with any directions of the directors.
 
(c)
Acceptance of such a delegation may be treated as an extra service or special exertion performed by the delegate for the purposes of rule 6.3(e) if:
 
(i)
the directors resolve to do so; and
 
(ii)
the total amount fixed by the Company for remuneration of non-executive directors under rule 6.3(a) will not be exceeded.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 35

6.17
Validity of acts
 
An act done by a person acting as a director or by a meeting of directors or a committee of directors attended by a person acting as a director is not invalidated by reason only of:
 
(a)
a defect in the appointment of the person as a director;
 
(b)
the person being disqualified to be a director or having vacated office; or
 
(c)
the person not being entitled to vote,
 
if that circumstance was not known by the person or the directors or committee, as the case may be, when the act was done.
 

7
Executive officers
 
7.1
Managing directors
 
(a)
The directors may appoint one or more of the directors to the office of managing director.
 
(b)
A managing director's appointment as managing director automatically terminates if the managing director ceases to be a director.
 
7.2
Deputy managing directors
 
(a)
The directors may appoint one or more of the directors to the office of deputy managing director.
 
(b)
A deputy managing director's appointment as deputy managing director automatically terminates if the deputy managing director ceases to be a director.
 
7.3
Executive directors
 
(a)
A reference in this rule 7.3 to an executive director is a reference to a director who is also an officer of the Company or of a related body corporate in a capacity other than director, managing director or deputy managing director.
 
(b)
The directors may confer on an executive director any title they think fit.
 
(c)
Unless the directors decide otherwise, the terms on which an executive director is appointed will provide that the executive director's appointment:
 
(i)
as a director automatically terminates if the executive director ceases to be an officer of the Company or of a related body corporate in a capacity other than director; or
 
(ii)
as an officer of the Company or of a related body corporate in a capacity other than director automatically terminates if the executive director ceases to be a director.
 
7.4
Secretaries
 
(a)
The directors must appoint at least one secretary and may appoint additional secretaries.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 36

(b)
The directors may appoint one or more assistant secretaries.
 
7.5
Provisions applicable to all executive officers
 
(a)
A reference in this rule 7.5 to an executive officer is a reference to a managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, secretary or assistant secretary appointed under this rule 7.
 
(b)
The appointment of an executive officer may be for the period, at the remuneration and on the conditions the directors think fit.
 
(c)
The remuneration payable by the Company to an executive officer who is also a director must not include a commission on operating revenue or a percentage of operating revenue.
 
(d)
Subject to any contract between the Company and the relevant executive officer, an executive officer of the Company may be removed or dismissed by the directors at any time, with or without cause.
 
(e)
The directors may:
 
(i)
confer on an executive officer the powers, discretions and duties as they think fit, and may resolve to delegate any powers, discretions and duties vested in or exercisable by the directors;
 
(ii)
withdraw, suspend or vary any of the powers, discretions and duties conferred on an executive officer; and
 
(iii)
authorise the executive officer to delegate all or any of the powers, discretions and duties conferred on the executive officer.
 
(f)
An executive officer is not required to hold any shares to qualify for appointment.
 
(g)
An act done by a person acting as an executive officer is not invalidated by reason only of:
 
(i)
a defect in the person's appointment as an executive officer; or
 
(ii)
the person being disqualified to be an executive officer,
 
if that circumstance was not known by the person when the act was done.
 

8
Seals
 
8.1
Adoption of common seal
 
(a)
The directors may provide for the Company to have a seal or for the Company to no longer have a common seal.
 
(b)
Rules 8.2 ( Use of Seal ), 8.3 ( Duplicate seal ), 8.4 ( Share seal or certificate seal ) and 8.5 ( Sealing and signing of certificates ) only apply if the Company has a common seal.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 37

8.2
Use of Seal
 
(a)
The Seal must be used only by the authority of the directors or a committee of the directors authorised by the directors to authorise the use of the Seal.
 
(b)
The authority to use the Seal may be given before or after the Seal is used.
 
(c)
Subject to rules 8.2(b)and 8.5 ( Sealing and signing of certificates ), until the directors otherwise determine, the fixing of the Seal to a document must be witnessed by a director and by another director, a secretary or another person appointed by the directors to witness that document or a class of documents in which that document is included.
 
8.3
Duplicate seal
 
(a)
The Company may have for use in place of its common seal outside the state or territory where its common seal is kept one or more duplicate seals, each of which must be a facsimile of the common seal of the Company with the addition on its face of the words “duplicate seal” and the name of the place where it is to be used.
 
(b)
A document sealed with a duplicate seal is to be taken as having been sealed with the common seal of the Company.
 
8.4
Share seal or certificate seal
 
(a)
The Company may have for use on certificates for securities of the Company in place of its common seal one or more duplicate seals, each of which must be a facsimile of the common seal of the Company with the addition on its face of the words "share seal" or "certificate seal".
 
(b)
A certificate for securities of the Company sealed with a share seal or certificate seal is to be taken as having been sealed with the common seal of the Company.
 
8.5
Sealing and signing of certificates
 
The directors may determine either generally or in a particular case that the seal and the signature of any director, secretary or other person is to be printed on or affixed to any certificates for securities in the Company by some mechanical or other means.
 

9
Dividends and reserves
 
9.1
Dividends
 
(a)
Subject to the Corporations Act and this constitution, the directors may pay any interim, special or final dividends as, in their judgment, the financial position of the Company justifies.
 
(b)
The directors may rescind a decision to pay a dividend if they decide, before the payment date, that the Company’s financial position no longer justifies the payment.
 
(c)
The directors may pay any dividend required to be paid under the terms of issue of a share.
 
(d)
The payment of a dividend does not require confirmation by a general meeting.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 38

(e)
Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to a share or class of shares:
 
(i)
all dividends in respect of a share must be paid in the proportion which the amount paid (not credited) on the share bears to the total amounts paid and payable (excluding amounts credited) on the share;
 
(ii)
all dividends must be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amount paid during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid;
 
(iii)
for the purposes of rules 9.1(e)(i) and 9.1(e)(ii), an amount paid on a share in advance of a call is to be ignored; and
 
(iv)
interest is not payable by the Company in respect of any dividend.
 
(f)
Subject to the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, the directors may fix a record date in respect of a dividend.
 
(g)
Subject to the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, a dividend in respect of a share must be paid to the person who is registered, or entitled under rule 4.1(g) to be registered, as the holder of the share:
 
(i)
where the directors have fixed a record date in respect of the dividend, on that date; or
 
(ii)
where the directors have not fixed a record date in respect of that dividend, on the date the dividend is paid,
 
and a transfer of a share that is not registered, or left with the Company for registration in accordance with rule 4.1(f), on or before that date is not effective, as against the Company, to pass any right to the dividend.
 
(h)
The directors when fixing the amount and time for payment of a dividend may:
 
(i)
direct payment of the dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets, including fully paid shares or other securities of the Company or of another body corporate, either generally or to specific shareholders; and
 
(ii)
direct that the dividend be paid to particular shareholders wholly or partly out of any particular fund or reserve or out of sums derived from any particular source and to the remaining shareholders wholly or partly out of any other particular fund or reserve or out of sums derived from any other particular source or generally.
 
(i)
The directors may deduct from any dividend payable to a member all sums of money presently payable by the member to the Company for calls due and payable and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the money owing.
 
(j)
Where a person is entitled to a share as a result of a Transmission Event, the directors may, but are not obliged to, retain any dividends payable on that share until that person becomes registered as the holder of the share or transfers it.
 
(k)
Any dividend, interest or other money payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque and sent by post:
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 39

(i)
to the address of the holder as shown in the register of members, or in the case of joint holders, to the address shown in the register of members as the address of the joint holder first named in that register; or
 
(ii)
to such other address as the holder or joint holders in writing directs or direct.
 
This rule 9.1(k) does not adversely affect any other method of payment the directors may adopt.
 
(l)
A cheque sent under rule 9.1(k) may be made payable to bearer or to the order of the member to whom it is sent or any other person the member directs and is sent at the member's risk.
 
9.2
Capitalisation of profits
 
(a)
Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares, the directors may capitalise and distribute among such of the members as would be entitled to receive dividends and in the same proportions, any amount:
 
(i)
forming part of the undivided profits of the Company;
 
(ii)
representing profits arising from an ascertained accretion to capital or from a revaluation of the assets of the Company;
 
(iii)
arising from the realisation of any assets of the Company; or
 
(iv)
otherwise available for distribution as a dividend.
 
(b)
The directors may resolve that all or any part of the capitalised amount is to be applied:
 
(i)
in paying up in full any unissued shares in or other securities of the Company;
 
(ii)
in paying up any amounts unpaid on shares or other securities held by the members; or
 
(iii)
partly as specified in rule 9.2(b)(i) and partly as specified in rule 9.2(b)(ii),
 
and that application must be accepted by the members entitled to share in the distribution in full satisfaction of their interests in the capitalised amount.
 
(c)
Rules 9.1(e), 9.1(f) and 9.1(g) apply, so far as they can and with any necessary changes, to a capitalisation of an amount under this rule 9.2 as if references in those rules to a dividend and to the date a dividend is paid were references to a capitalisation of an amount and to the date the directors resolve to capitalise the amount under this rule 9.2 respectively.
 
9.3
Ancillary powers
 
(a)
The directors may do any of the following things to give effect to a resolution for the satisfaction of a dividend in the manner set out in rule 9.1(h)(i) or by the capitalisation of an amount under rule 9.2 ( Capitalisation of profits ):
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 40

(i)
settle as they think expedient any difficulty that may arise in making the distribution or capitalisation and, in particular, where shares or other securities in the Company are or would otherwise be issuable in fractions:
 
(A)
determine that fractions are to be disregarded or are to be rounded down to the nearest whole number;
 
(B)
determine that fractions are to be rounded up to the nearest whole number; or
 
(C)
make cash payments in respect of the fractional entitlement;
 
(ii)
fix the value for distribution of any specific assets;
 
(iii)
pay cash or issue shares or other securities to any members in order to adjust the rights of all parties;
 
(iv)
vest any specific assets, cash, shares or other securities in a trustee on such trusts for the persons entitled to the dividend or capitalised amount as may seem expedient to the directors; and
 
(v)
authorise any person to make, on behalf of all the members entitled to any further shares or other securities as a result of the distribution or capitalisation, an agreement with the Company or another body corporate providing, as appropriate:
 
(A)
for the issue to them of such further shares or other securities as fully paid; or
 
(B)
for the payment by the Company on their behalf of the amounts or any part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares or other securities by the application of their respective proportions of the sum resolved to be capitalised,
 
and any agreement made under an authority referred to in this rule 9.3(a)(v) is effective and binding on all members concerned.
 
(b)
If the Company distributes to a member shares or other securities in the Company or another body corporate or a trust, the member appoints the Company as his or her agent to do anything needed to give effect to that distribution, including agreeing to become a member of that other body corporate or trust.
 
9.4
Reserves
 
(a)
Subject to this constitution, the directors may set aside out of the profits of the Company reserves or provisions for any purpose as they think fit.
 
(b)
The setting aside of an amount as a reserve or provision does not require the directors to keep the amount separate from other assets of the Company or prevent the amount being used in the business of the Company or invested as the directors think fit or subsequently being distributed to members.
 
9.5
Dividend reinvestment plans
 
(a)
The directors may implement a dividend reinvestment plan on the terms they think fit under which the whole or any part of a dividend due to members who participate in the plan on their shares or any class of shares may be applied in subscribing for securities of the Company or of a related body corporate.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 41

(b)
The directors may amend, suspend or terminate a dividend reinvestment plan implemented by them.
 
9.6
Dividend selection plans
 
(a)
The directors may implement a dividend selection plan on the terms they think fit under which participants may elect in respect of all, or part, of their shareholdings:
 
(i)
to receive a dividend from the Company paid wholly or partly out of a particular fund or reserve or out of profits derived from a particular source; or
 
(ii)
to forego a dividend from the Company in place of another form of distribution from the Company or another body corporate or a trust.
 
(b)
The directors may amend, suspend or terminate any dividend selection plan implemented by them.
 

10
Winding up
 
10.1
Distribution of surplus
 
Subject to this constitution and to the rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares:
 
(a)
if the Company is wound up and the property of the Company is more than sufficient:
 
(i)
to pay all of the debts and liabilities of the Company; and
 
(ii)
the costs, charges and expenses of the winding up,
 
the excess must be divided among the members in proportion to the shares held by them, irrespective of the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares;
 
(b)
for the purpose of calculating the excess referred to in rule 10.1(a), any amount unpaid on a share is to be treated as property of the Company;
 
(c)
the amount of the excess that would otherwise be distributed to the holder of a partly paid share under rule 10.1(a) must be reduced by the amount unpaid on that share at the date of the distribution; and
 
(d)
if the effect of the reduction under rule 10.1(c) would be to reduce the distribution to the holder of a partly paid share to a negative amount, the holder must contribute that amount to the Company.
 
10.2
Division of property
 
(a)
If the Company is wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution:
 
(i)
divide among the members the whole or any part of the property of the Company; and
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 42

(ii)
determine how the division is to be carried out as between the members or different classes of members.
 
(b)
A division under rule 10.2(a) may be otherwise than in accordance with the legal rights of the members and, in particular, any class may be given preferential or special rights or may be excluded altogether or in part.
 
(c)
Where a division under rule 10.2(a) is otherwise than in accordance with the legal rights of the members, a member is entitled to dissent and to exercise the same rights as if the special resolution sanctioning that division were a special resolution passed under section 507 of the Corporations Act.
 
(d)
If any of the property to be divided under rule 10.2(a) includes securities with a liability to calls, a person entitled under the division to any of the securities may within 10 days after the passing of the special resolution referred to in that rule, by notice in writing direct the liquidator to sell the person's proportion of the securities and to account for the net proceeds and the liquidator must, if practicable, act accordingly.
 
(e)
Nothing in this rule 10.2(e) adversely affects any right to exercise any statutory or other power which would have existed if this rule 10.2(e) were omitted.
 
(f)
Rule 9.3 ( Ancillary powers ) applies, so far as it can and with necessary changes, to a division by a liquidator under rule 10.2(a) as if references in rule 9.3 ( Ancillary powers ) to the directors and to a distribution or capitalisation were references to the liquidator and to the division under rule 10.2(a) respectively.
 

11
Minutes and records
 
11.1
Minutes
 
The directors must cause minutes of:
 
(a)
all proceedings and resolutions of general meetings;
 
(b)
proceedings and resolutions of meetings of the directors and of committees of the directors; and
 
(c)
resolutions passed by directors without a meeting,
 
to be recorded and entered in books kept for that purpose, within one month after the meeting is held or the resolution is passed.
 
11.2
Proxies
 
The directors must ensure that the Company records in the minutes of a meeting in respect of each resolution in the notice of meeting:
 
(a)
the total number of proxy votes exercisable by all validly appointed proxies; and
 
(b)
how many proxy votes were for, against or abstained from the resolution or allowed the proxy to vote at the proxy’s discretion.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 43

11.3
Polls
 
If a poll is taken on a resolution, in addition to the information in rules 11.1 ( Minutes ) and 11.2 ( Proxies ), the minutes must also record the total number of votes cast on the poll, and the number of votes for, against and abstaining from that resolution.
 
11.4
Signing of minutes
 
(a)
Minutes of a meeting must be signed by the chair of the meeting or the chair of the next meeting within a reasonable time after the meeting.
 
(b)
Minutes of the passing of a resolution without a meeting must be signed by a director within a reasonable time after the resolution is passed.
 
11.5
Minutes as evidence
 
A minute that is recorded and signed in accordance with rules 11.1 ( Minutes ), 11.2 ( Proxies ), 11.3 ( Polls ) and 11.4 ( Signing of minutes ) is evidence of the proceeding, resolution or declaration to which it relates, unless the contrary is proved.
 
11.6
Inspection of records
 
(a)
Subject to the Corporations Act, the directors may determine whether and to what extent, and at what time and places and under what conditions, the minute books, accounting records and other documents of the Company or any of them will be open to the inspection of members other than directors.
 
(b)
A member other than a director does not have the right to inspect any books, records or documents of the Company except as provided by law or authorised by the directors.
 

12
Indemnity and insurance
 
12.1
Persons to whom rules 12.2 (Indemnity) and 12.4 (Insurance) apply
 
Rules 12.2 ( Indemnity ) and 12.4 ( Insurance ) apply:
 
(a)
to each person who is or has been a director, alternate director or executive officer (within the meaning of rule 7.5(a)) of the Company;
 
(b)
to such other officers or former officers of the Company or of its related bodies corporate as the directors in each case determine; and
 
(c)
if the directors so determine, to any auditor or former auditor of the Company or of its related bodies corporate.
 
12.2
Indemnity
 
The Company must indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each person to whom this rule 12.2 applies for all losses or liabilities incurred by the person as an officer or, if the directors so determine, an auditor of the Company or of a related body corporate including, but not limited to, a liability for negligence or for reasonable legal costs on a full indemnity basis.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 44

12.3
Extent of Indemnity
 
The indemnity in rule 12.2 ( Indemnity ):
 
(a)
is a continuing obligation and is enforceable by a person to whom rule 12.2 ( Indemnity ) applies even though that person may have ceased to be an officer or auditor of the Company or of a related body corporate;
 
(b)
applies to losses and liabilities incurred both before and after the date of adoption of that rule;
 
(c)
operates only to the extent that the loss or liability is not covered by insurance; and
 
(d)
is enforceable without the person to whom this rule 12 applies first having to incur any expense or make any payment.
 
12.4
Insurance
 
The Company may, to the extent permitted by law:
 
(a)
purchase and maintain insurance; or
 
(b)
pay or agree to pay a premium for insurance,
 
for any person to whom this rule 12.4 applies against any liability incurred by the person as an officer or auditor of the Company or of a related body corporate including, but not limited to, a liability for negligence or for legal costs.
 
12.5
Savings
 
Nothing in rule 12.2 ( Indemnity ) or 12.4 ( Insurance ):
 
(a)
affects any other right or remedy that a person to whom those rules apply may have in respect of any loss or liability referred to in those rules; or
 
(b)
limits the capacity of the Company to indemnify or provide insurance for any person to whom those rules do not apply.
 

13
Notices
 
13.1
Notices by the Company to members
 
(a)
A notice may be given by the Company to a member:
 
(i)
by serving it personally at, or by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope to, the member's address as shown in the register of members or any other address, or by fax or electronic mail to such fax number or electronic address as the member has supplied to the Company for the giving of notices; or
 
(ii)
if the member does not have a registered address and has not supplied another address to the Company for the giving of notices, by exhibiting it at the registered office of the Company.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 45

(b)
A notice may be given by the Company to the joint holders of a share by giving the notice in the manner authorised by rule 13.1(a) to the joint holder first named in the register of members in respect of the share.
 
(c)
A notice may be given by the Company to a person entitled to a share as a result of a Transmission Event by serving it or sending it in the manner authorised by rule 13.1(a)(i) addressed to the name or title of the person, at or to the address or fax number or electronic address supplied to the Company for the giving of notices to that person, or if no address, fax number or electronic address has been supplied, at or to the address, fax number or electronic address to which the notice might have been sent if the relevant Transmission Event had not occurred.
 
(d)
The fact that a person has supplied a fax number or electronic address for the giving of notices does not require the Company to give any notice to that person by fax or electronic mail.
 
(e)
A notice given to a member in accordance with rules 13.1(a) or 13.1(b) is, despite the occurrence of a Transmission Event and whether or not the Company has notice of that occurrence:
 
(i)
duly given in respect of any shares registered in that person's name, whether solely or jointly with another person; and
 
(ii)
sufficient service on any person entitled to the shares as a result of the Transmission Event.
 
(f)
A notice given to a person who is entitled to a share as a result of a Transmission Event is sufficient service on the member in whose name the share is registered.
 
(g)
Any person who, because of a transfer of shares, becomes entitled to shares registered in the name of a member is bound by every notice which, before that person's name and address is entered in the register of members in respect of those shares, is given to the member in accordance with this rule 13.1.
 
(h)
A certificate signed by a director or secretary of the Company to the effect that a notice has been given in accordance with this constitution is conclusive evidence of that fact.
 
13.2
Notices by the Company to directors
 
Subject to this constitution, a notice may be given by the Company to any director or alternate director either by serving it personally at, or by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope to, the director's or alternate director's usual residential or business address, or such other address, or by fax or electronic mail to such fax number or electronic address as the director or alternate director has supplied to the Company for the giving of notices.
 
13.3
Notices by members or directors to the Company
 
Subject to this constitution, a notice may be given by a member, director or alternate director to the Company by serving it on the Company at, or by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope to, the registered office of the Company or by fax or electronic mail to the principal fax number or a nominated electronic address at the registered office of the Company.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 46

13.4
Notices to members outside Australia
 
A notice to be sent to a member outside Australia and its external territories must be sent by airmail, fax or electronic mail, or in another way that ensures it will be received quickly.
 
13.5
Time of service
 
(a)
Where a notice is served personally, service of the notice is taken to be effected when delivered.
 
(b)
Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice is to be taken to be effected if a prepaid envelope containing the notice is properly addressed and placed in the post and to have been effected:
 
(i)
in the case of a notice of a general meeting, on the day after the date of its posting; or
 
(ii)
in any other case, at the time at which the letter would be delivered in the ordinary course of post.
 
(c)
Where a notice is sent by fax, the notice is to be taken to be given on the Business Day after the day on which it is sent.
 
(d)
Where a notice is sent by electronic mail, service of the notice is taken to be effected if the sender receives a confirmation of delivery and is taken to be given on the Business Day after the day on which it is sent.
 
(e)
Where the Company gives a notice under rule 13.1(a)(ii) by exhibiting it at the registered office of the Company, service of the notice is to be taken to be effected when the notice was first so exhibited.
 
13.6
Other communications and documents
 
Rules 13.1 ( Notices by the Company to members ) to 13.5 ( Time of service ) (inclusive) apply, so far as they can and with necessary changes, to the service of any communication or document.
 
13.7
Notices in writing
 
A reference in this constitution to a notice in writing includes a notice given by fax or another form of written communication.
 

14
Approval of Proportional Takeover Bids
 
14.1
Definitions
 
In this rule 14:
 
(a)
Approving Resolution , in relation to a Proportional Takeover Bid, means a resolution to approve the Proportional Takeover Bid passed in accordance with rule 14.3 ( Resolution );
 
(b)
Proportional Takeover Bid means an off-market bid that is made or purports to be made under section 618(1)(b) of the Corporations Act in respect of a specified proportion of shares included in a class of shares in the Company; and
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 47

(c)
Approving Resolution Deadline , in relation to a Proportional Takeover Bid, means the day that is 14 days before the last day of the bid period in respect of the Proportional Takeover Bid.
 
14.2
Transfers not to be registered
 
Despite rules 4.1(g) and 4.2 ( Power to decline registration of transfers ), a transfer giving effect to a takeover contract resulting from the acceptance of an offer made under a Proportional Takeover Bid must not be registered unless and until an Approving Resolution to approve the Proportional Takeover Bid has been passed or is taken to have been passed in accordance with rule 14.3 ( Resolution ).
 
14.3
Resolution
 
(a)
Where offers have been made under a Proportional Takeover Bid, the directors must:
 
(i)
convene a meeting of the persons entitled to vote on the Approving Resolution for the purpose of considering and, if thought fit, passing an Approving Resolution to approve the Proportional Takeover Bid; and
 
(ii)
ensure that such a resolution is voted on in accordance with this rule 14.3,
 
(iii)
before the Approving Resolution Deadline in relation to that Proportional Takeover Bid.
 
(b)
The provisions of this constitution that apply to a general meeting of the Company apply:
 
(i)
with any changes that the circumstances require, to a meeting convened under rule 14.3(a); and
 
(ii)
as if the meeting convened under rule 14.3(a) were a general meeting of the Company.
 
(c)
The bidder under a Proportional Takeover Bid and any associates of the bidder are not entitled to vote on the Approving Resolution relating to that Proportional Takeover Bid and, if they do vote, their votes must not be counted.
 
(d)
Subject to rule 14.3(c), a person who, as at the end of the day on which the first offer under the Proportional Takeover Bid was made, held bid class shares is entitled to vote on the Approving Resolution relating to the Proportional Takeover Bid.
 
(e)
An Approving Resolution is to be taken to have been passed if the proportion that the number of votes in favour of the resolution bears to the total number of votes on the resolution is greater than 50%, and otherwise is to be taken to have been rejected.
 
(f)
If an Approving Resolution to approve a Proportional Takeover Bid has not been voted on in accordance with this rule 14.3 as at the end of the day before the Approving Resolution Deadline, an Approving Resolution to approve the Proportional Takeover Bid will be taken to have been passed in accordance with this rule 14.3.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 48

14.4
Sunset
 
Rules 14.1 ( Definitions ), 14.2 ( Transfers not to be registered ) and 14.3 ( Resolution ) cease to have effect at the end of three years beginning:
 
(a)
on the date this constitution is adopted by the Company; or
 
(b)
where those rules have been renewed in accordance with the Corporations Act, on the date those rules were last renewed.
 

15
General
 
15.1
Currency
 
An amount payable to the holder of a share, whether by way of or on account of dividend, return of capital, participation in the property of the Company on a winding up or otherwise, may be paid, with the agreement of the holder or pursuant to the terms of issue of the share, in the currency of a country other than Australia and the directors may fix a date up to 30 days before the payment date as the date on which any applicable exchange rate will be determined for that purpose.
 
15.2
Submission to jurisdiction
 
Each member submits to the non‑exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State or Territory in which the registered office of the Company is located.
 
15.3
Prohibition and enforceability
 
(a)
Any provision of, or the application of any provision of, this constitution which is prohibited in any place is, in that place, ineffective only to the extent of that prohibition.
 
(b)
Any provision of, or the application of any provision of, this constitution which is void, illegal or unenforceable in any place does not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of that provision in any other place or of the remaining provisions in that or any other place.
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
  22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
page | 49


Schedule 1      
Dictionary

 
1
Dictionary
 
In this constitution:
 
ASTC means the ASX Settlment and Transfer Corporation Pty Ltd;
 
ASX Settlement means ASX Settlement Pty Ltd (ABN 49 008 504 532);
 
ASX Settlement Operating Rules means the operating rules (however described) of ASX Settlement;
 
Business Day means a day on which banks are open for business excluding Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays in Perth, Western Australia;
 
Certificated Holding means a share or shares for which the Company is required to issue a certificate, and for which the certificate has not been subsequently cancelled by the Company;
 
Company means Paringa Resources Limited ACN 155 933 010;
 
Corporations Act means Corporations Act 2001 (Cth);
 
Corporations Regulations means Corporations Regulations 2001 (Cth);
 
Dispose has the meaning given to that term in the Listing Rules;
 
Exchange means ASX Limited;
 
GST means a goods and services tax, or a similar value added tax, levied or imposed under the GST Law;
 
GST Law has the meaning given to it in the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth);
 
Listed Company means a company which is admitted to the official list of the Exchange;
 
Listing Rules means the listing rules of the Exchange and any other rules of the Exchange which are applicable while the Company is admitted to the official list of the Exchange, each as amended or replaced from time to time, except to the extent of any express written waiver by the Exchange;
 
Marketable Parcel has the meaning given to that term in the Listing Rules;
 
Proper ASTC Transfer has the meaning given to that term in the Corporations Regulations;
 
Representative , in relation to a body corporate, means a representative of the body corporate appointed under section 250D of the Corporations Act   or a corresponding previous law;
 
Restricted Securities has the meaning given to that term in the Listing Rules;
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
 
22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
Schedule 1 | page | 1

Seal means any common seal, duplicate seal, share seal or certificate seal of the Company;
 
Takeover has the meaning given to that term in the Listing Rules;
 
Transmission Event means:
 
in respect of a member of the Company who is an individual:
 
(a)
the death of the member;
 
(b)
the bankruptcy of the member; or
 
(c)
the member becoming of unsound mind or a person who is, or whose estate is, liable to be dealt with in any way under the law relating to mental health; and
 
in respect of a member of the Company who is a body corporate, the dissolution of the member or the succession by another body corporate to the assets and liabilities of the member; and
 
Uncertificated Holding means a share or shares for which a certificate has not been issued by the Company, or in respect of which any certificate which was issued by the Company has been cancelled without the issue of a replacement certificate.
 

2
Interpretation
 
(a)
A reference in a rule to a partly paid share is a reference to a share on which there is an amount unpaid.
 
(b)
A reference in a rule relating to partly paid shares to a call or an amount called in respect of a share includes a reference to a sum that, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable on issue or at a fixed date.
 
(c)
A member is to be taken to be present at a general meeting if the member is present in person or by proxy, attorney or Representative.
 
(d)
A director is to be taken to be present at a meeting of directors if the director is present in person or by alternate director.
 
(e)
A reference in a rule in general terms to a person holding or occupying a particular office or position includes a reference to any person who occupies or performs the duties of that office or position for the time being.
 
(f)
In this constitution, headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of this constitution and, unless the contrary intention appears:
 
(i)
words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;
 
(ii)
words importing a gender include every other gender;
 
(iii)
words used to denote persons generally or importing a natural person include any company, corporation, body corporate, body politic, partnership, joint venture, association, board, group or other body (whether or not the body is incorporated);
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
 
22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
Schedule 1 | page | 2

(iv)
a reference to a person includes that person's successors and legal personal representatives;
 
(v)
a reference to any statute, regulation, proclamation, ordinance or by-laws includes all statutes, regulations, proclamations, ordinances or by-laws varying, consolidating or replacing them and a reference to a statute includes all regulations, proclamations, ordinances and by-laws issued under that statute;
 
(vi)
a reference to the Listing Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules includes any amendment or replacement of those rules from time to time; and
 
(vii)
where a word or phrase is given a particular meaning, other parts of speech and grammatical forms of that word or phrase have corresponding meanings.
 

3
Application of the Corporations Act, Listing Rules and ASX Settlement Operating Rules
 
(a)
This constitution is to be interpreted subject to the Corporations Act   and (while the Company is a Listed Company) the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules.
 
(b)
While the Company is a Listed Company, the Company and the directors must comply with the obligations respectively imposed on them under the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules.
 
(c)
Unless the contrary intention appears, an expression in a rule that deals with a matter dealt with by a provision of the Corporations Act, the Listing Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules has the same meaning as in that provision.
 
(d)
Subject to paragraph (c), unless the contrary intention appears, an expression in a rule that is defined in section 9 of the Corporations Act   has the same meaning as in that section.
 

4
Effect of the Listing Rules
 
While the Company is a Listed Company, the following provisions apply:
 
(a)
notwithstanding anything contained in this constitution, if the Listing Rules prohibit an act being done, the act must not be done;
 
(b)
nothing contained in this constitution prevents an act being done that the Listing Rules require to be done;
 
(c)
if the Listing Rules require an act to be done or not to be done, authority is given for that act to be done or not to be done (as the case may be);
 
(d)
if the Listing Rules require this constitution to contain a provision and it does not contain such a provision, this constitution is deemed to contain that provision;
 
(e)
if the Listing Rules require this constitution not to contain a provision and it contains such a provision, this constitution is deemed not to contain that provision;
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
 
22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
Schedule 1 | page | 3

(f)
if any provision of this constitution is or becomes inconsistent with the Listing Rules, this constitution is deemed not to contain that provision to the extent of the inconsistency.
 

5
Exercise of powers
 
(a)
The Company may exercise in any manner permitted by the Corporations Act   any power which under the Corporations Act   a company limited by shares may exercise.
 
(b)
Where this constitution provides that a person or body may do a particular act or thing and the word "may" is used, the act or thing may be done at the discretion of the person or body.
 
(c)
Where this constitution confers a power to do a particular act or thing, the power is, unless the contrary intention appears, to be taken as including a power exercisable in the like manner and subject to the like conditions (if any) to repeal, rescind, revoke, amend or vary that act or thing.
 
(d)
Where this constitution confers a power to do a particular act or thing with respect to particular matters, the power is, unless the contrary intention appears, to be taken to include a power to do that act or thing with respect to some only of those matters or with respect to a particular class or particular classes of those matters and to make different provision with respect to different matters or different classes of matters.
 
(e)
Where this constitution confers a power to make appointments to any office or position, the power is, unless the contrary intention appears, to be taken to include a power:
 
(i)
to appoint a person to act in the office or position until a person is appointed to the office or position;
 
(ii)
subject to any contract between the Company and the relevant person, to remove or suspend any person appointed, with or without cause; and
 
(iii)
to appoint another person temporarily in the place of any person so removed or suspended or in place of any sick or absent holder of such office or position.
 
(f)
Where this constitution confers a power or imposes a duty then, unless the contrary intention appears, the power may be exercised and the duty must be performed from time to time as the occasion requires.
 
(g)
Where this constitution confers a power or imposes a duty on the holder of an office as such then, unless the contrary intention appears, the power may be exercised and the duty must be performed by the holder for the time being of the office.
 
(h)
Where this constitution confers power on a person or body to delegate a function or power:
 
(i)
the delegation may be concurrent with, or to the exclusion of, the performance or exercise of that function or power by the person or body;
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
 
22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
Schedule 1 | page | 4

(ii)
the delegation may be either general or limited in any manner provided in the terms of delegation;
 
(iii)
the delegation need not be to a specified person but may be to any person from time to time holding, occupying or performing the duties of, a specified office or position;
 
(iv)
the delegation may include the power to delegate;
 
(v)
where the performance or exercise of that function or power is dependent upon the opinion, belief or state of mind of that person or body in relation to a matter, that function or power may be performed or exercised by the delegate upon the opinion, belief or state of mind of the delegate in relation to that matter; and
 
(vi)
the function or power so delegated, when performed or exercised by the delegate, is to be taken to have been performed or exercised by the person or body.
 

6
Replaceable rules not to apply
 
The replaceable rules applicable to a public company contained in the Corporations Act from time to time do not apply to the Company.
 
 
       
Gilbert + Tobin
 
22343098_4_constitution for paringa resources limited
Schedule 1 | page | 5


Exhibit 2.1
 
PARINGA RESOURCES LIMITED
 
AND
 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
As Depositary
 
AND
 
OWNERS AND HOLDERS OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
 
Deposit Agreement
 
Dated as of ________________, 2018
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS 
1
 
SECTION 1.1.
 
American Depositary Shares.
1
 
SECTION 1.2.
 
CHESS.
2
 
SECTION 1.3.
 
Commission.
2
 
SECTION 1.4.
 
Company.
2
 
SECTION 1.5.
 
Custodian.
2
 
SECTION 1.6.
 
Delisting Event.
2
 
SECTION 1.7.
 
Deliver; Surrender.
2
 
SECTION 1.8.
 
Deposit Agreement.
3
 
SECTION 1.9.
 
Depositary; Depositary’s Office.
3
 
SECTION 1.10.
 
Deposited Securities.
3
 
SECTION 1.11.
 
Disseminate.
4
 
SECTION 1.12.
 
Dollars.
4
 
SECTION 1.13.
 
DTC.
4
 
SECTION 1.14.
 
Foreign Registrar.
4
 
SECTION 1.15.
 
Holder.
4
 
SECTION 1.16.
 
Insolvency Event.
4
 
SECTION 1.17.
 
Owner.
5
 
SECTION 1.18.
 
Receipts.
5
 
SECTION 1.19.
 
Registrar.
5
 
SECTION 1.20.
 
Replacement.
5
 
SECTION 1.21.
 
Restricted Securities.
5
 
SECTION 1.22.
 
Securities Act of 1933.
5
 
SECTION 1.23.
 
Shares.
6
 
SECTION 1.24.
 
SWIFT.
6
 
SECTION 1.25.
 
Termination Option Event.
6
 
ARTICLE 2.
  FORM OF RECEIPTS, DEPOSIT OF SHARES, DELIVERY, TRANSFER AND SURRENDER OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
6
 
SECTION 2.1.
 
Form of Receipts; Registration and Transferability of American Depositary Shares.
6
 
SECTION 2.2.
 
Deposit of Shares.
7
 
SECTION 2.3.
 
Delivery of American Depositary Shares.
8
 
SECTION 2.4.
 
Registration of Transfer of American Depositary Shares; Combination and Split-up of Receipts; Interchange of Certificated and Uncertificated American Depositary Shares.
9
 
SECTION 2.5.
 
Surrender of American Depositary Shares and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities.
10
 
SECTION 2.6.
 
Limitations on Delivery, Transfer and Surrender of American Depositary Shares.
11
 
SECTION 2.7.
 
Lost Receipts, etc.
11
 
SECTION 2.8.
 
Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts.
12
 
SECTION 2.9.
 
DTC Direct Registration System and Profile Modification System.
12
 
-i-

ARTICLE 3.
CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF OWNERS AND HOLDERS OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
13
 
SECTION 3.1.
 
Filing Proofs, Certificates and Other Information.
13
 
SECTION 3.2.
 
Liability of Owner for Taxes.
13
 
SECTION 3.3.
 
Warranties on Deposit of Shares.
14
 
SECTION 3.4.
 
Disclosure of Interests.
14
 
ARTICLE 4.
  THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES
15
 
SECTION 4.1.
 
Cash Distributions.
15
 
SECTION 4.2.
 
Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares or Rights.
15
 
SECTION 4.3.
 
Distributions in Shares.
16
 
SECTION 4.4.
 
Rights.
17
 
SECTION 4.5.
 
Conversion of Foreign Currency.
18
 
SECTION 4.6.
 
Fixing of Record Date.
19
 
SECTION 4.7.
 
Voting of Deposited Shares.
20
 
SECTION 4.8.
 
Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities.
21
 
SECTION 4.9.
 
Reports.
23
 
SECTION 4.10.
 
Lists of Owners.
23
 
SECTION 4.11.
 
Withholding.
23

ARTICLE 5.
THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIANS AND THE COMPANY
24
 
SECTION 5.1.
 
Maintenance of Office and Transfer Books by the Depositary.
24
 
SECTION 5.2.
 
Prevention or Delay in Performance by the Depositary or the Company.
25
 
SECTION 5.3.
 
Obligations of the Depositary and the Company.
26
 
SECTION 5.4.
 
Resignation and Removal of the Depositary.
27
 
SECTION 5.5.
 
The Custodians.
28
 
SECTION 5.6.
 
Notices and Reports.
28
 
SECTION 5.7.
 
Distribution of Additional Shares, Rights, etc.
29
 
SECTION 5.8.
 
Indemnification.
29
 
SECTION 5.9.
 
Charges of Depositary.
29
 
SECTION 5.10.
 
Retention of Depositary Documents.
31
 
SECTION 5.11.
 
Exclusivity.
31
 
-ii-

ARTICLE 6.
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
31
 
SECTION 6.1.
 
Amendment.
31
 
SECTION 6.2.
 
Termination.
31
 
ARTICLE 7.
MISCELLANEOUS
32
 
SECTION 7.1.
 
Counterparts; Signatures.
32
 
SECTION 7.2.
 
No Third Party Beneficiaries.
33
 
SECTION 7.3.
 
Severability.
33
 
SECTION 7.4.
 
Owners and Holders as Parties; Binding Effect.
33
 
SECTION 7.5.
 
Notices.
33
 
SECTION 7.6.
 
Appointment of Agent for Service of Process; Submission to Jurisdiction; Jury Trial Waiver.
34
 
SECTION 7.7.
 
Waiver of Immunities.
35
 
SECTION 7.8.
 
Governing Law.
35
         
 
-iii-

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
 
DEPOSIT AGREEMENT dated as of ___________, 2018 among PARINGA RESOURCES LIMITED, a company incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia (herein called the Company), THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York banking corporation (herein called the Depositary), and all Owners and Holders (each as hereinafter defined) from time to time of American Depositary Shares issued hereunder.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide, as set forth in this Deposit Agreement, for the deposit of Shares (as hereinafter defined) of the Company from time to time with the Depositary or with the Custodian (as hereinafter defined) under this Deposit Agreement, for the creation of American Depositary Shares representing the Shares so deposited and for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Receipts evidencing the American Depositary Shares; and
 
WHEREAS, the American Depositary Receipts are to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A annexed to this Deposit Agreement, with appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions, as set forth in this Deposit Agreement;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
 
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS
 
The following definitions shall for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated, apply to the respective terms used in this Deposit Agreement:
 
SECTION 1.1.              American Depositary Shares.
 
The term “ American Depositary Shares ” shall mean the securities created under this Deposit Agreement representing rights with respect to the Deposited Securities.  American Depositary Shares may be certificated securities evidenced by Receipts or uncertificated securities.  The form of Receipt annexed as Exhibit A to this Deposit Agreement shall be the prospectus required under the Securities Act of 1933 for sales of both certificated and uncertificated American Depositary Shares.  Except for those provisions of this Deposit Agreement that refer specifically to Receipts, all the provisions of this Deposit Agreement shall apply to both certificated and uncertificated American Depositary Shares.
 
-1-

Each American Depositary Share shall represent the number of Shares specified in Exhibit A to this Deposit Agreement, except that , if there is a distribution upon Deposited Securities covered by Section 4.3, a change in Deposited Securities covered by Section 4.8 with respect to which additional American Depositary Shares are not delivered or a sale of Deposited Securities under Section 3.2 or 4.8, each American Depositary Share shall thereafter represent the amount of Shares or other Deposited Securities that are then on deposit per American Depositary Share after giving effect to that distribution, change or sale.
 
SECTION 1.2.              CHESS .
 
The term “CHESS” shall mean the Clearing House Electronic Subregister System.
 
SECTION 1.3.              Commission.
 
The term “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States or any successor governmental agency in the United States.
 
SECTION 1.4.              Company.
 
The term “ Company ” shall mean Paringa Resources Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia, and its successors.
 
SECTION 1.5.              Custodian.
 
The term “ Custodian ” shall mean The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, as custodian for the Depositary in Australia for the purposes of this Deposit Agreement, and any other firm or corporation the Depositary appoints under Section 5.5 as a substitute or additional custodian under this Deposit Agreement, and shall also mean all of them collectively.
 
SECTION 1.6.              Delisting Event.
 
A “ Delisting Event ” occurs if the American Depositary Shares are delisted from a securities exchange on which the American Depositary Shares were listed and the Company has not listed or applied to list the American Depositary Shares on any other securities exchange.
 
SECTION 1.7.              Deliver; Surrender.
 
(a)                 The term “ deliver ”, or its noun form, when used with respect to Shares or other Deposited Securities, shall mean (i) book-entry transfer of those Shares or other Deposited Securities to an account maintained by CHESS or another institution authorized under applicable law to effect transfers of such securities designated by the person entitled to that delivery or (ii) physical transfer of certificates evidencing those Shares or other Deposited Securities registered in the name of, or duly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer to, the person entitled to that delivery.
 
-2-

(b)                 The term “ deliver ”, or its noun form, when used with respect to American Depositary Shares, shall mean (i) registration of those American Depositary Shares in the name of DTC or its nominee and book-entry transfer of those American Depositary Shares to an account at DTC designated by the person entitled to that delivery, (ii) registration of those American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt on the books of the Depositary in the name requested by the person entitled to that delivery and mailing to that person of a statement confirming that registration or (iii) if requested by the person entitled to that delivery, execution and delivery at the Depositary’s Office to the person entitled to that delivery of one or more Receipts evidencing those American Depositary Shares registered in the name requested by that person.
 
(c)                 The term “ surrender ”, when used with respect to American Depositary Shares, shall mean (i) one or more book-entry transfers of American Depositary Shares to the DTC account of the Depositary, (ii) delivery to the Depositary at its Office of an instruction to surrender American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt or (iii) surrender to the Depositary at its Office of one or more Receipts evidencing American Depositary Shares.
 
SECTION 1.8.              Deposit Agreement.
 
The term “ Deposit Agreement ” shall mean this Deposit Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement.
 
SECTION 1.9.              Depositary; Depositary’s Office.
 
The term “ Depositary ” shall mean The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, and any successor as depositary under this Deposit Agreement.  The term “ Office ”, when used with respect to the Depositary, shall mean the office at which its depositary receipts business is administered, which, at the date of this Deposit Agreement, is located at 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286.
 
SECTION 1.10.            Deposited Securities.
 
The term “ Deposited Securities ” as of any time shall mean Shares at such time deposited or deemed to be deposited under this Deposit Agreement, including without limitation, Shares that have not been successfully delivered upon surrender of American Depositary Shares, and any and all other securities, property and cash received by the Depositary or the Custodian in respect of Deposited Securities and at that time held under this Deposit Agreement.
 
-3-

SECTION 1.11.            Disseminate.
 
The term “ Disseminate ,” when referring to a notice or other information to be sent by the Depositary to Owners, shall mean (i) sending that information to Owners in paper form by mail or another means or (ii) with the consent of Owners, another procedure that has the effect of making the information available to Owners, which may include (A) sending the information by electronic mail or electronic messaging or (B) sending in paper form or by electronic mail or messaging a statement that the information is available and may be accessed by the Owner on an Internet website and that it will be sent in paper form upon request by the Owner, when that information is so available and is sent in paper form as promptly as practicable upon request.
 
SECTION 1.12.            Dollars.
 
The term “ Dollars ” shall mean United States dollars.
 
SECTION 1.13.            DTC.
 
The term “ DTC ” shall mean The Depository Trust Company or its successor.
 
SECTION 1.14.            Foreign Registrar.
 
The term “ Foreign Registrar ” shall mean the entity that carries out the duties of registrar for the Shares and any other agent of the Company for the transfer and registration of Shares, including, without limitation, any securities depository for the Shares.
 
SECTION 1.15.            Holder.
 
The term “ Holder ” shall mean any person holding a Receipt or a security entitlement or other interest in American Depositary Shares, whether for its own account or for the account of another person, but that is not the Owner of that Receipt or those American Depositary Shares.
 
SECTION 1.16.            Insolvency Event.
 
An “ Insolvency Event ” occurs if the Company institutes proceedings to be adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent, consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable law in respect of bankruptcy or insolvency, consents to the filing of any petition of that kind or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian or sequestrator (or other similar official) of it or any substantial part of its property or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if information becomes publicly available indicating that unsecured claims against the Company are not expected to be paid.
 
-4-

SECTION 1.17.            Owner.
 
The term “ Owner ” shall mean the person in whose name American Depositary Shares are registered on the books of the Depositary maintained for that purpose.
 
SECTION 1.18.            Receipts.
 
The term “ Receipts ” shall mean the American Depositary Receipts issued under this Deposit Agreement evidencing certificated American Depositary Shares, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement.
 
SECTION 1.19.            Registrar.
 
The term “ Registrar ” shall mean any corporation or other entity that is appointed by the Depositary to register American Depositary Shares and transfers of American Depositary Shares as provided in this Deposit Agreement.
 
SECTION 1.20.            Replacement.
 
The term “ Replacement ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.8.
 
SECTION 1.21.            Restricted Securities.
 
The term “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean Shares that (i) are “restricted securities,” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, except for Shares that could be resold in reliance on Rule 144 without any conditions, (ii) are beneficially owned by an officer, director (or person performing similar functions) or other affiliate of the Company, (iii) otherwise would require registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the public offer and sale thereof in the United States or (iv) are subject to other restrictions on sale or deposit under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia, a shareholder agreement or the constitution or similar document of the Company.
 
SECTION 1.22.            Securities Act of 1933.
 
The term “ Securities Act of 1933 ” shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as from time to time amended.
 
-5-

SECTION 1.23.            Shares.
 
The term “ Shares ” shall mean ordinary shares of the Company that are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable and that were not issued in violation of any pre-emptive or similar rights of the holders of outstanding securities of the Company; provided , however , that, if there shall occur any change in nominal or par value, a split-up or consolidation or any other reclassification or, upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.8, an exchange or conversion in respect of the Shares of the Company, the term “Shares” shall thereafter also mean the successor securities resulting from such change in nominal or par value, split-up or consolidation or such other reclassification or such exchange or conversion.
 
SECTION 1.24.            SWIFT.
 
The term “ SWIFT ” shall mean the financial messaging network operated by the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication, or its successor.
 
SECTION 1.25.            Termination Option Event.
 
The term “ Termination Option Event ” shall mean an event of a kind defined as such in Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.8.
 
ARTICLE 2.
FORM OF RECEIPTS, DEPOSIT OF SHARES, DELIVERY, TRANSFER AND SURRENDER OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
 
SECTION 2.1.              Form of Receipts; Registration and Transferability of American Depositary Shares.
 
Definitive Receipts shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A to this Deposit Agreement, with appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions, as permitted under this Deposit Agreement.  No Receipt shall be entitled to any benefits under this Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless that Receipt has been (i) executed by the Depositary by the manual signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary or (ii) executed by the facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary and countersigned by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary or the Registrar or a co-registrar.  The Depositary shall maintain books on which (x) each Receipt so executed and delivered as provided in this Deposit Agreement and each transfer of that Receipt and (y) all American Depositary Shares delivered as provided in this Deposit Agreement and all registrations of transfer of American Depositary Shares, shall be registered.  A Receipt bearing the facsimile signature of a person that was at any time a proper officer of the Depositary shall, subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, bind the Depositary, even if that person was not a proper officer of the Depositary on the date of issuance of that Receipt.
 
-6-

The Receipts and statements confirming registration of American Depositary Shares may have incorporated in or attached to them such legends or recitals or modifications not inconsistent with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement as may be required by the Depositary or required to comply with any applicable law or regulations thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange upon which American Depositary Shares may be listed or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Receipts and American Depositary Shares are subject by reason of the date of issuance of the underlying Deposited Securities or otherwise.
 
American Depositary Shares evidenced by a Receipt, when the Receipt is properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, shall be transferable as certificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York.  American Depositary Shares not evidenced by Receipts shall be transferable as uncertificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York.  The Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the Owner of American Depositary Shares as the absolute owner thereof for the purpose of determining the person entitled to distribution of dividends or other distributions or to any notice provided for in this Deposit Agreement and for all other purposes, and neither the Depositary nor the Company shall have any obligation or be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any Holder of American Depositary Shares (but only to the Owner of those American Depositary Shares).
 
SECTION 2.2.              Deposit of Shares.
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, Shares or evidence of rights to receive Shares may be deposited under this Deposit Agreement by delivery thereof to any Custodian, accompanied by any appropriate instruments or instructions for transfer, or endorsement, in form satisfactory to the Custodian.
 
As conditions of accepting Shares for deposit, the Depositary may require (i) any certification required by the Depositary or the Custodian in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement, (ii) a written order directing the Depositary to deliver to, or upon the written order of, the person or persons stated in that order American Depositary Shares representing those deposited Shares, (iii) evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that those Shares have been re-registered in the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar in the name of the Depositary, a Custodian or a nominee of the Depositary or a Custodian, (iv) evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that any necessary approval has been granted by any governmental body in each applicable jurisdiction and (v) an agreement or assignment, or other instrument satisfactory to the Depositary, that provides for the prompt transfer to the Custodian of any dividend, or right to subscribe for additional Shares or to receive other property, that any person in whose name those Shares are or have been recorded may thereafter receive upon or in respect of those Shares, or, in lieu thereof, such agreement of indemnity or other agreement as shall be satisfactory to the Depositary.
 
-7-

At the request and risk and expense of a person proposing to deposit Shares, and for the account of that person, the Depositary may receive certificates for Shares to be deposited, together with the other instruments specified in this Section, for the purpose of forwarding those Share certificates to the Custodian for deposit under this Deposit Agreement.
 
The Depositary shall instruct each Custodian that, upon each delivery to a Custodian of a certificate or certificates for Shares to be deposited under this Deposit Agreement, together with the other documents specified in this Section, that Custodian shall, as soon as transfer and recordation can be accomplished, present that certificate or those certificates to the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, for transfer and recordation of the Shares being deposited in the name of the Depositary or its nominee or that Custodian or its nominee.
 
Deposited Securities shall be held by the Depositary or by a Custodian for the account and to the order of the Depositary or at such other place or places as the Depositary shall determine.
 
The Depositary shall make reasonable efforts to comply with written instructions received from the Company not to knowingly accept for deposit under this Deposit Agreement any Shares identified in those instructions at the times and the circumstances specified in those instructions, in order to facilitate the Company’s compliance with the securities laws of the United States.
 
SECTION 2.3.              Delivery of American Depositary Shares.
 
The Depositary shall instruct each Custodian that, upon receipt by that Custodian of any deposit pursuant to Section 2.2, together with the other documents  or evidence required under that Section, that Custodian shall notify the Depositary of that deposit and the person or persons to whom or upon whose written order American Depositary Shares are deliverable in respect thereof.  Upon receiving a notice of a deposit from a Custodian, or upon the receipt of Shares or evidence of the right to receive Shares by the Depositary, the Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall deliver, to or upon the order of the person or persons entitled thereto, the number of American Depositary Shares issuable in respect of that deposit, but only upon payment to the Depositary of the fees and expenses of the Depositary for the delivery of those American Depositary Shares as provided in Section 5.9, and of all taxes and governmental charges and fees payable in connection with that deposit and the transfer of the deposited Shares.  However , the Depositary shall deliver only whole numbers of American Depositary Shares.
 
-8-

SECTION 2.4.              Registration of Transfer of American Depositary Shares; Combination and Split-up of Receipts; Interchange of Certificated and Uncertificated American Depositary Shares.
 
The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall register a transfer of American Depositary Shares on its transfer books upon (i) in the case of certificated American Depositary Shares, surrender of the Receipt evidencing those American Depositary Shares, by the Owner or by a duly authorized attorney, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer or (ii) in the case of uncertificated American Depositary Shares, receipt from the Owner of a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.9), and, in either case, duly stamped as may be required by the laws of the State of New York and of the United States of America. Upon registration of a transfer, the Depositary shall deliver the transferred American Depositary Shares to or upon the order of the person entitled thereto.
 
The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall upon surrender of a Receipt or Receipts for the purpose of effecting a split-up or combination of such Receipt or Receipts, execute and deliver a new Receipt or Receipts for any authorized number of American Depositary Shares requested, evidencing the same aggregate number of American Depositary Shares as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered.
 
The Depositary, upon surrender of certificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for uncertificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel the Receipt evidencing those certificated American Depositary Shares and send the Owner a statement confirming that the Owner is the owner of the same number of uncertificated American Depositary Shares.  The Depositary, upon receipt of a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.9) from the Owner of uncertificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for certificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel those uncertificated American Depositary Shares and register and deliver to the Owner a Receipt evidencing the same number of certificated American Depositary Shares.
 
The Depositary may appoint one or more co-transfer agents for the purpose of effecting registration of transfers of American Depositary Shares and combinations and split-ups of Receipts at designated transfer offices on behalf of the Depositary.  In carrying out its functions, a co-transfer agent may require evidence of authority and compliance with applicable laws and other requirements by Owners or persons entitled to American Depositary Shares and will be entitled to protection and indemnity to the same extent as the Depositary.
 
-9-

SECTION 2.5.              Surrender of American Depositary Shares and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities.
 
Upon surrender at the Depositary’s Office of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented thereby and payment of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares as provided in Section 5.9 and payment of all taxes and governmental charges payable in connection with that surrender and withdrawal of the Deposited Securities, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, the Owner of those American Depositary Shares shall be entitled to delivery (to the extent delivery can then be lawfully and practicably made), to or as instructed by that Owner, of the amount of Deposited Securities at the time represented by those American Depositary Shares, but not any money or other property as to which a record date for distribution to Owners has passed (since money or other property of that kind will be delivered or paid on the scheduled payment date to the Owner as of that record date).  That delivery shall be made, as provided in this Section, without unreasonable delay.
 
As a condition of accepting a surrender of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of Deposited Securities, the Depositary may require (i) that each surrendered Receipt be properly endorsed in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer in blank and (ii) that the surrendering Owner execute and deliver to the Depositary a written order directing the Depositary to cause the Deposited Securities being withdrawn to be delivered to or upon the written order of a person or persons designated in that order.
 
Thereupon, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to deliver, subject to Sections 2.6, 3.1 and 3.2, the other terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and local market rules and practices, to the surrendering Owner or to or upon the written order of the person or persons designated in the order delivered to the Depositary as above provided, the amount of Deposited Securities represented by the surrendered American Depositary Shares, and the Depositary may charge the surrendering Owner a fee and its expenses for giving that direction by cable (including SWIFT) or facsimile transmission.
 
At the request, risk and expense of an Owner surrendering American Depositary Shares for withdrawal of Deposited Securities, and for the account of that Owner, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to forward any cash or other property comprising, and forward a certificate or certificates, if applicable, and other proper documents of title, if any, for, the Deposited Securities represented by the surrendered American Depositary Shares to the Depositary for delivery at the Depositary’s Office or to another address specified in the order received from the surrendering Owner.
 
-10-

SECTION 2.6.              Limitations on Delivery, Transfer and Surrender of American Depositary Shares.
 
As a condition precedent to the delivery, registration of transfer or surrender of any American Depositary Shares or split-up or combination of any Receipt or withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, the Depositary, Custodian or Registrar may require payment from the depositor of Shares or the presenter of the Receipt or instruction for registration of transfer or surrender of American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax or charge and fee with respect to Shares being deposited or withdrawn) and payment of any applicable fees as provided in this Deposit Agreement, may require the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature and may also require compliance with any regulations the Depositary may establish consistent with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.6.
 
The delivery of American Depositary Shares against deposit of Shares generally or against deposit of particular Shares may be suspended, or the registration of transfer of American Depositary Shares in particular instances may be refused, or the registration of transfer of outstanding American Depositary Shares generally may be suspended, during any period when the transfer books of the Depositary are closed, or if any such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the Depositary or the Company at any time or from time to time because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body or commission, or under any provision of this Deposit Agreement, or for any other reason.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Deposit Agreement, the surrender of outstanding American Depositary Shares and withdrawal of Deposited Securities may not be suspended, subject only to (i) temporary delays caused by closing of the transfer books of the Depositary or the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, or the deposit of Shares in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting, or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges, and (iii) compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the American Depositary Shares or to the withdrawal of the Deposited Securities.
 
The Depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under this Deposit Agreement any Shares that, at the time of deposit, are Restricted Securities.
 
The Depositary shall notify the Company, as promptly as practicable, of any suspension or refusal under this Section that is outside the ordinary course of business.
 
SECTION 2.7.              Lost Receipts, etc.
 
If a Receipt is mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Depositary shall deliver to the Owner the American Depositary Shares evidenced by that Receipt in uncertificated form or, if requested by the Owner, execute and deliver a new Receipt of like tenor in exchange and substitution for such mutilated Receipt, upon surrender and cancellation of that mutilated Receipt, or in lieu of and in substitution for that destroyed, lost or stolen Receipt.  However , before the Depositary will deliver American Depositary Shares in uncertificated form or execute and deliver a new Receipt, in substitution for a destroyed, lost or stolen Receipt, the Owner must (a) file with the Depositary (i) a request for that replacement before the Depositary has notice that the Receipt has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser and (ii) a sufficient indemnity bond and (b) satisfy any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Depositary.
 
-11-

SECTION 2.8.              Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts.
 
The Depositary shall cancel all Receipts surrendered to it and is authorized to destroy Receipts so cancelled.
 
SECTION 2.9.              DTC Direct Registration System and Profile Modification System.
 
(a)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.4, the parties acknowledge that DTC’s Direct Registration System (“ DRS ”) and Profile Modification System (“ Profile ”) apply to the American Depositary Shares upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC.  DRS is the system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated securities and holding of security entitlements in those securities through DTC and a DTC participant.  Profile is a required feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an Owner of American Depositary Shares, to direct the Depositary to register a transfer of those American Depositary Shares to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those American Depositary Shares to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the Depositary of prior authorization from the Owner to register that transfer.
 
(b)            In connection with DRS/Profile, the parties acknowledge that the Depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an Owner in requesting a registration of transfer and delivery as described in paragraph (a) above has the actual authority to act on behalf of that Owner (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code).  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Sections 5.3 and 5.8 apply to the matters arising from the use of the DRS/Profile.  The parties agree that the Depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the Depositary through the DRS/Profile system and otherwise in accordance with this Deposit Agreement shall not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the Depositary.
 
-12-

ARTICLE 3.
CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF OWNERS AND HOLDERS OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
 
SECTION 3.1.             Filing Proofs, Certificates and Other Information.
 
Any person presenting Shares for deposit or any Owner or Holder may be required from time to time to file with the Depositary or the Custodian such proof of citizenship or residence, exchange control approval, evidence of the number of Shares beneficially owned or any other matters necessary or appropriate to evidence compliance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia, the constitution or similar document of the Company and exchange control regulations, as indicated to the Depositary by the Company, or such information relating to the registration on the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, to execute such certificates and to make such representations and warranties, as the Depositary may deem necessary or proper  or as the Company may reasonably instruct the Depositary in writing to require.  The Depositary may withhold the delivery or registration of transfer of American Depositary Shares, the distribution of any dividend or other distribution or of the proceeds thereof or the delivery of any Deposited Securities until that proof or other information is filed or those certificates are executed or those representations and warranties are made.  The Depositary shall provide the Company, upon the Company’s reasonable written request and at the Company’s expense as promptly as practicable, with copies of any information or other material which it receives pursuant to this Section 3.1, to the extent that disclosure is permitted under applicable law. Each Owner and Holder agrees to provide any information requested by the Company or the Depositary pursuant to this Section 3.1.
 
SECTION 3.2.              Liability of Owner for Taxes.
 
If any tax or other governmental charge shall become payable by the Custodian or the Depositary with respect to or in connection with any American Depositary Shares or any Deposited Securities represented by any American Depositary Shares or in connection with a transaction to which Section 4.8 applies, that tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Owner of those American Depositary Shares to the Depositary. The Depositary may refuse to register any transfer of those American Depositary Shares or any withdrawal of Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares until that payment is made, and may withhold any dividends or other distributions or the proceeds thereof, or may sell for the account of the Owner any part or all of the Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares and apply those dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds of any sale of that kind in payment of that tax or other governmental charge but , even after a sale of that kind, the Owner of those American Depositary Shares shall remain liable for any deficiency.  The Depositary shall distribute any net proceeds of a sale made under this Section that are not used to pay taxes or governmental charges to the Owners entitled to them in accordance with Section 4.1.  If the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share decreases as a result of a sale of Deposited Securities under this Section, the Depositary may call for surrender of the American Depositary Shares to be exchanged on a mandatory basis for a lesser number of American Depositary Shares and may sell American Depositary Shares to the extent necessary to avoid distributing fractions of American Depositary Shares in that exchange and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to the Owners entitled to them.
 
-13-

SECTION 3.3.              Warranties on Deposit of Shares.
 
Every person depositing Shares under this Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and warrant that those Shares and each certificate therefor, if applicable, are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of the holders of outstanding securities of the Company and that the person making that deposit is duly authorized so to do.  Every depositing person shall also be deemed to represent that the Shares, at the time of deposit, are not Restricted Securities.  All representations and warranties deemed made under this Section shall survive the deposit of Shares and delivery of American Depositary Shares.
 
SECTION 3.4.              Disclosure of Interests.
 
In order to comply with applicable laws and regulations or the constitution or similar document of the Company, the Company may from time to time request each Owner and Holder to provide to the Depositary information relating to: (a) the capacity in which it holds American Depositary Shares, (b) the identity of any Holders or other persons or entities then or previously interested in those American Depositary Shares and the nature of those interests and (c) any other matter where disclosure of such matter is required for that compliance.   Each Owner and Holder agrees to provide all information known to it in response to a request made pursuant to this Section.  Each Holder consents to the disclosure by the Owner or any other Holder through which it holds American Depositary Shares, directly or indirectly, of all information responsive to a request made pursuant to this Section relating to that Holder that is known to that Owner or other Holder.  The Depositary agrees to use reasonable efforts, at the Company’s expense, to comply with written instructions received from the Company requesting that the Depositary forward any request authorized under this Section to the Owners and to forward to the Company any responses it receives in response to that request.  The Depositary may charge the Company a fee and its expenses for complying with requests under this Section 3.4.  If the Company notifies the Depositary that it restricts rights to vote or transfer Deposited Securities with respect to which a disclosure request of the kind referred to in this Section has not been complied with, the Depositary shall use reasonable efforts to follow instructions it receives from the Company to give effect to those restrictions to the extent practicable.
 
-14-

ARTICLE 4.
THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES
 
SECTION 4.1.              Cash Distributions.
 
Whenever the Depositary receives any cash dividend or other cash distribution on Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall, subject to the provisions of Section 4.5, convert that dividend or other distribution into Dollars and distribute the amount thus received (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9) to the Owners entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing those Deposited Securities held by them respectively; provided , however , that if the Custodian or the Depositary shall be required to withhold and does withhold from that cash dividend or other cash distribution an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges, the amount distributed to the Owners of the American Depositary Shares representing those Deposited Securities shall be reduced accordingly.  However , the Depositary will not pay any Owner a fraction of one cent, but will round each Owner’s entitlement to the nearest whole cent.
 
The Company or its agent will remit to the appropriate governmental agency in each applicable jurisdiction all amounts withheld and owing to such agency.  The Depositary will forward to the Company or its agent such information from its records as the Company may reasonably request to enable the Company or its agent to file necessary reports with governmental agencies and applicable regulatory authorities.
 
If a cash distribution would represent a return of all or substantially all the value of the Deposited Securities underlying American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may require surrender of those American Depositary Shares and may require payment of or deduct the fee for surrender of American Depositary Shares (whether or not it is also requiring surrender of American Depositary Shares) as a condition of making that cash distribution.  A distribution of that kind shall be a Termination Option Event .
 
SECTION 4.2.             Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares or Rights.
 
Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.11 and 5.9, whenever the Depositary receives any distribution other than a distribution described in Section 4.1, 4.3 or 4.4 on Deposited Securities (but not in exchange for or in conversion or in lieu of Deposited Securities), the Depositary shall cause the securities or property received by it to be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto, after deduction or upon payment of any fees and expenses of the Depositary and any taxes or other governmental charges, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively, in any manner that the Depositary deems equitable and practicable for accomplishing that distribution (which may be a distribution of depositary shares representing the securities received); provided , however , that if in the opinion of the Depositary such distribution cannot be made proportionately among the Owners entitled thereto, or if for any other reason (including, but not limited to, any requirement that the Company or the Depositary withhold an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges or that securities received must be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in order to be distributed to Owners or Holders) the Depositary deems such distribution not to be lawful and feasible, the Depositary may adopt such other method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including, but not limited to, the public or private sale of the securities or property thus received, or any part thereof, and distribution of the net proceeds of any such sale (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9) to the Owners entitled thereto, all in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.1.  The Depositary may withhold any distribution of securities under this Section 4.2 if it has not received reasonably satisfactory assurances from the Company that the distribution does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933.  The Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of securities or other property it would otherwise distribute under this Section 4.2 that is sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that distribution.
 
-15-

If a distribution under this Section 4.2 would represent a return of all or substantially all the value of the Deposited Securities underlying American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may require surrender of those American Depositary Shares and may require payment of or deduct the fee for surrender of American Depositary Shares (whether or not it is also requiring surrender of American Depositary Shares) as a condition of making that distribution.  A distribution of that kind shall be a Termination Option Event .
 
SECTION 4.3.              Distributions in Shares.
 
Whenever the Depositary receives any distribution on Deposited Securities consisting of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Depositary may deliver to the Owners entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing those Deposited Securities held by them respectively, an aggregate number of American Depositary Shares representing the amount of Shares received as that dividend or free distribution, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement with respect to the deposit of Shares and issuance of American Depositary Shares, including withholding of any tax or governmental charge as provided in Section 4.11 and payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9 (and the Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of the Shares received (or American Depositary Shares representing those Shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that distribution).  In lieu of delivering fractional American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may sell the amount of Shares represented by the aggregate of those fractions (or American Depositary Shares representing those Shares) and distribute the net proceeds, all in the manner and subject to the conditions described in Section 4.1.  If and to the extent that additional American Depositary Shares are not delivered and Shares or American Depositary Shares are not sold, each American Depositary Share shall thenceforth also represent the additional Shares distributed on the Deposited Securities represented thereby.
 
-16-

If the Company declares a distribution in which holders of Deposited Securities have a right to elect whether to receive cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of those things, or a right to elect to have a distribution sold on their behalf, the Depositary may, after consultation with the Company, make that right of election available for exercise by Owners in any manner the Depositary considers to be lawful and practical.  As a condition of making a distribution election right available to Owners, the Depositary may require reasonably satisfactory assurances from the Company that doing so does not require registration of any securities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
SECTION 4.4.             Rights.
 
(a)            If rights are granted to the Depositary in respect of deposited Shares to purchase additional Shares or other securities, the Company and the Depositary shall endeavor to consult as to the actions, if any, the Depositary should take in connection with that grant of rights.  The Depositary may, to the extent deemed by it to be lawful and practical (i) if requested in writing by the Company, grant to all or certain Owners rights to instruct the Depositary to purchase the securities to which the rights relate and deliver those securities or American Depositary Shares representing those securities to Owners, (ii) if requested in writing by the Company, deliver the rights to or to the order of certain Owners, or (iii) sell the rights to the extent practicable and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to Owners entitled to those proceeds.  To the extent rights are not exercised, delivered or disposed of under (i), (ii) or (iii) above, the Depositary shall permit the rights to lapse unexercised.
 
(b)            If the Depositary will act under (a)(i) above, the Company and the Depositary will enter into a separate agreement setting forth the conditions and procedures applicable to the particular offering.  Upon instruction from an applicable Owner in the form the Depositary specified and upon payment by that Owner to the Depositary of an amount equal to the purchase price of the securities to be received upon the exercise of the rights, the Depositary shall, on behalf of that Owner, exercise the rights and purchase the securities.  The purchased securities shall be delivered to, or as instructed by, the Depositary.  The Depositary shall (i) deposit the purchased Shares under this Deposit Agreement and deliver American Depositary Shares representing those Shares to that Owner or (ii) deliver or cause the purchased Shares or other securities to be delivered to or to the order of that Owner.  The Depositary will not act under (a)(i) above unless the offer and sale of the securities to which the rights relate are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Depositary has received an opinion of United States counsel that is reasonably satisfactory to it to the effect that those securities may be sold and delivered to the applicable Owners without registration under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
(c)            If the Depositary will act under (a)(ii) above, the Company and the Depositary will enter into a separate agreement setting forth the conditions and procedures applicable to the particular offering.  Upon (i) the request of an applicable Owner to deliver the rights allocable to the American Depositary Shares of that Owner to an account specified by that Owner to which the rights can be delivered and (ii) receipt of such documents as the Company and the Depositary agreed to require to comply with applicable law, the Depositary will deliver those rights as requested by that Owner.
 
-17-

(d)            If the Depositary will act under (a)(iii) above, the Depositary will use reasonable efforts to sell the rights in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by the  applicable Owners and pay the net proceeds to the Owners otherwise entitled to the rights that were sold, upon an averaged or other practical basis without regard to any distinctions among such Owners because of exchange restrictions or the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise.
 
(e)            Payment or deduction of the fees of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9 and payment or deduction of the expenses of the Depositary and any applicable taxes or other governmental charges shall be conditions of any delivery of securities or payment of cash proceeds under this Section 4.4.
 
(f)             The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to determine that it may be lawful or feasible to make rights available to or exercise rights on behalf of Owners in general or any Owner in particular, or to sell rights.
 
SECTION 4.5.              Conversion of Foreign Currency.
 
Whenever the Depositary or the Custodian receives foreign currency, by way of dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds from the sale of securities, property or rights, and if at the time of the receipt thereof the foreign currency so received can in the judgment of the Depositary be converted on a reasonable basis into Dollars and the resulting Dollars transferred to the United States, the Depositary shall convert or cause to be converted by sale or in any other manner that it may determine that foreign currency into Dollars, and those Dollars shall be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto.  A cash distribution may be made upon an averaged or other practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among Owners based on exchange restrictions, the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise and shall be net of any expenses of conversion into Dollars incurred by the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9.
 
If a conversion of foreign currency or the repatriation or distribution of Dollars can be effected only with the approval or license of any government or agency thereof, the Depositary may, but will not be required to, file an application for that approval or license.
 
If the Depositary determines that in its judgment any foreign currency received by the Depositary or the Custodian is not convertible on a reasonable basis into Dollars transferable to the United States, or if any approval or license of any government or agency thereof that is required for such conversion is not filed or sought by the Depositary or is not obtained within a reasonable period as determined by the Depositary, the Depositary may distribute the foreign currency received by the Depositary to, or in its discretion may hold such foreign currency uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the respective accounts of, the Owners entitled to receive the same.
 
-18-

If any conversion of foreign currency, in whole or in part, cannot be effected for distribution to some of the Owners entitled thereto, the Depositary may in its discretion make that conversion and distribution in Dollars to the extent practicable and permissible to the Owners entitled thereto and may distribute the balance of the foreign currency received by the Depositary to, or hold that balance uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the account of, the Owners entitled thereto.
 
The Depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates and, in those cases, acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account.  The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under this Deposit Agreement and the rate that the Depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account.  The Depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained in any currency conversion under this Deposit Agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to Owners, subject to the Depositary’s obligations under Section 5.3.  The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions is available upon request.
 
SECTION 4.6.              Fixing of Record Date.
 
Whenever a cash dividend, cash distribution or any other distribution is made on Deposited Securities or rights to purchase Shares or other securities are issued with respect to Deposited Securities (which rights will be delivered to or exercised or sold on behalf of Owners in accordance with Section 4.4) or the Depositary receives notice that a distribution or issuance of that kind will be made, or whenever the Depositary receives notice that a meeting of holders of Shares will be held in respect of which the Company has requested the Depositary to send a notice under Section 4.7, or whenever the Depositary will assess a fee or charge against the Owners, or whenever the Depositary causes a change in the number of Shares that are represented by each American Depositary Share, or whenever the Depositary otherwise finds it necessary or convenient, the Depositary shall fix a record date, which shall be the same as, or as near as practicable to, any corresponding record date set by the Company with respect to Shares, (a) for the determination of the Owners (i) who shall be entitled to receive the benefit of that dividend or other distribution or those rights, (ii) who shall be entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at that meeting or (iii) who shall be responsible for that fee or charge or (iv) for any other purpose for which the record date was set, or (b) on or after which each American Depositary Share will represent the changed number of Shares.  Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.5 and to the other terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, the Owners on a record date fixed by the Depositary shall be entitled to receive the amount distributable by the Depositary with respect to that dividend or other distribution or those rights or the net proceeds of sale thereof in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively, to give voting instructions or to act in respect of the other matter for which that record date was fixed, or be responsible for that fee or charge, as the case may be.
 
-19-

SECTION 4.7.              Voting of Deposited Shares.
 
(a)             Upon receipt of notice of any meeting of holders of Shares at which holders of Shares will be entitled to vote, if requested in writing by the Company, the Depositary shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, Disseminate to the Owners a notice, the form of which shall be in the sole discretion of the Depositary, that shall contain (i) the information contained in the notice of meeting received by the Depositary, (ii) a statement that the Owners as of the close of business on a specified record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable provision of Australian law and of the constitution or similar documents of the Company, to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights pertaining to the amount of Shares represented by their respective American Depositary Shares (iii) a statement as to the manner in which those instructions may be given, including an express indication that instructions may be deemed given in accordance with the last sentence of paragraph (b) below, if no instruction is received, to the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company and (iv) the last date on which the Depositary will accept instructions (the “Instruction Cutoff Date”).
 
(b)            Upon the written request of an Owner of American Depositary Shares, as of the date of the request or, if a record date was specified by the Depositary, as of that record date, received on or before any Instruction Cutoff Date established by the Depositary, the Depositary may, and if the Depositary sent a notice under the preceding paragraph shall, endeavor, in so far as practicable, to vote or cause to be voted the amount of deposited Shares represented by those American Depositary Shares in accordance with the instructions set forth in that request.  The Depositary shall not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote that attaches to the deposited Shares other than in accordance with instructions given by Owners and received by the Depositary or as provided in the following sentence.  If
 
(i)    the Company instructed the Depositary to Disseminate a notice under paragraph (a) above and gave the Depositary notice of the meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted at least 30 days prior to the meeting date,
 
(ii)   no instructions are received by the Depositary from an Owner with respect to a matter and an amount of American Depositary Shares of that Owner on or before the Instruction Cutoff Date and
 
(iii)  the Depositary has received from the Company, by the Instruction Cutoff Date, a written confirmation that (x) the Company wishes a proxy to be given under this sentence, (y) the Company reasonably does not know of any substantial opposition to the matter and (z) the matter is not materially adverse to the interests of shareholders,
 
-20-

then, the Depositary shall deem that Owner to have instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company with respect to that matter and the amount of deposited Shares represented by that amount of American Depositary Shares and the Depositary shall give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company to vote that amount of deposited Shares as to that matter.
 
(c)            There can be no assurance that Owners generally or any Owner in particular will receive the notice described in paragraph (a) above in time to enable Owners to give instructions to the Depositary prior to the Instruction Cutoff Date.
 
(d)            In order to give Owners a reasonable opportunity to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Shares, if the Company will request the Depositary to Disseminate a notice under paragraph (a) above, the Company shall give the Depositary notice of the meeting, details concerning the matters to be voted upon and copies of materials to be made available to holders of Shares in connection with the meeting not less than 30 days prior to the meeting date.
 
(e)            Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.7 to the contrary, the Depositary and the Company may modify, amend or adopt additional procedures from time to time as they determine may be necessary or appropriate.
 
SECTION 4.8.              Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities.
 
(a)            The Depositary shall not tender any Deposited Securities in response to any voluntary cash tender offer, exchange offer or similar offer made to holders of Deposited Securities (a “ Voluntary Offer ”), except when instructed in writing to do so by an Owner surrendering American Depositary Shares and subject to any conditions or procedures the Depositary may require.
 
(b)            If the Depositary receives a written notice that Deposited Securities have been redeemed for cash or otherwise purchased for cash in a transaction that is mandatory and binding on the Depositary as a holder of those Deposited Securities (a “ Redemption ”), the Depositary, at the expense of the Company, shall (i) if required, surrender Deposited Securities that have been redeemed to the issuer of those securities or its agent on the redemption date, (ii) Disseminate a notice to Owners (A) notifying them of that Redemption, (B) calling for surrender of a corresponding number of American Depositary Shares and (C) notifying them that the called American Depositary Shares have been converted into a right only to receive the money received by the Depositary upon that Redemption and those net proceeds shall be the Deposited Securities to which Owners of those converted American Depositary Shares shall be entitled upon surrenders of those American Depositary Shares in accordance with Section 2.5 or 6.2 and (iii) distribute the money received upon that Redemption to the Owners entitled to it upon surrender by them of called American Depositary Shares in accordance with Section 2.5 (and, for the avoidance of doubt, Owners shall not be entitled to receive that money under Section 4.1).  If the Redemption affects less than all the Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall call for surrender a corresponding portion of the outstanding American Depositary Shares and only those American Depositary Shares will automatically be converted into a right to receive the net proceeds of the Redemption.  The Depositary shall allocate the American Depositary Shares converted under the preceding sentence among the Owners pro-rata to their respective holdings of American Depositary Shares immediately prior to the Redemption, except that the allocations may be adjusted so that no fraction of a converted American Depositary Share is allocated to any Owner.  A Redemption of all or substantially all of the Deposited Securities shall be a Termination Option Event .
 
-21-

(c)            If the Depositary is notified of or there occurs any change in nominal or par value or any subdivision, combination or any other reclassification of the Deposited Securities or any recapitalization, reorganization, sale of assets substantially as an entirety, merger or consolidation affecting the issuer of the Deposited Securities or to which it is a party that is mandatory and binding on the Depositary as a holder of Deposited Securities and, as a result, securities or other property have been or will be delivered in exchange, conversion, replacement or in lieu of, Deposited Securities (a “ Replacement ”), the Depositary shall, if required, surrender the old Deposited Securities affected by that Replacement of Shares and hold, as new Deposited Securities under this Deposit Agreement, the new securities or other property delivered to it in that Replacement.  However , the Depositary may elect to sell those new Deposited Securities if in the opinion of the Depositary it is not lawful or not practical for it to hold those new Deposited Securities under this Deposit Agreement because those new Deposited Securities may not be distributed to Owners without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or for any other reason, at public or private sale, at such places and on such terms as it deems proper and proceed as if those new Deposited Securities had been Redeemed under paragraph (b) above.  A Replacement shall be a Termination Option Event .
 
(d)            In the case of a Replacement where the new Deposited Securities will continue to be held under this Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may call for the surrender of outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for new Receipts specifically describing the new Deposited Securities and the number of those new Deposited Securities represented by each American Depositary Share.  If the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share decreases as a result of a Replacement, the Depositary may call for surrender of the American Depositary Shares to be exchanged on a mandatory basis for a lesser number of American Depositary Shares and may sell American Depositary Shares to the extent necessary to avoid distributing fractions of American Depositary Shares in that exchange and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to the Owners entitled to them.
 
-22-

(e)             If there are no Deposited Securities with respect to American Depositary Shares, including if the Deposited Securities are cancelled, or the Deposited Securities with respect to American Depositary Shares have become apparently worthless, the Depositary may call for surrender of those American Depositary Shares or may cancel those American Depositary Shares, upon notice to Owners, and a Termination Option Event occurs.
 
SECTION 4.9.              Reports.
 
The Depositary shall make available for inspection by Owners at its Office any reports and communications, including any proxy solicitation material, received from the Company which are both (a) received by the Depositary as the holder of the Deposited Securities and (b) made generally available to the holders of those Deposited Securities by the Company.  The Company shall furnish reports and communications, including any proxy soliciting material to which this Section applies, to the Depositary in English, to the extent those materials are required to be translated into English pursuant to any regulations of the Commission.
 
SECTION 4.10.            Lists of Owners.
 
Upon written request by the Company, the Depositary shall, at the expense of the Company, furnish to it a list, as of a recent date, of the names, addresses and American Depositary Share holdings of all Owners.
 
SECTION 4.11.            Withholding.
 
If the Depositary determines that any distribution received or to be made by the Depositary (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) is subject to any tax or other governmental charge that the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, all or a portion of the distributed property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in the amounts and manner the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay those taxes or charges, and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of that sale, after deduction of those taxes or charges, to the Owners entitled thereto in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively.
 
Services for Owners and Holders that may permit them to obtain reduced rates of tax withholding at source or reclaim excess tax withheld, and the fees and costs associated with using services of that kind, are not provided under, and are outside the scope of, this Deposit Agreement.
 
Each Owner and Holder agrees to indemnify the Company, the Depositary, the Custodian and their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates for, and hold each of them harmless against, any claim by any governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes, reduced withholding at source or other tax benefit received by it.
 
-23-

ARTICLE 5.
THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIANS AND THE COMPANY
 
SECTION 5.1.              Maintenance of Office and Transfer Books by the Depositary.
 
Until termination of this Deposit Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Depositary shall maintain facilities for the execution and delivery, registration, registration of transfers and surrender of American Depositary Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement.
 
The Depositary shall keep books for the registration of American Depositary Shares, which shall be open for inspection by the Owners at the Depositary’s Office during regular business hours, provided that such inspection is not for the purpose of communicating with Owners in the interest of a business or object other than the business of the Company or a matter related to this Deposit Agreement or the American Depositary Shares.
 
The Depositary may close the transfer books, at any time or from time to time, when deemed expedient by it in connection with the performance of its duties under this Deposit Agreement or at the written request of the Company.
 
If any American Depositary Shares are listed on one or more stock exchanges, the Depositary shall act as Registrar or appoint a Registrar or one or more co‑registrars for registry of those American Depositary Shares in accordance with any requirements of that exchange or those exchanges.
 
The Company shall have the right, at all reasonable times, to inspect transfer and registration records of the Depositary, the Registrar and any co-transfer agents or co-registrars and to require such parties to supply copies of such portions of their records as the Company may reasonably request.
 
SECTION 5.2.              Prevention or Delay in Performance by the Depositary or the Company.
 
Neither the Depositary nor the Company nor any of their respective directors, employees, agents or affiliates shall incur any liability to any Owner or Holder:
 
-24-

(i)   if by reason of (A) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or other act of the government of the United States, Australia, any State of the United States or any other country, state or jurisdiction, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or stock exchange; (B) (in the case of the Depositary only) any provision, present or future, of the constitution or similar document of the Company, or by reason of any provision of any securities issued or distributed by the Company, or any offering or distribution thereof; or (C) any event or circumstance, whether natural or caused by a person or persons, that is beyond the ability of the Depositary or the Company, as the case may be, to prevent or counteract by reasonable care or effort (including, but not limited to earthquakes, floods, severe storms, fires, explosions, war, terrorism, civil unrest, labor disputes or criminal acts; interruptions or malfunctions of utility services, Internet or other communications lines or systems; unauthorized access to or attacks on computer systems or websites; or other failures or malfunctions of computer hardware or software or other systems or equipment), the Depositary or the Company is, directly or indirectly, prevented from, forbidden to or delayed in, or could be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of doing or performing and therefore does not do or perform, any act or thing that, by the terms of this Deposit Agreement or the Deposited Securities, it is provided shall be done or performed;
 
(ii)  by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in this Deposit Agreement (including any determination by the Depositary to take, or not take, any action that this Deposit Agreement provides the Depositary may take);
 
(iii) for the inability of any Owner or Holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit that is made available to holders of Deposited Securities but is not, under the terms of this Deposit Agreement, made available to Owners or Holders; or
 
(iv) for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of this Deposit Agreement.
 
Where, by the terms of a distribution to which Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 applies, or an offering to which Section 4.4 applies, or for any other reason, that distribution or offering may not be made available to Owners, and the Depositary may not dispose of that distribution or offering on behalf of Owners and make the net proceeds available to Owners, then the Depositary shall not make that distribution or offering available to Owners, and shall allow any rights, if applicable, to lapse.
 
SECTION 5.3.              Obligations of the Depositary and the Company.
 
The Company assumes no obligation nor shall it be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any Owner or Holder, except that the Company agrees to perform its obligations specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith.
 
The Depositary assumes no obligation nor shall it be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any Owner or Holder (including, without limitation, liability with respect to the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities), except that the Depositary agrees to perform its obligations specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith, and the Depositary shall not be a fiduciary or have any fiduciary duty to Owners or Holders.
 
-25-

Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or in respect of the American Depositary Shares on behalf of any Owner or Holder or any other person.
 
Each of the Depositary and the Company may rely, and shall be protected in relying upon, any written notice, request, direction or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
 
Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be liable for any action or non-action by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Owner or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information.
 
The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the Depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises the Depositary performed its obligations without negligence or bad faith while it acted as Depositary.
 
The Depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system in connection with or arising out of book-entry settlement of American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or otherwise.
 
In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities, or for the manner in which any such vote is cast or the effect of any such vote.
 
The Depositary shall have no duty to make any determination or provide any information as to the tax status of the Company or any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by Owners or Holders as a result of owning or holding American Depositary Shares.
 
No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act of 1933 is intended by any provision of this Deposit Agreement.
 
SECTION 5.4.              Resignation and Removal of the Depositary.
 
The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary hereunder by written notice of its election so to do delivered to the Company, to become effective upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of that appointment as provided in this Section.  The effect of resignation if a successor depositary is not appointed is provided for in Section 6.2.
 
-26-

The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by 90 days’ prior written notice of that removal, to become effective upon the later of (i) the 90th day after delivery of the notice to the Depositary and (ii) the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of its appointment as provided in this Section.
 
If the Depositary resigns or is removed, the Company shall use its best efforts to appoint a successor depositary, which shall be a bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.  Every successor depositary shall execute and deliver to the Company an instrument in writing accepting its appointment under this Deposit Agreement.  If the Depositary receives notice from the Company that a successor depositary has been appointed following its resignation or removal, the Depositary, upon payment of all sums due it from the Company, shall deliver to its successor a register listing all the Owners and their respective holdings of outstanding American Depositary Shares and shall deliver the Deposited Securities to or to the order of its successor.  When the Depositary has taken the actions specified in the preceding sentence (i) the successor shall become the Depositary and shall have all the rights and shall assume all the duties of the Depositary under this Deposit Agreement and (ii) the predecessor depositary shall cease to be the Depositary and shall be discharged and released from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement, except for its duties under Section 5.8 with respect to the time before that discharge.  A successor Depositary shall notify the Owners of its appointment as soon as practical after assuming the duties of Depositary.
 
Any corporation or other entity into or with which the Depositary may be merged or consolidated shall be the successor of the Depositary without the execution or filing of any document or any further act.
 
SECTION 5.5.             The Custodians.
 
The Custodian shall be subject at all times and in all respects to the directions of the Depositary and shall be responsible solely to it.  The Depositary in its discretion may at any time appoint a substitute or additional custodian or custodians, each of which shall thereafter be one of the Custodians under this Deposit Agreement.  If the Depositary receives notice that a Custodian is resigning and, upon the effectiveness of that resignation there would be no Custodian acting under this Deposit Agreement, the Depositary shall, as promptly as practicable after receiving that notice, appoint a substitute custodian or custodians, each of which shall thereafter be a Custodian under this Deposit Agreement.  The Depositary shall require any Custodian that resigns or is removed to deliver all Deposited Securities held by it to another Custodian.
 
-27-

SECTION 5.6.             Notices and Reports.
 
On or before the first date on which the Company gives notice, by publication or otherwise, of any meeting of holders of Shares, or of any adjourned meeting of those holders, or of the taking of any action in respect of any cash or other distributions or the granting of any rights, the Company agrees to transmit to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of the notice thereof in English but otherwise in the form given or to be given to holders of Shares.
 
The Company will arrange for the translation into English, if not already in English, to the extent required pursuant to any regulations of the Commission, and the prompt transmittal by the Company to the Depositary and the Custodian of all notices and any other reports and communications which are made generally available by the Company to holders of its Shares.  If requested in writing by the Company, the Depositary will Disseminate, as promptly as practicable, at the Company’s expense, those notices, reports and communications to all Owners or otherwise make them available to Owners in a manner that the Company specifies as substantially equivalent to the manner in which those communications are made available to holders of Shares and compliant with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the American Depositary Shares are listed.  The Company will timely provide the Depositary with the quantity of such notices, reports, and communications, as requested by the Depositary from time to time, in order for the Depositary to effect that Dissemination.
 
The Company represents that as of the date of this Deposit Agreement, the statements in Article 11 of the Receipt with respect to the Company’s obligation to file periodic reports under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are true and correct.  The Company agrees to promptly notify the Depositary upon becoming aware of any change in the truth of any of those statements.
 
SECTION 5.7.              Distribution of Additional Shares, Rights, etc.
 
If the Company or any affiliate of the Company determines to make any issuance or distribution of (1) additional Shares, (2) rights to subscribe for Shares, (3) securities convertible into Shares, or (4) rights to subscribe for such securities (each a “ Distribution ”), the Company shall notify the Depositary in writing in English as promptly as practicable and in any event before the Distribution starts and, if requested in writing by the Depositary, the Company shall promptly furnish to the Depositary either (i) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary that the Distribution is registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or (ii) a written opinion from U.S. counsel for the Company that is reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary, stating that the Distribution does not require, or, if made in the United States, would not require, registration under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
-28-

The Company agrees with the Depositary that neither the Company nor any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company will at any time deposit any Shares that, at the time of deposit, are Restricted Securities.
 
SECTION 5.8.              Indemnification.
 
The Company agrees to indemnify the Depositary, its directors, employees, agents and affiliates and each Custodian against, and hold each of them harmless from, any liability or expense (including, but not limited to any fees and expenses incurred in seeking, enforcing or collecting such indemnity and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) that may arise out of or in connection with (a) any registration with the Commission of American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or the offer or sale thereof in the United States or (b) acts performed or omitted, pursuant to the provisions of or in connection with this Deposit Agreement and the American Depositary Shares, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, (i) by either the Depositary or a Custodian or their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates, except for any liability or expense arising out of the negligence or bad faith of either of them, or (ii) by the Company or any of its directors, employees, agents and affiliates.
 
The Depositary agrees to indemnify the Company, its directors, employees, agents and affiliates and hold them harmless from any liability or expense that may arise out of acts performed or omitted by the Depositary or any Custodian or their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates due to their negligence or bad faith.
 
SECTION 5.9.              Charges of Depositary.
 
The following charges shall be incurred by any party depositing or withdrawing Shares or by any party surrendering American Depositary Shares or to whom American Depositary Shares are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or a delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 4.3), or by Owners, as applicable:  (1) taxes and other governmental charges, (2) such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares generally on the Share register of the Company or Foreign Registrar and applicable to transfers of Shares to or from the name of the Depositary or its nominee or the Custodian or its nominee on the making of deposits or withdrawals hereunder, (3) such cable (including SWIFT) and facsimile transmission fees and expenses as are expressly provided in this Deposit Agreement, (4) such expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency pursuant to Section 4.5, (5) a fee of $5.00 or less per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion thereof) for the delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.3, 4.3 or 4.4 and the surrender of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.5 or 6.2, (6) a fee of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) for any cash distribution made pursuant to this Deposit Agreement, including, but not limited to Sections 4.1 through 4.4 and Section 4.8, (7) a fee for the distribution of securities pursuant to Section 4.2 or of rights pursuant to Section 4.4 (where the Depositary will not exercise or sell those rights on behalf of Owners), such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Shares referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities under this Deposit Agreement (for purposes of this item 7 treating all such securities as if they were Shares) but which securities are instead distributed by the Depositary to Owners, (8) in addition to any fee charged under item 6 above, a fee of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) per annum for depositary services, which will be payable as provided in item 9 below, and (9) any other charges payable by the Depositary or the Custodian, any of the Depositary’s or Custodian’s agents or the agents of the Depositary’s or Custodian’s agents, in connection with the servicing of Shares or other Deposited Securities (which charges shall be assessed against Owners as of the date or dates set by the Depositary in accordance with Section 4.6 and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing those Owners for those charges or by deducting those charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions).
 
-29-

The Depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable, or by selling a portion of any securities to be distributed, to Owners that are obligated to pay those fees.
 
In performing its duties under this Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the Depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.
 
The Depositary may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in American Depositary Shares.
 
SECTION 5.10.            Retention of Depositary Documents.
 
The Depositary is authorized to destroy those documents, records, bills and other data compiled during the term of this Deposit Agreement at the times permitted by the laws or regulations governing the Depositary.
 
SECTION 5.11.            Exclusivity.
 
Without prejudice to the Company’s rights under Section 5.4, the Company agrees not to appoint any other depositary for issuance of depositary shares, depositary receipts or any similar securities or instruments so long as The Bank of New York Mellon is acting as Depositary under this Deposit Agreement.
 
-30-

 
ARTICLE  6.
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
 
SECTION 6.1.              Amendment.
 
The form of the Receipts and any provisions of this Deposit Agreement may at any time and from time to time be amended by agreement between the Company and the Depositary without the consent of Owners or Holders in any respect that they may deem necessary or desirable.  Any amendment that would impose or increase any fees or charges (other than taxes and other governmental charges, registration fees, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or that would otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of Owners, shall, however, not become effective as to outstanding American Depositary Shares until the expiration of 30 days after notice of that amendment has been Disseminated to the Owners of outstanding American Depositary Shares. Every Owner and Holder, at the time any amendment so becomes effective, shall be deemed, by continuing to hold American Depositary Shares or any interest therein, to consent and agree to that amendment and to be bound by this Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. Upon the effectiveness of an amendment to the form of Receipt, including a change in the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share, the Depositary may call for surrender of Receipts to be replaced with new Receipts in the amended form or call for surrender of American Depositary Shares to effect that change of ratio.  In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Owner to surrender American Depositary Shares and receive delivery of the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.
 
SECTION 6.2.              Termination.
 
(a)            The Company may initiate termination of this Deposit Agreement by notice to the Depositary.  The Depositary may initiate termination of this Deposit Agreement if (i) at any time 60 days shall have expired after the Depositary delivered to the Company a written resignation notice and a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment as provided in Section 5.4, (ii) an Insolvency Event or Delisting Event occurs with respect to the Company or (iii) a Termination Option Event has occurred or will occur.  If termination of this Deposit Agreement is initiated, the Depositary shall Disseminate a notice of termination to the Owners of all American Depositary Shares then outstanding setting a date for termination (the “ Termination Date ”), which shall be at least 90 days after the date of that notice, and this Deposit Agreement shall terminate on that Termination Date.
 
(b)            After the Termination Date, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary under Sections 5.8 and 5.9.
 
-31-

(c)            At any time after the Termination Date, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held under this Deposit Agreement and may thereafter hold uninvested the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it hereunder, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the Owners of American Depositary Shares that remain outstanding, and those Owners will be general creditors of the Depositary with respect to those net proceeds and that other cash.  After making that sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement, except (i) to account for the net proceeds and other cash (after deducting, in each case, the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of such American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes or governmental charges) and (ii) for its obligations under Section 5.8 and (iii) to act as provided in paragraph (d) below.
 
(d)            After the Termination Date, the Depositary shall continue to receive dividends and other distributions pertaining to Deposited Securities (that have not been sold), may sell rights and other property as provided in this Deposit Agreement and shall deliver Deposited Securities (or sale proceeds) upon surrender of American Depositary Shares (after payment or upon deduction, in each case, of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of those American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes or governmental charges).  After the Termination Date, the Depositary shall not accept deposits of Shares or deliver American Depositary Shares.  However, after the Termination Date, (i) the Depositary may refuse to accept surrenders of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of Deposited Securities (that have not been sold) if in its judgment the requested withdrawal would interfere with its efforts to sell the Deposited Securities, (ii) the Depositary will not be required to deliver cash proceeds of the sale of Deposited Securities until all Deposited Securities have been sold and (iii) the Depositary may discontinue the registration of transfers of American Depositary Shares and suspend the distribution of dividends and other distributions on Deposited Securities to the Owners and need not give any further notices or perform any further acts under this Deposit Agreement except as provided in this Section.
 
ARTICLE 7.
MISCELLANEOUS
 
SECTION 7.1.              Counterparts; Signatures.
 
This Deposit Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of those counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Copies of this Deposit Agreement shall be filed with the Depositary and the Custodians and shall be open to inspection by any Owner or Holder during regular business hours.
 
Any manual signature on this Deposit Agreement that is faxed, scanned or photocopied, and any electronic signature valid under the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, 15 U.S.C. § 7001, et. seq ., shall for all purposes have the same validity, legal effect and admissibility in evidence as an original manual signature, and the parties hereby waive any objection to the contrary.
 
-32-

SECTION 7.2.              No Third Party Beneficiaries.
 
This Deposit Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the Company, the Depositary, the Owners and the Holders and their respective successors and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim whatsoever to any other person.
 
SECTION 7.3.             Severability.
 
In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Deposit Agreement or in a Receipt should be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained in this Deposit Agreement or that Receipt shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.
 
SECTION 7.4.              Owners and Holders as Parties; Binding Effect.
 
The Owners and Holders from time to time shall be parties to this Deposit Agreement and shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and of the Receipts by acceptance of American Depositary Shares or any interest therein.
 
SECTION 7.5.              Notices.
 
Any and all notices to be given to the Company shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by domestic first class or international air mail or air courier or sent by facsimile transmission or email attaching a pdf or similar bit-mapped image of a signed writing, provided that receipt of the facsimile transmission or email has been confirmed by the recipient, addressed to Paringa Resources Limited, Level 9, 28 The Esplanade, Perth, Western Australia 6000, Australia, Attention: Corporate Secretary, or any other place upon notice from the Company to the Depositary.
 
Any and all notices to be given to the Depositary shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if in English and personally delivered or sent by first class domestic or international air mail or air courier or sent by facsimile transmission or email attaching a pdf or similar bit-mapped image of a signed writing, addressed to The Bank of New York Mellon, 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286, Attention:  Depositary Receipt Administration, or any other place to which the Depositary may have transferred its Office with notice to the Company.
 
Delivery of a notice to the Company or Depositary by mail or air courier shall be deemed effected when deposited, postage prepaid, in a post-office letter box or received by an air courier service.  Delivery of a notice to the Company or Depositary sent by facsimile transmission or email shall be deemed effected when the recipient acknowledges receipt of that notice.
 
-33-

A notice to be given to an Owner shall be deemed to have been duly given when Disseminated to that Owner.  Dissemination in paper form will be effective when personally delivered or sent by first class domestic or international air mail or air courier, addressed to that Owner at the address of that Owner as it appears on the transfer books for American Depositary Shares of the Depositary, or, if that Owner has filed with the Depositary a written request that notices intended for that Owner be mailed to some other address, at the address designated in that request.  Dissemination in electronic form will be effective when sent in the manner consented to by the Owner to the electronic address most recently provided by the Owner for that purpose.
 
SECTION 7.6.              Appointment of Agent for Service of Process; Submission to Jurisdiction; Jury Trial Waiver.
 
The Company hereby (i) waives personal service of process upon it and consents that any service of process in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or this Deposit Agreement may be made by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to the Company at its address last specified for notices hereunder, and service so made shall be deemed completed ten (10) days after the same shall have been so mailed, (ii) consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court in the State of New York in which any such suit or proceeding may be instituted, and (iii) agrees that service of process in the manner specified in clause (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding.
 
EACH PARTY TO THIS DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH OWNER AND HOLDER) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE COMPANY AND/OR THE DEPOSITARY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES OR THE RECEIPTS, THIS DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY QUESTION REGARDING EXISTENCE, VALIDITY OR TERMINATION (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).
 
-34-

SECTION 7.7.             Waiver of Immunities.
 
To the extent that the Company or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to it, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any respect thereof, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution or judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or this Deposit Agreement, the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to plead or claim, any immunity of that kind and consents to relief and enforcement as provided above.
 
SECTION 7.8.              Governing Law.
 
This Deposit Agreement and the Receipts shall be interpreted in accordance with and all rights hereunder and thereunder and provisions hereof and thereof shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
 
-35-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PARINGA RESOURCES LIMITED and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON have duly executed this Deposit Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above and all Owners and Holders shall become parties hereto upon acceptance by them of American Depositary Shares or any interest therein.
 
PARINGA RESOURCES LIMITED
     
 
By:
   
   
Name:
   
Title:

 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
 
as Depositary
   
 
By:
   
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
-36-

EXHIBIT A

 
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
 
(Each American Depositary Share represents
 
twenty (20) deposited Shares)

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPT
FOR ORDINARY SHARES OF
PARINGA RESOURCES LIMITED
 (INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA)

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary (hereinafter called the “Depositary”), hereby certifies that_________________________________________, or registered assigns IS THE OWNER OF _____________________________

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

representing deposited ordinary shares (herein called “Shares”) of Paringa Resources Limited, incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia (herein called the “ Company ”).  At the date hereof, each American Depositary Share represents twenty (20) Shares deposited or subject to deposit under the Deposit Agreement (as such term is hereinafter defined) with a custodian for the Depositary (herein called the “ Custodian ”) that, as of the date of the Deposit Agreement, was The Hongkong and Shangahai Banking Corporation Limited located in Australia.  The Depositary’s Office and its principal executive office are located at 240 Greenwich, New York, N.Y. 10286.

THE DEPOSITARY’S OFFICE ADDRESS IS
240 GREENWICH STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10286
 
A-1

1.
THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT.

This American Depositary Receipt is one of an issue (herein called “ Receipts ”), all issued and to be issued upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Deposit Agreement dated as of ___________ (herein called the “ Deposit Agreement ”) among the Company, the Depositary, and all Owners and Holders from time to time of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder, each of whom by accepting American Depositary Shares agrees to become a party thereto and become bound by all the terms and conditions thereof.  The Deposit Agreement sets forth the rights of Owners and Holders and the rights and duties of the Depositary in respect of the Shares deposited thereunder and any and all other securities, property and cash from time to time received in respect of those Shares and held thereunder (those Shares, securities, property, and cash are herein called “ Deposited Securities ”).  Copies of the Deposit Agreement are on file at the Depositary’s Office in New York City and at the office of the Custodian.

The statements made on the face and reverse of this Receipt are summaries of certain provisions of the Deposit Agreement and are qualified by and subject to the detailed provisions of the Deposit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made.  Capitalized terms defined in the Deposit Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Deposit Agreement.

2.
SURRENDER OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES AND WITHDRAWAL OF SHARES.

Upon surrender at the Depositary’s Office of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented thereby and payment of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares as provided in Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement and payment of all taxes and governmental charges payable in connection with that surrender and withdrawal of the Deposited Securities, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, the Owner of those American Depositary Shares shall be entitled to delivery (to the extent delivery can then be lawfully and practicably made), to or as instructed by that Owner, of the amount of Deposited Securities at the time represented by those American Depositary Shares, but not any money or other property as to which a record date for distribution to Owners has passed (since money or other property of that kind will be delivered or paid on the scheduled payment date to the Owner as of that record date).  The Depositary shall direct the Custodian with respect to delivery of Deposited Securities and may charge the surrendering Owner a fee and its expenses for giving that direction by cable (including SWIFT) or facsimile transmission.  That delivery will be made, at the office of the Custodian, except that , at the request, risk and expense of the surrendering Owner, and for the account of that Owner, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to forward any cash or other property comprising, and forward a certificate or certificates, if applicable, and other proper documents of title, if any, for, the Deposited Securities represented by the surrendered American Depositary Shares to the Depositary for delivery at the Depositary’s Office or to another address specified in the order received from the surrendering Owner.
 
A-2

3.
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES; COMBINATION AND SPLIT-UP OF RECEIPTS; INTERCHANGE OF CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES.

The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, shall register a transfer of American Depositary Shares on its transfer books upon (i) in the case of certificated American Depositary Shares, surrender of the Receipt evidencing those American Depositary Shares, by the Owner or by a duly authorized attorney, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer or (ii) in the case of uncertificated American Depositary Shares, receipt from the Owner of a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.9 of that Agreement), and, in either case, duly stamped as may be required by the laws of the State of New York and of the United States of America. Upon registration of a transfer, the Depositary shall deliver the transferred American Depositary Shares to or upon the order of the person entitled thereto.

The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, shall upon surrender of a Receipt or Receipts for the purpose of effecting a split-up or combination of such Receipt or Receipts, execute and deliver a new Receipt or Receipts for any authorized number of American Depositary Shares requested, evidencing the same aggregate number of American Depositary Shares as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered.

The Depositary, upon surrender of certificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for uncertificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel the Receipt evidencing those certificated American Depositary Shares and send the Owner a statement confirming that the Owner is the owner of the same number of uncertificated American Depositary Shares.  The Depositary, upon receipt of a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.9 of the Deposit Agreement) from the Owner of uncertificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for certificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel those uncertificated American Depositary Shares and register and deliver to the Owner a Receipt evidencing the same number of certificated American Depositary Shares.

As a condition precedent to the delivery, registration of transfer, or surrender of any American Depositary Shares or split-up or combination of any Receipt or withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, the Depositary, the Custodian, or Registrar may require payment from the depositor of the Shares or the presenter of the Receipt or instruction for registration of transfer or surrender of American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax or charge and fee with respect to Shares being deposited or withdrawn) and payment of any applicable fees as provided in the Deposit Agreement, may require the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature and may also require compliance with any regulations the Depositary may establish consistent with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement.
 
A-3

The delivery of American Depositary Shares against deposit of Shares generally or against deposit of particular Shares may be suspended, or the registration of transfer of American Depositary Shares in particular instances may be refused, or the registration of transfer of outstanding American Depositary Shares generally may be suspended, during any period when the transfer books of the Depositary are closed, or if any such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the Depositary or the Company at any time or from time to time because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body or commission, or under any provision of the Deposit Agreement, or for any other reason.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Deposit Agreement or this Receipt, the surrender of outstanding American Depositary Shares and withdrawal of Deposited Securities may not be suspended subject only to (i) temporary delays caused by closing the transfer books of the Depositary or the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, or the deposit of Shares in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting, or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges, and (iii) compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the American Depositary Shares or to the withdrawal of the Deposited Securities.  The Depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under the Deposit Agreement any Shares that, at the time of deposit, are Restricted Securities.  The Depositary shall notify the Company, as promptly as practicable, of any suspension or refusal under Section 2.6 of the Deposit Agreement that is outside the ordinary course of business.

4.
LIABILITY OF OWNER FOR TAXES.

If any tax or other governmental charge shall become payable by the Custodian or the Depositary with respect to or in connection with any American Depositary Shares or any Deposited Securities represented by any American Depositary Shares or in connection with a transaction to which Section 4.8 of the Deposit Agreement applies, that tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Owner of those American Depositary Shares to the Depositary.  The Depositary may refuse to register any transfer of those American Depositary Shares or any withdrawal of Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares until that payment is made, and may withhold any dividends or other distributions or the proceeds thereof, or may sell for the account of the Owner any part or all of the Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares, and may apply those dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds of any sale of that kind in payment of that tax or other governmental charge but, even after a sale of that kind, the Owner shall remain liable for any deficiency.  The Depositary shall distribute any net proceeds of a sale made under Section 3.2 of the Deposit Agreement that are not used to pay taxes or governmental charges to the Owners entitled to them in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Deposit Agreement.  If the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share decreases as a result of a sale of Deposited Securities under Section 3.2 of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may call for surrender of the American Depositary Shares to be exchanged on a mandatory basis for a lesser number of American Depositary Shares and may sell American Depositary Shares to the extent necessary to avoid distributing fractions of American Depositary Shares in that exchange and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to the Owners entitled to them.
 
A-4

5.
WARRANTIES ON DEPOSIT OF SHARES.

Every person depositing Shares under the Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and warrant that those Shares and each certificate therefor, if applicable, are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of the holders of outstanding securities of the Company and that the person making that deposit is duly authorized so to do.  Every depositing person shall also be deemed to represent that the Shares, at the time of deposit, are not Restricted Securities.  All representations and warranties deemed made under Section 3.3 of the Deposit Agreement shall survive the deposit of Shares and delivery of American Depositary Shares.

6.
FILING PROOFS, CERTIFICATES, AND OTHER INFORMATION.

Any person presenting Shares for deposit or any Owner or Holder may be required from time to time to file with the Depositary or the Custodian such proof of citizenship or residence, exchange control approval, evidence of the number of Shares beneficially owned or any other matters necessary or appropriate to evidence compliance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia, the constitution or similar document of the Company and exchange control regulations, as indicated to the Depositary by the Company, or such information relating to the registration on the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, to execute such certificates and to make such representations and warranties, as the Depositary may deem necessary or proper or as the Company may reasonably instruct the Depositary in writing to require.  The Depositary may withhold the delivery or registration of transfer of any American Depositary Shares, the distribution of any dividend or other distribution or of the proceeds thereof or the delivery of any Deposited Securities until that proof or other information is filed or those certificates are executed or those representations and warranties are made.  The Depositary shall provide the Company, upon the Company’s reasonable written request and at the Company’s expense as promptly as practicable, with copies of any information or other material which it receives pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Deposit Agreement, to the extent that disclosure is permitted under applicable law. Each Owner and Holder agrees to provide any information requested by the Company or the Depositary pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Deposit Agreement.  As conditions of accepting Shares for deposit, the Depositary may require (i) any certification required by the Depositary or the Custodian in accordance with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement, (ii) a written order directing the Depositary to deliver to, or upon the written order of, the person or persons stated in that order, the number of American Depositary Shares representing those Deposited Shares (iii) evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that those Shares have been re-registered in the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar in the name of the Depositary, a Custodian or a nominee of the Depositary or a Custodian, (iv) evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that any necessary approval has been granted by any governmental body in each applicable jurisdiction and (v) an agreement or assignment, or other instrument satisfactory to the Depositary, that provides for the prompt transfer to the Custodian of any dividend, or right to subscribe for additional Shares or to receive other property, that any person in whose name those Shares are or have been recorded may thereafter receive upon or in respect of those Shares, or, in lieu thereof, such agreement of indemnity or other agreement as shall be satisfactory to the Depositary.
 
A-5

7.
CHARGES OF DEPOSITARY.

The following charges shall be incurred by any party depositing or withdrawing Shares or by any party surrendering American Depositary Shares or to whom American Depositary Shares are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or a delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Deposit Agreement), or by Owners, as applicable:  (1) taxes and other governmental charges, (2) such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares generally on the Share register of the Company or Foreign Registrar and applicable to transfers of Shares to or from the name of the Depositary or its nominee or the Custodian or its nominee on the making of deposits or withdrawals hereunder, (3) such cable (including SWIFT) and facsimile transmission fees and expenses as are expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement, (4) such expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Deposit Agreement, (5) a fee of $5.00 or less per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion thereof) for the delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.3, 4.3 or 4.4 of the Deposit Agreement and the surrender of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.5 or 6.2 of the Deposit Agreement, (6) a fee of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) for any cash distribution made pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, including, but not limited to Sections 4.1 through 4.4 and 4.8 of the Deposit Agreement, (7) a fee for the distribution of securities pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Deposit Agreement or of rights pursuant to Section 4.4 of that Agreement (where the Depositary will not exercise or sell those rights on behalf of Owners), such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Shares referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities under the Deposit Agreement (for purposes of this item 7 treating all such securities as if they were Shares) but which securities are instead distributed by the Depositary to Owners, (8) in addition to any fee charged under item 6, a fee of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) per annum for depositary services, which will be payable as provided in item 9 below, and (9) any other charges payable by the Depositary or the Custodian, any of the Depositary’s or Custodian’s agents or the agents of the Depositary’s or Custodian’s agents, in connection with the servicing of Shares or other Deposited Securities (which charges shall be assessed against Owners as of the date or dates set by the Depositary in accordance with Section 4.6 of the Deposit Agreement and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing those Owners for those charges or by deducting those charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions).
 
A-6

The Depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable, or by selling a portion of any securities to be distributed, to Owners that are obligated to pay those fees.

The Depositary  may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in American Depositary Shares.

From time to time, the Depositary may make payments to the Company to reimburse the Company for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the American Depositary Shares program, waive fees and expenses for services provided by the Depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from Owners or Holders.  In performing its duties under the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the Depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

8.
DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS.

In order to comply with applicable laws and regulations or the constitution or similar document of the Company, the Company may from time to time request each Owner and Holder to provide to the Depositary information relating to: (a) the capacity in which it holds American Depositary Shares, (b) the identity of any Holders or other persons or entities then or previously interested in those American Depositary Shares and the nature of those interests and (c) any other matter where disclosure of such matter is required for that compliance.   Each Owner and Holder agrees to provide all information known to it in response to a request made pursuant to this Section.  Each Holder consents to the disclosure by the Owner or other Holder through which it holds American Depositary Shares, directly or indirectly, of all information responsive to a request made pursuant to this Section relating to that Holder that is known to that Owner or other Holder.  The Depositary agrees to use reasonable efforts, at the Company’s expense, to comply with written instructions received from the Company requesting that the Depositary forward any request authorized under this Section to the Owners and to forward to the Company any responses it receives in response to that request.  If the Company notifies the Depositary that it restricts rights to vote or transfer Deposited Securities with respect to which a disclosure request of the kind referred to in Section 3.4 of the Deposit Agreement has not been complied with, the Depositary shall use reasonable efforts to follow instructions it receives from the Company to give effect to those restrictions to the extent practicable.
 
A-7

9.
TITLE TO AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES.

It is a condition of the American Depositary Shares, and every successive Owner and Holder of American Depositary Shares, by accepting or holding the same, consents and agrees that American Depositary Shares evidenced by a Receipt, when the Receipt is properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, shall be transferable as certificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York, and that American Depositary Shares not evidenced by Receipts shall be transferable as uncertificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York.  The Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the Owner of American Depositary Shares as the absolute owner thereof for the purpose of determining the person entitled to distribution of dividends or other distributions or to any notice provided for in the Deposit Agreement and for all other purposes, and neither the Depositary nor the Company shall have any obligation or be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to any Holder of American Depositary Shares, but only to the Owner.

10.
VALIDITY OF RECEIPT.

This Receipt shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless this Receipt shall have been (i) executed by the Depositary by the manual signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary or (ii) executed by the facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary and countersigned by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary or the Registrar or a co-registrar.

11.
REPORTS; INSPECTION OF TRANSFER BOOKS.

The Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, accordingly, files certain reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Those reports will be available for inspection and copying through the Commission’s EDGAR system or at public reference facilities maintained by the Commission in Washington, D.C.

The Depositary will make available for inspection by Owners at its Office any reports, notices and other communications, including any proxy soliciting material, received from the Company which are both (a) received by the Depositary as the holder of the Deposited Securities and (b) made generally available to the holders of those Deposited Securities by the Company.  The Company shall furnish reports and communications, including any proxy soliciting material to which Section 4.9 of the Deposit Agreement applies, to the Depositary in English, to the extent such materials are required to be translated into English pursuant to any regulations of the Commission.

The Depositary will keep books for the registration of American Depositary Shares and transfers of American Depositary Shares, which shall be open for inspection by the Owners at the Depositary’s Office during regular business hours, provided that such inspection shall not be for the purpose of communicating with Owners in the interest of a business or object other than the business of the Company or a matter related to the Deposit Agreement or the American Depositary Shares.
 
A-8

12.
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

Whenever the Depositary receives any cash dividend or other cash distribution on Deposited Securities, the Depositary will, if at the time of receipt thereof any amounts received in a foreign currency can in the judgment of the Depositary be converted on a reasonable basis into Dollars transferable to the United States, and subject to the Deposit Agreement, convert that dividend or other cash distribution into Dollars and distribute the amount thus received (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement) to the Owners entitled thereto; provided , however , that if the Custodian or the Depositary is required to withhold and does withhold from that cash dividend or other cash distribution an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges, the amount distributed to the Owners of the American Depositary Shares representing those Deposited Securities shall be reduced accordingly.  If a cash distribution would represent a return of all or substantially all the value of the Deposited Securities underlying American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may require surrender of those American Depositary Shares and may require payment of or deduct the fee for surrender of American Depositary Shares (whether or not it is also requiring surrender of American Depositary Shares) as a condition of making that cash distribution.  A distribution of that kind shall be a Termination Option Event .

Subject to the provisions of Section 4.11 and 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement, whenever the Depositary receives any distribution other than a distribution described in Section 4.1, 4.3 or 4.4 of the Deposit Agreement on Deposited Securities (but not in exchange for or in conversion or in lieu of Deposited Securities), the Depositary will cause the securities or property received by it to be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto, after deduction or upon payment of any fees and expenses of the Depositary and any taxes or other governmental charges, in any manner that the Depositary deems equitable and practicable for accomplishing that distribution (which may be a distribution of depositary shares representing the securities received); provided , however , that if in the opinion of the Depositary such distribution cannot be made proportionately among the Owners of Receipts entitled thereto, or if for any other reason the Depositary deems such distribution not to be lawful and feasible, the Depositary may adopt such other method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including, but not limited to, the public or private sale of the securities or property thus received, or any part thereof, and distribution of the net proceeds of any such sale (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement) to the Owners entitled thereto all in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.1 of the Deposit Agreement.  The Depositary may withhold any distribution of securities under Section 4.2 of the Deposit Agreement if it has not received reasonably satisfactory assurances from the Company that the distribution does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933.  The Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of securities or other property it would otherwise distribute under this Article that is sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that distribution.  If a distribution under Section 4.2 of the Deposit Agreement would represent a return of all of substantially all the value of the Deposited Securities underlying American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may require surrender of those American Depositary Shares and may require payment of or deduct the fee for surrender of American Depositary Shares (whether or not it is also requiring surrender of American Depositary Shares) as a condition of making that distribution.  A distribution of that kind shall be a Termination Option Event .
 
A-9

Whenever the Depositary receives any distribution consisting of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Depositary may deliver to the Owners entitled thereto, an aggregate number of American Depositary Shares representing the amount of Shares received as that dividend or free distribution, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement with respect to the deposit of Shares and issuance of American Depositary Shares, including the withholding of any tax or other governmental charge as provided in Section 4.11 of the Deposit Agreement and the payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement (and the Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of Shares received (or American Depositary Shares representing those Shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that  distribution).  In lieu of delivering fractional American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may sell the amount of Shares represented by the aggregate of those fractions (or American Depositary Shares representing those Shares) and distribute the net proceeds, all in the manner and subject to the conditions described in Section 4.1of the Deposit Agreement.  If and to the extent that additional American Depositary Shares are not delivered and Shares or American Depositary Shares are not sold, each American Depositary Share shall thenceforth also represent the additional Shares distributed on the Deposited Securities represented thereby.

If the Company declares a distribution in which holders of Deposited Securities have a right to elect whether to receive cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of those things, or a right to elect to have a distribution sold on their behalf, the Depositary may, after consultation with the Company, make that right of election available for exercise by Owners any manner the Depositary considers to be lawful and practical.  As a condition of making a distribution election right available to Owners, the Depositary may require reasonably satisfactory assurances from the Company that doing so does not require registration of any securities under the Securities Act of 1933.

If the Depositary determines that any distribution received or to be made by the Depositary (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) is subject to any tax or other governmental charge that the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, all or a portion of the distributed property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in the amounts and manner the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay any those taxes or charges, and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of that sale, after deduction of those taxes or charges, to the Owners entitled thereto in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively.
 
A-10

Each Owner and Holder agrees to indemnify the Company, the Depositary, the Custodian and their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates for, and hold each of them harmless against, any claim by any governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes, reduced withholding at source or other tax benefit received by it.  Services for Owners and Holders that may permit them to obtain reduced rates of tax withholding at source or reclaim excess tax withheld, and the fees and costs associated with using services of that kind, are not provided under, and are outside the scope of, the Deposit Agreement.

13.
RIGHTS.

(a)             If rights are granted to the Depositary in respect of deposited Shares to purchase additional Shares or other securities, the Company and the Depositary shall endeavor to consult as to the actions, if any, the Depositary should take in connection with that grant of rights.  The Depositary may, to the extent deemed by it to be lawful and practical (i) if requested in writing by the Company, grant to all or certain Owners rights to instruct the Depositary to purchase the securities to which the rights relate and deliver those securities or American Depositary Shares representing those securities to Owners, (ii) if requested in writing by the Company, deliver the rights to or to the order of certain Owners, or (iii) sell the rights to the extent practicable and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to Owners entitled to those proceeds.  To the extent rights are not exercised, delivered or disposed of under (i), (ii) or (iii) above, the Depositary shall permit the rights to lapse unexercised.

(b)             If the Depositary will act under (a)(i) above, the Company and the Depositary will enter into a separate agreement setting forth the conditions and procedures applicable to the particular offering.  Upon instruction from an applicable Owner in the form the Depositary specified and upon payment by that Owner to the Depositary of an amount equal to the purchase price of the securities to be received upon the exercise of the rights, the Depositary shall, on behalf of that Owner, exercise the rights and purchase the securities.  The purchased securities shall be delivered to, or as instructed by, the Depositary.  The Depositary shall (i) deposit the purchased Shares under the Deposit Agreement and deliver American Depositary Shares representing those Shares to that Owner or (ii) deliver or cause the purchased Shares or other securities to be delivered to or to the order of that Owner.  The Depositary will not act under (a)(i) above unless the offer and sale of the securities to which the rights relate are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Depositary has received an opinion of United States counsel that is reasonably satisfactory to it to the effect that those securities may be sold and delivered to the applicable Owners without registration under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
A-11

(c)             If the Depositary will act under (a)(ii) above, the Company and the Depositary will enter into a separate agreement setting forth the conditions and procedures applicable to the particular offering.  Upon (i) the request of an applicable Owner to deliver the rights allocable to the American Depositary Shares of that Owner to an account specified by that Owner to which the rights can be delivered and (ii) receipt of such documents as the Company and the Depositary agreed to require to comply with applicable law, the Depositary will deliver those rights as requested by that Owner.

(d)             If the Depositary will act under (a)(iii) above, the Depositary will use reasonable efforts to sell the rights in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by the applicable Owners and pay the net proceeds to the Owners otherwise entitled to the rights that were sold, upon an averaged or other practical basis without regard to any distinctions among such Owners because of exchange restrictions or the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise.

(e)             Payment or deduction of the fees of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement and payment or deduction of the expenses of the Depositary and any applicable taxes or other governmental charges shall be conditions of any delivery of securities or payment of cash proceeds under Section 4.4 of that Agreement.

(f)              The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to determine that it may be lawful or feasible to make rights available to or exercise rights on behalf of Owners in general or any Owner in particular , or to sell rights.

14.
CONVERSION OF FOREIGN CURRENCY.

Whenever the Depositary or the Custodian receives foreign currency, by way of dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds from the sale of securities, property or rights, and if at the time of the receipt thereof the foreign currency so received can in the judgment of the Depositary be converted on a reasonable basis into Dollars and the resulting Dollars transferred to the United States, the Depositary shall convert or cause to be converted by sale or in any other manner that it may determine that foreign currency into Dollars, and those Dollars shall be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto.  A cash distribution may be made upon an averaged or other practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among Owners based on exchange restrictions, the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise and shall be net of any expenses of conversion into Dollars incurred by the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement.

If a conversion of foreign currency or the repatriation or distribution of Dollars can be effected only with the approval or license of any government or agency thereof, the Depositary may, but will not be required to, file an application for that approval or license.
 
A-12

If the Depositary determines that in its judgment any foreign currency received by the Depositary or the Custodian is not convertible on a reasonable basis into Dollars transferable to the United States, or if any approval or license of any government or agency thereof that is required for such conversion is not filed or sought by the Depositary or is not obtained within a reasonable period as determined by the Depositary, the Depositary may distribute the foreign currency received by the Depositary to, or in its discretion may hold such foreign currency uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the respective accounts of, the Owners entitled to receive the same.

If any conversion of foreign currency, in whole or in part, cannot be effected for distribution to some of the Owners entitled thereto, the Depositary may in its discretion make that conversion and distribution in Dollars to the extent practicable and permissible to the Owners entitled thereto and may distribute the balance of the foreign currency received by the Depositary to, or hold that balance uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the account of, the Owners entitled thereto.

The Depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates and, in those cases, acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account.  The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the Deposit Agreement and the rate that the Depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account.  The Depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained in any currency conversion under the Deposit Agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to Owners, subject to the Depositary’s obligations under Section 5.3 of the Deposit Agreement.  The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions is available upon request.

15.
RECORD DATES.

Whenever a cash dividend, cash distribution or any other distribution is made on Deposited Securities or rights to purchase Shares or other securities are issued with respect to Deposited Securities (which rights will be delivered to or exercised or sold on behalf of Owners in accordance with Section 4.4 of the Deposit Agreement) or the Depositary receives notice that a distribution or issuance of that kind will be made, or whenever the Depositary receives notice that a meeting of holders of Shares will be held in respect of which the Company has requested the Depositary to send a notice under Section 4.7 of the Deposit Agreement, or whenever the Depositary will assess a fee or charge against the Owners, or whenever the Depositary causes a change in the number of Shares that are represented by each American Depositary Share, or whenever the Depositary otherwise finds it necessary or convenient, the Depositary shall fix a record date, which shall be the same as, or as near as practicable to, any corresponding record date set by the Company with respect to Shares, (a) for the determination of the Owners (i) who shall be entitled to receive the benefit of that dividend or other distribution or those rights, (ii) who shall be entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at that meeting, (iii) who shall be responsible for that fee or charge or (iv) for any other purpose for which the record date was set, or (b) on or after which each American Depositary Share will represent the changed number of Shares.  Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.5 of the Deposit Agreement and to the other terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, the Owners on a record date fixed by the Depositary shall be entitled to receive the amount distributable by the Depositary with respect to that dividend or other distribution or those rights or the net proceeds of sale thereof in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively, to give voting instructions or to act in respect of the other matter for which that record date was fixed, or be responsible for that fee or charge, as the case may be.
 
A-13

16.
VOTING OF DEPOSITED SHARES.

(a)             Upon receipt of notice of any meeting of holders of Shares at which holders of Shares will be entitled to vote, if requested in writing by the Company, the Depositary shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, Disseminate to the Owners a notice, the form of which shall be in the sole discretion of the Depositary, that shall contain (i) the information contained in the notice of meeting received by the Depositary, (ii) a statement that the Owners as of the close of business on a specified record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable provision of Australian law and of the constitution or similar documents of the Company, to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights pertaining to the amount of Shares represented by their respective American Depositary Shares (iii) a statement as to the manner in which those instructions may be given, including an express indication that instructions may be deemed given in accordance with the last sentence of paragraph (b) below, if no instruction is received, to the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company and (iv) the last date on which the Depositary will accept instructions (the “Instruction Cutoff Date”).

 
(b)             Upon the written request of an Owner of American Depositary Shares, as of the date of the request or, if a record date was specified by the Depositary, as of that record date, received on or before any Instruction Cutoff Date established by the Depositary, the Depositary may, and if the Depositary sent a notice under the preceding paragraph shall, endeavor, in so far as practicable, to vote or cause to be voted the amount of deposited Shares represented by those American Depositary Shares in accordance with the instructions set forth in that request.  The Depositary shall not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote that attaches to the deposited Shares other than in accordance with instructions given by Owners and received by the Depositary or as provided in the following sentence.  If

(i) the Company instructed the Depositary to Disseminate a notice under paragraph (a) above and gave the Depositary notice of the meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted at least 40 30 days prior to the meeting date,
 
A-14

(ii) no instructions are received by the Depositary from an Owner with respect to a matter and an amount of American Depositary Shares of that Owner on or before the Instruction Cutoff Date and

(iii) the Depositary has received from the Company, by the Instruction Cutoff Date, a written confirmation that (x) the Company wishes a proxy to be given under this sentence, (y) the Company reasonably does not know of any substantial opposition to the matter and (z) the matter is not materially adverse to the interests of shareholders,

then, the Depositary shall deem that Owner to have instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company with respect to that matter and the amount of deposited Shares represented by that amount of American Depositary Shares and the Depositary shall give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company to vote that amount of deposited Shares as to that matter.

(c)             There can be no assurance that Owners generally or any Owner in particular will receive the notice described in paragraph (a) above in time to enable Owners to give instructions to the Depositary prior to the Instruction Cutoff Date.

(d)             In order to give Owners a reasonable opportunity to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Shares, if the Company will request the Depositary to Disseminate a notice under paragraph (a) above, the Company shall give the Depositary notice of the meeting, details concerning the matters to be voted upon and copies of materials to be made available to holders of Shares in connection with the meeting not less than 40 days prior to the meeting date.

(e)             Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.7 of the Deposit Agreement to the contrary, the Depositary and the Company may modify, amend or adopt additional procedures from time to time as they determine may be necessary or appropriate.

17.
TENDER AND EXCHANGE OFFERS; REDEMPTION, REPLACEMENT OR CANCELLATION OF DEPOSITED SECURITIES.

(a)             The Depositary shall not tender any Deposited Securities in response to any voluntary cash tender offer, exchange offer or similar offer made to holders of Deposited Securities (a “ Voluntary Offer ”), except when instructed in writing to do so by an Owner surrendering American Depositary Shares and subject to any conditions or procedures the Depositary may require.
 
A-15

(b)             If the Depositary receives a written notice that Deposited Securities have been redeemed for cash or otherwise purchased for cash in a transaction that is mandatory and binding on the Depositary as a holder of those Deposited Securities (a “ Redemption ”), the Depositary, at the expense of the Company, shall (i) if required, surrender Deposited Securities that have been redeemed to the issuer of those securities or its agent on the redemption date, (ii) Disseminate a notice to Owners (A) notifying them of that Redemption, (B) calling for surrender of a corresponding number of American Depositary Shares and (C) notifying them that the called American Depositary Shares have been converted into a right only to receive the money received by the Depositary upon that Redemption and those net proceeds shall be the Deposited Securities to which Owners of those converted American Depositary Shares shall be entitled upon surrenders of those American Depositary Shares in accordance with Section 2.5 or 6.2 of the Deposit Agreement and (iii) distribute the money received upon that Redemption to the Owners entitled to it upon surrender by them of called American Depositary Shares in accordance with Section 2.5 of that Agreement (and, for the avoidance of doubt, Owners shall not be entitled to receive that money under Section 4.1 of that Agreement).  If the Redemption affects less than all the Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall call for surrender a corresponding portion of the outstanding American Depositary Shares and only those American Depositary Shares will automatically be converted into a right to receive the net proceeds of the Redemption.  The Depositary shall allocate the American Depositary Shares converted under the preceding sentence among the Owners pro-rata to their respective holdings of American Depositary Shares immediately prior to the Redemption, except that the allocations may be adjusted so that no fraction of a converted American Depositary Share is allocated to any Owner.  A Redemption of all or substantially all of the Deposited Securities shall be a Termination Option Event .

(c)             If the Depositary is notified of or there occurs any change in nominal or par value or any subdivision, combination or any other reclassification of the Deposited Securities or any recapitalization, reorganization, sale of assets substantially as an entirety, merger or consolidation affecting the issuer of the Deposited Securities or to which it is a party that is mandatory and binding on the Depositary as a holder of Deposited Securities and, as a result, securities or other property have been or will be delivered in exchange, conversion, replacement or in lieu of, Deposited Securities (a “ Replacement ”), the Depositary shall, if required, surrender the old Deposited Securities affected by that Replacement of Shares and hold, as new Deposited Securities under the Deposit Agreement, the new securities or other property delivered to it in that Replacement.  However , the Depositary may elect to sell those new Deposited Securities if in the opinion of the Depositary it is not lawful or not practical for it to hold those new Deposited Securities under the Deposit Agreement because those new Deposited Securities may not be distributed to Owners without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or for any other reason, at public or private sale, at such places and on such terms as it deems proper and proceed as if those new Deposited Securities had been Redeemed under paragraph (b) above.  A Replacement shall be a Termination Option Event .
 
A-16

(d)            In the case of a Replacement where the new Deposited Securities will continue to be held under the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may call for the surrender of outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for new Receipts specifically describing the new Deposited Securities and the number of those new Deposited Securities represented by each American Depositary Share.  If the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share decreases as a result of a Replacement, the Depositary may call for surrender of the American Depositary Shares to be exchanged on a mandatory basis for a lesser number of American Depositary Shares and may sell American Depositary Shares to the extent necessary to avoid distributing fractions of American Depositary Shares in that exchange and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to the Owners entitled to them.

(e)             If there are no Deposited Securities with respect to American Depositary Shares, including if the Deposited Securities are cancelled, or the Deposited Securities with respect to American Depositary Shares become apparently worthless, the Depositary may call for surrender of those American Depositary Shares or may cancel those American Depositary Shares, upon notice to Owners, and a Termination Option Event occurs.

18.
LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY AND DEPOSITARY.

Neither the Depositary nor the Company nor any of their respective directors, employees, agents or affiliates shall incur any liability to any Owner or Holder:

(i) if by reason of (A) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or other act of the government of the United States, Australia, any State of the United States or any other country, state or jurisdiction, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or stock exchange; (B) (in the case of the Depositary only) any provision, present or future, of the constitution or similar document of the Company, or by reason of any provision of any securities issued or distributed by the Company, or any offering or distribution thereof; or (C) any event or circumstance, whether natural or caused by a person or persons, that is beyond the ability of the Depositary or the Company, as the case may be, to prevent or counteract by reasonable care or effort (including, but not limited to earthquakes, floods, severe storms, fires, explosions, war, terrorism, civil unrest, labor disputes or criminal acts; interruptions or malfunctions of utility services, Internet or other communications lines or systems; unauthorized access to or attacks on computer systems or websites; or other failures or malfunctions of computer hardware or software or other systems or equipment), the Depositary or the Company is, directly or indirectly, prevented from, forbidden to or delayed in, or could be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of doing or performing and therefore does not do or perform, any act or thing that, by the terms of the Deposit Agreement or the Deposited Securities, it is provided shall be done or performed;

(ii) by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the Deposit Agreement (including any determination by the Depositary to take, or not take, any action that the Deposit Agreement provides the Depositary may take);

(iii) for the inability of any Owner or Holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit that is made available to holders of Deposited Securities but is not, under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, made available to Owners or Holders; or
 
A-17

(iv) for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the Deposit Agreement.

Where, by the terms of a distribution to which Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 of the Deposit Agreement applies, or an offering to which Section 4.4 of that Agreement applies, or for any other reason, that distribution or offering may not be made available to Owners, and the Depositary may not dispose of that distribution or offering on behalf of Owners and make the net proceeds available to Owners, then the Depositary shall not make that distribution or offering available to Owners, and shall allow any rights, if applicable, to lapse.

Neither the Company nor the Depositary assumes any obligation or shall be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to Owners or Holders, except that they agree to perform their obligations specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith.  The Depositary shall not be a fiduciary or have any fiduciary duty to Owners or Holders.  The Depositary shall not be subject to any liability with respect to the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities.  Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit, or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or in respect of the American Depositary Shares, on behalf of any Owner or Holder or other person.  Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be liable for any action or non-action by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Owner or Holder, or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information.  Each of the Depositary and the Company may rely, and shall be protected in relying upon, any written notice, request, direction or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.  The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with a matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the Depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises, the Depositary performed its obligations without negligence or bad faith while it acted as Depositary.  The Depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system in connection with or arising out of book-entry settlement of American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or otherwise.  In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities or for the manner in which any such vote is cast or the effect of any such vote.  The Depositary shall have no duty to make any determination or provide any information as to the tax status of the Company or any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by Owners or Holders as a result of owning or holding American Depositary Shares.  No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act of 1933 is intended by any provision of the Deposit Agreement.
 
A-18

19.
RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF THE DEPOSITARY; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN.

The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary under the Deposit Agreement by written notice of its election so to do delivered to the Company, to become effective upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement.  The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by 90 days’ prior written notice of that removal, to become effective upon the later of (i) the 90th day after delivery of the notice to the Depositary and (ii) the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of its appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement.  The Depositary in its discretion may at any time appoint a substitute or additional custodian or custodians.

20.
AMENDMENT.

The form of the Receipts and any provisions of the Deposit Agreement may at any time and from time to time be amended by agreement between the Company and the Depositary without the consent of Owners or Holders in any respect which they may deem necessary or desirable.  Any amendment that would impose or increase any fees or charges (other than taxes and other governmental charges, registration fees, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or that would otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of Owners, shall, however, not become effective as to outstanding American Depositary Shares until the expiration of 30 days after notice of that amendment has been Disseminated to the Owners of outstanding American Depositary Shares. Every Owner and Holder, at the time any amendment so becomes effective, shall be deemed, by continuing to hold American Depositary Shares or any interest therein, to consent and agree to that amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. Upon the effectiveness of an amendment to the form of Receipt, including a change in the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share, the Depositary may call for surrender of Receipts to be replaced with new Receipts in the amended form or call for surrender of American Depositary Shares to effect that change of ratio.  In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Owner to surrender American Depositary Shares and receive delivery of the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

21.
TERMINATION OF DEPOSIT AGREEMENT.

(a)             The Company may initiate termination of the Deposit Agreement by notice to the Depositary.  The Depositary may initiate termination of the Deposit Agreement if (i) at any time 60 days shall have expired after the Depositary delivered to the Company a written resignation notice and a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment as provided in Section 5.4 of that Agreement, (ii) an Insolvency Event or Delisting Event occurs with respect to the Company or (iii) a Termination Option Event has occurred or will occur.  If termination of the Deposit Agreement is initiated, the Depositary shall Disseminate a notice of termination to the Owners of all American Depositary Shares then outstanding setting a date for termination (the “ Termination Date ”), which shall be at least 90 days after the date of that notice, and the Deposit Agreement shall terminate on that Termination Date.
 
A-19

(b)             After the Termination Date, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary under Sections 5.8 and 5.9 of that Agreement.

(c)             At any time after the Termination Date, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held under the Deposit Agreement and may thereafter hold uninvested the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it hereunder, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the Owners of American Depositary Shares that remain outstanding, and those Owners will be general creditors of the Depositary with respect to those net proceeds and that other cash.  After making that sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement, except (i) to account for the net proceeds and other cash (after deducting, in each case, the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of such American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes or governmental charges) and (ii) for its obligations under Section 5.8 of that Agreement and (iii) to act as provided in paragraph (d) below.

(d)             After the Termination Date, the Depositary shall continue to receive dividends and other distributions pertaining to Deposited Securities (that have not been sold), may sell rights and other property as provided in the Deposit Agreement and shall deliver Deposited Securities (or sale proceeds) upon surrender of American Depositary Shares (after payment or upon deduction, in each case, of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of those American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes or governmental charges).  After the Termination Date, the Depositary shall not accept deposits of Shares or deliver American Depositary Shares.  However, after the Termination Date, (i) the Depositary may refuse to accept surrenders of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of Deposited Securities (that have not been sold) if in its judgment the requested withdrawal would interfere with its efforts to sell the Deposited Securities, (ii) the Depositary will not be required to deliver cash proceeds of the sale of Deposited Securities until all Deposited Securities have been sold and (iii) the Depositary may discontinue the registration of transfers of American Depositary Shares and suspend the distribution of dividends and other distributions on Deposited Securities to the Owners and need not give any further notices or perform any further acts under the Deposit Agreement except as provided in Section 6.2 of that Agreement.
 
A-20

22.
DTC DIRECT REGISTRATION SYSTEM AND PROFILE MODIFICATION SYSTEM.

(a)             Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.4 of the Deposit Agreement, the parties acknowledge that DTC’s Direct Registration System (“ DRS ”) and Profile Modification System (“ Profile ”) apply to the American Depositary Shares upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC.  DRS is the system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated securities and holding of security entitlements in those securities through DTC and a DTC participant.  Profile is a required feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an Owner of American Depositary Shares, to direct the Depositary to register a transfer of those American Depositary Shares to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those American Depositary Shares to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the Depositary of prior authorization from the Owner to register that transfer.

(b)             In connection with DRS/Profile, the parties acknowledge that the Depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an Owner in requesting registration of transfer and delivery described in paragraph (a) above has the actual authority to act on behalf of that Owner (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code).  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Sections 5.3 and 5.8 of the Deposit Agreement apply to the matters arising from the use of the DRS/Profile.  The parties agree that the Depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the Depositary through the DRS/Profile system and otherwise in accordance with the Deposit Agreement, shall not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the Depositary.

23.
APPOINTMENT OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; WAIVER OF IMMUNITIES.

In the Deposit Agreement, the Company has (i) waived personal service of process upon it and consented that any service of process in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or the Deposit Agreement may be made by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to the Company at its address last specified for notices hereunder, and service so made shall be deemed completed ten (10) days after the same shall have been so mailed, (ii) consented and submitted to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court in the State of New York in which any such suit or proceeding may be instituted, and (iii) agreed that service of process in the manner specified in the Deposit Agreement shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding.
 
A-21

EACH PARTY TO THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH OWNER AND HOLDER) THEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE COMPANY AND/OR THE DEPOSITARY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES OR THE RECEIPTS, THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY QUESTION REGARDING EXISTENCE, VALIDITY OR TERMINATION (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

To the extent that the Company or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to it, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any respect thereof, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution or judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or the Deposit Agreement, the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to plead or claim, any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.
 
 
A-22


Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2, confidential information (indicated by [***]) has been omitted from this exhibit and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Application filed with the Commission.
 
Exhibit 4.1
 
 

COAL SUPPLY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC

AND

LOUISVILLE GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
and
KENTUCKY UTILITIES COMPANY
 

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE
Recitals
1
Section 1. General
1
Section 2. Term
3
 
2.1 Term
3
 
2.2 Certain Termination Rights for Milestones
3
 
2.3 Termination Rights for Commercial Production Date
4
Section 3. Quantity
5
 
3.1 Base Quantity
5
 
3.2 Make-Up Tons
5
 
3.3 Delivery Schedule
7
Section 4. Source
7
 
4.1 Source
7
 
4.2 Assurance of Capacity, Operation and Reserves
8
 
4.3 Non-Diversion of Coal
8
 
4.4 Sellers Preparation of Mining Plan
9
 
4.5 Substitute Coal
10
 
4.6 Authority
11
Section 5. Delivery
11
 
5.1 Barge Delivery Point
11
 
5.2 Barge Title and Risk of Loss
12
 
5.3 Cost of Transportation
12
 
5.4 Barge Shipping Logistics
12
Section 6. Quality
13
 
6.1 Specifications
13
 
6.2 Definition of “Shipment”
15
 
6.3 Rejection
15
 
6.4 Suspension and Termination
16
Section 7. Weights, Sampling and Analysis
18
 
7.1 Weights
18
 
7.2 Sampling and Analysis
19
Section 8.  Price
21
 
8.1 Base Price
21
 
8.2 Quality Price Adjustments
22
 
8.3 Payment Calculation
24
 
8.4 Price Adjustments for Changes in Governmental Impositions
25
Section 9. Invoices, Billing and Payment
27
 
9.1 Invoicing Address
27
 
9.2 Invoice Procedures for Coal Shipments
27
 
9.3 Payment Procedures for Coal Shipments
28
 
9.4 Withholding
29
 
i

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
 
9.5 Guaranty
29
Section 10. Force Majeure
29
 
10.1 General Force Majeure
29
 
10.2 Environmental Law Force Majeure
33
Section 11. Notices
34
 
11.1 Form and Place of Notice
34
 
11.2 Change of Person or Address
35
 
11.3 Electronic Data Transmittal
35
Section 12. Indemnity and Insurance
35
 
12.1 Indemnity
35
 
12.2 Insurance
36
Section 13. Termination for Default
38
Section 14. Taxes, Duties and Fees
38
Section 15. Documentation and Right of Audit
38
Section 16. Equal Employment Opportunity
39
Section 17. Coal Property Inspections
39
Section 18. Miscellaneous
40
 
18.1 Applicable Law
40
 
18.2 Headings
40
 
18.3 Waiver
40
 
18.4 Remedies Cumulative
41
 
18.5 Severability
41
 
18.6 Binding Effect
41
 
18.7 Relationship of the Parties
41
 
18.8 Several Liability
41
 
18.9 Limitation of Remedies
41
 
18.10 Forward Contract
42
 
18.11 Counterparts
42
 
18.12 Assignment
42
 
18.13 Entire Agreement
43
 
18.14 Amendments
43
Signature Page
44
Schedule 1 - Sample Coal Payment Calculations
45
Exhibit A – Milestones
47
Exhibit B – Producer’s Certificate
49
Exhibit C – Parental Guarantee
56
 
ii

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
COAL SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This is a coal supply agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of October 15, 2015 by and between LOUISVILLE GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY (“LG&E”) and KENTUCKY UTILITIES COMPANY (“KU”), each a Kentucky corporation, with a common address at 220 West Main Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202 (LG&E and KU are each individually sometimes herein called a “Buyer” as more particularly described below) and HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC, with an address at 6724 E Morgan Ave, Suite B, Evansville, Indiana 47715, a Delaware Limited Liability Company (herein called the “Seller”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, LG&E and KU are electric utility companies which desire to purchase steam coal; and

WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller desire to enter into a coal supply agreement pursuant to which the Seller will supply coal to Buyer and Producer (as hereinafter defined) will make certain representations under the terms as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
 
1

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
SECTION 1.   GENERAL .

(a)         The above recitals are true and correct and comprise a part of this Agreement.

(b)         The Seller acknowledges that, while there will be no effect on the Base Quantity set forth in Section 3 below, LG&E and KU will allocate the quantity of coal to be purchased and received hereunder between themselves and that such allocation may change from time to time, at the sole discretion of LG&E and KU.  Therefore, the term “Buyer” as used herein shall mean: (a) with respect to any particular “Shipment” (as such term is defined in §6.2 below) actually received by either LG&E or KU, the party who actually received such shipment; and (b) as may be determined by LG&E and KU, in their sole discretion with respect to any time or circumstance under this Agreement that the party or parties constituting “Buyer” is not determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above (including, without limitation, matters involving exercise of rights or remedies by Buyer or enforcing obligations, duties and liability against Buyer by Seller not involving Shipments or prior to receipt of Shipments), LG&E or KU (and in such percentage allocation, if applicable) as may be determined by LG&E or KU in their sole discretion.  As provided in §18.8 below, Seller agrees that the liability of each of LG&E and KU shall at all times be several and not joint.  Each party shall have the obligations, duties and liability of a Buyer hereunder only to the extent (and in the percentage, if applicable) that each such party is determined to be a “Buyer” pursuant to this paragraph.  Also LG&E and KU each shall have the rights and remedies of a Buyer hereunder only to the extent (and in the percentage, if applicable) that each of them is determined to be a “Buyer” pursuant to this paragraph.  In the event the determination of the “Buyer” pursuant to this paragraph is found contrary to law or unenforceable by any court of law, or cannot be reasonably made with respect to any particular circumstance for any reason, the rights, remedies, obligations, duties and liabilities of Buyer shall be allocated to each of LG&E and KU, severally and not jointly, 50% to each party.

2

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
(c)         Seller will sell and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase and receive from Seller, steam coal subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(d)         Each covenant, representation and warranty given by Seller herein is a material inducement for Buyer to enter into this Agreement.

SECTION 2.  TERM: CERTAIN TERMINATION RIGHTS.

§2.1       Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date hereof and shall continue through December 31, 2022, subject to the makeup provision of §3.2, unless sooner terminated pursuant to any of the terms or conditions set forth in this Agreement.

§2.2       Certain Termination Rights for Milestones .  Exhibit A hereto lists certain required events (“Milestones”) and dates associated therewith (“Milestone Dates”).  On or before each Milestone Date, such Milestone conditions shall have been met and Seller shall provide Buyer a written certificate and suitable accompanying evidence, attesting as to the bona-fide completion, occurrence and continuing nature of the applicable Milestone and of each prior Milestone as of such Milestone Date.  The certificate and evidence shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer.  In the event (a) Seller fails to deliver such certificate and evidence as of a Milestone Date or (b) Buyer reasonably disputes the accomplishment or continuance of the Milestone or Seller’s certificate or evidence, via written notice to Seller within [***] business days of receipt of a certificate, then there shall commence a cure period with respect to such Milestone (“Cure Period”), which Cure Period shall expire [***] days following such Milestone Date.  If, at the end of a Cure Period, the relevant Milestone has not been actually accomplished and certificate and evidence provided in form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, then Buyer, in its sole discretion, shall have the right effective as of the date of such written notice to Seller, to terminate this Agreement and Buyer shall have no further obligation hereunder.
 
3

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
The existence of a cure period or of forbearance by Buyer to terminate with respect to a particular Milestone or event shall not constitute a waiver by Buyer of any rights regarding other Milestones or events in this Section 2.2 or 2.3.  Buyer’s rights to terminate this Agreement as provided in Sections 2.2 and 2.3, as applicable, shall be Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy for any breach or breaches by Seller of Seller’s obligations under Sections 2.2 and 2.3, as applicable.

§2.3       Termination Rights for Commercial Production Date .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding section, if coal is not being commercially produced from the Coal Property by May 1, 2018 with the ability to meet the quantity, source and quality characteristics as set forth in Sections 3, 4 and 6 of this Agreement, then Buyer, in its sole discretion, shall have the right so long as exercised by written notice to Seller prior to the actual delivery and acceptance of any coal (other than limited quantities for testing, sampling, or quality purposes) in accordance with the terms of the Agreement (the “§2.3 Notice”), to cause this Agreement to be terminated effective [***] days after the date of the §2.3 Notice, with the effect that Buyer shall have no further obligations hereunder from and after the effective date of such termination; provided, that, the §2.3 Notice shall have no force or effect if Seller achieves commercial operation as described above and completes actual delivery with acceptance by Buyer of coal in accordance with the terms of this Agreement prior to the termination date scheduled in the §2.3 Notice.
 
4

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
SECTION 3.  QUANTITY .

§3.1       Base Quantity .   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Seller shall sell and deliver, or cause to be delivered and Buyer shall purchase and receive, or cause to be received, the following annual base quantity of coal (“Base Quantity”):

YEAR
BASE QUANTITY (TONS)
   
2018
[***]
   
2019
[***]
   
2020
[***]
   
2021
[***]
   
2022
[***]

The Base Quantity of coal scheduled to be delivered in a given calendar year as set forth in the table above (as such quantity may be adjusted as provided in this Agreement) shall be delivered on a ratable basis during that calendar year, plus any Make-Up Tons required to be delivered pursuant to §3.2 (the Base Quantity plus any Make-Up Tons being hereafter collectively referred to as the “Annual Quantity”); provided, that, deliveries in 2018 will be made pursuant to a ramp-up schedule to be agreed between Buyer and Seller based on the development schedule of the Coal Property (as defined in §4.1).
 
5

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§3.2       Make-Up Tons .  Notwithstanding the provisions of §3.1 above, if Seller or Buyer fails to supply to or to take delivery of (as applicable) the entire Base Quantity scheduled for a particular year for any reason other than a Force Majeure Event (as provided in Section 10 hereof), then the non-defaulting party, may, at its sole option and without any obligation to do so, elect to make up such undelivered or unreceived quantities (“Make-Up Tons”) by having the defaulting party deliver or take delivery of the Make-Up Tons during the calendar year or portion thereof immediately following the calendar year in which such Make-Up Tons should have been delivered (the “Make-Up Year”).  If necessary, the term of this Agreement will be automatically extended to include the Make-Up Year.  Prior to making such election, the non-defaulting party may request from the defaulting party adequate assurances, satisfactory to non-defaulting party in its sole discretion, that the defaulting party is capable of delivering or receiving, and will deliver or receive (i) the Base Quantity established for the Make-Up Year by this Agreement and (ii) the Make-Up Tons during the Make-Up Year.

In the event the non-defaulting party makes the election to deliver or receive Make-Up Tons, as applicable, the defaulting party shall deliver or receive both the Base Quantity and the Make-Up Tons during the Make-Up Year pursuant to a new, mutually-agreed delivery schedule incorporating the delivery of the additional Make-Up Tons.  In such event, for accounting and payment purposes, the first tons delivered in the Make-Up Year shall be considered to be the Make-Up Tons, and deliveries of Make-Up Tons will not be considered a part of the Base Quantity established for the Make-Up Year.

If the defaulting party’s failure to deliver or receive all of the Base Quantity during a particular year constitutes a breach of or other violation under this Agreement, the existence of this §3.2 shall not act as a waiver by the non-defaulting party of such breach or violation, nor shall it act as a limitation on the non-defaulting party’s remedies.  However, if the non-defaulting party elects to deliver or receive the Make-Up Tons as provided in this §3.2, then such election and the receipt or delivery of the Make-Up Tons in the Make-Up Year shall be the non-defaulting party’s sole and exclusive remedy.  Nothing in this §3.2 shall limit the remedies of the non-defaulting party for any failure of the defaulting party to perform with regard to the delivery or receipt of Make-Up Tons.
 
6

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§3.3       Delivery Schedule .  Shipments are to be made on a ratable basis as adjusted during the year to reflect Buyer’s outages, Seller’s annual miner’s vacation, and minor delays in transportation provided, that, deliveries in 2018 will be made pursuant to a ramp-up schedule to be agreed between Buyer and Seller based on the development schedule of the Coal Property (as defined in §4.1).  The parties will cooperate in the development of any adjustments to the delivery schedule.  Initial shipments shall begin on or about June 1, 2018.  Time is of the essence with respect to the Seller’s deliveries once a schedule is established.

SECTION 4.   SOURCE.

§4.1       Source .  The coal sold hereunder shall be supplied from geological seam Kentucky #9, from Hartshorne Mining, LLC’s Cypress Creek Mine, also known as the Buck Creek No. 1 Mine, located in McLean and Hopkins Counties, Kentucky (the “Coal Property”), except to the extent Seller provides substitute coal in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Seller represents that its wholly-owned subsidiary Hartshorne Mining, LLC identified in the Producer’s Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit B, (the “Producer”) has title to or legal control over the Coal Property and the coal located on the Coal Property.  Seller also represents and warrants that the coal, when delivered to Buyer will be free and clear of all liens and encumbrances and that Buyer will have good and marketable title to the delivered coal.  Seller shall obtain Producer’s execution of the Producer’s Certificate, which is incorporated herein by reference, and deliver such executed Producer’s Certificate to Buyer prior to the execution of this Agreement.
 
7

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§4.2       Assurance of Capacity, Operation and Reserves .  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Seller represents and warrants that the Coal Property contains coal of such quality and in such quantities as will be sufficient to satisfy all the requirements of this Agreement.  Seller agrees and warrants that it will have at the Coal Property adequate machinery, equipment and other facilities to produce, prepare and deliver coal in the quantities and of the quality required by this Agreement.  Seller further agrees to operate and maintain such machinery, equipment and facilities in accordance with good mining practices so as to efficiently and economically produce, prepare and deliver such coal.  Seller agrees that Buyer is not providing any capital for the purchase of such machinery, equipment and/or facilities and that Seller shall operate and maintain same at its sole expense. Seller has or timely will obtain, and will maintain, all required permits and licenses for the production and delivery of the coal as required by this Agreement.  Seller recognizes that the process of obtaining permits may be subject to delays and regulatory uncertainties.  Seller agrees and covenants to plan its permit acquisitions so as to prevent any interruption in its planned operations.  Seller represents and warrants that it has the right and authority to, and does hereby, dedicate to this Agreement sufficient reserves of coal meeting the quality specifications hereof and lying on or in the Coal Property to fulfill its obligations hereunder.

§4.3       Non-Diversion of Coal .  Seller agrees and warrants that it will not, without Buyer’s express prior written consent, use or sell coal from the Coal Property so as to reduce the economically recoverable balance of coal in the Coal Property to an amount less than that required to be supplied to Buyer hereunder.
 
8

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§4.4       Seller’s Preparation of Mining Plan .  Seller shall prepare or have prepared a complete mining plan for the Coal Property with adequate supporting data to demonstrate the Seller’s capability to have coal produced from the Coal Property which meets the quantity and quality specifications of this Agreement.  Seller shall, promptly when available provide information to Buyer regarding such mining plan which shall contain maps and a narrative describing areas and seams of coal to be mined and shall include (but not be limited to) the following information: (i) reserves from which the coal will be produced during the term hereof and the mining sequence, by year (or such other time intervals as mutually agreed) during the term of this Agreement, (ii) methods of mining such coal; (iii) methods of transporting and washing the coal to insure compliance with the quantity and quality requirements of this Agreement including a description and flow sheet of the preparation plant; (iv) quality data plotted on the maps depicting data points and isolines by ash, sulfur, and Btu; (v) quality control plans including sampling and analysis procedures to insure individual shipments meet quality specifications; and (vi) Seller’s aggregate commitments to others to sell coal from the Coal Property during the term of this Agreement.  Such complete mining plan shall be delivered to Buyer on or before March 31, 2017.
 
9

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
Buyer’s receipt of the mining plan or other information or data furnished by Seller (the “Mining Information”) shall not in any manner relieve Seller of any of the Seller’s obligations or responsibilities under this Agreement; nor shall Buyer’s review of the Mining Information be construed as constituting an approval of Seller’s proposed mining plan for any purposes.  Review by Buyer of Mining Information is solely for the purpose of allowing Buyer to evaluate Seller’s capability to supply coal as required by this Agreement, and the provision of Mining Information by Seller shall not provide Buyer with any right, or impose upon Buyer any duty or obligation, to exercise any direction or control over Seller’s mining or reclamation operations.  Seller agrees that it shall not rely upon its provision of Mining Information in response or defense to any claim by Buyer that Seller has breached or failed to properly perform any of Seller’s obligations under this Agreement.  To the extent it can legally do so, Buyer shall maintain as confidential all Mining Information disclosed by Seller and shall not disclose or use such Mining Information for any purposes other than to evaluate the Seller’s performance and compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Upon request, Buyer shall have the right to request a mining plan update (“Update”) showing progress to date, Seller’s conformity to original mining plan, then-known changes in reserve data, and planned changes in mining progression, plans or procedures.

§4.5       Substitute Coal .  In the event that Seller is unable to produce or obtain coal from the Coal Property in the quantities and of the quality required by this Agreement, and such inability is not caused by a Force Majeure Event as defined in Section 10, then, to the extent Seller or its affiliates control active producing facilities or mines in the Illinois Basin other than the Coal Property, Buyer will have the option of requiring that Seller supply substitute coal from such other facilities and mines in accordance with all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the price provisions of Section 8, the quality specifications of §6.1, and the provisions of Section 5 concerning reimbursement to Buyer for increased transportation costs.  Seller’s delivery of coal not produced from the Coal Property without having received the express written consent of Buyer shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.
 
10

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§4.6       Authority .  Seller shall have sole and exclusive authority to direct and control its respective activities and operations, and those of any subcontractors, undertaken in the performance of Seller’s obligations under this Agreement.  Seller shall exercise full and complete control over its respective work force and labor relations policies.  Buyer shall have no authority or control over Seller’s operations or work force.

SECTION 5.     DELIVERY .

§5.1       Barge Delivery Point .  The coal shall be delivered to Buyer F.O.B. barge at the Buck Creek Dock at Mile Point 61.0 on the Green River.  The aforementioned Buck Creek Dock shall be known as the “Barge Delivery Point”.  However, if the Buyer or Buyer’s barging contractor (“Contractor”) is not permitted or able to take possession and control of the barge at such dock (for example, if the dock is part of a closed harbor), then the coal is not considered delivered hereunder unless and until Buyer or Contractor actually takes possession and control of such barge.  In such case, the point where Buyer or Contractor actually takes possession and control of the barge shall be considered the Barge Delivery Point hereunder.  Seller may deliver the coal at a mutually-agreeable location different from the Barge Delivery Point.  In such a case, however, Seller shall reimburse Buyer for any resulting increases in the cost of transporting the coal to the destination designated by Buyer.  Any resulting savings in such transportation costs shall be retained by Buyer.
 
11

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§5.2       Barge Title and Risk of Loss .  Title to and risk of loss of coal sold will pass to Buyer, and the coal will be considered to be delivered, when barges containing the coal are disengaged by Contractor from the Barge Delivery Point.

§5.3       Barge Cost of Transportation .  Seller shall arrange and pay for all costs of:  (i) transporting the coal from the Coal Property or other authorized source mines as provided herein to the Barge Delivery Point, (including without limitation, all truck, rail, barge and transloading costs, and all fleeting, switching, harbor and other port charges) and (ii) loading and trimming the coal into barges to the proper draft and the proper distribution within the barges.  Buyer shall arrange and pay for transporting the coal by barge from the Barge Delivery Point to the destination designated by Buyer.  For transportation delays which are not the fault of Buyer or Contractor, Seller shall promptly pay any demurrage or other penalties assessed by Contractor or by Buyer which accrue at the Barge Delivery Point, including the demurrage.  Seller shall also be responsible for and promptly pay all penalties for loading less than the specified minimum tonnage per barge, or other penalties assessed for barges not loaded in conformity with applicable requirements.
 
12

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§5.4       Barge Shipping Logistics .  Buyer shall be responsible to deliver barges in as clean and dry condition as practicable, and shall furnish suitable barges in accordance with a delivery schedule provided by Buyer to Seller.  Seller shall require of the loading dock operator that:  (i) the barges and towboats provided by Buyer or Contractor be provided convenient and safe berth, free of wharfage, dockage, fleeting, switching, and other harbor and port charges; (ii) that while the barges are in the care and custody of the loading dock, all U.S. Coast Guard regulations and other applicable laws, ordinances, rulings, and regulations shall be complied with, including adequate mooring and display of warning lights; (iii) that any water in the cargo boxes of the barges be pumped out by the loading dock operator prior to loading; (iv) the loading operations be performed in a workmanlike manner and in accordance with the reasonable loading requirements of Buyer and Contractor; and (v) that the loading dock operator carry (A) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability (including U.S. longshore and harbor workers coverage) with statutory limits and (B) Landing Owners/Stevedores/Wharfinger’s Liability insurance with basic coverage of not less than [***] per occurrence, and provide evidence thereof to Buyer in the form of a certificate of insurance from the insurance carrier or an acceptable certificate of self-insurance with requirement for [***] days advance notification of Buyer in the event of a termination or reduction in coverage under the insurance.
 
SECTION 6.  QUALITY.

§6.1       Specifications .  The coal delivered hereunder shall conform to the following specifications on an “as received” basis:

Specifications
Guaranteed Monthly
Weighted Average (1)
Rejection Limits
(per shipment)
     
BTU/LB.
min. 11,200
[***]
     
LBS/MMBTU:
   
MOISTURE
max. [***]
[***]
ASH
max. [***]
[***]
     
SULFUR
max. [***]
[***]
SULFUR
min.  [***]
[***]
CHLORINE
max. [***]
[***]
NITROGEN
max. [***]
[***]
ARSENIC (parts per million)
max. [***]
[***]
SIZE (3” x 0”):
   
 
13

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
Top size (inches)*
max. [***]
[***]
Fines (% by wgt)
   
Passing 1/4” screen
max. [***]
[***]

% BY WEIGHT:
VOLATILE
min.  [***]
[***]
FIXED CARBON
min.  [***]
[***]
GRINDABILITY (HGI)
min.  [***]
[***]
BASE ACID RATIO (B/A)
max. [***]
[***]
SLAGGING FACTOR**
max. [***]
[***]
FOULING FACTOR***
max. [***]
[***]
     
ASH FUSION TEMPERATURE (°F) (ASTM D1857)
     
REDUCING ATMOSPHERE
     
Initial Deformation
min. [***]
min. [***]
Softening (H=W)
min. [***]
min. [***]
Softening (H=1/2W)
min. [***]
min. [***]
Fluid
min. [***]
min. [***]
     
OXIDIZING ATMOSPHERE
     
Initial Deformation
min.  [***]
min. [***]
Softening (H=W)
min.  [***]
min. [***]
Softening (H=1/2W)
min.  [***]
min. [***]
Fluid
min.  [***]
min. [***]


(1)       An actual Monthly Weighted Average will be calculated as applicable for each specification for coal delivered to Buyer hereunder during a calendar month.

*          All the coal will be of such size that it will pass through a screen having circular perforations [***] inches in diameter, but shall not contain more than [***] by weight of coal that will pass through a screen having circular perforations [***] of an inch in diameter.

**         Slagging Factor [***]

***       Fouling Factor [***]

 
 
14

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
               The Base Acid Ratio (B/A) is herein defined as:
 
BASE ACID RATIO (B/A)
=
[***]
 
       
   
[***]
       
Note:  As used herein
>
means greater than:
       
 
<
means less than.

Each Shipment shall have coal of substantially the same quality throughout.

§6.2       Definition of “Shipment” .  As used herein, a “Shipment” shall mean one (1) barge load.

§6.3       Rejection .  Buyer has the right, but not the obligation, to reject any Shipment which is subject to rejection based on any or all of the Rejection Limits set forth in §6.1 or which contains extraneous materials (“Non-Conforming Coal”).  Buyer must reject Non-Conforming Coal within [***] hours of Buyer’s receipt of the coal analysis provided for in §7.2, or the right to reject such Non-Conforming Coal is waived.  If the Buyer rejects such Non-Conforming Coal, title to and risk of loss of the Non-Conforming Coal shall be considered to have never passed to Buyer (“Rejected Coal”), and Buyer shall return the coal to Seller, or at Seller’s request, the Buyer shall allow Seller to receive the Non-Conforming Coal or divert such coal to Seller’s designee, all at Seller’s sole cost and risk.
 
15

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
Within [***] business days from notice of rejection, Seller shall replace the Rejected Coal with coal from the Coal Properties that is of a quality not subject to any of the Rejection Limits set forth in §6.1 (“Replacement Coal”).  If Seller fails to replace the Rejected Coal within the [***] business day period, or if the Replacement Coal is rightfully rejected, Buyer may purchase coal from any other third (3 rd ) party in order to replace the Rejected Coal (“Cover Coal”).  In such a case, Seller shall reimburse Buyer for (i) any amount by which the actual price plus transportation costs to Buyer of Cover Coal exceeds the price Buyer would have paid for the Rejected Coal under this Agreement plus the transportation costs to Buyer from the Barge Delivery Point; and (ii) any and all transportation, storage, handling, or other expenses that have been incurred by Buyer in connection with the Rejected Coal.  Rejected Coal tonnages shall not be included in the calculation of the actual Monthly Weighted Average quality of the coal delivered during the Delivery Month (as defined in §8.2 below) or any quality price adjustments for the Delivery Month.  Tonnages of Rejected Coal shall not be included in the total of tons delivered under this Agreement.  Tonnages of Replacement Coal and/or Cover Coal shall be included in the total of tons delivered under this Agreement and in the calculation of the actual Monthly Weighted Average and quality price adjustments for the Delivery Month.

If Buyer fails to reject a Non-Conforming Coal Shipment which it had the right to reject, then such Non-Conforming Coal Shipment shall be deemed accepted by Buyer, and its quality characteristics shall be included in any quality calculations for the Delivery Month.  However, Buyer shall have the option, in its sole discretion, to exclude accepted Non-Conforming Coal from the quantity of coal that Seller is obligated to sell to Buyer under this Agreement.  Accepted Non-Conforming Coal shall nevertheless be considered “rejectable” for purposes of §6.4.  For Shipments containing extraneous materials, (which include, but are not limited to, slate, rock, wood, corn husks, mining materials, metal, steel, etc.), the estimated weight of such materials shall be deducted from the weight of the applicable Shipment.
 
16

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§6.4      Suspension and Termination .  If (a) the coal sold hereunder during a month fails to meet one (1) or more of the Guaranteed Monthly Weighted Average specifications set forth in §6.1 for any [***] Delivery Months in a [***] month period, or (b) [***]  barge Shipments in a [***] day period are rejectable by Buyer, then Buyer may upon notice (which need not comply with Section 11) confirmed in writing and sent in accordance with Section 11, suspend future Shipments of coal hereunder, except for coal already loaded into barges at the time notice is given.  Seller shall, within [***] days of such notice, provide Buyer with reasonable assurances that each specification set forth in §6.1 of future Shipments of coal will meet or be of a quality superior to the Guaranteed Monthly Weighted Average specifications set forth in §6.1.

If Seller fails to provide such assurances within said [***] day period, Buyer may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice of such termination at the end of the [***] day period.  If Seller provides such assurances to Buyer’s reasonable satisfaction, shipments hereunder shall resume, and any tonnage deficiencies resulting from suspension may be made up at Buyer’s sole option.  Buyer shall not unreasonably withhold its acceptance of Seller’s assurances, or delay the resumption of shipments.

If after deliveries resume, Seller’s deliveries fail to meet or exceed any of the Guaranteed Monthly Weighted Average specifications that was the subject of the suspension for any [***] Delivery Month within the next [***] months or if [***] barge Shipments are rejectable within any [***] Delivery Month during such [***] month period, then Buyer may terminate this Agreement and exercise all its other rights and remedies available to it under applicable law and in equity for Seller’s breach.

If Buyer refrains from terminating this Agreement as a result of [***] or more Non-Conforming Shipments of coal as provided herein, Buyer shall not be deemed to have waived its right to terminate this Agreement for any future breach of the Agreement.
 
17

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
SECTION 7.  WEIGHTS, SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS .

§7.1       Weights .  Except as otherwise provided herein or if the parties agree otherwise, the weight of each coal Shipment delivered hereunder shall be determined for payment purposes (the “Payment Weight”) by Buyer on the basis of certified scale weights at Buyer’s generating station.

 If Buyer’s scale is inoperable or if Buyer fails to obtain a sample of the coal for qualitative analysis   upon loading, the Seller’s loading weight shall be used for the relevant Shipment, and the Seller’s analysis shall be the analysis used in determining the payment for the relevant Shipment (the “Payment Analysis”).  Seller will be notified as soon as possible whenever the Buyer’s belt scale or sampling equipment is out of operation.  Seller will transmit its loading weights and qualitative analysis for the relevant Shipment to Buyer as soon as possible after loading.

Scales (whether Buyer’s or Seller’s) shall be operated in accordance with NIST Handbook 44.  Such scales shall be duly reviewed by an appropriate testing agency and maintained in an accurate condition and certified (i.e. material tested) at least annually in accordance with NIST Handbook 44 with a third party oversight.  Either Party shall have the right, at its expense and upon reasonable notice, to have the other Party’s scales checked for accuracy at any reasonable time or frequency.

If the Buyer’s scales are found to be over or under the tolerance range allowable for the scale based on industry-accepted standards, then the Buyer shall recalculate the payments for coal weighed on those scales for the period of inaccuracy (not to exceed [***] days) based on the weights for such coal provided by Seller.  Buyer or the Seller, as applicable, shall pay to the other such amounts owed as a result of that recalculation, and Buyer shall reimburse Seller for the expenses incurred in checking the accuracy of said scales.
 
18

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
If the Seller’s scales are used for payment purposes and are found to be over or under the tolerance range allowable for the scale based on industry-accepted standards (the “Tolerance”), the Buyer shall recalculate the payments for coal weighed on those scales for the period of inaccuracy (not to exceed [***] days) based on the percentage of variance identified for the scales from the Tolerance, plus the amount of the Tolerance.  Buyer or Seller, as applicable, shall pay to the other such amounts owed as a result of the recalculation, and Seller shall reimburse Buyer for the expenses incurred in checking the accuracy of said scales.

§7.2      Sampling and Analysis .  The sampling and analysis of the coal delivered hereunder shall be performed by Buyer upon unloading of the coal at Buyer’s generating station, and except as otherwise provided herein, the results thereof shall be accepted and used as defining the quality and characteristics of the coal delivered under this Agreement and shall be used in determining the initial payment for the relevant Shipment (the “Payment Analysis”).  All analyses shall be made in Buyer’s laboratory at Buyer’s expense in accordance with ASTM standards where applicable, or industry-accepted standards in other cases.  Samples for analyses shall be taken in accordance with ASTM standards or other methods mutually acceptable to both parties.  Seller shall transmit its “as-loaded” quality analysis to Buyer as soon as possible.  Seller’s “as-loaded” quality shall be the Payment Analysis only when Buyer’s sampler and/or scales are inoperable, or if Buyer fails to obtain a sample upon unloading.

Seller represents that it is familiar with Buyer’s sampling and analysis practices, and that it finds them to be acceptable.  Buyer shall notify Seller in writing of any significant changes in Buyer’s sampling and analysis practices.  Any such changes in Buyer’s sampling and analysis practices shall, except for ASTM or industry-accepted changes in practices, provide for no less accuracy than the sampling and analysis practices existing at the time of the execution of this Agreement, unless the Parties otherwise mutually agree.
 
19

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
Each sample taken by Buyer shall be divided into four (4) parts and put into airtight containers, properly labeled and sealed.  One (1) part shall be used for analysis by Buyer.  One (1) part shall be used by Buyer as a check sample, if Buyer in its sole judgment determines it is necessary.  One (1) part shall be retained by Buyer until [***] days  after the sample is taken (“Disposal Date”), and shall be delivered to Seller for analysis if Seller so requests before the Disposal Date.  One (1) part (the “Referee Sample”) shall be retained by Buyer until the Disposal Date.

Seller, on reasonable notice to Buyer, shall have the right to have a representative present to observe the sampling and analyses performed by Buyer.  Unless Seller requests an analysis of the Referee Sample before the Disposal Date, Buyer’s analysis shall be used to determine the quality of the coal delivered hereunder and shall be the Payment Analysis.  The Monthly Weighted Averages of specifications referenced in §6.1 shall be based on the individual Shipment analyses.  In addition, Buyer shall send Seller weekly analyses of all of Seller’s coal unloaded at Buyer’s generating stations pursuant to this Agreement.

If any dispute arises with regard to the analysis of any sample before the Disposal Date for such sample, the Referee Sample retained by Buyer shall be submitted for analysis to an independent commercial testing laboratory (“Independent Lab”) mutually chosen by Buyer and Seller.
 
20

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
For each coal quality specification in question, if the analysis of the Independent Lab differs by more than the applicable ASTM reproducibility standards, the Independent Lab results will govern, and the prior analysis shall be disregarded.  All testing of the Referee Sample by the Independent Lab shall be at requestor’s expense unless the Independent Lab results differ from the original Payment Analysis for any specification by more than the applicable ASTM reproducibility standards as to that specification. In such case, the cost of the analysis made by the Independent Lab shall be borne by the party who provided the original Payment Analysis.

SECTION 8.   PRICE .

§8.1       Base Price .

(a)       Base Price .  The “Base Price” of the coal to be sold hereunder will be firm and will be determined by the year in which the coal is delivered (or scheduled to be delivered) as defined in Section 5 in accordance with the following schedule:

YEAR
BASE PRICE ($ PER TON)
   
2018
[***]
   
2019
[***]
   
2020
[***]
   
2021
[***]
   
2022
[***]

(b)       Make-up Tons Pricing .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Base Price for any Make-Up Tons (as such term is defined in §3.2 hereof) shall be based on the Base Price for the calendar year in which such Make-Up Tons should have been delivered and not the Base Price in the Make-Up Year (as such term is defined in §3.2 hereof).
 
21

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§8.2      Quality Price Adjustments .  The Base Price paid by the Buyer for the coal delivered and accepted by Buyer hereunder, will be adjusted based on the quality of the coal as follows:

(a)         BTU True Up.   The Base Price for coal accepted hereunder in any particular calendar month (a “Delivery Month”) is based on the assumption that the actual “as received” Monthly Weighted Average BTU/LB (the “BTU AMWA”) for coal accepted by Buyer during a Delivery Month is equal to the minimum Guaranteed Monthly Weighted Average BTU/LB set forth in §6.1 (the “BTU GMWA”).  If the BTU AMWA varies from the BTU GMWA for any Delivery Month, then the price applicable to such accepted coal will be adjusted to account for such variation in BTU’s.  The BTU adjustment for that Delivery Month will be determined as follows:

(i)          Calculate the per ton BTU adjustment for a Delivery Month using the following formula (where Price per Ton is the applicable Base Price set forth in §8.1 above):  [***] = Per Ton Adjustment

(ii)         Determine the price adjustment for BTU’s for the Delivery Month by multiplying the Per Ton Adjustment (as calculated in (i) above) by the total number of tons of coal actually delivered to and unloaded by Buyer under this Agreement during the Delivery Month.

Depending on whether the BTU AMWA is greater than or less than the BTU GMWA in a Delivery Month, the Per Ton BTU Adjustment for the Delivery Month can be positive or negative.  If the BTU adjustment (as calculated above) for a Delivery Month is positive, then Buyer shall pay the amount of such BTU adjustment to Seller.  If the BTU adjustment (as calculated above) for a Delivery Month is negative, then Seller shall pay or credit the amount of such BTU adjustment to Buyer.  Buyer shall be responsible for making the BTU adjustment calculations and shall send a written statement to Seller of the amount of the BTU adjustment for each Delivery Month.  BTU adjustment payments shall be due when the next payment for coal is due hereunder.
 
22

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree to the following example.  If the BTU AMWA for a Delivery Month equals [***] BTU/LB, the BTU GMWA equals [***] BTU/LB and the Base Price Per Ton is [***]/ton, then the Per Ton BTU Adjustment would be [***] per ton.  If a total of [***] tons were accepted during the Delivery Month, then the BTU True up adjustment would equal [***] ) .  Since it is positive, this amount would be due and owing to Seller by Buyer with respect to the coal accepted by Buyer for that Delivery Month.

(b)       Other Quality Price Reductions .  The Base Price is based on Buyer’s receipt of coal of a quality that is consistent with or superior to all of the Guaranteed Monthly Weighted Average specifications as set forth in §6.1.  Quality price reductions shall be applied for each specification each Delivery Month to account for the Seller’s failure to provide coal of a quality superior to the “Discount Values” set forth below.

DISCOUNT VALUES
   
$/MMBTU
   
BTU/LB.
[***]
   
$/LB./MMBTU
   
SULFUR
[***]
ASH
[***]
MOISTURE
[***]
 
23

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
For each specification during each Delivery Month with respect to the quality price discounts listed above, there shall be no discount if the actual “as received” Monthly Weighted Average for a specification meets the applicable Discount Point set forth below for that specification.  If the actual “as received” Monthly Weighted Average fails to meet the Discount Point, then the applicable Discount Value shall apply, and the quality price reduction shall be calculated on the basis of the difference between the actual “as received” Monthly Weighted Average and the Guaranteed Monthly Weighted Average for such specification.

Guaranteed Monthly Weighted Average
Discount Point
   
BTU
Min.   11,200 BTU/LB
[***]BTU/LB
ASH
Max.  [***]LB/MMBTU
[***]LB/MMBTU
MOISTURE
Max.  [***]LB/MMBTU
[***]LB/MMBTU
SULFUR
Max.  [***]LB/MMBTU
[***] LB/MMBTU

For example, if the Actual Monthly Weighted Average of sulfur equals [***] lb/MMBTU, then the applicable discount would be [***] = [***]/MMBTU.

§8.3       Payment Calculation .  Schedule 1 attached hereto shows the methodology for calculating the coal payment, the BTU adjustment and quality price reductions for the Delivery Month.  If there are any such price adjustments, Buyer shall apply a credit for such adjustments to amounts owed Seller for the month the coal was delivered.
 
24

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§8.4       Price Adjustments for Changes in Governmental Impositions.   The above Base Price shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to this section only in the event that the requesting party can clearly demonstrate that:  (a) new, industry-wide Federal or state statutes, regulations or other governmental impositions affecting the industry and the coal to be supplied hereunder or the production thereof, including but not limited to tax increases or decreases (other than taxes measured by income); or (b) amendments, modifications or changes to the text, interpretation, application or enforcement (excluding changes in frequency, rigor or thoroughness of enforcement) of any existing generally-applicable Federal or state statutes, regulations, or other governmental impositions that occur after March 20, 2015 (all collectively and, as limited below, a “Requirement”) which causes Seller’s direct cost of providing coal to Buyer under this Agreement to increase or decrease (generally an “Imposition”).  As used herein, a Requirement shall mean a Federal or state statute, regulation or other governmental action that pertains to coal mining or handling practices, to health and safety of miners or associated workers or to air, water or waste quality or disposal standards, but shall not include other Federal or state statute, regulation or other governmental imposition applicable to businesses generally (such as, by way of example only, wage, benefit, health care, insurance or retirement requirements).  In the event a party desires to obtain a price adjustment based on an Imposition, the affected party shall notify the other party in writing of the Requirement or potential Requirement within [***] days of the time such party becomes aware of such Requirement and the resulting Imposition, setting forth the Requirement, specific legal basis for the Imposition, the anticipated or actual financial impact of the Imposition and the anticipated or actual effective date.  Either Buyer or Seller may request a Base Price adjustment, which shall be comprised of no more than the actual costs directly associated with the effect of such change on the cost of producing the coal to be supplied hereunder.  Additionally, an Imposition adjustment shall only be made hereunder if the price adjustment is allocated evenly to all coal produced by Seller, including all coal that is produced from the Coal Property, so that Buyer is allocated only its proportionate share of such Imposition, and the Base Price shall likewise be decreased for any savings resulting from any Requirement or Imposition.  There shall be no change to the Base Price based on reductions or loss of production or production capacity as a result of an Imposition.
 
25

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
By way of example, and not of limitation, an Imposition that requires the purchase of special or additional equipment shall be prorated over the number of years of useful life of the equipment and over the total tons in any year during the useful life of the equipment.  In such a case, the change in the Base Price would not exceed the per-ton prorated cost of the equipment.

After Seller has determined the actual, direct cost impact of any Imposition, which may be after the conclusion of the applicable calendar year, Seller shall notify Buyer in writing of the amount and effective date of any claimed adjustment to the Base Price as a result of one or more Impositions and shall furnish Buyer with the specific legal basis for the Imposition, and accurate and detailed computations and data reasonably necessary to substantiate the claimed adjustment.  Buyer shall have the right to inspect all books and records of Seller relevant to the claimed adjustment.  Buyer shall notify Seller of any disagreement Buyer has with the claimed adjustment within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice and computations, taking into account any audits or requests for additional information by Buyer.  It is Seller’s obligation to ensure that Imposition decreases are given to Buyer.

If the amount of the actual or anticipated Impositions exceeds [***] per ton on a cumulative basis for any particular calendar year, Buyer may terminate this Agreement upon not less than [***] days written notice to Seller.  Alternatively, Seller may elect, by forwarding written notice to Buyer within [***] days after receiving Buyer’s notice of termination, to limit the cumulative amount of Impositions for any year to a maximum of [***]per ton.  In the event Seller makes such election, the increase shall be so limited, and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
 
26

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
SECTION 9.   INVOICES, BILLING AND PAYMENT.

§9.1       Invoicing Address .  Invoices will be sent electronically to Buyer at the following address:  [***]

§9.2       Invoice Procedures for Coal Shipments .  By the [***] working day of the month following the Delivery Month (the “Payment Month”), the Buyer will provide Seller with a price calculation for all coal unloaded at Buyer’s generating station during the Delivery Month based on the applicable Base Price, and taking into account all quality price adjustments provided for in Section 8 (the “Buyer’s Statement”). By the [***] day of the Payment Month the Seller will provide Buyer with its invoice for all coal unloaded during the Delivery Month taking into account all quality price adjustments (the “Monthly Invoice”).

§9.3       Payment Procedures for Coal Shipments .  For all coal unloaded by Buyer between the [***] and [***] days of any Delivery Month, Buyer shall make a “Preliminary Payment” of [***] of the Base Price for such coal (based on the assumption that the coal will meet all Guaranteed Monthly Weighted Average parameters) by the [***]day of such Delivery Month.  All Preliminary Payments shall be calculated based [***].  By the [***] day of the Payment Month, Buyer will pay for all coal unloaded at Buyer’s generating stations between the [***] and the last day of any Delivery Month plus any quality adjustments for the Delivery Month as provided in §8.2 above.

For example, Buyer will make a Preliminary Payment by August [***] for coal delivered between August [***] through August [***] .  On or before [***] working day of September, Buyer will provide Seller with the Buyer’s Statement.  On or before the [***] day of September, the Seller shall provide Buyer the Monthly Invoice for all coal unloaded by Buyer in August.  The Monthly Invoice for August deliveries, to the extent it is verified by Buyer, will be paid by the [***] day of September.  In every case referenced in this section for payment, if a specific day is not a banking day and regular work day for Buyer, payment shall be made on the next regular work day for Buyer.
 
27

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
Buyer shall electronically transfer funds to Seller’s Account based on the account information (including Bank name, ABA number and Account number) provided in writing, in a form reasonably acceptable to Buyer, prior to the first (1 st ) Shipment under this Agreement.  Seller reserves the right to modify such account information on prior written notice reasonably acceptable to Buyer.

§9.4       Withholding .  Buyer shall have the right to withhold from payment of any billing or billings: (i) any sums which it is not able in good faith to verify or which it otherwise in good faith disputes, (ii) any damages resulting from any breach of this Agreement by Seller; and (iii) any amounts owed to Buyer from Seller.  Buyer shall immediately notify Seller in writing of the basis for the dispute and pay the portion of such statement not in dispute no later than the due date.  If any amount withheld under dispute by Buyer is ultimately determined to be due Seller, it shall be paid within [***] business days after receipt of a valid invoice reflecting such determination, along with interest accrued on such amount (if any) during the period beginning [***] business days after the date the dispute is resolved and ending on the date the withheld amount is paid to Seller, at the lesser of (i) the rate of interest quoted by [***] from time to time as its “[***]” or “[***]” lending rate, plus [***], and (ii) the highest interest rate permitted by applicable law.

Payment by Buyer, whether knowing or inadvertent, of any amount in dispute shall not be deemed a waiver of any claims or rights by Buyer with respect to any disputed amounts or payments made.
 
28

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§9.5       Guaranty .  Seller’s Guarantor, Paringa Resources, Ltd, shall provide a guarantee in form consistent with the attached Exhibit C, prior to the execution of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.   FORCE MAJEURE .

§10.1     General Force Majeure . If either party, is delayed in or prevented in whole or part, from performing any of its obligations or from utilizing the coal sold under this Agreement as a result of one or more events or occurrences which are both: (a) beyond the reasonable control of the affected party exercising reasonable care in accordance with normal and prudent industry standards, and (b) not the result of fault or negligence of the affected party (a “Force Majeure Event”), then the obligations of both parties hereto, other than the obligation to make payments for coal delivered, shall be suspended to the extent made necessary by such Force Majeure Event; provided that the affected party gives written notice to the other party as early as practicable of the existence, nature and probable duration of the Force Majeure Event and makes all commercially reasonable efforts in accordance with normal and prudent industry standards to terminate and/or limit the effect of the Force Majeure Event.  As used herein, the term Force Majeure Event shall include but not be limited to acts of God, war, terrorism, riots, civil insurrection, acts of the public enemy, strikes, lockouts, industry-wide labor shortages, labor disputes which cause work stoppages, industry-wide shortages of materials and supplies, adverse geological conditions in coal seams which were not detected despite prudent and reasonable mine planning and mining practices, explosions, mine accidents, fires, floods or earthquakes, the inability to obtain necessary mining permit(s) after applying for such with prudent and reasonable diligence, and other similar or dissimilar events or occurrences that otherwise satisfy the definition of a Force Majeure Event herein, but will not include any interruption to or interference with a party’s performance that are the result of (i) regular or routine maintenance of equipment or operations, (ii) delays in obtaining or violations under any necessary permits, licenses or approvals, to the extent the same are specific to Seller’s operations as opposed to the coal mining industry as a whole, or (iii) any failure to employ prudent practices that are standard in the impacted party’s industry.  The party declaring force majeure shall keep the other party advised as to the continuance of the Force Majeure Event.
 
29

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
During any period in which Seller’s ability to perform hereunder is affected by a Force Majeure Event, Seller shall not deliver any coal from each Coal Property to any other buyers other than “Other FM Buyers” (as herein after defined).  With respect to any given month and  each particular Coal Property, “Other FM Buyers” are other buyers to whom Seller is contractually committed to make deliveries to in that particular month under a contract which (a) includes such Coal Property and (b) has been in place at the onset of the Force Majeure Event (a “Permitted Contract”).  Further, if Seller is delivering coal to Other FM Buyers during the period of Force Majeure Event, Seller shall during each month deliver to Buyer under this Agreement at least a pro rata portion of its monthly aggregate production from each Coal Property, in accordance with the below methodology:

Required Monthly Delivery to Buyer
=
[***]
(During Each FM Month for Each Coal Property)
   

Where:

OFMB
=
Other Force Majeure Buyers for such Coal Property
     
PC
=
Permitted Contracts for such Coal Property
     
BQ
=
annual Base Quantity (under this Agreement)
     
mBQ
=
BQ / 12

30

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
STMP
=
Seller’s total production during such month from such Coal Property
     
OBQ
=
Annualized contractual base quantities under OFMB’s PC’s at time of FM Event
     
mOBQ
=
OBQ / 12

For purposes of this calculation:

In any particular monthly calculation, OBQ (and its sum ∑ OBQ) shall not include (a) any base quantities for OFMB whose PC base quantity delivery months have since expired or (b) any base quantities for OFMB whose PC base quantity delivery months have not yet commenced.  Further, for PCs with terms of greater or less than 1 year OBQ shall use an annualized base quantity amount for such PC.

In any particular monthly calculation, STMP shall be the aggregate tons of coal produced by Seller in that month from such Coal Property. The term “production” hereunder shall be defined and calculated consistently with the use of that term in the [***] as reported to Department of Labor-Mine Safety and Health Administration.

In any particular monthly calculation, Seller shall not be required to deliver to Buyer an amount in excess of the ratable annual Base Quantity hereunder (namely mBQ).

Example: CALCULATION OF MONTHLY TONNAGE ALLOCATION DURING FORCE MAJEURE EVENT.

If during Month 1, Coal Property Source A experiences a Force Majuere event that limits or prevents the production of coal used to supply Contract 1, 2, 3 and 4, then the calculation of the monthly allocation of coal production to Buyer under Contract 1 would be as follows:

Company
Contract #
Coal Properties
BQ
mBQ
LG&E-KU
1
A
[***]
[***]
         
OFMB
PC
Coal Properties
OBQ
mOBQ
X
2
A
[***]
[***]
Y
3
A
[***]
[***]
Z
4
A
[***]
[***]

ALLOCATION OF STMP to CONTRACT #1
Coal Properties
STMP
Allocation
A
50,000
21,739
 
31

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
Allocation of STMP not to exceed mBQ or mOBQ

[***]
x  [***]
[***]
 
   
Allocation of A:
 
[***]
x    [***] =  [***]
[***]
 

An event which affects the Seller’s ability to produce or obtain coal from a mine other than the Coal Property will not be considered a Force Majeure Event hereunder.  In addition, Seller shall use its commercially-reasonable best efforts to increase its production capacity at any unaffected properties constituting Coal Property to supply coal as provided herein during the Force Majeure Event.

Changes in market conditions, commercial frustration, commercial impracticability or the occurrence of unforeseen events rendering performance of this Agreement uneconomical for either Party shall not constitute a Force Majeure Event.  Minor transportation delays which can be resolved by an amendment to the delivery schedule without materially disrupting future shipments will not be considered Force Majeure Events, but shall be resolved by schedule amendments.

Tonnage deficiencies resulting from a Force Majeure Event shall be made up at sole option of the non-affected party and shall be treated as Make-Up Tons pursuant to §3.2 above, and to the extent necessary, the term of this Agreement will automatically be extended for the period necessary for the receipt or delivery of the Make-Up Tons.
 
32

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
If a Force Majeure Events continues for more than [***] days, the non-affected party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, in its sole discretion, without further obligation on the part of either party, except for obligations incurred prior to such termination.

§10.2    Environmental Law Force Majeure .  In addition to, and not in limitation of, the provisions of §10.1 above, if Buyer concludes that any new environmental law is enacted or new rule, or regulation is promulgated (including without limitation, an amendment to or a new interpretation of an existing law, rule or regulation) after the date of execution of this Agreement which becomes effective during the term of this Agreement, which makes it impossible, commercially impracticable or uneconomical for Buyer to utilize this or like kind and quality coal which thereafter would be delivered under this Agreement, Buyer shall so notify Seller.  Thereupon, Buyer and Seller shall promptly consider whether corrective actions can be taken in the mining and preparation of the coal at Seller’s mine and/or in the handling and utilization of the coal at Buyer’s generating station.  If in Buyer’s sole judgment any such actions will not, without unreasonable expense to Buyer, make it possible, commercially practicable and economical for Buyer to use the coal which would be delivered hereunder without violating any applicable law, regulation, policy or order, Buyer shall have the right, upon the later of [***] days’ notice to Seller or the effective date of such restriction, to terminate this Agreement without further obligation hereunder on the part of either party except for obligations incurred prior to the time of such termination.
 
33

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
SECTION 11.     NOTICES .

§11.1     Form and Place of Notice .  Any official notice, request for approval or other document required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing, unless otherwise provided herein, and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given when delivered in person, delivered to an established mail service for same day or overnight delivery, or dispatched in the United States mail, postage prepaid, for mailing by first class, certified, or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed as follows:

If to Buyer:
Louisville Gas and Electric Company/Kentucky Utilities Company
 
[***]
   
If to Seller:
Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
 
[***]

Notice will be deemed received when actually received by the addressee.

§11.2     Change of Person or Address .  Either party may change the person or address specified above upon giving written notice to the other party of such change.

§11.3     Electronic Data Transmittal .  Seller hereby agrees, at Seller’s cost, to electronically transmit shipping notices and/or other data to Buyer in a format acceptable to and established by Buyer upon Buyer’s request.  Buyer shall provide Seller with the appropriate format and will inform Seller as to the electronic data requirements at the appropriate time.
 
34

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
SECTION 12.   INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

§12.1     Indemnity .  Seller agrees to indemnify and save harmless Buyer, its officers, directors, employees and representatives from any responsibility or liability for any and all third party claims, demands, costs, charges, losses, legal actions for personal injuries, property damage or pollution (including reasonable inside and outside attorney’s fees) (collectively “Claims”) arising from or relating in any manner to the performance or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations under this Agreement, regardless of when the same accrues, arises or is asserted.  Seller’s indemnity shall include but not be limited to Claims: (i) relating to Seller’s title to any coal delivered to Buyer hereunder, (ii) relating to the trucks, barges or railcars provided by Buyer or Buyer’s contractor while such trucks, barges or railcars are in the care and custody of the loading dock or loading facility, (iii) due to any failure of Seller to comply with laws, regulations or ordinances related to Seller’s production of coal and its performance under this Agreement, or (iv) due to the acts or omissions of Seller in the performance of this Agreement.

Buyer agrees to indemnify and save harmless Seller, its officers, directors, employees and representatives from any responsibility or liability for any and all Claims arising from or relating in any manner to the performance or failure to perform any of Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement, regardless of when the same accrues, arises or is asserted.  Buyer’s indemnity shall include but not be limited to Claims (i) due to any failure of Buyer or Buyer’s Contractor or its representatives or agents to comply with laws, regulations or ordinances related to Buyer’s performance under the Agreement, or (ii) due to the negligence of any representatives, agents or employees of Buyer who inspect the Coal Properties; or (iii) due to the acts or omissions of Buyer or Buyer’s Contractor in the performance of this Agreement.

The parties respective obligations of indemnity set forth herein shall survive the termination, expiration or cancellation of this Agreement, for a period of [***] years from the date thereof.
 
35

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§12.2     Insurance .  In addition to any indemnity obligations, and not in lieu thereof, Seller and Producer shall carry insurance coverage with minimum limits as follows:

(1)         Commercial General Liability, including Completed Operations and Contractual Liability, [***] single limit liability.

(2)         Automobile General Liability, [***] single limit liability.

(3)         Employer’s Liability, [***] single limit liability

(4)          In addition, Seller shall carry excess liability insurance covering the foregoing perils in the amount of [***]for any one (1) occurrence.

(5)         Workers’ Compensation (including, with respect to periods from and after commencement of construction of the dock and barge-loading facilities, U.S. longshore and harbor workers coverage) with statutory limits.

(6)         With respect to periods from and after commencement of construction of the dock and barge-loading facilities, Landing Owners’s/Stevedores/Wharfinger’s Liability insurance with basic coverage of not less than [***] per occurrence.

All of the above policies shall name Buyer as an additional insured.  If any of the above policies are written on an occurrence basis, then the retroactive date of the policy or policies will be no later than the effective date of this Agreement.  If any of the above policies are written on a claims made basis, then such policy or policies shall be maintained in full force and effect by Seller for a period of no less than [***] months after any termination or expiration of this Agreement.  Certificates of Insurance satisfactory in form to Buyer and signed by Seller’s insurer shall be supplied by Seller to Buyer evidencing that the above insurance is in force and that not less than [***] calendar days written notice will be given to Buyer prior to any cancellation or material reduction in coverage under the policies.  Seller shall cause its insurer to waive all subrogation rights against Buyer respecting all losses or claims arising from performance hereunder.  Evidence of such waiver satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer shall be exhibited in the Certificate of Insurance mentioned above.  Seller’s liability shall not be limited to its insurance coverage.
 
36

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
SECTION 13.   TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT.

Subject to the provisions of §6.4, if either party hereto commits a material breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement at any time, including, but not limited to, a breach of a representation and warranty set forth herein, then the other party may give written notice describing such breach (“Notice of Default”).  If such material breach is not curable or the breaching party fails to cure such material breach within [***] days following receipt of the Notice of Default then, at the option of the non-breaching party, this Agreement shall terminate, in addition to all the other rights and remedies available to the non-breaching party under this Agreement and at law and in equity.

SECTION 14.   TAXES, DUTIES AND FEES.

Seller shall pay when due, and the price set forth in Section 8 of this Agreement shall be inclusive of, all taxes, duties, fees, royalties and other assessments of whatever nature imposed by governmental authorities with respect to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.
 
37

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
SECTION 15.  DOCUMENTATION AND RIGHT OF AUDIT .

Seller shall maintain all records and accounts pertaining to payments, quantities, quality analyses, and source for all coal supplied under this Agreement for a period lasting through the term of this Agreement and for [***] years thereafter.  Buyer shall have the right at no additional expense to Buyer to audit, copy and inspect such records and accounts at any reasonable time upon reasonable notice during the term of this Agreement and for [***] years thereafter, and Seller shall cooperate at no additional cost to Buyer.  Buyer shall be responsible for all costs associated with examination by Buyer or Buyer’s auditor, provided that any fees and costs incurred by Seller in connection with such examination shall not be chargeable to Buyer.

SECTION 16.  EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY . To the extent applicable, Seller shall comply with all of the following provisions which are incorporated herein by reference: Equal Opportunity regulations set forth in 41 CFR § 60-1.4(a) and (c) prohibiting discrimination against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin;  Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Assistance Act regulations set forth in 41 CFR § 50-250.4 relating to the employment and advancement of disabled veterans and veterans of the Vietnam Era; Rehabilitation Act regulations set forth in 41 CFR § 60-741.4 relating to the employment and advancement of qualified disabled employees and applicants for employment; the clause known as “Utilization of Small Business Concerns and Small Business Concerns Owned and Controlled by Socially and Economically Disadvantaged Individuals” set forth in 15 USC § 637(d)(3); and subcontracting plan requirements set forth in 15 USC § 637(d).
 
38

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
SECTION 17.  COAL PROPERTIES INSPECTIONS Buyer and its representatives, and others as may be required by applicable laws, ordinances and regulations in connection with Buyer (“Visitors”) shall have the right at all reasonable times and at their own expense to inspect the Coal Properties, including the loading facilities, scales, sampling system(s), wash plant facilities, and mining equipment (collectively “Facilities”) for conformance with this Agreement.  Seller shall cooperate with such inspections at no additional cost to Buyer.  Seller shall undertake reasonable care and precautions to prevent personal injuries to any Visitors who inspect the Coal Properties or the Facilities.  All Visitors shall comply with Seller’s regulations and rules regarding conduct on the work site (to the extent they are made known to Visitors prior to entry), as well as safety measures mandated by state or federal rules, regulations and laws.  Buyer understands that coal mines and related facilities are inherently high-risk environments.  Buyer’s inspection (or failure to inspect) the Coal Property or Facilities or to object to defects therein shall not relieve Seller of any of its responsibilities nor be deemed to be a waiver of any of Buyer’s rights hereunder.

SECTION 18.  MISCELLANEOUS .

§18.1     Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky without regard to any conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction, and all questions of performance of obligations hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

§18.2     Headings .  The paragraph headings appearing in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
 
39

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§18.3     Waiver .  The failure of either party to insist on strict performance of any provision of this Agreement, or to take advantage of any rights hereunder, shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision or right.

§18.4     Remedies Cumulative .  Except as specifically provided in Section 2.2, remedies provided under this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to other remedies provided under this Agreement or by law or in equity.

§18.5     Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement is found contrary to law or unenforceable by any court of law, the remaining provisions shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, unless such unlawful or unenforceable provision is material to the transactions contemplated hereby, in which case the parties shall negotiate in good faith a substitute provision.

§18.6     Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and assigns.

§18.7     Relationship of the Parties.   Seller agrees that it is not and will not hold itself out as a partner, joint venture, employee, agent or representative of Buyer.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating a single enterprise, joint venture, agency, partnership, joint employer, owner-contractor, or lessor-lessee relationship between Buyer and Seller.

§18.8     Several Liability.   LG&E and KU shall be severally but not jointly liable for obligations of Buyer hereunder, and shall be liable only for such obligations that pertain to a particular party constituting Buyer.
 
40

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§18.9     Limitation of Remedies .  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT A CLAIM, DEMAND, LOSS, OR LEGAL ACTION (“CLAIM”) BROUGHT BY A THIRD PARTY INCLUDES ONE OR MORE SUCH ITEMS FOR WHICH THERE IS AN INDEMNITY OBLIGATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO SUCH CLAIM, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, LOST REVENUES, LOST PROFITS OR OTHER BUSINESS INTERRUPTION DAMAGES.

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, SELLER EXPRESSLY NEGATES ANY OTHER REPRESENTATION, WRITTEN OR ORAL, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

§18.10   Forward Contract .  The parties agree that the transactions for the sale and purchase of coal hereunder are and shall constitute “forward contracts,” and that the parties hereto are and shall be considered “forward contract merchants” within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

§18.11   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of the executed signature pages by facsimile transaction will constitute effective and binding execution and delivery of this Agreement.
 
41

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§18.12   Assignment .

A. Seller shall not, without Buyer’s prior written consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld, assign this Agreement or any right or duty to perform any obligation of Seller hereunder; provided, however, that Seller may (i) assign, encumber or pledge the right to receive payments for coal directly from Buyer and Seller’s other rights hereunder to a lender as part of any accounts receivable financing or other financing arrangement which Seller may have now or at any time during the term of this Agreement, (ii) assign this Agreement in connection with a sale or transfer by Seller of the Coal Property, in connection with a sale, transfer, or exchange of the equity interests of Seller, and/or in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Seller, and (iii) assign this Agreement to a new or existing wholly-owned subsidiary of Seller: provided, however, that such an assignment shall not release Seller from its obligations hereunder unless such obligations are expressly released or waived in writing by Buyer, and provided that Seller’s Guarantor shall provide an additional Guaranty consistent with Exhibit B applicable to such Assignee.

B. Buyer shall not, without Seller’s prior written consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld, assign this Agreement or any right or duty to perform any obligation of Buyer hereunder; except that, without such consent, Buyer may assign this Agreement in connection with a transfer by Buyer of all or a part interest in the generating station comprising the Delivery Point, or as part of a merger or consolidation involving Buyer.

C. In the event of an assignment or transfer contrary to the provisions of this section, the non-assigning party may terminate this Agreement immediately.

D. Buyer’s rights or duties under this Agreement may be performed by one or more agents, including without limitation, LG&E and KU Services Company.
 
42

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
§18.13   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties as to the subject matter hereof, and there are no representations, understandings or agreements, oral or written, which are not included herein.

§18.14   Amendments .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by written instrument signed by both parties hereto.
 
43

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, intending to be bound as of the date(s) indicated below and to be performed as set out herein.

BUYER:
 
SELLER:
 
LOUISVILLE GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
 
HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP LLC
 
           
By:
/s/ David Sinclair
 
By:
/s/ David Gay
 
           
Title:
VP Energy Supply and Analysis
 
Title:
President
 
           
Date:
10-14-15
 
Date:
10/9/15
 
           
KENTUCKY UTILITIES COMPANY
       
           
By:
/s/ David Sinclair
       
           
Title:
VP Energy Supply and Analysis
       
           
Date:
10-14-15
       
 
44

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
SCHEDULE 1 TO COAL SUPPLY AGREEMENT

[***]
 
45

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
EXHIBIT A

Milestone
 
Milestone Date
     
Approval of Board of Directors for Financing for activities at Coal Property, accompanied by reasonable projections indicating the availability of such financing.
 
12/1/2015
     
Execution of enforceable contracts for the lease and/or purchase of all mining rights, both surface and underground, associated with at least 10M clean recoverable tons of contiguous reserves.
 
Achieved prior to
execution of
Agreement
     
Approvals from regulatory agencies for all required mining permits associated with mining the reserve, loading barges and construction of "Primary Structures" at Coal Property and Barge Delivery Point (defined as electrical installations and substations, processing plant, access slope and shaft, refuse disposal facility and barge load-out facilities), other than the COE 404 Permit modification for the overland belt and barge load-out facilities, and other than mining plans and minor permits that are customarily applied for and received in the ordinary course of construction and development of the mine.
 
Achieved prior to
execution of
Agreement
     
Approved modification of the COE 404 Permit for the overland belt and barge load-out facilities.
 
1/1/2017
     
Execution of enforceable contracts for construction of electrical installations and substations, access slope and shaft, accompanied by construction plan and time table.
 
3/1/2016
     
Completion of ground-breaking for the construction of the access slope and shaft.
 
9/1/2016
     
Completion of ground-breaking for construction of the processing plant (to include foundation pouring) and barge load-out facilities.
 
3/1/2017
     
Execution of enforceable contracts for the purchase, ownership or lease arrangements for "Section #1 - Primary Equipment" at Coal Property (defined as two continuous miners, four coal haulage cars, two scoops, two roof bolters, power centers and shaft main fan).
 
6/1/2017
     
Delivery of Section #1 - Primary Equipment to the Coal Property site.
 
12/1/2017
     
 “Production of First Coal” (first coal produced by Seller’s and/or Producer’s employees using Seller’s and/or Producer’s equipment and transported to the surface.
 
1/1/2018
     
Execution of enforceable contracts for the purchase, ownership or lease arrangements for "Section #2 - Primary Equipment" at Coal Property (defined as two continuous miners, four coal haulage cars, one scoop, two roof bolters and power centers).
 
2/1/2018
 
46

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
Completion of construction of all Primary structures.
 
3/1/2018
     
Delivery of Section #2- Primary Equipment to the Coal Property site.
 
8/1/2018
     
Production of First Coal - Section #2.
 
9/1/2018
 
47

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
EXHIBIT B

PRODUCER’S CERTIFICATE

The undersigned, Hartshorne Mining, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“Producer”), by and through its duly authorized officer, as an inducement to LOUISVILLE GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY and KENTUCKY UTILTIES COMPANY, each a Kentucky corporation (individually and collectively “Buyer”) and Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (herein “Seller”), to enter into a Coal Supply Agreement (the “Coal Supply Agreement”) between Buyer and Seller, hereby certifies, warrants and represents to Buyer and Seller as follows:

1.           Producer is a duly organized, validly existing limited liability company, in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and fully qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky.  Producer has all requisite power and authority to execute this instrument and to enter into all documents required in connection with the proposed Coal Supply Agreement between Producer and Seller.

2.           By the execution hereof, the undersigned certifies that, as an officer of Producer, the undersigned has all the necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Producer’s Certificate, for and on behalf of Producer.

3.           This Certificate is given by Producer to induce Buyer and Seller to each execute and deliver between themselves that certain proposed Coal Supply Agreement, with the knowledge that Buyer and Seller will each rely upon the truth of the statements made herein.  Producer acknowledges that it will be supplying coal to Seller to be sold to Buyer pursuant to the terms of the Coal Supply Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by its terms to the extent that it supplies coal pursuant to the Coal Supply Agreement, which terms are incorporated herein by reference. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Producer makes the representations, warranties and agreements set forth in the following paragraphs.
 
48

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
4.           Producer represents and warrants that the portion of the Coal Properties described in Exhibit “A” over which that Producer has control (the “Coal Properties”) contains economically recoverable coal of a quality and in quantities which will be sufficient to satisfy all the quantity and quality requirements of the Coal Supply Agreement.  Producer further agrees and warrants that it will have at the Coal Properties adequate machinery, equipment and other facilities to produce, prepare and deliver coal in the quantity and at the quality specified in the Coal Supply Agreement.  Producer further represents and warrants and agrees to operate and maintain such machinery, equipment, and facilities in accordance with good mining practices so as to efficiently and economically produce, prepare, and deliver such coal.  Producer agrees that it shall operate and maintain the machinery, equipment and/or facilities at it sole expense, including all required permits and licenses.  Producer further dedicates to the Coal Supply Agreement sufficient reserves of coal meeting the quality specifications specified in Exhibit “B” and lying on or in the Coal Properties so as to fulfill the quantity requirements of the proposed Coal Supply Agreement.

5.           Producer agrees and warrants that it will not, without obtaining the express prior written consent of both Buyer and of Seller, use or sell coal from the Coal Properties in a way that will reduce the economically recoverable balance of coal in the Coal Properties to an amount less than that required to be supplied by Seller under the Coal Supply Agreement.
 
49

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
6.           Producer agrees and warrants that it shall require of the loading dock operator that: (i)  the barges and towboats provided by Buyer or Buyer’s barging contractor (“Contractor”) be provided convenient and safe berth free of wharfage, dockage and port charges; (ii) while the barges are in the care, custody and control of the loading dock, all U.S. Coast Guard regulations and other applicable laws, ordinances, rulings and regulations shall be complied with, including adequate mooring and display of warning lights; (iii)  any water in the cargo boxes of the barges be pumped out by the loading dock operator prior to loading; (iv) the loading operations be performed in a workmanlike manner and in accordance with the reasonable loading requirements of Buyer and Contractor;  and (v) the loading dock operator  carry workers compensation and employers liability (including U.S. longshore and harbor workers coverage) with statutory limits, and landing owner’s, stevedores or wharfinger’s liability insurance with basic coverage of not less than  [***] and provide evidence thereof to Buyer and Seller in the form of a certificate of insurance from the insurance carrier or an acceptable certificate of self-insurance with requirement for notification of Buyer and Seller in the event of termination of the insurance.

7.          Producer agrees that it will undertake and utilize commercially reasonable efforts in cooperating with Seller to ensure that Seller can meet its obligations pursuant to the proposed Coal Supply Agreement between Buyer and Seller to replace rejected coal within [***] working days with coal not subject to the rejection limits set forth in the proposed Coal Supply Agreement between Buyer and Seller, which rejection limits Producer understands and acknowledges.

8.           Producer agrees that if Seller is required to provide Buyer with reasonable assurances that the monthly average guarantees as set forth in the Coal Supply Agreement between Seller and Buyer will be met for future shipments, then Producer shall, if requested by Buyer, also provide such assurances to Buyer at the same time they are provided by Seller.
 
50

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
9.           Producer agrees to and shall indemnify and save harmless Buyer, its officers, directors, employees, and representatives from any responsibility and liability for any and all claims, demands, losses, legal actions for personal injuries, property damage or pollution (including reasonable inside and outside attorney’s fees) (collectively, “Claims”) arising from or relating in any manner to the performance or failure to perform of any of Producer’s obligations hereunder, regardless of when the same accrues, arises or is asserted.  Producer’s indemnity shall include but not be limited to Claims: (i) relating to Seller’s title to any coal delivered under the Coal Supply Agreement, (ii) relating to the barges provided by Buyer or Contractor while such barges are in the care and custody of the loading dock or loading facility, or (iii) due to any failure of Producer to comply with laws, regulations or ordinances related to Producer’s production of coal and its performance hereunder.

10.         Producer agrees and warrants to and shall carry insurance coverage with minimum limits as follows:

A.          Commercial General Liability (including Completed Operations and Contractual Liability), [***], single limit liability.

B.           Automobile General Liability, [***] single limit liability.

C.           Employer’s Liability, [***] single limit liability.

D.          In addition, Producer shall carry excess liability insurance covering the foregoing perils in the amount of [***] for any one occurrence.
 
51

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
E.           Workers’ Compensation (including, with respect to periods from and after commencement of construction of the dock and barge-loading facilities,  U.S. longshore and harbor workers coverage) with statutory limits.
 
F.          With respect to periods from and after commencement of construction of the dock and barge-loading facilities, Landing Owner’s/Stevedores/Wharfinger’s Liability insurance with basic coverage of not less than [***] per occurrence.

All of the above policies shall name Buyer as an additional insured.  If any of the above policies are written on an occurrence basis, then the retroactive date of the policy or policies will be no later than the effective date of the Coal Supply Agreement.  Certificates of Insurance satisfactory in form to Buyer and signed by Producer’s insurer shall be supplied by Producer to Buyer evidencing that the above insurance is in force and that not less than [***] calendar days written notice will be given to Buyer prior to any cancellation or material reduction in coverage under the Policies.  Producer shall cause its insurer to waive all subrogation rights against Buyer respecting all losses or claims arising from performance hereunder.  Evidence of such waiver satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer shall be exhibited in the Certificate of Insurance mentioned above.  Producer’s liability shall not be limited to its insurance coverage.

11.         [Not used.].
 
52

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned, duly authorized officer of Producer has executed and delivered the foregoing Producer’s Certificate on behalf of Producer.

 
HARTSHORNE MINING, LLC
 
       
 
By:
/s/ David Gay
 
       
 
Name:
David Gay
 
       
 
Title:
President
 
       
 
Date:
10/9/15
 
 
53

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
EXHIBIT A TO PRODUCER’S CERTIFICATE

“Coal Property” means the following seams and mines owned by Producer:

Hartshorne Mining, LLC’s Cypress Mine, also known as the Buck Creek No. 1 Mine, located in McLean and Hopkins Counties, Kentucky, mining geological seam Kentucky #9 seam.
 
54

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
EXHIBIT C
 
This Guaranty (the “Guaranty”) is made by Paringa Resources Limited (the "Guarantor"), a public company incorporated under the laws of Australia, in favor of Louisville Gas and Electric Company and Kentucky Utilities Company (collectively the “Beneficiary”) in consideration of the Beneficiary entering into agreement(s) with Hartshorne Mining Group LLC (the “Counterparty”).

1.
Guaranty : Guarantor does hereby unconditionally and absolutely guarantee to Beneficiary the full and faithful (i) payment by Counterparty of any amounts due to the Beneficiary under and pursuant to that certain Coal Supply Agreement No. J18001 dated on or about October 15, 2015 and any amendments thereto, (the “Agreement”) to be entered into from time to time by the Counterparty with Beneficiary related to the purchase, sale and/or exchange of coal and (ii) performance of all obligations of Counterparty now existing or hereafter arising under the Agreement, including obligations that would exist under the Agreement but for operation of any applicable provision of Title 11 (bankruptcy) of the United States Code or similar laws affecting creditor rights, or under applicable law or by agreement of Counterparty (the payment and performance obligations described in clauses (i) and (ii) above are referred to herein collectively as the “Guaranteed Obligations”) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Guarantor shall have no performance obligation to sell, deliver, supply or transport coal or any other commodity under the Agreement from any property other than the Coal Properties.

This Guaranty shall replace, supercede and render null and void any existing guaranties     currently in force with respect to the Agreement.

2.
Guaranty Absolute : The Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid or performed strictly in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of Beneficiary with respect thereto.  The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty are independent of, but related to, the Counterparty’s obligations under the Agreement and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against one or more of the parties constituting Counterparty or whether one or more of the parties constituting Counterparty is joined in any such action or actions.  The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now or hereafter have in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(a)         any lack of validity or enforceability of the Agreement or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

55

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
(b)         any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations under the Agreement, any modification, extension or waiver of any of the terms of the Agreement, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any term of the Agreement;

(c)         any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection or the taking or failure to take any other action with respect to any collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d)         any requirement that Beneficiary proceed against one or more of the parties constituting Counterparty, any other person or entity, any collateral or any manner of application of any collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(e)         any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of one or more of the parties constituting Counterparty or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f)          any lack or failure of notice or any failure of Beneficiary to disclose to one or more of the parties constituting Counterparty or the Guarantor any information relating to the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of one or more of the parties constituting Counterparty or the Guarantor, or relating to the Agreement, as the case may be, now or in the future known to Beneficiary (the Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of Beneficiary to disclose such information); or

(g)         any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by Beneficiary that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, one or more of the parties constituting Counterparty, the Guarantor or any other guarantor or surety.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall be and is specifically limited as expressly set forth in Section 1 above, and except to the extent specifically provided in the Agreement, in no event shall Guarantor be subject hereunder to consequential, exemplary, equitable, loss of profits, punitive, tort, or any other damages, costs, or attorney’s fees.
 
56

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by Beneficiary or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of one or more of the parties constituting Counterparty or the Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made. The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall at all times rank at least pari passu in right of payment with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness (actual or contingent) of the Guarantor, except as may be required by law. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective if one or more of the parties constituting Counterparty  merges or consolidates with or into another entity, loses its separate legal identity or ceases to exist.

This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty of the payment (and not of collection) and of the performance by each of the parties constituting Counterparty of its obligations under the Agreement. In no event shall Guarantor’s liability to Beneficiary exceed Counterparty’s liability under the Agreement, notwithstanding the effect of the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Counterparty.  The Guarantor agrees that its obligations under this Guaranty shall not be impaired, modified, changed, released or limited in any manner whatsoever by any impairment, modification, change, release or limitation of the liability of one or more parties constituting Counterparty (or the estate in bankruptcy of one or more parties constituting Counterparty) resulting from the operation of any present or future provision of the federal bankruptcy law or other similar statute.

3.
Waivers and Acknowledgments : The Guarantor hereby waives presentment, protest, acceleration, dishonor, promptness, diligence, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the one or more parties constituting Counterparty, notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against one or more of the parties constituting Counterparty or any other Person or entity, or any collateral. The Guarantor hereby waives any right to revoke this Guaranty, and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

No delay of Beneficiary in the exercise of, or failure to exercise, any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such rights, a waiver of any other rights or a release of Guarantor from any obligations hereunder nor shall any single or partial exercise by Beneficiary of any right, remedy or power hereunder preclude any other or future exercise of any right, remedy or power.  Each and every right, remedy and power hereby granted to Beneficiary or allowed it by law or other agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other, and may be exercised by Beneficiary from time to time.
 
57

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
4.
Expenses :  Guarantor agrees to pay on demand any and all out-of-pocket costs, including reasonable legal fees and expenses, and other expenses incurred by Beneficiary Counterparty in enforcing Guarantor's obligations under this Guaranty.

5.
Subrogation :  The Guarantor will not exercise any right that it may now or hereafter acquire against Counterparty that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Guarantor’s Obligations under this Guaranty, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Beneficiary against Counterparty or any collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from Counterparty, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by setoff or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the obligations of Counterparty under the Agreement and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been performed or paid in full in cash (and not subject to disgorgement in bankruptcy or otherwise).  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence at any time prior to the later of the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, the Guarantor shall hold such amount as agent for the benefit of Beneficiary, which amount shall forthwith be paid to Beneficiary to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, or to be held as collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising.  If (i) the Guarantor shall make payment to Beneficiary of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations and (ii) all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall be paid in full in cash, Beneficiary will, at the Guarantor’s request and expense, execute and deliver to the Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty by Beneficiary, of all of Beneficiary’s rights and benefits under the Agreement. In the event Guarantor performs part or all of Counterparty's obligations, Guarantor shall be entitled to Counterparty's rights and benefits under the Agreement and shall be subrogated to Counterparty's rights to Beneficiary with respect to such of Counterparty’s obligations so performed by Guarantor.

6.
Reservation of Defenses :  Guarantor agrees that except as expressly set forth herein, it will remain bound upon this Guarantee notwithstanding any defenses which, pursuant to the laws of suretyship, would otherwise relieve a guarantor of its obligations under a guaranty.  Guarantor does reserve the right to assert defenses which Counterparty may have to payment of any Guaranteed Obligation other than defenses arising from the bankruptcy or insolvency of Counterparty and other defenses expressly waived hereby.
 
58

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
7.
Notices :  All demands, notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, (a) be in writing addressed to the party receiving the notice at the address set forth below or at such other address as may be designated by written notice, from time to time, to the other party, and (b) be effective upon receipt, when mailed by U.S. mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or personally delivered.   Notices shall be sent to the following addresses:

If to Guarantor :
Level 9, BGC Centre, 28 The Esplanade,
Perth, WA 6000,
Australia
Attn: Company Secretary

With Copy To:

If to Beneficiary :

Louisville Gas and Electric Company
[***]

Kentucky Utilities Company
[***]

8.
Demand and Payment :  Any demand by Beneficiary for performance or payment hereunder shall be in writing, signed by a duly authorized officer of Beneficiary and delivered to the Guarantor pursuant to Section 7 hereof, and shall (a) reference this Guaranty, (b) specifically identify Beneficiary, the Guaranteed Obligations to be performed or paid and the amount of such Guaranteed Obligations and (c) if applicable, set forth payment instructions.  There are no other requirements of notice, presentment or demand. Guarantor shall perform or pay, or cause to be performed or paid, such Guaranteed Obligations within [***] business days of receipt of such demand.

9.
Representations and Warranties of Guarantor :  Guarantor represents and warrants that:

(a)         it is a public company incorporated under the laws of Australia and has the power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Guaranty;
 
59

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
 
(b)         no authorization, approval, consent or order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental body having jurisdiction over Guarantor is required on the part of Guarantor for the execution and delivery of this Guaranty; and
 
(c)          this Guaranty constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of Guarantor, except as the enforceability of this Guaranty may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws effecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

10.
Miscellaneous:

Default .  Guarantor represents and warrants that to its best information, knowledge and belief, no default(s) of the Agreement are known to exist as of the date of this Guaranty. In the event Counterparty defaults in the performance of any Guaranteed Obligations under the Agreement, Beneficiary shall give written notice to Guarantor.  Promptly thereafter, Guarantor shall perform or cause to be performed such obligation of Counterparty as required by the Agreement.

Assignment .  The Guarantor shall not assign this Guaranty without the express written consent of the Beneficiary and any purported assignment absent such consent is void.  The Beneficiary shall be entitled to assign its rights under this Agreement in its sole discretion.

Severability . If any provision or portion of a provision of this agreement is declared void and/or unenforceable, such provision or portion shall be deemed severed from this agreement which shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.

Amendments .  No amendment of this Guaranty shall be effective unless in writing and signed by Guarantor, Counterparty and Beneficiary.  No waiver of any provision of this Guaranty nor consent to any departure by Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by Beneficiary.  Any such waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

Successors and Assigns .  This Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor, its successors and permitted assigns and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Beneficiary, its successors and assigns.

Prior Agreements .  The Guaranty embodies the entire agreement and understanding between Guarantor and Beneficiary and supercedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.
 
60

HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
LG&E/KU CONTRACT No. J18001
Headings .  The headings in this Guaranty are for purposes of reference only, and shall not effect the meaning hereof.

11.
Limitation by Law :  All rights, remedies and powers provided in this Guaranty may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable provision of law, and all the provisions of this Guaranty are intended to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law that may be controlling and to be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Guaranty invalid, unenforceable, in whole or in part, or not entitled to be recorded, registered or filed under the provisions of any applicable law.

12.
Governing Law :  This Guaranty shall in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer effective as of this ___   day of October, 2015 ("Effective Date").

 
Guarantor:
PARINGA RESOURCES LIMITED  
         
   
By:
 
/s/ David Gay
 
 
   
Name:
David Gay
 
         
   
Title:
C.E.O.
 


61


Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2, confidential information (indicated by [***]) has been omitted from this exhibit and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Application filed with the Commission.
 
Exhibit 4.2
 
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
COAL SUPPLY AGREEMENT AND PRODUCER’S CERTIFICATE

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO COAL SUPPLY AGREEMENT   AND PRODUCER’S CERTIFICATE (“Amendment No. 1”) is entered into, effective as of May ___, 2016, by and between Louisville Gas and Electric Company (“LG&E”) and Kentucky Utilities Company (“KU”), each a Kentucky corporation, with a common address at 220 West Main Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202 (LG&E and KU are each individually sometimes herein called a "Buyer"), and Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with an address at 6724 E. Morgan Avenue, Suite B, Evansville, Indiana 47715 (herein called the “Seller”).

In consideration of the agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows.

A.
AMENDMENTS

The Coal Supply Agreement heretofore entered into by the parties, dated effective as of October 15, 2015, identified by Contract Number J18001, is hereby amended as set forth below (the October 15, 2015 Coal Supply Agreement, as amended herein and from time to time, is hereafter collectively referred to as the “Agreement”).

B.
TERM

B.1            §2.1 Term is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new §2.1:

“§2.1   Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date hereof and shall continue through December 31, 2023, subject to the makeup provision of §3.2, unless sooner terminated pursuant to any of the terms or conditions set forth in this Agreement.”

B.2            In §2.2 Certain Termination Rights for Milestones the last sentence of the first paragraph is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“If, at the end of a Cure Period, the relevant Milestone has not been actually accomplished and certificate and evidence provided in form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, then Buyer, in its sole discretion, shall have the right effective as of the date of written notice to Seller, to terminate this Agreement and Buyer shall have no further obligation hereunder.”

B.3            In §2.3 Termination Rights for Commercial Production Date the date “May 1, 2018” is deleted and hereby replaced with “December 31, 2018.”
 

Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
LG&E/KU Contract No. J18001
Amendment No. 1
C.
QUANTITY

C.1            §3.1 Base Quantity is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new §3.1:

“§3.1     Base Quantity .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Seller shall sell and deliver, or cause to be delivered, and Buyer shall purchase and receive, or cause to be received, a total of 4.75 million tons subject to the following annual base quantity amounts of coal (“Base Quantity”):

YEAR
BASE QUANTITY (TONS)
2018
[***]
   
2019
[***]
   
2020
[***]
   
2021
[***]
   
2022
[***]
   
2023
[***]

The Base Quantity of coal scheduled to be delivered in a given calendar year as set forth in the table above (as such quantity may be adjusted as provided in this Agreement) shall be delivered on a ratable basis during that calendar year, plus any Make-Up Tons required to be delivered pursuant to §3.2 (the Base Quantity plus any Make-Up Tons being hereafter collectively referred to as the “Annual Quantity”); provided that, deliveries in 2018 and 2019 will be made pursuant to a ramp-up schedule to be agreed between Buyer and Seller based on the development schedule of the Coal Property (as defined in §4.1).  For years 2018 and 2023 only, the respective actual Base Quantity shall be within each respective minimum and maximum Base Quantity amounts shown above for such year, and shall be as mutually agreed in writing by the parties from time-to-time so as to achieve a cumulative total of 4.75 million tons in the aggregate delivered and received under this Agreement by December 31, 2023, subject to a party’s applicable rights or obligations pursuant to other terms and conditions herein including, but not limited to, Make-Up Tons, Force Majeure, and applicable suspension or termination rights.”

C.2            In §3.3 Delivery Schedule the date “June 1, 2018” is deleted and hereby replaced with “December 31, 2018”.

D.
SOURCE

D.1            In §4.1 Source the first sentence is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
 
2

Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
LG&E/KU Contract No. J18001
Amendment No. 1
“§4.1 Source .  The coal sold hereunder shall be supplied from geological seam Kentucky #9, from Hartshorne Mining, LLC’s Cypress Creek Mine, also known as the Buck Creek No. 1 Mine and/or Hartshorne Mining, LLC’s Poplar Grove Mine, also known as the Buck Creek No. 2 Mine, each located in McLean and Hopkins Counties, Kentucky (individually and collectively, the “Coal Property”), except to the extent Seller provides substitute coal in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.”

D.2            In §4.4 Seller’s Preparation of Mining Plan the last sentence of the first paragraph is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“Such complete mining plan shall be delivered to Buyer on or before June 30, 2018.”

E.
DELIVERY

E.1             In §5.1 Barge Delivery Point the first and second sentences are hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“§5.1 Barge Delivery Point .  The coal shall be delivered to Buyer F.O.B. barge at the Buck Creek Docks at Mile Point 61.0 and/or Mile Point 62.5 on the Green River.  The aforementioned Buck Creek Docks shall be individually and collectively known as the “Barge Delivery Point”.”

F.
PRICE

F.1            §8.1 Base Price (a) and (b) are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following new §8.1(a) and (b):

“(a) Base Price .  The “Base Price” of the coal to be sold hereunder will be firm and will be determined by the cumulative volume range in which the coal is delivered as defined in Section 5 in accordance with the following schedule:

VOLUME RANGE (CUMULATIVE)
   
BASE PRICE ($ PER TON)
 
 
0 –  750,000
   
$
40.50
 
 
750,001 – 1,750,000
   
$
41.50
 
 
1,750,001 – 2,750,000
   
$
43.00
 
 
2,750,001 – 3,750,000
   
$
44.25
 
 
3,750,001 – 4,750,000
   
$
45.75
 

(b) Make-up Tons Pricing .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Base Price for any Make-Up Tons (as such term is defined in §3.2 hereof) shall be based on the Base Price for the cumulative volume range in which such Make-Up Tons should have been delivered and not any other Base Price in the Make-Up Year (as such term in defined in §3.2 hereof).”
 
3

Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
LG&E/KU Contract No. J18001
Amendment No. 1
F.2             In §8.4 Price Adjustments for Changes in Governmental Impositions the date  “March 20, 2015” is deleted and hereby replaced with “March 23, 2016”.
 
G.
EXAMPLES AND SCHEDULES

G.1            A new §18.15 Example and Schedules is hereby added as follows:

“§18.15.  Example and Schedules .  The calculations in §8.2(a)(ii) and in Schedule 1 of the Agreement are shown for example purposes only and are not intended to specifically reflect individual year or volume pricing or Base Prices.”

H.
EXHIBIT A TO AGREEMENT

H.1            The existing Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new Exhibit A as attached hereto.

I.
EXHIBIT A TO PRODUCER’S CERTIFICATE

I.1              In Exhibit B, the existing Exhibit A to Producer’s Certificate is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new Exhibit A To Producer’s Certificate attached hereto.

J.
Effective Date .  This Amendment No. 1 shall be effective as of the effective date set forth above.

K.
Status of Agreement .  The Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, as amended by this Amendment No. 1.

[Signatures On Next Page]
 
4

Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
LG&E/KU Contract No. J18001
Amendment No. 1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed as of the day and year first written above.

BUYER:
 
SELLER:
 
       
LOUISVILLE GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
 
HARTSHORNE MINING GROUP, LLC
 
           
By:
/s/ David Sinclair
 
By:
/s/ David Gay
 
           
Name:
David Sinclair
 
Name:
David W. Gay
 
           
Title:
V.P. Energy Supply and Analysis
 
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
           
Date:
5-19-16
 
Date:
5-16-16
 

KENTUCKY UTILITIES COMPANY
 
     
By:
/s/ David Sinclair
 
     
Name:
David Sinclair
 
     
Title:
V.P. Energy Supply and Analysis
 
     
Date:
5-19-16
 
 
5

Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
LG&E/KU Contract No. J18001
Amendment No. 1
EXHIBIT A TO PRODUCER’S CERTIFICATE

“Coal Property” means the following seams and mines owned by Producer:

Hartshorne Mining, LLC’s Cypress Mine, also known as the Buck Creek No. 1 Mine and Hartshorne Mining, LLC’s Poplar Grove Mine, also known as the Buck Creek No. 2 Mine, each located in McLean and Hopkins Counties, Kentucky, mining geological seam Kentucky #9 seam.
 
 
6


Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2, confidential information (indicated by [***]) has been omitted from this exhibit and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Application filed with the Commission.
 
Exhibit 4.3
 
 
 
 
Agreement
   
Poplar Grove Coal Mine
 
   
Project facility agreement
 
 
Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC. (as Borrower)
 
Paringa Resources Limited (as Parent)
 
Each party listed in Schedule 1 (as Guarantors)
 
Macquarie Bank Limited (as Original Lender, Agent and Security Trustee)
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  1

 
   
Contents
     
Table of contents   
     
1
Definitions and interpretation
8
     
1.1
Agreement components
8
1.2
Definitions
8
1.3
Interpretation
53
1.4
Inclusive expressions
55
1.5
Business Day
55
1.6
PPSA incorporated definitions
55
1.7
Original Lender
55
1.8
Accounting Standards
55
1.9
Security Trustee’s limitation of liability protection
55
     
2
Conditions precedent
56
     
2.1
Conditions precedent to Financial Close
56
2.2
Conditions precedent to Tranche One
61
2.3
Conditions precedent to Tranche Two
61
2.4
Conditions precedent to all Funding Portions
62
2.5
Certified copies
62
2.6
Benefit of conditions precedent
62
     
3
Commitment, purpose and availability of Project Loan Facility
62
     
3.1
Provision of Commitment
62
3.2
Several obligations and rights of Lenders
63
3.3
Purpose
63
3.4
Cancellation of Commitment during Availability Period
63
3.5
Cancellation at end of Availability Period
63
3.6
Voluntary prepayment
63
3.7
Prepayment date
64
3.8
Mandatory prepayment – exercise of Option
64
3.9
Mandatory prepayment – Equity Cure
65
3.10
Mandatory prepayment – Compulsory acquisition
65
     
4
Funding and rate setting procedures
65
     
4.1
Delivery of Funding Notice
65
4.2
Requirements for a Funding Notice
65
4.3
Irrevocability of Funding Notice
65
4.4
Number of Funding Portions
65
4.5
Amount of Funding Portions
65
4.6
Funding Periods
66
4.7
Consolidation and division of Funding Portions under Project Loan Facility
66
4.8
Determination of Funding Rate
66
4.9
Market disruption – Project Loan Facility
66
4.10
Alternative basis of interest or funding
67
4.11
Agent’s role and confidentiality
67
4.12
Prepayment of Affected Lender
68
     
5
Project Loan Facility
68
 
Project facility agreement
page 1

 
5.1
Provision of Funding Portions
68
5.2
Payment to Borrower
68
5.3
Repayment
68
5.4
Interest
69
     
6
Payments
69
     
6.1
Manner of payment
69
6.2
Payments on a Business Day
70
6.3
Payments in gross
70
6.4
Additional payments
70
6.5
Taxation deduction procedures
70
6.6
Tax Credit
70
6.7
Tax affairs
71
6.8
FATCA Deduction
71
6.9
FATCA Information
71
6.10
Amounts payable on demand
72
6.11
Appropriation of payments
72
6.12
Distribution by Agent
73
6.13
Non‑receipt of funds by Agent
73
6.14
Redistribution of payments
73
6.15
Rounding
74
6.16
Currency exchanges
74
     
7
Representations and warranties
74
     
7.1
Representations and warranties
74
7.2
Survival and repetition of representations and warranties
80
7.3
Reliance by Finance Parties
80
     
8
Undertakings
80
     
8.1
Provision of information and reports
80
8.2
Proper accounts
81
8.3
Notices to the Agent
81
8.4
Compliance
82
8.5
Maintenance of capital
82
8.6
Compliance with laws and Authorisations
83
8.7
Payment of Taxes and outgoings
83
8.8
Project Documents
84
8.9
Amendments to constitution; maintenance of corporate existence
85
8.10
Negative pledge and Disposal of assets
86
8.11
Financial Indebtedness
87
8.12
No change to business
87
8.13
Financial accommodation
87
8.14
Restrictions on dealings
87
8.15
Restrictions on acquisitions, investments and capital expenditures
87
8.16
Subsidiaries
87
8.17
Restricted Payments
87
8.18
Secured Property
88
8.19
Insurance
89
8.20
Key personnel
91
8.21
Conduct of Project
91
8.22
Hedging
92
8.23
Inspection and assistance
92
8.24
Financial undertakings
93
8.25
Additional Equity
94
8.26
Consent to security
94
8.27
Term of undertakings
95
 
Project facility agreement
page 2

 
9
Options
95
     
9.1
Issue of Options
95
9.2
Option exercise
95
9.3
Option terms
96
     
10
Forecast Documents
96
     
10.1
Price Determination Mechanism
96
10.2
Calculations
97
10.3
Calculations in Dollars
97
10.4
Maintenance
97
10.5
Update of Forecast Documents
98
10.6
Factors since commencement of production
98
10.7
Determination is binding
98
     
11
Accounts and proceeds
99
     
11.1
Establishment and maintenance of Accounts
99
11.2
Proceeds Account
100
11.3
Lock up, Restricted Payment and management fees
101
11.4
Operating Accounts
101
11.5
Restricted Accounts
102
12
Events of Default
102
12.1
Events of Default
102
12.2
Effect of Event of Default
106
12.3
Obligors to continue to perform
106
12.4
Enforcement
107
12.5
Review Event
107
     
13
Increased costs and illegality
108
     
13.1
Increased costs
108
13.2
Illegality
109
13.3
Minimisation
109
     
14
Guarantee and indemnity
109
     
14.1
Guarantee
109
14.2
Payment
109
14.3
Securities for other money
110
14.4
Amount of Secured Moneys
110
14.5
Proof by Agent
110
14.6
Avoidance of payments
110
14.7
Indemnity for avoidance of Secured Moneys
111
14.8
No obligation to marshal
111
14.9
Non‑exercise of Guarantors’ rights
111
14.10
Principal and independent obligation
112
14.11
Suspense account
112
14.12
Unconditional nature of obligations
112
14.13
No competition
114
14.14
Continuing guarantee
115
14.15
Variation
115
14.16
Judgments
115
     
15
Indemnities and Break Costs
115
     
15.1
General indemnity
115
15.2
Break Costs
116
15.3
Foreign currency indemnity
116
15.4
Conversion of currencies
116
 
Project facility agreement
page 3

 
15.5
Continuing indemnities and evidence of loss
117
     
16
Fees, Tax, costs and expenses
117
     
16.1
Agent’s fees
117
16.2
Security Trustee’s fees
117
16.3
Lenders’ fees
117
16.4
Project Loan Facility Line Fee
117
16.5
Tax
118
16.6
Costs and expenses
118
16.7
GST
118
     
17
Interest on overdue amounts
119
     
17.1
Payment of interest
119
17.2
Accrual of interest
119
17.3
Rate of interest
119
     
18
Relations between Agent and Lender
119
     
18.1
Appointment of Agent
119
18.2
Agent’s capacity
120
18.3
Agent’s obligations
120
18.4
Agent’s powers
120
18.5
Instructions to Agent
120
18.6
Assumptions as to authority
121
18.7
Agent’s liability
121
18.8
Delegation
122
18.9
Agent entitled to rely
122
18.10
Provision of information
122
18.11
Indemnity by Lenders
123
18.12
Independent appraisal by Lenders
123
18.13
Resignation and removal of Agent
123
18.14
Institution of actions by Lenders
124
18.15
Identity of Lenders
124
18.16
Electronic transmission of notices
124
18.17
Security Trustee’s capacity
125
18.18
Disclosure of Information by Lenders
125
     
19
Assignment and substitution
125
     
19.1
Assignment by Obligor
125
19.2
Assignment by Lenders
125
19.3
Substitution certificate
125
19.4
Assist
126
19.5
Securitisation Permitted
126
19.6
Participation permitted
126
19.7
Lending Office
126
19.8
No increase in costs
127
     
20
Saving provisions
127
     
20.1
No merger of security
127
20.2
Exclusion of moratorium
127
20.3
Exclusion of PPSA provisions
127
20.4
Conflict
128
20.5
Consents
128
20.6
Principal obligations
128
20.7
Non‑avoidance
128
20.8
Set‑off authorised
129
20.9
Agent’s certificates and approvals
129
 
Project facility agreement
page 4

 
20.10
No reliance or other obligations and risk assumption
129
20.11
Power of attorney
129
     
21
General
130
     
21.1
Confidential information and publicity
130
21.2
Obligor to bear cost
131
21.3
Notices
131
21.4
Governing law and jurisdiction
131
21.5
Prohibition and enforceability
131
21.6
Waivers
132
21.7
Variation
132
21.8
Cumulative rights
132
21.9
Attorneys
132
21.10
Counterparts
132
21.11
Process agent
132
 
Schedules
 
   
Schedule 1
 
Guarantors
135
   
Schedule 2
 
Lenders and Commitments
137
   
Schedule 3
 
Notice details
138
   
Schedule 4
 
Officer’s certificate for entities incorporated in Australia
140
Officer’s certificate for entities incorporated in the United States of America
142
   
Schedule 5
 
Funding Notice
146
   
Schedule 6
 
Group Structure Diagram
148
   
Schedule 7
 
Compliance Certificate
149
   
Schedule 8
 
Repayments
151
 
Project facility agreement
page 5

 
 
Schedule 9
 
 
Schedule 10
 
Part 1 - Project Tenements and Project Owned Property
160
   
Schedule 11
 
Material Authorisations
191
   
Schedule 12
 
Project Documents
193
   
Schedule 13
 
[***]
194
   
Schedule 14
 
Map of Project Area, Cypress Project Area and Dock Area
199
   
Signing page
201
   
Attachment 1
Substitution certificate
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page 6

 
 
 
 
 Project facility agreement
 
 
     
   Date ►  17 May 2018  
     
 
Between the parties
 
 
 
 
Borrower
 
 
Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
 
( Borrower )
 
 
 
Parent
 
 
Paringa Resources Limited
 
( Parent )
 
 
 
Guarantors
 
 
Each party listed in Schedule 1
 
 
 
Original Lender
 
 
Macquarie Bank Limited
 
ABN 46 008 583 542
 
( Lender )
 
 
 
Agent and Security Trustee
 
 
Macquarie Bank Limited
 
ABN 46 008 583 542
 
( Agent and Security Trustee )
 
 
 
Background
 
 
The Lenders have agreed to provide the Facility to the Borrower on the terms of this agreement.
 
 
 
The parties agree
 
 
as set out in the Operative part of this agreement, in consideration of, among other things, the mutual promises contained in this agreement.
 
 
1
Definitions and interpretation

1
Definitions and interpretation

Project facility agreement
page  7

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
1
Definitions and interpretation

 
1.1
Agreement components

This agreement includes any schedule.

1.2
Definitions

The meanings of the terms used in this document are set out below.
 
 
 
Term
 
 
Meaning
 
 
 
Account Bank
 
 
1   Macquarie Bank Limited ABN 46 008 583 542;
 
2   Old National Bank, provided that it has entered into an Account Bank Deed; or
 
3   any bank or financial institution approved by the Agent which has entered into an Account Bank Deed.
 
 
 
Account Bank Deed
 
 
an account bank agreement or deed in favour of the Security Trustee on terms acceptable to the Agent.
 
 
 
Accounting Standards
 
 
generally accepted accounting principles in Australia.
 
 
 
Accounts
 
 
1   the Proceeds Account; and
 
2   the Operating Accounts.
 
 
 
Additional Requirements
 
 
has the meaning given to it in clause 12.5 .
 
 
 
AEP Supply Contact
 
 
[***]
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  8

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
 
Annual Construction and Operating Budget
 
the consolidated construction and operating budget for the Project in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent which:
 
1   is approved by the board of directors of the Borrower;
 
2   is to be provided initially in accordance with clause 2.1(m), as updated and amended from time to time as required under clause 10.5 and in accordance with clause 10.4(b)(1);
 
3   reflects the next calendar year and is broken down into monthly periods;
 
4   is based on the Resources and Reserves Statement;
 
5   sets out in detail the information and amounts described in the Life of Mine Plan and the Base Case Financial Model; and
 
6   prior to Completion, includes a detailed monthly Cost to Complete analysis and forecast schedule for the withdrawal of funds from the Proceeds Account.
 
The Lenders may in their discretion elect to accept receipt of the Annual Construction and Operating Budget as incorporated in, and part of, the Base Case Financial Model.
 
 
 
Annual Corporate Budget
 
 
the corporate budget for the Parent and its consolidated group entities in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent which:
 
1   is approved by the board of directors of the Parent;
 
2   is to be provided initially in accordance with clause 2.1(l), as updated and amended from time to time as required under clause 10.5 and in accordance with clause 10.4(b)(1);
 
3   reflects the next calendar year and is broken down into monthly periods;
 
4   separates Australian and US expenditures; and
 
5   is consistent with the Annual Construction and Operating Budget, the Life of Mine Plan and the Base Case Financial Model.
 
The Lenders may in their discretion elect to accept receipt of the Annual Corporate Budget as incorporated in, and part of, the Base Case Financial Model.
 
 
 
Approved US Stock Exchange
 
 
any US stock exchange approved by the Agent.
 
 
 
Associate
 
 
an associate as defined in section 11 of the Corporations Act.
 
Project facility agreement
page  9

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
ASX Rules
 
 
means each of:
 
1   the ASX Listing Rules;
 
2   ASX Operating Rules;
 
3   ASX Clear Operating Rules; and
 
4   ASX Settlement Operating Rules,
 
each published and distributed by ASX Limited.
 
 
 
Attorney
 
an attorney appointed under a Finance Document.
 
 
Australian Obligor
 
1   Paringa Resources Limited (ABN 44 155 933 010);
 
2   Hartshorne Coal Mining Pty Ltd (ABN 95 155 302 211); and
 
3   HCM Resources Pty Ltd (ABN 35 155 327 521).
 
 
 
Authorisation
 
 
 
 
1   any consent, registration, filing, agreement, notice of non‑objection, notarisation, certificate, licence, approval, permit, authority or exemption; or
 
2   in relation to anything which a Government Agency may prohibit or restrict within a specific period, the expiry of that period without intervention or action or notice of intended intervention or action,
 
and includes any consent, registration, agreement, licence, approval, permit or authority which is described in the definitions of Project Tenement and Cypress Project Tenement.
 
   
Available Funding
 
funds available to the Borrower for the development of the Project and the achievement of Completion, being the aggregate of:
 
1   the aggregate of the Total Undrawn Tranche One Commitments and Total Undrawn Tranche Two Commitments at that time;
 
2   the balance in the Proceeds Account at that time;
 
3   the amount of any other funding source approved by the Agent;
 
4   any insurance proceeds payable to the Obligors in relation to loss or damage to property, delay in start-up or business interruption which has not been paid, provided the claim has been accepted by the insurer in writing and the Agent is satisfied (acting reasonably) that the claim will be paid on a fixed date and in time to meet scheduled Project Costs, Construction Costs and Financing Costs; and
 
5   (a)         subject to paragraph 5(b) below, any revenue amounts that are projected in the Base Case Financial Model to be received by the Borrower in respect of the Project prior to scheduled Date for Completion; and
 
      (b)         in the event that any Cost to Complete Schedule
 
Project facility agreement
page  10

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
indicates that Completion will not be achieved by the scheduled Date for Completion, the Available Funding will only include such revenue amounts that are projected in the Base Case Financial Model to be received by the Borrower that the Lenders’ Technical Expert confirms are consistent with the forecast ramp-up schedule and working capital requirements of the Project based on that Cost to Complete Schedule, and taking into account the performance actually achieved at the Project at that time.
 
 
 
Availability Period
 
 
1   in respect of Tranche One, the period commencing on the date on which all of the conditions precedent set out in clause 2.2 are satisfied or waived by the Agent in writing and ending on the earlier of:
 
     ●   31 August 2018; and
 
●   the date on which the Tranche One Commitment is cancelled in full under this agreement; and
 
2   in respect of Tranche Two, the period commencing on the date on which all of the conditions precedent set out in clause 2.3 are satisfied or waived by the Agent in writing and ending on the earlier of:
 
 ●  if the Condition Precedent to Tranche Two set out in section 2.3(b) is not satisfied by 31 October 2018, 31 October 2018;
 
  if the Condition Precedent to Tranche Two set out in section 2.3(b) is satisfied by 31 October 2018, 31 December 2018; and
 
●   th e date on which the Tranche Two Commitment is cancelled in full under this agreement.
 
 
Bank Feasibility Study
 
 
the updated bank feasibility study for the Project based on mining the Number 9 Seam.
 
 
 
Base Case Financial Model and BCFM
 
 
the pro forma computer spreadsheet financial model which is prepared to carry out the financial assessment of the Project and which:
 
1   is based on mining the Number 9 Seam;
 
2   is in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;
 
3   is approved by the Board of the Borrower;
 
4   contains projections of mine level physicals, revenue, expenses, cash flows, compliance with clause 8.24 and sources and uses of funds analysis for the Project over a period ending no sooner than the last year of production in accordance with the LOMP;
 
5   is based on the Forecast Documents (other than the Base Case Financial Model), Bank Feasibility Study and the Resources and Reserve Statement;
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  11

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
6   is prepared using the Price Determination Mechanism;
 
7   provides for settlement of all payments under the Buck Creek Asset Purchase Agreements; and
 
8   is divided into monthly periods for the first year and quarterly periods for each subsequent year of the Project,
 
as updated and amended from time to time as required under clause 10.5 and in accordance with clause 10.4 .
 
 
 
Basel III Requirement
 
 
any capital requirements, leverage ratio, liquidity standards or other standards, rules or requirements under any of the following published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (as amended, supplemented or restated):
 
1   ‘Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems’, ‘Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring’ and ‘Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer’, published in December 2010;
 
2   ‘Globally systematically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text’, published in November 2011; and
 
any further guidance standards relating to the above or known as Basel III.
 
 
 
Base Rate
 
 
[***]
 
Project facility agreement
page  12

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
Bill
 
a bill of exchange as defined in the Bills of Exchange Act 1909 (Cth).
 
 
 
Bi-monthly Date
 
 
each of 28 February, 30 April, 30 June, 31 August, 31 October and 31 December.
 
 
 
Break Costs
 
 
for any repayment or prepayment the amount (if any) by which:
 
1   the interest on the amount repaid or prepaid which a Lender should have received under this agreement (had the repayment or prepayment not occurred),
 
exceeds:
 
2   the return which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing the amount repaid or prepaid to it on deposit with a Reference Bank,
 
in each case for the period from the date of repayment or prepayment until the last day of the then current Funding Period applicable to the repaid or prepaid amount.
 
 
 
Buck Creek Asset Purchase Agreements
 
1   the Asset Purchase Agreement in relation to the acquisition of the Project dated 28 March 2013, as amended pursuant to: (a) that certain Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated 15 May 2015; and (b) that certain Second Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated 10 April 2017, in each case by and among Buck Creek Resources, LLC, L. Stanley Pigman, Allan Adams, the Borrower, Hartshorne Mining, Hartshorne Land and Hartshorne Coal Mining Limited;
 
2   the Leasehold Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (Hopkins County) dated 28 March 2013, as amended pursuant to: (a) that certain Amendment to Leasehold Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (Hopkins County) dated 15 May 2015; and (b) that certain Second Amendment to Leasehold Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (Hopkins County) dated 10 April 2017, in each case by and between the Borrower, Hartshorne Mining, Hartshorne Land and Buck Creek Resources, LLC;
 
3   the Leasehold Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (McLean County) dated 28 March 2013, as amended and restated pursuant to: (a) that certain Amended and Restated Leasehold Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (McLean County) with an effective date of 15 May 2015; and (b) that certain Amendment to Amended and Restated Leasehold Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (McLean County) dated 10 April 2017, in each case by and between the Borrower, Hartshorne Mining, Hartshorne Land and Buck Creek Resources, LLC;
 
4   the Overriding Royalty Agreement dated 28 March 2013, as amended pursuant to: (a) that certain Amendment to Overriding Royalty Agreement dated 15 May 2015; and (b) that certain Second Amendment to Overriding Royalty Agreement dated 10
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  13

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
April 2017, in each case by and between Hartshorne Land and Buck Creek Resources, LLC;
 
5   the Reversionary Agreement dated 28 March 2013, as amended pursuant to: (a) that certain Amendment to Reversionary Agreement dated 15 May 2015; and (b) that certain Second Amendment to Reversionary Agreement dated 10 April 2017, in each case by and between Hartshorne Land and Buck Creek Resources, LLC;
 
6   the Promissory Note dated 28 March 2013, in the face principal amount of $[***] as amended from time to time), which was amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated 15 May 2015, in the face principal amount of $[***], which was further amended and restated by that certain Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated 10 April 2017, in the face principal amount of $[***], in each case issued by the Borrower, Hartshorne Mining and Hartshorne Land to Buck Creek Resources, LLC;
 
7   the other “Related Agreements” (as defined in the document referred to in paragraph 1 of this definition); and
 
8   all other agreements relating to the acquisition of the Project and the Cypress Coal Mine to be determined during due diligence.
 
 
 
Business Day
 
 
1   for the purposes of clause 21.3, a day on which banks are open for business in the city where the notice or other communication is received excluding a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday;
 
2   for the purposes of the definition of Rate Set Date, a day on which banks are open for business in New York and London excluding a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday; and
 
3   for all other purposes, a day on which banks are open for business in Sydney, Kentucky, New York and London excluding a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday.
 
 
 
Calculation Date
 
 
each Quarter Date.
 
 
 
CFADS
 
 
in respect of any period, an amount equal to:
 
1   the aggregate amount of Revenues for that period; less
 
2   the aggregate amount of:
 
(a)    Project Costs; and
 
        (b)    head office and discretionary expenditure in relation to the Project as detailed in the Life of Mine Plan and the Base Case Financial Model,
 
for that period.
 
Project facility agreement
page  14

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
Change in Law
 
any present or future law, regulation, treaty, order or official directive or request (which, if not having the force of law, would be complied with by a responsible financial institution) which:
 
1   is introduced, or changes, after the date of this agreement; and
 
2   does not relate to a change in the effective rate at which Tax is imposed on the overall net income of a Finance Party or to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a party,
 
including any such law, regulation, treaty, order or official request relating to capital adequacy, prudential limits, liquidity, reserve asset, Tax or to any Basel III Requirement.
 
 
 
Change of Control
 
 
1   the acquisition, without the prior written consent of the Agent, by any person or a combination of persons acting jointly or in concert of more than 50% of the shares having ordinary voting power for the election of the directors of the Parent; or
 
2   more than a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent are changed within any consecutive 12 month period.
 
 
 
CHPP
 
 
the coal handling and processing facility to be constructed at the Project.
 
 
 
Code
 
 
the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
 
 
 
Collateral Security
 
 
any present or future Encumbrance, Guarantee or other document or agreement created or entered into by an Obligor as security for, or to credit enhance, the payment of any of the Secured Moneys.
 
 
 
Commitment
 
 
in respect of a Lender at any time, the aggregate of:
 
1   its Tranche One Commitment; and
 
2   its Tranche Two Commitment.
 
 
 
Completion
 
 
occurs when:
 
1   the Agent has received a certificate in form and substance satisfactory to it (acting reasonably) from the Lenders’ Technical Expert confirming that the technical components of the Completion Tests have been passed; and
 
2   the Agent confirms to the Borrower in writing that the Completion Tests have been passed (and the Agent agrees to issue such confirmation promptly after it determines (acting reasonably) that the financial components of the Completion Tests have been passed).
 
Project facility agreement
page  15

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
Completion Date
 
the date on which Completion occurs.
 
 
 
Completion Tests
 
 
the completion tests set out in Schedule 13 .
 
 
 
Compliance Certificate
 
 
a certificate in the form of Schedule 7 .
 
 
 
Consent Document
 
 
a consent letter, deed of covenant, tripartite deed or other document entered into by the Security Trustee, an Obligor and any other person in relation to the grant of Security.
 
 
 
Contractor
 
 
Fricke Management and Contracting, Inc.
 
 
 
Construction Contract
 
 
the construction agreement in respect of the CHPP dated 23 June 2017 between the Hartshorne Mining and the Contractor.
 
 
 
Construction Costs
 
 
costs incurred by a Project Obligor in connection with the development and construction of the Project in amounts set out in the Annual Construction and Operating Budget and the Base Case Financial Model and including amounts:
 
1   paid or payable by Hartshorne Mining under the Construction Contract;
 
2   paid or payable by Hartshorne Mining under the Slope Contract; and
 
3   paid or payable by the Borrower under the Equipment Finance Facility.
 
To the extent any calculation of Construction Costs is made in conjunction with any calculation of Project Costs, amounts paid or payable by the Borrower under the Equipment Finance Facility shall not be included in the calculation of Construction Costs.
 
 
 
Construction Schedule
 
 
the schedule for the construction of the CHPP in Schedule B of the Construction Contract.
 
 
 
Contamination
 
 
in respect of a property, the presence of Pollutants:
 
1   in, on or under the property; or
 
2   in the ambient air and emanating from the property.
 
 
 
Contested Tax
 
 
a Tax payable by an Obligor where the Obligor is contesting its liability to pay that Tax in good faith and with reasonable grounds
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  16

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
and for which it has set aside sufficient reserves.
 
 
 
Controller
 
 
a controller as defined in section 9 of the Corporations Act or a person or entity having the same or similar capacity, authority or rights under US law.
 
 
 
Corporations Act
 
 
the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
 
 
 
Cost to Complete
 
 
on any date, the aggregate of (without double counting):
 
1   Project Costs, Construction Costs and Financing Costs, and other fees, legal costs, contingencies and working capital requirements at that time payable but unpaid, in respect of services performed or assets purchased but in respect of which an invoice has not yet been received, in respect of services performed or assets purchased but in respect of which the invoice is not yet payable, or reasonably likely to be incurred by the Obligors from that date until and including the later of the Completion Date and the date on which the Project demonstrates positive CFADS each month consecutively for a 3 month period; and
 
2   the Minimum Proceeds Account Balance.
 
 
 
Cost to Complete Schedule
 
 
the schedule prepared by the Borrower:
 
1   to the extent it is being delivered in connection with a Funding Notice:
 
·   outlining the exact purpose for and amount of the proposed Funding Portion;
 
·   attaching all relevant invoices to be paid in respect of that Funding Portion;
 
2   outlining the amount of Construction Costs previously advised by the Lenders’ Technical Expert;
 
3   outlining the Cost to Complete at that date;
 
4   outlining the remaining amounts of Available Funding;
 
5   outlining the status of the development and construction of the Project relative to the Project Execution Plan;
 
6   outlining the Project Costs (other than Construction Costs) incurred to date; and
 
7   including an assessment of the likely timing for achieving: (a) the Completion Tests, and detailing any expected delay to the Date for Completion; and (b) the LGE/KU Project Milestones and the potential impact of any expected delay in achieving the LGE/KU Project Milestones.
 
Project facility agreement
page  17

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
Cypress Coal Mine
 
the coal mine located in the Cypress Project Area and on the Cypress Project Tenements.
 
 
 
Cypress Owned Property
 
 
the real property interests in the Cypress Project Area owned by any Project Obligor listed in part B of part 2 of Schedule 10 .
 
 
 
Cypress Project Area
 
 
the area in the McLean and Hopkins Counties, Kentucky, United States of America, that is delineated as the “Cypress Mine Project Area” on the map set out in part A of Schedule 14 .
 
 
 
Cypress Project Tenements
 
 
1   the coal lease and sublease agreements and any other leases and licenses in respect of the Cypress Project Area including those listed in part A of part 2 of Schedule 10;
 
2   all entitlements of any Obligor to conduct exploration, prospecting, transporting, mining or processing activities with respect to the Cypress Project Area including under the Dock Agreement and all coal lease and sublease agreements and any other leases and licenses in respect of the Cypress Project Area;
 
3   any present or future interest from time to time held by or on behalf of any Obligor in any present or future right, lease, licence, claim, easement, permit or other authority which confers or may confer a right to prospect, transport or explore for or mine any metals or minerals in respect of the Cypress Project Area;
 
4   any present or future renewal, extension, modification, substitution, amalgamation or variation of any of the mineral and/or surface rights described above (whether extending over the same or a greater or lesser area); and
 
5   any present or future application for or an interest in any of the above which confers or which, when operated, will confer the same or similar rights in relation to the Cypress Project Area.
 
 
 
Date for Completion
 
 
[***] .
 
 
 
Debt Service Cover Ratio
 
 
in relation to any Calculation Date on or after 30 September 2019, the ratio of:
 
1   CFADS for the Quarter ending on that Calculation Date; to
 
2   Senior Debt Service for the Quarter ending on that Calculation Date.
 
 
 
Default
 
 
1   an Event of Default; or
 
2   a Potential Event of Default.
 
Project facility agreement
page  18

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
Dispose
sell, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of or cease to hold, or part with possession of, or create a right to or an interest in an asset.
 
 
Distribution
 
 
a withdrawal from the Proceeds Account in accordance with clause 11.2(c)(7)(B) which is permitted under clause 11.3 and Distributed is to be construed accordingly.
 
 
 
Dock Agreement
 
 
the agreement dated 8 May 2015 between E.T. Woosley Farms, LLC and Hartshorne Land.
 
 
 
Dock Area
 
means the aggregate of the areas to which Hartshorne Land has rights under the terms of the Dock Agreement or otherwise in connection with the Dock including:
 
1   the easement for the conveyor belt from a coal mining complex to the dock facility;
 
2   the lease of the surface estate for the dock facility property; and
 
3   the lease of the property along the river bank for the riparian and fleeting rights,
 
located at milepost 61 on the Green River in McLean County, Kentucky, United States of America, which areas are delineated on the map in part B of Schedule 14.
 
 
 
Dollars , US$, USD and $
 
 
the lawful currency of the US.
 
 
 
Due Diligence Report
 
 
the following reports addressed to and able to be relied on by the Finance Parties in respect of the Project and, in each case, prepared in accordance with a scope of work agreed between the Borrower and the Agent:
 
1   the “Independent Technical Review of the Poplar Grove Mine” dated February 2017 and prepared by William G Meister;
 
2   the legal due diligence report dated 5 May 2018 and prepared by Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs, LLP; and
 
3   the “Market Study for Paringa’s .Poplar Grove Mine” dated February 2018 and prepared by Energy Ventures Analysis.
 
 
 
EBITDA
 
 
for any period, an amount equal to net income of the Obligors for such period minus, to the extent included in such net income (but without duplication):
 
1   interest revenues; and
 
2   any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual income and gains (including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  19

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
item in the calculation of net income, gains on sales outside of the ordinary course of business or on sale lease back transactions), of the Obligors plus, to the extent deducted from such net income (but without duplication):
 
3   Financing Costs;
 
4   income tax expense of the Obligors;
 
5   depreciation expense of the Obligors;
 
6   any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual charges, expenses or losses incurred by the Obligors (or non-recurring charges, expenses or losses including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the calculation of net income, losses on sales outside of the ordinary course of business or on sale lease back transactions); and
 
7   compensation to employees, officers and directors of any Obligor paid in equity securities of an Obligor.
 
 
 
Encumbrance
 
 
an interest or power:
 
1   reserved in or over an interest in any asset or property interest, including any retention of title; or
 
2   created or otherwise arising in or over any interest in any asset or property interest under a security agreement, bill of sale, mortgage, charge, lien, pledge, trust or power or any other agreement having similar effect,
 
by way of, or having similar commercial effect to, security for the payment of a debt, any other monetary obligation or the performance of any other obligation, and includes any agreement to grant or create any of the above and includes a security interest within the meaning of section 12(1) of the PPSA and a security interest within the meaning of Section 1-201(35) of the New York Uniform Commercial Code.
 
 
 
Environmental Law
 
 
any legislation regulating Pollutants in connection with the protection of the environment or health and safety.
 
 
 
Environmental Liability
 
 
any actual or potential Loss incurred or which may be incurred in connection with:
 
1   the investigation or remediation;
 
2   a claim by any third party including a subsidence claim;
 
3   any action, order, declaration, notice, notice of violation, suit or abatement order by a Government Agency under an Environmental Law or Mining Law;
 
4   the Reclamation or alleged need for Reclamation of any future, current, former or abandoned areas affected by surface mining activities or other surface disturbance for which any Obligor is
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  20

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
responsible under any Environmental Law or Mining Law; or
 
5   any agreement between an Obligor and any:
 
·   owner or occupier of land; or
 
·   Government Agency;
 
of or in respect of Reclamation, any Environmental Law or Mining Law, or Contamination of any Premises
 
 
 
Equipment Finance Facility
 
 
an equipment finance facility or facilities entered into by the Borrower up to a maximum aggregate amount of $[***] which is only secured against the relevant equipment.
 
 
 
Equity
 
 
equity or Subordinated Debt provided, directly or indirectly through another Obligor, to the Borrower by the Parent.
 
 
 
Event of Default
 
 
any event specified in clause 12.1 .
 
 
 
Excluded Tax
 
 
a Tax:
 
1   imposed on, or calculated having regard to, the net income of a Finance Party; or
 
2   imposed as a result of a Finance Party being a resident of, or organised or doing business in, the jurisdiction imposing the tax ,
 
3   imposed by way of deduction or withholding where such deduction or withholding arises as a result of a Finance Party who could lawfully avoid (but within 10 Business Days of receipt of a written request from an Obligor or the Agent to do so, has not so avoided) such deduction or withholding by complying with any statutory requirements in force at the present time or in the future to quote its name, address, Australian tax file number, Australian Business Number, tax identification number or similar details to an Obligor or the Agent,
 
but not a Tax:
 
4   calculated on or by reference to the gross amount of any payment (without allowance for any deduction) derived by a Finance Party under a Finance Document or any other document referred to in a Finance Document; or
 
5   imposed as a result of a Finance Party being considered a resident of or organised or doing business in that jurisdiction solely as a result of it being a party to a Finance Document or any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document.
 
 
 
Exercise Notice
 
 
1   in relation to the Options (First Issuance), has the meaning given to “Notice of Exercise” in the terms and conditions of the Options (First Issuance); and
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  21

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
2   in relation to the Options (Second Issuance),has the meaning given to it in clause 9.2(a)(1) .
 
 
 
Exercise Price
 
 
1   in relation to the Options (First Issuance), AU$0.66; and
 
2   in relation to the Options (Second Issuance), has the meaning given to it in clause 9.1(e) .
 
 
 
Exposure
 
 
at any time in respect of a Lender (but without double counting) the Commitment of that Lender.
 
 
 
FATCA
 
 
1   sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code;
 
2   any treaty, law, regulation or official guidance enacted in any jurisdiction other than the US, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the government of the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code; or
 
3   any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs 1 or 2 of this definition with the Internal Revenue Service of the US, the government of the US or any Authority in any other jurisdiction.
 
 
 
FATCA Application Date
 
 
1   in relation to a ‘withholdable payment’ described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;
 
2   in relation to a ‘withholdable payment’ described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to ‘gross proceeds’ from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or
 
3   in relation to a ‘passthru payment’ described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs 1 or 2 above, 1 January 2019,
 
or, in each case, such other date from which that payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this agreement.
 
 
 
FATCA Deduction
 
 
a deduction or withholding required by FATCA from a payment under a Finance Document.
 
 
 
FATCA Exempt Party
 
 
a party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
 
Project facility agreement
page  22

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
Fee Letter
 
any letter or letters on or after the date of this agreement between a Lender, the Agent or the Security Trustee and the Borrower setting out the fees payable by the Borrower to a Lender, the Agent or the Security Trustee (as the case may be) in respect of the Finance Documents.
 
 
 
Finance Document
 
 
1   this agreement;
 
2   each Fee Letter;
 
3   each Security;
 
4   the Security Trust Deed;
 
5   each Substitution Certificate;
 
6   each Holding Statement;
 
7   each Tripartite Agreement;
 
8   each Irrevocable Payment Direction;
 
9   each LTE Appointment Deed;
 
10  each Subordination Deed; and
 
11   any other document which at any time the Agent and the Borrower agree is a Finance Document for the purposes of this agreement,
 
or any document or agreement entered into or given under any of the above.
 
 
 
Finance Party
 
 
1   the Agent;
 
2   the Security Trustee; and
 
3   each Lender.
 
 
 
Financial Close
 
 
the date that all the conditions precedent set out in clause 2.1 are satisfied or waived by the Agent in writing.
 
 
 
Financial Indebtedness
 
 
any debt or other monetary liability in respect of moneys borrowed or raised or any financial accommodation including under or in respect of any:
 
1   cash advance or debit balance at any financial institution;
 
2   Bill, bond, debenture, note or similar instrument;
 
3   acceptance, endorsement or discounting arrangement;
 
4   finance or capital Lease;
 
5   agreement for the deferral of a purchase price or other payment in relation to the acquisition of any asset or service;
 
6   obligation to deliver goods or provide services paid for in
 
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  23

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
advance by any financier;
 
7   any redeemable shares where the holder has the right, or the right in certain conditions, to require redemption;
 
8   receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis); or
 
9   Hedge Obligations;
 
10   any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing;
 
11   Guarantee in respect of any of the items referred to above,
 
and irrespective of whether the debt or liability:
 
·   is present or future;
 
·   is actual, prospective, contingent or otherwise;
 
·   is at any time ascertained or unascertained;
 
·   is owed or incurred alone or severally or jointly or both with any other person; or
 
·   comprises any combination of the above.
 
 
Financial Report
 
 
in relation to an entity, the following financial statements and information in relation to the entity, prepared for its financial half year or financial year:
 
1   a statement of financial performance;
 
2   a statement of financial position; and
 
3   a statement of cashflows,
 
together with any notes to those documents and any accompanying reports, statements, declarations and other documents or information.
 
 
 
Financing Costs
 
 
the aggregate of all interest, fees and other finance payments paid or payable by the Obligors in respect of Financial Indebtedness, but not including amounts payable in respect of repayment or prepayment of principal (including, in respect of the Project Loan Facility, Principal Outstanding) or the capital element in respect of any finance leases.
 
 
 
Force Majeure Event
 
 
an event or occurrence which prevents performance in whole or part, provided such event is both:
 
1   beyond the reasonable control of the affected party; and
 
2   not the result of fault or negligence of the affected party,
 
which:
 
3   includes acts of God, war, terrorism, riots, civil insurrection, acts
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  24

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
of the public enemy, strikes, lockouts, industry-wide labor shortages, labor disputes which cause work stoppages, industry-wide shortages of materials and supplies, fires, flood or earthquakes, and other similar or dissimilar events or occurrences that otherwise satisfy the definition of a Force Majeure Event and a ‘Force Majeure Occurrence’ (as defined in the Construction Contract); and
 
4   does not include changes in market conditions, commercial frustration, commercial impracticability or the occurrence of unforeseen events rendering performance uneconomical.
 
 
 
Forecast Documents
 
 
1   the Life of Mine Plan;
 
2   the Base Case Financial Model;
 
3   the Project Execution Plan;
 
4   the Annual Construction and Operating Budget; and
 
5   the Annual Corporate Budget.
 
 
 
Funding Date
 
 
the date on which a Funding Portion is, or is to be, or is regarded as, advanced, provided or issued, as the case may be, under this agreement.
 
 
 
Funding Notice
 
 
a notice given under clause 4.1 .
 
 
 
Funding Period
 
 
a period determined under clause 4.6 .
 
 
 
Funding Portion
 
 
each portion of the Commitment provided under this agreement: which has the same Funding Date and the same Funding Period.
 
 
 
Funding Rate
 
 
in respect of a Funding Period, the aggregate of:
 
1   the Base Rate on the Rate Set Date for that Funding Period; and
 
2   the Margin.
 
 
 
Government Agency
 
 
any government or any governmental, semi‑governmental, administrative, fiscal or judicial body, department, commission, authority, tribunal, agency or entity.
 
 
 
Gross Debt
 
 
all Financial Indebtedness of the Obligors, including:
 
1   amounts drawn under the Project Loan Facility;
 
2   indebtedness under any Unsecured Subordinated Notes or other Permitted Financial Indebtedness; and
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  25

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
any other amounts treated as Financial Indebtedness or its equivalent in the Parent’s audited consolidated financial statements,
 
but excluding:
 
3   the marked-to-market exposure under any Hedge Arrangement; and
 
4   any obligations owed to another Obligor.
 
 
 
Gross Debt to EBITDA Ratio
 
 
on any date on or after 30 September 2019, the ratio of:
 
1   Gross Debt on that date; to
 
2   EBITDA for the 6 calendar months prior to that date annualised.
 
 
 
Group
 
 
the group comprising each Obligor.
 
 
 
Group Structure Diagram
 
 
the group structure diagram in Schedule 6, as amended or updated by the delivery of a new diagram to the Agent under clause 8.1(h).
 
 
 
GST
 
 
1   the goods and services tax levied under the GST Act; and
 
2   any sale or use tax imposed by any state or local government in the United States of America.
 
 
GST Act
 
 
 
the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act   1999 .
 
 
 
Guarantee
 
 
any guarantee, suretyship, letter of credit, letter of comfort or any other obligation:
 
1   to provide funds (whether by the advance or payment of money, the purchase of or subscription for shares or other securities, the purchase of assets or services, or otherwise) for the payment or discharge of;
 
2   to indemnify any person against the consequences of default in the payment of; or
 
3   to be responsible for,
 
any debt or monetary liability of another person or the assumption of any responsibility or obligation in respect of the insolvency or the financial condition of any other person.
 
 
 
Hartshorne Land
 
 
Hartshorne Land, LLC.
 
Project facility agreement
page  26

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
Hartshorne Mining
 
Hartshorne Mining, LLC.
 
 
 
Hedge Arrangement
 
 
each interest rate, foreign exchange transaction, equity or equity index option, bond option, commodity swap, commodity option, cap transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency swap rate transaction or any other hedge or derivative agreement entered into by an Obligor, including any master agreement and any transaction or confirmation under it.
 
 
 
Hedge Obligations
 
 
 
in respect of Hedge Arrangements, the aggregate (without duplication) at the relevant time, whether or not due at such time, of:
 
1   the net marked-to-market obligations under all Hedge Arrangements; and
 
2   the net amount owing or deliverable under all Hedging Arrangements.
 
 
 
Holding Statement
 
 
 
1   in respect of the Options (First Issuance), the document titled ‘Issuer Sponsored Holding Statement as at 7 April 2017’ prepared by Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited and evidencing the issue of 4,444,444 American style call options in favour of the Original Lender; and
 
2   in respect of the Options (Second Issuance), any other document or statement prepared by Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited (or other entity performing a similar role or service) evidencing the issue of the Options (Second Issuance) in favour of the Original Lender.
 
 
 
Initial Equity Commitment
 
 
[***]
 
 
 
Insolvency Event
 
 
the occurrence of any event specified in clause 12.1(i) .
 
 
 
Interest Payment Date
 
 
the last day of each Funding Period unless a Funding Period is greater than 3 months in which case interest will be paid at the end of each Quarter.
 
Project facility agreement
page  27

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
Irrevocable Payment Direction
 
an irrevocable direction from the relevant Obligor to any purchaser under a Supply Agreement to pay all amounts under the relevant Supply Agreement to the Proceeds Account.
 
 
 
Lease
 
 
a lease, sublease, charter, hire purchase, hiring agreement or any other agreement or authorisation under which any property is or may be used or operated by a person other than the owner, including any coal or surface lease or sublease.
 
 
 
Lender
 
 
the Original Lender and any person who is a Substitute Lender.
 
 
 
Lenders’ Technical Expert
 
 
any technical engineer appointed by the Agent (following consultation with the Borrower) at the cost of the Borrower under an LTE Appointment Deed.
 
 
 
Lending Office
 
 
in respect of a Lender, the office of that Lender set out opposite its name in Schedule 2 or any other office notified by the Lender under this agreement or in a Substitution Certificate.
 
 
 
LGE/KU
 
 
Louisville Gas and Electric Company and Kentucky Utilities Company.
 
 
 
LGE/KU Project Milestones
 
 
the milestones in the LGE/KU Supply Agreement.
 
 
 
LGE/KU Relevant Date
 
 
the date on which each of the following has occurred under the LGE/KU Supply Agreement:
 
1   the Borrower has achieved the LGE/KU Supply Agreement Project Milestone #12 as set out in Exhibit A – Milestones to the LGE/KU Supply Agreement; and
 
2   the Borrower is producing Product from the Project Area in compliance with section 2.3 of the LGE/KU Supply Agreement.
 
 
LGE/KU Specification Coal
 
 
coal meeting the specifications provided under the LGE/KU Supply Agreement.
 
 
 
LGE/KU Supply Agreement
 
 
the coal supply agreement between the Borrower and LGE/KU dated 15 October 2015, as subsequently amended or varied from time to time including on 16 May 2016.
 
 
 
Life of Mine Plan and
 
 
a life of mine plan which provides a summary of the forecast
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  28

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
 
 
LOMP
 
construction and operation of the Project which:
 
1   is based on mining the Number 9 Seam;
 
2   is in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;
 
3   is approved by the board of directors of the Borrower;
 
4   is based on the Resources and Reserves Statement, the Bank Feasibility Study and the Project Execution Plan;
 
5   is supported by appropriately detailed studies and evidence of availability and suitability of resources including power, water, labour and equipment;
 
6   includes the following details and forecasts:
 
 –   capital expenditure schedules and drawdown requirements including Construction Costs;
 
  mine plan and schedule for run of mine tonnes and saleable Product;
 
  bypass, washing and key Product specification assumptions;
 
  capital, production and Project Costs;
 
  Reclamation schedule;
 
  cash flow; and
 
  Taxes, royalties, administration costs and expenses; and
 
7   is divided into monthly periods for the first year and Quarterly periods for each subsequent year of the Project,
 
as updated and amended from time to time as required under clause 8.1(f) and in accordance with clauses 10.4 and 10.5.
 
The Lenders may in their discretion elect to accept receipt of the Life of Mine Plan as incorporated in, and part of, the Base Case Financial Model.
 
 
 
Loan Life Cover Ratio
 
 
 
as at a Calculation Date, the ratio of:
 
1   the net present value of the CFADS projected in the Base Case Financial Model for the period from that Calculation Date to the Maturity Date of the Project Loan Facility discounted at the effective Funding Rate on that Calculation Date taking into account the effect of any interest rate hedging; to
 
2   the aggregate of:
 
(a)   each outstanding Funding Portion under the Project Loan Facility; and
 
(b)   the Total Undrawn PLF Commitments,
 
(without double counting) on the relevant Calculation Date.
 
 
 
Lock Up Hurdle
 
 
on any date, on the Calculation Date preceding that date:
 
1   the Debt Service Cover Ratio is greater than 1.25:1;
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  29

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
2   the Loan Life Cover Ratio is greater than 1.50:1; and
 
3   the Project Life Cover Ratio is greater than 2.00:1.
 
 
 
Longstop Date
 
 
[***]
 
 
 
Loss
 
 
any claim, action, damage, loss, liability, cost, charge, expense, outgoing or payment.
 
 
 
LTE Appointment Deed
 
 
a deed entered into between the Lenders’ Technical Expert, the Borrower and the Agent.
 
 
 
 
Majority Lenders
 
 
Lenders whose Exposures aggregate more than 51% of the aggregate Exposures.
 
 
 
Margin
 
 
1   prior to the Completion Date, [***]% per annum; and
 
2   on and from the Completion Date, [***]% per annum.
 
 
 
Marketable Securities
 
 
marketable securities as defined in section 9 of the Corporations Act and marketable securities in any limited liability company incorporated in the United States of America.
 
 
 
Material Adverse Effect
 
 
a material adverse effect on:
 
1   the ability of the Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under the Finance Documents;
 
2   the validity or enforceability of the Finance Parties’ rights and benefits under the Relevant Documents;
 
3   the validity or perfection or priority of any of the security interests created under the Security; or
 
4   the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Obligors (taken as a whole).
 
 
 
Material Authorisation
 
 
 
 
at any time, each Authorisation which is necessary to be obtained and maintained by an Obligor for:
 
1   the construction, development, operation or financing of the Project and the Project Assets as planned and required in accordance with the development and operational schedule as set out in the Project Execution Plan, the Life of Mine Plan and the Base Case Financial Model; or
 
2   the conduct by the Obligor of its businesses, operations or the Project (including under Environmental Law and Mining Law),
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  30

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
at that time and includes each Authorisation referred to in Schedule 11 that is required at that time based on the development and operational schedule for the Project as set out in the Project Execution Plan, the Life of Mine Plan and the Base Case Financial Model.
 
 
 
Material Project Document
 
 
each of the following:
 
[***]
 
 
 
Maturity Date
 
 
 
with respect to the Project Loan Facility:
 
1   if only Tranche One of the Project Loan Facility is drawn, 31 December 2021; and
 
2   if Tranche One and Tranche Two of the Project Loan Facility are drawn, 30 December 2022.
 
 
 
Minimum Proceeds Account Balance
 
 
on any date, the greater of:
 
1   $[***]; and
 
2   at any time, the budgeted Project Costs, Financing Costs and Construction Costs for the 4 weeks following that date as set out in the Annual Construction and Operating Budget and the Base Case Financial Model.
 
 
 
Mining Law
 
 
any and all current or future foreign or domestic, federal, state or local (or any other subdivision) statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments of a Government Agency, or any other requirements of a Government Agency relating to surface or subsurface mining operations and activities including:
 
1   the Federal Coal Leasing Amendments Act;
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  31

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
2   the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act;
 
3   all other applicable land reclamation and use statutes and regulations;
 
4   the Federal Mine Safety Act of 1977;
 
5   the Black Lung Act;
 
6   the Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefits Act of 1992;
 
7   and any comparable state and local laws or regulations.
 
 
 
Number 9 Seam
 
 
the number 9 coal seam located on the Project Area.
 
 
 
Number 11 Seam
 
 
the number 11 coal seam located on the Project Area.
 
 
 
Obligor
 
 
1   the Borrower; and
 
2   each Guarantor.
 
 
 
Officer
 
 
1   in relation to an Obligor, a director or a secretary, or a person notified to be an authorised officer, of the Obligor; or
 
2   in relation to a Finance Party, any person whose title includes the word ‘Director’ or ‘Managing Director’, and any other person appointed by the Finance Party to act as its authorised officer for the purposes of this agreement.
 
 
 
Operating Accounts
 
 
1   the Dollar account opened by Hartshorne Land with an Account Bank;
 
2   the Dollar account opened by Hartshorne Mining with an Account Bank; and
 
3   the Dollar account opened by the Borrower with an Account Bank,
 
in each case, as renumbered, redesignated or replaced from time to time.
 
 
 
Option Exercise Date
 
 
1   in respect of the Options (First Issuance), the date of exercise of that Option in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Options (First Issuance); and
 
2   in respect of the Options (Second Issuance), the date of exercise of that Option in accordance with the Options (Second Issuance) Terms.
 
 
 
Option Expiry Date
 
 
in respect of Options, the date 4 years from the Option Issue Date
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  32

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
for those Options.
 
 
 
Option Issue Date
 
 
1   in relation to the Options (First Issuance) means 7 April 2017; and
 
2   in relation to the Options (Second Issuance), has the meaning given to it in clause 9.1(a) .
 
 
 
Option Holder
 
 
in respect of an Option, the holder of that Option.
 
 
 
Options
 
 
1   the Options (First Issuance); and
 
2   the Options (Second Issuance).
 
 
 
Options (First Issuance)
 
 
the 4,444,444 American style call options:
 
1   each expiring on the Option Expiry Date;
 
2   each of which entitle the Option Holder to purchase one Share at the applicable Exercise Price,
 
3   issued by the Parent to the Original Lender in consideration of the Original Lender providing the Facility to the Borrower, and
 
the issue of which has been evidenced in a Holding Statement issued to the Original Lender and dated 7 April 2017.
 
 
 
Options (Second Issuance)
 
 
the 4,444,444 American style call options:
 
1   each expiring on the Option Expiry Date;
 
2   each of which entitle the Option Holder to purchase one Share at the applicable Exercise Price,
 
3   issued by the Parent to the Original Lender in consideration of the Original Lender providing the Facility to the Borrower, and
 
the issue of which will be evidenced in a Holding Statement issued to the Original Lender.
 
 
 
Options (Second Issuance) Terms
 
 
has the meaning given to it in clause 9.3(a) .
 
 
 
Overdue Margin
 
 
[***]% per annum.
 
 
 
Overdue Rate
 
 
the aggregate of:
 
1   the Overdue Margin;
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  33

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
2   the Margin; and
 
3   the Base Rate on the relevant date on which the Overdue Rate is calculated under clause 17, as determined by the Agent in accordance with the definition of “Base Rate” except that in making the determination all references in that definition to:
 
·   ‘Funding Period’ are references to a period of 30 days;
 
·   ‘Rate Set Date’ are to the relevant date on which the Overdue Rate is calculated under clause 17; and
 
·   ‘Funding Portion’ are to the relevant overdue amount.
 
 
 
Payment Currency
 
 
the currency in which any payment is actually made.
 
 
 
Permitted Disposal
 
 
a Disposal:
 
1   of Product on arm’s length terms in the ordinary course of its ordinary business pursuant to a Supply Agreement or a Permitted Sales Agreement;
 
2   of assets other than Product on arm’s length terms in the ordinary course of business provided that the aggregate book value of, or consideration paid for, all assets Disposed of by each Obligor under this paragraph in any 12 month period does not exceed $1,000,000;
 
3   of assets or property which is expressly permitted by a provision of a Finance Document;
 
4   of assets which have become worn, obsolete or redundant;
 
5   of assets which are to be replaced by newly-acquired assets that perform substantially similar functions;
 
6   of cash solely for the purpose of exchange for the equivalent amount of cash in other currencies;
 
7   where the asset or property is sold, disposed or transferred to another Obligor and, after such sale, disposal or transfer, the Security Trustee continues to hold the benefit of an Encumbrance or Encumbrances over such asset or property that is the same in all material respects as each Encumbrance held prior to such sale, disposal or transfer; provided that prompt written notice of such sale, disposal or transfer shall be provided to the Security Trustee; provided further that such notice shall be given at least 30 days prior to such sale, disposal or transfer if, in connection with such sale, disposal or transfer, the Obligors must execute and deliver (and the relevant Obligors covenant to execute and deliver, prior to or concurrently with such sale, disposal or transfer, all necessary) additional documents or instruments to the Security Trustee in order to maintain an Encumbrance or Encumbrances over the asset or property sold, disposed or transferred that is the same in all material respects as each Encumbrance held prior to such sale, disposal or transfer;
 
8   by way of an adjustment, discount or compromise made in the
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  34

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
ordinary course of its ordinary business in respect of accounts receivable owed by a third party arising as a consequence or for the purpose of:
 
·   resolving any dispute with that third party; or
 
·   expediting the payment of any such accounts receivable having an original payment term of greater than 30 days,
 
provided that the aggregate of all such adjustments, discounts or compromises by Obligors does not exceed $250,000 in any 12 month period;
 
9   of mineral and/or surface rights through a lease or sub-lease made in the ordinary course of its ordinary business to a third party, but only if:
 
·   the mineable and merchantable coal underlying such property has been exhausted;
 
·   such lease or sublease (individually or collectively with other such Disposals) will not materially diminish the quantity, quality or mineability of the mineable and merchantable coal available for the Project; and
 
·   the lease or sub-lease will not materially and adversely affect the current or future planned operation of the Project;
 
10   resulting from a casualty or other insured damage to any Secured Property or any part thereof, but only if:
 
·   any resulting insurance proceeds are applied in accordance with clause 8.19; and
 
·   the loss of the Secured Property (or the affected part thereof)   will not materially and adversely affect the current or future planned operation of the Project;
 
11   as a result of the expropriation, compulsory acquisition or condemnation by a Government Agency of a portion of the business or the assets of an Obligor in respect of which the Obligor is compensated, but only if:
 
·   the compensation is applied in accordance with clause 3.10; and
 
·   the loss of the business or assets of the Obligor (or the affected part thereof)   will not materially and adversely affect the current or future planned operation of the Project; or
 
12   approved by the Agent in writing,
 
provided that, unless a contrary intention is expressly set out in one of the preceding paragraphs, each Disposal referenced above will only be a Permitted Disposal if the proceeds of such Disposal are deposited into the Proceeds Account.
 
 
 
Permitted Encumbrance
 
 
1   the Security;
 
2   existing royalty interests with respect to coal on the Project Tenements or the Cypress Project Tenements disclosed to the Agent prior to 4 April 2017 and any future coal royalties granted
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  35

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
in connection with the acquisition of any additional Project Tenements or Cypress Project Tenements provided those royalty interests are entered into in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Obligor or Obligors;
 
     
3   an Encumbrance to secure obligations under the Equipment Finance Facility provided that it is limited to an Encumbrance in respect of the equipment being financed;
 
4   servitudes, easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar Encumbrances on real property imposed by law or incurred in the ordinary course of business and Encumbrances consisting of zoning or building restrictions, easements, licenses, restrictions on the use of property or minor imperfections in title which, in the aggregate, are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject to the Encumbrance or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any Obligor or the Project;
 
5   any of the following:
 
(a)  as to assets in Australia, an Encumbrance arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of ordinary business and not securing Financial Indebtedness;
 
(b)  a right of title retention over goods acquired in the ordinary course of ordinary business on the supplier’s usual terms (or on terms more favourable to an Obligor);
 
(c)  an Encumbrance granted under any hire purchase, conditional sale arrangement, consignment or any similar arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of ordinary business in respect of goods supplied to an Obligor on the supplier’s usual terms (or on terms more favourable to an Obligor);
 
(d)  under US law, Encumbrances for Taxes, assessments, charges or levies for which it has set aside sufficient reserves;
 
(e)  as to assets in the US, Encumbrances related to statutory liens arising by operation of law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s liens, but only while and to the extent such liens are inchoate and are not the subject of any enforcement action;
 
(f)  as to assets in the US, Encumbrances related to statutory liens arising by operation of law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s liens for which filing has been made or enforcement is being pursued, provided the aggregate amount of all such Encumbrances is less than $500,000;
 
(g)  Encumbrances on cash used (whether directly or as collateral provided to a surety or for a letter of credit or similar instrument, including Encumbrances on cash granted to Argonaut Insurance Company with respect to the Surety Facility) for bonds or other letters of credit and guarantees related to the Project, surface mining and related permits, black lung insurance or self-insurance, supersedeas bonds, workers’ compensation insurance or self-insurance or other
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  36

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
     
bonds or guaranties required by a Government Agency in the ordinary course of the Obligors’ ordinary business in connection with their ongoing operations, provided that:
 
  o       the aggregate amount of all cash covered by Encumbrances falling within this paragraph is equal to or less than $2,000,000 at any time; and
 
  o       the Encumbrance is granted or exists in relation to Permitted Financial Indebtedness as described in paragraph 8 of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness ;
 
(h)  Encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of ordinary business arising solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of an acquisition of property or assets provided such acquisition is expressly permitted under this agreement; or
 
(i)   purported Encumbrances evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of its ordinary business,
 
provided in each case that the secured amount is paid when due or is being contested in good faith on reasonable grounds and any secured amount which remains due after final determination or settlement of the contest is paid promptly;
 
6   any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by an Obligor in the ordinary course of banking arrangements for the purpose of netting or setting off debit and credit balances of its bank accounts in respect of reasonable fees charged by the bank at which the account is held in connection with the maintenance of that bank account or overdraft facilities permitted under paragraph 7 of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness;
 
7   an Encumbrance arising as a consequence of a judgment if the judgment is satisfied promptly or its execution or enforcement is effectively stayed pursuant to a supersedeas or other bond, if required, and the claim to which it relates is being contested in good faith and any amount which remains due after final determination or settlement of the contest is paid promptly;
 
8   the Encumbrances granted in favor of Gregory W. Thomas over Tract 36-38 to secure a portion of the purchase price in an amount not to exceed $424,500 in relation to the acquisition of Tract 36-38;
 
9   the Encumbrances granted in favour of:
 
(a)  Bryan Miles Stratton over Tracts 19-5 and 27-14 as set forth in the Option Agreement for Purchase of Real Estate dated 20 December 2017 between Bryan Miles Stratton and Harshorne Land; and
 
(b)  M les Farms, LLC over Tract 27-15 as set forth in the Option Agreement for Purchase of Real Estate dated 11 December 2017 between Miles Farms, LLC and Hartshorne Land; and
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  37

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
10   any other Encumbrance approved by the Agent in writing.
 
Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Permitted Encumbrance to the contrary, the following statutory super-priority liens shall not be considered a Permitted Encumbrance:
 
·   perfected statutory landlord’s liens;
 
·   statutory liens for unpaid wages; and
 
·   liens imposed in connection with reclamation performed by a third party following a bond forfeiture.
 
 
 
Permitted Financial Accommodation
 
 
any financial accommodation or any Guarantee provided by an Obligor in respect of financial accommodation:
 
1   under the Finance Documents;
 
2   provided by an Obligor which is used to effect a payment that is permitted under clause 8.17(b) or clause 8.17(c);
 
3   where such Guarantee is provided in respect of Permitted Financial Indebtedness; or
 
4   with the Agent’s prior written consent.
 
 
 
Permitted Financial Indebtedness
 
 
1   any liability under any agreement (other than the Equipment Finance Facility) entered into in the ordinary course of its ordinary business for the acquisition of any asset or service the acquisition of which is expressly permitted by this agreement where payment for the asset or service is deferred for a period of not more than 90 days and where the aggregate of all such Financial Indebtedness for all Obligors outstanding at any time does not exceed $15,000,000 at any time prior to the Completion Date or $9,000,000 at any time on or after the Completion Date;
 
2   any Financial Indebtedness incurred or permitted to be incurred under any Finance Document;
 
3   any Financial Indebtedness owing under Subordinated Debt;
 
4   Financial Indebtedness incurred in respect of the Equipment Finance Facility;
 
5   any Financial Indebtedness owed by an Obligor to another Obligor;
 
6   any Financial Indebtedness under any Hedge Arrangement entered into in compliance with this agreement;
 
7   any Financial Indebtedness under any unsecured overdraft facilities entered into in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements provided that the aggregate of all such Financial Indebtedness of the Obligors falling within this paragraph is equal to or less than $200,000 at any time, and provided that no overdraft facility will be permitted in respect of any bank account which is held with the Agent;
 
8   any Financial Indebtedness owing under the Surety Facility or in respect of any indemnity or reimbursement obligations in respect
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  38

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
of any bonding facilities, letters of credit or similar instruments provided that the Financial Indebtedness outstanding at any time under any such facility or arrangement does not, in aggregate, exceed $2,000,000;
 
9   unsecured Financial Indebtedness not falling within paragraphs 1 to 8 above which in aggregate with the Financial Indebtedness of each other Obligor not falling within paragraphs 1 to 8 above is equal to or less than $250,000 at any time; or
 
10   any other Financial Indebtedness approved by the Agent,
 
and includes a Guarantee of any amounts referred to in paragraphs 1 to 9 above, inclusive.
 
 
 
Permitted Sales Agreement
 
 
any agreement entered into by an Obligor for the sale of any Product from the Project:
 
1.   which has a term of no longer than 6 months; or
 
2.   which has a term of longer than 6 months and is for the sale of no more than 200,000 tonnes of Product.
 
 
 
Phase 1 Environmental Audit
 
 
as per the requirements of the American Society for Testing and Materials: Standard Practice for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessment Process (ASTM Standard Practice E1527-05).
 
 
 
Pollutant
 
 
a pollutant, contaminant, dangerous, toxic or hazardous substance, petroleum or petroleum product, chemical, solid, special liquid, industrial or other waste, which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Government Agency or which may or could pose a hazard to health and safety or to the indoor or outdoor environment.
 
 
 
Poplar Grove Coal Mine
 
 
the coal mine located in the Project Area and on the Project Tenements in the McLean and Hopkins Counties, Kentucky, United States of America.
 
 
 
Potential Event of Default
 
 
any thing which would become an Event of Default on the giving of notice (whether or not notice is actually given), the expiry of time, the making of any determination, or any combination of the above.
 
 
 
Power
 
 
any right, power, authority, discretion or remedy conferred on a Finance Party, a Receiver or an Attorney by any Finance Document or any applicable law.
 
 
 
PPSA
 
 
the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth).
 
Project facility agreement
page  39

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
PPS Regulations
 
the regulations made under the PPSA.
 
 
 
PPSA Secured Party
 
 
a secured party as defined in the PPSA.
 
 
 
PPSA Security Interest
 
 
a security interest as defined in the PPSA and to which that Act applies.
 
 
 
Premises
 
 
any property owned or occupied by an Obligor or which is used by an Obligor to carry on any activities including the Project.
 
 
 
Price Determination Mechanism
 
 
has the meaning given to it in clause 10.1.
 
 
 
Principal Outstanding
 
 
in relation to the Project Loan Facility at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Funding Portions under the Project Loan Facility at that time.
 
 
 
Proceeds Account
 
 
the Dollar account opened or to be opened by the Borrower with the Security Trustee, as renumbered, redesignated or replaced from time to time and as contemplated by clause 11 .
 
 
 
Product
 
 
all extracted coal, coal by-products and minerals extracted with coal or as a consequence of the extraction of coal and derived from the Project Area and the Cypress Project Area.
 
 
 
Project
 
 
the development and operation by the Project Obligors of:
 
1   a mine to exploit the Product resources at the Poplar Grove Coal Mine; and
 
2   the Dock Area.
 
 
 
Project Area
 
 
the aggregate area of the areas in the McLean and Hopkins Counties, Kentucky, United States of America, that are delineated as the “Poplar Grove Project Area” and the “Dock Area” on the maps set out in parts A and B of Schedule 14, respectively.
 
 
 
Project Assets
 
 
all the right, title and interest both present and future of the Project Obligors which is attributable to the Project and includes all the right, title and interest both present and future of the Project Obligors in, to, under or derived from:
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  40

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
     
1   the Project Tenements;
 
2   the Project Owned Property;
 
3   the Product;
 
4   the Project Area and the Dock Area, including any title to or interest in land in the Project Area now or at a later time held any Project Obligor;
 
5   every contract for the use by any third party of any of the assets and property included in the Project;
 
6   the Material Authorisations and all other Authorisations in relation to the Project;
 
7   the Project Documents relating to the Project;
 
8   the proceeds of any insurance in respect of the Secured Property;
 
9   all exploration and mining information, documents, maps, reports, records, studies and other written data, including all data stored on magnetic tapes, disks or diskettes or any other computer storage media, relating to geological, geochemical and geophysical work, feasibility studies and other operations conducted with respect to the Project Area; and
 
10  all buildings, improvements, conveyor structure and belts, structures, systems, fixtures, trade fixtures, plant, machinery, tools and other personal property at any time used or intended for use in connection with or incidental to the exploration, mining, storage, transporting and processing of Product from the Project Area and all associated facilities and infrastructure.
 
 
 
Project Costs
 
 
for any applicable period, all costs and expenses incurred and paid (or in respect of a future period, projected to be payable) by the Project Obligors in relation to the operation and maintenance of the Project and the holding of, and maintaining compliance with applicable law and agreements with respect to, the Cypress Project Tenements, the Cypress Owned Property and the Cypress Coal Mine in that period, excluding Construction Costs but including:
 
1   operating and routine maintenance expenses;
 
2   royalties in respect of the Project Assets, the Cypress Project Tenements, the Cypress Owned Property or any Product from the Cypress Coal Mine;
 
3   payments under or in respect of any Project Tenement or Cypress Project Tenement;
 
4   essential or non discretionary capital expenditure;
 
5   payments under or in respect of any Project Documents;
 
6   wages, salary and other management and overhead costs;
 
7   taxes;
 
8   rates and charges;
 
9   Reclamation costs;
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  41

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
10   Financing Costs (other than Senior Debt Service); and
 
11   exploration and other expenditures agreed between the Borrower and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
 
 
 
Project Documents
 
 
1   each document referred to in Schedule 12;
 
2   any contract, agreement, memorandum of understanding or other arrangement relating to the construction, development, operation or financing of the Project and the Project Assets;
 
3   any contract, agreement, memorandum of understanding or other arrangement for or in connection with the Project relating to:
 
·   contract mining, earthmoving and crushing;
 
·   access and use of land in relation to the Project and infrastructure; or
 
·   transportation, barging, handling or ship loading;
 
4   any contract, agreement, memorandum of understanding, lease or licence relating to the Cypress Coal Mine, the Cypress Project Area or the Cypress Project Tenements; and
 
5   any other document that the Agent and the Borrower agree in writing to be a Project Document.
 
 
 
Project End Date
 
 
the date on which the last revenue from the last tonne of reserve will be received as projected in the Base Case Financial Model.
 
 
 
Project Execution Plan
 
 
the final plan for the development, construction and implementation of the Project which is in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (in consultation with the Lenders’ Technical Expert) and includes:
 
1   the Construction Schedule, and a detailed monthly schedule for the completion of the development and construction of all relevant infrastructure, the barge load out, the box-cut, the shafts, the decline and the ramp-up of the Project that is consistent with the LGE/KU Project Milestones and demonstrating actual and forecast compliance with the LGE/KU Project Milestones;
 
2   construction design and management plans for the decline, shafts and mains bottom, supported by a geotechnical review by Dr. David Newman or such other geotechnical expert acceptable to the Agent;
 
3   CHPP and surface infrastructure construction design plans (including water management and levee infrastructure);
 
4   ventilation study results and the consequent mine planning for the first 3 years of production;
 
5   the mining plan required under section 4.4 of the LGE/KU Supply
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  42

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
Agreement which demonstrates that all requirements under the LGE/KU Supply Agreement will be achieved; and
 
6   copies of the Project environmental management plan and workplace health and safety plans,
 
each of which must be consistent with the Life of Mine Plan.
 
 
 
Project Life Cover Ratio
 
 
as at a Calculation Date, the ratio of:
 
1   the net present value of the CFADS projected in the Base Case Financial Model for the period from that Calculation Date to the Project End Date discounted at the effective Funding Rate on that Calculation Date taking into account the effect of any interest rate hedging; to
 
2   the aggregate of:
 
(a)   each outstanding Funding Portion under the Project Loan Facility; and
 
(b)   the Total Undrawn PLF Commitments,
 
(without double counting) on the relevant Calculation Date.
 
 
 
Project Loan Facility
 
 
the loan facility made available by the Lenders to the Borrower under this agreement in 2 tranches:
 
1   Tranche One; and
 
2   Tranche Two.
 
 
 
Project Obligor
 
 
1   the Borrower;
 
2   Hartshorne Mining;
 
3   Hartshorne Land; and
 
4   any other Obligor that holds or owns any Project Assets.
 
 
 
Project Owned Property
 
 
the real property interests in the Project Area owned by any Project Obligor listed in part B of part 1 of Schedule 10 .
 
 
 
Project Tenements
 
1   the coal lease and sublease agreements and any other leases and licenses in respect of the Project Area including those listed in part A of part 1 of Schedule 10;
 
2   any leases, licenses and other rights in respect of, and all entitlements of a Project Obligor to access and use, the surface area of the Project Area whether listed in Schedule 10 or otherwise including, without limitation, the Project Owned Property and the Dock Agreement;
 
3   all entitlements of a Project Obligor to conduct exploration, prospecting, mining, transportation or processing activities with
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  43

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
respect to the Project Area including in respect of Project Owned Property and under all coal lease and sublease agreements and any other leases and licenses in respect of the Project Area;
 
4   any present or future interest from time to time held by or on behalf of a Project Obligor in any present or future right, lease, licence, claim, easement, permit or other authority which confers or may confer a right to prospect, transport or explore for or mine any metals or minerals in respect of the Project Area;
 
5   any present or future renewal, extension, modification, substitution, amalgamation or variation of any of the mineral and/ or surface rights described above (whether extending over the same or a greater or lesser area); and
 
6   any present or future application for or an interest in any of the above which confers or which, when operated, will confer the same or similar rights in relation to the Project Area.
 
 
 
Project Tenements Dataroom
 
 
the electronic document compilation maintained on “Sharefile” which contains executed copies of each Project Tenement and Cypress Project Tenement, is operated and maintained by the Obligors and in respect of which the Agent and the Lenders and their legal advisers are given free and unfettered access.
 
 
 
Pro Rata Share
 
 
in respect of a Lender, the Commitment of that Lender expressed as a percentage of the Total Commitments.
 
 
 
Quarter
 
 
a period of 3 months ending on a Quarter Date.
 
 
 
Quarter Date
 
 
each 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.
 
 
 
Quasi-Security
 
 
any transaction or arrangement whereby an Obligor:
 
1   sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;
 
2   sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any of its receivables on recourse terms;
 
3   enters into any title retention arrangement in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset;
 
4   enters into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or
 
5   enters into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect.
 
Project facility agreement
page  44

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
Rate Set Date
 
in relation to a Funding Period, two Business Days before the first day of that Funding Period.
 
 
 
Ratio
 
 
1   the Debt Service Cover Ratio;
 
2   the Loan Life Cover Ratio;
 
3   the Project Life Cover Ratio;
 
4   the Reserve Tail Ratio; or
 
5   the Gross Debt to EBITDA Ratio.
 
 
 
Receiver
 
 
a receiver or receiver and manager appointed under a Security or a person or entity having the same or similar capacity, authority or rights under US law .
 
 
 
Reclamation
 
 
the reclamation and restoration of land, water and any future, current or former mines, and any other environmental effect of such mines or coal mining operations, as required pursuant to any Mining Law.
 
 
 
Reference Bank
 
 
the principal London offices of four major British banks selected by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower or in any case, such other banks as may be nominated by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower.
 
 
 
Related Body Corporate
 
 
a related body corporate as defined in section 50 of the Corporations Act.
 
 
 
Relevant Currency
 
 
the currency in which a payment is required to be made under the Finance Documents and, if not expressly stated to be another currency, is Dollars.
 
 
 
Relevant Documents
 
 
1   the Project Documents; and
 
2   the Finance Documents.
 
 
 
Relevant Number
 
 
has the meaning given to it in clause 9.2(a)(1) .
 
 
 
Remedy Period
 
 
has the meaning given to it in clause 12.5(c)(1) .
 
 
 
Repayment Date
 
 
in respect of the Project Loan Facility, each Quarter Date specified in the column headed ‘Quarter Date’ in Schedule 8 in respect of
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  45

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
each Repayment Instalment (or as otherwise agreed in writing by the Agent and the Borrower).
 
 
 
Repayment Instalment
 
 
for a Repayment Date:
 
1   if Funding Portions have been provided under each of Tranche One and Tranche Two, the amount specified in the column headed ‘Repayment Instalment’ for the corresponding column headed ‘Quarter Date’ in Part A of Schedule 8; and
 
2   if Funding Portions have been provided under Tranche One only, the amount specified in the column headed ‘Repayment Instalment’ for the corresponding column headed ‘Quarter Ending’ in Part B of Schedule 8 .
 
 
 
Repeating Representation
 
 
has the meaning given in to it in clause 7.2(b) .
 
 
Reserve Tail Ratio
 
 
the percentage of proved and probable reserves that remain to be mined or treated following the Maturity Date compared to:
 
1   the total proved and probable reserves at the commencement of the Project (as stated in the Life of Mine Plan and the Base Case Financial Model at Financial Close); or
 
2   the total proved and probable reserves in a subsequent revision of the Life of Mine Plan and the Base Case Financial Model (which has been approved by the Agent for use in this calculation).
 
 
 
Resources and Reserve Statement
 
 
a statement prepared by Marshall, Miller & Associates as updated in February 2017 including the Project’s coal resources and reserves, prepared in accordance with the JORC Code 2012 and in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
 
 
 
Restricted Payment
 
 
any:
 
1   dividend, charge, interest, payment or other distribution in respect of, or redemption, repurchase, defeasance or retirement of, the share capital of an Obligor;
 
2   redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or repayment of principal or payment of interest or other amounts on or under any loans to;
 
3   Financial Accommodation provided; or
 
4   any payment,
 
to or for the benefit of an Obligor or any holder of share capital of an Obligor (or any Associate of an Obligor or any such holder).
 
Project facility agreement
page  46

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
Retiring Lender
 
a Lender which substitutes a Substitute Lender under clause 19.3 for any of its Commitment.
 
 
 
Revenue
 
 
for any applicable period, all revenues and other amounts in the nature of revenues, received (or in respect of a future period, projected to be received) by the Project Obligors in relation to the Project in that period including:
 
1   all revenues received in respect of the Project including all proceeds under any Supply Agreement and Permitted Sales Agreement, and receipts under any Hedge Arrangement;
 
2   proceeds from business interruption insurance, provided the claim has been accepted by the insurer in writing and the Agent is satisfied (acting reasonably) that the claim will be paid or payable on a fixed date within that applicable period;
 
3   interest on the Accounts and any other interest income;
 
4   net proceeds from the sale or Disposal of assets permitted under the Finance Documents; and
 
5   other income of a revenue nature or a revenue substitution nature (including any (i) amounts payable to an Obligor arising under or in connection with the performance warranty provisions (including performance liquidated damages) of the Project Documents (excluding liquidated damages for delay not actually received by a Project Obligor), and (ii) proceeds of any bank guarantee, performance bond and other security given to an Obligor under any Project Document),
 
but excluding any insurance proceeds (other than from business interruption insurance cover) and proceeds of Financial Indebtedness and Equity, in each case received in that period.
 
 
 
Review Event
 
 
has the meaning given in clause 12.5(a) .
 
 
 
Same Day Funds
 
 
a bank cheque or other immediately available (and freely transferable) funds.
 
 
 
Screen Rate
 
 
[***]
 
Project facility agreement
page  47

1    Definitions and interpretation 

 
 
Secondary Project Document
 
each Project Document other than a Material Project Document.
 
 
 
Secured Moneys
 
 
all debts and monetary liabilities of each Obligor to the Finance Parties under or in relation to any Finance Document and in any capacity, irrespective of whether the debts or liabilities:
 
1   are present or future;
 
2   are actual, prospective, contingent or otherwise;
 
3   are at any time ascertained or unascertained;
 
4   are owed or incurred by or on account of any Obligor alone, or severally or jointly with any other person;
 
5   are owed to or incurred for the account of any Finance Party alone, or severally or jointly with any other person;
 
6   are owed to any other person as agent (whether disclosed or not) for or on behalf of any Finance Party;
 
7   are owed or incurred as principal, interest, fees, charges, Taxes, damages (whether for breach of contract or tort or incurred on any other ground), losses, costs or expenses, or on any other account;
 
8   are owed to or incurred for the account of any Finance Party directly or as a result of:
 
(a)  the assignment or transfer to any Finance Party of any debt or liability of any Obligor (whether by way of assignment, transfer or otherwise); or
 
(b)  any other dealing with any such debt or liability;
 
9   are owed to or incurred for the account of a Finance Party before the date of this agreement or before the date of any assignment of this agreement to any Finance Party by any other person or otherwise; or
 
10  comprise any combination of the above.
 
 
 
Secured Property
 
 
the property subject to a Security.
 
 
 
Security
 
 
1   a general security agreement granted in favour of the Security Trustee by each Obligor incorporated in Australia;
 
2   a share mortgage granted in favour of the Security Trustee by each Obligor in respect of the shares of each other Obligor registered in Australia;
 
3   any Encumbrance granted by an Obligor in favour of the Security Trustee under this agreement or the benefit of which the Security Trustee acquires from an Obligor after the date of this agreement as security for, among other things, the payment of any of the Secured Moneys including any Security as defined in a Finance Document;
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  48

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
4   each US Law Security;
 
5   any Collateral Security; or
 
6   any other document which the Security Trustee and the Borrower agree is a Security for the purposes of this agreement.
 
 
 
Security Provider
 
 
a person who has granted a Security.
 
 
 
Security Trust
 
 
the security trust constituted under the Security Trust Deed.
 
 
 
Security Trust Deed
 
 
the security trust deed dated on or about the date of this agreement between the Borrower, the Security Trustee and the initial Security Providers.
 
 
 
Senior Debt Service
 
 
for any applicable period, the aggregate amount of scheduled principal, interest and fees paid or, in respect of a future period, projected to be paid in respect of the Project Loan Facility under the Finance Documents during that period.
 
 
 
Settlement Price
 
 
has the meaning given to it in clause 9.2(a)(2) .
 
 
 
Shares
 
 
ordinary shares of the Parent.
 
 
 
Slope Contract
 
 
the unit price contract for the “Poplar Grove Slope” between the Slope Contractor and Hartshorne Mining dated 26 October 2017.
 
 
 
Slope Contractor
 
 
Frontier-Kemper Constructors, Inc.
 
 
 
Subordinated Debt
 
 
any Financial Indebtedness made available to an Obligor which is subordinated to the Project Loan Facility pursuant to a Subordination Deed including the Unsecured Subordinated Notes.
 
 
 
Subordination Deed
 
 
a subordination deed on terms satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).
 
 
 
Subsidiary
 
 
1   in respect of any entity incorporated or established in Australia, a subsidiary as defined in section 46 of the Corporations Act; or
 
2   in respect of any entity incorporated or established in the United States of America, that entity will be a subsidiary of another
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  49

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
entity (the holding company ) if:
 
·   the holding company owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the equity or ordinary voting power in that entity; or
 
·   the holding company has the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that entity, whether through ownership of voting, by contract or otherwise.
 
 
 
Substitution Certificate
 
 
a certificate in the form of Attachment 1 which is executed pursuant to clause 19.3 .
 
 
 
Substitute Lender
 
 
a person substituted by a Lender under clause 19.3 for any of the Lender’s Commitment.
 
 
 
Supply Agreement
 
 
1   the LGE/KU Supply Agreement; and
 
2   any other agreement entered into by an Obligor for the sale of any Product from the Project (other than a Permitted Sales Agreement) which is in a form and substance and with a counterparty satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).
 
 
 
Surety Facility
 
 
the surety and bonding facility provided by Argonaut Insurance Company to the Borrower and Hartshorne Mining pursuant to the following agreements:
 
1   the General Indemnity Agreement made between the Borrower, Hartshorne Mining and Argonaut Insurance Company dated 17 September 2015;
 
2   the Parent Company Guarantee granted by the Parent in favour of Argonaut Insurance Company dated 17 September 2015;
 
3   the account control agreement between Texas Capital Bank, N.A., Argonaut Insurance Company and Hartshorne Mining dated 11 May 2017; and
 
4   the Collateral Security Agreement between Hartshorne Mining and Argonaut Insurance Company dated 11 May 2017.
 
 
 
Tax
 
 
1   any tax including the GST, levy, charge, impost, duty, fee, deduction, assessment, compulsory loan or withholding; or
 
2   any income, stamp or transaction duty, tax or charge,
 
which is assessed, levied, imposed or collected by any Government Agency and includes any interest, fine, penalty, charge, fee or other amount imposed on or in respect of any of the above.
 
 
 
Tax Act
 
 
the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth) or the Income Tax
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  50

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) as applicable.
 
 
 
Tax Invoice
 
 
includes any document or record treated by the Commissioner of Taxation as a tax invoice or as a document entitling a recipient to an input tax credit.
 
 
 
Title Document
 
 
any original, duplicate or counterpart certificate or document that creates or reflects an ownership or leasehold interest or use right in real property or personal property.
 
 
 
Total Commitments
 
 
at any time, the aggregate of the Commitments of the Lenders at that time.
 
 
 
Total Undrawn PLF Commitments
 
 
at any time, the aggregate of the Undrawn Commitment (Project Loan) of the Lenders at that time.
 
 
 
Total Undrawn Tranche One Commitments
 
 
at any time, the aggregate of the Undrawn Commitments (Tranche One) of the Lenders at that time.
 
 
 
Total Undrawn Tranche Two Commitments
 
 
at any time, the aggregate of the Undrawn Commitments (Tranche Two) of the Lenders at that time.
 
 
 
Tranche One
 
 
the tranche of the Project Loan Facility made available under this agreement in an aggregate amount equal to the Tranche One Commitment.
 
 
 
Tranche One Commitment
 
 
1   in relation to the Original Lender, $15,000,000; and
 
2   in relation to any other Lender, the amount of Tranche One Commitment transferred to it under this agreement,
 
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this agreement.
 
 
 
Tranche Two
 
 
the tranche of the Project Loan Facility made available under this agreement in an aggregate amount equal to the Tranche Two Commitment.
 
 
 
Tranche Two Commitment
 
 
1   in relation to the Original Lender, $6,700,000; and
 
2   in relation to any other Lender, the amount of Tranche Two
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  51

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
   
 
Commitment transferred to it under this agreement,
 
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this agreement.
 
 
 
Tripartite Agreement
 
 
1   the tripartite to be entered into on or about the date of this agreement between the Security Trustee, the Borrower and the provider of the Equipment Finance Facility in respect of the Equipment Finance Facility;
 
2   the tripartite agreement entered into or to be entered into on or about the date of this agreement between, amongst others, the Security Trustee, Hartshorne Mining, the Borrower and the Contractor in respect of the Construction Contract; and
 
3   any other document which at any time the Agent and the Borrower agree is a Tripartite Agreement for the purposes of this agreement.
 
 
 
 
Undrawn Commitment (Project Loan)
 
 
in respect of a Lender at any time, the Commitment (Project Loan) of that Lender at that time less the Principal Outstanding provided by that Lender under the Project Loan Facility at that time.
 
 
 
Undrawn Commitment (Tranche One)
 
 
in respect of a Lender at any time, the Tranche One Commitment of that Lender at that time less the Principal Outstanding provided by that Lender under Tranche One at that time.
 
 
 
Undrawn Commitment (Tranche Two)
 
 
in respect of a Lender at any time, the Tranche Two Commitment of that Lender at that time less the Principal Outstanding provided by that Lender under Tranche Two at that time.
 
 
 
Unsecured Subordinated Notes
 
 
unsecured notes issued by the Borrower on terms and conditions acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably) up to a maximum of $10,000,000 and subordinated on terms acceptable to the Agent.
 
 
 
US
 
 
the United States of America.
 
 
 
US Law Security
 
 
1   a pledge and security agreement granted in favour of the Security Trustee by HCM Resources Pty Ltd (ACN 155 327 521) and each Obligor incorporated in the US evidencing a first priority security interest in the personal property collateral of each Obligor (including over shares or other ownership interests of any other Obligor incorporated in the US);
 
2   an unconditional guaranty by each Obligor incorporated in the US in favour of the Finance Parties;
 
3   a fee and leasehold mortgage, fixture filing and as-extracted collateral filing granted in favour of the Security Trustee by each
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  52

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
     
US Obligor owning or maintaining any (a) real property interests or any of the Project Tenements within the Project Area; or (b) real property interests or any of the Cypress Project Tenements within the Cypress Project Area, and such mortgage, fixture filing and as-extracted collateral filing to be registered in County Clerk’s office of Hopkins and McLean Counties, Kentucky evidencing a first priority security interest in the real property collateral, fixtures and the as-extracted collateral of each US Obligor; and
 
4   UCC-1s from each Obligor organised in the State of Delaware and registered with the Delaware Secretary of State.
 
 
 
US Obligor
 
 
1   Hartshorne Holdings, LLC;
 
2   Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC;
 
3   HCM Operations, LLC;
 
4   Hartshorne Mining; and
 
5   Hartshorne Land.
 
 
 
US Tax Obligor
 
 
the Borrower where:
 
1   it is resident for tax purposes in the US; or
 
2   some or all of its payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject to withholding or backup withholding tax in the United States of America.
 

 
1.3
Interpretation
 
In this agreement headings and bold type are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of this agreement and, unless the context requires otherwise:

(a)
words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

(b)
words importing a gender include any gender;

(c)
other parts of speech and grammatical forms of a word or phrase defined in this agreement have a corresponding meaning;

(d)
an expression suggesting or referring to a natural person or an entity includes any company, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation or other body corporate and any Government Agency;

(e)
a reference to any thing (including any right) includes a part of that thing but nothing in this clause 1.3(e) implies that performance of part of an obligation constitutes performance of the obligation;

(f)
a reference to a clause, party, attachment, exhibit or schedule is a reference to a clause of, and a party, attachment, exhibit and schedule to, this agreement and a reference to this agreement includes any attachment, exhibit and schedule;

Project facility agreement
page  53

1    Definitions and interpretation 


(g)
a reference to a statute, regulation, proclamation, ordinance or by‑law includes all statutes, regulations, proclamations, ordinances or by‑laws amending, consolidating or replacing it, whether passed by the same or another Government Agency with legal power to do so, and a reference to a statute includes all regulations, proclamations, ordinances and by‑laws issued under that statute;

(h)
a reference to a document includes all amendments or supplements to, or replacements or novations of, that document;

(i)
a reference to liquidation includes official management, appointment of an administrator, compromise, arrangement, merger, amalgamation, reconstruction, winding up, dissolution, deregistration, assignment for the benefit of creditors, scheme, composition or arrangement with creditors, insolvency, bankruptcy, or a similar procedure or, where applicable, changes in the constitution of any partnership or person, or death;

(j)
a reference to a party to any document includes that party’s successors and permitted assigns;

(k)
a reference to an agreement other than this agreement includes an undertaking, deed, agreement or legally enforceable arrangement or understanding whether or not in writing;

(l)
a reference to an asset includes all property of any nature, including a business, and all rights, revenues and benefits;

(m)
a reference to a document includes any agreement in writing, or any certificate, notice, deed, instrument or other document of any kind;

(n)
no provision of this agreement may be construed adversely to a party solely on the ground that the party was responsible for the preparation of this agreement or that provision;

(o)
a reference to drawing, accepting, endorsing or other dealing with a Bill refers to drawing, accepting, endorsing or dealing within the meaning of the Bills of Exchange Act 1909 (Cth);

(p)
a reference to a body, other than a party to this agreement (including an institute, association or authority), whether statutory or not:

(1)
which ceases to exist; or

(2)
whose powers or functions are transferred to another body,

is a reference to the body which replaces it or which substantially succeeds to its powers or functions;

(q)
a statement by a person that any information or matter is the case ‘to the best of its knowledge and belief’ means that such person has taken all reasonable care to ensure that such information or matter is in fact the case and that such person is not aware of any other information or matter that could affect the accuracy of such information or matter;

(r)
a reference to st is to short tonne;

(s)
references to time are to Sydney time;

(t)
where an act is required to be performed ‘promptly’, it shall be performed within as short a period as reasonably possible from the moment when the act could reasonably be performed, taking into account all of the circumstances;

(u)
an Event of Default is ‘continuing’ or ‘subsisting’ if it has not been:

Project facility agreement
page  54

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(1)
remedied to the satisfaction of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) before a Power relating to that Event of Default is exercised; or

(2)
waived in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

1.4
Inclusive expressions

Specifying anything in this agreement after the words ‘include’ or ‘for example’ or similar expressions does not limit what else is included unless there is express wording to the contrary.

1.5
Business Day

Except where clause 6.2 applies, where the day on or by which any thing is to be done is not a Business Day, that thing must be done on or by the preceding Business Day.

1.6
PPSA incorporated definitions

The following words and phrases defined in the PPSA have the same meaning in this agreement when used in this agreement with initial capital letters. Where used in this agreement without capital letters, they have their ordinary meaning:

(a)
Accession;

(b)
Chattel Paper;

(c)
Commingled;

(d)
Investment Instrument; and

(e)
Negotiable Instrument .

1.7
Original Lender

While the Original Lender is the only Lender:

(a)
all references to the Agent are taken to be references to Original Lender; and

(b)
the necessity for the Agent to act on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all Lenders will not apply.

1.8
Accounting Standards

Any accounting practice or concept relevant to this agreement is to be construed or determined in accordance with the Accounting Standards.

1.9
Security Trustee’s limitation of liability protection

(a)
Limitation of liability

(1)
The Security Trustee enters into this agreement only in its capacity as security trustee of the Security Trust and in no other capacity.

(2)
A liability arising under or in connection with this agreement (whether that liability arises under a specific provision of this agreement, for breach of contract or otherwise) can be enforced against the Security Trustee only to the extent to which it can be satisfied out of property of

Project facility agreement
page  55

1    Definitions and interpretation 
the Security Trust out of which the Security Trustee is actually indemnified for the liability.
 
(3)
The limitation of the Security Trustee’s liability under this clause 1.9 applies despite any other provision of this agreement (other than clause 1.9(c)) and extends to all liabilities and obligations of the Security Trustee in relation to any representation, warranty, conduct, omission, agreement or transaction related to this agreement.

(b)
No action against the Security Trustee personally

The parties may not:

(1)
sue the Security Trustee personally;

(2)
seek the appointment of a liquidator, administrator, receiver or similar person to the Security Trustee; or

(3)
prove in any liquidation, administration or arrangement of or affecting the Security Trustee.

(c)
Exception

The provisions of this clause 1.9 will not apply to any obligation or liability of the Security Trustee to the extent that it is not satisfied because there is a reduction in the extent, or an extinguishment, of the Security Trustee’s indemnification out of the assets of the Security Trust, as a result of the Security Trustee’s fraud, gross negligence or breach of trust.

2
Conditions precedent


2.1
Conditions precedent to Financial Close

Financial Close will not occur, and a Lender is not obliged to provide its Commitment or its Pro Rata Share of the first Funding Portion until the Agent has received all of the following in form and of substance satisfactory to the Agent:

(a)
officer’s certificate : an officer’s certificate in the form of Schedule 4 given in respect of each Obligor and dated no more than 5 Business Days before the first Funding Date;

(b)
Finance Documents : originals of each Finance Document listed below, duly executed by all parties to them other than the Finance Parties and, where applicable:

(1)
duly stamped or, if not duly stamped, evidence satisfactory to the Agent that they will be duly stamped; and

(2)
(if relevant) in registrable form together with all executed documents necessary to register them:

(A)
this agreement;

(B)
each Fee Letter;

(C)
each Security;

(D)
the Security Trust Deed;

(E)
each Tripartite Agreement;

(F)
each Irrevocable Payment Direction;

Project facility agreement
page  56

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(G)
each LTE Appointment Deed;

(H)
each Subordination Deed;

(c)
security perfection : evidence that each Security has been perfected in a manner satisfactory to the Agent (other than in respect of:

(1)
any registration that is customarily carried out by a Finance Party; and

(2)
any registrations of Security over any real property interests located in the US, which registrations must be carried out within 10 days after Financial Close and in any event prior to first drawdown under the Project Loan Facility);

(d)
Project Documents : a certified copy of each document referred to in paragraphs 1 to 6 (inclusive) of the definition of Material Project Document in each case duly executed by all parties to it;

(e)
Title Documents : each Title Document required to be lodged with a Finance Party under any Finance Document;

(f)
Obligor agreements : a certified copy of all agreements (and any amendments) entered into between the Obligors;

(g)
Due Diligence Report : a copy of each Due Diligence Report and otherwise satisfactory completion of legal due diligence;

(h)
Lenders’ Technical Expert : evidence of the appointment and the Borrower’s acceptance of the scope of the role of the Lenders’ Technical Expert;

(i)
Bank Feasibility Study : a copy of the Bank Feasibility Study;

(j)
Project Execution Plan : evidence of completion of each of the elements comprising the Project Execution Plan provided at least 60 days before the date of the first Funding Portion under Tranche One;

(k)
Financial Reports : a certified copy of the most recent Financial Report and semi-annual financial statements of the Parent and each of the Obligors;

(l)
Annual Corporate Budget : a certified copy of the initial Annual Corporate Budget initialled by the Borrower and the Agent for identification purposes;

(m)
Annual Construction and Operating Budget : a certified copy of the initial Annual Construction and Operating Budget initialled by the Borrower and the Agent for identification purposes;

(n)
Life of Mine Plan : a certified copy of the initial Life of Mine Plan initialled by the Borrower and the Agent for identification purposes;

(o)
Base Case Financial Model :   a certified copy of the independently audited Base Case Financial Model initialled by the Borrower and the Agent for identification purposes, inclusive of a tax opinion in relation to the tax calculations and forecasts set out in the Base Case Financial Model;

(p)
Ratios : the Base Case Financial Model demonstrates that the Obligors are in compliance with clause 8.24;

(q)
Resources and Reserve Statement :   a certified copy of the Resources and Reserve Statement;

(r)
enquiries : results of searches, enquiries and requisitions in respect of each Obligor and the Secured Property;
 
(s)
insurance : copies of certificates of currency in relation to insurance satisfying the requirements in clause 8.19 and naming the Security Trustee as loss payee and the Finance Parties as additional insureds;

Project facility agreement
page  57

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
(t)
Initial Equity Commitment : evidence, verified and confirmed by the Lenders’ Technical Expert that the Parent has contributed (directly or indirectly) to the Borrower as Equity an amount, in aggregate, at least equal to the Initial Equity Commitment and that an amount at least equal to the Initial Equity Commitment has been spent on Construction Costs (as verified by the Lenders’ Technical Expert);

(u)
Available Funding : a copy of the Cost to Complete Schedule showing that Available Funding is greater than the Cost to Complete so that the Project is fully funded;

(v)
opinions :   a legal opinion addressed to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Original Lender from:

(1)
Herbert Smith Freehills in respect of:

(A)
due execution by each Australian Obligor of each Finance Document (other than each Fee Letter, Holding Statement and Irrevocable Payment Direction) to which it is a party and which is entered into on or before Financial Close; and

(B)
enforceability as against each Obligor of each Finance Document (other than each Fee Letter, US Law Security, Holding Statement, Tripartite Agreement, Irrevocable Payment Direction and LTE Appointment Deed) to which it is a party and which is entered into on or before Financial Close; and

(2)
Frost Brown Todd in respect of:

(A)
due execution by each US Obligor of each Finance Document to which it is a party and which is entered into on or before Financial Close; and

(B)
enforceability as against each Obligor of each US Law Security, Tripartite Agreement and LTE Appointment Deed to which it is a party and which is entered into on or before Financial Close;

(w)
fees : the Agent is satisfied that there are satisfactory arrangements in place in respect of the payment of all fees and expenses due to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders (including fees of their consultants and advisors) up to Financial Close;

(x)
LGE/KU Supply Agreement :   evidence that   the Borrower is in compliance with its obligations under the LGE/KU Supply Agreement including compliance and forecast compliance with the LGE/KU Supply Agreement Project Milestones;

(y)
Irrevocable Payment Direction : evidence that the Borrower has delivered an Irrevocable Payment Direction to LGE/KU in respect of the LGE/KU Supply Agreement or to the purchaser under any other Supply Agreement;

(z)
know your client : documentation and other evidence requested by the Agent in relation to each Obligor to satisfy the ‘know your customer’, ‘know your client’, ‘client vetting’ or similar procedures of any Finance Party;

(aa)
no Default or Review Event : no Default or Review Event has occurred which is continuing and no Default or Review Event will result from the Funding Portion being provided;
 
(bb)
warranties correct : each representation and warranty set out in clause 7 is true, correct and not misleading (whether by omission or otherwise) in any material respect;

Project facility agreement
page  58

1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
(cc)
Environmental Audit :   a copy of the Phase 1 Environmental Audit on the Project Area;

(dd)
Options : evidence of issuance of the Options;

(ee)
Ownership interest : evidence of the Project Obligor’s ownership interest in the Project and the Project Area, and in the Cypress Coal Mine and the Cypress Project Area including evidence that:

(1)
all amounts outstanding under the Buck Creek Asset Purchase Agreements have been paid and all related mortgages and encumbrances have been discharged;

(2)
the Project Obligors own all of the Project Owned Property and the Cypress Owned Property; and

(3)
that the Project Obligors have all necessary rights to access the Project Area and the Cypress Project Area;

(ff)
Project Tenements : evidence that:

(1)
the Project Obligors have entered into and hold all applicable Project Tenements applicable to the first 7 years of mineable Product for the Project; and

(2)
the Project Tenements referred to in sub-paragraph (1) above:

(A)
have expiry dates after the year 2035; and

(B)
remain valid and in good standing without any breaches of conditions;

(gg)
Authorisations and Material Authorisations :

(1)
evidence that all Material Authorisations have been obtained and are in full force and effect; and

(2)
confirmation that:

(A)
there has been no default or non-compliance by any Obligor in the performance of any of the terms or conditions of any Material Authorisation which would be likely to result in the cancellation, revocation or suspension of any Material Authorisation, and it is not aware of any fact or circumstance which is reasonably likely to cause any Material Authorisation to be suspended, revoked or cancelled before its normal expiry date;

(B)
no Obligor has received any notice of violation or other fine or penalty with respect to any Material Authorisation from any Government Agency; and

(C)
it is not aware of any Material Authorisation or other Authorisation that will subsequently be required for the construction, development, operation or financing of the Project and the Project Assets as planned and required in accordance with the development and operational schedule as set out in the Project Execution Plan, the Life of Mine Plan and the Base Case Financial Model that:
 
(i)
will not be obtained as and when required in the ordinary course and in a timely manner in accordance with the development and operational schedule as set out in the Project Execution Plan,

Project facility agreement
page  59

1    Definitions and interpretation 
the Life of Mine Plan and the Base Case Financial Model;

(ii)
will be granted on terms more burdensome than customarily applicable to other mining projects in the relevant jurisdiction; and

(iii)
will be granted on terms which necessitate an Obligor expending amounts materially in excess of the amounts set out in the Annual Construction and Operating Budget and the Base Case Financial Model as at Financial Close;

(hh)
Environmental Bonding : evidence that:

(1)
all environmental bonding for the Project required to be in place at the time of Financial Close is in place;

(2)
if required by the issuer of the bonding, the bonding described in paragraph (1) is collateralised;

(3)
the amount of the bonding described in paragraph (1) does not exceed the amount referred to in paragraph 8 of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness; and

(4)
any Encumbrance in respect of collateral provided in respect of the bonding described in paragraph (1) is a Permitted Encumbrance;

(ii)
No Encumbrance : evidence that no Encumbrance has been granted over any of the assets of the Obligors other than the Permitted Encumbrances;

(jj)
No Financial Indebtedness : evidence that the Obligors have not incurred any Financial Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness;

(kk)
Establishment of the Accounts : evidence that the Accounts have been established and that the Minimum Proceeds Account Balance has been deposited into the Proceeds Account (or will be funded from first drawdown);

(ll)
No Material Adverse Effect : evidence that there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, financial condition or operations of the Obligors since 4 April 2017 or from the information provided to the Lenders prior to the date of this agreement;

(mm)
Project management personnel : evidence that the Obligors have employed senior management and financial, operational, mining and technical staff with appropriate experience and qualifications for the construction, development and operation of the Project;

(nn)
Completion Tests : evidence that the Completion Tests have been agreed;

(oo)
Obligor ownership interest : evidence of the Parent’s ownership interest in the Borrower and each other Obligor;

(pp)
Monitoring Program : a copy of a construction and ramp-up monitoring program agreed by the Agent, the Lenders’ Technical Expert and the Borrower; and

(qq)
Further information : documentation and other information, certificates, Authorisations as the Agent may reasonably request and which has been notified to the Borrower prior to the date of this agreement.

Project facility agreement
page  60

1    Definitions and interpretation 
2.2
Conditions precedent to Tranche One

A Lender is not obliged to provide its Commitment or its Pro Rata Share of any Funding Portion under Tranche One until the Agent has received all of the following in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent:

(a)
confirmation from the Borrower that no amendments or variations are required to be made to the Life of Mine Plan or the Base Case Financial Model provided to the Agent under clause 2.1, or, to the extent that the Life of Mine Plan or the Base Case Financial Model have been amended in accordance with clauses 10.4 and 10.5, the Lenders’ Technical Expert’s technical review of the revised Life of Mine Plan and Base Case Financial Model has been completed to the Agent’s satisfaction;

(b)
Financial Close has occurred;

(c)
Confirmation that all registrations referred to in clause 2.1(c) have been completed and that the mortgages constitute first ranking perfected Encumbrances subject only to Permitted Encumbrances; and

(d)
where the first Funding Portion under Tranche One will be provided after the date which is 30 days after Financial Close, confirmation that each document and Authorisation produced to the Agent under clause 2.1 remain in full force and effect.

2.3
Conditions precedent to Tranche Two

A Lender is not obliged to provide its Commitment or its Pro Rata Share of any Funding Portion under Tranche Two until the Agent has received all of the following in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent:

(a)
confirmation that each document and Authorisation produced to the Agent under clause 2.1 remains in full force and effect;

(b)
evidence that   the Borrower is in compliance with its obligations under the LGE/KU Supply Agreement including compliance and forecast compliance with the LGE/KU Supply Agreement Project Milestones;

(c)
either:

(1)
certified copies of any additional Supply Agreements (or amendments to any existing Supply Agreements) evidencing the agreement to purchase an additional 750,000st of coal on terms and pricing materially consistent with the LGE/KU Supply Agreement; or

(2)
a certified copy of the AEP Supply Contract duly executed by all parties to it;

(d)
confirmation from the Borrower that no amendments or variations are required to be made to the Base Case Financial Model or the Life of Mine Plan provided to the Agent under clause 2.1 or clause 2.2, or, to the extent that the Base Case Financial Model or the Life of Mine Plan have been amended in accordance with clauses 10.4 and 10.5, the Lenders’ Technical Expert’s technical review of the revised Base Case Financial Model or the Life of Mine Plan has been completed to the Agent’s satisfaction; and

(e)
Tranche One of the Project Loan Facility has been fully drawn.

For the avoidance of doubt, if the condition precedent to Tranche Two in clause 2.3(b) is not satisfied by 31 October 2018, Tranche Two will no longer be available and the undertaking in clause 8.25 will apply.

Project facility agreement
page  61

1    Definitions and interpretation 
2.4
Conditions precedent to all Funding Portions

Without limiting clause 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3, a Lender is not obliged to provide its Pro Rata Share of any Funding Portion until the following conditions are fulfilled to the Agent’s satisfaction:

(a)
Funding Notice : the Borrower has delivered a Funding Notice to the Agent requesting the Funding Portion;

(b)
Cost to Complete Schedule : a Cost to Complete Schedule showing that Available Funding is greater than the Cost to Complete so that the Project is fully funded, has been provided by the Borrower to the Lenders’ Technical Expert, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders’ Technical Expert, for presentation to the Agent;

(c)
Funding Date : the Funding Date for the Funding Portion is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

(d)
Commitment : the Commitment of that Lender will not be exceeded by providing the Funding Portion;

(e)
Repeating Representations correct : each Repeating Representation is true, correct and not misleading (whether by omission or otherwise) on and as of the date of the relevant Funding Notice and the proposed Funding Date as if it had been made on and as of those dates in respect of the facts and circumstances existing at those times;

(f)
fees : the Agent is satisfied all fees and expenses due to the Finance Parties (including fees of their consultants and advisors) have been paid in full and are not outstanding; and

(g)
no Default or Review Event : no Default or Review Event has occurred which is continuing and no Default or Review Event will result from the Funding Portion being provided.

2.5
Certified copies

An Officer of the relevant Obligor must certify a copy of a document given to a Finance Party under clauses 2.1 to 2.3(e) to be a true copy of the original document. The certification must be made no more than 5 Business Days before the date on which it is provided.

2.6
Benefit of conditions precedent

A condition in this clause 2 is for the benefit only of the Finance Parties and only the Agent acting on the instructions of all Lenders may waive it.

3
Commitment, purpose and availability of Project Loan Facility

3.1
Provision of Commitment

Each Lender must make its Commitment available to the Borrower on the terms of this agreement.

Project facility agreement
page  62

1    Definitions and interpretation 
3.2
Several obligations and rights of Lenders

(a)
The obligations and rights of the Lenders under each Finance Document are several.

(b)
Failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under a Finance Document does not relieve any other Lender from any of its obligations under a Finance Document.

(c)
No Lender is responsible for the obligations of any other Lender under a Finance Document.

(d)
Each Lender may separately enforce its rights under any Finance Document, unless a Finance Document provides otherwise.

3.3
Purpose

The Borrower must use the net proceeds of a Funding Portion under the Project Loan Facility only for:

(a)
payment of Constructions Costs, Financing Costs and Project Costs as set out in the Base Case Financial Model including, subject to clauses 5.4(d) and (e) an amount of up to $1,000,000 for capitalised interest; and

(b)
any other purpose that the Agent approves in writing.

3.4
Cancellation of Commitment during Availability Period

(a)
Subject to clause 3.4(b), the Borrower may cancel all (but not part) of the Tranche Two Commitment by giving the Agent at least 5 Business Days’ notice.

(b)
If the Tranche Two Commitment is cancelled in full, the undertaking at clause 8.25 will apply.

(c)
The Borrower may cancel the Tranche Two Commitment or the Total Undrawn PLF Commitments by giving the Agent at least 5 Business Days’ notice.

(d)
The Commitment of a Lender is cancelled to the extent of its Pro Rata Share of the Tranche Two Commitment or the Total Undrawn PLF Commitments that are cancelled.

(e)
A notice given under clause 3.4(a) is irrevocable.

3.5
Cancellation at end of Availability Period

On the last day of the Availability Period for a Facility, the Commitment of each Lender in respect of that Facility is cancelled to the extent of its Undrawn Commitment in respect of that Facility.

3.6
Voluntary prepayment

(a)
The Borrower may prepay any of the Principal Outstanding in relation to an outstanding Funding Portion by giving the Agent at least 5 Business Days’ prior notice specifying:

(1)
the prepayment date; and

(2)
the relevant Funding Portions which are to be prepaid in whole or in part.

Project facility agreement
page  63

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(b)
Prepayment of part of the Principal Outstanding under clause 3.6(a) may only be made in a minimum amount of $500,000.

(c)
The Borrower must prepay the Principal Outstanding specified in the prepayment notice on the prepayment date specified in the notice together with all unpaid interest or fees accrued to the prepayment date in respect of the prepaid amount and any amount required to be paid under clause 15.2 .

(d)
Amounts voluntarily prepaid under the Project Loan Facility will be applied to the Repayment Instalments in inverse order of maturity.

(e)
The Commitment of a Lender under the Project Loan Facility is reduced by its Pro Rata Share of any amount of Principal Outstanding prepaid under this clause 3.6 and accordingly a prepaid amount may not be redrawn.

(f)
A notice given under clause 3.6(a) is irrevocable.

3.7
Prepayment date

The Borrower may make a prepayment under clause 3.6 on any Business Day.

3.8
Mandatory prepayment – exercise of Option

(a)
If the Original Lender notifies the Parent at least 5 Business Days prior to the Option Exercise Date that it requires the Settlement Price for an Option held by it to be applied to prepayment of the Principal Outstanding:

(1)
the Parent irrevocably directs:

(A)
the Original Lender to pay the Settlement Price for that Option to the Agent; and

(B)
the Agent to apply the Settlement Price for that Option to repayment or prepayment of the Principal Outstanding under the Project Loan Facility in respect of the Original Lender;

(2)
the Principal Outstanding in respect of the Original Lender will be reduced by an amount equal to the Settlement Price of that Option and will be applied to Repayment Instalments owing to the Original Lender on a pro rata basis; and

(3)
the obligation of the Original Lender to pay the Settlement Price in respect of that Option will be satisfied and discharged to the extent of any reduction in the Principal Outstanding in accordance with this clause 3.8 .

(b)
The Commitment of the Original Lender is reduced by the amount of Principal Outstanding prepaid to it under clause 3.8(a) .

(c)
On the date of any prepayment under clause 3.8(a), the Borrower must pay to the Agent (for the account of the Original Lender) all unpaid interest accrued to that prepayment date in respect of the Principal Outstanding prepaid to the Original Lender.

(d)
Notwithstanding clauses 3.8(a) to 3.8(c) above, the Borrower may at its option defer the date of the prepayment referred to in clause 3.8(a) so that it occurs on the last day of the then current Funding Period.

Project facility agreement
page  64

1    Definitions and interpretation 
3.9
Mandatory prepayment – Equity Cure

Immediately following receipt, the Borrower must apply an amount equal to 100% of the contribution received by the Borrower in respect of an Equity Cure under clause 8.24 to prepay the Principal Outstanding under the Project Loan Facility against the remaining Repayment Instalments on a pro rata basis.

3.10
Mandatory prepayment – Compulsory acquisition

Immediately following receipt, the Borrower must apply an amount equal to 100% of the compensation received by it as a result of the expropriation, compulsory acquisition or resumption by a Government Agency of any part of the business or the assets of an Obligor to prepay the Principal Outstanding under the Project Loan Facility against the remaining Repayment Instalments on a pro rata basis.

4
Funding and rate setting procedures


4.1
Delivery of Funding Notice

(a)
If the Borrower requires the provision of a Funding Portion it must deliver to the Agent a Funding Notice.

(b)
The Agent must notify each Lender of the contents of each Funding Notice, and of each Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each Funding Portion requested as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 1 Business Day after the Agent receives the Funding Notice.

4.2
Requirements for a Funding Notice

A Funding Notice to be effective must:

(a)
be in writing in the form of, and specify the matters required in, Schedule 5; and

(b)
be received by the Agent before 11.00am on a Business Day at least 4 Business Days before the proposed Funding Date (or any shorter period that the Agent agrees in writing).

4.3
Irrevocability of Funding Notice

The Borrower is irrevocably committed to draw Funding Portions from the Lenders in accordance with each Funding Notice given to the Agent.

4.4
Number of Funding Portions

(a)
The Borrower may only draw 3 times under Tranche One and once under Tranche Two.

(b)
The Borrower must ensure that no more than 4 Funding Portions under the Project Loan Facility are outstanding at any time.

4.5
Amount of Funding Portions

The Borrower may only draw an amount:

Project facility agreement
page  65

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(a)
equal to the Total Undrawn Tranche One Commitments under Tranche One in 3 drawings of $5,000,000 each; and

(b)
up to the Total Undrawn Tranche Two Commitments under Tranche Two.

4.6
Funding Periods

(a)
Unless the Borrower and the Agent otherwise agree:

(1)
the first Funding Period for a Funding Portion under the Project Loan Facility commences on the first Funding Date for that Funding Portion and ends on the next Quarter Date; and

(2)
each subsequent Funding Period for a Funding Portion under the Project Loan Facility commences on the last day of the immediately preceding Funding Period for that Funding Portion and ends on the next Quarter Date.

(b)
If a Funding Period ends on a day which is not a Business Day, it is regarded as ending on the next Business Day in the same calendar month or, if none, the preceding Business Day.

(c)
No Funding Period under the Project Loan Facility may end after the Maturity Date.

4.7
Consolidation and division of Funding Portions under Project Loan Facility

If two Funding Portions under the Project Loan Facility have Funding Periods which are of the same duration and end on the same date, then those Funding Portions will be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Funding Portion on and from the last day of that Funding Period.

4.8
Determination of Funding Rate

(a)
The Agent must notify each Lender and the Borrower of the Funding Rate for a Funding Period under the Project Loan Facility as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within 2 Business Days, after it has made its determination of the applicable Base Rate.

(b)
In the absence of manifest error, each determination of the Base Rate by the Agent is conclusive evidence of that rate against the Borrower.

4.9
Market disruption – Project Loan Facility

(a)
If the Agent determines that a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Funding Portion under the Project Loan Facility for any Funding Period, then it shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower and the rate of interest on each Affected Lender’s participation in that Funding Portion for the Funding Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

(1)
the Margin; and

(2)
the rate notified to the Agent by that Affected Lender as soon as practicable and in any event no later than the Business Day before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Funding Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Affected Lender of funding its participation in that Funding Portion from whatever source or sources it may reasonably select.

Project facility agreement
page  66

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(b)
Each Lender shall determine the rate notified by it under clause 4.9(a)(2) in good faith. The rate so notified will be conclusive and binding on the parties in the absence of manifest error.

(c)
In this agreement, “ Market Disruption Event ” means:

(1)
at or about noon on the Rate Set Date for the relevant Funding Period, the Screen Rate for a term equivalent to the relevant Funding Period is not available and fewer than 3 of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine the Base Rate for the relevant period (in which case each Lender will be an “ Affected Lender ”); or

(2)
before 5pm on the Business Day after the Rate Set Date for the relevant Funding Period, the Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders whose participation in that Funding Portion exceed 30% of that Funding Portion, that as a result of market circumstances not limited to it (whether or not those circumstances, or their effect on the Lender’s cost of funds, subsist on the date of this agreement or the date that it becomes a Lender) the cost to it on the Rate Set Date of funding its participation in that Funding Portion (from the wholesale market for Dollars) would be in excess of the Base Rate (in which case an “ Affected Lender ” will be each Lender which gives such a notification).

4.10
Alternative basis of interest or funding

(a)
If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

(b)
Any alternative basis agreed under clause 4.10(a) above shall only apply with the prior consent of each Lender and the Borrower, and then shall be binding on all parties.

(c)
The Agent shall promptly inform the Borrower and each Lender of any alternative basis agreed under this clause 4.10.

4.11
Agent’s role and confidentiality

(a)
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower on request:

(1)
any rate, or other information notified or specified by a Lender under clauses 4.9 or 4.10; and
 
(2)
if there is a Market Disruption Event under clause 4.9(c)(2), the identity of any Lender or Lenders giving a notification under that clause.

(b)
Each of the Agent and the Borrower shall keep confidential and not disclose to any other Lender or any other person except the Borrower, any information relating to a Lender described in paragraph (a) above. The Agent shall ensure that its officers and employees involved in performing its functions as Agent keep that information confidential and do not disclose it or allow it to be available to any other person or office within the Agent.

However, the Agent, the Borrower, or its officers or employees may disclose such information:

(1)
to the extent required by any applicable law or regulation; or

Project facility agreement
page  67

1    Definitions and interpretation 

(2)
to the extent it reasonably deems necessary in connection with any actual or contemplated proceedings or a claim with respect to clauses 4.9 or 4.10 .

(c)
A Lender who gives a notification under clause 4.9(c)(2) at any time before 5pm on the Business Day after the relevant Rate Set Date may in that notification request the Agent to notify each other Lender that it has received a notification under clause 4.9(c)(2) (without giving details) and the Agent shall promptly comply with the request.

4.12
Prepayment of Affected Lender

(a)
If any Lender gives notice under clause 4.9(c)(2) in respect of a Market Disruption Event ( Affected Lender ), the Borrower may, at any time before the expiry of the Availability Period for the Project Loan Facility and while the Market Disruption Event continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of the Affected Lender and of its intention to procure the repayment of the Principal Outstanding owing to the Affected Lender.

(b)
On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

(c)
The Borrower must prepay the relevant Principal Outstanding of that Lender within 5 Business Days of giving notice in accordance with paragraph (a) above.

(d)
Clauses 3.6(c) to (f) and 3.7 will apply to any amount prepaid in accordance with this clause 4.12 as if such amount were a prepayment for the purposes of clause 3.6 .

5
Project Loan Facility


5.1
Provision of Funding Portions

If the Borrower gives a Funding Notice in respect of the Project Loan Facility, each Lender must provide to the Agent its Pro Rata Share of each specified Funding Portion under the Project Loan Facility in Same Day Funds in Dollars no later than 12 noon on the specified Funding Date and in accordance with that Funding Notice.

5.2
Payment to Borrower

On receipt of the amounts paid to it by the Lenders under clause 5.1, the Agent must pay those amounts in Same Day Funds in Dollars to the Borrower or as directed by the Borrower in the relevant Funding Notice.

5.3
Repayment

(a)
The Borrower must repay each Funding Portion under the Project Loan Facility in instalments on each Repayment Date by paying the Repayment Instalment for that Repayment Date.

(b)
The Borrower must repay each Funding Portion under the Project Loan Facility and all other Secured Moneys:

(1)
in full on the relevant Maturity Date; and

(2)
otherwise as required under this agreement.

Project facility agreement
page  68

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(c)
The Commitment of a Lender is reduced by its Pro Rata Share of any amount of Principal Outstanding repaid under this clause 5.3 and accordingly a repaid amount may not be redrawn:

5.4
Interest

(a)
The Borrower must pay interest on the principal amount of each Funding Portion under the Project Loan Facility for each Funding Period at the Funding Rate for the Funding Period.

(b)
Interest is calculated on daily balances on the basis of a 360 day year and for the actual number of days elapsed from and including the first day of each Funding Period to, but excluding, the last day of the Funding Period or, if earlier, the date of prepayment or repayment of the Funding Portion under this agreement.

(c)
Subject to clause 5.4(d), the Borrower must pay accrued interest in arrears to the Agent on each Interest Payment Date.

(d)
Subject to clause 5.4(e), interest payable by the Borrower under the Project Loan Facility prior to the first Repayment Date under Schedule 8, will, if not elected to be paid in cash by the Borrower in accordance with clause 5.4(c), be automatically capitalised on the relevant Interest Payment Date and:

(1)
will form part of the Funding Portion in respect of which it accrued and the Undrawn Commitment of each Lender will be reduced by its Pro Rata Share of the amount capitalised; and

(2)
will form part of the Principal Outstanding of the Project Loan Facility.

(e)
The capitalisation of interest under clause 5.4(d) is subject to:

(1)
a limit of $1,000,000 over the life of the Project Loan Facility;

(2)
the Principal Outstanding under the Project Loan Facility after the capitalisation not exceeding the Commitment of all Lenders; and

(3)
no Event of Default subsisting.

6
Payments


6.1
Manner of payment

All payments by an Obligor under the Finance Documents must be made:

(a)
i n Same Day Funds;

(b)
in Dollars; and

(c)
no later than 11.00am on the due date,

to the Agent’s account as specified by the Agent to the Borrower (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) or in any other manner the Agent or the Security Trustee directs from time to time.

Project facility agreement
page  69

1    Definitions and interpretation 
6.2
Payments on a Business Day

If a payment is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment is the next Business Day in the same calendar month or, if none, the preceding Business Day, and interest must be adjusted accordingly.

6.3
Payments in gross

All payments which an Obligor is required to make under any Finance Document must be without:

(a)
any set‑off, counterclaim or condition; or

(b)
any deduction or withholding for any Tax or any other reason unless the Obligor is required to make a deduction or withholding by applicable law including FATCA.

6.4
Additional payments

If:

(a)
any Obligor is required to make a deduction or withholding in respect of Tax (other than Excluded Tax or a FATCA Deduction) from any payment to be made to a Finance Party under any Finance Document; or

(b)
a Finance Party is required to pay any Tax (other than Excluded Tax or a FATCA Deduction) in respect of any payment it receives from an Obligor or the Agent under any Finance Document,

the Obligor:

(c)
indemnifies each Finance Party against that Tax; and

(d)
must pay to each Finance Party an additional amount which is necessary to ensure that each Finance Party receives when due a net amount (after payment of any Tax in respect of each additional amount) that is equal to the full amount it would have received if a deduction or withholding or payment of Tax had not been made.

6.5
Taxation deduction procedures

If clause 6.4(a) applies:

(a)
the Obligor must pay the amount deducted or withheld to the appropriate Government Agency as required by law; and

(b)
the Obligor must:

(1)
use reasonable endeavours to obtain a payment receipt from the Government Agency (and any other documentation ordinarily provided by the Government Agency in connection with the payment); and

(2)
within 2 Business Days after receipt of the documents referred to in clause 6.5(b)(1), deliver copies of them to the Agent.

6.6
Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes an additional payment under clause 6.4 for the benefit of a Finance Party, and the Finance Party determines that:

Project facility agreement
page  70

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(a)
a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax ( Tax Credit ) is attributable to that additional payment; and

(b)
the Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

then the Finance Party must pay an amount to the Obligor which the Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after Tax position as it would have been in had the additional payment not been made by the Obligor.

6.7
Tax affairs

Nothing in clause 6.6:

(a)
interferes with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its tax affairs in any manner it thinks fit;

(b)
obliges any Finance Party to investigate the availability of, or claim, any Tax Credit; or

(c)
obliges any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any tax computations.

6.8
FATCA Deduction

(a)
Each party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no party will be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b)
Each party must as soon as   reasonably practical after it becomes aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of the FATCA Deduction) notify the party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, must notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

6.9
FATCA Information

(a)
Each party will, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another party:

(1)
confirm to that other party whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party; and

(2)
provide to that other party the information relating to its status under FATCA which the other party   reasonably considers necessary to comply with or to demonstrate compliance with FATCA;

(b)
If a party confirms to another party under clause 6.9(a) that it is a FATCA Exempt Party that party must notify the other party as soon as   reasonably practical afte r it becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be, a FATCA Exempt Party.

(c)
Clause 6.9(a)(2) will not oblige a Finance Party to do anything which may in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

(1)
any law or regulation;

(2)
any fiduciary duty; or

(3)
any duty of confidentiality.

Project facility agreement
page  71

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(d)
If a party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply documentation or other information requested in accordance with clause 6.9(a) (including where clause 6.9(c) applies), then that party will be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until the party provides the requested confirmation, documentation or other information.

(e)
If the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor or the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender will, within 10 Business Days of:

(1)
where the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is the Original Lender, the date of this agreement;

(2)
where the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor on a Transfer Date and the relevant Lender is a Substitute Lender, the relevant Transfer Date; or

(3)
where the Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent,

supply to the Agent:

(A)
a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or

(B)
any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

(f)
The Agent will provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender in accordance with clause 6.9(e) to the Borrower.

(g)
If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender under clause 6.9(e) is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, the Lender will promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender will promptly notify the Agent). The Agent will provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Borrower.

(h)
The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from the Lender under clauses 6.9(e) or (g) above without further verification. The Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with clauses 6.9(e), (f) or (g) above.

6.10
Amounts payable on demand

If any amount payable by an Obligor under any Finance Document is not expressed to be payable on a specified date, that amount is payable by the Obligor on or before the date which is 2 Business Days of demand by the Agent.

6.11
Appropriation of payments

(a)
Except where clause 6.11(b) applies, all payments made by an Obligor under a Finance Document may be appropriated as between principal, interest and other amounts as the Agent determines or, failing any determination, in the following order:

Project facility agreement
page  72

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(1)
first, towards reimbursement of all fees, costs, expenses, charges, damages and indemnity payments due and payable by the Obligors under the Finance Documents;

(2)
second, towards payment of interest due and payable under the Finance Documents; and

(3)
third, towards repayment or prepayment of the Principal Outstanding.

(b)
Any money recovered by a Finance Party as a result of the exercise of a Power under a Security must be appropriated in the manner provided in that Security.

(c)
Any appropriation under clauses 6.11(a) or (b) overrides any appropriation made by an Obligor.

6.12
Distribution by Agent

(a)
A payment received by the Agent under a Finance Document is received by the Agent on account of the Lenders unless:

(1)
the payment is made to the Agent for its own account; or

(2)
a provision in a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise.

(b)
The Agent must promptly distribute amounts received on account of the Lenders among them in their respective Pro Rata Shares and in the same type of funds as received by the Agent.

6.13
Non‑receipt of funds by Agent

(a)
If:

(1)
the Agent elects to make a payment ( Agent Payment ) to any party ( Payee ) that is to be made out of a payment ( Payer Payment ) due to the Agent by another party ( Payer ) before the Agent has received the Payer’s Payment; and

(2)
the Payer does not in fact make the Payer’s Payment to the Agent on the due date,

the Payee must repay the Agent Payment to the Agent on demand.

(b)
The Payer indemnifies the Agent and the Payee against any Loss suffered or incurred by the Agent or the Payee as a result of any failure by the Payer to make the Payer Payment when due.

6.14
Redistribution of payments

(a)
If a Lender receives or recovers an amount from an Obligor under the Finance Documents other than in accordance with clause 6.12 or, in the case of the Original Lender, under or in respect of the Options:

(1)
the Lender must advise the Agent that it has received or recovered the amount within 3 Business Days after the receipt or recovery;

(2)
the Lender must within 3 Business Days after demand by the Agent pay to the Agent the amount determined by the Agent to be equal to the amount ( excess amount ) by which the amount received or recovered exceeds the amount the Lender would have received if the amount had been paid to the Agent and distributed in accordance with clause 6.12;

Project facility agreement
page  73

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(3)
the Agent must treat the payment of the excess amount as if it were a payment by the Obligor to the Agent on account of all the Lenders and promptly distribute the excess amount to the other Lenders in accordance with clause 6.12; and

(4)
as between each Obligor and the Finance Parties, the excess amount is to be treated as not having been paid to the Lender, but as having been paid to all the Lenders in accordance with their respective entitlements.

(b)
If an amount to which clause 6.14(a) applies is subsequently required to be repaid by the Lender who originally received or recovered it to an Obligor, each Finance Party which has received any part of it must repay that part to the Lender who originally received or recovered it, and the adjustments under clause 6.14(a)(4) will be reversed.

6.15
Rounding

The Agent may round amounts to the nearest unit of Relevant Currency in making any allocation or appropriation under the Finance Documents.

6.16
Currency exchanges

If the Agent receives an amount under a Finance Document in a currency which is not in the Relevant Currency, the Agent:

(a)
may convert the amount received into the Relevant Currency in accordance with its normal procedures; and

(b)
is only regarded as having received the amount that it has converted into the Relevant Currency.

7
Representations and warranties


7.1
Representations and warranties

Each Obligor represents and warrants to and for the benefit of each Finance Party that:

(a)
registration : it is a corporation or a limited liability company, as applicable, registered (or taken to be registered) and validly existing under the Corporations Act or otherwise under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

(b)
corporate power : it has the corporate power or a limited liability company power, as applicable, to own its assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

(c)
authority : it has power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the Relevant Documents to which it is expressed to be a party;

(d)
Authorisations and Material Authorisation :

(1)
All:

(A)
Authorisations required for, or in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by it, and the validity and the enforceability against it, (and in the case of a Finance Document which is a Security, its intended priority)

Project facility agreement
page  74

1    Definitions and interpretation 
of each Finance Document to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those documents; and
 
(B)
Material Authorisations;

have:

(C)
been obtained or effected and are maintained in full force and effect (in accordance with their terms);

(D)
been validly issued under applicable law;

(E)
not been cancelled, revoked or suspended and no process has been commenced in respect of the cancellation, revocation or suspension of that Authorisation or Material Authorisation (as the case may be);

(F)
if required, been renewed on or before their respective expiry (or replaced immediately after expiry); and

(G)
not been materially and adversely modified or transferred;

(2)
there has been no default or non-compliance by it in the performance of any of the terms or conditions of any of those Authorisation or Material Authorisations which would be likely to result in the cancellation, revocation or suspension of any of those Authorisation or Material Authorisations, and it is not aware of any fact or circumstance which is reasonably likely to cause any Authorisation or Material Authorisation to be suspended, revoked or cancelled before its normal expiry date;

(3)
it is not aware of any Material Authorisation or other Authorisation that will subsequently be required for the construction, development, operation or financing of the Project and the Project Assets as planned and required in accordance with the development and operational schedule as set out in the Project Execution Plan, the Life of Mine Plan and the Base Case Financial Model that:

(A)
will not be obtained as and when required in the ordinary course and in a timely manner in accordance with the development and operational schedule as set out in the Project Execution Plan, the Life of Mine Plan and the Base Case Financial Model;

(B)
will be granted on terms more burdensome than customarily applicable to other mining projects in the relevant jurisdiction; and

(C)
will be granted on terms which necessitate an Obligor expending amounts materially in excess of the amounts set out in the Annual Construction and Operating Budget and the Base Case Financial Model as at Financial Close;

(e)
binding obligations : each Relevant Document to which it is expressed to be a party, when executed and delivered by it, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to:

(1)
the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and

(2)
general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

Project facility agreement
page  75

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(f)
transaction permitted : the execution, delivery and performance by it of the Relevant Documents to which it is expressed to be a party will not breach, or result in a contravention of:

(1)
any law, regulation or Authorisation;

(2)
its constitution or other constituent documents; or

(3)
any Encumbrance or agreement which is binding on it or its assets,

in any material respect, and will not result in:

(4)
the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance on any of its assets other than as permitted under a Finance Document; or

(5)
the acceleration of the date for payment of any obligation under any agreement which is binding on it;

(g)
no default : no event has occurred or is continuing that constitutes an Event of Default;

(h)
financial information : its most recent Financial Reports or accounts which it has provided to the Agent under clause 8.1:

(1)
give a true and fair view of the financial condition and state of affairs of it and its Subsidiaries as at the date they were prepared; and

(2)
were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards;

(i)
no Material Adverse Effect : except as disclosed to and accepted in writing by the Agent, nothing has occurred which has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(j)
Laws :

(1)
it has complied in all material respects with all applicable laws (including laws relating to Tax, Environmental Law and Mining Law) applicable to it, its assets and the business carried on by it;

(2)
the Project and its occupation, use and development of the Project and the Project Area complies in all material respects with all Environmental Law and Mining Law; and

(3)
the Cypress Coal Mine and its occupation, use and development of the Cypress Project Area complies in all material respects with all Environmental Law and Mining Law.

(k)
no proceedings pending :

(1)
no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to involve a potential liability in excess of $2,000,000 has or have, been started or to the best of its knowledge and belief are threatened against it unless:

(A)
in the case of threatened proceedings, the Agent has been given notice outlining details relating to the proceedings which are known at that time by the relevant Obligor; and

(B)
in the case of commenced proceedings:

(i)
the Agent has been given notice outlining details relating to the proceedings; and

(ii)
the relevant Obligor is defending or contesting those proceedings;

Project facility agreement
page  76

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(2)
no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, has or have, been started or to the best of its knowledge and belief are threatened against it;

(3)
no judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order of any government, Government Agency or other regulatory body which involves a potential liability in excess of $500,000 or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect has been made against it;

(4)
no litigation, arbitration, claim, dispute or administrative proceedings or other investigation or proceeding has been commenced, is pending or threatened and no judgement or award has been given, made or is pending that in any way questions:

(A)
its power or authority to enter into or perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or

(B)
the power or authority of an Obligor to enter into and perform its obligations under any Project Document,

which:

(C)
in the case of a claim or dispute, is not frivolous or vexatious; and

(D)
has or, if adversely determined, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l)
no immunity : it does not, nor do its assets, enjoy immunity from any suit or execution;

(m)
representations true : each of its representations and warranties contained in the Finance Documents is correct and not misleading when made or repeated;

(n)
disclosure : all information provided to any Finance Party by or on its behalf in relation to it, its assets, business or affairs or the Relevant Documents was correct and not misleading (by omission or otherwise) as at the time it was provided;

(o)
no failure to disclose : it has fully disclosed in writing to each Finance Party all facts relating to it, the Relevant Documents and anything in connection with them which are material to the assessment of the nature and amount of the risk undertaken by the Finance Parties in entering into the Finance Documents;

(p)
legal and beneficial owner : it is the   legal and beneficial owner of its Secured Property;

(q)
no Encumbrances or other interests :

(1)
there is no Encumbrance or Quasi-Security over any of its assets other than a Permitted Encumbrance;

(2)
except as disclosed to and accepted by the Agent in writing prior to the date of this agreement, no caveats, land claims, sacred site applications or claims of any other nature whatsoever have been lodged or made by a person or persons other than an Obligor in respect of the Project, the Project Area or the Cypress Project Area except for Permitted Encumbrances;

(3)
on or after the date of this agreement, no caveats, land claims, listings on the US national register of historic places, conservation

Project facility agreement
page  77

1    Definitions and interpretation 
easements, sacred site applications or claims of any other nature whatsoever have been lodged or made by a person or persons other than an Obligor in respect of the Project, the Project Area or the Cypress Project Area except:
 
 
(A)
as disclosed to the Agent in writing where such lodgement or application does not have and is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(B)
as disclosed to the Agent in writing and accepted by the Agent where such lodgement or application has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(C)
for Permitted Encumbrances;

(r)
constitutional documents : its constitutional documents do not prohibit or otherwise restrict the granting, or exercise, of the Options or the issue of Shares on the exercise of the Options and the constitutional documents of each entity in which Marketable Securities forming part of the Secured Property are held do not restrict the transfer of those Marketable Securities on enforcement of a Security;

(s)
not a trustee : it does not enter into any Relevant Document as trustee of any trust or settlement;

(t)
Insolvency Event : no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing in relation to it or will occur as a result of it entering into any Finance Document to which it is a party;

(u)
Project Documents :

(1)
the copies of the Project Documents delivered by or on behalf of it to the Agent are accurate and complete in all respects;

(2)
each Material Project Document to which it is a party is in full force and effect and no event has occurred or condition exists which would permit the cancellation, termination, forfeiture or suspension of any Material Project Document nor, to the best of the knowledge and belief of the relevant Obligor party, is any party to any Material Project Document in default under any material term in a manner that would entitle the counterparty to terminate or suspend that Material Project Document;

(3)
as at the date of this agreement, each Project Tenement and Cypress Project Tenement to which it is a party is in full force and effect and no event has occurred or condition exists which would permit the cancellation, termination, forfeiture or suspension of any Project Tenement or Cypress Project Tenement, nor to the best of the knowledge and belief of the relevant Obligor party is any party to any Project Tenement or Cypress Project Tenement in default under any material term;

(4)
Schedule 10 contains a true, accurate and complete list of all Project Owned Property, Project Tenements, Cypress Project Tenements and Cypress Owned Property as at the date of this agreement; and

(5)
it is not in default under any other Project Document, contract or agreement which has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect;

(v)
commercial benefit : the entering into and performance by it of its obligations under the Relevant Documents to which it is expressed to be a party is for its commercial benefit and is in its commercial interests;

Project facility agreement
page  78

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(w)
Tax :

(1)
it has promptly filed, or caused to be filed, all tax returns, business activity statements and other tax filings which are required to be filed under applicable Tax law, including the Tax Act and GST Act;

(2)
other than as disclosed to the Agent in writing, no claims are or are likely to be asserted against it with respect to Taxes; and

(3)
it has paid all Taxes payable by it when due (except for Contested Taxes);

(x)
insurances : all of the insurances required for the Project have been effected in accordance with the requirements of clause 8.19 and are valid and binding, and all premiums due have been paid and nothing has been done or omitted to be done which has made or could make any such policy void or voidable or reduce the insurer’s liability under them;

(y)
business : no Project Obligor carries on any business other than:

(1)
the Project and activities incidental to the Project (including entering into the Relevant Documents and the transactions contemplated by them); and

(2)
the Cypress Coal Mine.

(z)
Group Structure:

(1)
its only Subsidiaries are listed in the Group Structure Diagram; and

(2)
the Group Structure Diagram is true and correct in all respects and does not omit any material information or details; and

(aa)
Environmental Liabilities:

(1)
there are no:

(A)
pending or, to the best of its knowledge and belief, threatened lawsuits, arbitrations or other proceedings relating to material Environmental Liabilities relating to any Obligor, the Project Assets, the Project Area, the Cypress Project Area, the Cypress Coal Mine or the Cypress Project Assets and, to the best of its knowledge and belief, there are no material conditions, occurrences, or Contaminations which could reasonably be expected to form the basis of such a lawsuit, arbitration or other proceeding; or

(B)
failures to comply with applicable Environmental Laws or Mining Laws which have resulted in material Environmental Liabilities;

(2)
there are no material Black Lung liabilities affecting any Obligor;

(3)
all environmental bonding for the Project that is required to be in place at the time is in place and collateralised in the amount represented in the Base Case Financial Model;

(4)
no Obligor nor any of its officers, directors or Subsidiaries, has been barred for a period of 60 or more consecutive days from receiving surface or underground Authorisations pursuant to the permit blockage provisions of the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act, 30 U.S.C. §§1201 et seq., and the regulations promulgated thereunder, or any corresponding state laws or regulations; and

Project facility agreement
page  79

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(bb)
Listing Rules : the Parent is complying with all applicable ASX Rules and, if applicable, the listing rules of an Approved US Stock Exchange.

7.2
Survival and repetition of representations and warranties

The representations and warranties given under this agreement are made on the date of this agreement:

(a)
survive the execution of each Finance Document; and

(b)
(except for the representation in clause 7.1(o)) are repeated (with each representation and warranty so repeated, a Repeating Representation ) on each Funding Date and each Quarterly Date with respect to the facts and circumstances then subsisting.

7.3
Reliance by Finance Parties

Each Obligor and the Parent acknowledges that each Finance Party has entered into each Finance Document to which it is a party in reliance on the representations and warranties given under this agreement.

8
Undertakings


8.1
Provision of information and reports

Each Obligor must provide in a form acceptable to the Agent the following:

(a)
Annual Financial Reports : no later than 120 days after the end of each financial year, copies of the annual audited consolidated Financial Report of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for that financial year;

(b)
Half‑year Financial Reports : no later than 60 days after the end of the first half of each financial year, copies of the unaudited consolidated semi‑annual Financial Report of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for that half financial year;

(c)
Monthly management reports : no later than 25 days after the end of each month, copies of the management reports with respect to the construction, development, operating performance and management of the Project;

(d)
Management accounts : no later than 25 days after the end of each month, copies of the financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for that month (including cumulative management accounts for the financial year to date);

(e)
Compliance Certificate : within 30 days after each Calculation Date, a Compliance Certificate;

(f)
Forecast Documents : an updated version of each Forecast Document when required in accordance with clauses 10.4 or 10.5;

(g)
directors’ certificate : at the Agent’s request, a certificate signed by at least 2 directors of the Borrower stating:

(1)
whether a Default or Review Event has occurred; and

(2)
if so, full details of the relevant Default or Review Event and the remedial action being taken or proposed;

Project facility agreement
page  80

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(h)
Group Structure Diagram : an updated Group Structure Diagram no later than 10 Business Days after the date on which the then current Group Structure Diagram becomes incorrect or misleading;

(i)
documents issued : promptly after issue, copies of:

(1)
all material documents (including notices, circulars and other written information and documents) issued by it or the Parent to holders of its or the Parent’s Marketable Securities; or

(2)
material correspondence to or from any Government Agency;

(j)
know your client : documentation and other evidence requested by the Agent or a Finance Party which is required to satisfy or comply with the ‘know your customer’, ‘know your client’ or ‘client vetting’ procedures of any Finance Party or any potential assignee or potential subparticipant or any other person who is considering contracting with a Finance Party in connection with a Finance Document;

(k)
Supply Agreements : within 10 Business Days of execution, copies of any new Supply Agreement or Permitted Sales Agreement;

(l)
Project Documents : any amendment or variation agreement in relation to any Material Project Document or Project Tenement;

(m)
Cost to Complete Schedule : a copy of the then current Cost to Complete Schedule within 5 Business Days after each Bi-monthly Date or otherwise promptly upon request by the Agent, in each case provided to the Lenders’ Technical Expert, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders’ Technical Expert, for presentation to the Agent; and

(n)
other information : any other information which the Agent requests (acting reasonably) in relation to it, any of its assets, the Project or the Project Assets.

8.2
Proper accounts

Each Obligor must:

(a)
keep accounting records which give a true and fair view of its financial condition and state of affairs; and

(b)
ensure that the accounts it provides under clause 8.1 are prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards.

8.3
Notices to the Agent

Each Obligor must notify the Agent promptly after it becomes aware of:

(a)
any representation, action or warranty made or taken to be made by it under or in connection with a Relevant Document no longer being correct in all material respects or is misleading in a material respect;

(b)
any unplanned stoppage or disruption to the Project greater than 3 consecutive days;

(c)
any Default or Review Event or any other event or circumstance that has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d)
any breach of, or default under, any material term of any Project Document to which it is a party;

Project facility agreement
page  81

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(e)
any material downward revised estimate of the Project’s coal resources or reserves or a material change to the mining and metallurgical methods, forecasts or results of the Project;

(f)
any intention by it to exercise any right, power or remedy under any Project Document to which it is a party as a consequence of any default by a counterparty under it;

(g)
any pending or current litigation, arbitration, administration or other proceeding in respect of it or any of its assets being commenced or threatened which:

(1)
involves a claim in excess of $250,000;

(2)
involves a material dispute or default by a party under or in respect of a Project Document; or

(3)
if adversely determined would have or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(h)
any Encumbrance that exists over any of its assets other than a Permitted Encumbrance;

(i)
any claim under a Guarantee given by an Obligor for an amount greater than $250,000;

(j)
any notice or other correspondence from any Government Agency relating to or alleging a violation of or non-compliance with any applicable law, regulation, Authorisation or other approval, that has or is reasonably likely to have a material impact on the Project’s operations or result in or require an Obligor to incur costs or expenditures in excess of $500,000;

(k)
any notice or other correspondence from any Government Agency relating to the withdrawal, cancellation or cessation of any Material Authorisation;

(l)
any proposal of any Government Agency to compulsorily acquire any of its assets;

(m)
any change in statutory requirements that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on mining or processing methods or coal production or titles with respect to the Project or the Project Area;

(n)
any proposed changes required to environmental bonding and collateral levels;

(o)
any notice from LGE\KU regarding any dispute under or in respect of the LGE\KU Supply Agreement;

(p)
any data contained in a registration under the PPSA with respect to a Security being or becoming incorrect; and

(q)
such other information that the Agent may reasonably request.

8.4
Compliance

Each Obligor must take all steps necessary to protect, maintain, exercise and enforce its rights under each Project Document to which it is a party.

8.5
Maintenance of capital

An Obligor must not:

(a)
pass a resolution under sections 254N or 260B of the Corporations Act;

(b)
reduce or pass a resolution to reduce its capital other than:

Project facility agreement
page  82

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(1)
by redeeming preference shares which constitute Permitted Financial Indebtedness; or

(2)
with the Agent’s prior written consent;

(c)
buy‑back or pass a resolution to buy‑back, any of its shares other than:

(1)
by redeeming preference shares which constitute Permitted Financial Indebtedness; or

(2)
with the Agent’s prior written consent; or

(d)
attempt or take any steps to do anything which it is not permitted to do under clauses 8.5(a), (b) or (c) .

8.6
Compliance with laws and Authorisations

(a)
Each Obligor must comply in all material respects with all laws and legal requirements, including all Environmental Laws and Mining Laws, and each judgement, award, decision, finding or any other determination of a Government Agency, which applies to it or any of its assets.

(b)
Each Project Obligor must ensure at all times that both it and the Project comply in all material respects with any requirements under the Phase 1 Environmental Audit, Environmental Laws and Mining Laws.

(c)
Each Project Obligor must maintain all required environmental bonding and notify the Agent of any proposed changes to environmental bonding required in respect of the Project or collateral levels for that bonding.

(d)
Each Project Obligor must obtain, maintain in full force and effect and comply with:

(1)
Material Authorisations; and

(2)
all other Authorisations required:

(A)
for the enforceability against it of each Relevant Document to which it is a party, or to enable it to perform its material obligations under each Relevant Document to which it is a party; and

(B)
in relation to it or any of its assets where failure to do so will have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(e)
The Borrower must not do and must ensure than no Obligor does anything which would prevent the renewal or amendment of any Material Authorisation or cause it to be renewed on less favourable terms.

8.7
Payment of Taxes and outgoings

(a)
Each Obligor must:

(1)
pay all Taxes when due, other than Contested Taxes; and

(2)
pay all Contested Taxes when the terms of any final determination or settlement require those Contested Taxes to be paid.

(b)
Each Obligor must promptly pay all rates, taxes and other similar outgoings payable by it in respect of the Secured Property except such outgoings that are being contested in good faith with adequate reserves set aside and to the extent liable, it must pay those outgoings on the final determination or settlement of the contest.

Project facility agreement
page  83

1    Definitions and interpretation 
8.8
Project Documents

(a)
An Obligor must not:

(1)
amend or vary, or agree to an amendment or variation of, any Material Project Document to which it is a party other than any amendment or variation of a minor, administrative or technical nature;

(2)
terminate, rescind, discharge (except by performance), repudiate (otherwise than by breach) or accept any termination, rescission, discharge (except by performance) or repudiation of any Material Project Document to which it is a party;

(3)
grant any waiver, time, indulgence or release in respect of any material obligation under, or in relation to any Material Project Document to which it is a party, other than the grant of a waiver, time, indulgence or release on commercial terms in the ordinary course of operations;

(4)
do or omit to do anything which may materially and adversely affect the validity, enforceability or operation of any Material Project Document to which it is a party; or

(5)
do or omit to do anything which would give any other person legal or equitable grounds to do anything in clause 8.8(a)(1) to (4) in respect of any Material Project Document to which it is a party,

without the consent of the Agent.

(b)
An Obligor must not enter into a material contract, agreement, memorandum of understanding or other arrangement for or in connection with the Project relating to the sale, transfer or other disposal of Product (including a Supply Agreement) other than a Permitted Sales Agreement without the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

(c)
An Obligor must not enter into a material contract, agreement, memorandum of understanding or other arrangement for or in connection with the Project relating to:

(1)
contract mining, earthmoving and crushing;

(2)
access and use of land in relation to the Project and infrastructure; or

(3)
transportation, barging, handling or ship loading,

other than any such agreement entered into on commercial terms:

(4)
in the ordinary course of operations; or

(5)
where necessary to give effect to an obligation in a Finance Document.

(d)
New Supply Agreements : The Obligors must within 2 Business Days of entering any new Supply Agreement, deliver to the purchaser an Irrevocable Payment Direction and provide confirmation and evidence satisfactory to the Agent that it has done so.

(e)
Construction Contract :   Without limiting clause 8.8(a), an Obligor must not, in relation to the Construction Contract:

(1)
settle any material dispute with the Contractor in respect of the Construction Contract;

(2)
consent to any sub-contracting by the Contractor;

Project facility agreement
page  84

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(3)
grant any material extension of time to which the Contractor is not entitled under the Construction Contract;

(4)
agree any material variation under the Construction Contract;

(5)
do anything referred to in this clause 8.8(e) that will result in “Final Completion” under and as defined in the Construction Contract being delayed by more than 30 days after the “Substantial Completion Date” as specified and defined in the Construction Contract as at Financial Close; or

(6)
enter into any document or agreement in relation to the Construction Contract which has the effect of varying or supplementing the Construction Contract in a material respect, except as required:

(A)
to grant an extension of time to which the Contractor is entitled under the Construction Contract; or

(B)
by the requirements of the Construction Contract for the ordinary administration of the Construction Contract,

without the prior written consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

(f)
LGE/KU Supply Agreement: Without limiting clause 8.8(a), the Borrower must:

(1)
ensure compliance with all provisions of the LGE/KU Supply Agreement including completion of the LGE/KU Project Milestones in accordance with the LGE/KU Supply Agreement; and

(2)
notify the Agent promptly, and in any event within 2 Business Days, of completion of each LGE/KU Project Milestone.

(g)
Each Material Project Document entered into after the date of this agreement must be in form and substance, and with a counterparty, satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably) prior to its execution by the relevant Obligors.

(h)
The Obligors must provide to the Agent a duly executed copy of each Project Document (other than each document evidencing any Project Tenement or Cypress Project Tenement) entered into after the date of this agreement promptly after it is entered into.

(i)
The Obligors must upload to the Project Tenements Dataroom:

(1)
prior to Financial Close, a copy of each document evidencing each Project Tenement and Cypress Project Tenement listed in Schedule 10; and

(2)
promptly following the acquisition of or entry into any other Project Tenement or Cypress Project Tenement, a copy of each document evidencing each such Project Tenement or Cypress Project Tenement (as the case may be).

8.9
Amendments to constitution; maintenance of corporate existence

(a)
An Obligor must not amend its constitution or any other constituent document of it in any material respect without the Agent’s prior written consent.

(b)
Each Obligor must do all things necessary to maintain its corporate existence in good standing and not:

(1)
transfer its jurisdiction of incorporation; or

(2)
enter into any merger, amalgamation or consolidation,

Project facility agreement
page  85

1    Definitions and interpretation 
without the prior consent of the Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

8.10
Negative pledge and Disposal of assets

(a)
The Parent must maintain one hundred percent direct or indirect ownership in each other Obligor. The Project Obligors must maintain one hundred percent ownership of the Project, the Cypress Coal Mine and the Cypress Project Tenements.

(b)
An Obligor must not create or allow to exist or agree to any Encumbrance or Quasi-Security   over any of its assets other than a Permitted Encumbrance.

(c)
An Obligor must not acquire an asset which is, or upon its acquisition will be, subject to an Encumbrance which is not a Permitted Encumbrance.

(d)
An Obligor must not Dispose of any of its assets except by way of a Permitted Disposal or Permitted Encumbrance.

(e)
An Obligor must not allow any other person to have a right or power to receive or claim any rents, profits, receivables, royalty money or moneys worth (whether capital or income) in respect of its assets other than under a Permitted Encumbrance.

(f)
Without limiting section 8.10(e), an Obligor must not grant or allow to exist a royalty or net profit interest or any similar burden on Product, the Project Tenements or the Cypress Project Tenements or any other similar obligation affecting the Project, the Cypress Coal Mine or the Cypress Project Tenements other than those contemplated in paragraph 2 of the definition of Permitted Encumbrance.

(g)
An Obligor must not enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set‑off or made subject to a combination of accounts in circumstances where the arrangement is in connection with:

(1)
the raising of Financial Indebtedness; or

(2)
the acquisition of an asset,

except under the Finance Documents or for a netting or set‑off arrangement in the ordinary course of its ordinary banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances.

(h)
An Obligor must not enter into any arrangement which, if complied with, would prevent any Obligor from complying with its obligations under the Finance Documents.

(i)
If, by mandatory operation of law, this clause 8.10 may not prevent an Obligor creating an Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance):

(1)
this clause 8.10 does not prevent an Obligor creating that Encumbrance;

(2)
before that Encumbrance is created the Obligor must ensure that the Security Trustee receives the benefit of a deed of priority granting first ranking priority to each Security in a form and of substance required by the Security Trustee; and

(3)
until that deed of priority is executed and delivered to the Agent, the Lenders are not required to provide any further Funding Portions.

Project facility agreement
page  86

1    Definitions and interpretation 
8.11
Financial Indebtedness

An Obligor must not incur any Financial Indebtedness other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

8.12
No change to business

An Obligor must not engage in any business other than, or do anything which would result in substantial changes to, its existing core businesses and operations.

8.13
Financial accommodation

An Obligor must not provide any financial accommodation, or give any Guarantee in respect of any financial accommodation, to or for the benefit of any person, other than Permitted Financial Accommodation.

8.14
Restrictions on dealings

Without limiting any other provision, an Obligor must not:

(a)
enter into an agreement;

(b)
obtain or provide a service;

(c)
obtain a right or incur an obligation; or

(d)
implement any other transaction,

with any person (other than another Obligor) unless:

(e)
it does so on terms which are no less favourable to it than arm’s length terms and in the ordinary course of the Project or mining business of the Obligors; or

(f)
it is contemplated in the Forecast Documents.

8.15
Restrictions on acquisitions, investments and capital expenditures

An Obligor must not acquire an asset, or make an investment or discretionary capital expenditure unless:

(a)
if made prior to Completion, that acquisition, investment or expenditure is contemplated in the Forecast Documents; or

(b)
if made after Completion has occurred:

(1)
that acquisition, investment or expenditure is contemplated in the Forecast Documents; or

(2)
the aggregate of all acquisitions, investments and expenditures not contemplated in the Forecast Documents by all of the Obligors does not exceed $500,000 in any calendar year.

8.16
Subsidiaries

An Obligor must not incorporate or acquire any Subsidiary.

8.17
Restricted Payments

(a)
Unless and until all Secured Moneys are unconditionally repaid in full, the Parent must not make any Restricted Payments other than:

Project facility agreement
page  87

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(1)
to a Project Obligor if permitted under clause 8.17(b), in which case such Restricted Payments may be made via another Obligor or Obligors; or

(2)
to an Obligor if permitted under clause 8.17(c) .

(b)
If the conditions in clause 11.3(a) have not been satisfied, the Obligors must not make any Restricted Payments, other than:

(1)
to a Project Obligor; or

(2)
in respect of the Borrower, to make payments as contemplated by and in accordance with clause 11.3(b) .

(c)
If the conditions in clause 11.3(a) have been satisfied, the Obligors may make Restricted Payments to another Obligor.

8.18
Secured Property

Each Obligor must:

(a)
maintenance of the Secured Property :

(1)
maintain and protect its Secured Property (and in the case of the Project Obligors, the Project Assets);

(2)
keep its Secured Property (and in the case of the Project Obligors, the Project Assets) in a good state of repair and in good working order allowing for fair wear and tear;

(3)
remedy every material defect (if any) in its title to any part of Secured Property (and in the case of the Project Obligors, the Project Assets);

(4)
take or defend all legal proceedings to protect or recover any of its Secured Property (and in the case of the Project Obligors, the Project Assets) where failure to do so might reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(5)
keep its Secured Property (and in the case of the Project Obligors, the Project Assets) valid and subsisting and free from liability to forfeiture, cancellation, avoidance or loss;

(6)
take all commercially reasonable steps to identify, protect and perfect with the highest priority reasonably available any PPSA Security Interest in respect of which an Obligor is or is to become the PPSA Secured Party;

(b)
Title Documents : deposit with the Security Trustee or, in the case of Title Documents in respect of Project Tenements and the Cypress Project Tenements, upload to the Project Tenements Dataroom in accordance with clause 8.8(i)(2):

(1)
prior to Financial Close, all the Title Documents in respect of any of its Secured Property which is subject to a fixed charge or mortgage created under its Security as at Financial Close; and

(2)
promptly following the acquisition of any asset which forms part of its Secured Property and is subject to a transfer, fixed charge or mortgage created by its Security, all Title Documents in respect of such asset;

(c)
registration and protection of security : ensure that its Security is registered and filed in all registers in all relevant Australian and US jurisdictions in which it must be registered and filed to ensure the enforceability, validity and priority of

Project facility agreement
page  88

1    Definitions and interpretation 
the Security against all persons and to be effective as a security (other than in respect of any registrations of Security over any real property interests located in the US, which registrations must be carried out within 10 days after Financial Close in accordance with clause 2.1(c) and in any event prior to first drawdown under the Project Loan Facility);
 
(d)
no partnership or joint venture : not enter into any profit sharing arrangement in relation to its Secured Property (and in the case of the Project Obligor, the Project Assets) or any partnership or joint venture with any other person without the Agent’s written consent;

(e)
no caveats : cause any caveat which is lodged in respect of Secured Property located in Australia (and in the case of the Project Obligor, the Project Assets) other than a caveat lodged by the Finance Parties, to be removed as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event within 10 Business Days after the date that it becomes aware of its existence; and

(f)
after-acquired property interests : subject to any necessity to first obtain the consent of a counterparty in accordance with clause 8.26, when the Security Trustee requests, execute:

(1)
a legal or statutory mortgage in favour of the Security Trustee over any freehold or fee title property, leasehold interest or licence it owns on or after the date of this agreement; or

(2)
any other form of security which the Security Trustee considers appropriate for the property to be subject to that security,

each in form and substance required by the Security Trustee.

8.19
Insurance

(a)
General requirements : Each Obligor must insure and keep insured its Secured Property with a reputable insurer in the manner and to the extent which is in accordance with prudent business practice having regard to the nature of the business and assets of that Obligor and the Group and the financing and security in place under the Finance Documents (including all insurance required by applicable law) including:

(1)
for amounts and against risks for which a person holding assets (while in construction or operational) and carrying on a business similar to that of the Security Provider would prudently take out insurance;

(2)
against property damage, machinery breakdown and any other risk to their full replacement value or on a reinstatement basis; and

(3)
against workers’ compensation, public liability (including sudden and accidental pollution), flooding and business interruption.

(b)
Payment of premiums : Each Obligor must punctually pay all premiums and other amounts necessary to effect and maintain in force each insurance policy.

(c)
Contents of insurance policy : Each Obligor must ensure that every insurance policy:

(1)
is taken out in the name of the Obligor, names each Finance Party as an additional insured and insures each of their insurable interests;

(2)
names the Security Trustee as the loss payee (other than in respect of any insurance policy relating to worker’s compensation);

(3)
cannot be terminated or varied by the insurer for any reason including the non‑payment of the premium or any other amount in respect of the

Project facility agreement
page  89

1    Definitions and interpretation 
insurance policy, unless the Agent is given 30 days prior written notice;
 
(4)
provides that notice of any occurrence given by one insured party will be regarded as notice given by all insured parties and that failure by one insured party to observe and fulfil the conditions of the policy will not prejudice the rights of any other insured party;

(5)
will waive or expressly exclude all rights of subrogation that an insurer has or may have as against each Finance Party and its Related Bodies Corporate;

(6)
include customary endorsements and other confirmations and acknowledgements of assignment by way of security; and

(7)
includes any other terms and conditions which the Agent may reasonably require.

(d)
Reputable insurer : Each Obligor must ensure that each insurance policy required to be taken out under this agreement is or will be issued by an insurance carrier rated not less than A- by A.M. Best Company or Standard & Poor’s, or such other reputable and substantial insurance carrier approved by the Agent (whose approval is not to be unreasonably withheld).

(e)
No prejudice : Each Obligor must not do or omit to do, or allow or permit to be done or not done, anything which may materially prejudice any insurance policy.

(f)
Deliver documents : Each Obligor must promptly deliver to the Agent:

(1)
adequate evidence as to the existence and currency of the insurances required under this clause 8.19 and the payment of all premiums whenever the insurance policies are renewed; and

(2)
any other detail which the Agent may reasonably require and notify to the Obligor from time to time.

(g)
No change to policy : An Obligor must not vary, rescind, terminate, cancel or make a material change to any insurance policy without the Agent’s written consent.

(h)
Full disclosure : Before entering into each insurance policy, each Obligor must disclose to the insurer all facts which are material to the insurer’s risk.

(i)
Assistance in recovery of money : Each Obligor must do all things reasonably required by the Agent to enable the Agent to recover any money due in respect of an insurance policy.

(j)
Notification by Obligor : Each Obligor must notify the Agent as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes aware of:

(1)
an event which in relation to a Secured Property gives rise to a claim of $100,000 or more under an insurance policy; and

(2)
the cancellation or variation for any reason of any insurance policy in relation to its Secured Property.

(k)
Dealing with insurance policy proceeds :

(1)
Unless clause 8.19(k)(3) applies, if no Event of Default is subsisting, the proceeds of any insurance policy may be used by the Obligor towards meeting the liability the subject of the claim or to reinstate or repair the damaged property (as applicable).

(2)
Unless clause 8.19(k)(3) applies, if an Event of Default is subsisting, the proceeds in respect of any insurance policy must be used by the

Project facility agreement
page  90

1    Definitions and interpretation 
Obligors to pay the Secured Moneys outstanding at that time or for any other purpose which the Agent approves.
 
(3)
Clauses 8.19(k)(1) and (2) do not apply to proceeds received from any workers’ compensation, public liability policy or policy for the purposes of the reinstatement, repair or replacement of any Secured Property ( Reinstatement Policy ) to the extent that the proceeds are paid to a person entitled to be compensated under the workers’ compensation or public liability policy or under a contract for the reinstatement, repair or replacement of that Obligor’s Secured Property.

(l)
Application of reinstatement proceeds : If required under the terms of a Reinstatement Policy, the Obligor must apply all proceeds payable under the Reinstatement Policy to the reinstatement, repair or replacement of its Secured Property.

(m)
Power to take proceedings : If an Event of Default has occurred and a Receiver has not been appointed, the Agent alone has full power to make, enforce, settle, compromise, sue on and discharge all claims and recover and receive all moneys payable in respect of:

(1)
any claim under any insurance policy; and

(2)
any compensation claim in respect of any injury to an employee of the Agent, Receiver or Attorney suffered while exercising or attempting to exercise any Power.

8.20
Key personnel

The Borrower must and must ensure that each Project Obligor does employ and maintain senior management and financial, operational, mining and technical staff with appropriate experience and qualifications for the construction, development and operation of the Project.

8.21
Conduct of Project

(a)
Each Project Obligor must construct, develop, equip, operate and maintain the Project:

(1)
in accordance with Forecast Documents, generally applicable good mining practice and any Material Authorisations; and

(2)
in a manner which will ensure production and delivery of Product in sufficient quantities to satisfy its obligations under the Relevant Documents.

(b)
Each Project Obligor must ensure that it:

(1)
has good title to its interest in each Project Tenement and Cypress Project Tenement;

(2)
is otherwise entitled to acquire, have issued to it or to enter into any Project Tenement and Cypress Project Tenement not presently held by it, in each case free of Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances;

(3)
is in compliance with all provisions of its obligations, conditions and restrictions under the Project Tenements and Cypress Project Tenements in all material respects;

Project facility agreement
page  91

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(4)
has rights of access to, and entry on, all relevant freehold and leasehold land and rights to carry out all activities required for the purposes of that Project on that freehold or leasehold land;

(c)
Each Project Obligor must promptly grant security in favour of the Security Trustee over any Project Owned Property and Cypress Owned Property acquired, and any Project Tenements granted or issued to it or entered into by it in respect of the Project on or after the date of this agreement (subject to it first obtaining any required third party consents in respect of the grant of such security in accordance with clause 8.26).

(d)
Each Obligor must promptly grant security in favour of the Security Trustee over any Cypress Project Tenements granted or issued to it or entered into by it in respect of the Cypress Coal Mine or the Cypress Project Area on or after the date of this agreement (subject to it first obtaining any required third party consents in respect of the grant of such security in accordance with clause 8.26).

(e)
Each Project Obligor must ensure that it complies with all of its undertakings set out in Schedule 13 that it is required to conduct, or in connection with, the Completion Tests.

(f)
The Obligors must ensure that at all times prior to Completion, the Available Funding is greater than the Cost to Complete. If the Agent, in conjunction with the Lenders’ Technical Expert, determines (acting reasonably) that there is or will be a shortfall in Available Funding to satisfy the Cost to Complete, the Agent will request the Borrower to deliver, and the Borrower must deliver within 10 Business Days of such request, an updated Cost to Complete Schedule in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders’ Technical Expert and the Agent.  If any Cost to Complete Schedule demonstrates that the Available Funding is less than the Cost to Complete, the Parent and the Borrower will be obliged to deposit additional funds into the Proceeds Account (in the form of Equity or other Permitted Financial Indebtedness) to meet this shortfall and the Lenders will not be required to provide any further Funding Portions or allow further withdrawals from the Proceeds Account until the shortfall has been satisfied.

(g)
The Obligors must not incur Project Costs, Construction Costs or Financing Costs unless those amounts are set out in the Forecast Documents and the incurrence of the relevant cost does not exceed 120% of the relevant line item amount in the relevant Forecast Document.

(h)
The Obligors must not enter into or incur any contractual commitments associated with the capital or other expenditure necessary for the development of the Number 11 Seam (excluding the initial construction capital required under the agreed Cost to Complete) without the prior written approval of the Agent.

8.22
Hedging

The Obligors must not enter into any Hedge Arrangements other than with a Lender.

8.23
Inspection and assistance

(a)
The Lenders’ Technical Expert will be required under the LTE Appointment Deed to monitor progress towards achieving Completion, to undertake an ongoing review of the Cost to Complete and to perform various other functions for the Finance Parties.

(b)
Each Obligor will permit the Agent, Security Trustee and Lenders’ Technical Expert or any of their representatives, delegates, contractors and professional

Project facility agreement
page  92

1    Definitions and interpretation 
advisors to access the Project Area, the Cypress Project Area, assets, books, accounts, records and personnel for the purpose of monitoring construction progress and operations and, in the case of the Lenders’ Technical Expert, conducting technical reviews of the Project upon request.
 
8.24
Financial undertakings

(a)
The Borrower must ensure, and in the case of clause 8.24(a)(4), the Parent must ensure, that as at each Calculation Date:

(1)
on or after 30 September 2019, the Debt Service Cover Ratio is greater than [***];

(2)
the Loan Life Cover Ratio is greater than [***];

(3)
the Project Life Cover Ratio is greater than [***];

(4)
on or after 30 September 2019, the Gross Debt to EBITDA Ratio is less than [***]; and

(5)
the Reserve Tail Ratio is greater than [***]%.

(b)
Subject to this clause 8.24, the Borrower may prevent or cure a breach of clause 8.24(a) (other than 8.24(a)(5)) by procuring that additional Equity in an amount equal to or greater than 20% of the Principal Outstanding in accordance with clause 3.9 on the relevant date is contributed to the Borrower ( Equity Cure ).

(c)
If additional Equity has been contributed as an Equity Cure, the Debt Service Cover Ratio, Loan Life Cover Ratio, Project Life Cover Ratio or Gross Debt to EBITDA Ratio (as applicable) ( Relevant Ratio ) will be calculated (or recalculated, as applicable) on the basis that the additional Equity had been contributed and used to prepay the relevant portion of the Principal Outstanding in accordance with clause 3.9 on the first day of the relevant testing period.

(d)
If the calculation under clause 8.24(c) demonstrates that the Borrower is in compliance with clause 8.24(a), there will not be any Event of Default under clause 12.1(c) .

(e)
An Equity Cure may not be made:

(1)
more than two times during the term of the Project Loan Facility;

(2)
more than once in any financial year; and

(3)
in any two consecutive Quarters.

(f)
If the Borrower intends to exercise an Equity Cure, it must provide the Agent with an irrevocable notice of its intention to exercise an Equity Cure ( Cure Notice ) at the same time as it delivers the Compliance Certificate showing an Event of Default under clause 12.1(c) (the date of the Compliance Certificate being the Certificate Date ) and ensure that the additional Equity is contributed within 10 Business Days of the Certificate Date.

(g)
An Event of Default under clause 12.1(c) will not occur until a Compliance Certificate has been delivered showing that on the relevant Calculation Date there was a breach of clause 8.24(a) with respect to the Relevant Ratio and:

(1)
the Agent has not received a Cure Notice with the relevant Compliance Certificate; or

(2)
the Agent has received a Cure Notice with the relevant Compliance Certificate, but the additional Equity has not been contributed within 10 Business Days of the Certificate Date.

Project facility agreement
page  93

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(h)
The proceeds of an Equity Cure must be applied in mandatory prepayment in accordance with clause 3.9 of this agreement.

8.25
Additional Equity

If:

(a)
the condition precedent to the availability of Tranche Two set out in clause 2.3(b) is not satisfied on or before 31 October 2018; or

(b)
the Tranche Two Commitment is cancelled in full,

the Parent must contribute (directly or indirectly) an additional amount of $6,700,000 to the Borrower as Equity on or before the earlier of 30 November 2018 or, if the Tranche Two Commitment is cancelled in full prior to 31 October 2018, 5 Business Days after the date of such cancellation in full (as applicable). The Parent and the Borrower must ensure that this additional amount is deposited into the Proceeds Account and is applied to payment of Construction Costs, Financing Costs and Project Costs as set out in the Base Case Financial Model before any further withdrawals are made from the Proceeds Account.

8.26
Consent to security

(a)
In respect of each Project Document which provides that the relevant Obligor must obtain the consent of the relevant counterparty (or any other person) prior to that Obligor granting security over its rights under that Project Document, that Obligor must use reasonable endeavours to procure a Consent Document in respect of that Project Document of that Obligor.

(b)
Subject to clause 8.26(d) below, an Obligor’s obligation to use reasonable endeavours under clause 8.26(a) and clause 8.26(c) will require the Obligor to:

(1)
approach the counterparty to request the Consent Document and consent to that Obligor granting an Encumbrance in respect of the relevant Project Document;

(2)
promptly after a request is made by the Agent, provide information in relation to the progress of the matter.

(c)
Each Obligor must use reasonable endeavours to ensure that any Material Project Document, Project Tenement and Cypress Project Tenement that an Obligor enters into after the date of Financial Close permits the granting of security over that document or, if such document requires consent to granting security over it, for a period of up to 120 days after it enters into that Material Project Document, Project Tenement or Cypress Project Tenement (as the case may be), use reasonable endeavours to ensure that such consent is obtained and a Consent Document is procured.

(d)
An Obligor’s obligation to use reasonable endeavours under clause 8.26(a) and clause 8.26(c) will not require the Obligor to:

(1)
incur any material fees or third party costs which are disproportionate to the improvement in the value of the Secured Property (taken as a whole);

(2)
incur or suffer (or create a material risk of incurring or suffering) any commercial detriment to it, its business, another Obligor or the business of the Obligors (taken as a whole);

(3)
act to its commercial detriment, or to the commercial detriment of another Obligor (including, without limitation, making any material

Project facility agreement
page  94

1    Definitions and interpretation 
amendment to the relevant Project Document in order to obtain such consent); or
 
(4)
continue to attempt to obtain consent if, in that Obligor’s reasonable opinion there is no reasonable prospect that the counterparty will give such consent.

8.27
Term of undertakings

Unless the Agent (acting on instructions of the Majority Lenders) otherwise agrees in writing, until:

(a)
the Total Commitments are cancelled;

(b)
the Secured Moneys are unconditionally repaid in full; and

(c)
each Security is discharged,

each Obligor must, at its own cost, comply with its undertakings in this clause 8 .

9
Options


9.1
Issue of Options

(a)
In consideration of, amongst other things, the Original Lender providing the Facility, the Parent must, and the Borrower must procure that the Parent will, grant the Original Lender the Options by issuing to the Original Lender a Holding Statement for the relevant Options on or before the date of Financial Close ( Options Issue Date ).

(b)
The Options may be exercised, transferred or sold by the Original Lender in their entirety or on a partial basis.

(c)
[***].

(d)
Each Option grants the Option Holder the right but not the obligation to be issued Shares at the Exercise Price.

(e)
The exercise price of the Options (Second Issuance) will be AU$[***] ( Exercise Price ).

(f)
The Parent must comply with the ASX Listing Rules, the Corporations Act and its constitution in relation to each issue of the Options on or before the date those Options are issued. Without limiting the foregoing, the Parent must ensure that it is in a position to issue Options and Shares on the exercise of the Options without contravening ASX Listing Rule 7.1.

(g)
The Parent must ensure that sufficient nominal but unissued and unallotted share capital is available at all times such as to enable the Options (Second Issuance) to be issued in accordance with this agreement and the terms and conditions in Schedule 9 .

9.2
Option exercise

(a)
Options may be exercised by:

(1)
delivering to the Parent an application for shares on exercise of options in the form set out in Schedule 9 ( Exercise Notice ) duly

Project facility agreement
page  95

1    Definitions and interpretation 
executed by the Option Holder specifying the number of Options being exercised ( Relevant Number ); and
 
(2)
subject to clause 3.8, payment to the Borrower in Same Day Funds of an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Options being exercised (the Settlement Price ).

(b)
The Parent must, within the time frame set out in clause 7 of Schedule 9 and subject to receipt of the Settlement Price (including in accordance with clause 3.8):

(1)
issue to the Option Holder the Relevant Number of Shares;

(2)
issue, or cause to be issued, to the Option Holder a Holding Statement for the Relevant Number of Shares; and

(3)
if applicable, issue a Holding Statement to the Option Holder for the balance of any unexercised Options.

(c)
Where there is any conflict between the provisions for the exercise of Options under this agreement and the terms and conditions in Schedule 9:

(1)
the provisions of this agreement will prevail in relation to the exercise of any Options by the Original Lender; and

(2)
in relation to the exercise of any Options held by a person other than the Original Lender, the provisions of Schedule 9 will prevail.

(d)
The Parent shall apply for official quotation on the ASX of the Shares allotted pursuant to the exercise of the Options within 3 Business Days of the date of issue of those shares.

(e)
The Parent shall give the Option Holders at least 15 Business Days written notice prior to the record date for any capital distributions, dividend payments, pro rata issues, bonus issues or rights issues of shares or other securities of the Parent, so as to enable each Option Holder to exercise its Options prior to this date and participate in the issue if the Option Holder so elects.

9.3
Option terms

(a)
Each Option (Second Issuance) is granted on, and subject to, the terms set out in this agreement, including the terms and conditions contained in Schedule 9 ( Option (Second Issuance) Terms ). The Parent undertakes in favour of the Original Lender that it will comply with those terms.

(b)
This clause 9 together with the (Option (Second Issuance) Terms) survive the termination or expiry of this agreement.

10
Forecast Documents


10.1
Price Determination Mechanism

[***]
Project facility agreement
page  96

1    Definitions and interpretation 


[***]

10.2
Calculations

(a)
Any amount or figure to be calculated or estimated under or for the purposes of a Ratio is to be calculated by the Agent on the basis of the latest Base Case Financial Model and accounts and other financial information provided under clause 8.1 or, if the Borrower or a Guarantor is at any relevant time in default in delivering accounts and other financial information under clause 8.1, as estimated by the Agent on the basis of the latest Base Case Financial Model and other accounts and information available to the Agent.

(b)
The calculation of a Ratio by the Agent is, in the absence of manifest error, the final and agreed calculation of that Ratio. In calculating a Ratio, the Agent will have regard to the most recent Base Case Financial Model and information provided to it under clause 8.1 .

10.3
Calculations in Dollars

All calculations under this agreement will be made in Dollars. Any amount paid or received by a Project Obligor in a currency other than Dollars will:

(a)
to the extent the amount paid or received has been converted from or to Dollars by the Project Obligor, be taken into account as that Dollar amount; and

(b)
to the extent that no conversion has taken place, be taken into account as the amount of Dollars converted from that currency at the spot rate for the purchase of Dollars with that currency quoted by the Agent at or about 11.00 am (Sydney time) as at the last day of the period for value on the second Business Day after that day.

10.4
Maintenance

(a)
The Forecast Documents will be maintained and updated regularly by the Borrower until the Maturity Date.

Project facility agreement
page  97

1    Definitions and interpretation 


(b)
The Borrower must not, without the written consent of the Agent or otherwise in accordance with clause 10.5:

(1)
amend or vary the Forecast Documents; or

(2)
materially change the scope, design, construction and development of the Project from that assumed in or contemplated by the most recent Forecast Documents provided to and approved by the Agent.

10.5
Update of Forecast Documents

(a)
The Borrower:

(1)
must, initially on or before 31 December 2018 and thereafter on or before 31 December of each year, and at any other time required by the Agent (acting reasonably and including if the Agent forms the opinion that the assumptions, forecasts or other information contained therein are no longer accurate or reasonable), deliver to the Agent an updated version of each Forecast Document; and

(2)
may at any other time with the consent of the Agent update the Forecast Documents.

(b)
Each updated Forecast Document must be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).

(c)
If the Agent disapproves an updated Forecast Document, the Borrower must promptly revise (taking into account all reasonable matters specified by the Agent) and resubmit the relevant Forecast Document for the Agent’s approval.

(d)
Without limiting clauses 10.5(a), 10.5(b) or 10.5(c), the Borrower must not without the prior written consent of the Agent vary any Forecast Document.

10.6
Factors since commencement of production

Any updating of the Forecast Documents under clause 10.5 will take into account:

(a)
actual Revenue, Construction Costs, Project Costs and Financing Costs in connection with the Project;

(b)
actual financing and operating performance of the Project; and

(c)
forecast financial and operating performance of the Project, to be determined after reference to the assumptions that are applicable until and including the Project End Date.

10.7
Determination is binding

(a)
The terms of the Forecast Documents under this clause 10 will be determined by the Agent (acting reasonably), and a determination by the Agent (acting reasonably) is final and binding on the Obligors.

(b)
If so requested by the Borrower, the Agent must hold discussions with the Borrower in good faith regarding the terms of the Forecast Documents and any update or proposed update of the Forecast Documents.

(c)
No determination by the Agent under this clause 10 affects the obligations of any Project Obligor to conduct the Project. The Project Obligors will be solely responsible for the conduct of the Project, including the manner in which coal mining operations are conducted on the Project, notwithstanding any determination by the Agent under this clause 10 .

Project facility agreement
page  98

1    Definitions and interpretation 
11
Accounts and proceeds

 
11.1
Establishment and maintenance of Accounts

(a)
The Project Obligors must establish the Accounts, as interest bearing accounts, with:

(1)
the Security Trustee in the case of the Proceeds Account; or

(2)
an Account Bank in the case of an Operating Account on or before the first Funding Date.

(b)
The Project Obligors must not withdraw funds from any of the Accounts except in accordance with this clause 11 .

(c)
The Project Obligors must not maintain any bank accounts other than the Accounts.

(d)
Each Obligor acknowledges and agrees that, other than with respect to Restricted Accounts:

(1)
at any time while an Event of Default is subsisting and for so long as an Event of Default is subsisting, the Security Trustee may take control of the bank accounts of each Obligor (whether in accordance with the relevant Account Bank Deed or otherwise by enforcement of its Security);

(2)
if the Security Trustee wishes to take control of the bank accounts of an Obligor (other than a Project Obligor), at any time while an Event of Default is subsisting, the Obligor must direct the relevant bank at which each of its bank accounts is held to make transfers and withdrawals from the relevant bank accounts of that Obligor in accordance with the directions of the Security Trustee and not otherwise; and

(3)
the relevant account holder irrevocably authorises the Security Trustee to give such directions as the Security Trustee thinks fit.

(e)
Subject to clause 11.1(g), the Borrower has sole signatory rights to the Proceeds Account.

(f)
No Project Obligor may withdraw funds from any Account while an Event of Default is continuing except:

(1)
with the prior written consent of the Agent and Security Trustee (as relevant);

(2)
for payment of amounts referred to in clauses 11.2(c)(2) to (6) (inclusive).

(g)
Without limiting clause 11.1(f), at any time while an Event of Default is continuing, the Agent or the Security Trustee or both may take exclusive control of the operation of each Account.

(h)
The Project Obligors must on request by the Agent or Security Trustee provide copies of any account statement so requested.

(i)
No withdrawal may be made from any Account if:

(1)
in respect of the Proceeds Account, it would cause the Proceeds Account to become overdrawn; and

Project facility agreement
page  99

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(2)
in respect of an Operating Account, it would cause that Operating Account to become overdrawn such that, when aggregated with all other overdrawn amounts in respect of each Obligor, it is in excess of the limit described in paragraph 7 of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

(j)
None of the restrictions in this clause 11 on the withdrawal of funds from an Account affects the obligations of the Borrower to make all payments of indebtedness required to be made to the Finance Parties or any of them on the due date for payment in accordance with the Finance Documents.

(k)
All amounts withdrawn from an Account for application in or towards making a specific payment or meeting a specific liability as provided for in this agreement must be so applied and made, and for no other purpose.

11.2
Proceeds Account

(a)
All Revenues, insurance proceeds and proceeds of Financial Indebtedness and Equity and any other amounts received by the Project Obligors from whatever source must be paid into the Proceeds Account promptly on receipt by or on behalf of the Project Obligors.

(b)
Withdrawals from the Proceeds Account are permitted provided that, at that time:

(1)
in respect of each withdrawal prior to the LGE/KU Relevant Date, the Borrower certifies in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent that it is in compliance with its obligations under the LGE/KU Supply Agreement including compliance and forecast compliance with the LGE/KU Supply Agreement Project Milestones and, if the Agent disputes whether the certification is true and correct in any material respect, the Borrower provides sufficient detail to enable the Lenders’ Technical Expert to confirm whether the certification is true and correct in all material respects, and the Lenders’ Technical Expert confirms that the certification is true and correct in all material respects;

(2)
the Available Funding is greater than the Cost to Complete; and

(3)
no Event of Default is subsisting.

(c)
Only the Borrower may make or request withdrawals from the Proceeds Account, and then only for the following purposes (as and when those amounts are due and payable, and including in each case an amount on account of any applicable GST on it) and in the following order of priority:

(1)
to transfer amounts to the Operating Accounts to pay amounts that are up to 120% of budgeted Construction Costs, Financing Costs (other than Senior Debt Service) and Project Costs for the 4 weeks following that date as set out in the Annual Construction and Operating Budget and the Base Case Financial Model;

(2)
any fees payable or expenses reimbursable to the Agent or the Security Trustee under the Finance Documents;

(3)
any fees payable or expenses reimbursable to the Lenders under the Finance Documents;

(4)
any fees payable or expenses reimbursable to the Lenders’ Technical Expert and any other consultants or experts appointed by the Agent;

(5)
Repayment Instalments under the Finance Documents;

Project facility agreement
page  100

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(6)
any other amounts payable under or in connection with a Finance Document (excluding those referred to in the above paragraphs); and

(7)
subject to maintaining a balance at least equal to the Minimum Proceeds Account Balance, any:

(A)
voluntary prepayments of a Facility under clause 3.6 or clause 4.12; or

(B)
Restricted Payments for application by the Borrower as the Borrower thinks fit, but subject to clause 11.2(e) .

(d)
If there is a shortfall under any of clauses 11.2(c)(2) to (6), payment must be made to the Finance Parties pro rata according to the respective amounts due to them under the relevant clause.

(e)
The Borrower must ensure that the balance of the Proceeds Account is at least equal to the Minimum Proceeds Account Balance at all times.

11.3
Lock up, Restricted Payment and management fees

(a)
Except as permitted by clause 11.3(b), the Borrower may not withdraw any money from the Proceeds Account to be applied to make any Restricted Payments at any time (except to a Project Obligor in accordance with clause 8.17(b) or an Obligor in accordance with clause 8.17(c)), unless at that time:

(1)
the Completion Date has occurred;

(2)
no Default or Review Event is continuing or will occur as a result of the withdrawal or Restricted Payment being made;

(3)
a Compliance Certificate has been delivered in respect of the most recent Calculation Date and has been accepted by the Agent;

(4)
the Lock Up Hurdle is satisfied;

(5)
the Proceeds Account contains sufficient reserves to pay any Contested Tax; and

(6)
the balance of the Proceeds Account following that withdrawal will not be less than the Minimum Proceeds Account Balance.

(b)
The Borrower may withdraw money from the Proceeds Account for the purpose of paying, or to pay, corporate costs (including any director fees, management fees, consultancy fees or other like payments) and taxes of an Obligor provided that those fees or other payments are:

(1)
reasonable and are no more or less favourable than it is reasonable to expect would be the case if the relevant persons were dealing with each other at arm’s length and are contemplated in the Forecast Documents; or

(2)
in the case of taxes of an Obligor, set out in the Forecast Documents; or

(3)
paid with the Agent’s prior consent.

11.4
Operating Accounts

(a)
All amounts withdrawn from the Proceeds Account under clause 11.2(c)(1) must be paid into an Operating Account.

(b)
Subject to clause 11.1, the Borrower, Hartshorne Land or Hartshorne Mining (as the case may be) may withdraw money from the Operating Account in its name

Project facility agreement
page  101

1    Definitions and interpretation 
for the payment of Construction Costs, Financing Costs and Project Costs in amounts in aggregate as between the Operating Accounts of up to 120% of the relevant line item in the Base Case Financial Model and the Annual Construction and Operational Budget.
 
11.5
Restricted Accounts

Notwithstanding clause 11.1(c) or any other provisions of this agreement prohibiting the opening or maintenance of accounts or the granting or existence of Encumbrances, but otherwise subject to this agreement, the Obligors may:

(a)
open and maintain accounts for the purposes of obtaining surety bonds, performance bonds, letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments (each a Performance Bond ) and for cash collateralising those instruments (each such account being a Restricted Account ); and

(b)
grant Encumbrances over those Restricted Accounts in favour of the provider of any such Performance Bond and each such Restricted Account shall be excluded from the Secured Property; provided that the Obligors shall not grant any other Encumbrances over those Restricted Accounts, other than Permitted Encumbrances,

provided that:

(c)
the aggregate liability of the Obligors in respect of all such Performance Bonds must constitute Permitted Financial Indebtedness under paragraph 8 of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness; and

(d)
each Encumbrance in respect of cash collateral provided in respect of all such Performance Bonds must constitute a Permitted Encumbrance under paragraph 5(g) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrance.

12
Events of Default

 
12.1
Events of Default

It is an Event of Default, whether or not it is within the control of an Obligor, if:

(a)
failure to pay : an Obligor fails to pay or repay any part of the Secured Moneys when due and payable by it and the Obligor does not remedy the failure within 2 Business Days;

(b)
Review Event : the Borrower fails to:

(1)
remedy a Review Event following the Remedy Period; or

(2)
deliver or perform (as applicable) the Additional Requirements in any time period specified by the Agent;

(c)
financial undertakings :   an Obligor breaches clause 8.24 (subject to the equity cure rights);

(d)
non‑remediable failure : an Obligor fails to perform any other undertaking or obligation of it under any Finance Document and that failure is not remediable;

(e)
remediable failure : the failure described in clause 12.1(d) is remediable, and the Obligor does not actively and diligently in good faith seek to remedy the failure and the failure is otherwise not remedied within 15   Business Days after

Project facility agreement
page  102

1    Definitions and interpretation 
the earlier of the Obligor becoming aware of the failure and receipt by the Obligor of a notice from the Agent specifying the failure;
 
(f)
misrepresentation :

(1)
any warranty, representation or statement in or under a Finance Document is or becomes untrue, misleading or incorrect in any material respect when made, repeated or regarded as made or repeated under any Finance Document; and

(2)
the circumstances causing that misrepresentation or breach of warranty are capable of remedy and the relevant Obligor is not actively and diligently in good faith seeking to remedy the circumstances causing such misrepresentation and such circumstances are otherwise not remedied within 15 Business Days of the earlier of an Obligor becoming aware of the misrepresentation or breach of warranty and the issue of notice by the Agent requiring the remedy of that misrepresentation or breach of warranty;

(g)
cross default : any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor in an amount in excess of $[***]:

(1)
becomes due and payable, or becomes capable of being declared due and payable, before the scheduled date for payment, where the circumstances giving rise to the Financial Indebtedness being due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable are not remedied within 5 Business Days of arising; or

(2)
is not paid within 5 Business Days after it is due (after taking into account any applicable grace period);

(h)
Encumbrance : any Encumbrance is enforced, or becomes capable of being enforced, against any asset or assets of an Obligor in an amount exceeding $[***] or the amount of that Encumbrance, when aggregated with any other Encumbrances enforced against any assets of any Obligor, exceeds $[***];

(i)
Insolvency Event : any of the following events occur:

(1)
judgment : a final and conclusive judgment in an amount exceeding $[***] is obtained against an Obligor or the amount of that judgment, when aggregated with any other judgments obtained against any Obligor, exceeds $[***] and is not paid within 10 Business Days or on or before the final due date for payment (whichever is lesser);

(2)
execution : a distress, attachment, execution or other process of a Government Agency is issued against, levied or entered upon an asset of an Obligor in an amount exceeding $[***] or the amount of that distress, attachment, execution or other process, when aggregated with any other such distress, attachment, execution or other process, exceeds $[***] and such action is not stayed, discharged or set aside within 10 Business Days or on or before the final due date for payment (whichever is lesser);

(3)
Controller :   any of the following occur:

(A)
a Controller is appointed, or any steps are taken to appoint a Controller; or

(B)
a resolution to appoint a Controller is passed, or any steps (other than steps that the Agent is satisfied are frivolous or vexatious) are taken to pass a resolution to appoint a Controller,

Project facility agreement
page  103

1    Definitions and interpretation 
to an Obligor or over an asset of an Obligor unless, in the case of an appointment, the appointment of the Controller is capable of being set aside, and it is set aside, within 5 Business Days of the appointment being made;

(4)
winding up : any of the following occur:

(A)
an application is made;

(B)
an order is made; or

(C)
a resolution is passed or any steps (other than steps that the Agent is satisfied are frivolous or vexatious) are taken to pass a resolution,

for the winding up of any Obligor unless, in the case of an application, the application is capable of being set aside, and it is set aside, within 10 Business Days of the application being made;

(5)
administration : any of the following occur:

(A)
an administrator is appointed, or any steps (other than steps that the Agent is satisfied are frivolous or vexatious) are taken to appoint an administrator; or

(B)
a resolution to appoint an administrator is passed, or any steps (other than steps that the Agent is satisfied are frivolous or vexatious) are taken to pass a resolution to appoint an administrator,

to an Obligor unless, in the case of an appointment, the Agent is satisfied that the appointment is capable of being set aside, and it is set aside, within 5 Business Days of the appointment being made;

(6)
deregistration : an Obligor is deregistered, or any steps are taken to deregister an Obligor under the Corporations Act or any applicable companies legislation in its jurisdiction of incorporation (other than steps that the Agent is satisfied are frivolous or vexatious and which are revoked or set aside within 5 Business Days);

(7)
suspends payment : an Obligor suspends payment of its debts generally;

(8)
insolvency : an Obligor is:

(A)
unable to pay its debts when they are due; or

(B)
presumed to be insolvent under the Corporations Act or any applicable companies legislation in its jurisdiction of incorporation;

(9)
arrangements : an Obligor enters into or resolves to enter into any arrangement, composition or compromise with, or assignment for the benefit of, any of its creditors;

(j)
reorganisation: an Obligor implements a merger, demerger or scheme of arrangement with any person without the prior written consent of the Agent (which consent must not be unreasonably withheld);

(k)
ceasing business : an Obligor ceases to carry on business;

(l)
changing business : an Obligor commences any other business activity not related to coal exploration, development or mining;

(m)
listing :

Project facility agreement
page  104

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(1)
the Parent ceases to be listed on the ASX or, if applicable, an Approved US Stock Exchange without the prior approval of the Agent; or

(2)
the shares in the Parent are suspended on the ASX or, if applicable, an Approved US Stock Exchange, for 5 consecutive Business Days;

(n)
unenforceability :

(1)
all or a   material provision of a Finance Document is illegal, void, voidable or unenforceable;

(2)
any person becomes entitled to terminate, rescind or avoid any material   provision of any Finance Document; or

(3)
the execution, delivery or performance of a Relevant Document by an Obligor breaches or results in a contravention of any law in any material respect;

(o)
compulsory acquisition : any Government Agency expropriates, compulsorily acquires or resumes (or passes any law or regulation in respect of any of the above) all or a material portion of the business or the assets of an Obligor which has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect and that Obligor is not adequately compensated;

(p)
abandonment :

(1)
all or any material part of the Project is abandoned or is placed on a care and maintenance basis; or

(2)
the budgeted processing of Product at the CHPP ceases for more than 15 consecutive days other than:

(A)
in accordance with routine maintenance requirements set out in the Forecast Documents; or

(B)
to the extent that:

(i)
the Force Majeure Event causing such cessation is temporary in nature (and, in any event, does not subsist for a period exceeding 90 days);

(ii)
business interruption insurance proceeds are payable to the Obligors in relation to the cessation and the claim in respect of those business interruption insurance proceeds has been accepted by the insurer in writing and the Agent is satisfied (acting reasonably) that the claim will be paid in time to meet scheduled Project Costs, Construction Costs and Financing Costs payable during the cessation; and

(iii)
the Project Obligors are taking all available steps to end, remedy or address the circumstances giving rise to the Force Majeure Event to the extent reasonable practicable to do so;

(q)
destruction of Secured Property : all or any material part of the Secured Property is destroyed, lost or damaged beyond repair or proves to be materially defective in circumstances not fully covered by insurance;

(r)
Material Adverse Effect : any event, circumstance or change occurs which in the opinion of the Agent (acting reasonably) has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

Project facility agreement
page  105

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(s)
Material Project Documents :

(1)
an Obligor or another party to a Material Project Document fails to observe or perform any material obligation under a Material Project Document which failure would entitle the counterparty to terminate or suspend that Material Project Document; or

(2)
any:

(A)
Material Project Document is revoked, rescinded, suspended, terminated or becomes wholly, or partly in any material respect, unenforceable (other than due to lapse of time); or

(B)
party (other than an Obligor) becomes entitled to terminate any Material Project Document;

(t)
Secondary Project Document : any Secondary Project Document is revoked, rescinded, suspended, terminated or becomes wholly, or partly in any material respect, unenforceable (other than due to lapse of time) and the relevant Secondary Project Document is not replaced within 60 days with another document entered into:

(1)
on the same or substantially the same terms, or otherwise in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably); and

(2)
with a counterparty who has the technical competence and financial standing, or the technical and financial resources available to it, to perform the obligations under the relevant Secondary Project Document.

(u)
Project shareholdings : the Parent disposes of any part of its direct or indirect shareholding in the Borrower or any other Obligor or a Project Obligor disposes of all or part of its direct or indirect interest in the Project without the prior written consent of the Agent.

12.2
Effect of Event of Default

(a)
If an Event of Default occurs the Agent may, and if so directed by the Majority Lenders must, at any time while it is continuing by notice to the Borrower declare that:

(1)
the Secured Moneys are immediately due and payable; or

(2)
the Commitment of each Lender is cancelled,

or make each of the declarations under clauses 12.2(a)(1) and (2) .

(b)
The Borrower must immediately repay the Secured Moneys on receipt of a notice under clause 12.2(a)(1) .

12.3
Obligors to continue to perform

(a)
If the Agent makes a declaration under clause 12.2:

(1)
the declaration does not affect the obligations of an Obligor under the Finance Documents; and

(2)
each Obligor must continue to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents as if the declaration had not been made, subject to any directions given by a Finance Party under any Finance Document.

Project facility agreement
page  106

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(b)
Clause 12.3(a) does not affect the Borrower’s obligations under clause 12.2 .

12.4
Enforcement

(a)
The Finance Documents may be enforced without notice to an Obligor or any other person even if:

(1)
a Finance Party accepts any part of the Secured Moneys after an Event of Default; or

(2)
there has been any other Event of Default.

(b)
No Finance Party is liable to any Obligor for any Loss an Obligor may suffer, incur or be liable for arising out of or in connection with a Finance Party exercising any Power, except to the extent specifically set out in a Finance Document.

12.5
Review Event

(a)
It will be a Review Event if:

[***]

(b)
While a Review Event is subsisting the Agent may give notice to the Borrower that the Review Event is unacceptable ( Review Notice ).

(c)
On receipt of a Review Notice:

(1)
if the Review Event is capable of remedy, the Borrower must on or before the date which is 60 days after the date of the Review Notice (or such longer period as the Agent may agree) ( Remedy Period ) remedy the Review Event to the satisfaction of the Agent; and

(2)
if:

(A)
the Review Event is not capable of remedy; or

(B)
has not been remedied on or before the expiry of the Remedy Period,
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  107

1    Definitions and interpretation 
the Agent may, in its absolute discretion, require the Borrower to take any other action to remedy the Review Event within a specified timeframe ( Additional Requirements ).

13
Increased costs and illegality

 
13.1
Increased costs

(a)
If a Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting it or any of its holding companies (each a Holding Company ) directly or indirectly:

(1)
increases the effective cost to that Lender of performing its obligations under the Finance Documents or funding or maintaining its Commitment or its Pro Rata Share of the Principal Outstanding;

(2)
reduces any amount received or receivable by that Lender under the Finance Documents; or

(3)
in any other way reduces the effective return to that Lender or any Holding Company under the Finance Documents or the overall return on capital of the Lender or any Holding Company,

(each an Increased Cost ), the Borrower must pay to that Lender within 10 Business Days of demand compensation for the Increased Cost to the extent attributed by that Lender or Holding Company (using the methods it considers appropriate) to the Lender’s obligations under the Finance Documents or the funding or maintenance of its Commitment or its Pro Rata Share of the Principal Outstanding.

(b)
In the absence of manifest error, a claim under clause 13.1(a) is sufficient evidence of the amount to which the Finance Party is entitled under clause 13.1(a) unless the contrary is proved.

(c)
If the Borrower receives a demand from a Lender under clause 13.1(a), the Borrower may, by written notice to the Agent on or before the date which is 20 Business Days after the date of that demand, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and prepay the Secured Moneys of that Lender in full.

(d)
A notice under clause 13.1(c) is irrevocable and the Borrower must, on the date which is 40 Business Days after the date that the notice is given, pay to the Agent on account of that Lender the Secured Moneys in respect of that Lender in full.

(e)
A demand from a Lender under clause 13.1(a) may not claim compensation for an increase or reduction suffered more than 180 days before that Lender notified the Borrower of the relevant Change in Law except to the extent the Change in Law is retrospective.

(f)
This clause 13.1 does not apply to the extent the Increased Cost is:

(1)
attributable to a tax deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

(2)
attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a party

(3)
is, or will be, compensated for by payments from an Obligor to the relevant Finance Party under clauses 6.4 or 16.5; or

(4)
attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital

Project facility agreement
page  108

1    Definitions and interpretation 
Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement ( Basel II ), any Basel III Requirement or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II or any Basel III Requirement (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Related Bodies Corporate).
 
13.2
Illegality

(a)
If any Change in Law or other event makes it illegal for a Lender to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents or fund or maintain its Commitment, the Lender may by notice to the Borrower:

(1)
suspend its obligations under the Finance Documents for the duration of the illegality; or

(2)
by notice to the Borrower, cancel its Commitment and require the Borrower to repay the Secured Moneys in respect of that Lender in full on the date which is 40 Business Days after the date on which the Lender gives the notice or any earlier date required by, or to comply with, the applicable law.

(b)
A notice under clause 13.2(a)(2) is irrevocable and the Borrower must, on the repayment date determined under clause 13.2(a)(2), pay to the Agent on account of the Lender the Secured Moneys in respect of the Lender in full.

13.3
Minimisation

(a)
The relevant Lender shall use reasonable endeavours (at the Borrower’s expense) to mitigate the consequences of a Change in Law mentioned in this clause 13 .

(b)
If requested by the Borrower, the Lender shall negotiate in good faith with the Borrower with a view to finding a means to mitigate the consequences of a Change in Law mentioned in this clause 13 .

(c)
The Borrower may not refuse a demand on the ground that the relevant consequences could have been avoided, unless the Lender or its Holding Company has failed to comply with clause 13.3(a) .

14
Guarantee and indemnity

 
14.1
Guarantee

The Guarantors jointly and severally and unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee to each Finance Party the payment of the Secured Moneys due to each Finance Party.

14.2
Payment

(a)
If the Secured Moneys are not paid when due, each Guarantor must immediately on demand from the Agent pay to the Agent for the account of the Finance Parties the Secured Moneys in the same manner and currency as the Secured Moneys are required to be paid.

Project facility agreement
page  109

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(b)
A demand under clause 14.2(a) may be made at any time and from time to time.

14.3
Securities for other money

Each Finance Party may apply any amounts received by it or recovered under any:

(a)
Collateral Security; or

(b)
other document or agreement,

which is a security for any of the Secured Moneys and any other money in the manner it determines in its absolute discretion.

14.4
Amount of Secured Moneys

(a)
This clause 14 applies to any amount which forms part of the Secured Moneys from time to time.

(b)
The obligations of each Guarantor under this clause 14 extend to any increase in the Secured Moneys as a result of:

(1)
any amendment, supplement, renewal or replacement of any Finance Document to which an Obligor and any Finance Party is a party; or

(2)
the occurrence of any other thing.

(c)
Clause 14.4(b):

(1)
applies regardless of whether any Guarantor is aware of or consented to or is given notice of any amendment, supplement, renewal or replacement of any agreement to which an Obligor and any Finance Party is a party or the occurrence of any other thing; and

(2)
does not limit the obligations of any Guarantor under this clause 14 .

14.5
Proof by Agent

In the event of the liquidation of an Obligor, each Guarantor authorises each Finance Party to prove for all money which any Guarantor has paid or is or may be obliged to pay under any Finance Document, any other document or agreement or otherwise in respect of the Secured Moneys.

14.6
Avoidance of payments

(a)
If any payment, conveyance, transfer or other transaction relating to or affecting the Secured Moneys is:

(1)
void, voidable or unenforceable in whole or in part; or

(2)
claimed to be void, voidable or unenforceable and that claim is upheld, conceded or compromised in whole or in part,

the liability of each Guarantor under this clause 14 and any Power is the same as if:

(3)
that payment, conveyance, transfer or transaction (or the void, voidable or unenforceable part of it); and

(4)
any release, settlement or discharge made in reliance on any thing referred to in clause 14.6(a)(3) ,

Project facility agreement
page  110

1    Definitions and interpretation 
had not been made and each Guarantor must immediately take all action and sign all documents necessary or required by the Agent to restore to each Finance Party the benefit of this clause 14 and any Encumbrance held by the Finance Parties immediately before the payment, conveyance, transfer or transaction.

(b)
Clause 14.6(a) applies whether or not any Finance Party knew, or ought to have known, of anything referred to in clause 14.6(a) .

14.7
Indemnity for avoidance of Secured Moneys

(a)
If any of the Secured Moneys (or money which would have been Secured Moneys if it had not been irrecoverable) are irrecoverable by any Finance Party from:

(1)
any Obligor; or

(2)
a Guarantor on the footing of a guarantee,

the Guarantors jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, and as a separate and principal obligation:

(3)
indemnify each Finance Party against any Loss suffered, paid or incurred by that Finance Party in relation to the non   payment of that money; and

(4)
must pay the Agent for the account of that Finance Party an amount equal to that money.

(b)
Clause 14.7(a) applies to the Secured Moneys (or money which would have been Secured Moneys if it had not been irrecoverable) which are or may be irrecoverable irrespective of whether:

(1)
they are or may be irrecoverable because of any event described in clause 14.12;

(2)
they are or may be irrecoverable because of any other fact or circumstance;

(3)
the transactions or any of them relating to that money are void or illegal or avoided or otherwise unenforceable; and

(4)
any matters relating to the Secured Moneys are or should have been within the knowledge of any Finance Party.

14.8
No obligation to marshal

A Finance Party is not required to marshal or to enforce or apply under or appropriate, recover or exercise:

(a)
any Encumbrance, Guarantee or Collateral Security or other document or agreement held, at any time, by or on behalf of that or any other Finance Party; or

(b)
any money or asset which that Finance Party, at any time, holds or is entitled to receive.

14.9
Non‑exercise of Guarantors’ rights

A Guarantor must not exercise any rights it may have (whether arising under this agreement, any other Finance Document or otherwise) inconsistent with this clause 14 .

Project facility agreement
page  111

1    Definitions and interpretation 
14.10
Principal and independent obligation

(a)
This clause 14 is:

(1)
a principal obligation and is not to be treated as ancillary or collateral to any other right or obligation; and

(2)
independent of and not in substitution for or affected by any other Collateral Security which any Finance Party may hold in respect of the Secured Moneys or any obligations of any Obligor or any other person.

(b)
This clause 14 is enforceable against a Guarantor:

(1)
without first having recourse to any Collateral Security;

(2)
whether or not any Finance Party has made demand on any Obligor (other than any demand specifically required to be given, or notice required to be issued, to a Guarantor under clause 14.2 or any other provision of a Finance Document);

(3)
whether or not any Finance Party has given notice to any Obligor or any other person in respect of any thing; or

(4)
whether or not any Finance Party has taken any steps against any Obligor or any other person;

(5)
whether or not any Secured Moneys are then due and payable; and

(6)
despite the occurrence of any event described in clause 14.12 .

14.11
Suspense account

(a)
Each Finance Party may apply to the credit of a suspense account any:

(1)
amounts received under this clause 14;

(2)
dividends, distributions or other amounts received in respect of the Secured Moneys in any liquidation; and

(3)
other amounts received from a Guarantor, an Obligor or any other person in respect of the Secured Moneys.

(b)
Each Finance Party may retain the amounts in the suspense account for as long as it determines and is not obliged to apply them in or towards satisfaction of the Secured Moneys.

14.12
Unconditional nature of obligations

(a)
This clause 14 and the obligations of each Guarantor under the Finance Documents are absolute, binding and unconditional in all circumstances, and are not released or discharged or otherwise affected by anything which but for this provision might have that effect, including:

(1)
the grant to any Obligor or any other person of any time, waiver, covenant not to sue or other indulgence;

(2)
the release (including a release as part of any novation) or discharge of any Obligor or any other person;

(3)
the cessation of the obligations, in whole or in part, of any Obligor or any other person under any Finance Document or any other document or agreement;

Project facility agreement
page  112

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(4)
the liquidation of any Obligor or any other person;

(5)
any arrangement, composition or compromise entered into by any Finance Party, any Obligor or any other person;

(6)
any Finance Document or any other document or agreement being in whole or in part illegal, void, voidable, avoided, unenforceable or otherwise of limited force or effect;

(7)
any extinguishment, failure, loss, release, discharge, abandonment, impairment, compounding, composition or compromise, in whole or in part of any Finance Document or any other document or agreement;

(8)
any Collateral Security being given to any Finance Party by any Obligor or any other person;

(9)
any alteration, amendment, variation, supplement, renewal or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or agreement;

(10)
any moratorium or other suspension of any Power;

(11)
any Finance Party, a Receiver or Attorney exercising or enforcing, delaying or refraining from exercising or enforcing, or being not entitled or unable to exercise or enforce any Power;

(12)
any Finance Party obtaining a judgment against any Obligor or any other person for the payment of any of the Secured Moneys;

(13)
any transaction, agreement or arrangement that may take place with any Finance Party, any Obligor or any other person;

(14)
any payment to any Finance Party, a Receiver or Attorney, including any payment which at the payment date or at any time after the payment date is in whole or in part illegal, void, voidable, avoided or unenforceable;

(15)
any failure to give effective notice to any Obligor or any other person of any default under any Finance Document or any other document or agreement;

(16)
any legal limitation, disability or incapacity of any Obligor or of any other person;

(17)
any breach of any Finance Document or any other document or agreement;

(18)
the acceptance of the repudiation of, or termination of, any Finance Document or any other document or agreement;

(19)
any Secured Moneys being irrecoverable for any reason;

(20)
any disclaimer by any Obligor or any other person of any Finance Document or any other document or agreement;

(21)
any assignment, novation, assumption or transfer of, or other dealing with, any Powers or any other rights or obligations under any Finance Document or any other document or agreement;

(22)
the opening of a new account of any Obligor with any Finance Party or any transaction on or relating to the new account;

(23)
any prejudice (including material prejudice) to any person as a result of any thing done or omitted by any Finance Party, any Obligor or any other person;

Project facility agreement
page  113

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(24)
any prejudice (including material prejudice) to any person as a result of any Finance Party, a Receiver, Attorney or any other person selling or realising any property the subject of a Collateral Security at less than the best price;

(25)
any prejudice (including material prejudice) to any person as a result of any failure or neglect by any Finance Party, a Receiver, Attorney or any other person to recover the Secured Moneys from any Obligor or by the realisation of any property the subject of a Collateral Security;

(26)
any prejudice (including material prejudice) to any person as a result of any other thing;

(27)
the receipt by any Finance Party of any dividend, distribution or other payment in respect of any liquidation;

(28)
the failure of any other Guarantor or any other person who is intended to become a co‑surety or co‑indemnifier of that Guarantor to execute this agreement or any other document; or

(29)
any other act, omission, matter or thing whether negligent or not.

(b)
Clause 14.12(a) applies irrespective of:

(1)
the consent or knowledge or lack of consent or knowledge, of any Finance Party, any Obligor or any other person of any event described in clause 14.12(a); or

(2)
any rule of law or equity to the contrary.

14.13
No competition

(a)
Until the Secured Moneys have been fully paid and this clause 14 has been finally discharged, a Guarantor is not entitled to:

(1)
be subrogated to any Finance Party;

(2)
claim or receive the benefit of any Encumbrance, Guarantee or other document or agreement of which any Finance Party has the benefit;

(3)
claim or receive the benefit of any moneys held by any Finance Party; or

(4)
claim or receive the benefit of any Power;

(5)
either directly or indirectly prove in, claim or receive the benefit of any distribution, dividend or payment arising out of or relating to the liquidation of any Obligor liable to pay the Secured Moneys, except in accordance with clause 14.13(b);

(6)
make a claim or exercise or enforce any right, power or remedy (including under an Encumbrance or Guarantee or by way of contribution) against any Obligor liable to pay the Secured Moneys or against any asset of any such Obligor, whether such right, power or remedy arises under or in connection with this agreement, any other Finance Document or otherwise;

(7)
accept, procure the grant of or allow to exist any Encumbrance in favour of a Guarantor from any Obligor liable to pay the Secured Moneys;

(8)
exercise or attempt to exercise any right of set‑off against, or realise any Encumbrance taken from, any Obligor liable to pay the Secured Moneys; or

Project facility agreement
page  114

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(9)
raise any defence or counterclaim in reduction or discharge of its obligations under this clause 14 .

(b)
If required by any Finance Party, a Guarantor must prove in any liquidation of any Obligor liable to pay the Secured Moneys for all money owed to the Guarantor.

(c)
All money recovered by a Guarantor from any Obligor liable to pay the Secured Moneys from any liquidation or under any Encumbrance or Guarantee (whether the Encumbrance or Guarantee is a Finance Document or otherwise) must be received and held in trust by the Guarantor for the Finance Parties to the extent of the unsatisfied liability of the Guarantor under this clause 14 .

(d)
A Guarantor must not do or seek, attempt or purport to do anything referred to in clause 14.13(a) .

14.14
Continuing guarantee

This clause 14 is a continuing obligation of each Guarantor, despite:

(a)
any settlement of account; or

(b)
the occurrence of any other thing,

and remains in full force and effect until:

(c)
all the Secured Moneys have been paid in full; and

(d)
this clause 14 has been finally discharged by all the Finance Parties.

14.15
Variation

This clause 14 extends to cover the Finance Documents as amended, varied or replaced, whether with or without the consent of any one or more of the Guarantors, including any increase in the limit or maximum principal amount available under a Finance Document.

14.16
Judgments

A final judgment obtained against a relevant Obligor is conclusive as against each Guarantor.

15
Indemnities and Break Costs

 
15.1
General indemnity

(a)
Each Obligor indemnifies each Finance Party against any Loss which that Finance Party, a Receiver (whether acting as agent of the Borrower or of a Finance Party) or an Attorney pays, suffers, incurs or is liable for, in respect of any of the following:

(1)
a Funding Portion required by a Funding Notice not being made for any reason including any failure by an Obligor to fulfil any condition precedent contained in clause 2, but excluding any default by that Finance Party;

(2)
the occurrence of any Event of Default;

Project facility agreement
page  115

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(3)
a Finance Party exercising its Powers consequent upon or arising out of the occurrence of any Default;

(4)
the non‑exercise, attempted exercise, exercise or delay in the exercise of any Power while an Event of Default subsists;

(5)
any act or omission of a Security Provider or any of its employees or agents;

(6)
the occupation, use or ownership of any Secured Property by a Security Provider or any of its employees or agents;

(7)
any workers’ compensation claim by any employee of a Security Provider;

(8)
any insurance policy in respect of any Secured Property;

(9)
any compulsory acquisition or statutory or judicial divestiture of any Secured Property; and

(10)
any payment made by a Lender to the Agent under clause 18.11 .

(b)
The indemnity in clause 15.1(a), includes the amount determined by a Finance Party as being incurred by reason of the liquidation or re‑employment of deposits or other funds acquired or contracted for by the Finance Party to fund or maintain its Commitment.

15.2
Break Costs

The Borrower must, within 3 Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of each Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Funding Portion being prepaid or repaid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of the Funding Period for that Funding Portion.

15.3
Foreign currency indemnity

If, at any time:

(a)
a Finance Party, a Receiver or an Attorney receives or recovers any amount payable by an Obligor including:

(1)
under any judgment or order of any Government Agency;

(2)
for any breach of any Finance Document;

(3)
on the liquidation or bankruptcy of the Obligor or any proof or claim in that liquidation or bankruptcy; or

(4)
any other thing into which the obligations of the Obligor may have become merged; and

(b)
the Payment Currency is not the Relevant Currency,

the Borrower indemnifies each Finance Party, Receiver or Attorney against any shortfall between the amount payable in the Relevant Currency and the amount actually or notionally received or recovered by each Finance Party, Receiver or Attorney after the Payment Currency is converted or translated into the Relevant Currency under clause 15.4 .

15.4
Conversion of currencies

In making any currency conversion under clause 15.3, a Finance Party, Receiver or Attorney may itself or through its bankers purchase one currency with another, whether or
Project facility agreement
page  116

1    Definitions and interpretation 
not through an intermediate currency, whether spot or forward, in the manner and amounts and at the times it thinks fit in accordance with its normal procedures.
 
15.5
Continuing indemnities and evidence of loss

(a)
Each indemnity of an Obligor in a Finance Document is a continuing obligation of the Obligor, despite:

(1)
any settlement of account; or

(2)
the occurrence of any other thing,

and remains in full force and effect until:

(3)
the Secured Moneys are fully and finally repaid; and

(4)
each Security has been finally discharged.

(b)
Each indemnity of an Obligor in a Finance Document is an additional, separate and independent obligation of an Obligor and no one indemnity limits the general nature of any other indemnity.

(c)
Each indemnity of an Obligor in a Finance Document survives the termination of any Finance Document.

(d)
A certificate given by an Officer of a Finance Party detailing the amount of any Loss covered by any indemnity in a Finance Document is sufficient evidence unless the contrary is proved.

16
Fees, Tax, costs and expenses

 
16.1
Agent’s fees

The Borrower must pay to the Agent for its own account the fees and other amounts agreed between the Borrower and the Agent in a Fee Letter.

16.2
Security Trustee’s fees

The Borrower must pay the Security Trustee for its own account the fees and other amounts agreed between the Borrower and the Security Trustee in a Fee Letter.

16.3
Lenders’ fees

The Borrower must pay to each Lender for its own account the fees and other amounts agreed between the Borrower and that Lender in a Fee Letter.

16.4
Project Loan Facility Line Fee

(a)
The Borrower must pay the Agent for distribution to the Lenders in their respective Pro Rata Shares the following fees a non‑refundable line fee equal to:

(1)
[***]% per annum calculated on a daily basis on the aggregate daily balance of the undrawn and uncancelled portion of the Total Undrawn Tranche One Commitments; and

Project facility agreement
page  117

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(2)
[***]% per annum calculated on a daily basis on the aggregate daily balance of the undrawn and uncancelled portion of the Total Undrawn Tranche Two Commitments,

on the basis of a 360 day year and for the actual number of days elapsed, to be paid in arrears on   each Quarter Date and on the last day of the Availability Period for the Project Loan Facility.

(b)
If the Borrower has cancelled its Tranche Two Commitment in accordance with clause 3.4 there shall be no line fee payable on the total Undrawn Tranche Two Commitments from the date of cancellation of the Tranche Two Commitment.

16.5
Tax

(a)
The Borrower must pay any Tax, other than an Excluded Tax or FATCA Deduction, which is payable in respect of a Finance Document (including in respect of the execution, delivery, performance, release, discharge, amendment or enforcement of a Finance Document).

(b)
The Borrower must pay any fine, penalty or other cost in respect of a failure to pay any Tax described in clause 16.5(a) except to the extent that the fine, penalty or other cost is caused by the Agent’s failure to lodge money received from the Borrower within 5 Business Days before the due date for lodgement.

(c)
The Borrower indemnifies each Finance Party against any amount payable under clause 16.5(a) or (b) .

16.6
Costs and expenses

The Borrower must pay all costs and expenses of each Finance Party in relation to:

(a)
the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, stamping, registration, completion, variation and discharge of any Finance Document;

(b)
the enforcement, protection or waiver of any rights under any Finance Document;

(c)
the consent or approval of a Finance Party given under any Finance Document; and

(d)
any enquiry by a Government Agency involving the Borrower,

including:

(e)
any reasonable administration costs of each Finance Party in relation to the matters described in clause 16.6(c) or (d); and

(f)
any legal costs and expenses and any professional consultant’s fees, on a full indemnity basis.

16.7
GST

(a)
If GST is or will be imposed on a supply made under or in connection with a Finance Document by a Finance Party, the Finance Party may, to the extent that the consideration otherwise provided for that supply is not stated to include an amount in respect of GST on the supply:

(1)
increase the consideration otherwise provided for that supply under the Finance Document by the amount of that GST; or

(2)
otherwise recover from the recipient of the supply the amount of that GST.

Project facility agreement
page  118

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(b)
Each Finance Party must issue a Tax Invoice to the recipient of the supply no later than 5 Business Days after payment to the Finance Party of the GST inclusive consideration for that supply.

17
Interest on overdue amounts

 
17.1
Payment of interest

Each Obligor must pay interest on:

(a)
any of the Secured Moneys due and payable by it, but unpaid and not capitalised (if permitted) under clause 5.4(d); and

(b)
any interest payable but unpaid under this clause 17 .

No other interest shall accrue on the above amounts (including under clause 5.4) except for the interest referred to in this clause 17 .

17.2
Accrual of interest

The interest payable under this clause 17:

(a)
accrues from day to day from and including the due date for payment up to the actual date of payment, before and, as an additional and independent obligation, after any judgment or other thing into which the liability to pay the Secured Moneys becomes merged; and

(b)
may be capitalised at monthly intervals.

17.3
Rate of interest

The rate of interest payable under this clause 17 on any part of the Secured Moneys is the higher of:

(a)
the Overdue Rate determined by the Agent:

(1)
on the date that part of the Secured Moneys becomes due and payable but is unpaid; and

(2)
on each date which is 1 month after the immediately preceding date on which the Overdue Rate was determined under this clause 17.3(a); and

(b)
the rate fixed or payable under a judgment or other thing referred to in clause 17.2(a) .

18
Relations between Agent and Lender

 
18.1
Appointment of Agent

Each Lender appoints the Agent to act as its agent under the Finance Documents and authorises the Agent to do the following on its behalf:

(a)
amend or waive compliance with any provision of the Finance Documents in accordance with the Finance Documents (including clause 18.5);

Project facility agreement
page  119

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(b)
all things which the Finance Documents expressly require the Agent to do, or contemplate are to be done by the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders; and

(c)
all things which are incidental or ancillary to the Powers of the Agent described in clauses 18.1(a) or (b) .

18.2
Agent’s capacity

The Agent:

(a)
in its capacity as a Lender, has the same obligations and Powers under each Finance Document as any other Lender as though it were not acting as the Agent; and

(b)
may engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Obligor without having to notify or account to the Lenders.

18.3
Agent’s obligations

(a)
The Agent has only those duties and obligations which are expressly specified in the Finance Documents.

(b)
The Agent is not required to:

(1)
keep itself informed as to the affairs of any Obligor or its compliance with any Finance Document; or

(2)
review or check the accuracy or completeness of any document or information it forwards to any Lender or other person, or whether any such document is or contains a security interest for the purposes of the PPSA.

18.4
Agent’s powers

(a)
Except as specifically set out in the Finance Documents (including clause 18.5), the Agent may exercise its Powers under the Finance Documents:

(1)
as it thinks fit in the best interests of the Lenders; and

(2)
without consulting with or seeking the instructions of the Lenders.

(b)
The exercise by the Agent of any Power in accordance with this clause 18 binds all the Lenders.

18.5
Instructions to Agent

The Agent:

(a)
must exercise its Powers in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders or, if specifically required to do so under a Finance Document, all Lenders;

(b)
must not amend or waive any provision of a Finance Document which has the effect of:

(1)
increasing the obligations of any Lender; or

(2)
changing the terms of payment of any amounts payable under the Finance Documents; or

(3)
changing the manner in which those payments are to be applied,

Project facility agreement
page  120

1    Definitions and interpretation 
without the consent of all the Lenders;

(c)
must not amend or waive any other provision of any Finance Document without the consent of the Majority Lenders unless the Agent is satisfied that the amendment is made to correct a manifest error or an error of a formal or technical nature only; or

(d)
must not otherwise exercise any Power which the Finance Documents specify are to be exercised with the consent or in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders or some other number of Lenders, or amend any such requirement, except with that consent or in accordance with those instructions; and

(e)
may refrain from acting, whether in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders or otherwise, until it has received security for any amount it reasonably believes may become payable to it by the Lenders under clause 18.11 .

18.6
Assumptions as to authority

Each Obligor may assume, without inquiry, that any action of the Agent under the Finance Documents is in accordance with any required authorisations, consents or instructions from the Lenders.

18.7
Agent’s liability

(a)
Neither the Agent nor any Related Body Corporate of the Agent nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or successors is responsible to the Lenders or an Obligor for:

(1)
any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in any Finance Document, or in any certificate or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any of them under, any Finance Document;

(2)
the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of any Finance Document (other than as against the Agent) or any other certificate or document referred to or provided for in, or received by any of them under, any Finance Document;

(3)
any failure by an Obligor or any Lender to perform its obligations under any Finance Document;

(4)
any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under any Finance Document or in connection with any Finance Document except in the case of its or their own fraud or wilful misconduct or   gross   negligence; or

(5)
taking, or failing to take, any action for the purposes of the PPSA, whether for the benefit of all the Finance Parties or any particular Finance Party, unless it is expressly instructed to do so by the Majority Lenders.

(b)
The Agent is not responsible for identifying or perfecting under the PPSA any security interest which may be constituted by or contained in any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document. Without limiting the foregoing, the Agent is not responsible for identifying or perfecting under the PPSA any security interest which may be created by an assignment or transfer under clause 19.2 .

(c)
The Agent is not negligent solely because it has not identified, or has failed to perfect under the PPSA, any security interest which may be constituted by or be

Project facility agreement
page  121

1    Definitions and interpretation 
contained in any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document relating to the Finance Documents, unless it has been expressly instructed by the Majority Lenders.
 
18.8
Delegation

The Agent may employ agents and attorneys.

18.9
Agent entitled to rely

The Agent may rely on:

(a)
any certificate, communication, notice or other document (including any facsimile transmission or telegram) it believes to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper person or persons; and

(b)
advice and statements of solicitors, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agent with reasonable care.

18.10
Provision of information

(a)
The Agent must forward to each Lender:

(1)
notice of the occurrence of any Default promptly after the Agent becomes actually aware of it; and

(2)
a copy of each report, notice or other document promptly after the Agent receives it from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

(b)
The Agent is not to be regarded as being actually aware of the occurrence of a Default unless the Agent:

(1)
is actually aware that any payment due by an Obligor under the Finance Documents has not been made; or

(2)
has received notice from a Lender or an Obligor stating that a Default has occurred describing the same and stating that the notice is a ‘ Default Notice ’.

(c)
If the Agent receives a Default Notice the Agent may treat any such Default as continuing until it has received a further Default Notice from the party giving the original notice stating that the Default is no longer continuing and the Agent is entitled to rely on such second notice for all purposes under the Finance Documents.

(d)
The Agent is not to be regarded as having received any report, notice or other document or information unless it has been given to it in accordance with clause 21.3 .

(e)
The Agent may assume that no Finance Document and no other document received by it in any capacity is or contains a security interest for the purposes of the PPSA.

(f)
Except as specified in clause 18.10(a) and as otherwise expressly required by the Finance Documents, the Agent has no duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any information concerning the affairs of any Obligor or other person which may come into the Agent’s possession.

(g)
Nothing in any Finance Document obliges the Agent to disclose any information relating to any Obligor or other person if the disclosure would constitute a breach of any law, duty of secrecy or duty of confidentiality.

Project facility agreement
page  122

1    Definitions and interpretation 
18.11
Indemnity by Lenders

The Lenders severally indemnify the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by any Obligor) in their Pro Rata Shares against any Loss which the Agent pays, suffers, incurs or is liable for in acting as Agent, except to the extent attributable to the Agent’s fraud or wilful misconduct.

18.12
Independent appraisal by Lenders

Each Lender acknowledges that it has made and must continue to make, independently and without reliance on the Agent or any other Lender, and based on the documents and information it considers appropriate, its own investigation into and appraisal of:

(a)
the affairs of each Obligor;

(b)
the accuracy and sufficiency of any information on which it has relied in connection with its entry into the Finance Documents;

(c)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, enforceability and sufficiency of each Finance Document; and

(d)
whether any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document relating to them is or contains a security interest for the purposes of the PPSA which is for the benefit of a Finance Party (either alone or together with any other Finance Party) and whether any such security interest has been or should be perfected under the PPSA.

18.13
Resignation and removal of Agent

(a)
The Agent may, by notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign at any time and the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days prior notice to the Borrower and the Agent, remove the Agent from office. The resignation or removal of the Agent takes effect on appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with this clause 18.13 .

(b)
Without limiting clause 18.3(a) a Finance Party may by notice to the Agent remove the Agent from office if, on or after the date which is 3 months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents:

(1)
the Agent fails to respond to a request under clause 6.9 and a Finance Party reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

(2)
the information supplied by the Agent under clause 6.9 indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

(3)
the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

and (in each case) a Finance Party reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party.

(c)
The resignation or removal of the Agent takes effect on appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with this clause 18.13 .

Project facility agreement
page  123

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(d)
When a notice of resignation or removal is given, the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Agent. If no successor Agent is appointed within 10 Business Days, the Agent may appoint a successor Agent.

(e)
When a successor Agent is appointed, and executes an undertaking to be bound as successor Agent under the Finance Documents, the successor Agent succeeds to and becomes vested with all the Powers and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent is discharged from its duties and obligations under the Finance Documents.

(f)
After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal, this agreement continues in effect in respect of any actions which the Agent took or omitted to take while acting as the Agent.

18.14
Institution of actions by Lenders

(a)
A Lender must not institute any legal proceedings against an Obligor to recover amounts owing to it under the Finance Documents, without giving the Agent and each other Lender a reasonable opportunity to join in the proceedings or agree to share the costs of the proceedings.

(b)
If a Lender does not join in an action against an Obligor or does not agree to share in the costs of the action (having been given a reasonable opportunity to do so by the Finance Party bringing the action), it is not entitled to share in any amount recovered by the action until all the Finance Parties who did join in the action or agree to share the costs of the action have received in full all money payable to them under the Finance Documents.

18.15
Identity of Lenders

(a)
A Lender must notify the Agent of any assignment or novation of that Lenders’ rights or obligations under any Finance Document in accordance with clause 19 .

(b)
The Agent may treat each Lender as the absolute legal and beneficial holder of its rights under the Finance Documents for all purposes, despite any notice to the contrary, unless otherwise required by law.

18.16
Electronic transmission of notices

Commencing on a date to be determined by the Agent and notified to the other parties to this agreement, notices, requests, demands, consents, approvals, agreements or other communications to or by the Agent under the Finance Documents:

(a)
may be given by means of a secure website established by the Agent, access to which is restricted to the parties to the Finance Documents (and, where applicable, their financial and legal advisers); and

(b)
will be taken to be given or made on:

(1)
a notice being posted on the secure website; and

(2)
receipt by the Agent of a delivery receipt in respect of an e‑mail the Agent has sent to the relevant party’s nominated email address (as notified to the Agent at least 5 days before any e‑mail is sent by the Agent or notice posted on the secure website) advising that the notice has become available on the secure website.

Project facility agreement
page  124

1    Definitions and interpretation 
18.17
Security Trustee’s capacity

The relationship of the Security Trustee to the Lenders is one of trustee and beneficiary. Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents the Security Trustee is not an agent of the Lenders under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

18.18
Disclosure of Information by Lenders

(a)
Each Lender must provide all information to the Agent or the Security Trustee (as applicable) that the Agent or the Security Trustee reasonably requires in order to manage its money-laundering, terrorism financing or economic and trade sanctions risk or to comply with any laws or regulations in Australia or any other country or where required by FATCA.

(b)
Each Lender agrees that the Agent and the Security Trustee may disclose any information concerning any Finance Party to any law enforcement, regulatory agency or court where in its reasonable opinion it is required by any such law or regulation in Australia or elsewhere or by FATCA.

19
Assignment and substitution

 
19.1
Assignment by Obligor

An Obligor must not assign or novate any of its rights or obligations under a Finance Document without the Agent’s prior written consent.

19.2
Assignment by Lenders

Any Lender may assign or novate any of its rights and obligations under a Finance Document to any person if:

(a)
any necessary prior Authorisation is obtained;

(b)
where the Lender is novating any of its rights and obligations under a Finance Document, the novation is effected in accordance with clause 19.3; and

(c)
it notifies the Agent; and

(d)
the assignee or novatee is one of the following:

(1)
in respect of any transfer of rights in respect of Principal Outstanding while no Event of Default is subsisting, an entity that is not a competitor of any Obligor;

(2)
in respect of any transfer of obligations in respect of undrawn Commitments while no Event of Default is subsisting, a bank or financial institution with a minimum credit rating of BB (Standard & Poor’s) or an equivalent rating from another major rating agency; or

(3)
otherwise, any person.

19.3
Substitution certificate

(a)
If a Lender wishes to novate any of its rights and obligations under a Finance Document to a Substitute Lender, it must notify the Agent at least 5 Business

Project facility agreement
page  125

1    Definitions and interpretation 
Days before the substitution (or such shorter period as the Agent approves), of the following:
 
(1)
the name of the Substitute Lender;

(2)
the proportion of its Commitment and its Principal Outstanding to be assumed by the Substitute Lender; and

(3)
the proposed date of the substitution.

(b)
The Retiring Lender and the Substitute Lender must execute a substitution certificate in the form of Attachment 1 and deliver it to the Agent at least 2 Business Days before the substitution (or such shorter period as the Agent approves).

(c)
When the Agent receives a substitution certificate under clause 19.3(b) it is authorised to, and must:

(1)
execute it on behalf of all the parties to this agreement other than the Retiring Lender;

(2)
notify each of the parties to this agreement of the substitution; and

(3)
deliver copies of it to the Borrower, the Retiring Lender and the Substitute Lender.

19.4
Assist

Each party must do any thing which the Agent reasonably requests including, executing any documents or amending any Finance Document, to effect any transfer, assignment, novation or substitution under this clause 19 .

19.5
Securitisation Permitted

(a)
A Lender may, without having to obtain the consent of or notify an Obligor, assign, transfer, sub‑participate or otherwise deal with any of its rights under this agreement to a trustee of a trust, a company or any other entity which in each case is established for the purposes of securitisation ( Securitisation Dealing ) provided that such Lender remains the lender of record.

(b)
Despite any Securitisation Dealing by a Lender, the Lender must continue to perform all its obligations under this agreement, and any amount paid by the Obligor to the Agent for the account of the Lender will satisfy the Obligor’s obligation to make that payment until the Obligor is:

(1)
given notice by the Lender of the Securitisation Dealing; and

(2)
directed by the Lender to pay any amount payable by the Obligor under this agreement to the relevant assignee, transferee or sub‑participant.

19.6
Participation permitted

A Lender may grant a participation interest (being a right to share in the financial benefits of this agreement, without any rights against an Obligor) in any of the Lender’s rights and benefits under this agreement to any other person without having to obtain the consent of or to notify an Obligor.

19.7
Lending Office

(a)
A Lender may change its Lending Office at any time.

Project facility agreement
page  126

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(b)
A Lender must promptly notify the Agent and the Borrower of the change.

19.8
No increase in costs

If a Lender assigns or novates any of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document or changes its Lending Office, no Obligor is required to pay any net increase in the aggregate amount of costs, Taxes, fees or charges which is a   direct consequence of the transfer or assignment or change of Lending Office.

20
Saving provisions

 
20.1
No merger of security

(a)
Nothing in this agreement merges, extinguishes, postpones, lessens or otherwise prejudicially affects:

(1)
any Encumbrance or indemnity in favour of any Finance Party; or

(2)
any Power.

(b)
No other Encumbrance or Finance Document which a Finance Party has the benefit of in any way prejudicially affects any Power.

20.2
Exclusion of moratorium

Without limiting clause 20.3, to the extent not excluded by law, a provision of any legislation (other than a provision of the PPSA mentioned in section 115(1) of the PPSA) which directly or indirectly:

(a)
lessens, varies or affects in favour of an Obligor any obligations under a Finance Document;

(b)
stays, postpones or otherwise prevents or prejudicially affects the exercise by any Finance Party of any Power; or

(c)
confers any right on an Obligor or imposes any obligation on a Finance Party or a Receiver or Attorney in connection with the exercise of any Power,

is negatived and excluded from each Finance Document and all relief and protection conferred on an Obligor by or under that legislation is also negatived and excluded.

20.3
Exclusion of PPSA provisions

To the extent the law permits:

(a)
for the purposes of section 115(1) and 115(7) of the PPSA:

(1)
a Finance Party need not comply with sections 95, 118, 121(4), 125, 130, 132(3)(d) or 132(4); and

(2)
sections 142 and 143 are excluded;

(b)
for the purposes of section 115(7) of the PPSA, a Finance Party need not comply with sections 132 and 137(3);

(c)
if the PPSA is amended after the date of this document to permit each Obligor and each Finance Party to agree to not comply with or to exclude other provisions of the PPSA, each Finance Party may notify each Obligor that any of

Project facility agreement
page  127

1    Definitions and interpretation 
these provisions are excluded or that the Finance Party need not comply with any of those provisions as notified to each Obligor by the Finance Party; and
 
(d)
each Obligor agrees not to exercise its rights to make any request of a Finance Party under section 275 of the PPSA, to authorise the disclosure of any information under that section or to waive any duty of confidence that would otherwise permit non-disclosure under that section.

20.4
Conflict

Where any right, power, authority, discretion or remedy conferred on a Finance Party, a Receiver or an Attorney by any Finance Document is inconsistent with the powers conferred by applicable law then, to the extent not prohibited by that law, those conferred by applicable law are regarded as negatived or varied to the extent of the inconsistency.

20.5
Consents

(a)
Whenever the doing of any thing by an Obligor is dependent on the consent of a Finance Party, the Finance Party may withhold its consent or give it conditionally or unconditionally in its absolute discretion, unless expressly stated otherwise in a Finance Document.

(b)
Any conditions imposed on an Obligor by a Finance Party under clause 20.5(a) must be complied with by the Obligor.

20.6
Principal obligations

This agreement and each Collateral Security is:

(a)
a principal obligation and is not ancillary or collateral to any other Encumbrance (other than another Collateral Security) or other obligation; and

(b)
independent of, and unaffected by, any other Encumbrance or other obligation which any Finance Party may hold at any time in respect of the Secured Moneys.

20.7
Non‑avoidance

If any payment by an Obligor to a Finance Party is avoided for any reason including any legal limitation, disability or incapacity of or affecting the Obligor or any other thing, and whether or not:

(a)
any transaction relating to the Secured Moneys was illegal, void or substantially avoided; or

(b)
any thing was or ought to have been within the knowledge of any Finance Party,

the Obligor:

(c)
as an additional, separate and independent obligation, indemnifies each Finance Party against that avoided payment; and

(d)
acknowledges that any liability of the Obligor under the Finance Documents and any right or remedy of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents is the same as if that payment had not been made.

Project facility agreement
page  128

1    Definitions and interpretation 
20.8
Set‑off authorised

If an Obligor does not pay any amount when due and payable by it to any Finance Party under a Finance Document, the Finance Party may:

(a)
apply any credit balance in any currency in any account of the Obligor with the Finance Party in or towards satisfaction of that amount; and

(b)
effect any currency conversion which may be required to make an application under clause 20.8(a) .

20.9
Agent’s certificates and approvals

(a)
A certificate issued by an Officer of the Agent or signed by an Officer of the Agent in relation to any amount, calculation or payment under any Finance Document is prima facie evidence of the matters stated in the certificate at the date of the certificate unless the contrary is proved.

(b)
Where any provision of a Finance Document requires the Agent’s approval, that approval will not be effective unless and until it is provided in writing.

20.10
No reliance or other obligations and risk assumption

Each Obligor acknowledges and confirms that:

(a)
it has not entered into any Finance Document in reliance on any representation, warranty, promise or statement made by or on behalf of any Finance Party;

(b)
in respect of the transactions evidenced by the Finance Documents, no Finance Party has any obligations other than those expressly set out in the Finance Documents; and

(c)
in respect of interest rates or exchange rates, no Finance Party is liable for any movement in interest rates or exchange rates or any information, advice or opinion provided by any Finance Party or any person on behalf of any Finance Party, even if:

(1)
provided at the request of an Obligor (it being acknowledged by each Obligor that such matters are inherently speculative);

(2)
relied on by an Obligor; or

(3)
provided incorrectly or negligently.

20.11
Power of attorney

(a)
For consideration received, each Obligor irrevocably appoints the Agent and each Officer of the Agent as the attorney of the Obligor to:

(1)
execute and deliver all documents; and

(2)
do all things,

which the Obligor is obliged to do and are necessary or desirable to give effect to each Finance Document, but which the Obligor has failed to do.

(b)
An Attorney must not exercise any Power under clause 20.11(a) unless an Event of Default is continuing, but a breach of this clause 20.11(b) does not affect the validity of the Attorney’s act.

(c)
An Attorney appointed under clause 20.11(a) may appoint a substitute attorney to perform any of its powers.

Project facility agreement
page  129

1    Definitions and interpretation 
21
General

 
21.1
Confidential information and publicity

(a)
A Finance Party must not disclose to any person:

(1)
any Finance Document; or

(2)
any information about any Obligor,

except:

(3)
in connection with a permitted assignment, novation, participation or securitisation under clause 19, where the disclosure is made on the basis that the recipient of the information will comply with this clause 21.1 in the same way that the Finance Party is required to do;

(4)
to any professional or other adviser consulted by it in relation to any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents;

(5)
to the Reserve Bank of Australia, the Australian Tax Office or any Government Agency requiring disclosure of the information (except that this paragraph does not permit a Finance Party to disclose any information of the kind referred to in section 275(1) of the PPSA);

(6)
in connection with the enforcement of its rights under the Finance Documents;

(7)
where the information is already in the public domain, or where the disclosure would not otherwise breach any duty of confidentiality;

(8)
if required by law in Australia or elsewhere (other than under section 275 of the PPSA to the extent that disclosure would not be required under that section if the disclosure would breach a duty of confidence);

(9)
if required by FATCA; or

(10)
otherwise with the prior written consent of the relevant Obligor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(b)
No Obligor may publicly disclose information relating to any Finance Document unless:

(1)
it obtains the prior written consent of the Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); or

(2)
it is required by an ASX Rule or, if applicable, the listing rules of an Approved US Stock Exchange, to make that disclosure and has given prior written notice of that disclosure to the Agent.

(c)
No Obligor may make any public announcement referring to any Finance Party unless:

(1)
it obtains the prior written consent of that Finance Party (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); or

(2)
it is required by an ASX Rule or, if applicable, the listing rules of an Approved US Stock Exchange, to make that announcement and has given prior written notice of that announcement to the Agent.

Project facility agreement
page  130

1    Definitions and interpretation 
21.2
Obligor to bear cost

Any thing which must be done by an Obligor under any Finance Document, whether or not at the request of any Finance Party, must be done at the cost of the Obligor.

21.3
Notices

(a)
Any notice or other communication including, any request, demand, consent or approval, to or by a party to any Finance Document must be in legible writing and in English addressed to the party in accordance with its details set out in Schedule 3 or as specified to the sender by the party by notice.

(b)
If the sender is a company, any such notice or other communication must be signed by an Officer of the sender.

(c)
Any such notice or other communication is regarded as being given by the sender and received by the addressee:

(1)
if by delivery in person, when delivered to the addressee;

(2)
if by post, on delivery to the addressee; or

(3)
if by facsimile, when received by the addressee in legible form,

but if the delivery or receipt is on a day which is not a Business Day or is after 4.00pm (addressee’s time) it is regarded as received at 9.00am on the following Business Day.

(d)
Any such notice or other communication can be relied on by the addressee and the addressee is not liable to any other person for any consequences of that reliance if the addressee believes it to be genuine, correct and authorised by the sender.

(e)
A facsimile transmission is regarded as legible unless the addressee telephones the sender within 2 hours after the transmission is received or regarded as received under clause 21.3(c) and informs the sender that it is not legible.

21.4
Governing law and jurisdiction

(a)
This agreement is governed by the laws of New South Wales.

(b)
Each Obligor irrevocably submits to the non‑exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of New South Wales.

(c)
Each Obligor irrevocably waives any objection to the venue of any legal process on the basis that the process has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(d)
Each Obligor irrevocably waives any immunity in respect of its obligations under this agreement that it may acquire from the jurisdiction of any court or any legal process for any reason including the service of notice, attachment before judgment, attachment in aid of execution or execution.

21.5
Prohibition and enforceability

(a)
Any provision of, or the application of any provision of, any Finance Document or any Power which is prohibited in any jurisdiction is, in that jurisdiction, ineffective only to the extent of that prohibition.

(b)
Any provision of, or the application of any provision of, any Finance Document which is void, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction does not affect the

Project facility agreement
page  131

1    Definitions and interpretation 
validity, legality or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction or of the remaining provisions in that or any other jurisdiction.
 
21.6
Waivers

(a)
Waiver of any right arising from a breach of this agreement or of any Power arising on default under this agreement or on the occurrence of an Event of Default must be in writing and signed by the party granting the waiver.

(b)
A failure or delay in exercise, or partial exercise, of:

(1)
a right arising from a breach of this agreement or the occurrence of an Event of Default; or

(2)
a Power created or arising on default under this agreement or on the occurrence of an Event of Default,

does not result in a waiver of that right or Power.

(c)
A party is not entitled to rely on a delay in the exercise or non‑exercise of a right or Power arising from a breach of this agreement or on a default under this agreement or on the occurrence of an Event of Default as constituting a waiver of that right or Power.

(d)
A party may not rely on any conduct of another party as a defence to exercise of a right or Power by that other party.

(e)
This clause 21.6 may not itself be waived except in writing.

21.7
Variation

(a)
A variation of any term of this agreement must be in writing and signed by the parties.

(b)
The Agent may sign a variation of any term of this agreement under clause 21.7(a) on behalf of the Lenders where it is permitted to do so in accordance with clause 18.5 or any other provision of a Finance Document.

21.8
Cumulative rights

The Powers are cumulative and do not exclude any other right, power, authority, discretion or remedy of any Finance Party, Receiver or Attorney.

21.9
Attorneys

Each of the attorneys executing this agreement states that the attorney has no notice of the revocation of the power of attorney appointing that attorney.

21.10
Counterparts

(a)
This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.

(b)
All counterparts, taken together, constitute one instrument.

(c)
A party may execute this agreement by signing any counterpart.

21.11
Process agent

(a)
Without prejudice to any mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each US Obligor:

Project facility agreement
page  132

1    Definitions and interpretation 
(1)
irrevocably appoints Paringa Resources Limited of Level 9, BGC Centre, 28 The Esplanade, Perth, Western Australia 6000, Australia in relation to proceedings in New South Wales as their process agent to receive any document in an action in connection with this agreement;

(2)
agrees that service of documents on its process agent at the address set out above (or any new address notified to the Agent in writing) is sufficient service on it; and

(3)
agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of any document in an action in connection with this agreement, will not invalidate the action concerned.

(b)
If for any reason the person named above ceases to be able to act as process agent, the US Obligors must appoint another person as its process agent in Australia and ensure that the replacement process agent accepts its appointment.


Project facility agreement
page  133

Schedules
 
Table of contents
 
   
   
Guarantors
135
   
Lenders and Commitments
137
   
Notice details
138
   
Officer’s certificate for entities incorporated in Australia
140
   
Officer’s certificate for entities incorporated in the United States of America
142
   
Funding Notice
146
   
Group Structure Diagram
148
   
Compliance Certificate
149
   
Repayments
151
   
Part 1 - Project Tenements and Project Owned Property
159
   
Material Authorisations
191
   
Project Documents
193
   
Completion Tests
194
   
Map of Project Area, Cypress Project Area and Dock Area
199

 
Project facility agreement
page  134

Schedule 1

Guarantors

 
Project facility agreement
page  135


1    Definitions and interpretation 
 
Name
Company number
Notice Details
     
       
Paringa Resources Limited
ABN 44 155 933 010
Address:
373 Whobry Road Rumsey KY 42371 USA
   
Attention:
David Gay
   
Email:
dgay@paringaresources.com
       
       
Hartshorne Coal Mining Pty Ltd
ABN 95 155 302 211
Address:
373 Whobry Road Rumsey KY 42371 USA
   
Attention:
David Gay
   
Email:
dgay@paringaresources.com
       
       
HCM Resources Pty Ltd
ABN 35 155 327 521
Address:
373 Whobry Road Rumsey KY 42371 USA
   
Attention:
David Gay
   
Email:
dgay@paringaresources.com
       
       
Hartshorne Holdings, LLC
5307802
Address:
373 Whobry Road Rumsey KY 42371 USA
   
Attention:
David Gay
   
Email:
dgay@paringaresources.com
       
       
Hartshorne Land, LLC
5307805
Address:
373 Whobry Road Rumsey KY 42371 USA
   
Attention:
David Gay
   
Email:
dgay@paringaresources.com
       
       
Hartshorne Mining, LLC
5303098
Address:
373 Whobry Road Rumsey KY 42371 USA
   
Attention:
David Gay
   
Email:
dgay@paringaresources.com
       
       
HCM Operations, LLC
5110174
Address:
373 Whobry Road Rumsey KY 42371 USA
   
Attention:
David Gay
   
Email:
dgay@paringaresources.com
       


Project facility agreement
page  136

Schedule 2
 
Lenders and Commitments

 
Name
Company number
Lending Office and Notice Details
Tranche One Commitment
Tranche Two Commitment
         
         
Macquarie Bank Limited
ABN 46 008 583 542
Address: Macquarie Bank Limited, 50 Martin Place, Sydney NSW 2000
 
Attention: Executive Director, Mining Finance Division
 
Email: MiningFinanceSydney@macquarie.com / cgm.notices@macquarie.com
 
With a copy to:
 
Address: Macquarie Bank Limited – New York Representative Office, 125 West 55 th Street, Level 20, New York NY 10019
 
Attention: Executive Director, Mining Finance Division
 
Email: patrick.murphy@macquarie.com
$15,000,000
$6,700,000



Project facility agreement
page  137

Schedule 3
Notice details


Clause 21.3
 
Borrower:
Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
   
Address:
373 Whobry Road, Rumsey KY 42371 USA
   
Attention:
David Gay
   
Email:
dgay@paringaresources.com
   
 
Parent:
Paringa Resources Limited
   
Address:
373 Whobry Road, Rumsey KY 42371 USA
   
Attention:
David Gay
   
Email:
dgay@paringaresources.com
   
 

Project facility agreement
page  138

Schedule 4   Notice Details

 
Original Lender:
Macquarie Bank Limited
   
Address:
Macquarie Bank Limited, 50 Martin Place, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia
   
Attention:
Executive Director, Mining Finance Division
   
Email:
MiningFinanceSydney@macquarie.com / cgm.notices@macquarie.com
   
 
With a copy to
   
Address:
Macquarie Bank Limited – New York Representative Office, 125 West 55 th Street, Level 20, New York NY 10019
   
Attention:
Executive Director, Mining Finance Division
   
Email:
patrick.murphy@macquarie.com
   

Agent and Security Trustee:
Macquarie Bank Limited
   
Address:
Macquarie Bank Limited, 50 Martin Place, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia
   
Attention:
Executive Director, Mining Finance Division
   
Email:
MiningFinanceSydney@macquarie.com / cgm.notices@macquarie.com
   
 
With a copy to
   
Address:
Macquarie Bank Limited – New York Representative Office, 125 West 55 th Street, Level 20, New York NY 10019
   
Attention:
Executive Director, Mining Finance Division
   
Email:
patrick.murphy@macquarie.com
   
 
Guarantors:

As set out in Schedule 1
Project facility agreement
page  139

Schedule 4

Officer’s certificate for entities incorporated in Australia

 
Clause 2.1(a)

To:   [                 ] ( Agent )

I [ insert name ] am a [ insert capacity - director/secretary ] of each of [ insert names of Transaction Parties ] (each an Obligor).

I refer to the loan facility agreement dated [ insert date ] 2018 between Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC (as Borrower ), Paringa Resources Limited (as Parent ), each party listed in Schedule 1 of that agreement (as Guarantors ), Macquarie Bank Limited (as Original Lender), Macquarie Bank Limited (as Agent ) and Macquarie Bank Limited (as Security Trustee ) ( Facility Agreement ).

A term defined in the Facility Agreement has the same meaning when used in this Certificate.

I have been authorised by each Obligor to give this certificate.

I certify as follows:

1
Relevant documents


Attached to this certificate are true, complete and up‑to‑date copies of each of the following:

(a)
Constitution : the constitution of each Obligor.

(b)
Power of attorney : a duly executed power of attorney granted by each Obligor authorising execution of the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

(c)
board minutes: extracts of minutes of a meeting of the directors of each relevant Obligor approving the execution and performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party and the granting of the power of attorney referred to in clause 1(b) above.

(c)
Group Structure Diagram : a copy of the group structure diagram.

2
No revocation

 
Each document, power of attorney [ and resolution] referred to in clause 1   is in full force and effect and has not been amended, modified or revoked.

Project facility agreement
page  140

Schedule 4   Officer’s certificate for entities incorporated in Australia
3
Officers

 
The following signatures are the true signatures of each of the Officers of each Obligor as at the date of this certificate:
 
 
Name
Position
Signature
       
       
 
1            [ insert name ]
[ insert details of position ]
 
       
       
 
2            [ insert name ]
[ insert details of position ]
 
       
       
 
3            [ insert name ]
[ insert details of position ]
 
       
 


 
4
Certification

I certify that:

(a)
each Obligor, before entering into any Finance Document to which it is a party, has, in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of each such Finance Document, complied with chapter 2E of the Corporations Act or any equivalent provisions in applicable companies legislation in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

(b)
as at the date of execution of each Finance Document, each Obligor is solvent and will not become insolvent by entering into and performing its obligations under each Finance Document to which is a party.


sign here
   
 
[ insert  name and capacity – director/secretary ]
 
date
   
Project facility agreement
page  141

 
Officer’s certificate for entities incorporated in the United States of America


OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE
 
________________, 2018

David Gay (the “ Officer ”) certifies that:

The Officer is the duly appointed and acting President of each company listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Companies ”, and each, a “ Company ”) and as such, the Officer is authorized to execute this Certificate on behalf of each Company, and does hereby further certify that:

1.
This Certificate is delivered in connection with that certain Project Facility Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of, 2018, by and among Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC, Paringa Resources Limited, Macquarie Bank Limited and the guarantors party thereto.

2.
Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true, correct and complete copy of the certificate of formation of each Company as in effect on the date hereof, and at all times since the resolutions referred to in paragraph (4) below were adopted by such Company, and such certificate of formation has not been modified, revoked or rescinded in any respect and remains in full force and effect on and as of the date hereof.

3.
Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true, correct and complete copy of the limited liability company agreement of each Company, including all amendments thereto, as in effect on the date hereof and such limited liability company agreement has not been modified, revoked or rescinded in any respect and remains in full force and effect on and as of the date hereof.

4.
Attached hereto as Exhibit D is a true, correct and complete copy of the resolutions adopted by the Board of Managers of each Company by unanimous written consent dated as of the date hereof, which have been placed in the minute book of such Company with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Managers.  Such resolutions have not been modified, revoked or rescinded in any respect and remain in full force and effect on and as of the date hereof and are the only resolutions of the Board of Managers of each Company in force and effect authorizing, relating to or affecting the transactions or agreements described therein.

5.
Attached hereto as Exhibit E is a true and complete copy of the certificate of good standing issued to each Company by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as in effect on the date set forth thereon.

Project facility agreement
page  142

 
6.
Each of the following persons is a duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting officer of each Company, holding the office or offices set forth opposite his name, and set forth opposite each such officer’s name is a genuine specimen of his signature, and each such officer is duly authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of each Company each of the agreements, documents and/or certificates to which it is a party relating to the transactions or agreements described in the resolutions annexed hereto as Exhibit D .
 
Name
Title
Signature
     
Grant Quasha
Chief Executive Officer of each Company
 
     
David Gay
President of each Company
 
     
Richard C. Kim
Chief Operating Officer of each Company
 

 
 [Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

Project facility agreement
page  143

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed and delivered this Certificate as of the date first set forth above.
 
 
By:
 
   
Grant Quasha,
   
Chief Executive Officer of each Company
 
I, Grant Quasha, the duly appointed, qualified and acting Chief Executive Officer of each Company listed on Exhibit A hereto, do hereby certify and affirm that David Gay is the duly appointed, qualified and acting President of each Company listed on Exhibit A hereto, and that the signature set forth above in this Certificate is his true signature.

 

 
By:
 
   
Grant Quasha,
 
 
 
[Insert page break]
 
Exhibit A – Companies


Name of Company
State of Formation
Hartshorne Holdings, LLC
Delaware
Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
Delaware
Hartshorne Mining, LLC
Delaware
Hartshorne Land, LLC
Delaware
HCM Operations, LLC
Delaware
[Insert page break]

Exhibit B – Certificates of Formation

See attached.
[Insert page break]

Exhibit C – Operating Agreements

See attached.
[Insert page break]

Exhibit D – Resolutions

See attached.
[Insert page break]
 
Project facility agreement
page  144

Schedule 7   Officer's certificate for entities incorporated in the United States of America

Exhibit E – Good Standing Certificates

See attached.

Project facility agreement
page  145

Schedule 5

Funding Notice


Clause 4.2 (Requirements for a Funding Notice)

To:
[ insert name of Agent ] ( Agent )

Attention:
[ insert relevant name ]

We refer to the loan facility agreement dated [                 ] 2018 between Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC (as Borrower ), Paringa Resources Limited (as Parent ), each party listed in Schedule 1 of that agreement (as Guarantors ), Macquarie Bank Limited (as Original Lender ), Macquarie Bank Limited (as Agent ) and Macquarie Bank Limited (as Security Trustee ) ( Facility Agreement ).

Under clause 4 of the Facility Agreement:

(a)
we give you notice that we wish to draw on [                 ] ( Funding Date );

(c)
the aggregate amount to be drawn is $[                 ];

(d)
particulars of each Funding Portion are:
 

Facility/Tranche
Face Value Amount/ Funding Period
Principal Amount
     
     

 
(e)
The proceeds of each Funding Portion are to be used in accordance with clause 3.3 of the Facility Agreement.

(f)
We request that the proceeds be remitted to account number [                 ] at [                 ];

(g)
We represent and warrant that no Default is subsisting or will result from the provision of any Funding Portion [, except as follows: [                 ], and we propose the following remedial action [                 ]] .

(h)
A true, complete and up-to-date copy of the Cost to Complete Schedule that has been provided to the Lenders’ Technical Expert in accordance with clause 2.4(b) of the Facility Agreement is attached * .

Expressions defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Funding Notice.
 
date
[ insert date ]
 
 

* Note: Only required prior to Completion.
Project facility agreement
page  146

Schedule 7     Funding Notice
 
 
 
Signed for and on behalf of the Borrower by
sign here
   
 
Officer
 
print name
   

Project facility agreement
page  147

Schedule 6
Group Structure Diagram

 
Clause 8.1(h) (Group Structure Diagram)
 


Project facility agreement
page  148

Schedule 7

Compliance Certificate


Clause 8.1(e)

To:   [   ] ( Agent )

Compliance Certificate as at   [ Date ]

I refer to the loan facility agreement ( Facility Agreement ) dated [                 ] 2018 between Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC (as Borrower ), Paringa Resources Limited (as Parent ), each party listed in Schedule 1 of that agreement (as Guarantors ), Macquarie Bank Limited (as Original Lender ), Macquarie Bank Limited (as Agent ) and Macquarie Bank Limited (as Security Trustee ).

A term defined in the Facility Agreement has the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate.

We certify on behalf of the Borrower as follows in relation to the period commencing [                 ]:

(a)   the Loan Life Cover Ratio was [   ];

(b)   the Project Life Cover Ratio was [   ];

(c)   the Gross Debt to EBITDA Ratio was [   ]. [ Note: only applicable from 30 September 2019 ];

(d)   the Reserve Tail Ratio was [   ];

(e)   the Debt Service Cover Ratio was [   ]. [ Note: only applicable from 30 September 2019 ]

We [certify/are unable to certify] on behalf of the Borrower as follows in relation to the quarter commencing on [                 ] [ Note: Being the first day of the quarter after the quarter the subject of the last Compliance Certificate. ] that:

(a)
saleable Product from the Project for the period is not less than 80% of forecast saleable Product for the period under the Base Case Financial Model as follows:

(1)
saleable Product from the Project for the period was [                 ]; and

(2)
forecast saleable Product for that period under the Base Case Financial Model was [                 ]; and

(b)
all in unit costs for saleable Product for the period were less than 20% above forecast all in unit costs for saleable Product for the period under the Base Case Financial Model as follows:

(1)
all in unit costs for saleable Product for the period was [                 ]; and

Project facility agreement
page  149

Schedule 7     Compliance Certificate
(2)
forecast all in unit costs for saleable Product for the period under the Base Case Financial Model was [] .

We [certify/are unable to certify] on behalf of the Borrower that the Base Case Financial Model and the Annual Construction and Operating Budget demonstrates that at least 80% of Product for the following 12 month period is contracted for sale under Supply Agreements or Permitted Sales Agreements. [ Note: only applicable after 1 January 2019. ]

We [certify/are unable to certify] on behalf of the Borrower that the balance of the Proceeds Account was at least equal to the Minimum Proceeds Account Balance at all times since the date of the last Compliance Certificate as follows: [ Insert details of Proceeds Account balance and the calculation of the Minimum Proceeds Account Balance. ]

We certify on behalf of the Borrower as follows in relation to the period since the date of the last Compliance Certificate (the Relevant Period ):

(a)
[no new Project Documents have been entered into during the Relevant Period;] [ Note: Include only if applicable. If inapplicable, include paragraph (b) or (c) below as relevant. ]

(b)
[a copy of each Project Document (other than Project Tenements and Cypress Project Tenements) entered into during the Relevant Period has been provided to the Agent in accordance with clause 8.8(h) of the Facility Agreement;][ Note: Include only if applicable. ]

(c)
[the following Project Tenements and Cypress Project Tenements have been entered into during the Relevant Period and a true, complete and up-to-date copy of each document evidencing each such Project Tenement and Cypress Project Tenement (as applicable) has been uploaded into the Project Tenements Dataroom in accordance with clause 8.8(i)(2) of the Facility Agreement:

(1)
[                 ];

(2)
[                 ]; and

(3)
[                 ].] [ Note: Include only if applicable. ]

We represent and warrant that no Default or Review Event is subsisting except as follows: [   ], and we have taken/propose the following remedial action [ insert action ] .
 
date
   
sign here
   
 
Director
Director
     
print name
   
 
Project facility agreement
page  150

Schedule 8

Repayments

Part A – Repayment Instalments (Tranche One and Tranche Two)

[***]

Project facility agreement
page  151

Schedule 8     Repayments


[***]

Part B – Repayment Instalments (Tranche One only)

[***]


Project facility agreement
page  152

Schedule 9
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF UNLISTED OPTIONS – OPTIONS (SECOND ISSUANCE)

1.
Entitlement

Each Option (together the Options ) entitles the holder ( Holder ) to subscribe for one ordinary share ( Share ) in Paringa Resources Limited ( Company ) upon exercise.

2.         Exercise Price and Expiry Date

Each Option shall have an exercise price of A$[***] and expire [***] from the date on which they are issued ( Expiry Date ).

3.         Exercise Period

Each Option is exercisable at any time after the date of grant of the Option and before the Expiry Date ( Exercise Period ).

4.         Notice of Exercise

The Options may be exercised by notice in writing to the Company ( Notice of Exercise ) and payment of the Exercise Price for each Option being exercised. Any Notice of Exercise of an Option received by the Company will be deemed to be a notice of the exercise of that Option as at the date of receipt.

5.         Shares issued on exercise

Shares issued on exercise of the Options rank equally with the then Shares of the Company.

6.         Quotation of Shares on exercise

Application will be made by the Company to ASX for official quotation of the Shares issued upon the exercise of the Options within 3 Business Days of the date of issue of those Shares.

7.         Timing of issue of Shares and quotation of Shares on exercise

Within 15 Business Days after the later of the following:

a)
receipt of a Notice of Exercise given in accordance with these terms and conditions and payment of the Exercise Price for each Option being exercised; and

b)
the earlier to occur of:

(i)
when excluded information in respect to the Company (as defined in section 708A(7) of the Corporations Act) (if any) ceases to be excluded information.

Project facility agreement
page  153

If there is no such information the relevant date will be the date of receipt of a Notice of Exercise as set out in clause 7a) above; or
 
(ii)
the Holder elects that the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of the Options will be subject to a holding lock for a period of [***] (as set out in clause 8 below),

the Company will:

c)
allot and issue the Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Options;

d)
in the circumstances where clause 7(b)(i) applies, give ASX a notice that complies with section 708A(5)(e) of the Corporations Act or lodge a prospectus with ASIC that qualifies the Shares issued upon exercise of the Options for resale under section 708A(11) of the Corporations Act;

e)
in the circumstances where clause 7(b)(ii) applies , apply a holding lock in accordance with clause 8 in respect of the Shares issued upon exercise of the Options; and

f)
apply for official quotation on ASX of Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Options.

8.         Holding lock

a)
The Holder may make an election as set out in clause 7(b)(ii) at any time following delivery of a Notice of Exercise and payment of the Exercise Price for each Option being exercised.

b)   If the Holder makes an election pursuant to clause 7(b)(ii), then:

(i)   the Company will apply a holding lock on the Shares to be issued;

(ii)
the Company shall release the holding lock on the Shares on the earlier to occur of:

[***]

(iii)
the Shares shall be transferable by the Holder and the holding lock will be lifted provided that the transfer of the Shares complies with section 707(3) of the Corporations Act and the transferee of the Shares agrees to the holding lock applying to the Shares following their transfer for the balance of the period in clause 8(b)(ii).

9.         Participation in new issues

There are no participation rights or entitlements inherent in the Options and holders will not be entitled to participate in new issues of capital offered to Shareholders during the currency of the Options.

Project facility agreement
page  154

 
However, the Company will ensure that for the purposes of determining entitlements to any such issue, the record date will be at least ten business days after the issue is announced. This will give the Holders of Options the opportunity to exercise their Options prior to the date for determining entitlements to participate in any such issue.

10.       Adjustment for bonus issues of Shares

If the Company makes a bonus issue of Shares or other securities to existing Shareholders (other than an issue in lieu or in satisfaction, of dividends or by way of dividend reinvestment):

(a)
the number of Shares which must be issued on the exercise of an Option will be increased by the number of Shares which the Optionholder would have received if the Holder of Options had exercised the Option before the record date for the bonus issue; and

(b)
no change will be made to the Exercise Price.

11.        Adjustment for rights issue

If the Company makes an issue of Shares pro rata to existing Shareholders there will be no adjustment of the Exercise Price of an Option.

12.        Adjustments for reorganisation

If there is any reconstruction of the issued share capital of the Company, the rights of the Holders of Options may be varied to comply the ASX Listing Rules which apply to the reconstruction at the time of the reconstruction.

13.        Quotation of Options

No application for quotation of the Options will be made by the Company.

14.        Options Transferable

The Options are only transferable provided that the transfer of Options complies with section 707(3) of the Corporations Act.

15.        Lodgement Instructions
 
Cheques shall be in Australian currency made payable to the Company and crossed “Not Negotiable”. The application for shares on exercise of the Options with the appropriate remittance should be lodged at the Company’s Registry.

Project facility agreement
page  155



APPLICATION FOR SHARES ON EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

To The Directors,
Paringa Resources Limited ( Company )
 
I/We
 
 
Full Address
 
 

 
hereby exercise
 
(number in words)

options (together the Options and each an Option ) to apply for an equal number of ordinary shares in the capital of Paringa Resources Limited ( Company ) ( Shares ) and

* tick as appropriate
 
☐ *I/we enclose my/our cheque for/confirm we have paid to your account by electronic funds transfer $ ________ in payment of such Shares at the cost of A$[ insert ] for each Option exercised.
 
☐ *I/we request that you allot me/us the number of Shares to which I am/we are entitled and I/we agree to accept such Shares subject to the Company’s constitution.

 
 
     
 
   
 
Individual or Attorney or Joint Holder 1:
     
Sole Director and Sole Company Secretary:
  Affix
Seal
here if
required
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
in the presence of:
    OR    
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
   
Executed in accordance with section 127(1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):
   
 
Witness signature
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
               
  Witness name      
Director:
         
               
 
Date:
     
AND
   
 
 
     
 
   
         
Director/Secretary:
       
 
Individual or Attorney or Joint Holder 2:
         
         
Date:
         
               
 
in the presence of:
           
               
               
 
Witness signature
           
               
               
 
Witness name
           
               
  Date:              
                 

 
Project facility agreement
page  156

Signing and Sealing Requirements

        Individuals, Joint Holders and Attorneys         Companies
   
·      Individual shareholders and Attorneys must sign where indicated above and insert date.
 
·      Any person acting as an Attorney must, unless previously noted, provide Paringa Resources Limited with the original or a certified copy of the relevant authority.
 
·   If there are joint holders, each joint holder must sign.
·   A company must affix its common seal in accordance with its constitution or in cases where the common seal of the Company is not required to be affixed (or one does not exist), certain of its directors and officers must sign and state their office as provided above.


Notes:   Cheques are to be crossed “ Not Negotiable ”, and be made payable to “ Paringa Resources Limited ” and forward with this form to:

Paringa Resources Limited
ABN 44 155 933 010
[address]


This application must be lodged not later than 5.00pm (Sydney time) on the Option Expiry Date.

Project facility agreement
page  157

 
 
 
Signing page
 
 
Executed as an agreement
 
 
 
 
Company
 
 
Signed for
Paringa Resources Limited
by
   
sign here
   
 
Director
 
     
print name
   
     
sign here
   
 
Director / Company Secretary
 
     
print name
   
     
 

 
Lender
   
 
Signed by
   
sign here
   
 
[ insert ]
 
     
 
in the presence of
 
     
sign here
   
 
Witness
 
     
print name
   
     
 
 

 
Project facility agreement
page  158

Schedule 10

Part 1 - Project Tenements and Project Owned Property


[***]

Project facility agreement
page  159



[***]
Project facility agreement
page  160



[***]
Project facility agreement
page  161



[***]
Project facility agreement
page  162



[***]
Project facility agreement
page  163



[***]
Project facility agreement
page  164



[***]
Project facility agreement
page  165



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  166



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  167



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  168



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  169



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  170



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  171



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  172



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  173



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  174



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  175



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  176



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  177



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  178



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  179



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  180



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  181



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  182



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  183



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  184



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  185



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  186



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  187



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  188



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  189




[***]

Project facility agreement
page  190

Schedule 11

Material Authorisations


[***]
 
Project facility agreement
page  191

 

[***]

Project facility agreement
page  192

Schedule 12

Project Documents

[***]


Project facility agreement
page  193

Schedule 13

[***]

Project facility agreement
page  194



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  195



[***]

Project facility agreement
page  196



[***]

Project facility agreement
page 197



[***]

Project facility agreement
page 198

 
Schedule 14

Map of Project Area, Cypress Project Area and Dock Area


Part A: Project Area and Cypress Project Area


Project facility agreement
page 199

Part B: Dock Area


Project facility agreement
page 200

Signing page

Executed as an agreement


 
 
Borrower
   
 
Signed for
Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
by its officer
 
     
sign here
   
 
Officer
 
     
print name
   
 
 
Parent and Guarantor
   
 
Signed by
Paringa Resources Limited
by
 
     
sign here
 
sign here
 
 
Company Secretary/Director
 
Director
       
print name
 
print name
 
 
 
Guarantor
   
 
Signed by
Hartshorne Coal Mining Pty Ltd
by
 
     
sign here
 
sign here
 
 
Company Secretary/Director
 
Director
       
print name
 
print name
 
 

Project facility agreement
page  201

 
Guarantor
   
 
Signed by
HCM Resources Pty Ltd
by
 
     
sign here
 
sign here
 
 
Company Secretary/Director
 
Director
       
print name
 
print name
 
 
 
Guarantor
   
 
Signed for
Hartshorne Holdings, LLC
by its officer
 
     
sign here
   
 
Officer
 
     
print name
   
 
 
Guarantor
   
 
Signed for
Hartshorne Land, LLC
by its officer
 
     
sign here
   
 
Officer
 
     
print name
   
 

Project facility agreement
page  202

 
Guarantor
   
 
Signed for
Hartshorne Mining, LLC
by its attorneys
   
sign here
     
 
Officer
 
 
       
print name
     
 
 
Guarantor
   
 
Signed for
HCM Operations, LLC
by its officer
   
sign here
     
 
Officer
 
 
       
print name
     
 

Project facility agreement
page  203

 
 
Original Lender
   
 
Signed for
Macquarie Bank Limited
by its attorneys
   
sign here
     
 
Attorney
 
Attorney
       
print name
     
 
 
Agent and Security Trustee
   
 
Signed for
Macquarie Bank Limited
by its attorneys
   
sign here
     
 
Attorney
 
Attorney
       
print name
     
 

Project facility agreement
page  204

Attachment 1

Substitution certificate


Clause 19.3 (Substitution certificate)

Date
 
Between the parties
 
 
   
Retiring Lender
[                       ]
ABN [                        ]
of [                       ]
   
   
Substitute Lender
[                       ]
ABN [                        ]
of [                       ]
   
   
Agent
[                       ]
ABN [                        ]
of [                       ]
 
1
Interpretation

1.1
Definitions

The meanings of the terms used in this agreement are set out below.
 
Term
Meaning
   
   
Facility Agreement
the loan facility agreement dated [                       ] 2018 between Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC (as Borrower ), Paringa Resources Limited (as Parent ), each party listed in Schedule 1 of that agreement (as Guarantors ), Macquarie Bank Limited (as Original Lender ), Macquarie Bank Limited (as Agent ) and  Macquarie Bank Limited (as Security Trustee ).

 
 
Project facility agreement
page  205

Attachment 1     Substitution certificate
 
 

 
Substituted Commitment
the rights and obligations under the Facility Agreement of the Retiring Lender in respect of [                       ] of the Commitment and [                       ] of the Principal Outstanding of the Retiring Lender and all other related rights and obligations.
   
   
Substitution Date
[                       ] .
   

 

1.2
Incorporated definitions

A word or phrase defined in the Facility Agreement has the same meaning when used in this agreement.

1.3
Interpretation

(a)
Clause 1.3 of the Facility Agreement applies to this agreement as if set out in full in this agreement.

(b)
A reference in this agreement to ‘identical’ rights or obligations is a reference to rights or obligations substantially identical in character to those rights or obligations rather than identical as to the person entitled to them or obliged to perform them.

1.4
Capacity

The Agent enters into this agreement for itself and as agent for each of the parties to the Facility Agreement (other than the Substitute Lender).

2
Substitution

 
2.1
Effect of substitution

From the Substitution Date:

(a)
no party to the Finance Documents has any further obligation to the Retiring Lender in relation to the Substituted Commitment;

(b)
the Retiring Lender is released from and has no further rights or obligations to a party to the Finance Documents in relation to the Substituted Commitment and any Finance Document to that extent;

(c)
the Agent grants to the Substitute Lender rights which are identical to the rights which the Retiring Lender had in respect of the Substituted Commitment and any Finance Document to that extent; and

(d)
the Substitute Lender assumes obligations towards each of the parties to the Finance Documents which are identical to the obligations which the Retiring Lender was required to perform in respect of the Substituted Commitment before the acknowledgment set out in clause 2.1(b) .

Project facility agreement
page  206

Attachment 1     Substitution certificate
2.2
Substitute Lender a Lender

With effect on and from the Substitution Date:

(a)
the Substitute Lender is taken to be a party to the Finance Documents with a Commitment equal to the Substituted Commitment and Schedule 2 of the Facility Agreement is amended accordingly; and

(b)
a reference in the Facility Agreement to ‘Lender’ includes a reference to the Substitute Lender.

2.3
Preservation of accrued rights

The Retiring Lender and all other parties to the Facility Agreement remain entitled to and bound by their respective rights and obligations in respect of the Substituted Commitment and any of their other rights and obligations under the Finance Documents which have accrued up to the Substitution Date.

3
Acknowledgments

 
3.1
Copies of Finance Documents

The Substitute Lender acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Finance Documents and all other information which it has requested in connection with the Finance Documents.

3.2
Acknowledgment

The Substitute Lender acknowledges and agrees as specified in clause 18.12 of the Facility Agreement, which applies as if references to the Agent included the Retiring Lender and references to any Finance Document included this agreement.

4
Payments

 
4.1
Payments by Agent

With effect on and from the Substitution Date the Agent must make all payments due under the Facility Agreement in connection with the Substituted Commitment to the Substitute Lender, without having any further responsibility to the Retiring Lender in respect of the same.

4.2
As between Lenders

The Retiring Lender and the Substitute Lender must make directly between themselves the payments and adjustments which they agree with respect to accrued interest, fees, costs and other rights or other amounts attributable to the Substituted Commitment which accrue before the Substitution Date.

Project facility agreement
page  207

Attachment 1     Substitution certificate
5
Warranty

 
Each of the Retiring Lender and the Substitute Lender represent and warrant to the other parties that the requirements of clause 19 of the Facility Agreement have been complied with in relation to the Substituted Commitment.

6
Notices

The details of the Substitute Lender for the purpose of Schedule 3 of the Facility Agreement are as follows:
 
Name
ABN/ACN/
ARBN
Lending Office and Notice Details
Commitment
       
       
   
Address:
Attention:
Facsimile:
 

 


7
General

 
Clause 21 of the Facility Agreement applies to this agreement as if it were fully set out in this agreement.

8
Attorneys

 
Each of the attorneys executing this agreement states that the attorney has no notice of revocation of that attorney’s power of attorney.
Project facility agreement
page  208

Attachment 1     Substitution certificate

Executed as an agreement


 
Retiring Lender
   
 
Signed for
[                       ]
by his/her/its attorney
   
sign here
   
 
Attorney
 
     
print name
   
     
 
in the presence of
 
     
sign here
   
 
Witness
 
     
print name
   
 
 

 
Substitute Lender
   
 
Signed for
[                       ]
by his/her/its attorney
     
sign here
   
 
Attorney
 
print name
   
     
 
in the presence of
 
sign here
   
 
Witness
 
print name
   
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  209

Attachment 1     Substitution certificate
 
Agent
   
 
Signed for
[                       ]
by his/her/its attorney
   
sign here
   
 
Attorney
 
     
print name
   
     
 
in the presence of
 
     
sign here
   
 
Witness
 
     
print name
   
 
 
 
Project facility agreement
page  210

Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2, confidential information (indicated by [***]) has been omitted from this exhibit and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Application filed with the Commission.
 
Exhibit 4.4
 
Fixed Price Contract
Poplar Grove Preparation Plant, Materials Handling and Green River Dock
 
This Fixed Price Contract (“Contract”), made this 23 of June, 2017, is entered by and between Fricke Management and Contracting, Inc. , an Illinois Corporation (“Contractor”), and Hartshorne Mining, LLC , a Delaware Limited Liability Company (“Owner”).  In consideration of mutual promises and valuable consideration, Contractor and Owner agree:
 
1.0
Definitions . As used in this Contract, these terms have the respective meanings stated below:
 
1.1             “Applicable Laws” means all laws, statutes, rules, acts, ordinances, codes, regulations, directives and orders of Governmental Authorities, whether federal, state or local, and including requirements of permits, certificates and licenses, in effect during the term of this Contract.
 
1.2             “Application(s) for Payment” has the meaning in Paragraph 5.4 of this Contract.
 
1.3            “Bankrupt” means:
 
1.3.1         applying for or consenting to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property;
 
1.3.2         making a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
 
1.3.3          filing a petition seeking to take advantage of law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debts;
 
1.3.4          taking any action to effect any of the foregoing; or
 
1.3.5          being a defendant, respondent, alleged debtor, or otherwise having commenced against Contractor, in any court of competent jurisdiction, a proceeding or case seeking its liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of Contractor’s debts.
 
1.4           “Change Order” has the meaning in Paragraph 6.1 of this Contract.
 
1.5           “Change Order Proposal” has the meaning in Paragraph 6.2 of this Contract.
 
1.6           “Change Order Request” has the meaning in Paragraph 6.2 of this Contract.
 
1.7           “Commissioning” means the process of planning, documenting, scheduling, testing, adjusting, verifying, and training, to provide a facility that operates as a fully functional system per the Scope of Work, Schedule A.
 
1.8             “Confidential Information” has the meaning in Paragraph 3.18 of this Contract.
 
1

1.9             “Construction Milestone Date” means the date of completion of a defined part of the Work that is less than the entire Work and as particularly described in the Final Construction Schedule.
 
1.10           “Construction Work” means all portions of the Work that are physically performed by labor and equipment - not Pre-Construction Project Drawings Work.
 
1.11         “Contract Documents” are this Contract, all Drawings, all Specifications, the Final Construction Schedule, the Scope of Work, any written amendment to this Contract executed by Contractor and Owner, all Change Order(s) and all Work Order(s).
 
1.12           “Contract Sum” has the meaning in Paragraph 5.1 of this Contract.
 
1.13          “Contractor’s Representative” has the meaning in Paragraph 3.11 of this Contract.
 
1.14           “Contractor Submittals” include (i) three (3) complete sets of equipment operation and maintenance manuals reasonably satisfactory to Owner, and spare parts lists, unless a greater quantity is specified in any other Contract Document; (ii)  one (1) digital and three (3) complete sets of the color-marked “As-Built” Drawings that reflect all changes in the Work authorized by Owner, or which are required as a result of field or other conditions or adapt approved types of apparatus, fixtures, or materials to the Work, or which may be required by local or other authorities to conform to Applicable Laws; and (iii) a “Contractor’s Partial Waiver and Release”, in the form in Schedule C attached and incorporated into this Contract.
 
1.15           “Direct Agreement” means a direct agreement to be entered into between the Contractor, the Owner and Macquarie Bank Limited (“Macquarie”) for the benefit of certain secured parties, with respect to the financing of the Project, which must be in form and substance satisfactory to Macquarie.
 
1.16         “Drawings” are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work including blueprints, plans, elevations, sections, details and diagrams.
 
1.17           “Final Completion” of the Work has the meaning in Paragraph 5.10 of this Contract.
 
1.18         “Final Construction Schedule” has the meaning in Paragraph 4.1 of this Contract.
 
1.19           “Final Payment” has the meaning in Paragraph 5.10 of this Contract.
 
1.20         “Force Majeure Occurrence” has the meaning in Paragraph 8.1 of this Contract.
 
1.21           “Governmental Authority(ies)” means any federal, state or local government, and political subdivision(s) thereof, and any entity(ies) exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions having or pertaining to government, including without limitation the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
 
2

1.22           “Jobsite” means the site of the Poplar Grove Mine, the Poplar Grove Preparation Plant & Refuse Area and the Green River Barge Dock located in McLean County, Kentucky where the Work will be performed as set forth in the Contract.
 
1.23           “Liabilities” means all liabilities, obligations, deficiencies, demands, claims, causes of action, suits, assessments, losses, fines, penalties, damages, costs or expenses (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and the costs of investigation, settlement and defense).
 
1.24           “Owner’s Representative” shall mean such representative of Owner as specified by written notice from Owner to Contractor.  Notice to Owner’s Representative shall be effective as notice to Owner.
 
1.25        “Pre-Construction Project Drawings Work” means that portion of the Work designated in the Scope of Work as the “Pre-Construction Project Drawings.”
 
1.26           “Pre-Existing Contractor Material” has the meaning in Paragraph 2.2 of this Contract.
 
1.27           “Project” shall mean the “Project” identified below the title of this Contract on the first page, which constitutes an identified portion of the development and construction of the Poplar Grove Mine and other components of the Buck Creek Mine Complex in McLean County, Kentucky.
 
1.28           “Punch List” is the Work yet to be completed by Contractor, which will be itemized on one or more documents following Substantial Completion of the Work and necessary for the Contractor to attain Final Completion.
 
1.29           “Punch List Retainage” means an amount equal to [***] of Owner’s estimated cost for Contractor to complete the Punch List items as required by Paragraph 4.7 of this Contract.
 
1.30           “Retainage” has the meaning in Paragraph 5.4 of this Contract.
 
1.31         “Scope Change” means a material addition to, deletion from, suspension of or other modification to the quality, quantity, function or intent of the Work as provided for in the Contract Documents, but does not include refinement, correction or resolution of conflict in respect of the Contract Documents, or detailing of the Work by the Contractor.
 
1.32           “Scope of Work” shall mean documents listed in Schedule A, which are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract.  In the event of a discrepancy between the Scope of Work and the provisions of this Contract, the more onerous requirement or standard shall apply.
 
1.33           “Specifications” are any portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment and any other standards pertaining to the Work.
 
3

1.34           “Substantial Completion” and/or “Substantially Complete” means the completion of the Work in full compliance with the Contract Documents, Contractor’s provision to Owner of the Contractor Submittals, including operation and maintenance manuals, and the receipt of any necessary approval by Governmental Authorities, such that Owner may enjoy beneficial use or occupancy and may use, operate, and maintain the facilities to be constructed under this Contract in all respects, for its intended purpose, all as certified in writing by Owner; provided, however, that a minor amount of Work that does not materially affect the operation and use of the facilities to be constructed, will not delay Owner’s certification of Substantial Completion.  Substantial Completion requires the successful completion of all Testing and Commissioning; Substantial Completion is not reached until all Testing and Commissioning requirements are fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Owner.   Substantial Completion also requires submission of all outstanding lien waivers from the Contractor, any subcontractors and suppliers of equipment and materials to assure Owner that Contractor has satisfied its obligations and there will be no liens, claims, or encumbrances on the Project.
 
1.35           “Substantial Completion Date” means the date that the Work is to be Substantially Complete under the Final Construction Schedule, as such date may be extended under Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4 of this Contract.
 
1.36           “Substantial Completion Payment” has the meaning in Paragraph 5.9 of this Contract.
 
1.37           “Testing and Commissioning Requirements” means testing and confirming full operational functionality and proper calibration of the equipment provided by Contractor, as set forth in Schedule A.
 
1.38           “Work” means all labor, materials, services and equipment provided or to be provided by Contractor, or any subcontractor of Contractor approved by Owner under Paragraph 3.2, to fulfill Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents and as described in the Scope of Work, including the delivery by Contractor to Owner of the Contractor Submittals.
 
1.39           “Work Order” has the meaning in Paragraph 6.4 of this Contract.
 
1.40           “Work Product” has the meaning in Paragraph 2.2 of this Contract.
 
2.0
Ownership of Materials .
 
2.1             The Contract Documents and the Contractor Submittals are the property of Owner and shall be promptly returned or delivered to Owner (or in the case of electronic documents, be deleted) upon request or immediately upon termination of the Contract.
 
2.2             Owner shall retain all right, title and interest (including, but not limited to, all copyrights, patents, service marks, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights) in or to any information and/or materials (including, but not limited to, any Confidential Information) supplied by Owner to Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work.  All works, documents, information, ideas, studies, designs, reports, formulas and calculations (collectively, the “Work Product”) developed or created in connection with the performance of the Work under this Contract shall be considered “works made for hire” (as such term is defined under U.S. copyright law), with Owner being the author thereof, and shall otherwise remain and become the exclusive property of Owner.  Contractor irrevocably transfers and assigns to Owner all ownership rights in any Work Product developed or created in connection with the performance of the Work. 
4

Contractor further agrees to provide all reasonable assistance to Owner in perfecting and maintaining its rights to the Work Product, and Contractor agrees that Owner may use as it sees fit the Work Product for any purpose with no additional consideration.  The parties acknowledge that while performing the Work, Contractor may provide or otherwise make available to Owner works, documents, information, ideas, studies, designs, reports, formulas and calculations previously developed by Contractor or developed by Contractor independent of the Work (“Pre-Existing Contractor Material”).  Contractor shall retain all right, title and interest in, and may use for any purpose, all Pre-Existing Contractor Material.  If any Pre-Existing Contractor Material is incorporated into any Work Product or other materials provided to Owner or its affiliates while performing the Work, Contractor grants Owner and its affiliates a royalty-free, nonexclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, and unconditional license to use the Pre-Existing Contractor Material (including the right to copy and prepare derivative works) for any purpose.
 
3.0
Scope and Performance Obligations in Respect of the Work .
 
3.1           Contractor shall perform the Work in strict compliance with the Contract Documents.  If there is a discrepancy between the Scope of Work and the provisions of other Contract Documents, the more onerous requirement or higher standard shall govern.
 
3.2             Contractor may not assign or transfer (including by operation of law), delegate or subcontract any part of the Contract Documents or any portion of the Work (including, but not limited to, by way of using leased workers/borrowed servants), nor shall Contractor assign any monies due or to become due to Contractor, without the prior written consent of Owner (including the list of approved subcontractors set out in Schedule A), which consent may be withheld at the sole discretion of Owner. In providing consent with respect to any subcontractor, Owner shall have the right to review and approve the terms and conditions of any subcontract (which subcontract shall include a prohibition on any right to further subcontract assign or transfer that subcontract work). Contractor further agrees, represents and warrants that: (i) all Work performed under this Contract by any subcontractor shall be provided or performed pursuant to and in compliance with all the Contract Documents; (ii) Contractor shall take all action necessary to ensure that any such subcontractor complies with the terms of the Contract Documents; (iii) the terms and conditions of all subcontracts shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and (iv) Contractor shall be responsible to Owner for the compliance and all Work performed by such subcontractors as if the compliance or Work had been provided or performed by Contractor.
 
3.3           Contractor certifies that it has carefully reviewed and is fully familiar with all terms, conditions and requirements of the Contract Documents.  Contractor shall at once report to Owner any errors, inconsistencies or omissions it may discover or assume the risk therefore.  Provided Owner is promptly notified by Contractor, Owner shall use reasonable commercial efforts to clarify or correct such errors, inconsistencies or omissions as soon as reasonably possible under the circumstances.
 
5

3.4           Contractor is familiar with the Jobsite, the vicinity thereof and all other conditions and requirements relevant to the performance of the Work.  Contractor assumes the risk of such conditions and requirements and shall fully complete the Work for the Contract Sum in Paragraph 5.1 of this Contract.  To the extent legally required or requested by Owner or an affiliate, prior to entering the property and facilities of Owner or an affiliate for performance of the Work or otherwise, all employees, employees of any approved subcontractors and other persons associated with Contractor shall receive hazard training regarding a non-exhaustive list of certain hazards that might be encountered upon such property and facilities and execute any related forms provided by Owner or an affiliate.
 
3.5            Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, construction supplies, consumables, sanitary facilities, equipment, light, transportation (including all unloading and handling) and other facilities reasonably necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
 
3.6             Unless otherwise set forth in the Specifications, (i) all materials, products and equipment furnished by Contractor shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents, (ii) all materials, products and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be new unless specified in Schedule A of this Contract, (iii) Contractor shall handle, apply, install, erect, use, clean and condition all materials and equipment in accordance with the directions or instructions of the manufacturer, and (iv) Contractor shall transfer all equipment manufacturer’s warranties to Owner.  Owner shall have the right at any time to inspect all materials, products and equipment furnished by Contractor and any approved subcontractors, and may disapprove any materials, products and/or equipment that are not in strict compliance with Applicable Laws and the Contract Documents, in which case Contractor shall promptly remove such materials, products and equipment from the Jobsite and replace them with compliant materials, products and/or equipment at Contractor’s cost and expense or, to the extent possible and with Owner’s prior approval, promptly take remedial action at Contractor’s cost and expense to bring such materials, products and/or equipment into strict compliance with Applicable Laws and the Contract Documents.
 
3.7             Contractor acknowledges and stipulates that the Contract Documents describe certain specific materials, products and equipment required unless an equivalent substitution or alternative is specifically approved in writing by Owner. Should Contractor propose to furnish other equivalent materials, products or equipment, either in substitution for or as an alternative to those required by the Contract Documents, Contractor shall submit full details thereof and obtain Owner’s prior written approval.  Owner’s decision on the suitability or “of equal” characteristics of any materials, products or equipment to those specified shall be final, but the approval of Owner shall not relieve Contractor from its responsibility concerning the Work or affect Contractor’s guarantee covering all parts of the Work.
 
3.8            All construction equipment obtained or furnished by Contractor to be used by Contractor on the Jobsite shall be in working condition and in compliance with Applicable Laws, fit for the uses for which the equipment is intended and suitable for the safe and efficient performance of the Work.
 
6

3.9             Contractor shall maintain, at the Jobsite, one complete set of all Drawings and Specifications. Such Drawings and Specifications shall be clearly marked “Project Record Copy” and be maintained in a clean and neat condition available for inspection and use by the Owner and its representatives.  Contractor shall promptly record on this “Project Record Copy” all changes in the Work authorized by Owner, or which may be required to suit field or other conditions or to adapt approved types of apparatus, fixtures, or materials to the Work, or which may be required by Governing Authorities to conform to Applicable Laws so at all times, the “Project Record Copy” reflects the “As-Built” condition of the Work.  The manner of recording changes shall be consistent throughout Contractor’s performance of the Work.
 
3.10           Owner is responsible for all permits.
 
3.11          Contractor shall utilize only qualified and (where required) duly licensed employees, agents and approved subcontractors to perform the Work and all portions thereof. Upon request by Owner, Contractor shall furnish to Owner a list showing the names and business addresses of all employees and approved subcontractors and their employees engaged in the Work.  Contractor shall require each person entering the property of Owner or an affiliate to be identified by means satisfactory to Owner. Contractor shall have a competent representative at the Job Site during all times for which Work is being performed who shall have absolute authority to act, in all respects, on behalf of and for Contractor (“Contractor’s Representative”).  Contractor shall notify Owner in writing of the identity of Contractor’s Representative before commencing any Work, and Contractor shall provide Owner with prior written notice of any subsequent change in Contractor’s Representative. Contractor shall replace said representative, without charge, if so demanded by Owner for any lawful reason. Notice to Contractor’s Representative shall be effective as notice to Contractor. Owner may refuse permission for any person, including any employee, agent or representative of Contractor or any approved subcontractor, to enter upon the Jobsite.
 
3.12           The Work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner by qualified, safe, careful and efficient workers in strict conformity with the practices, methods, standards and acts that, in exercising reasonable judgment by a prudent and experienced contractor would have been utilized to accomplish the Work for the expected life of the Work, in a manner consistent with the standards specified in the Contract Documents and in compliance with all Applicable Laws. Without limiting the generality of the forgoing, Contractor shall (i) take all necessary safety and other precautions to protect all property and persons from damage or injury arising out of the performance of the Work; (ii) comply strictly with all Applicable Laws, including those pertaining to the environment, health, safety or labor which apply to Contractor or to the Work such as the Federal Mine and Health and Safety Act of 1977, as amended, regarding training and workplace safety (including requirements for annual retraining and records retention attendant thereto), Sections 6, 7 and 12 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, employee safety orders or safe place of employment laws (whether federal, state or local); (iii) enforce discipline and good order among its employees and its approved subcontractors; (iv) not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled or holding any necessary licenses in the assigned work; and (v) inspect any places and correct any conditions which are or may create an unsafe environment regarding the performance of the Work.
 
7

Contractor shall report promptly in writing to the Owner all recordable accidents and injuries occurring at the Jobsite, and the Contractor shall promptly furnish to Owner a copy of any accident reports it prepares regarding such accidents and injuries, including any such reports it must file with a Governmental Authority.  Contractor shall (i) comply in all respects with, and cause all of its approved subcontractors and its and their employees, agents and representatives to comply in all respects with, Owner’s Drug Free Workplace Program adopted under the Drug Free Workplace Program of Kentucky’s Division of Mine Safety; (ii) implement and enforce a written policy that ensures compliance by its employees, agents, representatives and approved subcontractors (and their employees, agents and representatives) with all Applicable Laws regarding the use, possession, sale and distribution of alcohol and drugs, which policy shall comply with, and shall not conflict with, any of the requirements of the Drug Free Workplace Program of Kentucky’s Division of Mine Safety; and (iii) provide a copy of Contractor’s policy referred to in clause (ii) of this sentence to Owner prior to commencing the Work.  Owner may require Contractor to remove from the Work any employees that Owner deems incompetent, careless, insubordinate or detrimental to the progress of the Work. Contractor shall not, and Contractor shall ensure that Contractor’s subcontractors shall not, grant any rebates or gratuities to any director, manager, officer or employee of Owner or Owner’s affiliates in connection with the performance of this Contract.
 
3.13         Contractor shall keep the Jobsite and the vicinity of the Jobsite clean and neat while performing the Work and shall comply with all Applicable Laws pertaining to the Jobsite, the vicinity thereof, and the Work.  Furthermore, and as part of fully completing the Work, Contractor shall leave the Jobsite and the Work clean and ready for use, and shall remove all materials, equipment, rubbish and other debris at the Jobsite and the vicinity of the Jobsite in a manner consistent with all Applicable Laws and as directed by all authorized representatives of Owner.  If Contractor fails to maintain or leave the Jobsite or the Work in such condition, Owner may, at its option and to its satisfaction, make the Jobsite and the Work clean and ready for use, in which case Owner may offset all associated costs against amounts otherwise payable to the Contractor under this Contract, or demand prompt reimbursement from Contractor for all or any portion of such costs.
 
3.14         Contractor shall require and ensure that title to all materials, supplies and equipment incorporated into the Work shall pass to Owner from the vendor or supplier of the same.  Risk of loss for materials, supplies and equipment shall remain with Contractor until Final Completion.
 
3.15         Contractor shall reasonably secure the Jobsite, and is solely responsible for all of its equipment, tools, materials and property at the Jobsite.
 
8

3.16         Contractor is an independent contractor and shall have responsibility for and control over the details and means for performing the Work, provided that Contractor complies with the Contract Documents.  Anything in the Contract Documents which may appear to give Owner the right to direct Contractor on the details of performing the Work, or to exercise a measure of control over Contractor, shall mean that Contractor shall follow the desires of Owner in the results only of the Work. Contractor shall be solely responsible for its employees, subcontractors, agents and representatives, and for their compensation, benefits, contributions and taxes, if any.  Nothing in the Contract Documents is intended to create any employment or agency relationship between Contractor and Owner.  To the extent Owner must report amounts paid to Contractor under this Contract under the Internal Revenue Code, Owner shall report such amounts to the Internal Revenue Service on IRS Form 1099.
 
3.17           Contractor knows that the Work to be performed is only part of the work to be performed in connection with the overall development and construction of the Project.  Owner reserves the right to perform other work in connection with the development and construction of the Project and to contract with other contractors that are connected with the Work.  Contractor shall afford Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their parts and materials and the execution of their work, and Contractor shall promptly and properly coordinate and connect its Work with their work.  If any part of the Work under this Contract depends on proper execution or results upon the prior work of Owner or of another contractor (or of Contractor under a separate contract from this Contract), Contractor shall inspect such prior work before beginning that part of the Work under this Contract and, prior to beginning that part of the Work under this Contract but in no event later than ten (10) calendar days after learning of any defects in the prior work, report to Owner any defects in such prior work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results in performing the Work under this Contract.  Contractor’s failure to so inspect and timely report such defects prior to Contractor’s commencement of the affected portion of the Work under this Contract shall constitute an acceptance of the prior work by Owner or the other contractor (or Contractor under a separate contract) as fit and proper for the execution of the Work under this Contract, and Contractor shall be prohibited from requesting any extension of the Final Construction Schedule under Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4, or any Scope Change under Paragraph 6.3, based on such defects.
 
3.18           Contractor acknowledges and agrees that while negotiating this Contract and performing the Work, Contractor may become exposed to proprietary, confidential, sensitive, non-public or trade secret information concerning the business and operations of Owner and its affiliates (“Confidential Information”). “Confidential Information” shall not include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than because of disclosure by Contractor or (ii) becomes available to Contractor on a non-confidential basis from a source, other than the Owner or an affiliated entity, that is not restricted from disclosing such information to Contractor by any legal, fiduciary or contractual obligation of confidentiality to Owner or its affiliated entities.  Contractor shall hold Confidential Information in strict confidence and shall not directly or indirectly disclose Confidential Information during the term of this Contract or thereafter to any third party or use the Confidential Information, except (i) as required in the performance of the Work described in this Contract or (ii) as required by order of any court or similar tribunal or any other governmental body or agency of competent jurisdiction; provided, however, that Contractor shall give Owner prior written notice of such permitted disclosure and shall cooperate with Owner if Owner seeks a protective order or similar protection as Owner may deem appropriate to preserve the confidential nature of the Confidential Information.  Contractor agrees at any time upon Owner’s request to promptly return or destroy, and to cause all approved subcontractors to promptly return or destroy, all Confidential Information in its or their possession or control.
9

The restrictions in this Paragraph 3.18 are necessary to protect the business and goodwill of Owner and its affiliated entities and are considered by Contractor to be reasonable for such purposes.  Contractor agrees that any breach of this Paragraph 3.18 will cause Owner and/or one or more affiliated entities substantial and irrevocable damage, and therefore, if any such actual or threatened breach occurs, besides such other remedies as may be available, Owner and/or one or more affiliated entities may seek specific performance and injunctive relief, and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, for enforcing this Paragraph 3.18.  Contractor agrees to take all necessary steps to ensure that all of its employees and approved subcontractors engaged in performing the Work know of the requirements of this Paragraph 3.18 and fully comply with the restrictions in this Paragraph 3.18.
 
3.19           Material Safety Data sheets as required by law and pertaining to materials or substances used or consumed in performing the Work, whether obtained by the Contractor, its subcontractors, Owner, or others, shall be maintained at the Jobsite by the Contractor and provided to the Owner upon request. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper delivery, handling, application, storage, removal, and disposal of all such materials and substances brought to the Jobsite.  Contractor shall record and report the annual calendar year chemical usage of Toxic Release Inventory chemicals used by Contractor on the property of Owner and its affiliates as required by 40 C.F.R., Part 372, and shall submit a current report to Owner regarding such usage promptly upon request.
 
3.20           Contractor represents and warrants it is duly registered and qualified to conduct business and in good standing in the state at which the Jobsite is located.  To the extent legally required or requested by Owner, before commencing any Work, Contractor shall, and shall cause Contractor’s subcontractors to, apply for and secure a contractor identification number from the Mine Safety and Health Administration and shall provide such number(s) to Owner.
 
3.21           Contractor shall create and maintain for three (3) years following final acceptance of the Work by the Company or earlier termination of this Contract, and ensure that Contractor’s approved subcontractors create and maintain for such period, a true, correct and complete set of records, including books and accounts under accepted principles consistently applied, relating to the Work and this Contract.  Owner and its representatives shall be permitted access, within a reasonable time after request therefore, to such records to audit and verify the Work, the cost of the Work and/or any other charges or payments made under this Contract.
 
4.0
Final Construction Schedule .
 
4.1             Attached as Schedule B and incorporated into this Contract is the “Final Construction Schedule” that (i) details the phases of the Work and each Construction Milestone Date and (ii) provides for the Substantial Completion Date.
 
10

4.2             The Pre-Construction Project Drawings Work shall be commenced by Contractor promptly following execution of this Contract. The Construction Work shall be commenced by Contractor promptly following notice from Owner that the Jobsite is available for commencement of the Construction Work.  Owner’s current estimate of the anticipated date for commencement of the Construction Work is reflected in the Final Construction Schedule included in Schedule B, however such date is subject to change and the actual commencement date for the Construction Work will not occur until Owner provides notice under the immediately preceding sentence. Time is of the essence for this Contract and the Contract Documents. Contractor shall cause the Work to meet the Construction Milestone Dates and the Substantial Completion Date in the Final Construction Schedule, as the same may be amended from time to time under Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4 of this Contract.
 
4.3             The Construction Milestone Dates within the Final Construction Schedule shall be updated by Contractor to reflect any material modifications to each Construction Milestone Date.  The Contractor acknowledges that the Construction Milestone Dates are necessary for the Owner to manage its business, including cash flow requirements and coordination of other work at the Project, and agrees to keep the Final Construction Schedule up to date as a true and accurate forecast of the Project Work.  The Substantial Completion Date within the Final Construction Schedule can only be changed with the prior written approval of the Owner in accordance with Paragraph 4.4 of this Contract.  The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any failure to maintain a properly updated Final Construction Schedule may give the Owner the right to terminate this Contract for “cause” under Paragraph 12.1.2.
 
4.4             The Substantial Completion Date and the Final Construction Schedule may only be extended after written approval by Owner of: (i) a Change Order in accordance with Paragraphs 6.1, 6.2 or 6.3 of this Contract, (ii) a Work Order in accordance with Paragraph 6.4 of this Contract, or (iii) a written request from the Contractor, setting forth in detail the reason(s) for the request to extend the Substantial Completion Date and the Final Construction Schedule.  This written request must be provided to Owner no later than [***] days after Contractor knew or should have known of the events giving rise to such delay.  Failure to give Owner timely written notice under this Paragraph 4.4 shall constitute a waiver of Contractor’s delay claim.
 
4.4.1        Should the Contractor be delayed in the commencement, prosecution or completion of the Work by any act, omission, neglect or default of Owner or of anyone employed by Owner, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time equivalent to impact of such Owner-caused delay to the critical path of the Work.  For delays solely caused by the Owner, Contractor agrees to accept as full compensation for said delays Contractor’s direct field costs associated with the delay.
 
4.4.2        Should the Contractor be delayed in the commencement, prosecution or completion of the Work by any event beyond either Contractor or Owner’s control, such as labor strikes affecting the transportation of Work materials or equipment, Force Majeure Occurrence described in Paragraph 8.1 subject to compliance with the obligations in section 8.3, or concurrent delays, Contractor shall be entitled to a time-extension only, with no additional compensation for any costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the non-Owner-caused delay.
 
11

4.5             Contractor and Owner stipulate and acknowledge that it would be difficult and impractical under the circumstances to ascertain and fix actual damages that Owner will incur for each day Substantial Completion is delayed beyond the Substantial Completion Date. Accordingly, Contractor shall pay to Owner as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the following liquidated damages (which the parties acknowledge are a reasonable estimation of the actual damages that would be incurred by Owner if such delay occurs) for each calendar day that the Work is not Substantially Complete relative to the Substantial Completion Date:
 
Delay Period
Liquidated Damages Amount
   
1-30 calendar days
[***]
   
31-60 calendar days
[***]
   
61 or more calendar days
[***]
 
Owner may offset any accrued but unpaid liquidated damages under this Paragraph 4.5 from amounts otherwise payable to Contractor under this Contract.  The full amount of any liquidated damages that have accrued under this Paragraph 4.5 during any calendar month, to the extent they have not been previously collected by Owner by offset pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, shall be paid by Contractor to Owner on the first business day of the following month.
 
4.6             Contractor and Owner further stipulate and acknowledge that the terms, conditions and liquidated damage amounts in Paragraph 4.5 of this Contract, including the escalation of the measure of damages based on the cumulative duration of the delay, are reasonable considering the costs and expenses that Owner will likely incur in the event of Contractor’s failure to achieve Substantial Completion by the Substantial Completion Date. The amounts of such liquidated damages are agreed upon and fixed by the parties because of the difficulty of ascertaining on the date the exact costs and expenses actually incurred by Contractor and shall not be, or be deemed to be, a penalty or forfeiture.  The obligation to pay or payment of any such liquidated damages shall not affect Owner’s rights to terminate this Contract under any other provision of this Contract or otherwise limit or exclude any other remedies or relief that Owner is entitled to under this Contract.
 
4.7             Contractor shall have [***] calendar days from Substantial Completion to complete the Punch List items to Owner’s satisfaction and accomplish Final Completion.  Should the Contractor fail to accomplish Final Completion within such time, Owner shall have the right at any time thereafter to take possession of the Jobsite and, at Contractor’s expense, finish or correct any or all remaining Punch List items by whatever method Owner deems expedient. Owner may offset any expenses incurred by Owner in finishing or correcting Punch List items under the immediately preceding sentence from amounts otherwise payable to Contractor under this Contract including, without limitation, from the Retainage; and Contractor shall pay Owner the full amount of such expenses within [***] business days of Owner’s delivery to Contractor of an invoice therefore, to the extent Owner has not previously recovered such expenses by offset.
 
12

5.0
The Contract Sum and Final Completion Procedures .
 
5.1             The “Contract Sum” in respect of the Final Completion of the Work is/are the amount(s) listed in Schedule A.  The Contract Sum is subject to adjustment under approved Change Orders and Work Orders.  The Contract Sum encompasses each and every other item of expense regarding the Work, including (without limitation) (i) Contractor’s costs and expenses regarding all materials, labor,  tools, construction supplies, consumables, sanitary facilities, equipment, light, transportation (including all unloading and handling) and other facilities reasonably necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work under the Contract Documents; (ii) Contractor’s costs and expenses regarding approved subcontractors; (iii) Contractor’s overhead and profit; (iv) all payroll taxes, contributions, benefits and insurance coverage regarding employees of Contractor and any approved subcontractor of Contractor; and (v) any and all taxes imposed by and due to any governmental authority in the form of sales, use, excise, value added, environmental, gross receipts or franchise tax, state and local product tax, state and local inspection fees, or similar taxes, assessments, or fees, including (without limitation) any and all equipment and materials used or consumed by Contractor and its approved subcontractors.
 
5.2             Contractor shall promptly pay all bills for labor, tools, materials, supplies, equipment, and services provided and used by Contractor in performing the Work.
 
5.3             All Applications for Payment, the Substantial Completion Payment and the Final Payment shall be subject to Owner’s right to withhold or offset as set forth in this Contract (including without limitation such right regarding Paragraphs 3.13, 4.7, 5.11, 11.2 and 12.2 of this Contract, and the liquidated damages in Paragraph 4.5 of this Contract).
 
5.4             During each calendar month in which Contractor performs Construction Work, Contractor shall submit an application for payment (“Application for Payment”) on or before the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the following month, reflecting estimated progress as of the end of that calendar month for that portion of the Work actually completed, in accordance with the methodology for determining percentage completion in the Scope of Work and set out in Schedule A of this Contract. Applications for Payment shall be in writing and Contractor shall provide support reasonably satisfactory to Owner regarding each such Application for Payment. Contractor shall also deliver a “Contractor’s Partial Waiver and Release”, in the form in Schedule C attached and incorporated into this Contract, with each Application for Payment. Owner may disapprove any such Application for Payment or any portion thereof pending Contractor’s compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents and Owner’s verification of such Work actually completed.
13

Subject to the approval of each Application for Payment by Owner and Contractor’s delivery of such “Contractor’s Partial Waiver and Release”, Owner shall pay amounts not subject to dispute or offset and otherwise properly payable to Contractor under the Contract Documents within [***] calendar days following its receipt thereof; provided, however, Owner shall retain [***] of the amount payable (calculated prior to any applicable offsets) regarding each such Application for Payment (the “Retainage”), and Contractor’s Application for Payment shall reflect the total payment due less Retainage.  The Retainage shall become earned by Contractor upon Final Completion of the Work.  Contractor grants Owner a security interest in materials or equipment procured and paid for by Contractor in respect of the Work.
 
5.5             If at any time the Owner determines that Contractor has been paid or applies for payment which represents a percentage of payment for the Work that is greater than the actual percentage of completion of the Work, then Owner reserves the right to adjust the Contractor’s subsequent Applications for Payment to correspond to the actual percentage of completion of the Work.
 
5.6             At no time shall Owner be obligated to pay Contractor for materials not yet delivered to the Site and incorporated into the Work. However, Contractor may request permission from Owner to invoice Owner for unincorporated materials in storage at the Jobsite.  Approval of such a request shall be at Owner’s sole discretion.
 
5.7           If Contractor subcontracts any portion of the Work to an approved subcontractor, Owner may, in its sole discretion, pay any or all amounts due any such subcontractor by check jointly payable to Contractor and any such subcontractor (subject to the Retainage regarding such amounts).
 
5.8           When Contractor believes that it has Substantially Completed the Work under the Contract Documents, it shall provide Owner with a written notice thereof. Owner shall promptly inspect the Work and shall either (i) reject defective or uncompleted portions of the Work; or (ii) advise Contractor in writing that the Work is Substantially Complete.  Owner’s agreement that Contractor has reached Substantial Completion will not excuse Contractor for failing to comply with the Contract Documents or for any undiscovered and/or latent defects.
 
If Owner rejects any portion of the Work, Contractor shall promptly remedy such rejected Work at Contractor’s expense, and shall again provide Owner with a notice of completion of the Work. The foregoing procedure shall apply again and successively thereafter until Owner advises Contractor that Contractor has achieved Substantial Completion of the Work. Any failure of Owner to inspect the Work or to reject Contractor’s notice of completion shall not be deemed to be acceptance of the Work for any purpose by Owner nor imply acceptance of, or agreement with, any such notice of completion provided by Contractor.
 
5.9           After Owner advises Contractor that it has achieved Substantial Completion, Contractor will submit its Application for Payment for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum (including the Retainage) less the Punch List Retainage (“Substantial Completion Payment”).  Owner shall pay Contractor the Substantial Completion Payment within [***] days of receipt of Contractor’s Application for Payment under this Paragraph 5.9 Contractor’s Application for Payment of the Substantial Completion Payment may be subject to greater scrutiny from Owner, given that it includes the release of the Retainage (other than the Punch List Retainage).  The parties acknowledge that even a comparatively minor failure to provide documentation will result in the rejection of an Application for Payment of the Substantial Completion Payment.
 
14

5.10         The final payment of the Punch List Retainage (“Final Payment”) will be made upon completion of all Work, including Punch List Work, but only after (i) Contractor has delivered to Owner “Contractor’s Final Release and Waiver of Lien and Indemnification Certificate” in the form set forth in Schedule D attached and incorporated into this Contract, (ii) Contractor has completed all Work, including all Punch List items and provided Owner all deliverables under the Contract, and (iii) Contractor has caused each of its approved subcontractors to furnish to Owner releases of lien or lien waivers satisfactory in form to Owner (collectively, “Final Completion”).
 
5.11           No payment made to Contractor, nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the Work by Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of any Work or materials not in accordance with the Contract Documents.  The title to all Work completed or installed in the course of performing the Work, and all parts and materials for which any payments have been made by Owner to Contractor, shall be in Owner’s name and shall be free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances.  Notwithstanding title thereto being in Owner’s name, the care, custody, control and protection of the Work and all related parts and materials shall be with Contractor, and the risk of loss or damage thereto shall be borne by Contractor, until Final Completion.
 
5.12         Should Contractor owe Owner any amount under any provisions of the Contract Documents or because of any breach of the Contract Documents, Owner may offset any amount otherwise owed Contractor by Owner under this Contract or any other agreement between Owner and Contractor.
 
 6.0
Changes in the Work .
 
6.1            Owner may order or authorize one or more Scope Changes, in which event the Contract Sum may be adjusted as agreed by Owner and Contractor and the Final Construction Schedule (including, if applicable, the Substantial Completion Date) may be adjusted under Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4 of this Contract.  Subject to Paragraph 6.4 of this Contract, Scope Changes must be authorized by a written Change Order, in accordance with the form attached and incorporated into this Contract as Schedule E , approved and signed by Owner and Contractor.  If either party believes a Scope Change is necessary, it shall proceed as set forth in this Paragraph 6.0.  However, the forgoing requirements of this Paragraph 6.0 shall not excuse Contractor from acting in an emergency to prevent imminent personal injury or property damage.
 
15

6.2             If the Scope Change is initiated by Owner, then Owner shall deliver to Contractor a written Change Order Request in accordance with the form attached and incorporated into this Contract as Schedule F (“Change Order Request”). Such Change Order Request shall set forth in detail the nature of the requested Scope Change.  Upon its receipt of a Change Order Request, Contractor shall promptly, but not later than [***] calendar days after delivery of the Change Order Request, return to Owner two (2) completed copies of its Change Order Proposal in accordance with the form attached and incorporated into this Contract as Schedule G (“Change Order Proposal”).  Such Change Order Proposal shall set forth in detail, with a separate pay item (addition or deletion) for the purchase and installation of equipment and materials and an otherwise suitable breakdown of costs by trades and work classifications, a fixed sum requested as an adjustment to the Contract Sum together with any requested adjustment to the Final Construction Schedule (including the Substantial Completion Date) regarding such requested Scope Change.  The fixed sum in each Change Order Proposal shall equal the sum of (i) the excess, if any, of (a) Contractor’s good faith estimate of the actual costs of the requested Scope Change, but including only such costs as are directly attributable to and necessarily incurred as part of the requested Scope Change and which are not included in Contractor’s profit and overhead, less (b) Contractor’s good faith estimate of the cost savings that will result from the replacement or deletion of previously required Work by the requested Scope Change, plus (ii) (if the net amount calculated in clause (i) of this sentence is positive) an additional [***] of such (positive) amount calculated in clause (i) of this sentence in satisfaction of all Contractor profit and overhead.  The requested adjustment, if any, to the Final Construction Schedule and Substantial Completion Date specified in any Change Order Proposal shall be limited to the delays directly attributable to and necessarily incurred because of the requested Scope Change.  Each Change Order Proposal shall be accompanied by appropriate data reasonably acceptable to Owner supporting the proposed adjustments, including but not limited to bids, cost estimates, quotations from suppliers, wage schedules, and work schedules.  Owner shall review each Change Order Proposal.  If after review, Owner approves Contractor’s Change Order Proposal, Owner will issue and Contractor will execute and accept a written Change Order, and the Contract Sum and/or Final Construction Schedule and Substantial Completion Date, shall be adjusted as set forth in such Change Order.
 
6.3           If Contractor desires to initiate a Scope Change, then it shall deliver a written Change Order Proposal to Owner meeting the requirements in Paragraph 6.2 of this Contract, with a detailed explanation of why Contractor believes the proposed Scope Change is necessary, conforming to Schedule G attached and incorporated into this Contract. All such Change Order Proposals must be made by Contractor within [***] calendar days of receipt by Contractor of any Specification, Drawing, or other form of communication from Owner to which the proposed Scope Change is attributable and before performing any work regarding such Scope Change.  Any work performed by Contractor prior to receipt of an approved Change Order shall be solely for the account of Contractor and will not be reimbursed as part of any Change Order.  If Owner, after review, approves Contractor’s Change Order Proposal, Owner will issue and Contractor will execute and accept a Change Order, and the Contract Sum and/or the Substantial Completion Date shall be adjusted as set forth in such Change Order.  Owner shall be entitled to decline or approve any Change Order Proposal initiated by Contractor in Owner’s sole and absolute discretion.
 
16

6.4             Owner may, at Owner’s option, deliver Contractor a Work Order in lieu of the usual Change Order procedure.  A “Work Order” is a written instruction to Contractor from Owner to proceed with a Scope Change. The form of the Work Order shall conform to Schedule H, which is attached and incorporated into this Contract. Such Work Order shall set forth in detail the nature of the requested Scope Change.   Upon receipt of each such Work Order, Contractor shall immediately commence performance of the Work Order in the same manner as if a Change Order had been issued by Owner and executed by Contractor.  The fixed sum in each Work Order shall equal to (i) the excess, if any, of (a) Owner’s good faith estimate of the actual costs of the requested Scope Change, but including only such costs as are directly attributable to and necessarily incurred as part of the requested Scope Change and which are not included in Contractor’s profit and overhead, less (b) Owner’s good faith estimate of the cost savings, if any, that will result from the replacement or deletion of previously required Work by the requested Scope Change, plus (ii) (if the net amount calculated in clause (i) of this sentence is positive) an additional [***] of such (positive) amount calculated in clause (i) of this sentence in satisfaction of all Contractor profit and overhead.  In addition, the Substantial Completion Date shall be adjusted as is reasonably appropriate under the circumstances upon request of the Contractor under Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4 of this Contract.
 
6.5             For the avoidance of doubt, any decision by Owner not to approve any Change Order shall not be construed as restricting Owner from issuing a Work Order regarding matters covered by the corresponding Change Order Proposal.
 
6.6             Each Change Order must be executed by the Owner’s Representative and the Contractor’s Representative.
 
6.7             Each Work Order must be executed by the Owner’s Representative.
 
7.0
Contractor Guarantees, Testing, and Commissioning .
 
7.1           Contractor guarantees that it has the capability, experience and means required to perform the Work, and the Work will be performed using personnel, equipment and material qualified and suitable to accomplish the Work.
 
7.2           Contractor further guarantees to Owner that the Work shall (i) strictly comply with all the provisions of the Contract Documents; (ii) be first-class in every particular; (iii) be free from defects in construction and workmanship; (iv) conform with high professional and trade standards; and (v) strictly comply with all Applicable Laws pertaining to the Work.  Contractor further guarantees to Owner that all materials, equipment and supplies furnished by Contractor for the Work shall be new (unless otherwise set forth in the Specifications and listed in Schedule A of this Contract), in conformance with the Contract Documents, merchantable, of the most suitable grade and fit for their intended purpose.
 
7.3           If, during the performance of the Work or within [***] months following written acceptance of the Work by Owner, any part of the Work is found to be defective or otherwise nonconforming, Owner shall notify Contractor of such defect or nonconformity and Contractor shall promptly correct such defect or nonconformity at Contractor’s cost and expense.  If Contractor fails to correct any such defect or nonconformity within [***] calendar days following the delivery of such notice by Owner to Contractor (or if such defect or nonconformity cannot reasonably be corrected within [***] calendar days, Contractor fails to commence corrective action within such [***] calendar days and thereafter diligently prosecute corrective action to completion), then Owner may correct any such defect or nonconformity, by whatever method Owner deems expedient, at Contractor’s
17

expense.  The Owner may offset these expenses against any amounts that are payable to Contractor under this Contract.  Otherwise, the Contractor shall pay Owner the full amount of such expenses within [***] business days of Owner’s delivery to Contractor of an invoice therefore, to the extent Owner has not previously recovered such expenses by offset.
 
7.4
Testing and Commissioning
 
7.4.1          Contractor shall carry out and satisfy the Testing and Commissioning Requirements in Schedule A or as otherwise required by this Contract and will test and commission all equipment described in Schedule A or as may reasonably be required by Owner.
 
7.4.2          If the equipment or controls fail to satisfy any or all of the Testing and Commissioning Requirements, the tests will be reperformed at Owner’s request and at Contractor’s sole cost and expense.  Should the equipment or controls fail during or after retesting by the Contractor, then (i) Owner may carry out the tests itself, and Contractor will bear all of the costs and expenses of doing so, or (ii) Owner may engage third parties to carry out the tests on Owner’s behalf, and Contractor will bear all of the costs and expenses of doing so.
 
7.4.3         Owner may request additional tests at any time prior to Completion.  Contractor will provide such assistance and samples and make accessible such part of the equipment or controls for such additional testing as may be required and, if so directed, must carry out the additional tests at Owner’s sole cost and expense unless that test shows that equipment or controls is not in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.
 
8.0
Force Majeure Occurrences .
 
8.1           If Contractor is delayed in performing the Work and such delay is caused by war, riot, civil insurrection, act of the public enemy, act of civil or military authority, fire, flood, earthquake or act of God (each, a “Force Majeure Occurrence”), such delay shall be excused and the Final Construction Schedule and Substantial Completion Date shall be adjusted accordingly.  In no case shall Contractor be entitled to additional or extra compensation resulting from any Force Majeure Occurrence, additional time being the only remedy to the Contractor because of any Force Majeure Occurrence.
 
8.2           An actual or asserted increased cost of performance or any financial difficulty of the Contractor or Contractor’s subcontractors, suppliers or vendors shall not constitute a Force Majeure Occurrence.
 
8.3           If there occurs a Force Majeure Occurrence, Contractor shall diligently prosecute Work that can be performed notwithstanding the Force Majeure Occurrence.
 
18

9.0
Minimum Insurance Requirements .
 
9.1             Contractor fully assumes all risks of injury or death to all persons, arising out of or related to its Work. Contractor shall immediately provide written notice to Owner of any accidents or occurrences resulting in any injuries to persons or damage to any property arising out or otherwise related to the Work.
 
9.2             Prior to its commencement of any Work and continuing until all of Contractor’s obligations under this Contract have been fully performed and discharged, including any warranty periods, Contractor shall obtain and keep in full force and effect at its expense insurance covering those areas set forth in this Paragraph. Such policies shall (i) be with an insurer lawfully authorized to conduct insurance business in the state where the Work is to be performed and rated no less than “A-” VII by A.M. Best; (ii) by endorsement to each applicable policy reasonably satisfactory to Owner (via Form CG 20 10, Form 90534, Form TE 9901B or equivalent), except for workers’ compensation insurance and professional liability insurance, all insurance required by this Contract shall include endorsements signed by the applicable insurance carrier(s) that name Owner and its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns, and all of their current and former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members, partners, agents and representatives and financiers, as additional insureds (collectively, the “Additional Insured”, and individually, an “Additional Insured”); and (iii) provide for [***] calendar days’ written notice to Owner and all applicable financiers by the insurer(s) in the event of suspension, termination, cancellation or material change in coverage.  Such policies of insurance shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, also contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of Owner and its additional insureds.  All such policies of insurance shall be primary insurance as to all Liabilities for damages and injury (including, but not limited to, death) whether to persons or property, arising out of or related to Contractor’s Work, and shall be noncontributing with any other insurance and self-insurance maintained by Owner or its affiliates.  Such insurance coverages do not limit the liability of Contractor to Owner for any damages.  Contractor shall also ensure that each of its approved subcontractors fully comply with the requirements of this Paragraph 9.0 before commencing any Work, either, with respect to each subcontractor, by including the subcontractor as an insured under Contractor’s insurance policies or furnishing separate certificates of insurance and endorsements for insurance policies maintained by the subcontractor.  Such required insurance includes, as a minimum:
 
9.2.1          Workers’ compensation insurance policy with statutory benefit levels to secure benefit payments for employees in compliance with all Applicable Law as required by the primary state of employment and all other states in which work is to be performed by contractor under this Contract.  Such workers’ compensation policy shall, to the extent contained in the Scope of Work, also contain an endorsement for black lung coverage, and United States Longshoremen and Harbor Workers (USL&H) and/or Jones Act.  USL&H and Jones Act must be provided where such exposure exists. The Worker’s compensation policy shall in all cases cover leased workers and borrowed servants to the extent any such persons are used to perform Work under this Contract.
 
9.2.2          Employer’s liability policy of insurance covering bodily injury by accident or disease, including death, arising out of or in the course of employment, with limits of at least [***] for each occurrence.  Such policy shall cover “leased workers”/borrowed servants to the extent any such persons are used to perform Work under this Contract.
 
19

9.2.3          Commercial General Liability policy of insurance, including premises/operations, independent contractors and subcontractors, personal and advertising injury, blanket contractual liability, products and completed operations liability, explosion, collapse and underground coverage and broad form property damage, and a pollution/environmental liability policy, having a minimum limit of [***] per occurrence for personal injury, bodily injury and property damage and [***] in the aggregate. Contractor agrees to maintain Products-Completed Operations coverage with respect to the Work performed under the Agreement in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for the full term of the Statute of Repose following the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. The deductible for such policy shall be no more than [***], with Contractor solely responsible for paying the entire deductible if a covered loss occurs.
 
9.2.4          Commercial automobile liability policy of insurance insuring all owned, non-owned and hired automobiles used by Contractor in performing its Work, having a minimum limit of not less than [***] per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with the same limits of coverage.  Contractor shall be solely responsible for paying any deductible in the event of a covered loss.
 
9.2.5          Umbrella or excess liability policy to be provided on a follow form basis and shall be no less restrictive than the required underlying coverage with limits of not less than [***], or such higher amount as set forth in the Scope of Work.  Coverage shall be excess coverage for (i) employer’s liability, (ii) Commercial General Liability, including contractual liability and (iii) Commercial auto liability. The minimum scope of coverage shall be as broad as the underlying insurance policies and no “laser exclusions” related to work being performed by contractor under this Contract shall be included in the policy (i.e., special exclusions that specifically name certain work-related activities, products services, or work as not being insured under the policy).
 
9.2.6          To the extent Contractor is required to provide design services under the Contract Documents, a Professional Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance policy covering errors, omissions, negligent or wrongful acts committed in connection with professional services performed under this Contract, with limits of not less than [***] for each claim. There shall be no exclusions related to the Work, no exclusion for punitive damages (where allowed by law) and no exclusion of exemplary or multiplied damages.
 
9.3             Contractor shall also purchase and maintain during the performance of the Work a Builder’s All Risk insurance policy in an amount equal to the full replacement value of the project covering physical loss or damage to the Work. Such insurance shall be   placed with an insurance carrier or carriers qualified to issue such insurance at the time of placement or binding and   will   insure against “all risk” perils or “special form” coverage (including earthquake, flood and collapse) including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief for Work performed at the Jobsite, and Work stored off-site or in transit. The Contractor shall indicate the cost for Contractor to obtain the Builder’s All Risk coverage prior to commencing Work, and Owner reserves the right to obtain this coverage at its own expense, in which case Contractor shall not be required to obtain this coverage and no costs related to this insurance may be included in the Contract Sum.  The Contract Sum shown in Schedule A of this Contract does not include the cost of a Builder’s All Risk insurance policy.
 
20

9.4             Contractor acknowledges and stipulates that its furnishing of such policies of insurance and the acceptance of the same by Owner or its affiliates is not intended to, and shall not, limit, affect or modify the obligations or responsibilities otherwise assumed or owed by the Contractor under this Contract or otherwise, including but not limited to Contractor’s indemnity obligations.
 
9.5             Evidence of Insurance . Prior to commencement of the Work and before Contractor or its subcontractors shall enter the Jobsite, and at all times during the course of the Work and any activities of Contractor related to the Project, Contractor shall provide to Owner certificates of insurance and endorsements signed by an authorized representative of the insurer evidencing that the minimum insurance coverage in this Contract is in full force and effect.  If policies for which certificates have previously been furnished to Owner expire during this Contract, certificates evidencing the renewals of such policies shall immediately be provided to Owner.
 
9.6             During Contractor’s performance of the Work, Contractor shall immediately notify Owner of any known or reasonably foreseeable erosion greater than [***] of the required aggregate limits of insurance on any policy, after which point Owner may require Contractor to purchase additional coverage of a similar type, at Contractor’s expense, to account for the eroded aggregate limit.
 
9.7             Failure by Contractor to obtain and maintain the required insurance in strict compliance with this Paragraph 9.0 shall constitute a material breach of this Contract entitling Owner to terminate this Contract for cause under Paragraph 12.1 of this Contract.
 
10.0
Indemnity .
 
10.1         In addition to its indemnification obligations contained elsewhere in this Contract, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and each of its parents, affiliates, direct and indirect subsidiaries, directors, managers, owners, officers, members, employees, agents, representatives, contractors, successors and assigns (collectively, “Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all Liabilities to the extent arising out of or related to any and all of the following circumstances:
 
10.1.1        Any actual or asserted failure of Contractor to comply with any Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, any fines or assessments levied against Contractor or any of the Indemnified Parties by any federal, state or local government agency, including the Mine Safety and Health Administration, for violations of safety, health, environment and other laws, rules or regulations by Contractor or its employees, agents, representatives or subcontractors;
 
21

10.1.2      Death of or actual or asserted injury to persons (including employees of Owner and Contractor, and their respective affiliates) or actual or asserted damage to or loss of property arising directly or indirectly out of the acts or omissions to act of Contractor in the performance of the Work, including without limitation, Liabilities arising under non-delegable duties of Owner arising from the use or operation by Contractor of construction equipment, tools, scaffolding, or facilities furnished to Contractor by Owner to perform the Work, but excepting where the injury or death of persons or damage to or loss of property is caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of Owner;
 
10.1.3       Actual or alleged contamination or pollution from any toxic or hazardous material or substance which is classified or regulated as toxic or hazardous to health or the environment by any Governmental Authority, arising either directly or indirectly out of the acts or omissions to act of Contractor;
 
10.1.4        Any failure by Contractor or any approved subcontractor to timely pay the wages and salaries of their employees in connection with performance of the Work, and any failure by Contractor or any approved subcontractor to timely pay to the appropriate taxing authority all federal, state and local taxes, withholding, contributions, interest and penalties applicable to such wages and salaries;
 
10.1.5       Actual or asserted violation or infringement of any domestic or foreign patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property or any improper use of confidential information or other proprietary rights that may be attributable to Contractor in connection with the Work; or
 
10.1.6       The breach of any of Contractor’s obligations under the terms of this Contract.
 
10.2         As used in this Paragraph 10.0, the term “Contractor” refers to Contractor, Contractor’s subcontractors and the employees, agents, representatives and contractors of each.
 
10.3         If any indemnity provisions contained in this Paragraph 10.0 or elsewhere in this Contract are contrary to the law governing this Contract, then the indemnity obligations specified will be construed as limited, but shall be applied to the maximum extent allowed by such law.
 
11.0
Liens .
 
11.1         Intentionally Omitted
 
11.2         Contractor shall keep the property of Owner and its affiliates, including the Work and the Jobsite, free and clear of all laborers’, artisans’, mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens or encumbrances arising out of the failure by Contractor or any subcontractor to make payments for any labor, parts or materials related to the Work.  Owner may retain from all Applications for Payment, the Substantial Completion Payment and the Final Payment, and to apply, such amounts for such period of time as is reasonably necessary to protect the Work, the Jobsite or other property of Owner from any and all such liens or encumbrances.  Contractor shall: (i) pay and discharge all taxes, lienable claims, charges or other assessments imposed and to be imposed by law on Owner or its affiliates or its or their property, arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from any and all such liens and encumbrances and, upon request, furnish proof satisfactory to Owner, as a condition to receiving any payment under this Contract, that all such impositions have been satisfied or discharged in full; (ii) at Contractor’s expense, promptly execute,
22

deliver, file and/or post all notices, bonds or documents requested by Owner to protect the Work, the Jobsite or other property of Owner or its affiliates from any and all such liens and encumbrances; and (iii) indemnify and hold harmless Owner and its affiliates from and against all Liabilities relating to any and all such liens and encumbrances.
 
12.0
Termination and Suspension of the Work .
 
12.1           Owner may elect to terminate this Contract for cause by written notice to Contractor. As used in this Contract, the term “cause” refers to these occurrences:
 
12.1.1        Contractor becoming Bankrupt; or
 
12.1.2       Contractor failing or neglecting to carry out the Work under the Contract Documents, or otherwise materially breaching this Contract, and, if such failure, neglect and/or breach can be corrected, Contractor failing to correct such failure, neglect and/or breach within [***] calendar days after delivery by Owner to Contractor of written notice of such default (unless such correctible default or failure cannot be corrected within [***] calendar days, in which case the period shall be extended for such reasonable time to permit Contractor to correct if Contractor has commenced to correct within such [***] calendar day period and thereafter diligently pursues completion thereof).
 
12.2         Upon terminating this Contract for cause, Owner may, without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of Owner, (i) take possession of the Jobsite and all Work completed as of the termination date and (ii) complete the Work or cause the Work to be completed, by whatever method Owner may deem expedient.  If Owner elects to complete the Work or cause the Work to be completed following a termination for cause, then: (i) Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment of any portion of the Contract Sum until the Work is completed; (ii) if the cost to complete the Work exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, then Owner shall retain the unpaid portion of the Contract Sum and Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner within [***] business days of delivery by Owner to Contractor of an invoice therefore; and (iv) in determining the cost of completing the Work, Owner may include its reasonable administrative costs and any and all other related reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and litigation costs).  If a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator determines that termination of the Contract under Paragraph 12.1 was wrongful or otherwise improper, the termination shall be deemed or converted to a termination for convenience under Paragraph 12.3 and the provisions of Paragraph 12.3 will apply.
 
12.3           Owner may terminate this Contract at any time in its sole discretion without cause effective upon the delivery of written notice thereof by Owner to Contractor (“Termination for Convenience.”  If the Contract is terminated under this Paragraph 12.3, Contractor shall be entitled to be paid only to the extent of its completed and acceptable Work, plus materials or equipment actually procured for the Work that conform to the Contract Documents and delivered to the Jobsite (unless such materials or equipment can be returned or shipment cancelled.)  This agreed compensation for Termination for Convenience is exclusive of any actual or claimed lost profits, which Contractor expressly waives, and shall be without prejudice to any claims that Owner has against Contractor under this Contract, in law, or in equity.
 
23

12.4           If Owner terminates this Contract, whether with or without cause, Contractor shall: (i) immediately discontinue the Work on the termination date and refrain from procuring additional items or services related to the Work; (ii) take any actions necessary (or that Owner may direct) for the protection and preservation of the Work completed by Contractor as of the termination date; (iii) return to Owner all information furnished by Owner in connection with the performance of the Contract and the Work; (iv) cooperate with and assist Owner in the transfer of Work product and any permits and other items and information necessary for Owner to continue and complete the Work; and (v) comply with all other reasonable requests from Owner regarding the terminated Work and comply with all of its other obligations under this Contract that survive termination.  In addition, if Owner terminates this Contract for cause, Contractor shall promptly cause to be assigned to Owner each of Contractor’s subcontracts and supply agreements with respect to the Work requested by Owner to be so assigned.  Owner agrees to assume all of Contractor’s rights and obligations under such assigned subcontracts and supply agreements.
 
12.5           Owner may also suspend, delay or interrupt the Work at any time at its sole discretion without cause for such period as Owner may determine.  In that event, an equitable adjustment to the Contract Sum shall be made based solely upon Contractor’s proven increased cost of performance.  The Substantial Completion Date shall also be adjusted based upon the duration of any such suspension, delay or interruption.
 
13.0
Arbitration of Disputes .
 
13.1           Except as respects the exercise or prosecution of claims or causes of action for equitable relief, for which the Parties may proceed in any court of jurisdiction, any claim, cause of action or dispute between the Parties arising out of or relating to this Contract or the breach thereof which the Parties cannot resolve through mutual negotiation shall be resolved by arbitration under the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect.  Any final or interim award issued in arbitration may be enforced by any court having jurisdiction thereof .   Any arbitration(s) under this paragraph shall be conducted in Jefferson County, Kentucky, or such other location as is mutually agreed by Owner and Contractor.
 
13.2           Any arbitration(s) shall be conducted by a panel of three arbitrators if the amount in dispute is over [***]; otherwise, a single arbitrator will decide disputes.  Owner and Contractor shall attempt to agree on the selection of the arbitrator or on a three-arbitrator panel within [***] calendar days from receipt of a demand for arbitration.  If Owner and Contractor cannot agree on the arbitration panel within [***] calendar days, either party may ask the American Arbitration Association to initiate its panel selection procedures.
 
24

13.3           The arbitration award by the arbitrator/panel shall be final and binding and shall include an award of costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, for the prevailing party if the arbitrator/panel deems appropriate.  A judgment to enforce the arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, claims or causes of action for equitable relief shall not be subject to such arbitration, and either party may employ or exercise freely such claims or causes of action.
 
13.4           After the issuance of an arbitration award under Paragraph 13.3, payment shall be made pursuant to the award within [***] calendar days from the date of award. Overdue payments shall bear interest at the statutory interest rate for Kentucky judgments.
 
13.5         Any party who files a demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all disputes then known to that party for which arbitration is the dispute resolution mechanism.
 
13.6         Unless this Contract has been terminated by Owner or as otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor shall continue the Work and maintain the Final Construction Schedule during any dispute resolution proceedings.  If the Contractor continues to perform, the Owner shall continue to make payments to the extent required by this Contract.
 
13.7           Neither Owner nor Contractor may commence arbitration if the claim or cause of action would be barred by any applicable statute of limitations had the claim or cause of action been filed in a state or federal court. Receipt of a demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the commencement of legal proceedings for the purposes of determining whether a claim or cause of action is barred by the applicable statute of limitations. If, however, a state or federal court exercising jurisdiction over a timely filed claim or cause of action orders that the claim or cause of action be submitted to arbitration, the arbitration proceeding shall be deemed commenced as of the date the court action was filed, provided that the party asserting the claim or cause of action files its demand for arbitration within [***] days after the entry of such order.
 
14.0
Performance and/or Payment Bonds .
 
14.1         Owner may require Contractor, prior to commencing the Work, to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract Documents and payment of obligations arising under the Contract, including any liquidated damage amounts that may become due to Owner as provided in Paragraph 4.5.
 
14.2         If Owner requires Contractor to furnish such bonds, then the premium for the bonds shall be added to the Contract Sum unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work.
 
15.0
General Provisions .
 
15.1           CONTRACTOR WAIVES ANY CLAIM FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES IN RESPECT OF EXISTING OR FUTURE LOST PROFITS), OR FOR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, IN RESPECT OF ANY BREACH(ES) OF THIS CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.
 
25

15.2            All notices and other communications under this Contract shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, by email, by United States certified or registered mail with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, or by overnight courier service with delivery charges prepaid, as follows:
 
If to Contractor, to:
[***]
Fricke Management and Contracting, Inc.
[***]

If to Owner, to:
[***]
Hartshorne Mining, LLC
[***]

With a copy to:

[***]
Hartshorne Mining, LLC
[***]
 
All notices and other communications given by any Party to this Contract shall be deemed effective: (i) if delivered by hand or overnight courier service, on the date of receipt; (ii) if delivered by facsimile, the date that the transmitting party receives a transmission receipt; (iii) if delivered by email, the date that the sender receives an e-mail delivery receipt, an e-mail read receipt, or  a reply email to such email communication; or (iv) if mailed, on the date five business days after dispatch by certified or registered mail, in each case if delivered, sent or mailed to such party (properly addressed) to the contact provided in this Paragraph 15.2.  Either party may change all or any part of its contact information provided in this Paragraph 15.2 by providing notice thereof to the other Party.
 
15.3           Any failure or delay by either party to exercise any of its respective rights or remedies upon the non-performance or the defective performance of any term, condition or requirement of this Contract shall not be construed as a waiver, either in whole or in part, of that party’s rights or remedies.
 
15.4           The headings and captions appearing in the Paragraphs of this Contract are for identification only and shall not be construed as affecting in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Contract.  The language of all parts of this Contract shall in all cases be construed, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either of the parties, notwithstanding any statutory or common law provisions which would suggest otherwise.
 
26

15.5          The Contract Documents shall be governed and construed by the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky .
 
15.6          If any provision of the Contract Documents is invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalid or unenforceable provision(s) shall be deleted from the Contract Documents and the Contract Documents shall continue in full force and effect and shall be construed to give effect to the remaining provisions.
 
15.7           Notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Contract, any duty or obligation incurred and which has not been fully observed, performed or discharged, and any right, unconditional or conditional, which has been created and not been fully enjoyed, enforced or satisfied (including, but not limited to, the duties, obligations and rights regarding payment, confidentiality, insurance, warranty, government impositions and indemnification) shall survive such expiration or termination until such duty or obligation has been fully observed, performed or discharged and such right has been enforced, enjoyed or satisfied.
 
15.8           This Contract shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the Parties.  Owner may assign or transfer this Contract and its rights and obligations in its sole discretion.  For any assignment or transfer of all of Owner’s rights, with all of Owner’s obligations, under this Contract to another entity, Owner shall be released by Contractor, with no further action required, from any and all obligations under this Contract that arises after the date Contractor is notified of such transfer or assignment (or such later date as set forth in such notice).  Contractor’s ability to assign or transfer (including by operation of law) or subcontract any part of this Contract or the Work is restricted under Paragraph 3.2.  Any unauthorized assignment, transfer or subcontract by Contractor shall be null and void unless approved in writing by Owner.
 
15.9           Except to the extent specifically stated otherwise in this Contract, nothing in this Contract, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer any rights, remedies or benefits upon any person, including, without limitation, any employees, representatives, contractors or agents of Contractor, other than the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
 
15.10         The Contract Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties regarding the matters covered by the Contract Documents, and supersede any and all other prior oral or written agreements, statements or promises made by any party, or to any employee, officer, or agent of any party regarding the matters covered by the Contract Documents.  The Contract Documents cannot be modified or amended by any means except by a written instrument duly signed by Owner’s Representative and Contractor’s Representative.  This Contract may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of executed versions of this Contract may be accomplished by exchange of emails according to the notice provisions of this Contract with attached copies of this Contract duly executed by Owner and Contractor.
 
15.11          The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that it is a condition precedent to the availability of the funding to be provided by Macquarie to the Owner with respect to the financing of the Project that the Contractor, the Owner and Macquarie enter into the Direct Agreement.  The Contractor undertakes and agrees to negotiate in good faith and acting reasonably in relation to the Direct Agreement and to enter into the Direct Agreement with the Owner and Macquarie by no later than September 1, 2017.
 
Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank. Signature Page to Follow
 
27

BY SIGNING BELOW, EACH SIGNATORY TO THIS CONTRACT WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH SIGNATORY HAS READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS CONTRACT, HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO AVAIL ITSELF OF COUNSEL IN CONNECTION WITH THE REVIEW AND NEGOTIATION OF THIS CONTRACT, AND THAT SUCH SIGNATORY HAS FULL AUTHORITY AND LEGAL CAPACITY TO EXECUTE THIS CONTRACT INTENDING TO LEGALLY BIND THE PARTIES HERETO.
 
IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have executed this Contract as of the date first set forth above.
 
OWNER
 
CONTRACTOR
 
       
Hartshorne Mining, LLC
 
Fricke Management and Contracting, Inc.
 
       
By: 
/s/ David Gay
 
By:
/s/ Randall Fricke
 
           
Name:
David Gay
 
Name:
Randall J. Fricke
 
           
Title:
President
 
Title:
SEC
 
 
 
28


Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2, confidential information (indicated by [***]) has been omitted from this exhibit and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Application filed with the Commission.
 
Exhibit 4.5
 
Unit Price Contract
Poplar Grove Slope

This Unit Price Contract (“Contract”), made this 26 of October, 2017, is entered by and between Frontier-Kemper Constructors, Inc., an Indiana corporation (“Contractor”), and Hartshorne Mining, LLC , a Delaware Limited Liability Company (“Owner”).  In consideration of mutual promises and valuable consideration, Contractor and Owner agree:
 
1.0
Definitions . As used in this Contract, these terms have the respective meanings stated below:
 
1.1             “Applicable Laws” means all laws, statutes, rules, acts, ordinances, codes, regulations, directives and orders of Governmental Authorities, whether federal, state or local, and including requirements of permits, certificates and licenses, in effect during the term of this Contract.
 
1.2             “Application(s) for Payment” has the meaning in Paragraph 5.4 of this Contract.
 
1.3            “Bankrupt” means:
 
1.3.1          applying for or consenting to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property;
 
1.3.2          making a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
 
1.3.3          filing a petition seeking to take advantage of law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debts;
 
1.3.4          taking any action to effect any of the foregoing; or
 
1.3.5          being a defendant, respondent, alleged debtor, or otherwise having commenced against Contractor, in any court of competent jurisdiction, a proceeding or case seeking its liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of Contractor’s debts.
 
1.4           “Change Order” has the meaning in Paragraph 6.1 of this Contract.
 
1.5           “Change Order Proposal” has the meaning in Paragraph 6.2 of this Contract.
 
1.6           “Change Order Request” has the meaning in Paragraph 6.2 of this Contract.
 
1.7            “Commissioning” means the process of planning, documenting, scheduling, testing, adjusting, verifying, and training, to provide a facility that operates as a fully functional system per the Scope of Work, Schedule A.
 
1.8             “Confidential Information” has the meaning in Paragraph 3.18 of this Contract.
 

1.9             “Construction Milestone Date” means the date of completion of a defined part of the Work that is less than the entire Work and as particularly described in the Final Construction Schedule.
 
1.10           “Construction Work” means all portions of the Work that are physically performed by labor and equipment - not Pre-Construction Project Drawings Work.
 
1.11         “Contract Documents” are this Contract, all Drawings, all Specifications, the Final Construction Schedule, the Scope of Work, any written amendment to this Contract executed by Contractor and Owner, all Change Order(s) and all Work Order(s).
 
1.12           “Contract Sum” has the meaning in Paragraph 5.1 of this Contract.
 
1.13           “Contractor’s Representative” has the meaning in Paragraph 3.11 of this Contract.
 
1.14           “Contractor Submittals” include (i) three (3) complete sets of equipment operation and maintenance manuals reasonably satisfactory to Owner, and spare parts lists, unless a greater quantity is specified in any other Contract Document; (ii)  one (1) digital and three (3) complete sets of the color-marked “As-Built” Drawings that reflect all changes in the Work authorized by Owner, or which are required as a result of field or other conditions or adapt approved types of apparatus, fixtures, or materials to the Work, or which may be required by local or other authorities to conform to Applicable Laws; and (iii) a “Contractor’s Partial Waiver and Release”, in the form in Schedule C attached and incorporated into this Contract.
 
1.15         “Drawings” are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work including blueprints, plans, elevations, sections, details and diagrams.
 
1.16           “Final Completion” of the Work has the meaning in Paragraph 5.10 of this Contract.
 
1.17           “Final Construction Schedule” has the meaning in Paragraph 4.1 of this Contract.
 
1.18           “Final Payment” has the meaning in Paragraph 5.10 of this Contract.
 
1.19         “Force Majeure Occurrence” has the meaning in Paragraph 8.1 of this Contract.
 
1.20           “Governmental Authority(ies)” means any federal, state or local government, and political subdivision(s) thereof, and any entity(ies) exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions having or pertaining to government, including without limitation the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
 
1.21           “Jobsite” means the site of the Poplar Grove Mine, the Poplar Grove Preparation Plant & Refuse Area and the Green River Barge Dock located in McLean County, Kentucky where the Work will be performed as set forth in the Contract.
 
2

1.22           “Liabilities” means all liabilities, obligations, deficiencies, demands, claims, causes of action, suits, assessments, losses, fines, penalties, damages, costs or expenses (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and the costs of investigation, settlement and defense).
 
1.23           “Owner’s Representative” shall mean such representative of Owner as specified by written notice from Owner to Contractor.  Notice to Owner’s Representative shall be effective as notice to Owner.
 
1.24         “Pre-Construction Project Drawings Work” means that portion of the Work designated in the Scope of Work as the “Pre-Construction Project Drawings.”
 
1.25           “Pre-Existing Contractor Material” has the meaning in Paragraph 2.2 of this Contract.
 
1.26           “Project” shall mean the “Project” identified below the title of this Contract on the first page, which constitutes an identified portion of the development and construction of the Poplar Grove Mine and other components of the Buck Creek Mine Complex in McLean County, Kentucky.
 
1.27           “Punch List” is the Work yet to be completed by Contractor, which will be itemized on one or more documents following Substantial Completion of the Work and necessary for the Contractor to attain Final Completion.
 
1.28           “Punch List Retainage” means an amount equal to [***] of Owner’s estimated cost for Contractor to complete the Punch List items as required by Paragraph 4.7 of this Contract.
 
1.29           “Retainage” has the meaning in Paragraph 5.4 of this Contract.
 
1.30         “Scope Change” means a material addition to, deletion from, suspension of or other modification to the quality, quantity, function or intent of the Work as provided for in the Contract Documents, but does not include refinement, correction or resolution of conflict in respect of the Contract Documents, or detailing of the Work by the Contractor.
 
1.31           “Scope of Work” shall mean documents listed in Schedule A, which are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract.  In the event of a discrepancy between the Scope of Work and the provisions of this Contract, the more onerous requirement or standard shall apply.
 
1.32           “Specifications” are any portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment and any other standards pertaining to the Work.
 
1.33           “Substantial Completion” and/or “Substantially Complete” means the completion of the Work in full compliance with the Contract Documents, Contractor’s provision to Owner of the Contractor Submittals, including operation and maintenance manuals, and the receipt of any necessary approval by Governmental Authorities, such that Owner may enjoy beneficial use or occupancy and may use, operate, and maintain the facilities to be constructed under this Contract in all respects, for its intended purpose, all as certified in writing by Owner; provided, however, that a minor amount of Work that does not materially affect the operation and use of the facilities to be constructed, will not delay Owner’s certification of Substantial Completion.  Substantial Completion requires the successful completion of all Testing and Commissioning; Substantial Completion is not reached until all Testing and Commissioning requirements are fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Owner.
 
3

1.34           “Substantial Completion Date” means the date that the Work is to be Substantially Complete under the Final Construction Schedule, as such date may be extended under Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4 of this Contract.
 
1.35         “Substantial Completion Payment” has the meaning in Paragraph 5.9 of this Contract.
 
1.36           “Testing and Commissioning Requirements” means testing and confirming full operational functionality and proper calibration of the equipment provided by Contractor, as set forth in Schedule A.
 
1.37           “Work” means all labor, materials, services and equipment provided or to be provided by Contractor, or any subcontractor of Contractor approved by Owner under Paragraph 3.2, to fulfill Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents and as described in the Scope of Work, including the delivery by Contractor to Owner of the Contractor Submittals.
 
1.38           “Work Order” has the meaning in Paragraph 6.4 of this Contract.
 
1.39           “Work Product” has the meaning in Paragraph 2.2 of this Contract.
 
2.0
Ownership of Materials .
 
2.1             The Contract Documents and the Contractor Submittals are the property of Owner and shall be promptly returned or delivered to Owner (or in the case of electronic documents, be deleted) upon request or immediately upon termination of the Contract.
 
2.2             Owner shall retain all right, title and interest (including, but not limited to, all copyrights, patents, service marks, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights) in or to any information and/or materials (including, but not limited to, any Confidential Information) supplied by Owner to Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work.  All works, documents, information, ideas, studies, designs, reports, formulas and calculations (collectively, the “Work Product”) developed or created in connection with the performance of the Work under this Contract shall be considered “works made for hire” (as such term is defined under U.S. copyright law), with Owner being the author thereof, and shall otherwise remain and become the exclusive property of Owner.  Contractor irrevocably transfers and assigns to Owner all ownership rights in any Work Product developed or created in connection with the performance of the Work.  Contractor further agrees to provide all reasonable assistance to Owner in perfecting and maintaining its rights to the Work Product, and Contractor agrees that Owner may use as it sees fit the Work Product for any purpose with no additional consideration.  The parties acknowledge that while performing the Work, Contractor may provide or otherwise make available to Owner works, documents, information, ideas, studies, designs, reports, formulas and calculations previously developed by Contractor or developed by Contractor independent of the Work (“Pre-Existing Contractor Material”).  Contractor shall retain all right, title and interest in, and may use for any purpose, all Pre-Existing Contractor Material.  If any Pre-Existing Contractor Material is incorporated into any Work Product or other materials provided to Owner or its affiliates while performing the Work, Contractor grants Owner and its affiliates a royalty-free, nonexclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, and unconditional license to use the Pre-Existing Contractor Material (including the right to copy and prepare derivative works) for any purpose.
 
4

3.0
Scope and Performance Obligations in Respect of the Work .
 
3.1           Contractor shall perform the Work in strict compliance with the Contract Documents.  If there is a discrepancy between the Scope of Work and the provisions of other Contract Documents, the more onerous requirement or higher standard shall govern.
 
3.2             Contractor may not assign or transfer (including by operation of law), delegate or subcontract any part of the Contract Documents or any portion of the Work (including, but not limited to, by way of using leased workers/borrowed servants), nor shall Contractor assign any monies due or to become due to Contractor, without the prior written consent of Owner (including the list of approved subcontractors set out in Schedule A), which consent may be withheld at the sole discretion of Owner.  In providing consent with respect to any subcontractor, Owner shall have the right to review and approve the terms and conditions of any subcontract (which subcontract shall include a prohibition on any right to further subcontract assign or transfer that subcontract work).  Contractor further agrees, represents and warrants that: (i) all Work performed under this Contract by any subcontractor shall be provided or performed pursuant to and in compliance with all the Contract Documents; (ii) Contractor shall take all action necessary to ensure that any such subcontractor complies with the terms of the Contract Documents; (iii) the terms and conditions of all subcontracts shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and (iv) Contractor shall be responsible to Owner for the compliance and all Work performed by such subcontractors as if the compliance or Work had been provided or performed by Contractor.
 
3.3           Contractor certifies that it has carefully reviewed and is fully familiar with all terms, conditions and requirements of the Contract Documents.  Contractor shall at once report to Owner any errors, inconsistencies or omissions it may discover or assume the risk therefore.  Provided Owner is promptly notified by Contractor, Owner shall use reasonable commercial efforts to clarify or correct such errors, inconsistencies or omissions as soon as reasonably possible under the circumstances.
 
3.4           Contractor is familiar with the Jobsite, the vicinity thereof and all other conditions and requirements relevant to the performance of the Work.  Contractor assumes the risk of such conditions and requirements as presented in the Bid Documents and shall fully complete the Work for the Contract Sum in Paragraph 5.1 of this Contract.  In the event that subsurface conditions are encountered that could not reasonably be foreseen either through site inspection or through subsurface information provided to Contractor in the Bid Documents and such conditions materially affect Contractor’s costs, Contractor shall promptly give written notice to Owner who shall investigate the site condition after receiving the notice. If such an unanticipated condition does exist, an equitable adjustment as regards to cost and time of completion shall be made to the Contract.   To the extent legally required or requested by Owner or an affiliate, prior to entering the property and facilities of Owner or an affiliate for performance of the Work or otherwise, all employees, employees of any approved subcontractors and other persons associated with Contractor shall receive hazard training regarding a non-exhaustive list of certain hazards that might be encountered upon such property and facilities and execute any related forms provided by Owner or an affiliate.
 
5

3.5            Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, construction supplies, consumables, sanitary facilities, equipment, light, transportation (including all unloading and handling) and other facilities reasonably necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
 
3.6             Unless otherwise set forth in the Specifications, (i) all materials, products and equipment furnished by Contractor shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents, (ii) all materials, products and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be new unless specified in Schedule A of this Contract, (iii) Contractor shall handle, apply, install, erect, use, clean and condition all materials and equipment in accordance with the directions or instructions of the manufacturer, and (iv) Contractor shall transfer all equipment manufacturer’s warranties to Owner.  Owner shall have the right at any time to inspect all materials, products and equipment furnished by Contractor and any approved subcontractors, and may disapprove any materials, products and/or equipment that are not in strict compliance with Applicable Laws and the Contract Documents, in which case Contractor shall promptly remove such materials, products and equipment from the Jobsite and replace them with compliant materials, products and/or equipment at Contractor’s cost and expense or, to the extent possible and with Owner’s prior approval, promptly take remedial action at Contractor’s cost and expense to bring such materials, products and/or equipment into strict compliance with Applicable Laws and the Contract Documents.
 
3.7             Contractor acknowledges and stipulates that the Contract Documents describe certain specific materials, products and equipment required unless an equivalent substitution or alternative is specifically approved in writing by Owner. Should Contractor propose to furnish other equivalent materials, products or equipment, either in substitution for or as an alternative to those required by the Contract Documents, Contractor shall submit full details thereof and obtain Owner’s prior written approval.  Owner’s decision on the suitability or “of equal” characteristics of any materials, products or equipment to those specified shall be final, but the approval of Owner shall not relieve Contractor from its responsibility concerning the Work or affect Contractor’s guarantee covering all parts of the Work.
 
3.8             All construction equipment obtained or furnished by Contractor to be used by Contractor on the Jobsite shall be in working condition and in compliance with Applicable Laws, fit for the uses for which the equipment is intended and suitable for the safe and efficient performance of the Work.
 
6

3.9            Contractor shall maintain, at the Jobsite, one complete set of all Drawings and Specifications. Such Drawings and Specifications shall be clearly marked “Project Record Copy” and be maintained in a clean and neat condition available for inspection and use by the Owner and its representatives.  Contractor shall promptly record on this “Project Record Copy” all changes in the Work authorized by Owner, or which may be required to suit field or other conditions or to adapt approved types of apparatus, fixtures, or materials to the Work, or which may be required by Governing Authorities to conform to Applicable Laws so at all times, the “Project Record Copy” reflects the “As-Built” condition of the Work.  The manner of recording changes shall be consistent throughout Contractor’s performance of the Work.
 
3.10         Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, certificates, licenses and inspections required for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified by Owner in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall review permits, certificates and licenses to be obtained on behalf of Owner with the Owner’s Representative prior to application to any government agency.
 
3.11          Contractor shall utilize only qualified and (where required) duly licensed employees, agents and approved subcontractors to perform the Work and all portions thereof. Upon request by Owner, Contractor shall furnish to Owner a list showing the names and business addresses of all employees and approved subcontractors and their employees engaged in the Work.  Contractor shall require each person entering the property of Owner or an affiliate to be identified by means satisfactory to Owner. Contractor shall have a competent representative at the Job Site during all times for which Work is being performed who shall have absolute authority to act, in all respects, on behalf of and for Contractor (“Contractor’s Representative”).  Contractor shall notify Owner in writing of the identity of Contractor’s Representative before commencing any Work, and Contractor shall provide Owner with prior written notice of any subsequent change in Contractor’s Representative. Contractor shall replace said representative, without charge, if so demanded by Owner for any lawful reason. Notice to Contractor’s Representative shall be effective as notice to Contractor. Owner may refuse permission for any person, including any employee, agent or representative of Contractor or any approved subcontractor, to enter upon the Jobsite.
 
3.12           The Work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner by qualified, safe, careful and efficient workers in strict conformity with the practices, methods, standards and acts that, in exercising reasonable judgment by a prudent and experienced contractor would have been utilized to accomplish the Work for the expected life of the Work, in a manner consistent with the standards specified in the Contract Documents and in compliance with all Applicable Laws. Without limiting the generality of the forgoing, Contractor shall (i) take all necessary safety and other precautions to protect all property and persons from damage or injury arising out of the performance of the Work; (ii) comply strictly with all Applicable Laws, including those pertaining to the environment, health, safety or labor which apply to Contractor or to the Work such as the Federal Mine and Health and Safety Act of 1977, as amended, regarding training and workplace safety (including requirements for annual retraining and records retention attendant thereto), Sections 6, 7 and 12 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, employee safety orders or safe place of employment laws (whether federal, state or local); (iii) enforce discipline and good order among its employees and its approved subcontractors; (iv) not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled or holding any necessary licenses in the assigned work; and (v) inspect any places and correct any conditions which are or may create an unsafe environment regarding the performance of the Work.
 
7

Contractor shall report promptly in writing to the Owner all recordable accidents and injuries occurring at the Jobsite, and the Contractor shall promptly furnish to Owner a copy of any accident reports it prepares regarding such accidents and injuries, including any such reports it must file with a Governmental Authority.  Contractor shall (i) comply in all respects with, and cause all of its approved subcontractors and its and their employees, agents and representatives to comply in all respects with, Owner’s Drug Free Workplace Program adopted under the Drug Free Workplace Program of Kentucky’s Division of Mine Safety; (ii) implement and enforce a written policy that ensures compliance by its employees, agents, representatives and approved subcontractors (and their employees, agents and representatives) with all Applicable Laws regarding the use, possession, sale and distribution of alcohol and drugs, which policy shall comply with, and shall not conflict with, any of the requirements of the Drug Free Workplace Program of Kentucky’s Division of Mine Safety; and (iii) provide a copy of Contractor’s policy referred to in clause (ii) of this sentence to Owner prior to commencing the Work.  Owner may require Contractor to remove from the Work any employees that Owner deems incompetent, careless, insubordinate or detrimental to the progress of the Work. Contractor shall not, and Contractor shall ensure that Contractor’s subcontractors shall not, grant any rebates or gratuities to any director, manager, officer or employee of Owner or Owner’s affiliates in connection with the performance of this Contract.
 
3.13         Contractor shall keep the Jobsite and the vicinity of the Jobsite clean and neat while performing the Work and shall comply with all Applicable Laws pertaining to the Jobsite, the vicinity thereof, and the Work.  Furthermore, and as part of fully completing the Work, Contractor shall leave the Jobsite and the Work clean and ready for use, and shall remove all materials, equipment, rubbish and other debris at the Jobsite and the vicinity of the Jobsite in a manner consistent with all Applicable Laws and as directed by all authorized representatives of Owner.  If Contractor fails to maintain or leave the Jobsite or the Work in such condition, Owner may, at its option and to its satisfaction, make the Jobsite and the Work clean and ready for use, in which case Owner may offset all associated costs against amounts otherwise payable to the Contractor under this Contract, or demand prompt reimbursement from Contractor for all or any portion of such costs.
 
3.14         Contractor shall require and ensure that title to all materials, supplies and equipment incorporated into the Work shall pass to Owner from the vendor or supplier of the same.  Risk of loss for materials, supplies and equipment shall remain with Contractor until Final Completion.
 
3.15         Contractor shall reasonably secure the Jobsite, and is solely responsible for all of its equipment, tools, materials and property at the Jobsite.
 
8

3.16         Contractor is an independent contractor and shall have responsibility for and control over the details and means for performing the Work, provided that Contractor complies with the Contract Documents.  Anything in the Contract Documents which may appear to give Owner the right to direct Contractor on the details of performing the Work, or to exercise a measure of control over Contractor, shall mean that Contractor shall follow the desires of Owner in the results only of the Work. Contractor shall be solely responsible for its employees, subcontractors, agents and representatives, and for their compensation, benefits, contributions and taxes, if any.  Nothing in the Contract Documents is intended to create any employment or agency relationship between Contractor and Owner.  To the extent Owner must report amounts paid to Contractor under this Contract under the Internal Revenue Code, Owner shall report such amounts to the Internal Revenue Service on IRS Form 1099.
 
3.17           Contractor knows that the Work to be performed is only part of the work to be performed in connection with the overall development and construction of the Project.  Owner reserves the right to perform other work in connection with the development and construction of the Project and to contract with other contractors that are connected with the Work.  Contractor shall afford Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their parts and materials and the execution of their work, and Contractor shall promptly and properly coordinate and connect its Work with their work.  If any part of the Work under this Contract depends on proper execution or results upon the prior work of Owner or of another contractor (or of Contractor under a separate contract from this Contract), Contractor shall inspect such prior work before beginning that part of the Work under this Contract and, prior to beginning that part of the Work under this Contract but in no event later than ten (10) calendar days after learning of any defects in the prior work, report to Owner any defects in such prior work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results in performing the Work under this Contract.  Contractor’s failure to so inspect and timely report such defects prior to Contractor’s commencement of the affected portion of the Work under this Contract shall constitute an acceptance of the prior work by Owner or the other contractor (or Contractor under a separate contract) as fit and proper for the execution of the Work under this Contract, and Contractor shall be prohibited from requesting any extension of the Final Construction Schedule under Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4, or any Scope Change under Paragraph 6.3, based on such defects.
 
3.18           Contractor acknowledges and agrees that while negotiating this Contract and performing the Work, Contractor may become exposed to proprietary, confidential, sensitive, non-public or trade secret information concerning the business and operations of Owner and its affiliates (“Confidential Information”). “Confidential Information” shall not include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than because of disclosure by Contractor or (ii) becomes available to Contractor on a non-confidential basis from a source, other than the Owner or an affiliated entity, that is not restricted from disclosing such information to Contractor by any legal, fiduciary or contractual obligation of confidentiality to Owner or its affiliated entities.  Contractor shall hold Confidential Information in strict confidence and shall not directly or indirectly disclose Confidential Information during the term of this Contract or thereafter to any third party or use the Confidential Information, except (i) as required in the performance of the Work described in this Contract or (ii) as required by order of any court or similar tribunal or any other governmental body or agency of competent jurisdiction; provided, however, that Contractor shall give Owner prior written notice of such permitted disclosure and shall cooperate with Owner if Owner seeks a protective order or similar protection as Owner may deem appropriate to preserve the confidential nature of the Confidential Information.  Contractor agrees at any time upon Owner’s request to promptly return or destroy, and to cause all approved subcontractors to promptly return or destroy, all Confidential Information in its or their possession or control.
9

The restrictions in this Paragraph 3.18 are necessary to protect the business and goodwill of Owner and its affiliated entities and are considered by Contractor to be reasonable for such purposes.  Contractor agrees that any breach of this Paragraph 3.18 will cause Owner and/or one or more affiliated entities substantial and irrevocable damage, and therefore, if any such actual or threatened breach occurs, besides such other remedies as may be available, Owner and/or one or more affiliated entities may seek specific performance and injunctive relief, and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, for enforcing this Paragraph 3.18.  Contractor agrees to take all necessary steps to ensure that all of its employees and approved subcontractors engaged in performing the Work know of the requirements of this Paragraph 3.18 and fully comply with the restrictions in this Paragraph 3.18.
 
3.19           Material Safety Data sheets as required by law and pertaining to materials or substances used or consumed in performing the Work, whether obtained by the Contractor, its subcontractors, Owner, or others, shall be maintained at the Jobsite by the Contractor and provided to the Owner upon request. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper delivery, handling, application, storage, removal, and disposal of all such materials and substances brought to the Jobsite.  Contractor shall record and report the annual calendar year chemical usage of Toxic Release Inventory chemicals used by Contractor on the property of Owner and its affiliates as required by 40 C.F.R., Part 372, and shall submit a current report to Owner regarding such usage promptly upon request.
 
3.20           Contractor represents and warrants it is duly registered and qualified to conduct business and in good standing in the state at which the Jobsite is located.  To the extent legally required or requested by Owner, before commencing any Work, Contractor shall, and shall cause Contractor’s subcontractors to, apply for and secure a contractor identification number from the Mine Safety and Health Administration and shall provide such number(s) to Owner.
 
3.21           Contractor shall create and maintain for three (3) years following final acceptance of the Work by the Company or earlier termination of this Contract, and ensure that Contractor’s approved subcontractors create and maintain for such period, a true, correct and complete set of records, including books and accounts under accepted principles consistently applied, relating to the Work and this Contract.  Owner and its representatives shall be permitted access, within a reasonable time after request therefore, to such records to audit and verify the Work, the cost of the Work and/or any other charges or payments made under this Contract.
 
10

4.0
Final Construction Schedule .
 
4.1             Attached as Schedule B and incorporated into this Contract is the “Final Construction Schedule” that (i) details the phases of the Work and each Construction Milestone Date and (ii) provides for the Substantial Completion Date.
 
4.2           The Pre-Construction Project Drawings Work shall be commenced by Contractor promptly following execution of this Contract. The Construction Work shall be commenced by Contractor promptly following notice from Owner that the Jobsite is available for commencement of the Construction Work. Owner’s current estimate of the anticipated date for commencement of the Construction Work is reflected in the Final Construction Schedule included in Schedule B, however such date is subject to change and the actual commencement date for the Construction Work will not occur until Owner provides notice under the immediately preceding sentence. Time is of the essence for this Contract and the Contract Documents. Contractor shall cause the Work to meet the Construction Milestone Dates and the Substantial Completion Date in the Final Construction Schedule, as the same may be amended from time to time under Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4 of this Contract.
 
4.3             The Construction Milestone Dates within the Final Construction Schedule shall be updated by Contractor to reflect any material modifications to each Construction Milestone Date.  The Contractor acknowledges that the Construction Milestone Dates are necessary for the Owner to manage its business, including cash flow requirements and coordination of other work at the Project, and agrees to keep the Final Construction Schedule up to date as a true and accurate forecast of the Project Work.  The Substantial Completion Date within the Final Construction Schedule can only be changed with the prior written approval of the Owner in accordance with Paragraph 4.4 of this Contract.  The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any failure to maintain a properly updated Final Construction Schedule may give the Owner the right to terminate this Contract for “cause” under Paragraph 12.1.2.
 
4.4             The Substantial Completion Date and the Final Construction Schedule may only be extended after written approval by Owner of: (i) a Change Order in accordance with Paragraphs 6.1, 6.2 or 6.3 of this Contract, (ii) a Work Order in accordance with Paragraph 6.4 of this Contract, or (iii) a written request from the Contractor, setting forth in detail the reason(s) for the request to extend the Substantial Completion Date and the Final Construction Schedule.  This written request must be provided to Owner no later than [***] days after Contractor knew or should have known of the events giving rise to such delay.  Failure to give Owner timely written notice under this Paragraph 4.4 shall constitute a waiver of Contractor’s delay claim.
 
4.4.1       Should the Contractor be delayed in the commencement, prosecution or completion of the Work by any act, omission, neglect or default of Owner or of anyone employed by Owner, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time equivalent to impact of such Owner-caused delay to the critical path of the Work.  For delays solely caused by the Owner, Contractor agrees to accept as full compensation for said delays Contractor’s direct field costs associated with the delay.
 
11

4.4.2       Should the Contractor be delayed in the commencement, prosecution or completion of the Work by any event beyond either Contractor or Owner’s control, such as a Force Majeure Occurrence as described in Paragraph 8.1, or concurrent delays, Contractor shall be entitled to a time-extension only, with no additional compensation for any costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the non-Owner-caused delay.
 
4.5             Contractor and Owner stipulate and acknowledge that it would be difficult and impractical under the circumstances to ascertain and fix actual damages that Owner will incur for each day Substantial Completion is delayed beyond the Substantial Completion Date. Accordingly, Contractor shall pay to Owner as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the following liquidated damages (which the parties acknowledge are a reasonable estimation of the actual damages that would be incurred by Owner if such delay occurs) for each calendar day that the Work is not Substantially Complete relative to the Substantial Completion Date:
 
Delay Period
Liquidated Damages Amount
   
1-30 calendar days
[***]
   
31-60 calendar days
[***]
   
61 or more calendar days
[***]
 
Owner may offset any accrued but unpaid liquidated damages under this Paragraph 4.5 from amounts otherwise payable to Contractor under this Contract.  The full amount of any liquidated damages that have accrued under this Paragraph 4.5 during any calendar month, to the extent they have not been previously collected by Owner by offset pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, shall be paid by Contractor to Owner on the first business day of the following month.
 
4.6             Contractor and Owner further stipulate and acknowledge that the terms, conditions and liquidated damage amounts in Paragraph 4.5 of this Contract, including the escalation of the measure of damages based on the cumulative duration of the delay, are reasonable considering the costs and expenses that Owner will likely incur in the event of Contractor’s failure to achieve Substantial Completion by the Substantial Completion Date. The amounts of such liquidated damages are agreed upon and fixed by the parties because of the difficulty of ascertaining on the date the exact costs and expenses actually incurred by Contractor and shall not be, or be deemed to be, a penalty or forfeiture.  The obligation to pay or payment of any such liquidated damages shall not affect Owner’s rights to terminate this Contract under any other provision of this Contract or otherwise limit or exclude any other remedies or relief that Owner is entitled to under this Contract.
 
12

4.7            Contractor shall have [***] calendar days from Substantial Completion to complete the Punch List items to Owner’s satisfaction and accomplish Final Completion.  Should the Contractor fail to accomplish Final Completion within such time, Owner shall have the right at any time thereafter to take possession of the Jobsite and, at Contractor’s expense, finish or correct any or all remaining Punch List items by whatever method Owner deems expedient.  Owner may offset any expenses incurred by Owner in finishing or correcting Punch List items under the immediately preceding sentence from amounts otherwise payable to Contractor under this Contract including, without limitation, from the Retainage; and Contractor shall pay Owner the full amount of such expenses within [***] business days of Owner’s delivery to Contractor of an invoice therefore, to the extent Owner has not previously recovered such expenses by offset.
 
5.0
The Contract Sum and Final Completion Procedures .
 
5.1             The “Contract Sum” in respect of the Final Completion of the Work is/are the amount(s) listed in Schedule A.  The Contract Sum is subject to adjustment under approved Change Orders and Work Orders.  For unit price items, the quantities listed in the Scope of Work are approximate and are to be used only for comparison of the Bids; the total payment to Contractor will be calculated based on the unit prices in Schedule A for the actual quantities of Work performed, determined in a manner consistent with calculation of quantities in the construction industry.  The Contract Sum encompasses each and every other item of expense regarding the Work, including (without limitation) (i) Contractor’s costs and expenses regarding all materials, labor,  tools, construction supplies, consumables, sanitary facilities, equipment, light, transportation (including all unloading and handling) and other facilities reasonably necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work under the Contract Documents; (ii) Contractor’s costs and expenses regarding approved subcontractors; (iii) Contractor’s overhead and profit; (iv) all payroll taxes, contributions, benefits and insurance coverage regarding employees of Contractor and any approved subcontractor of Contractor; and (v) any and all taxes imposed by and due to any governmental authority in the form of sales, use, excise, value added, environmental, gross receipts or franchise tax, state and local product tax, state and local inspection fees, or similar taxes, assessments, or fees, including (without limitation) any and all equipment and materials used or consumed by Contractor and its approved subcontractors.
 
5.2             Contractor shall promptly pay all bills for labor, tools, materials, supplies, equipment, and services provided and used by Contractor in performing the Work.
 
5.3             All Applications for Payment, the Substantial Completion Payment and the Final Payment shall be subject to Owner’s right to withhold or offset as set forth in this Contract (including without limitation such right regarding Paragraphs 3.13, 4.7, 5.11, 11.2 and 12.2 of this Contract, and the liquidated damages in Paragraph 4.5 of this Contract).
 
5.4             During each calendar month in which Contractor performs Construction Work, Contractor shall submit an application for payment (“Application for Payment”) on or before the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the following month, reflecting progress as of the end of that calendar month for that portion of the Work actually completed, in accordance with the unit prices set out in Schedule A of this Contract.  Applications for Payment shall be in writing and Contractor shall provide support reasonably satisfactory to Owner regarding each such Application for Payment. Contractor shall also deliver a “Contractor’s Partial Waiver and Release”, in the form in Schedule C attached and incorporated into this Contract, with each Application for Payment. Owner may disapprove any such Application for Payment or any portion thereof pending Contractor’s compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents and Owner’s verification of such Work actually completed.
13

Subject to the approval of each Application for Payment by Owner and Contractor’s delivery of such “Contractor’s Partial Waiver and Release”, Owner shall pay amounts not subject to dispute or offset and otherwise properly payable to Contractor under the Contract Documents within [***] calendar days following its receipt thereof; provided, however, Owner shall retain [***] of the amount payable (calculated prior to any applicable offsets) regarding each such Application for Payment (the “Retainage”), and Contractor’s Application for Payment shall reflect the total payment due less Retainage.  The Retainage shall become earned by Contractor upon Final Completion of the Work.  Contractor grants Owner a security interest in materials or equipment procured and paid for by Contractor in respect of the Work.
 
5.5             If at any time the Owner determines that Contractor has been paid or applies for payment which represents a quantity of Work that is greater than the actual quantity of the Work, then Owner reserves the right to adjust the Contractor’s subsequent Applications for Payment to correspond to the actual quantity of the Work.
 
5.6             At no time shall Owner be obligated to pay Contractor for materials not yet delivered to the Site and incorporated into the Work. However, Contractor may request permission from Owner to invoice Owner for unincorporated materials in storage at the Jobsite.  Approval of such a request shall be at Owner’s sole discretion.
 
5.7           If Contractor subcontracts any portion of the Work to an approved subcontractor, Owner may, in its sole discretion, pay any or all amounts due any such subcontractor by check jointly payable to Contractor and any such subcontractor (subject to the Retainage regarding such amounts).
 
5.8             When Contractor believes that it has Substantially Completed the Work under the Contract Documents, it shall provide Owner with a written notice thereof.  Owner shall promptly inspect the Work and shall either (i) reject defective or uncompleted portions of the Work; or (ii) advise Contractor in writing that the Work is Substantially Complete.  Owner’s agreement that Contractor has reached Substantial Completion will not excuse Contractor for failing to comply with the Contract Documents or for any undiscovered and/or latent defects.
 
If Owner rejects any portion of the Work, Contractor shall promptly remedy such rejected Work at Contractor’s expense, and shall again provide Owner with a notice of completion of the Work.  The foregoing procedure shall apply again and successively thereafter until Owner advises Contractor that Contractor has achieved Substantial Completion of the Work.  Any failure of Owner to inspect the Work or to reject Contractor’s notice of completion shall not be deemed to be acceptance of the Work for any purpose by Owner nor imply acceptance of, or agreement with, any such notice of completion provided by Contractor.
 
5.9             After Owner advises Contractor that it has achieved Substantial Completion, Contractor will submit its Application for Payment for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum (including the Retainage) less the Punch List Retainage (“Substantial Completion Payment”).  Owner shall pay Contractor the Substantial Completion Payment within [***] days of receipt of Contractor’s Application for Payment under this Paragraph 5.9 Contractor’s Application for Payment of the Substantial Completion Payment may be subject to greater scrutiny from Owner, given that it includes the release of the Retainage (other than the Punch List Retainage).  The parties acknowledge that even a comparatively minor failure to provide documentation will result in the rejection of an Application for Payment of the Substantial Completion Payment.
 
14

5.10           The final payment of the Punch List Retainage (“Final Payment”) will be made upon completion of all Work, including Punch List Work, but only after (i) Contractor has delivered to Owner “Contractor’s Final Release and Waiver of Lien and Indemnification Certificate” in the form set forth in Schedule D attached and incorporated into this Contract, (ii) Contractor has completed all Work, including all Punch List items and provided Owner all deliverables under the Contract, and (iii) Contractor has caused each of its approved subcontractors to furnish to Owner releases of lien or lien waivers satisfactory in form to Owner (collectively, “Final Completion”).
 
5.11           No payment made to Contractor, nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the Work by Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of any Work or materials not in accordance with the Contract Documents.  The title to all Work completed or installed in the course of performing the Work, and all parts and materials for which any payments have been made by Owner to Contractor, shall be in Owner’s name and shall be free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances.  Notwithstanding title thereto being in Owner’s name, the care, custody, control and protection of the Work and all related parts and materials shall be with Contractor, and the risk of loss or damage thereto shall be borne by Contractor, until Final Completion.
 
5.12         Should Contractor owe Owner any amount under any provisions of the Contract Documents or because of any breach of the Contract Documents, Owner may offset any amount otherwise owed Contractor by Owner under this Contract or any other agreement between Owner and Contractor.
 
 6.0
Changes in the Work .
 
6.1            Owner may order or authorize one or more Scope Changes, in which event the Contract Sum may be adjusted as agreed by Owner and Contractor and the Final Construction Schedule (including, if applicable, the Substantial Completion Date) may be adjusted under Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4 of this Contract.  Subject to Paragraph 6.4 of this Contract, Scope Changes must be authorized by a written Change Order, in accordance with the form attached and incorporated into this Contract as Schedule E , approved and signed by Owner and Contractor.  If either party believes a Scope Change is necessary, it shall proceed as set forth in this Paragraph 6.0.  However, the forgoing requirements of this Paragraph 6.0 shall not excuse Contractor from acting in an emergency to prevent imminent personal injury or property damage.
 
15

6.2             If the Scope Change is initiated by Owner, then Owner shall deliver to Contractor a written Change Order Request in accordance with the form attached and incorporated into this Contract as Schedule F (“Change Order Request”). Such Change Order Request shall set forth in detail the nature of the requested Scope Change.  Upon its receipt of a Change Order Request, Contractor shall promptly, but not later than [***] calendar days after delivery of the Change Order Request, return to Owner two (2) completed copies of its Change Order Proposal in accordance with the form attached and incorporated into this Contract as Schedule G (“Change Order Proposal”).  Such Change Order Proposal shall set forth in detail, with a separate pay item (addition or deletion) for the purchase and installation of equipment and materials and an otherwise suitable breakdown of costs by trades and work classifications, a fixed sum requested as an adjustment to the Contract Sum together with any requested adjustment to the Final Construction Schedule (including the Substantial Completion Date) regarding such requested Scope Change.  The fixed sum in each Change Order Proposal shall equal the sum of (i) the excess, if any, of (a) Contractor’s good faith estimate of the actual costs of the requested Scope Change, but including only such costs as are directly attributable to and necessarily incurred as part of the requested Scope Change and which are not included in Contractor’s profit and overhead, less (b) Contractor’s good faith estimate of the cost savings that will result from the replacement or deletion of previously required Work by the requested Scope Change, plus (ii) (if the net amount calculated in clause (i) of this sentence is positive) an additional [***] of such (positive) amount calculated in clause (i) of this sentence in satisfaction of all Contractor profit and overhead.  The requested adjustment, if any, to the Final Construction Schedule and Substantial Completion Date specified in any Change Order Proposal shall be limited to the delays directly attributable to and necessarily incurred because of the requested Scope Change.  Each Change Order Proposal shall be accompanied by appropriate data reasonably acceptable to Owner supporting the proposed adjustments, including but not limited to bids, cost estimates, quotations from suppliers, wage schedules, and work schedules.  Owner shall review each Change Order Proposal.  If after review, Owner approves Contractor’s Change Order Proposal, Owner will issue and Contractor will execute and accept a written Change Order, and the Contract Sum and/or Final Construction Schedule and Substantial Completion Date, shall be adjusted as set forth in such Change Order.
 
6.3          If Contractor desires to initiate a Scope Change, then it shall deliver a written Change Order Proposal to Owner meeting the requirements in Paragraph 6.2 of this Contract, with a detailed explanation of why Contractor believes the proposed Scope Change is necessary, conforming to Schedule G attached and incorporated into this Contract. All such Change Order Proposals must be made by Contractor within [***] calendar days of receipt by Contractor of any Specification, Drawing, or other form of communication from Owner to which the proposed Scope Change is attributable and before performing any work regarding such Scope Change.  Any work performed by Contractor prior to receipt of an approved Change Order shall be solely for the account of Contractor and will not be reimbursed as part of any Change Order.  If Owner, after review, approves Contractor’s Change Order Proposal, Owner will issue and Contractor will execute and accept a Change Order, and the Contract Sum and/or the Substantial Completion Date shall be adjusted as set forth in such Change Order.  Owner shall be entitled to decline or approve any Change Order Proposal initiated by Contractor in Owner’s sole and absolute discretion.
 
16

6.4             Owner may, at Owner’s option, deliver Contractor a Work Order in lieu of the usual Change Order procedure.  A “Work Order” is a written instruction to Contractor from Owner to proceed with a Scope Change. The form of the Work Order shall conform to Schedule H, which is attached and incorporated into this Contract. Such Work Order shall set forth in detail the nature of the requested Scope Change.   Upon receipt of each such Work Order, Contractor shall immediately commence performance of the Work Order in the same manner as if a Change Order had been issued by Owner and executed by Contractor.  The fixed sum in each Work Order shall equal to (i) the excess, if any, of (a) Owner’s good faith estimate of the actual costs of the requested Scope Change, but including only such costs as are directly attributable to and necessarily incurred as part of the requested Scope Change and which are not included in Contractor’s profit and overhead, less (b) Owner’s good faith estimate of the cost savings, if any, that will result from the replacement or deletion of previously required Work by the requested Scope Change, plus (ii) (if the net amount calculated in clause (i) of this sentence is positive) an additional [***] of such (positive) amount calculated in clause (i) of this sentence in satisfaction of all Contractor profit and overhead.  In addition, the Substantial Completion Date shall be adjusted as is reasonably appropriate under the circumstances upon request of the Contractor under Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4 of this Contract.
 
6.5             For the avoidance of doubt, any decision by Owner not to approve any Change Order shall not be construed as restricting Owner from issuing a Work Order regarding matters covered by the corresponding Change Order Proposal.
 
6.6             Each Change Order must be executed by the Owner’s Representative and the Contractor’s Representative.
 
6.7             Each Work Order must be executed by the Owner’s Representative.
 
7.0
Contractor Guarantees, Testing, and Commissioning .
 
7.1           Contractor guarantees that it has the capability, experience and means required to perform the Work, and the Work will be performed using personnel, equipment and material qualified and suitable to accomplish the Work.
 
7.2           Contractor further guarantees to Owner that the Work shall (i) strictly comply with all the provisions of the Contract Documents; (ii) be first-class in every particular; (iii) be free from defects in construction and workmanship; (iv) conform with high professional and trade standards; and (v) strictly comply with all Applicable Laws pertaining to the Work.  Contractor further guarantees to Owner that all materials, equipment and supplies furnished by Contractor for the Work shall be new (unless otherwise set forth in the Specifications and listed in Schedule A of this Contract), in conformance with the Contract Documents, merchantable, of the most suitable grade and fit for their intended purpose.
 
7.3           If, during the performance of the Work or within [***] months following written acceptance of the Work by Owner, any part of the Work is found to be defective or otherwise nonconforming, Owner shall notify Contractor of such defect or nonconformity and Contractor shall promptly correct such defect or nonconformity at Contractor’s cost and expense.  If Contractor fails to correct any such defect or nonconformity within [***] calendar days following the delivery of such notice by Owner to Contractor (or if such defect or nonconformity cannot reasonably be corrected within [***] calendar days, Contractor fails to commence corrective action within such [***] calendar days and thereafter diligently prosecute corrective action to completion), then Owner may correct any such defect or nonconformity, by whatever method Owner deems expedient, at Contractor’s
17

expense.  The Owner may offset these expenses against any amounts that are payable to Contractor under this Contract.  Otherwise, the Contractor shall pay Owner the full amount of such expenses within [***] business days of Owner’s delivery to Contractor of an invoice therefore, to the extent Owner has not previously recovered such expenses by offset.
 
7.4
Testing and Commissioning
 
7.4.1          Contractor shall carry out and satisfy the Testing and Commissioning Requirements in Schedule A or as otherwise required by this Contract and will test and commission all equipment described in Schedule A or as may reasonably be required by Owner.
 
7.4.2          If the equipment or controls fail to satisfy any or all of the Testing and Commissioning Requirements, the tests will be reperformed at Owner’s request and at Contractor’s sole cost and expense.  Should the equipment or controls fail during or after retesting by the Contractor, then (i) Owner may carry out the tests itself, and Contractor will bear all of the costs and expenses of doing so, or (ii) Owner may engage third parties to carry out the tests on Owner’s behalf, and Contractor will bear all of the costs and expenses of doing so.
 
7.4.3          Owner may request additional tests at any time prior to Completion.  Contractor will provide such assistance and samples and make accessible such part of the equipment or controls for such additional testing as may be required and, if so directed, must carry out the additional tests at Owner’s sole cost and expense unless that test shows that equipment or controls is not in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.
 
8.0
Force Majeure Occurrences .
 
8.1           If Contractor is delayed in performing the Work and such delay is caused by war, riot, civil insurrection, act of the public enemy, act of civil or military authority, fire, flood, earthquake or act of God (each, a “Force Majeure Occurrence”), such delay shall be excused and the Final Construction Schedule and Substantial Completion Date shall be adjusted accordingly.  In no case shall Contractor be entitled to additional or extra compensation resulting from any Force Majeure Occurrence, additional time being the only remedy to the Contractor because of any Force Majeure Occurrence.
 
8.2           An actual or asserted increased cost of performance or any financial difficulty of the Contractor or Contractor’s subcontractors, suppliers or vendors shall not constitute a Force Majeure Occurrence.
 
18

8.3           If there occurs a Force Majeure Occurrence, Contractor shall diligently prosecute Work that can be performed notwithstanding the Force Majeure Occurrence.
 
9.0
Minimum Insurance Requirements .
 
9.1             Contractor fully assumes all risks of injury or death to all persons, arising out of or related to its Work. Contractor shall immediately provide written notice to Owner of any accidents or occurrences resulting in any injuries to persons or damage to any property arising out or otherwise related to the Work.
 
9.2             Prior to its commencement of any Work and continuing until all of Contractor’s obligations under this Contract have been fully performed and discharged, including any warranty periods, Contractor shall obtain and keep in full force and effect at its expense insurance covering those areas set forth in this Paragraph. Such policies shall (i) be with an insurer lawfully authorized to conduct insurance business in the state where the Work is to be performed and rated no less than “A-” VII by A.M. Best; (ii) by endorsement to each applicable policy reasonably satisfactory to Owner (via Form CG 20 10, Form 90534, Form TE 9901B or equivalent), except for workers’ compensation insurance and professional liability insurance, all insurance required by this Contract shall include endorsements signed by the applicable insurance carrier(s) that name Owner and its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns, and all of their current and former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members, partners, agents and representatives and financiers, as additional insureds (collectively, the “Additional Insured”, and individually, an “Additional Insured”); and (iii) provide for [***] calendar days’ written notice to Owner and all applicable financiers by the insurer(s) in the event of suspension, termination, cancellation or material change in coverage.  Such policies of insurance shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, also contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of Owner and its additional insureds.  All such policies of insurance shall be primary insurance as to all Liabilities for damages and injury (including, but not limited to, death) whether to persons or property, arising out of or related to Contractor’s Work, and shall be noncontributing with any other insurance and self-insurance maintained by Owner or its affiliates.  Such insurance coverages do not limit the liability of Contractor to Owner for any damages.  Contractor shall also ensure that each of its approved subcontractors fully comply with the requirements of this Paragraph 9.0 before commencing any Work, either, with respect to each subcontractor, by including the subcontractor as an insured under Contractor’s insurance policies or furnishing separate certificates of insurance and endorsements for insurance policies maintained by the subcontractor.  Such required insurance includes, as a minimum:
 
9.2.1         Workers’ compensation insurance policy with statutory benefit levels to secure benefit payments for employees in compliance with all Applicable Law as required by the primary state of employment and all other states in which work is to be performed by contractor under this Contract.  Evidence of black lung coverage, United States Longshoremen and Harbor Workers (USL&H) and/or Jones Act. USL&H and Jones Act must be provided where such exposure exists. The Worker’s compensation policy shall in all cases cover leased workers and borrowed servants to the extent any such persons are used to perform Work under this Contract.
 
19

9.2.2          Employer’s liability policy of insurance covering bodily injury by accident or disease, including death, arising out of or in the course of employment, with limits of at least [***] for each occurrence.  Such policy shall cover “leased workers”/borrowed servants to the extent any such persons are used to perform Work under this Contract.
 
9.2.3          Commercial General Liability policy of insurance, including premises/operations, independent contractors and subcontractors, personal and advertising injury, blanket contractual liability, products and completed operations liability, explosion, collapse and underground coverage and broad form property damage, and a pollution/environmental liability policy, having a minimum limit of [***] per occurrence for personal injury, bodily injury and property damage and [***] in the aggregate. Contractor agrees to maintain Products-Completed Operations coverage with respect to the Work performed under the Agreement in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for the full term of the Statute of Repose following the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. The deductible for such policy shall be no more than [***], with Contractor solely responsible for paying the entire deductible if a covered loss occurs.
 
9.2.4          Commercial automobile liability policy of insurance insuring all owned, non-owned and hired automobiles used by Contractor in performing its Work, having a minimum limit of not less than [***] per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with the same limits of coverage.  Contractor shall be solely responsible for paying any deductible in the event of a covered loss.
 
9.2.5          Umbrella or excess liability policy to be provided on a follow form basis and shall be no less restrictive than the required underlying coverage with limits of not less than [***], or such higher amount as set forth in the Scope of Work.  Coverage shall be excess coverage for (i) employer’s liability, (ii) Commercial General Liability, including contractual liability and (iii) Commercial auto liability. The minimum scope of coverage shall be as broad as the underlying insurance policies and no “laser exclusions” related to work being performed by contractor under this Contract shall be included in the policy (i.e., special exclusions that specifically name certain work-related activities, products services, or work as not being insured under the policy).
 
9.2.6          To the extent Contractor is required to provide design services under the Contract Documents, a Professional Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance policy covering errors, omissions, negligent or wrongful acts committed in connection with professional services performed under this Contract, with limits of not less than [***] for each claim. There shall be no exclusions related to the Work, no exclusion for punitive damages (where allowed by law) and no exclusion of exemplary or multiplied damages.
 
20

9.3             Contractor shall also purchase and maintain during the performance of the Work a Builder’s All Risk insurance policy in an amount equal to the full replacement value of the project covering physical loss or damage to the Work. Such insurance shall be   placed with an insurance carrier or carriers qualified to issue such insurance at the time of placement or binding and   will   insure against “all risk” perils or “special form” coverage (including earthquake, flood and collapse) including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief for Work performed at the Jobsite, and Work stored off-site or in transit. The Contractor shall indicate the cost for Contractor to obtain the Builder’s All Risk coverage prior to commencing Work, and Owner reserves the right to obtain this coverage at its own expense, in which case Contractor shall not be required to obtain this coverage and no costs related to this insurance may be included in the Contract Sum.
 
9.4             Contractor acknowledges and stipulates that its furnishing of such policies of insurance and the acceptance of the same by Owner or its affiliates is not intended to, and shall not, limit, affect or modify the obligations or responsibilities otherwise assumed or owed by the Contractor under this Contract or otherwise, including but not limited to Contractor’s indemnity obligations.
 
9.5             Evidence of Insurance . Prior to commencement of the Work and before Contractor or its subcontractors shall enter the Jobsite, and at all times during the course of the Work and any activities of Contractor related to the Project, Contractor shall provide to Owner certificates of insurance and endorsements signed by an authorized representative of the insurer evidencing that the minimum insurance coverage in this Contract is in full force and effect.  If policies for which certificates have previously been furnished to Owner expire during this Contract, certificates evidencing the renewals of such policies shall immediately be provided to Owner.
 
9.6             During Contractor’s performance of the Work, Contractor shall immediately notify Owner of any known or reasonably foreseeable erosion greater than [***] of the required aggregate limits of insurance on any policy, after which point Owner may require Contractor to purchase additional coverage of a similar type, at Contractor’s expense, to account for the eroded aggregate limit.
 
9.7             Failure by Contractor to obtain and maintain the required insurance in strict compliance with this Paragraph 9.0 shall constitute a material breach of this Contract entitling Owner to terminate this Contract for cause under Paragraph 12.1 of this Contract.
 
10.0
Indemnity .
 
10.1         In addition to its indemnification obligations contained elsewhere in this Contract, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and each of its parents, affiliates, direct and indirect subsidiaries, directors, managers, owners, officers, members, employees, agents, representatives, contractors, successors and assigns (collectively, “Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all Liabilities to the extent arising out of or related to any and all of the following circumstances:
 
10.1.1       Any actual or asserted failure of Contractor to comply with any Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, any fines or assessments levied against Contractor or any of the Indemnified Parties by any federal, state or local government agency, including the Mine Safety and Health Administration, for violations of safety, health, environment and other laws, rules or regulations by Contractor or its employees, agents, representatives or subcontractors;
 
21

10.1.2      Death of or actual or asserted injury to persons (including employees of Owner and Contractor, and their respective affiliates) or actual or asserted damage to or loss of property arising directly or indirectly out of the acts or omissions to act of Contractor in the performance of the Work, including without limitation, Liabilities arising under non-delegable duties of Owner arising from the use or operation by Contractor of construction equipment, tools, scaffolding, or facilities furnished to Contractor by Owner to perform the Work, but excepting where the injury or death of persons or damage to or loss of property is caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of Owner;
 
10.1.3        Actual or alleged contamination or pollution from any toxic or hazardous material or substance which is classified or regulated as toxic or hazardous to health or the environment by any Governmental Authority, arising either directly or indirectly out of the acts or omissions to act of Contractor;
 
10.1.4        Any failure by Contractor or any approved subcontractor to timely pay the wages and salaries of their employees in connection with performance of the Work, and any failure by Contractor or any approved subcontractor to timely pay to the appropriate taxing authority all federal, state and local taxes, withholding, contributions, interest and penalties applicable to such wages and salaries;
 
10.1.5        Actual or asserted violation or infringement of any domestic or foreign patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property or any improper use of confidential information or other proprietary rights that may be attributable to Contractor in connection with the Work; or
 
10.1.6        The breach of any of Contractor’s obligations under the terms of this Contract.
 
10.2         As used in this Paragraph 10.0, the term “Contractor” refers to Contractor, Contractor’s subcontractors and the employees, agents, representatives and contractors of each.
 
10.3         If any indemnity provisions contained in this Paragraph 10.0 or elsewhere in this Contract are contrary to the law governing this Contract, then the indemnity obligations specified will be construed as limited, but shall be applied to the maximum extent allowed by such law.
 
11.0
Liens .
 
11.1         To the full extent permitted by Applicable Law, Contractor waives and releases any and all lien rights of laborers, artisans, materialmen or mechanics and similar rights of lien for payment of services, labor, equipment or materials furnished by Contractor in performance of the Work and granted by law to persons supplying materials, equipment, services, labor and other things of value to improve or modify land or structures thereon, which Contractor may have against the Work, the Jobsite or other property of Owner.
 
22

11.2         Contractor shall keep the property of Owner and its affiliates, including the Work and the Jobsite, free and clear of all laborers’, artisans’, mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens or encumbrances arising out of the failure by Contractor or any subcontractor to make payments for any labor, parts or materials related to the Work.  Owner may retain from all Applications for Payment, the Substantial Completion Payment and the Final Payment, and to apply, such amounts for such period of time as is reasonably necessary to protect the Work, the Jobsite or other property of Owner from any and all such liens or encumbrances.  Contractor shall: (i) pay and discharge all taxes, lienable claims, charges or other assessments imposed and to be imposed by law on Owner or its affiliates or its or their property, arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from any and all such liens and encumbrances and, upon request, furnish proof satisfactory to Owner, as a condition to receiving any payment under this Contract, that all such impositions have been satisfied or discharged in full; (ii) at Contractor’s expense, promptly execute, deliver, file and/or post all notices, bonds or documents requested by Owner to protect the Work, the Jobsite or other property of Owner or its affiliates from any and all such liens and encumbrances; and (iii) indemnify and hold harmless Owner and its affiliates from and against all Liabilities relating to any and all such liens and encumbrances.
 
12.0
Termination and Suspension of the Work .
 
12.1            Owner may elect to terminate this Contract for cause by written notice to Contractor. As used in this Contract, the term “cause” refers to these occurrences:
 
12.1.1        Contractor becoming Bankrupt; or
 
12.1.2        Contractor failing or neglecting to carry out the Work under the Contract Documents, or otherwise materially breaching this Contract, and, if such failure, neglect and/or breach can be corrected, Contractor failing to correct such failure, neglect and/or breach within [***] calendar days after delivery by Owner to Contractor of written notice of such default (unless such correctible default or failure cannot be corrected within [***] calendar days, in which case the period shall be extended for such reasonable time to permit Contractor to correct if Contractor has commenced to correct within such [***] calendar day period and thereafter diligently pursues completion thereof).
 
12.2         Upon terminating this Contract for cause, Owner may, without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of Owner, (i) take possession of the Jobsite and all Work completed as of the termination date and (ii) complete the Work or cause the Work to be completed, by whatever method Owner may deem expedient.  If Owner elects to complete the Work or cause the Work to be completed following a termination for cause, then: (i) Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment of any portion of the Contract Sum until the Work is completed; (ii) if the cost to complete the Work exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, then Owner shall retain the unpaid portion of the Contract Sum and Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner within two business days of delivery by Owner to Contractor of an invoice therefore; and (iv) in determining the cost of completing the Work, Owner may include its reasonable administrative costs and any and all other related reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and litigation costs).  If a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator determines that termination of the Contract under Paragraph 12.1 was wrongful or otherwise improper, the termination shall be deemed or converted to a termination for convenience under Paragraph 12.3 and the provisions of Paragraph 12.3 will apply.
 
23

12.3           Owner may terminate this Contract at any time in its sole discretion without cause effective upon the delivery of written notice thereof by Owner to Contractor (“Termination for Convenience.”  If the Contract is terminated under this Paragraph 12.3, Contractor shall be entitled to be paid only to the extent of its completed and acceptable Work, plus materials or equipment actually procured for the Work that conform to the Contract Documents and delivered to the Jobsite (unless such materials or equipment can be returned or shipment cancelled.)  This agreed compensation for Termination for Convenience is exclusive of any actual or claimed lost profits, which Contractor expressly waives, and shall be without prejudice to any claims that Owner has against Contractor under this Contract, in law, or in equity.
 
12.4           If Owner terminates this Contract, whether with or without cause, Contractor shall: (i) immediately discontinue the Work on the termination date and refrain from procuring additional items or services related to the Work; (ii) take any actions necessary (or that Owner may direct) for the protection and preservation of the Work completed by Contractor as of the termination date; (iii) return to Owner all information furnished by Owner in connection with the performance of the Contract and the Work; (iv) cooperate with and assist Owner in the transfer of Work product and any permits and other items and information necessary for Owner to continue and complete the Work; and (v) comply with all other reasonable requests from Owner regarding the terminated Work and comply with all of its other obligations under this Contract that survive termination.  In addition, if Owner terminates this Contract for cause, Contractor shall promptly cause to be assigned to Owner each of Contractor’s subcontracts and supply agreements with respect to the Work requested by Owner to be so assigned.  Owner agrees to assume all of Contractor’s rights and obligations under such assigned subcontracts and supply agreements.
 
12.5           Owner may also suspend, delay or interrupt the Work at any time at its sole discretion without cause for such period as Owner may determine.  In that event, an equitable adjustment to the Contract Sum shall be made based solely upon Contractor’s proven increased cost of performance.  The Substantial Completion Date shall also be adjusted based upon the duration of any such suspension, delay or interruption.
 
13.0
Arbitration of Disputes .
 
13.1           Except as respects the exercise or prosecution of claims or causes of action for equitable relief, for which the Parties may proceed in any court of jurisdiction, any claim, cause of action or dispute between the Parties arising out of or relating to this Contract or the breach thereof which the Parties cannot resolve through mutual negotiation shall be resolved by arbitration under the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect.  Any final or interim award issued in arbitration may be enforced by any court having jurisdiction thereof .   Any arbitration(s) under this paragraph shall be conducted in Jefferson County, Kentucky, or such other location as is mutually agreed by Owner and Contractor.
 
24

13.2           Any arbitration(s) shall be conducted by a panel of three arbitrators if the amount in dispute is over [***]; otherwise, a single arbitrator will decide disputes.  Owner and Contractor shall attempt to agree on the selection of the arbitrator or on a three-arbitrator panel within [***] calendar days from receipt of a demand for arbitration.  If Owner and Contractor cannot agree on the arbitration panel within [***] calendar days, either party may ask the American Arbitration Association to initiate its panel selection procedures.
 
13.3           The arbitration award by the arbitrator/panel shall be final and binding and shall include an award of costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, for the prevailing party if the arbitrator/panel deems appropriate.  A judgment to enforce the arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, claims or causes of action for equitable relief shall not be subject to such arbitration, and either party may employ or exercise freely such claims or causes of action.
 
13.4           After the issuance of an arbitration award under Paragraph 13.3, payment shall be made pursuant to the award within [***] calendar days from the date of award. Overdue payments shall bear interest at the statutory interest rate for Kentucky judgments.
 
13.5         Any party who files a demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all disputes then known to that party for which arbitration is the dispute resolution mechanism.
 
13.6         Unless this Contract has been terminated by Owner or as otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor shall continue the Work and maintain the Final Construction Schedule during any dispute resolution proceedings.  If the Contractor continues to perform, the Owner shall continue to make payments to the extent required by this Contract.
 
13.7           Neither Owner nor Contractor may commence arbitration if the claim or cause of action would be barred by any applicable statute of limitations had the claim or cause of action been filed in a state or federal court. Receipt of a demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the commencement of legal proceedings for the purposes of determining whether a claim or cause of action is barred by the applicable statute of limitations. If, however, a state or federal court exercising jurisdiction over a timely filed claim or cause of action orders that the claim or cause of action be submitted to arbitration, the arbitration proceeding shall be deemed commenced as of the date the court action was filed, provided that the party asserting the claim or cause of action files its demand for arbitration within [***] days after the entry of such order.
 
14.0
Performance and/or Payment Bonds .
 
14.1         Owner may require Contractor, prior to commencing the Work, to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract Documents and payment of obligations arising under the Contract, including any liquidated damage amounts that may become due to Owner as provided in Paragraph 4.5.
 
25

14.2         If Owner requires Contractor to furnish such bonds, then the premium for the bonds shall be added to the Contract Sum unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work.
 
15.0
General Provisions .
 
15.1           OWNER AND CONTRACTOR WAIVE ANY CLAIM FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES IN RESPECT OF EXISTING OR FUTURE LOST PROFITS), OR FOR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, IN RESPECT OF ANY BREACH(ES) OF THIS CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.
 
15.2           All notices and other communications under this Contract shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, by email, by United States certified or registered mail with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, or by overnight courier service with delivery charges prepaid, as follows:
 
If to Contractor, to:
 
[***]
Frontier-Kemper Constructors, Inc.
[***]
 
If to Owner, to:
 
[***]
Hartshorne Mining, LLC
[***]

With a copy to:

[***]
Hartshorne Mining, LLC
[***]
 
All notices and other communications given by any Party to this Contract shall be deemed effective: (i) if delivered by hand or overnight courier service, on the date of receipt; (ii) if delivered by facsimile, the date that the transmitting party receives a transmission receipt; (iii) if delivered by email, the date that the sender receives an e-mail delivery receipt, an e-mail read receipt, or  a reply email to such email communication; or (iv) if mailed, on the date five business days after dispatch by certified or registered mail, in each case if delivered, sent or mailed to such party (properly addressed) to the contact provided in this Paragraph 15.2.  Either party may change all or any part of its contact information provided in this Paragraph 15.2 by providing notice thereof to the other Party.
 
26

15.3           Any failure or delay by either party to exercise any of its respective rights or remedies upon the non-performance or the defective performance of any term, condition or requirement of this Contract shall not be construed as a waiver, either in whole or in part, of that party’s rights or remedies.
 
15.4            The headings and captions appearing in the Paragraphs of this Contract are for identification only and shall not be construed as affecting in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Contract.  The language of all parts of this Contract shall in all cases be construed, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either of the parties, notwithstanding any statutory or common law provisions which would suggest otherwise.
 
15.5           The Contract Documents shall be governed and construed by the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky .
 
15.6           If any provision of the Contract Documents is invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalid or unenforceable provision(s) shall be deleted from the Contract Documents and the Contract Documents shall continue in full force and effect and shall be construed to give effect to the remaining provisions.
 
15.7           Notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Contract, any duty or obligation incurred and which has not been fully observed, performed or discharged, and any right, unconditional or conditional, which has been created and not been fully enjoyed, enforced or satisfied (including, but not limited to, the duties, obligations and rights regarding payment, confidentiality, insurance, warranty, government impositions and indemnification) shall survive such expiration or termination until such duty or obligation has been fully observed, performed or discharged and such right has been enforced, enjoyed or satisfied.
 
15.8           This Contract shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the Parties.  Owner may assign or transfer this Contract and its rights and obligations in its sole discretion.  For any assignment or transfer of all of Owner’s rights, with all of Owner’s obligations, under this Contract to another entity, Owner shall be released by Contractor, with no further action required, from any and all obligations under this Contract that arises after the date Contractor is notified of such transfer or assignment (or such later date as set forth in such notice).  Contractor’s ability to assign or transfer (including by operation of law) or subcontract any part of this Contract or the Work is restricted under Paragraph 3.2.  Any unauthorized assignment, transfer or subcontract by Contractor shall be null and void unless approved in writing by Owner.
 
15.9           Except to the extent specifically stated otherwise in this Contract, nothing in this Contract, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer any rights, remedies or benefits upon any person, including, without limitation, any employees, representatives, contractors or agents of Contractor, other than the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
 
27

15.10         The Contract Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties regarding the matters covered by the Contract Documents, and supersede any and all other prior oral or written agreements, statements or promises made by any party, or to any employee, officer, or agent of any party regarding the matters covered by the Contract Documents.  The Contract Documents cannot be modified or amended by any means except by a written instrument duly signed by Owner’s Representative and Contractor’s Representative.  This Contract may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of executed versions of this Contract may be accomplished by exchange of emails according to the notice provisions of this Contract with attached copies of this Contract duly executed by Owner and Contractor.
 
15.11         The Contract shall replace the Letter of Intent between Owner and Contractor dated September 8, 2017.
 
28

BY SIGNING BELOW, EACH SIGNATORY TO THIS CONTRACT WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH SIGNATORY HAS READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS CONTRACT, HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO AVAIL ITSELF OF COUNSEL IN CONNECTION WITH THE REVIEW AND NEGOTIATION OF THIS CONTRACT, AND THAT SUCH SIGNATORY HAS FULL AUTHORITY AND LEGAL CAPACITY TO EXECUTE THIS CONTRACT INTENDING TO LEGALLY BIND THE PARTIES HERETO.
 
IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have executed this Contract as of the date first set forth above.
 
OWNER
CONTRACTOR
   
Hartshorne Mining, LLC
Frontier-Kemper Constructors, Inc.
   
By: 
/s/ David Gay
 
By:
/s/ W. O Rogstad
 
           
Name:
David Gay
 
Name:
W.O. Rogstad
 
           
Title:
President
 
Title:
President
 
 
 
29


Exhibit 4.6
 
Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC

Employment Agreement

This is an Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of [•], between Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC (the “ Company ”), a Delaware limited liability company, and [•] (“ Employee ”).

Recitals

1.
The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Paringa Resources Limited, an Australian company listed on the Australian stock exchange (the “ Parent Company ”).

2.
The Company desires to employ Employee as its [position] to oversee certain operations of the Company as described in Section 3 of this Agreement.

3.
Employee desires to accept employment by the Company on the terms of this Agreement.

Now, therefore ,   the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1.               Employment . The Company agrees to employ Employee, and Employee accepts employment by the Company, each upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2.               Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on [•] and shall continue until terminated as provided herein (the “ Term ”).

3.               Duties .

(a)            Employee will be employed as [position] of the Company, and will work under the direction of the Company’s Board of Managers (the “ Board of Managers ”). Employee will have the duties inherent in such position as well as those duties assigned or directed by the Board of Managers from time to time. A summary of those duties are attached as Exhibit A .

(b)            Employee agrees to use his best efforts for the Company’s benefit and, throughout the Term, agrees to devote his full time, attention, and energies to the Company’s business.

(c)            Employee may not undertake other employment while employed by the Company, but Employee may undertake personal investing so long as those activities do not interfere with his performance of services under this Agreement.

(d)             Employee will be based in [state]. Employee will also be expected to travel extensively (domestic and overseas) as required.

1

4.               Compensation .

(a)            Salary . Employee will be entitled to an annual salary in an amount equal to [•] (the “ Base Salary ”), payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices and policies. At least annually, the Company will (a) review the Australian dollar foreign exchange rate and determine if any adjustments are warranted due to significant fluctuations given Employee’s previous compensation in Australian dollars , and (b) review and, if determined appropriate, adjust Employee’s Base Salary based on Employee’s performance and in accordance with the Company’s customary procedures and practices regarding the salaries of its senior executives.

(b)            Semi-Annual Bonus .  The Company will pay Employee a semi-annual bonus up to [•] for each Semi-Annual Period. This amount will be paid based upon whether key performance indicators are achieved, and will be paid in the Semi-Annual Period after the Semi-Annual Period in which the key performance indicators are achieved. Key performance indicators and bonus payment amounts will be set by the Company no later than 90 days after the beginning of each Semi-Annual Period.  For the purposes of the Agreement, “ Semi-Annual Period ” means each six calendar month period beginning on January 1 or July 1.

(c)            Benefits . During the Term, Employee is entitled to receive those standard employee benefits offered by the Company to its executive and key management employees from time to time. Current benefits include life insurance and medical insurance.

5.               Reimbursement of Expenses . Employee will be entitled to reimbursement of reasonable, pre-approved business expenses, including relocation expenses, according to the Company’s expense reimbursement policy. Employee will be required to provide reasonable documentation of expenses. Any reimbursements to Employee that may create taxable income for him must be submitted for reimbursement as soon as practicable and will be paid in no event later than the last day of Employee’s taxable year after the year in which the expense is incurred.

6.               Vacation . Employee will be entitled to [•] days of vacation during each calendar year, which will be prorated for any partial year that Employee is employed. Unused vacation time will not accumulate and may not be rolled over into a subsequent year.

7.               Facilities . The Company will provide Employee with an office, computer, and/or such other facilities, equipment, supplies, and services as are reasonably suitable to his position and adequate for the performance of his duties.

8.               Confidential Information .

(a)            Employee acknowledges that, as a consequence of his employment by the Company, trade secrets and information of a proprietary or confidential nature relating to the business of the Company, the Company’s affiliates, and their respective customers and suppliers (collectively, “ Protected Parties ”) have been and will be disclosed to and developed by him, including, without limitation, information about trade secrets, know-how, discoveries, concepts, ideas, market studies, business plans, products, services, costs, processes, techniques, protocols, plans for future development, market analyses, product uses, projects and plans, customer lists, information regarding Protected Parties’ financial status, customers, profits, profit margins, project costs, pricing information, and any other information that may not be known generally or publicly outside of the Protected Parties (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”).

2

(b)            Employee acknowledges that such Confidential Information is generally not known in the trade, and is of considerable importance to the Protected Parties and agrees that his relationship to Protected Parties with respect to such information will be fiduciary in nature. It is expressly agreed between the Company and Employee that he will hold in confidence and not disclose or make use of any such Confidential Information, either while employed by the Company or at any time thereafter, except as required in the course of his employment by the Company, or as authorized in writing by the Company.

(c)            Confidential Information does not include information that was generally available to the public prior to the receipt thereof by Employee, or that, other than as a result of an act or omission of Employee or any other person in violation of an agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates, subsequently becomes generally available to the public. Employee further acknowledges, understands and agrees that the Company and its affiliates have incurred substantial costs and expense and have expended substantial time in order to develop and compile the Confidential Information.

(d)            Upon termination of his employment, Employee must return to the Company any items that contain or constitute Confidential Information; all such items are and will remain the property of the Company.

9.               No Disparagement . Employee agrees that Employee will not at any time disparage Protected Parties, or any of their shareholders, members, directors, managers, officers, employees, or agents.

10.            Employee’s Representations .  Employee represents to the Company that Employee’s employment by the Company will not cause Employee or the Company to breach any restrictive covenants binding Employee, and Employee is not a party to any contract restricting his ability to be employed by the Company or to provide services for and on behalf of companies engaged in the business activities of the Protected Parties.



11.            Termination .

(a)            Events of Termination . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, at the sole discretion of the Company, Employee’s employment with the Company will terminate immediately upon the first of the following events to occur: (i) Employee’s death; (ii) Employee’s Disability (as defined below); (iii) the dissolution or cessation of the Company’s business; (iv) Employee’s termination by the Company for Cause; or (v) Employee’s retirement or termination of his own employment for any reason.

3

(b)            Notice of Termination . Any termination of Employee’s employment by the Company pursuant to this Agreement will be communicated by written notice to Employee and effective upon delivery thereof. The notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee’s employment under the provision so indicated.

(c)            Compensation Upon Termination .

(i)            If Employee experiences an Involuntary Separation from Service (as defined below) without Cause, he will be entitled to payment of his salary and the continued provision of benefits (to the extent the Company is permitted by the terms of such benefits to provide them to former employees) for a period equal to [•] months, on the Company’s normal payroll schedule, and Employee will be entitled to no additional compensation or benefits. Employee’s right to payment under this Section 11(c) is specifically conditioned upon his execution of a general release of Protected Parties in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The release must be executed and delivered by Employee to the Company on the date set by the Company, which may be no later than 60 days following Employee’s date of Separation from Service, and the release will be delivered to Employee at least 21 days before the deadline set for its return. Payments will begin after Employee executes the release, will be made on the Company’s normal payroll schedule during the applicable period, and will terminate if Employee violates any restrictive covenants in Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement. If Employee does not return the signed release by the date set by the Company, he will forfeit all rights to payment under this Section 11(c). Any severance pay that is delayed due to the release requirement will be paid immediately following receipt of the release and no later than 60 days after termination, provided that if such 60-day period spans two calendar years, the payment will be made in the second calendar year. Installment payments of severance pay shall be treated as a series of separate payments.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company or a member of its controlled group (as defined in Internal Revenue Code Sections 414(b) or (c)) has any stock that is traded on a public securities market, and Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i) (or any successor thereto) upon his Separation from Service, any amount that becomes payable by termination of employment and that is not exempt from the Internal Revenue Code Section 409A definition of “deferred compensation” as separation pay, a short-term deferral, or otherwise shall not begin to be paid until six months after Employee’s Separation from Service. The Company shall determine, consistent with any guidance issued under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the portion of payments under this Agreement that are required to be delayed, if any.

(ii) If Employee’s employment terminates for any reason other than Involuntary Separation from Service without Cause (including by reason of Employee’s retirement or termination of his own employment for any reason), then Employee will be entitled to his compensation and benefits through the date of termination, and he will be entitled to no additional compensation or benefits.

4

(d)            Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i)            Cause ” means any of the following: (A) the willful or negligent failure by Employee to perform his duties under this Agreement after demand for performance has been made by the Company; (B) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal benefit; (C) breach by Employee of any of the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 8 or 9 above; (D) indictment, arraignment, or the filing of a criminal complaint against Employee for any misdemeanor involving dishonesty or moral turpitude or any felony; (E) any conduct that, in the good-faith opinion of the Company, is injurious to the Company, its business, or its reputation; (F) breach by Employee of his representations, covenants, or other agreements in this Agreement; (G) acting in such a manner that could be seen as acting in conflict with the Company’s best interests; or (H) any material violation by Employee of the Company’s policies or procedures or any laws, rules or regulations applicable to the Company. For purposes of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on Employee’s part shall be considered “ willful ” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Employee not in good faith and without reasonable belief that Employee’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.

(ii)            Disability ” means Employee’s inability (as determined by a physician appointed by the Company) due to accident or physical or mental illness, to adequately and fully perform the duties that Employee was performing for the Company when the disability began, with the reasonable expectation that such inability will continue for at least 90 days or will persist for an aggregate of 90 days during any 12-month period. If at any time during the Term of this Agreement the physician appointed by the Company makes a determination with respect to Employee’s Disability, that determination will be final, conclusive, and binding upon the Company, Employee, and their successors in interest.

(iii)            Involuntary Separation from Service ” means a Separation from Service due to the independent exercise of the unilateral authority of the Company to terminate Employee’s services, other than due to Employee’s implicit or explicit request, where Employee was willing and able to continue performing services.

(iv)            Separation from Service ” means the date Employee and the Company reasonably anticipate that (i) Employee will not perform any further services for the Company or any other entity considered a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Employer Group ”), or (ii) the level of bona fide services Employee will perform for the Employer Group after that date will permanently decrease to no more than 20%   of the average level of bona fide services performed over the previous 36 months (or, if shorter, over the duration of service). For this purpose, service performed as an employee or as an independent contractor is counted, except that service as a member of the board of directors or board of managers of an Employer Group entity is not counted unless termination benefits under this Agreement are aggregated with benefits under any other Employer Group plan or agreement in which Employee also participates as a director. Employee will not be treated as having a termination of his employment while he is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the leave does not exceed six months or, if longer, the period during which Employee has a reemployment right under statute or contract. If a bona fide leave of absence extends beyond six months, Employee’s employment will be considered to terminate on the first day after the end of such six month period, or on the day after Employee’s statutory or contractual reemployment right lapses, if later. The Company will determine when Employee’s date of Separation from Service occurs based on all relevant facts and circumstances, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

5

12.            Miscellaneous .

(a)            Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Employee relating to Employee’s employment relationship with the Company and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. Employee has no right to any compensation from the Company except as specifically stated in this Agreement. The provisions of Sections 8 through 12 will survive any termination of Employee’s employment or termination of this Agreement.

(b)            Assignment . This Agreement provides for Employee’s rendering of specific services by Employee individually, and Employee may not assign any of his rights or duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company may freely assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or to any successor to the Company or its affiliates.

(c)            Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

(d)            Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and may not in any manner be construed as a part of this Agreement.

(e)            Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument duly signed by both the Company and Employee evidencing such amendment.

(f)            Notices . Any notice or consent required or permitted under this Agreement will be deemed to have been given when hand-delivered, mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and return-receipt requested, by national recognized overnight delivery services, by fax, or by electronic mail with evidence of receipt to the intended recipient at the addresses set forth in this Agreement or at such other address as either party may notify the other.

(g)            Non-Waiver . A delay or failure by either party to exercise a right under this Agreement, or a partial or single exercise of that right, does not constitute a waiver of that or any other right.

(h)            Enforcement; Jurisdiction .

(i)            Employee acknowledges and agrees that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of any of the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 8 or 9, the Company would suffer significant damages that are difficult to quantify and that the Company is therefore entitled to obtain a temporary restraining order and temporary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damages by reason of such breach or threatened breach, and to the extent permissible under the applicable statutes and rules of procedure, a temporary injunction or restraining order may be granted immediately upon the commencement of any such suit and without notice. Nothing in this Agreement should be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedy or remedies, including without limitation, the recovery of damages. Employee further covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from and against all costs and expenses, including legal or other professional fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with or arising out of any proceeding instituted by the Company against Employee to enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement if the Company is successful in whole or in part in such proceeding.  If any provision of this Agreement is declared void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect. If any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is for any reason held to be excessively broad as to time, duration, geographical scope, activity, or subject, each such provision shall be construed, by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with applicable law then in force.

6

(ii)            The parties agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, must be brought in the United States District Court for the Western District of Kentucky or in the courts of the Commonwealth of Kentucky located in Jefferson County, Kentucky, so long as one of such courts has subject matter jurisdiction over such suit, action or proceeding. Any cause of action arising out of this Agreement is deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the Commonwealth of Kentucky. Each of the parties irrevocably consents to the personal jurisdiction of such courts (and the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient form. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court.

(j)             Intent to Comply . The Company and Employee agree and confirm that this Agreement is intended by both parties to provide for compensation that is exempt from Internal Revenue Code Section 409A as separation pay (up to the Internal Revenue Code Section 409A limit) or as a short-term deferral, and to be compliant with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A with respect to additional compensation that is paid in a year after the year with respect to which the compensation was earned. This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, and administered in accordance with this agreed intent, provided that the Company does not promise or warrant any tax treatment of compensation hereunder. Employee is responsible for obtaining advice regarding all questions to federal, state, or local income, estate, payroll, or other tax consequences arising under this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be amended or terminated in a manner that would accelerate or delay payments of such compensation except as permitted under Treasury Regulations under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

(k)            Tax Withholding . The Company will deduct from Employee’s compensation all tax withholdings required by law with respect to compensation paid to Employee under this Agreement, the Option Plan or the Rights Plan. In the case of non-cash compensation, Employee must make arrangements satisfactory to Company to pay any outstanding withholding obligations. Furthermore, the Company, in its complete discretion, has the right to withhold from any payment of any kind (except for payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A) otherwise due from the Company to Employee an amount equal to such taxes required to be withheld by the Company.

7

In witness whereof , the parties have signed this Agreement effective as of the date first set forth above.
 
 
 
Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[Name]
 
 
 
[Title]
 
 
 
 
 
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[Employee]
 
 
 
 
 
 
Address:
 
 
 
Signature Page to Employment Agreement

8

Exhibit A

The [position] is responsible for [description], and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, shall be responsible for the following:

[Description]
 
9

Exhibit 4.7
 

 
 

 
Deed of Indemnity, Insurance and Access
 
 
 
 
 
[•]
Officer
 
 
Paringa Resources Limited
Company
 
 
 

 

Table of Contents
 
Clause
Page No
   
1.
Definitions and Interpretation
1
1.1
Definitions
1
1.2
General
4
1.3
Headings
5
1.4
Business Day
5
     
2.
Indemnity
5
2.1
Liabilities and Costs
5
2.2
Other Indemnities
5
2.3
Limitation on Indemnity
5
2.4
Continuation of Indemnity
5
2.5
Payment under the Indemnity
5
2.6
Liability not Affected
6
2.7
Void or Voidable Transactions
6
     
3.
Insurance
7
3.1
Company to Insure Officer
7
3.2
Subrogation or Action against the Company
7
3.3
Insurance Run-Off Period
7
3.4
Maintenance and Production of Policy
7
3.5
Copy of Policy
8
3.6
Full disclosure and Compliance with Policies
8
3.7
Not Prejudice Insurance
8
     
4.
Officer’s Ownership of Company Records
8
     
5.
Officer’s Right to have Access to Company Records
8
5.1
Company’s Obligation to Retain
8
5.2
Officer’s Right to have Access
9
5.3
Officer’s Right to Copy
9
     
6.
Privileged Advice
9
6.1
Company Undertaking
9
6.2
Conflict of Interest
9
6.3
Privilege
9
6.4
Joint Privilege
9
6.5
Relevant Companies
9
     
7.
Notification and Settlement of Liabilities
10
7.1
Officer to Notify Company
10
7.2
Company to Notify Officer
10
     
8.
Company Merger
10
     
9.
Shareholder Approval a Condition Precedent
10
     
10.
Costs and Duties
11
10.1
Costs
11
10.2
Duties
11
i

Table of Contents
 
Clause
 
Page No
     
11.
Notices
11
11.1
Notices
11
11.2
Address for Service
11
     
12.
General
12
12.1
Governing Law
12
12.2
Jurisdiction
12
12.3
Severability
12
12.4
Amendments
12
12.5
Waiver
13
12.6
Further Acts
13
12.7
Approvals
13
12.8
Assignment
13
12.9
Counterparts
13
ii

This Deed is made this [•]
 
Parties
[•] ( Officer )
 
and
 
Paringa Resources Limited of   Level 9, BGC Centre, 28 The Esplanade, Perth, Western Australia 6000 ( Company )
 
Recitals

A.
The Officer is a director of the Company.

B.
The Company’s constitution provides that every director and company secretary of the Company is indemnified out of the assets of the Company to the full extent permitted by law, and that the Company may enter into contracts or agreements to reflect matters relating to the indemnity, insurance and access of such directors or company secretary.

C.
The Corporations Act provides that the Company must provide directors with access to certain documents.

D.
The Company has agreed to indemnify the Officer in respect of certain liabilities incurred by the Officer while acting as a director of the Company.

E.
The Company has agreed to insure the Officer against certain risks the Officer is exposed to as an officer of the Company.

F.
The Company has agreed to grant a right of access to certain Company Records to the Officer.

This Deed provides
 

1.
Definitions and Interpretation

1.1
Definitions

In this Deed the following terms shall bear the following meanings:

Access Period means in relation to the Company or a Relevant Company the period commencing on the Effective Date and expiring on the date 7 years after the Retirement Date.

ASX means the Australian Securities Exchange Limited ACN 008 624 691 or, where the context requires, the securities exchange operated by ASX.

Board means, in relation to the Company, the board of directors of the Company and in relation to each Relevant Company, the board of directors of the Relevant Company.

Business Day means a day on which banks are open for general banking business in Perth, Western Australia.

Company Records means, in relation to the Company, all records (in any form) which the Company:

(a)
is required to keep by law; or

1

(b)
circulates to the Officer or other Officers of the Company for the purposes of meetings of:

(i)
the Board;

(ii)
a subcommittee of the Board; or

(iii)
the Company,

and includes, without limitation:

(c)
monthly or periodical board papers;

(d)
submissions, agendas, minutes;

(e)
letters, memoranda and correspondence between the Company and third parties, such as regulatory authorities and legal and other advisers to the Company;

(f)
Board sub papers;

(g)
copies of other documents prepared for the Board, made available to any Officer of the Company or referred to in any of the above documents; and

(h)
legal advices or opinions obtained by the Company.

and in relation to each Relevant Company, means all records (in any form) which the Relevant Company:

(a)
is required to keep by law; or

(b)
circulates to the Officer or other Officers of the Relevant Company for the purposes of meetings of:

(i)
the Board;

(ii)
a subcommittee of the Board; or

(iii)
the Relevant Company,

and includes, without limitation:

(i)
monthly or periodical board papers;

(j)
submissions, agendas, minutes;

(k)
letters, memoranda and correspondence between the Relevant Company and third parties, such as regulatory authorities and legal and other advisers to the Relevant Company;

(l)
Board sub papers;

(m)
copies of other documents prepared for the Board, made available to any Officer of the Relevant Company or referred to in any of the above documents; and

(n)
legal advices or opinions obtained by the Relevant Company.

Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

2

Costs means any damages, fines, penalties, costs, charges, fees and expenses, including, without limitation, legal fees, costs and disbursements assessed on a solicitor/own client basis without the necessity of taxation.

Deed means the deed between the parties constituted by this document and includes the recitals and amendments made from time to time.

Documents includes software (including source code and object code versions), manuals, diagrams, graphs, charts, projections, specifications, estimates, records, concepts, documents, accounts, plans, formulae, designs, methods, techniques, processes, supplier lists, price lists, customer lists, market research information, correspondence, letters and papers of every description, including all copies of and extracts from any of the same.

Effective Date means the date and time at which the Officer is or was appointed as an Officer of the Company.

Indemnity means the indemnity granted by the Company in favour of the Officer in clause 2.1.

Insolvency Provision means any law relating to insolvency, sequestration, liquidation or bankruptcy (including any law relating to the avoidance of conveyances in fraud of creditors or of preferences, and any law under which a liquidator or trustee in bankruptcy may set aside or avoid transactions), and any provision of any agreement, arrangement or scheme, formal or informal, relating to the administration of any of the assets of any person.

Insurance Policy means any insurance policy to be procured under clause 3.

Insurance Run-Off Period means that period commencing on the Retirement Date and expiring on the earlier of:

(a)
the date 7 years after the Retirement Date; or

(b)
where run-off insurance cannot be procured at reasonable Policy premiums for the full period in paragraph (a), the latest date to which run-off insurance can be procured.

Legal Expenses means any liability for costs, charges or expenses incurred:

(a)
in defending any proceedings relating to the Officer’s position with the Company or a Relevant Company, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in the Officer’s favour or in which the Officer is acquitted or which are withdrawn before judgment;

(b)
in connection with any administrative proceedings relating to the Officer’s position with the Company or a Relevant Company, except proceedings which give rise to civil or criminal proceedings against the Officer in which judgment is not given in the Officer’s favour or in which the Officer is not acquitted or which arise out of conduct involving a lack of good faith; or

(c)
in connection with any proceedings relating to the Officer’s position with the Company or a Relevant Company, whether civil or criminal, in which relief is granted to the Officer under the Corporations Act by the court.

Policies means the Insurance Policy and any further insurance policy or policies effected in relation to the Insurance Run-Off Period under clause 3.1 and 3.3 and “Policy” means any of these.

3

Relevant Company means any Subsidiary of the Company of which the Officer is at any time after the date of this Deed appointed as a director.

Relevant Papers has the meaning given in clause 5.2.

Retention Period means a period:

(a)
commencing on the later of:

(i)
the date being 7 years before the date of this Deed; or

(ii)
the date of the incorporation of the Company; and

(b)
expiring on the date 7 years after the Retirement Date.

Retirement Date means the earlier of the date on which:

(a)
the Officer;

(i)
is removed; or

(ii)
resigns (except where the Officer retires from office and seeks re-election pursuant to the Company’s constitution, and is duly re-elected),

as a director of the Company, or

(b)
the Officer’s office is vacated or the Officer is disqualified from holding such office by operation of law, as a matter of contract or for any other reason whatsoever.

Subsidiary has the meaning given in section 9 of the Corporations Act and refers to any corporation of that kind whenever it becomes a subsidiary.

Term means the period commencing on the Effective Date and expiring on the Retirement Date.

1.2
General

In this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)
a reference to any legislation or legislative provision includes any statutory modification or re-enactment of, or legislative provision substituted for, and any subordinate legislation under, that legislation or legislative provision;

(b)
the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(c)
a reference to an individual or person includes a corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, authority, trust, state or government and vice versa;

(d)
a reference to any gender includes all genders;

(e)
a reference to a recital or clause is to a recital or clause of this Deed;

(f)
a recital forms part of this Deed;

(g)
a reference to any agreement or document is to that agreement or document (and, where applicable, any of its provisions) as amended, notated, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

4

(h)
a reference to any party to this Deed or any other document or arrangement includes that party’s executors, administrators, substitutes and successors;

(i)
a reference to “dollar” or “$“ is to Australian dollars; and

(j)
where an expression is defined, another part of speech or grammatical form of that expression has a corresponding meaning.

1.3
Headings

In this Deed, headings are for convenience of reference only and do not affect interpretation.

1.4
Business Day

If the day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done under or pursuant to this Deed is not a Business Day, that act, matter or thing may be done on the next Business Day.
 

2.
Indemnity

2.1
Liabilities and Costs

Subject to clause 2.3, with effect from the Effective Date and to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Officer against:

(a)
all liabilities incurred by the Officer as a director of the Company or a Relevant Company; and

(b)
without limiting subparagraph (a), all Legal Expenses incurred by the Officer as a director of the Company or a Relevant Company.

2.2
Other Indemnities

The Officer must repay to the Company any amount paid to the Officer under this Deed to the extent that the Officer receives money or is reimbursed under the insurance policy maintained by the Company under clause 3 of this Deed or any other contract of insurance, or otherwise from any third party, in respect of any matters the subject of a payment or advance from the Company under this Deed. The Officer must repay any such amount within 30 days after receipt of the relevant payment.

2.3
Limitation on Indemnity

In relation to the indemnity given by the Company under clause 2.1, the Indemnity does not apply to the extent that the Indemnity is prohibited by the Corporations Act.

2.4
Continuation of Indemnity

The Company acknowledges that the Indemnity continues in full force and effect without limit in point of time in relation to any act, omission, matter or event occurring while the Officer is a director of the Company and even if the Officer has ceased to be a director of the Company before any claim is made under the Indemnity.

2.5
Payment under the Indemnity

It is not necessary for the Officer to incur expense or make payment before enforcing the Indemnity. The liability for the Company under the Indemnity arises simultaneously with the liability of the Officer and upon demand by the Officer, the Company must pay the Officer any sum due and payable by it pursuant to the Indemnity.

5

2.6
Liability not Affected

The liability of the Company under this Deed will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing that would otherwise operate in law or in equity to reduce or release either from such liability including, without limitation:

(a)
the Officer granting time, waiver or other indulgence or concession to, or making any composition or compromise with the Company;

(b)
the full, partial or conditional release or discharge by the Officer or by operation of law, at any time, of the Company from this Deed or any other document; or

(c)
the Officer agreeing with the Company not to sue, issue process, sign or execute judgment, commence proceedings for bankruptcy or liquidation, participate in any administration, scheme or deed of arrangement or reconstruction, prove in any bankruptcy or liquidation or do any other act, matter or thing in respect of the liability of the Company.

2.7
Void or Voidable Transactions

If:

(a)
the Officer has at any time released or discharged the Company from its obligations under this Deed in reliance on a payment, receipt or other transaction to or in favour of the Officer; or

(b)
any payment or other transaction to or in favour of the Officer has the effect of releasing or discharging the Company from its obligations under this Deed; and

(c)
that payment, receipt or other transaction is subsequently claimed by any person to be void, voidable or capable of being set aside for any reason, including under an Insolvency Provision or under the general law; and

(d)
that claim is upheld, conceded or compromised, then:

(i)
restitution of rights: the Officer will immediately become entitled against the Company to all such rights as the Officer had immediately before that release or discharge;

(ii)
restore Officer’s position: the Company must immediately do all things and execute all documents as the Officer may reasonably require to restore to the Officer all those rights; and

(iii)
indemnity: the Company must indemnify and keep indemnified the Officer against costs, losses and expenses suffered or incurred by the Officer in or in connection with any negotiations or proceedings relating to the claim or as a result of the upholding, concession or compromise of the claim.
6


3.
Insurance

3.1
Company to Insure Officer

(a)
Subject to clause 3.4 and to the extent permitted by law, the Company must during the Term and the Insurance Run-Off Period pay the premium for (or ensure the payment of premiums for) an insurance policy which insures the Officer against all liabilities incurred by the Officer acting directly or indirectly as a director of the Company or a Relevant Company.

(b)
The Insurance Policy to be effected under clause 3.1(a) must:

(i)
be effected with a reputable and solvent insurer (other than the Company); and

(ii)
insure the Officer for Costs incurred by the Officer in defending proceedings, whether civil or criminal and whatever their outcome, except to the extent that the Company may be unable to obtain insurance to defend criminal proceedings where the Officer is not acquitted.

3.2
Subrogation or Action against the Company

Unless the Company agrees otherwise, the Insurance Policy will contain a provision waiving all rights of subrogation or action against the Company.

3.3
Insurance Run-Off Period

During the Insurance Run-Off Period the Company must ensure that the Officer is at all times covered under the Insurance Policy, or a further insurance policy on terms not materially less favourable to the Officer than the terms of the Insurance Policy operating at the Retirement Date.

3.4
Maintenance and Production of Policy

The Company will:

(a)
to the extent permitted by law, maintain the Policies;

(b)
to the extent permitted by law, duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid all premiums and other money payable by it under the Policies, and if the Company cannot lawfully pay any part of the premium under the Policies it must give the Officer notice of that fact and give the Officer a reasonable opportunity to contribute to that part of the premium to the extent to which that part is attributable to the Officer (if such contribution is necessary for the Policies to be effective);

(c)
perform, observe and fulfil those terms of the Policies to be performed, observed or fulfilled by it;

(d)
produce to the Officer copies of the Policies and certificates of currency or the receipts for the payment of each premium and all other money payable in respect of each Policy (or other evidence of payment satisfactory to the Officer) on or before the due date for renewal; and

(e)
ensure that no Policy is capable of being avoided as against the Officer as a result of a breach of the duty of disclosure by any party or person other than the Officer.

7

3.5
Copy of Policy

The Company must, at the request of the Officer and as soon as practicable after that request, deliver to the Officer copies of all documents relating to each Policy, including a certified copy of each proposal form under which the application for insurance was made, the relevant Policy, all renewal certificates, certificates of currency and endorsement slips.

3.6
Full disclosure and Compliance with Policies

To the extent required by the relevant Policy, the Officer will disclose to the Company and the Company will disclose to the proposed insurer all facts material to the insurer’s risk before entering into a Policy.

3.7
Not Prejudice Insurance

Neither the Company nor the Officer will cause or permit anything to be done which may:

(a)
render any part of a Policy void, voidable or otherwise unenforceable; or

(b)
hinder or prevent the recovery of any money in respect of a Policy,

and the Company will use its reasonable endeavours not to vary any terms so as to render them materially less favourable to the Officer or cancel the Policy without the prior written consent of the Officer, unless generally accepted industry practice amongst reputable brokers dictates otherwise.


4.
Officer’s Ownership of Company Records

The Officer owns the copies of the Company Records provided by the Company or a Relevant Company to the Officer during the Term.
 

5.
Officer’s Right to have Access to Company Records

5.1
Company’s Obligation to Retain

The Company must, and must procure each Relevant Company to:

(a)
keep a complete set of all Company Records to which the Officer is entitled to access under clause 5.2, in order and in suitable, secure custody for the Retention Period; and

(b)
nominate a person or persons from time to time to take custody of the Company Records and regulate access to them.

8

5.2
Officer’s Right to have Access

Throughout the Access Period, the Officer is entitled, during office hours (or at such other times which the parties agree), to have access to and inspect the Company Records or records which have been either prepared, or provided to the Officer, during the Retention Period and are in any way relevant to:

(a)
the Officer’s holding of office as a director in respect of the Company or a Relevant Company; or

(b)
any claim which the Officer reasonably anticipates may be made against the Officer in relation to matters arising in the course of the Officer acting in connection with the affairs of the Company or a Relevant Company or otherwise concerning or relating to the Officer’s holding of office as a director in respect of the Company or a Relevant Company

(such Company Records to be referred to as the “Relevant Papers” ), and the Company must procure that each Relevant Company provides access to the Officer as set out in this clause 5.2.

5.3
Officer’s Right to Copy

The Officer is entitled during the Access Period to make and receive a copy of any of the Relevant Papers at the cost of the Company.


6.
Privileged Advice

6.1
Company Undertaking

Subject to clause 6.2, the Company will instruct all legal advisers retained by the Company that all legal advice provided to the Company from the date of this Deed which may in any way be relevant to the Officer is also to be provided for the benefit of the Officer as a director of the Company and in the Officer’s personal capacity.

6.2
Conflict of Interest

The Company will not be required to instruct any legal advisers in the manner provided by clause 6.1 in relation to any allegations made by the Company against the Officer or in relation to any other matter where the interests of the Company and the Officer are, or are potentially, in conflict.

6.3
Privilege

The Officer’s right to have access to Company Records to which sole legal professional privilege, public interest privilege or other privilege ( “Privilege” ) is held by the Company is subject to the absolute discretion of the Company.

6.4
Joint Privilege

Where the Company and the Officer both have the benefit of Privilege in respect of a document forming part of the Relevant Papers, neither party will waive such privilege without the consent of the other (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

6.5
Relevant Companies

The Company will procure that each Relevant Company complies with this clause 6 as if references to ‘the Company’ were references to ‘the Relevant Company’.
9


7.
Notification and Settlement of Liabilities

7.1
Officer to Notify Company

The Officer must:

(a)
notify the Company if proceedings are anticipated, threatened or commenced against the Officer which may give rise to a liability of the Company, immediately after becoming aware of the same; and

(b)
must not settle or compromise any claim referred to in clause 7.1(a) or make any admission or payment in relation to such a claim without the prior written consent of the Company, and will provide the Company, with a copy of any originating proceedings or other materials served on, supplied to, or otherwise within the possession of the Officer in connection with such proceedings unless the Officer receives legal advice that to do so may cause substantial or material prejudice to the interests of the Officer.

7.2
Company to Notify Officer

The Company will immediately notify the Officer if:

(a)
proceedings are anticipated, threatened or commenced against the Company or a Relevant Company; and

(b)
such proceedings or the facts giving rise to them may:

(i)
result in a claim against the Officer; or

(ii)
require the Officer to consider his legal position,

and will provide the Officer with a copy of any originating proceedings or other materials served on, supplied to, or otherwise within the possession of, the Company or the Relevant Company in connection with such proceedings unless the Company or the Relevant Company receives legal advice that to do so may cause substantial or material prejudice to the interests of the Company or the Relevant Company (as the case may be).

7.3
Company obligations

In the course of conducting any litigation or proceedings, the Company must:

(a)
use its best endeavours to ensure that the Officer’s reputation is not injured; and

(b)
not settle any claim without the Officer’s prior written approval unless it reasonably believes that money is available to pay the settlement amount and all costs and disbursements.


8.
Company Merger

Where the Company merges with another entity by way of scheme of arrangement or in any other way where the Company ceases to exist then the Company will use its reasonable endeavours that the merged entity succeeds to and assumes the Company’s obligations under this Deed.
 

9.
Shareholder Approval a Condition Precedent

Where the Company is required by the Corporations Act, or is otherwise required by law, in the reasonable opinion of the Officer or the Company, to seek the approval of its shareholders for the provision and payment of the premium for an insurance policy insuring the Officer during the Insurance Run-Off Period under this Deed, the provisions of this Deed which would contravene the Corporations Act or other law but for such approval, will not become operative until such approval has been obtained. In such circumstances, the Company will use reasonable endeavours to obtain such approval of shareholders.
10


10.
Costs and Duties

10.1
Costs

Each party will bear its own costs in relation to the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Deed.

10.2
Duties

The Company will pay and be responsible for any stamp duty payable on this Deed.
 

11.
Notices

11.1
Notices

Any notice or other communication which must be given, served or made under or in connection with this Deed:

(a)
must be in writing in order to be valid;

(b)
is sufficient if executed by the party giving, serving or making the notice or on its behalf by any attorney, director, secretary, other duly authorised officer or solicitor of such party;

(c)
will be deemed to have been duly served, given or made in relation to a person if it is delivered or posted by prepaid post to the address, or sent by facsimile to the number of that person set out in clause 15.2 of this Deed (or at such other address or number as is notified in writing by that person to the other parties from time to time); and

(d)
will be deemed to be served, given or made:

(i)
(in the case of prepaid post) on the second business day after the date of posting;

(ii)
(in the case of facsimile) on receipt of a transmission report confirming successful transmission;

(iii)
(in the case of email), at the time shown in the delivery confirmation report generated by the sender’s email system which indicates that the email was sent to the recipient’s email address; and

(iv)
(in the case of delivery by hand) on delivery.

11.2
Address for Service

The parties’ respective addresses and facsimile numbers for service of notices or other communications under this Deed are:

(a)
The Company:
Address:
Facsimile:
Attention:
 
(b)
Officer:
Address:
 
Facsimile:
11


12.
General

12.1
Governing Law

This Deed is governed by and is to be construed according to the laws of Western Australia.

12.2
Jurisdiction

(a)
Acceptance of jurisdiction: Each of the parties irrevocably submits to and accepts generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts and appellate courts of Western Australia with respect to any legal action or proceedings which may be brought at any time relating in any way to this Deed.

(b)
No objection to inconvenient forum: Each of the parties irrevocably waives any objection it may now or in the fixture have to the venue of any action or proceedings, and any claim it may now or in the future have that the action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

12.3
Severability

Any provision of this Deed which is illegal, void or unenforceable is only ineffective to the extent of that illegality, voidness or unenforceability, without invalidating the remaining provisions.

12.4
Amendments

This Deed may not be modified, amended or otherwise varied except by a document in writing signed by or on behalf of each of the parties.

12.5
Waiver

No waiver or indulgence by any party to this Deed is binding on the parties unless it is in writing. No waiver of one breach of any term or condition of this Deed will operate as a waiver of another breach of the same or any other term or condition of this Deed.

12.6
Further Acts

The parties will promptly do and perform all further acts and execute and deliver all further documents required by law or reasonably requested by any other party to carry out and effect the intent and purpose of this Deed.

12.7
Approvals

Subject to any law to the contrary, where the doing or execution of any act, matter or thing is dependent on the consent or approval of a party, that consent or approval may be given or withheld in the absolute discretion of that party, unless this Deed expressly provides otherwise.

12.8
Assignment

None of the parties may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Deed without the prior written consent of the other parties.

12.9
Counterparts

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts all of which taken together constitute one and the same document.

12

Executed as a Deed.


Signed by [•] in the presence of:
)
  Signature 
  )  
     
     
     
Signature of Witness
   
     
     
     
Name of Witness in full
   
 
 
Executed by Paringa Resources
Limited
in accordance with section 127
of the Corporations Act :
)
)
)
)
 
     
     
     
Signature of Director
 
Signature of Secretary/other Director
     
     
Name of Director in full
 
Name of Secretary/other Director in full
 
13

 
 
 
Exhibit 8.1
List of Subsidiaries

Name
Jurisdiction of Organization
Ownership Percentage
Hartshorne Coal Mining Pty Ltd
Australia
100%
HCM Resources Pty Ltd
Australia
100%
Hartshorne Holdings, LLC
Delaware
100%
Hartshorne Mining Group, LLC
Delaware
100%
Hartshorne Mining, LLC
Delaware
100%
Hartshorne Land, LLC
Delaware
100%
HCM Operations, LLC
Delaware
100%



Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF MARSHALL MILLER & ASSOCIATES, INC.

Marshall Miller & Associates, Inc. hereby consents to the references to our firm in this Registration Statement on Form 20-F (the “Registration Statement”). We hereby further consent to the use in the Registration Statement of information contained in our various reports dated February 2014, March 2015, November 2015, December 2015, November 2016 and March 2017 relating to estimates of certain coal reserves.

 
Marshall Miller & Associates, Inc.
     
 
By:
 /s/ Justin S. Douthat
 
Name:
Justin S. Douthat
 
Title:
Vice President, Manager of Engineering
 
Dated:
September 4, 2018



Exhibit 15.2
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form 20-F of our report dated July 5, 2018 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Paringa Resources Limited and its subsidiaries (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to a material uncertainty regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern) appearing in the Registration Statement.
 
/s/ Deloitte Touch Tohmatsu
 
DELOITTE TOUCH TOHMATSU
 
Perth, Australia
 
September 4, 2018